VARI LITE INTERNATIONAL INC
S-1, 1997-08-13
Previous: PANDA INTERHOLDING CORP, 10-Q, 1997-08-13
Next: LONG BEACH FINANCIAL CORP, 10-Q, 1997-08-13



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST  , 1997
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                         VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             DELAWARE                              3648                             75-2239444
 (State or other jurisdiction of       (Primary Standard Industrial              (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)             Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                                 201 REGAL ROW
                              DALLAS, TEXAS 75247
                                 (214) 630-1963
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                               H. R. BRUTSCHE III
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                 201 REGAL ROW
                              DALLAS, TEXAS 75247
                                 (214) 630-1963
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>
                  ALAN J. PERKINS                                      JEFFREY A. CHAPMAN
              GARDERE & WYNNE, L.L.P.                                VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.
            1601 ELM STREET, SUITE 3000                           2001 ROSS AVENUE, SUITE 3700
                DALLAS, TEXAS 75201                                   DALLAS, TEXAS 75201
                   (214) 999-3000                                        (214) 220-7700
</TABLE>
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box.  / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  / /
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    TITLE OF EACH CLASS                            PROPOSED MAXIMUM                  AMOUNT OF
               OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                  AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE         REGISTRATION FEE(1)
<S>                                                           <C>                          <C>
Common Stock, $0.10 par value...............................         $  31,050,000                   $   9,410
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(o).
                             ---------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED            , 1997
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                                         SHARES
 
                     [INSERT VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                               -----------------
 
    All of the      shares of common stock, par value $0.10 per share (the
"Common Stock"), offered hereby are being sold by Vari-Lite International, Inc.
(the "Company"). Prior to this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no
public market for the Common Stock. It is currently anticipated that the initial
public offering price will be between $   and $   per share. See "Underwriting"
for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price. The Company intends to apply for quotation of the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "LITE."
 
                              -------------------
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
 
                               -----------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
      PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  PRICE TO     UNDERWRITING    PROCEEDS TO
                                                                   PUBLIC       DISCOUNT(1)    COMPANY(2)
                                                                -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>            <C>
Per Share.....................................................        $              $              $
Total(3)......................................................        $              $              $
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders (as hereinafter defined) have
    agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including
    liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
    Act"). See "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $600,000, which are payable by the
    Company.
 
(3) Certain stockholders of the Company (the "Selling Stockholders") have
    granted the Underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to additional shares
    of Common Stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth above solely
    to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the
    total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Selling
    Stockholders will be $     , $     and $     , respectively. See "Selling
    Stockholders" and "Underwriting."
 
                              -------------------
 
    The Common Stock is offered by the several Underwriters, subject to prior
sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them and subject to certain
conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify
such offer and to reject orders, in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made on or about               ,
1997.
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                              -------------------
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS            , 1997.
<PAGE>
                              [Inside Front Cover]
 
                         [Insert Graphics or Pictures]
 
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING
PURCHASES OF THE COMMON STOCK TO STABILIZE ITS MARKET PRICE AND TO COVER SOME OR
ALL OF A SHORT POSITION IN THE COMMON STOCK MAINTAINED BY THE UNDERWRITERS. FOR
A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO,
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (A) REFLECTS THE REINCORPORATION
("REINCORPORATION") OF THE COMPANY AS A DELAWARE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO A
MERGER OF VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC., A TEXAS CORPORATION ("VARI-LITE
TEXAS"), INTO THE COMPANY, WHICH WILL BE EFFECTED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE
CONSUMMATION OF THE OFFERING AND IN WHICH THE SHARES OF CLASS A AND CLASS B
COMMON STOCK OF VARI-LITE TEXAS WILL BE CONVERTED INTO SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S
COMMON STOCK ON A      -FOR-     BASIS AND (B) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION UNLESS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE. ALL
REFERENCES TO THE COMPANY IN THIS PROSPECTUS REFER TO VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL,
INC. AND ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES, UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES OTHERWISE.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a leading international provider of proprietary automated
lighting systems and related services to the entertainment industry, servicing
markets such as concert touring, theatre, television and film and corporate
events. In 1981, the Company revolutionized the professional entertainment
lighting industry by inventing the VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- system, the
first automated lighting system that allowed real-time, computerized, remote
control of light beam features such as color, size, shape, position and
intensity. As a result, the VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- brand name has
become recognized as the preeminent brand name for automated lighting. The
Company rents its VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting systems
exclusively through a domestic and international network of Company-owned
offices and independent distributors.
 
    The Company believes that its position as an industry leader results from
its broad range of innovative and technologically superior products, its
longstanding collaborative relationship with participants in the entertainment
industry, its worldwide distribution system and its dedication to customer
service. The Company continuously addresses the technical and creative needs of
its customers by designing and manufacturing products that in many instances
have become the industry standard. Lighting designers using the Company's
automated lighting systems have won Tony-Registered Trademark- Awards for
Broadway lighting design every year since 1990, and the Company won an Emmy-TM-
Award for Outstanding Achievement in Engineering for television in 1991 and
1994. For its accomplishments in the concert touring market, the Company was
named by Performance Magazine as the "Lighting Company of the Year" six times
since 1989 and the "Equipment Manufacturer of the Year/Lighting" ten times since
1983.
 
    The Company has capitalized on the growth of the entertainment industry and
has demonstrated its ability to broaden the application of its existing
technology and to develop new lighting systems and products to create and
penetrate new markets.
 
    - CONCERT TOURING.  The Company initially designed its systems to serve the
      concert touring market and remains a leader in that market. The Company's
      customers have included such notable performers as The Rolling Stones,
      Phil Collins, Genesis, Pink Floyd, Paul McCartney, David Bowie, Elton
      John, Tina Turner, Sting, Reba McEntire, Vince Gill, Barbara Streisand,
      Diana Ross, Whitney Houston, Sheryl Crow, Pearl Jam and the Indigo Girls.
 
    - THEATRE.  By developing the first virtually silent automated lighting
      fixture, the Company secured a significant competitive advantage in the
      theatre market, including touring theatre shows. The Company's systems
      have been used in such shows as CHICAGO, MISS SAIGON, SUNSET BOULEVARD,
      KISS OF THE SPIDER WOMAN, THE WILL ROGERS FOLLIES, TOMMY, GREASE, HOW TO
      SUCCEED IN BUSINESS WITHOUT REALLY TRYING, BRING IN 'DA NOISE BRING IN 'DA
      FUNK, JESUS CHRIST SUPERSTAR, MARTIN GUERRE, JEKYLL & HYDE, OLIVER,
      RAGTIME and SHOW BOAT.
 
    - TELEVISION AND FILM.  The Company successfully leveraged its versatile
      product line to become a leading provider of automated lighting to the
      television market and to increase its penetration of the film market. The
      Company has provided automated lighting for the Academy Awards,
      Emmy-TM-Awards, Grammy
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
      Awards, Country Music Awards, MTV Music Awards and other awards shows, as
      well as television shows such as THE TONIGHT SHOW WITH JAY LENO, THE LATE
      SHOW WITH DAVID LETTERMAN, WHEEL OF FORTUNE, SATURDAY NIGHT LIVE, HOME
      IMPROVEMENT and AMERICAN GLADIATORS, and the movies FORREST GUMP, BATMAN
      FOREVER, WAYNE'S WORLD and SISTER ACT, among others. VARI*LITE-Registered
      Trademark- automated lighting fixtures or "luminaires" are also installed
      in ABC's New York studios, where they are used for PRIME TIME LIVE, 20/20
      and GOOD MORNING AMERICA.
 
    - CORPORATE EVENTS.  The Company is continuing to expand its presence in the
      corporate events market by providing automated lighting systems for
      conventions, business meetings, new product launches and special events.
      The Company's systems have been used in events for Sony, Nike, IBM,
      Sprint, Oldsmobile and Microsoft, among others.
 
    - ARCHITECTURAL.  Recently, the Company has targeted the lighting needs of
      architectural markets such as restaurants, casinos, retail stores,
      corporate showrooms, shopping malls, building exteriors and landmarks. The
      Company's Irideon-Registered Trademark-automated lighting system product
      line, which is in the development stage, is designed specifically for such
      architectural lighting applications.
 
    The Company's VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- systems incorporate advanced
proprietary and patented technology in both lighting fixtures and control
consoles. The Company is the only industry participant which combines patented
dichroic filter color changing systems, advanced heat removal techniques and
computer control systems that utilize distributed processing and resident cue
memory in each luminaire. By using such technology to execute a lighting effect
(or cue), an operator can transmit a single command to up to 1,000 luminaries
simultaneously, each of which stores its own set of cues. As a result, customers
using the Company's systems can create lighting presentations with greater
flexibility, complexity, speed and precision than with competing products.
 
    The Company is also a leader in providing complementary products and
services to the entertainment industry, including concert sound systems,
conventional lighting equipment, custom stage construction and stage set design
services, and design and production management services for conventions,
business meetings and special events.
 
    The Company's principal objectives are to maintain its worldwide leadership
positions in its existing markets and to create demand for its products in new
markets. The key elements of this strategy include (i) maintaining its
commitment to innovation, (ii) expanding its worldwide distribution capabilities
and (iii) continuing to offer value-added complementary services.
 
    The Company's predecessor, Vari-Lite Texas, was incorporated in 1988 in the
State of Texas as a holding company to own Showco, Inc. ("Showco"), which began
operations in 1970, and Vari-Lite, Inc. ("Vari-Lite"), which began operations in
1981. Immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Company was
reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Company's principal executive
offices are located at 201 Regal Row, Dallas, Texas 75247 and its telephone
number is (214) 630-1963.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company.........  shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
 Offering...................................  shares(1)
 
Use of Proceeds.............................  The net proceeds will be used to repay
                                              approximately $  million of indebtedness under
                                              the Company's Credit Agreement (as hereinafter
                                              defined). See "Use of Proceeds."
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol......  "LITE"
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Excludes      shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options to be
    granted in connection with the Offering at an exercise price equal to the
    Offering price and      shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    warrants with an exercise price of $   per share. See "Management-- Employee
    Benefit Plans--Omnibus Plan" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                      JUNE 30,
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                    1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenue:
    Rental revenues.............................  $  28,539  $  31,869  $  47,625  $  65,864  $  65,741  $  45,389  $  56,400
    Products sales and service revenues.........      2,593      3,384      6,187      9,046     11,397      8,042     10,688
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total revenues............................     31,132     35,253     53,812     74,910     77,138     53,431     67,088
  Gross profit..................................     19,088     20,645     30,753     41,985     42,930     29,563     37,337
  Selling, general and administrative expense...     13,343     13,170     19,181     28,163     30,077     22,230     25,124
  Research and development expense..............      1,948      2,347      3,033      3,283      4,404      2,947      4,684
  Operating income..............................      3,797      5,128      8,539     10,539      8,449      4,386      7,529
  Interest expense..............................      1,675      1,606      1,805      2,788      3,092      2,437      2,692
  Income before extraordinary loss..............  $   1,349  $   2,269  $   4,334  $   4,714  $   3,119  $   1,136  $   2,783
  Net income per share(1).......................  $          $          $          $          $          $          $
  Weighted average shares outstanding...........
PRO FORMA DATA(2):
  Income before extraordinary loss..............
  Net income per share..........................
  Weighted average shares outstanding...........
OTHER DATA:
  EBITDA(3).....................................  $   8,084  $  10,230  $  14,874  $  19,159  $  18,518  $  11,929  $  16,169
  Capital expenditures..........................      5,503     11,050     13,566     20,748     12,587      9,125     19,880
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                                          AS
                                                                                           ACTUAL     ADJUSTED(4)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Total assets..........................................................................  $  89,925    $
  Total debt............................................................................     45,399
  Stockholders' equity..................................................................     27,560
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Net income per share in fiscal 1994 includes an extraordinary loss from
    early extinguishment of debt of $     per share.
 
(2) Pro forma data gives effect to the Offering and the application of the
    proceeds therefrom to repay the Company's outstanding borrowings under the
    Credit Agreement at the beginning of the periods presented, assuming the
    repayment of $  million of debt at a weighted average interest rate of
    9.25%. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
(3) EBITDA is calculated herein as income before income taxes plus depreciation,
    amortization and net interest expense. The Company believes that EBITDA
    serves as an important financial analysis tool for measuring and comparing
    financial information such as liquidity, operating performance and leverage.
    EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income or other cash
    flow measures determined under generally accepted accounting principals as
    an indicator of the Company's performance or liquidity. EBITDA as disclosed
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA as disclosed by other companies.
 
(4) Adjusted to reflect the sale of      shares of Common Stock offered by the
    Company hereby at an assumed Offering price of $     per share and the
    anticipated application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of
    Proceeds."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION
RELATING TO THE COMPANY THAT ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF MANAGEMENT AS WELL AS
ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY. WHEN
USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE WORDS "ANTICIPATE," "BELIEVE," "ESTIMATE,"
"EXPECT," "WILL," "COULD," "MAY" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS, AS THEY RELATE TO
MANAGEMENT OR THE COMPANY, ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
SUCH STATEMENTS REFLECT THE CURRENT VIEWS OF MANAGEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE
EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND ASSUMPTIONS,
INCLUDING THOSE DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. SHOULD ONE OR MORE OF THESE RISKS
OR UNCERTAINTIES MATERIALIZE, OR SHOULD UNDERLYING ASSUMPTIONS PROVE INCORRECT,
ACTUAL RESULTS MAY VARY MATERIALLY FROM THOSE DESCRIBED HEREIN. IN ADDITION TO
THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE
CAREFULLY CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS BEFORE
PURCHASING THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS AND SEASONALITY
 
    The Company has experienced and is expected to continue to experience
significant fluctuations in its quarterly operating results, both between
different quarters within the same fiscal year and with respect to the same
quarter between different fiscal years. These fluctuations arise from several
factors, including the timing and dollar value of sales-type leases with
customers, the dependence of the Company on concert tours, which are
unpredictable in timing and duration, the introduction of new products and
general economic conditions both domestically and internationally. The Company's
expenses are based, in part, on its expectations as to future revenue and, as a
result, net income for a given period could be disproportionately affected by a
reduction in revenue. In addition, the Company's business is subject to seasonal
fluctuations with the highest percentage of its revenues being generated in the
summer months and the lowest percentage being generated in the winter months.
Because of the possibilities of significant fluctuations, results for any
quarter may not be indicative of the results that may be achieved in a full
year. While the Company expects to experience growth in revenue and profit,
there can be no assurance that the Company's historical levels of revenue or
profits will be sustained, particularly on a quarterly basis. Furthermore, there
can be no assurance that the concert touring market on which the Company is
dependent will continue to emphasize lighting as an important element of concert
shows or that the Company's current or future products will continue to be used
by concert touring customers. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-- Quarterly Fluctuations and
Seasonality."
 
ABILITY TO INTRODUCE NEW PRODUCTS; TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES
 
    The Company's past success has depended, and its future growth will depend,
in large part, on its ability to enhance and develop new features for its
existing products, to develop new technology, to introduce new products to meet
changing customer requirements and to adapt to evolving technology. There can be
no assurance that the Company will successfully develop such new technology,
enhancements, features or new products or that the Company's products will
continue to achieve market acceptance. Any delay in or failure to complete
development of such technology, enhancements, features or new products, or any
failure of the Company's products to continue to achieve market acceptance,
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, there can be
no assurance that products or technologies developed by others will not render
the Company's products or technologies uncompetitive or obsolete. In 1996, the
Company introduced its Irideon-Registered Trademark- interior lighting product
line, including the AR5-TM- luminaire and the Composer-Registered Trademark-
control system. In 1998, the Company anticipates introducing its high
brightness, multi-feature VL7-TM- spot luminaire. There can be no assurance that
these products will gain market acceptance or satisfactory revenue growth or
profitability.
 
RELIANCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company generally relies on a combination of patent, trade secret,
copyright and trademark laws, contracts and technical measures to establish and
protect its proprietary rights in its products and technologies. However, the
Company believes that such measures provide only limited protection, and there
is no assurance
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
that such measures will be adequate to prevent misappropriation. As of June 30,
1997, the Company had 31 United States patents, 14 applications for United
States patents pending with respect to certain elements of its hardware and
software and 24 United States registered trademarks. As of June 30, 1997, the
Company had over 110 foreign patents and over 100 applications for foreign
patents pending. There can be no assurance that any patents will be issued from
the applications pending or, if patents are issued, that the claims allowed
under such patents or other patents of the Company will be sufficiently broad to
deter or prohibit others from marketing similar products. Revenues generated in
countries in which the Company has limited or no patent protection may be
adversely affected by sales of products by competitors utilizing the Company's
United States patented technology. Although the Company takes precautions to
protect its trade secrets, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to
copy portions of the Company's technology or to obtain and use information that
the Company regards as proprietary. Furthermore, the laws of certain countries
in which the Company's products are or may be distributed do not protect the
Company's products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the
laws of the United States. In addition, there can be no assurance that the
Company's competitors will not independently develop technologies that are
substantially equivalent or superior to the Company's technologies. Any failure
by the Company to protect its intellectual property, including any failure to
prevail in the High End Lawsuit (as hereinafter defined), could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
    Significant and protracted litigation may be necessary to protect the
Company's intellectual property rights, to determine the scope of the
proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement. The
Company believes that its products do not infringe any existing third-party
proprietary rights; however, there can be no assurance that third-party claims
alleging infringement will not be asserted against the Company in the future. If
infringement is alleged, the Company could be required to discontinue the use of
certain processes, to cease the manufacture, use and rental or sale of
infringing products, to incur significant litigation damages, costs and expenses
and to either develop non-infringing technology or obtain licenses to use the
alleged infringing technology. There can be no assurance that the Company would
be able to develop such alternative technologies or to obtain such licenses on
terms commercially acceptable to the Company, if at all. Any infringement claims
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business--Intellectual
Property."
 
CAPITALIZED LITIGATION COSTS
 
    The Company has capitalized and expects to continue to capitalize its costs
relating to the High End Lawsuit ($2.5 million as of June 30, 1997, and an
estimated additional $1.6 million through consummation of the trial), a patent
infringement suit in which the Company is the plaintiff. Unless the Company
receives a judgment in this litigation that the defendant has infringed at least
one of its patents and the Company concludes, based on all of the facts and
circumstances, that such a judgment will allow it to maintain its competitive
advantage provided by the infringed patents, all costs incurred by the Company
relating to the High End Lawsuit (including those previously capitalized) will
be required to be recorded as an expense in the period that the judgment is
rendered. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to
expense its costs relating to the High End Lawsuit. Furthermore, the defendant
has asserted as a counterclaim that the Company has used the Company's patents
to violate the antitrust laws. Although the Company believes such counterclaim
to be without merit and intends to vigorously contest such counterclaim, if the
defendant were to receive a judgment in its favor with respect to such
counterclaim, the Company could be held liable for the defendant's damages which
could be substantial. See "Business--Legal Proceedings."
 
DEPENDENCE ON ENTERTAINMENT INDUSTRY
 
    Revenues from the concert touring, theatre, television and film markets
accounted for 81.5%, 71.7%, 72.0%, 70.2% and 71.4%, of the Company's net
revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for
the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The amounts spent on
entertainment by the general public historically have been dependent upon
discretionary spending, which may be adversely affected
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
by general economic conditions. A significant reduction in the amounts spent on
entertainment by the general public could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
 
COMPETITION
 
    There is significant competition in many of the Company's markets, based
primarily on product capability, quality and reliability, price, worldwide
distribution capabilities, brand name recognition and reputation and customer
service and support. In the Company's rental businesses, there are a number of
competitors, particularly in the concert touring market. The Company competes in
some cases with companies that are larger or have greater development, marketing
and financial resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete successfully in its markets or that the
competitive pressures will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
See "Business--Competition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON MANAGEMENT AND OTHER PERSONNEL
 
    The success of the Company's business is highly dependent upon the Company's
President and Chief Executive Officer, H.R. Brutschffi III, and certain other
key employees. The loss of the services of one or more of such individuals could
have a material adverse effect on the Company, and there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to retain the services of its key employees. The
Company believes that its future success also will depend significantly upon its
ability to attract, motivate and retain additional highly skilled managerial,
operational, technical, sales and marketing personnel. Competition for such
personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in attracting, assimilating and retaining the personnel it requires
to develop, manufacture and market its products or expand its operations. See
"Business--Employees" and "Management."
 
RISKS OF ACQUISITIONS
 
    The Company may from time to time pursue the acquisition of other companies,
assets or product lines that complement or expand its existing business.
Acquisitions involve a number of risks that could adversely affect the Company,
including the diversion of management's attention, the assimilation of the
operations and personnel of the acquired companies, the amortization of acquired
intangible assets and the potential loss of key employees of the acquired
companies. No assurance can be given that any acquisition by the Company will
not materially and adversely affect the Company or that any such acquisition
will enhance the Company's business. The Company currently has no agreements or
understandings with respect to any potential acquisitions.
 
FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK; INTERNATIONAL TRADE RISK
 
    International revenues accounted for 37.0%, 46.9%, 49.3%, 48.4% and 48.9%,
of the Company's net revenues for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1994,
1995 and 1996 and the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. In
addition, the Company purchases certain components used in its products from
manufacturers located in foreign countries. As a result, the Company's
operations may be adversely affected by fluctuations of the value of the U.S.
dollar against foreign currencies, political instability resulting in the
disruption of trade with foreign countries, the imposition of additional
regulations relating to imports or duties, taxes and other charges, longer
payment cycles, difficulties in receivables collection and restrictions on the
transfer of funds. The Company has historically hedged its currency fluctuation
risk by borrowing in local currencies under the Credit Agreement, a portion of
which will be repaid with the net proceeds of the Offering. The Company is party
to, and may in the future enter into additional, transactions to hedge such
risks; however there can be no assurance that the Company will enter into such
additional transactions or that any such transactions will effectively hedge the
Company's currency risk. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
DEPENDENCE ON KEY SUPPLIERS
 
    The Company has chosen to develop strategic relationships with certain key
suppliers and is dependent upon such suppliers for many important components
used in the Company's automated lighting systems. The Company generally
purchases these components pursuant to purchase orders and has no guaranteed
supply arrangements with such suppliers. Some of these suppliers are critical to
the Company's continued uninterrupted production because they provide
custom-designed components. Major delivery delays or termination of the
Company's relationship with any supplier of such components could materially
adversely affect the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company's
suppliers will continue to be able and willing to meet the Company's
requirements for its key components.
 
DEPENDENCE ON MANUFACTURING FACILITY
 
    The Company's principal manufacturing facility is located in Dallas, Texas.
The Company is dependent on this facility and a disruption of the Company's
manufacturing operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Such disruption could result from various factors, including human error or a
natural disaster such as a tornado, fire or flood.
 
CONTROL OF THE COMPANY BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Upon consummation of the Offering, the Company's directors, officers and
employees will beneficially own approximately   % of the outstanding Common
Stock. The holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock can elect all
of the directors of the Company and can approve, delay or prevent certain
fundamental corporate transactions, including mergers, consolidations and the
sale of substantially all of the Company's assets. For so long as these
stockholders own a significant percentage of the Common Stock, they will retain
substantial influence over the affairs of the Company which may result in
decisions that are not in the best interest of all stockholders of the Company.
These factors, along with the factors described in "Description of Capital
Stock--Special Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws," may
also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in management or voting
control of the Company. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
LACK OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE; DETERMINATION
  OF OFFERING PRICE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock,
and there can be no assurance that after the Offering an active public market
for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained or that any market that may
develop for the Common Stock will be liquid. The market price of the Common
Stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various
factors and events, including quarterly variations in operating results and the
liquidity of the market for the Common Stock. The Offering price for the Common
Stock offered hereby was determined by negotiation between the Company and the
Underwriters and may not be indicative of the prices at which the Common Stock
will trade after the Offering. There can be no assurance that the market price
of the Common Stock after the Offering will not fall below the Offering price.
See "Underwriting."
 
EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws include provisions
that may have the effect of discouraging proposals by third parties to acquire a
controlling interest in the Company, which could deprive stockholders of the
opportunity to consider an offer they would otherwise accept. See "Description
of Capital Stock--Special Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws."
 
DILUTION
 
    Based on an assumed Offering price of $     per share, new investors
purchasing the Common Stock offered hereby will experience immediate dilution in
net tangible book value of approximately $     per
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
share. In addition, the future exercise of stock options and warrants would
result in further dilution. See "Dilution."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market following
the Offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Upon
completion of the Offering, the Company will have      shares of Common Stock
outstanding. Of these shares, the      shares sold in the Offering (     shares
if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely
tradeable in the public market without restriction by persons other than
affiliates of the Company. All of the remaining shares are "restricted
securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Approximately      of such shares will have been held for more than one year as
of the date of this Prospectus and may be sold 90 days after the Company has
been subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), subject to the volume,
manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144. The Company and certain
stockholders who will collectively own      shares of Common Stock immediately
following the Offering, and the holders of warrants who will collectively have
the right immediately following the Offering to purchase      shares of Common
Stock, have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer any shares of Common Stock
for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the Offering without the
prior written consent of A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. Following the expiration of
such 180-day lock-up agreements, approximately      additional shares of Common
Stock will be eligible for sale in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company intends to file registration
statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of
Common Stock issued or reserved for future issuance under the Omnibus Plan (as
hereinafter defined) and the ESOP (as hereinafter defined). See "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered by the Company in the Offering, after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and estimated Offering expenses to be paid by the
Company, are estimated to be $     , assuming an Offering price of $     per
share. See "Underwriting."
 
    The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering to repay
indebtedness under the Company's multicurrency credit agreement, dated March 31,
1994, as amended (the "Credit Agreement"), which will allow the Company to
reborrow funds under the Credit Agreement to purchase and construct additional
rental equipment, to expand its domestic and international distribution
channels, to pursue potential acquisitions of complementary businesses and for
other general corporate purposes. The Company currently has no agreements or
understandings with respect to potential acquisitions. As of June 30, 1997,
approximately $40.8 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement (based on
currency exchange rates as of such date).
 
    The Credit Agreement provides for U.S. dollar denominated revolving credit
and term credit facilities in the amount of $23,000,000 and $20,500,000,
respectively, British pounds sterling denominated revolving credit and term
credit facilities in the amount of $5,000,000 and $6,500,000 (U.S. dollar
equivalents as of June 30, 1997), respectively, and Japanese yen denominated
revolving credit and term credit facilities in the amount of $6,000,000 and
$1,300,000 (U.S. dollar equivalents as of June 30, 1997), respectively. The U.S.
dollar denominated revolving credit facility bears interest at the prime rate of
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., agent under the Credit Agreement ("BBH"), plus
1.0% (9.50% as of June 30, 1997). The British pounds sterling denominated
revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate determined by reference to
the London interbank offered rate ("LIBOR") for deposits in British pounds
sterling plus 2.0% (8.38% as of June 30, 1997). The Japanese yen denominated
revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate determined by reference to
the "Euroyen TIBOR" rate on the Bloomberg Financial Markets service at "TIBOEY"
plus 3.5% (4.07% as of June 30, 1997). The U.S. dollar denominated term loan
bears interest at either BBH's prime rate plus 1.0% (9.50% as of June 30, 1997)
or a rate determined by reference to LIBOR for deposits in U.S. dollars plus
3.5% (9.31% as of June 30, 1997). The
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
British pounds sterling denominated term loan bears interest at a rate
determined by reference to LIBOR for deposits in British pounds sterling plus
2.0% (8.44% as of June 30, 1997). The Japanese yen denominated term loan bears
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Tokyo interbank offered rate
for deposits in Japanese yen plus 2.5% (4.14% as of June 30, 1997). Mandatory
payments of principal are due and payable quarterly on each term loan and
interest are payable monthly or on the last day of any eurocurrency interest
period. The entire outstanding principal balance of the term loans and the
revolving credit facilities are due and payable in full on June 30, 2001. Until
April 1, 1998, a prepayment penalty equal to 0.25% of the amount prepaid is due
and payable in connection with voluntary prepayments of the term loans. The
Company is a party to two interest rate swap agreements which fix the Company's
effective interest costs under a portion of the Credit Agreement. See "Risk
Factors--Foreign Exchange Risk; International Trade Risk" and Note E of "Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company paid dividends of approximately $0.6 million with respect to
each of the 1994, 1995 and 1996 fiscal years. Through June 30, 1997, the Company
has paid dividends with respect to the current fiscal year of approximately $0.2
million, and it intends to pay additional dividends of approximately $0.4
million prior to the consummation of the Offering. The Company does not
anticipate paying any other cash dividends on the Common Stock in the
foreseeable future and anticipates that future earnings will be retained to
finance operations and expansion. The payment of cash dividends in the future
will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon such
factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, the Company's financial
condition and other factors the Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition,
the Credit Agreement limits the amount of dividends that may be paid by the
Company in any fiscal year to 30% of net income (as defined in the Credit
Agreement) for such fiscal year.
 
                                    DILUTION
 
    The net tangible book value attributable to the Company's Common Stock at
June 30, 1997 was $
($   per share). "Net tangible book value per share" represents the Company's
total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the total number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the
Company of the      shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company in the
Offering (at an assumed Offering price of $   per share), and after deducting
the estimated underwriting discount and expenses of the Offering to be paid by
the Company, and the application of the net proceeds as set forth under "Use of
Proceeds," the Company's net tangible book value as of June 30, 1997, would have
been $     ($   per share), representing an immediate increase of $   in net
tangible book value per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
of $   in net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares
in the Offering. The following table illustrates this dilution per share of
Common Stock:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
Assumed Offering price per share......................................             $
  Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1997..................  $
  Increase per share attributable to new investors....................          .
                                                                        ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering........                     .
                                                                                   ---------
Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors(1).....             $       .
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Excludes      shares issuable upon exercise of warrants with an exercise
    price of $     per share. To the extent any of these warrants are exercised,
    new investors would suffer further dilution. See "Shares Eligible for Future
    Sale."
 
    The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Company and the total cash consideration and average price per share paid to the
Company (based upon an assumed Offering price of $     per share for new
investors):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                                     SHARES PURCHASED                                   AVERAGE
                                                                --------------------------  ------------------------   PRICE PER
                                                                  NUMBER(1)      PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT       SHARE
                                                                -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Existing Stockholders(2)......................................                          .%   $       .            .%   $
New Investors.................................................                          .%           .            .%
                                                                        ---         -----          ---        -----
                                                                                    100.0%   $       .        100.0%
                                                                        ---         -----          ---        -----
                                                                        ---         -----          ---        -----
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Excludes      shares issuable upon exercise of options to be granted in
    connection with the Offering at an exercise price equal to the Offering
    price and      shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants at
    an exercise price of $   per share. To the extent any of these options or
    warrants are exercised, new investors would suffer further dilution. See
    "Management--Employee Benefit Plans-- Omnibus Plan" and "Shares Eligible for
    Future Sale."
 
(2) Approximately 91.5% of the shares of Common Stock owned by existing
    stockholders have been held by them since 1982.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the Company's capitalization at June 30, 1997
(a) on a historical basis and (b) as adjusted to give effect to the sale by the
Company of      shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed Offering
price of $     per share and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as
described in "Use of Proceeds." The data set forth below should be read in
conjunction with the other financial information presented elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt..............................  $           $
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Long-term debt, net of current portion....................................................  $           $
Stockholders' equity(1):
  Preferred Stock, $0.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
    outstanding; no shares issued and outstanding as adjusted.............................  $  --       $  --
  Common Stock, $0.10 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized,      shares issued and
    outstanding;      shares issued and outstanding as adjusted...........................
  Treasury stock, at cost,      shares....................................................
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................
  Stockholder notes receivable............................................................
  Stock purchase warrants.................................................................
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment......................................
  Retained earnings.......................................................................
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................
    Total capitalization..................................................................  $           $
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Excludes exercise price to be paid in connection with the issuance of
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options to be granted in
    connection with the Offering at an exercise price equal to the Offering
    price and      shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
    with an exercise price of $     per share.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
    The following selected consolidated financial data for the Company as of and
for each of the five fiscal years ended in the period September 30, 1996 have
been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The
selected consolidated financial data for the Company as of and for each of the
three fiscal years ended in the period September 30, 1996 have been derived from
the Company's consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in
this Prospectus and have been audited by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, independent
certified public accountants, whose audit report is included herein. Such
selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with such
financial statements and related notes thereto. The selected consolidated
financial data at June 30, 1997 and for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and
1997 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of
the Company which, in the opinion of the Company's management, include all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation. The results of operations for the nine months ended June 30,
1997 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full
year. This data should be read in conjunction with the information set forth in
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Financial Statements and related notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                      JUNE 30,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                          1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
 
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenue:
    Rental revenues...................................  $  28,539  $  31,869  $  47,625  $  65,864  $  65,741  $  45,389  $  56,400
    Products sales and service revenues...............      2,593      3,384      6,187      9,046     11,397      8,042     10,688
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total revenues..................................     31,132     35,253     53,812     74,910     77,138     53,431     67,088
  Rental costs........................................     10,395     12,320     18,775     26,288     26,425     18,267     22,342
  Product sales and service costs.....................      1,649      2,288      4,284      6,637      7,783      5,601      7,409
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit........................................     19,088     20,645     30,753     41,985     42,930     29,563     37,337
  Selling, general and administrative expense.........     13,343     13,170     19,181     28,163     30,077     22,230     25,124
  Research and development expense....................      1,948      2,347      3,033      3,283      4,404      2,947      4,684
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income....................................      3,797      5,128      8,539     10,539      8,449      4,386      7,529
  Interest expense....................................      1,675      1,606      1,805      2,788      3,092      2,437      2,692
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before taxes and extraordinary loss..........      2,122      3,522      6,734      7,751      5,357      1,949      4,837
  Income taxes........................................        773      1,253      2,400      3,037      2,238        813      2,054
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before extraordinary loss....................      1,349      2,269      4,334      4,714      3,119      1,136      2,783
  Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt
    (net of tax of $389)..............................     --         --            756     --         --         --         --
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income..........................................  $   1,349  $   2,269  $   3,578  $   4,714  $   3,119  $   1,136  $   2,783
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income per share................................  $          $          $          $          $          $          $
  Cash dividends per share(1).........................
  Weighted average shares outstanding.................
OTHER DATA:
  EBITDA(2)...........................................  $   8,084  $  10,230  $  14,874  $  19,159  $  18,518  $  11,929  $  16,169
  Capital expenditures................................      5,503     11,050     13,566     20,748     12,587      9,125     19,880
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------
                                                          1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------     JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Total assets........................................  $  30,607  $  37,626  $  57,223  $  73,007  $  77,573  $      89,925
  Total debt..........................................     13,574     16,648     27,497     34,870     37,349         45,399
  Stockholders' equity................................     11,085     13,303     16,631     21,329     24,538         27,560
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
(1) After the Offering, the Company does not anticipate paying any cash
    dividends on the Common Stock for the foreseeable future and anticipates
    that future earnings will be retained to finance future operations and
    expansion. See "Dividend Policy."
 
(2) EBITDA is calculated herein as income before income taxes plus depreciation,
    amortization and net interest expense. The Company believes that EBITDA
    serves as an important financial analysis tool for measuring and comparing
    financial information such as liquidity, operating performance and leverage.
    EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net income or other cash
    flow measures determined under generally accepted accounting principals as
    an indicator of the Company's performance or liquidity. EBITDA as disclosed
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA as disclosed by other companies.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following is a discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1994, 1995
and 1996 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. This
discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is a leading designer and manufacturer of automated lighting
systems and products which are marketed exclusively through its domestic and
international facilities and an independent distributor network. The Company
rents its VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting systems and other
products and provides services to the entertainment industry, including markets
such as concert touring, theatre, television and film and corporate events. In
addition, the Company sells its Irideon-Registered Trademark- automated lighting
systems for use in a wide variety of architectural applications.
 
    The Company's revenues are generated through the rental of lighting and
sound systems and equipment, and through sales of related products and services
and architectural lighting systems. Rental revenues include revenues generated
from leases of VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting systems,
concert sound systems and conventional lighting equipment. Revenues from product
sales and services include custom stage construction and stage set design,
design and production management services and the sale of Irideon-Registered
Trademark- automated lighting systems and related products.
 
    Rental revenues were $47.6 million, $65.9 million and $65.7 million or
88.5%, 87.9% and 85.2% of total revenues during fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996,
respectively. The vast majority of the Company's rental revenues are earned from
the rental of VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting systems, with
the remainder from the rental of concert sound systems and conventional lighting
equipment. The Company's rental revenues are recorded as earned over the term of
each contract except for revenues from sales-type leases which are recorded and
typically paid at the inception of the lease. Sales-type leases are long-term
leases for the Company's VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting
systems and are accounted for as sales for financial accounting purposes.
Revenues from sales-type leases were $4.4 million, $9.9 million and $4.5 million
during fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Because sales-type lease
revenues are recorded in their entirety at the inception of the lease, wide
variations in revenues and earnings in any given quarter can occur. Rental costs
consist of direct costs of maintaining, supporting and delivering the rental
equipment and the depreciation costs of the capital expenditures incurred to
manufacture or purchase the rental equipment. The Company depreciates rental
equipment over periods of five to ten years. The direct costs associated with
sales-type leases include the net book value of the equipment rented which is
expensed in its entirety at the inception of the lease.
 
    The Company generates sales revenue from its custom stage construction and
stage set design services, design and production management services to
corporations and business associations for conventions, business meetings and
special events and sales of Irideon-Registered Trademark- automated lighting
systems. The Company first introduced its Irideon-Registered Trademark- lighting
system in 1993 and revenues from the Irideon-Registered Trademark- product line
have increased from $0.8 million in fiscal 1994 to $2.6 million in fiscal 1996,
and $3.3 million for nine-month period ended June 30, 1997. During fiscal 1994,
1995 and 1996, the Company's Irideon-Registered Trademark- product line
experienced operating losses of $0.1 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million,
respectively, due to start-up costs. To date, the gross margin percentage of
Irideon-Registered Trademark-products has been lower than those of the Company's
rental business. Although the gross margin percentage of Irideon-Registered
Trademark- products is expected to improve, it is expected to remain below that
of the Company's rental business.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    The following table reflects the percentages of total revenues by market:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                  1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Concert Touring...............................................       48.5%      38.2%      33.0%      31.0%      30.9%
Theatre.......................................................       19.3       20.6       22.7       20.9       25.1
Television and Film...........................................       13.7       12.9       16.3       18.3       15.4
Corporate Events..............................................       11.1       14.0       12.2       13.9       12.8
Other.........................................................        7.4       14.3       15.8       15.9       15.8
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Total Revenue.................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Although the Company expects revenues earned from concert touring (primarily
rental revenues) to continue to represent a significant percentage of the
Company's total revenues, during the past three fiscal years, concert touring
revenues have decreased as a percentage of the Company's total revenues due to
an increase in rental revenues generated from the Company's other customer
markets. The Company has experienced fluctuations in its concert touring
revenues because of the unpredictable nature of the timing and duration of such
tours and expects such fluctuations to continue in the future.
 
    The following table reflects the Company's geographic region revenues as a
percentage of total revenues (see Note J of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements"):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                  1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
North America.................................................       63.0%      53.1%      50.7%      51.6%      51.1%
Europe........................................................       23.7       33.8       34.5       34.3       34.9
Asia..........................................................       13.3       13.1       14.8       14.1       14.0
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total Revenue...............................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The majority of the increase in European revenues in fiscal 1995 resulted
from the Company's VLEH acquisition for approximately $6.0 million on March 31,
1994. These companies provided lighting services and custom stage construction
and stage set design services and included the Company's London, England
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- distributor. This acquisition was accounted for
by the Company using the purchase method of accounting. In addition to London,
the Company has offices in Tokyo, Hong Kong and Madrid. The Company anticipates
that foreign revenues will remain a significant part of the Company's total
revenues as the demand for entertainment in foreign markets continues to
increase.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth the percentages of total revenues represented
by certain income statement data and other data for the indicated periods:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                                          -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                            1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Rental revenues.......................................................       88.5%      87.9%      85.2%      84.9%      84.1%
  Product sales and service revenues....................................       11.5       12.1       14.8       15.1       15.9
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues......................................................      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0      100.0
  Rental costs..........................................................       34.9       35.1       34.3       34.2       33.3
  Product sales and service costs.......................................        8.0        8.9       10.1       10.5       11.0
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross margin..........................................................       57.1       56.0       55.6       55.3       55.7
  Selling, general and administrative expense...........................       35.6       37.5       39.0       41.6       37.5
  Research and development expense......................................        5.6        4.4        5.7        5.5        7.0
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income......................................................       15.9       14.1       10.9        8.2       11.2
  Interest expense......................................................        3.4        3.7        4.0        4.6        4.0
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before taxes and extraordinary loss............................       12.5       10.4        6.9        3.6        7.2
  Incomes taxes.........................................................        4.5        4.1        2.9        1.5        3.1
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before extraordinary loss......................................        8.0        6.3        4.0        2.1        4.1
  Extraordinary loss....................................................        1.4     --         --         --         --
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income............................................................        6.6%       6.3%       4.0%       2.1%       4.1%
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
OTHER DATA:
  Rental revenues.......................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
  Rental costs..........................................................       39.4       39.9       40.2       40.2       39.6
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Rental gross margin...................................................       60.6%      60.1%      59.8%      59.8%      60.4%
  Product sales and service revenues....................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
  Product sales and service costs.......................................       69.2       73.4       68.3       69.6       69.3
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Product sales and service gross margin................................       30.8%      26.6%      31.7%      30.4%      30.7%
 
  EBITDA................................................................       27.6%      25.6%      24.0%      22.3%      24.1%
</TABLE>
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
 
    REVENUES.  Total revenues increased 25.6%, or $13.7 million, to $67.1
million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $53.4 million
in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. The revenue increase was
attributable primarily to the factors set forth below.
 
    Rental revenues increased 24.3%, or $11.0 million, to $56.4 million in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $45.4 million in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. This increase was primarily the result of
an overall increase in concert touring revenues due to an improved concert
touring market during the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997 compared to the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. As a result, the Company experienced
increased rental revenues from both automated lighting systems and sound
systems, as well as from other related products and services. Rental revenues
from sales-type leases accounted for approximately 33.5%, or $3.7 million, of
the increase in rental revenues in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997,
compared with the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. The increase in
sales-type lease revenues was primarily due to significant leases with a new
theatrical production and an amusement park.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
    Product sales and service revenues increased 32.9%, or $2.7 million, to
$10.7 million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $8.0
million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. This increase was
primarily due to sales of the Company's Irideon-Registered Trademark- automated
lighting products which increased 123.2%, or $1.8 million, to $3.3 million in
the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $1.5 million in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. The remainder of the increase was
primarily attributable to the increase in revenues from stage construction
services as a result of increased concert touring activity.
 
    RENTAL COSTS.  Rental costs increased 22.3%, or $4.0 million, to $22.3
million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $18.3 million
in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. Rental costs as a percentage of
rental revenues decreased to 39.6% in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997,
from 40.2% in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. The decrease in rental
costs as a percentage of total rental revenues was primarily due to higher
utilization of the Company's rental equipment and other fixed charges during the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to the nine-month period ended
June 30, 1996. Also contributing to this decrease was a decrease in sales-type
lease costs as a percentage of sales-type lease rental revenues in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to the nine-month period ended
June 30, 1996. The decrease in sales-type lease costs was due to the leasing of
older equipment during the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to
the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996.
 
    PRODUCT SALES AND SERVICE COSTS.  Product sales and service costs increased
32.3%, or $1.8 million, to $7.4 million in the nine-month period ended June 30,
1997, compared to $5.6 million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996.
Product sales and service costs as a percentage of product sales and service
revenues decreased to 69.3% in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, from
69.6% in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. The decrease in product
sales and service costs as a percentage of the related revenues was primarily
due to the Irideon-Registered Trademark- product line, which experienced
improved production efficiencies and an increase in direct sales. Partially
offsetting this decrease was an increase in product sales and service costs for
the Company's custom stage construction business that were subcontracted by the
Company during the 1997 period, compared to the 1996 period. Product sales and
service costs associated with subcontracted services are generally higher than
costs associated with services provided directly by the Company.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE.  Selling, general and
administrative expense increased 13.0%, or $2.9 million, to $25.1 million in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $22.2 million in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. This increase resulted primarily from
payroll and related costs to support the Company's continued growth. This
expense as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 37.5% in the nine-month
period ended June 30, 1997, from 41.6% in the nine-month period ended June 30,
1996, due to costs incurred during fiscal year 1996, resulting from increases in
personnel and improvements in information systems.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE.  Research and development expense
increased 58.9%, or $1.8 million, to $4.7 million in the nine-month period ended
June 30, 1997, compared to $2.9 million in the nine-month period ended June 30,
1996. This expense as a percentage of total revenues increased to 7.0% in the
nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, from 5.5% in the nine-month period ended
June 30, 1996. These increases were primarily the result of an increase in the
employee-related costs associated with adding research and development engineers
during fiscal 1996 and the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased 10.5%, or $0.3 million, to
$2.7 million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, compared to $2.4
million in the nine-month period ended June 30, 1996. This increase was
attributable to additional long-term borrowings incurred by the Company to fund
capital expenditures.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Effective tax rates in the nine-month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1996 were 42.5% and 41.7%, respectively.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
  1995
 
    REVENUES.  Total revenues increased 3.0%, or $2.2 million, to $77.1 million
in the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, compared to $74.9 million in the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1995. The revenue increase was attributable
primarily to the factors set forth below.
 
    Rental revenues decreased $0.2 million to $65.7 million in fiscal 1996,
compared to $65.9 million in fiscal 1995. This decrease was primarily the result
of a 54.2%, or $5.4 million, decrease in rental revenues from sales-type leases,
which decreased to $4.5 million in fiscal 1996, compared to $9.9 million in
fiscal 1995, primarily due to one major casino installation and an increase in
the cloning of several major touring theatrical productions in fiscal 1995.
Additionally, the Company experienced an overall decrease in concert touring
revenues in fiscal 1996 as a result of a downturn in the concert touring market
compared with fiscal 1995 when the Company earned significant revenues from the
Rolling Stones Voodoo Lounge tour. These decreases were offset by increased
revenues earned from the Company's VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated
lighting systems as more of these products were available for rental as a result
of fiscal 1995 capital expenditures, including an increase in automated lighting
rental revenues in Japan.
 
    Product sales and service revenues increased 26.0%, or $2.4 million, to
$11.4 million in fiscal 1996, compared to $9.0 million in fiscal 1995. Product
sales and service revenues increased as a percentage of total revenues to 14.8%
in fiscal 1996, from 12.1% in fiscal 1995. This increase in revenue was
primarily due to sales of Irideon-Registered Trademark- automated lighting
products which increased 180.9%, or $1.7 million, to $2.6 million in fiscal
1996, compared to $0.9 million in fiscal 1995.
 
    RENTAL COSTS.  Rental costs increased 0.5%, or $0.1 million, to $26.4
million in fiscal 1996, compared to $26.3 million in fiscal 1995. Rental costs
as a percentage of rental revenues increased to 40.2% in fiscal 1996, from 39.9%
in fiscal 1995. This increase was primarily the result of increased sales-type
lease costs as a percentage of sales-type lease rental revenues in fiscal 1996
when compared to fiscal 1995, due to the leasing of newer equipment during
fiscal 1996 when compared to fiscal 1995.
 
    PRODUCT SALES AND SERVICE COSTS.  Product sales and service costs increased
17.3%, or $1.2 million, to $7.8 million in fiscal 1996 compared to $6.6 million
in fiscal 1995. Product sales and service costs as a percentage of product sales
and service revenues decreased from 73.4% in fiscal 1995 to 68.3% in fiscal
1996. The decrease in these costs as a percentage of their related revenues was
primarily the result of operating improvements in the Company's custom stage
construction business.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE.  Selling, general and
administrative expense increased 6.8%, or $1.9 million, to $30.1 million in
fiscal 1996, compared to $28.2 million in fiscal 1995. This expense as a
percentage of revenues increased to 39.0% in fiscal 1996 from 37.5% in fiscal
1995. These increases primarily resulted from increased payroll and related
costs and depreciation expense associated with continued growth through
increases in personnel and improvements in information systems.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE.  Research and development expense
increased 34.1%, or $1.1 million, to $4.4 million in fiscal 1996, compared to
$3.3 million in fiscal 1995. This expense as a percentage of revenues increased
to 5.7% in fiscal 1996, from 4.4% in fiscal 1995. These increases were primarily
the result of an increase in the employee-related costs associated with adding
16 research and development engineers during fiscal 1996.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased 10.9%, or $0.3 million, to
$3.1 million in fiscal 1996, compared to $2.8 million in fiscal 1995. This
increase was attributable to additional long-term borrowings incurred by the
Company to fund capital expenditures in fiscal 1995 and 1996.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Effective tax rates in fiscal 1996 and 1995 were 41.7% and
39.2%, respectively.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
  1994
 
    REVENUES.  Total revenues increased 39.2%, or $21.1 million, to $74.9
million in fiscal 1995 compared to $53.8 million in fiscal 1994. Approximately
56.2% of the growth in total revenues, or $11.9 million, was attributable to
revenues generated from Vari-Lite Europe Holdings Limited ("VLEH"), the
Company's London, England based subsidiary which was formed to acquire three
companies on March 31, 1994. As a result, only six months of VLEH's operations
were included in fiscal 1994. Also during fiscal 1995, the Company earned $8.9
million, or approximately 11.9% of total revenues, from the rental of automated
lighting and sound systems and other lighting products and services used on the
Rolling Stones Voodoo Lounge tour.
 
    Rental revenues increased 38.3%, or $18.3 million, to $65.9 million in
fiscal 1995, compared to $47.6 million in fiscal 1994. Approximately 48.1% of
the growth in rental revenues, or $8.8 million, was attributable to an increase
in revenues from the VLEH acquisition. Rental revenues from sales-type leases
accounted for approximately 30.0%, or $5.5 million, of the increase in rental
revenues from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995. The increase in sales-type lease
revenues was primarily due to one major casino installation and an increase in
the cloning of several major touring theatrical productions in fiscal 1995. The
remainder of the increase in rental revenues was primarily due to revenues
earned from the Rolling Stones Voodoo Lounge tour and an overall increase in
automated lighting rental revenues in Japan.
 
    Product sales and service revenues increased 46.2%, or $2.8 million, to $9.0
million in fiscal 1995, compared to $6.2 million in fiscal 1994. Product sales
and service revenues increased as a percentage of total revenues to 12.1% in
fiscal 1995, from 11.5% in fiscal 1994. These increases were primarily
attributable to the VLEH acquisition.
 
    RENTAL COSTS.  Rental costs increased 40.0%, or $7.5 million, to $26.3
million in fiscal 1995, compared to $18.8 million in fiscal 1994. Rental costs
as a percentage of rental revenues increased to 39.9% in fiscal 1995, from 39.4%
in fiscal 1994.
 
    PRODUCT SALES AND SERVICE COSTS.  Product sales and service costs increased
54.9%, or $2.3 million, to $6.6 million in fiscal 1995, compared to $4.3 million
in fiscal 1994. Product sales and service costs as a percentage of product sales
and service revenues increased to 73.4% in fiscal 1995 from to 69.2% in fiscal
1994. These increases were primarily the result of higher than anticipated costs
to build custom stages and stage sets for customers.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE.  Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased 46.8%, or $9.0 million, to $28.2 million in
fiscal 1995, compared to $19.2 million in fiscal 1994. This expense as a
percentage of revenues increased to 37.5% in fiscal 1995 from 35.6% in fiscal
1994. These increases were partially due to the non-recurring costs associated
with the VLEH acquisition in fiscal 1994 and an increase in consulting and
employee benefit expenses as a result of the Company's initiatives to improve
its human resource and process management. During fiscal 1995, the Company
established the ESOP and Equivalence Plan (as hereinafter defined) and accrued
contributions to them of an aggregate of $0.8 million. This increase was also
partially due to unusually high design modification costs to improve performance
of certain rental equipment and costs to make certain VARI*LITE-Registered
Trademark- products compliant with international safety regulations. The
remainder of the increase in selling, general and administrative expense
resulted primarily from payroll and related costs to support continued growth.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE.  Research and development expense
increased 8.2%, or $0.3 million, to $3.3 million in fiscal 1995, compared to
$3.0 million in fiscal 1994. This increase in research and development expense
was primarily attributable to costs incurred in connection with the development
of the Company's Irideon-Registered Trademark- products. This expense as a
percentage of revenues decreased to 4.4% in fiscal 1995, from 5.6% in fiscal
1994.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased 54.5%, or $1.0 million, to
$2.8 million in fiscal 1995, compared to $1.8 million in fiscal 1994. This
increase was attributable to additional long-term borrowings
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
incurred by the Company to fund the VLEH acquisition in fiscal 1994 and other
capital expenditures in fiscal 1994 and 1995 primarily associated with an
increase in rental assets.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Effective tax rates in fiscal 1995 and 1994 were 39.2% and
35.6%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate in fiscal 1995 was
primarily due to increased earnings from the Company's subsidiary in Japan,
which are taxed at a higher rate than the Company's other earnings, and
increased earnings in certain states in which the Company is subject to state
income tax.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY LOSS.  During fiscal 1994, the Company entered into the Credit
Agreement, the proceeds of which were used to refinance outstanding indebtedness
under then existing credit facilities, to fund the VLEH acquisition and to build
rental equipment. The Company incurred prepayment penalties, net of taxes, of
$0.8 million relating to the early extinguishment of the existing debt. See
"--Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS AND SEASONALITY
 
    The following table sets forth certain income statement data and EBITDA for
each of the Company's last 15 quarters, which were derived from unaudited
financial statements of the Company. In the opinion of the Company's management,
this income statement data contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation thereof.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      QUARTERS ENDED
                                                    --------------------------------------------------
                                                    DECEMBER 31    MARCH 31     JUNE 30   SEPTEMBER 30
                                                    ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------  FISCAL YEAR
                                                                                                        -----------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
                   Fiscal 1994
Total Revenues....................................   $    9,778    $   9,591   $  15,160   $   19,283    $  53,812
EBITDA............................................        2,659        2,025       3,720        6,470       14,874
Operating income..................................        1,321          633       2,019        4,566        8,539
                   Fiscal 1995
Total Revenues....................................   $   18,648    $  17,234   $  19,314   $   19,714    $  74,910
EBITDA............................................        6,224        4,027       4,495        4,413       19,159
Operating income..................................        4,267        1,951       2,284        2,037       10,539
                   Fiscal 1996
Total Revenues....................................   $   16,791    $  16,995   $  19,645   $   23,707    $  77,138
EBITDA............................................        3,648        3,436       4,845        6,589       18,518
Operating income..................................        1,186          915       2,285        4,063        8,449
                   Fiscal 1997
Total Revenues....................................   $   22,326    $  22,384   $  22,378
EBITDA............................................        5,215        5,083       5,871
Operating income..................................        2,424        2,265       2,840
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has experienced and is expected to continue to experience
fluctuations in quarterly operating results, both between different quarters
within the same fiscal year and with respect to the same quarter between
different fiscal years. These fluctuations arise from several factors, including
the timing and dollar value of sales-type leases with customers, the dependence
of the Company on concert tours, which are unpredictable in timing and duration,
the introduction of new products and general economic conditions both
domestically and internationally. In addition, the Company's business is subject
to seasonal fluctuations with the highest percentage of its revenues being
generated in the summer months and the lowest percentage being generated in
winter months. Because of the possibilities of significant fluctuations, results
for any quarter may not be indicative of the results that may be achieved in a
full year. While the Company expects to experience growth in its revenues and
profits, there can be no assurance that the Company's historical levels of
revenues or profits will be sustained, particularly on a quarterly basis. See
"Risk Factors--Fluctuations in Operating Results and Seasonality."
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Historically, the Company has financed its operations and capital
expenditures with cash flow from operations, bank borrowings and advances from
distributors and customers. The Company's operating activities generated cash
flow of approximately $10.9 million, $12.2 million, $7.3 million and $4.7
million during fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the nine months ended June 30,
1997, respectively.
 
    The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering to repay
indebtedness under the Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 1997, approximately
$40.8 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement (based on currency
exchange rates as of June 30, 1997). The Credit Agreement contains compliance
covenants, including requirements that the Company achieve certain financial
ratios. In addition, the Credit Agreement places limitations on the ability to
pay stockholder distributions, make capital expenditures, incur additional
indebtedness, make certain loans or investments, sell assets or reacquire Common
Stock. The Company incurs a commitment fee equal to 0.5% per annum on the
average daily unused portion of the revolver which is payable quarterly.
Substantially all of the Company's assets, except those pledged to distributors,
are pledged as collateral under the Credit Agreement. The Company expects to
obtain a new credit facility after completion of the Offering.
 
    The Company has hedged its currency fluctuation risk by borrowing in local
currencies under the Credit Agreement. The Company is a party to two interest
rate swap agreements which fix the Company's effective interest costs under a
portion of the Credit Agreement. See "Risk Factors--Foreign Exchange Risks;
International Trade Risk," "Use of Proceeds" and Note E of "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements."
 
    The Company has funded the costs to manufacture automated lighting equipment
to be rented to certain distributors with advances made by the distributors
under the terms of the Company's distributorship agreements. The distributors
typically advance to the Company an amount equal to the cost to manufacture the
equipment, and enter into a four-year agreement whereby the distributors have
the exclusive right to sublease the lighting equipment within defined market
areas. Borrowings by the Company under these agreements, which are secured by
liens against the applicable equipment, are repaid by the Company through future
rentals due from the distributors under the terms of their distributorship
agreements and bear interest at various rates ranging from 0% to 10.25%
annually. Proceeds received under these distributorship agreements were
approximately $1.0 million, $2.2 million and $1.7 million for fiscal 1994, 1995
and 1996, respectively, and outstanding borrowings from distributors at
September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 were approximately $2.1
million, $2.9 million, $2.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively. All amounts
advanced by distributors are accounted for by the Company as short-term debt.
See "Business--Marketing, Sales and Distribution."
 
    The Company has funded the cost to purchase computer equipment and office
furniture and fixtures with advances from asset based lending institutions.
Borrowings by the Company under agreements with such institutions typically
amortize over three years and bear interest at various rates ranging from 8.25%
to 10.40%. Proceeds received under this type of financing were approximately
$0.2 million, $1.6 million, $1.8 million and $1.1 million for fiscal 1994, 1995
and 1996 and the nine-month period ended June 30, 1997, respectively, and
borrowings outstanding at September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997
were approximately $0.4 million, $1.7 million, $2.8 million and $3.0 million,
respectively.
 
    The Company has also used customer advances or deposits on contracts to fund
short-term working capital and immediate capital expenditure needs for specific
contracts. As of September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, the
Company had outstanding payables on customer deposits on contracts of
approximately $1.3 million, $1.2 million, $1.2 million and $1.8 million,
respectively.
 
    Dividends paid to stockholders totaled approximately $0.6 million with
respect to each of fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996, and $0.2 million with respect to
fiscal 1997 through June 30, 1997. The Company intends to pay additional
dividends of approximately $0.4 million to its stockholders prior to the
consummation of the Offering. The Company does not anticipate paying any
additional cash dividends after the consummation of the Offering. See "Dividend
Policy."
 
    The Company's business requires significant capital expenditures. Capital
expenditures for the fiscal years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 were
approximately $13.6 million, $20.7 million and $12.6 million,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
respectively, of which approximately $12.2 million, $18.0 million and $10.2
million were for rental equipment inventories. The majority of the Company's
revenues are generated through the rental of automated lighting and concert
sound systems and, as such, the Company must maintain a significant amount of
rental equipment to meet customer demands. Total rental equipment inventories
increased from approximately $49.2 million at the beginning of fiscal 1994 to
$102.9 million at June 30, 1997. This increase primarily consisted of automated
lighting equipment, the majority of which consisted of recently designed
lighting equipment and additional equipment to resolve shortages that the
Company has experienced and to replace equipment taken out of rental inventory
for sales-type leases. The Company's management anticipates capital expenditures
of approximately $23.0 million during fiscal 1997, primarily for expansion of
rental inventories.
 
    The Company invests heavily in management information systems, believing
them to be a key factor in the Company's ability to remain ahead of its
competitors. In fiscal 1995 and 1996, the Company invested approximately $2.2
million constructing a wide-area network throughout the United States and
implementing Oracle financial and manufacturing applications. This computer
system is expected to meet the anticipated needs of the Company for the
foreseeable future.
 
    The Company had a working capital deficit of approximately $2.0 million,
$4.8 million and $0.6 million at September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
respectively, and a working capital surplus of approximately $0.5 million at
June 30, 1997. The Company has historically maintained working capital deficits
since the bulk of its revenue generating assets are classified as long-term
assets rather than current assets.
 
    In December 1995, the Company entered into a financing transaction with an
unaffiliated special purpose entity which purchased a 32-acre site in the
Dallas, Texas area for approximately $3.6 million and intends to build a 233,000
square foot facility. The Company is leasing this land for five years, with six
five-year renewal options. The Company has the right to lease a building to be
built on the land for a term that is identical to the land lease. The rental
rate will be based on the total cost of the project, which is expected to be
approximately $18.0 million. The Company has an option to purchase the property
at any time during the term of the lease for its original cost. The Company
intends to consolidate all of its Dallas, Texas based operations in this new
facility when it is completed, which is expected to be in fiscal 2000. This
financing arrangement will be accounted for as an operating lease for financial
reporting purposes. See "Business--Properties".
 
    The Company has capitalized and expects to continue to capitalize its costs
relating to the High End Lawsuit (approximately $2.5 million as of June 30,
1997, and an estimated additional $1.6 million through consummation of the
trial). Unless the Company receives a judgment in this litigation that at least
one of its patents has been infringed and the Company concludes, based on all of
the facts and circumstances, that such a judgment will allow it to maintain its
competitive advantage provided by the infringed patents, all costs incurred by
the Company relating to the High End Lawsuit (including those previously
capitalized) will be required to be recorded as an expense in the period that
the judgment is rendered. See "Risk Factors--Capitalized Litigation Costs" and
"Business--Litigation."
 
    Management believes that cash flow generated from operations, combined with
the net proceeds from the Offering and borrowing capacity under the Credit
Agreement (after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the
Offering) should be sufficient to fund its anticipated operating needs and
capital expenditures for at least twelve months after the date of the Offering.
However, because the Company's future operating results will depend on a number
of factors, including the demand for the Company's products and services, the
level of competition, the success of the Company's research and development
programs, the ability to achieve competitive and technological advances and
general and economic conditions and other factors beyond the Company's control,
there can be no assurance that sufficient capital resources will be available to
fund the expected expansion of its business beyond such period.
 
INFLATION
 
    The Company has generally been able to offset cost increases with increases
in the rental rates and sales prices charged for its products and services.
Accordingly, the Company does not believe that inflation has had a material
effect on its results of operations to date. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company's business will not be adversely affected by inflation in the
future.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is a leading international provider of proprietary automated
lighting systems and related services to the entertainment industry, servicing
markets such as concert touring, theatre, television and film and corporate
events. In 1981, the Company revolutionized the professional entertainment
lighting industry by inventing the VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- system, the
first automated lighting system that allowed real-time, computerized, remote
control of light beam features such as color, size, shape, position and
intensity. As a result, the VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- brand name has
become recognized as the preeminent brand name for automated lighting. The
Company rents its VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting systems
exclusively through a domestic and international network of Company-owned
offices and independent distributors.
 
    The Company believes that its position as an industry leader results from
its broad range of innovative and technologically superior products, its
longstanding collaborative relationship with participants in the entertainment
industry, its worldwide distribution system and its dedication to customer
service. The Company continuously addresses the technical and creative needs of
its customers by designing and manufacturing products that in many instances
have become the industry standard. Lighting designers using the Company's
automated lighting systems have won Tony-Registered Trademark- Awards for
Broadway lighting design every year since 1990, and the Company won an Emmy-TM-
Award for Outstanding Achievement in Engineering for television in 1991 and
1994. For its accomplishments in the concert touring market, the Company was
named by Performance Magazine as the "Lighting Company of the Year" six times
since 1989 and the "Equipment Manufacturer of the Year/Lighting" ten times since
1983.
 
    The Company has capitalized on the growth of the entertainment industry and
has demonstrated its ability to broaden the application of its existing
technology and to develop new lighting systems and products to create and
penetrate new markets.
 
    - CONCERT TOURING.  The Company initially designed its systems to serve the
      concert touring market and remains a leader in that market. The Company's
      customers have included such notable performers as The Rolling Stones,
      Phil Collins, Genesis, Pink Floyd, Paul McCartney, David Bowie, Elton
      John, Tina Turner, Sting, Reba McEntire, Vince Gill, Barbara Streisand,
      Diana Ross, Whitney Houston, Sheryl Crow, Pearl Jam and the Indigo Girls.
 
    - THEATRE.  By developing the first virtually silent automated lighting
      fixture, the Company secured a significant competitive advantage in the
      theatre market, including touring theatre shows. The Company's systems
      have been used in such shows as CHICAGO, MISS SAIGON, SUNSET BOULEVARD,
      KISS OF THE SPIDER WOMAN, THE WILL ROGERS FOLLIES, TOMMY, GREASE, HOW TO
      SUCCEED IN BUSINESS WITHOUT REALLY TRYING, BRING IN 'DA NOISE BRING IN 'DA
      FUNK, JESUS CHRIST SUPERSTAR, MARTIN GUERRE, JEKYLL & HYDE, OLIVER,
      RAGTIME and SHOW BOAT.
 
    - TELEVISION AND FILM.  The Company successfully leveraged its versatile
      product line to become a leading provider of automated lighting to the
      television market and to increase its penetration of the film market. The
      Company has provided automated lighting for the Academy Awards, Emmy-TM-
      Awards, Grammy Awards, Country Music Awards, MTV Music Awards and other
      awards shows, as well as television shows such as THE TONIGHT SHOW WITH
      JAY LENO, THE LATE SHOW WITH DAVID LETTERMAN, WHEEL OF FORTUNE, SATURDAY
      NIGHT LIVE, HOME IMPROVEMENT and AMERICAN GLADIATORS, and the movies
      FORREST GUMP, BATMAN FOREVER, WAYNE'S WORLD and SISTER ACT, among others.
      VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting fixtures or
      "luminaires" are also installed in ABC's New York studios, where they are
      used for PRIME TIME LIVE, 20/20 and GOOD MORNING AMERICA.
 
    - CORPORATE EVENTS.  The Company is continuing to expand its presence in the
      corporate events market by providing automated lighting systems for
      conventions, business meetings, new product launches and special events.
      The Company's systems have been used in events for Sony, Nike, IBM,
      Sprint, Oldsmobile and Microsoft, among others.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    - ARCHITECTURAL.  Recently, the Company has targeted the lighting needs of
      architectural markets such as restaurants, casinos, retail stores,
      corporate showrooms, shopping malls, building exteriors and landmarks. The
      Company's Irideon-Registered Trademark- automated lighting system product
      line, which is in the development stage, is designed specifically for such
      architectural lighting applications.
 
    The Company's VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- systems incorporate advanced
proprietary and patented technology in both lighting fixtures and control
consoles. The Company is the only industry participant which combines patented
dichroic filter color changing systems, advanced heat removal techniques and
computer control systems that utilize distributed processing and resident cue
memory in each luminaire. By using such technology to execute a lighting effect
(or cue), an operator can transmit a single command to up to 1,000 luminaries
simultaneously, each of which stores its own set of cues. As a result, customers
using the Company's systems can create lighting presentations with greater
flexibility, complexity, speed and precision than with competing products.
 
    The Company is also a leader in providing complementary products and
services to the entertainment industry, including concert sound systems,
conventional lighting equipment, custom stage construction and stage set design
services, and design and production management services for conventions,
business meetings and special events.
 
INDUSTRY
 
    In the early 1980's, the concert touring market was the first to recognize
that automated lighting could be used not only to augment a performance but also
as an additional source of entertainment. Today, lighting and lighting design
play an integral role in the entertainment industry, providing illumination of
concert, theatre, television and film performers for the audience, as well as
creating special effects to augment the performance. According to an industry
source, the concert touring market in North America has grown at an annual rate
of approximately 6% over the past nine years, as measured by major headliner
arena ticket sales. The Company believes that the international concert touring
market will grow at a faster rate because it is at an earlier stage in its
development.
 
    The theatre market, as measured by the North American live theatre box
office receipts, has grown by an annual rate of approximately 11% over the last
ten years according to VARIETY. More importantly, touring shows, for which the
Company's automated lighting systems are ideally suited, accounted for 60% of
the total market in 1996 compared to 52% in 1986. The Company believes that the
North American and international theatre markets continue to represent a
significant opportunity for the Company.
 
    In recent years, lighting designers have begun to utilize entertainment
lighting in new settings such as corporate meetings, restaurants, casinos,
cruise ships and retail settings. The Company has broadened the application of
its existing technologies to address this demand, including the development of
its Irideon-Registered Trademark-product line for architectural use. The Company
expects the demand for entertainment lighting in both existing and new settings
to increase in the future.
 
STRATEGY
 
    The Company's principal objectives are to maintain its worldwide leadership
positions in its existing markets and to create demand for its products in new
markets. The key elements of this strategy include:
 
    - MAINTAINING ITS COMMITMENT TO INNOVATION.  The Company will remain
      committed to research and development, designing innovative technologies
      for use in multiple products. By continuing to develop leading edge,
      proprietary automated lighting products with novel and versatile features,
      the Company expects to maintain its leadership positions in existing
      markets and create demand for its products in new markets.
 
    - EXPANDING ITS WORLDWIDE DISTRIBUTION CAPABILITIES.  The Company is
      committed to leveraging its position as an industry leader in automated
      lighting by expanding its domestic and international distribution channels
      by opening new offices, affiliating with additional independent
      distributors and
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
      acquiring complementary businesses. The Company intends to increase its
      focus as a full-service provider of quality products and services by
      further expanding and diversifying its worldwide inventory and
      distribution system, improving its extensive education and training
      programs and continuing to emphasize customer service. The Company expects
      to significantly expand its recent efforts to offer a full range of
      lighting services and products, including conventional lighting products,
      in order to compete effectively for all of its customers' lighting needs.
 
    - CONTINUING TO OFFER VALUE-ADDED COMPLEMENTARY SERVICES.  The Company
      intends to continue providing complementary sound, conventional lighting,
      custom stage and stage set, and design and production management products
      and services, thereby offering comprehensive solutions to its customers'
      needs and leveraging its customer relationships to maximize revenue.
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
    AUTOMATED LIGHTING--VARI*LITE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- PRODUCTS.
 
    The Company designs, manufactures and markets an extensive line of
integrated automated lighting systems, including light fixtures, or
"luminaires," control consoles and support equipment, and provides system
operators and maintenance services. To accommodate users who prefer to operate
the Company's lighting systems independently, the Company also conducts
extensive training programs. The Company rents rather than sells its
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- automated lighting systems.
 
    VL1-TM- LUMINAIRE.  The Company's initial product, the revolutionary VL1-TM-
luminaire, was the first automated luminaire using a dichroic filter color
changing system, thereby becoming the first compact, easily transportable light
capable of moving and changing beam intensity, position, movement, size, shape
and color. The VL1-TM- luminaire was introduced in 1981 and remained in service
until 1996.
 
    SERIES 200-TM- SYSTEM.  The Company's VL2C-Registered Trademark- spot
luminaire, VL4-Registered Trademark- wash luminaire and Artisan-Registered
Trademark- Plus and mini-Artisan-Registered Trademark- 2 control consoles
constitute the Company's Series 200-TM- system. Spot luminaires create a hard-
edged, crisp beam which can be used for precisely focused illumination and
visual effects, as well as for projecting custom light images such as faces and
designs through the use of "gobos", designs etched into a piece of glass or cut
into a piece of metal through which a light beam is directed to create an image.
Each VL2C-Registered Trademark- spot luminaire model can change light color in
one-tenth of a second and can produce more than 120 separate light colors
through the use of the Company's patented color changing system. In designing
the Series 200-TM- system, the Company patented a number of features which it
believes makes the Company's light systems superior to those of its competitors.
The Company is the only industry participant which combines patented dichroic
filter color changing systems, advanced heat removal techniques and a computer
control systems that utilize distributed processing and resident cue memory in
each luminaire. By using such technology to execute a lighting effect (or cue),
an operator can transmit a single command to up to 1,000 luminaires
simultaneously, each of which stores its own set of cues. As a result, customers
using the Company's systems can create lighting presentations with greater
flexibility, complexity, speed and precision than with competing products.
 
    The VL4-Registered Trademark- wash luminaire projects a dispersed soft-edge
light beam for even illumination of objects and areas. The VL4-Registered
Trademark- luminaire's patented color changing system allows the user to select
30 preset and 160 programmable colors from thousands of available colors and to
change these colors in less than three-tenths of a second, or program the system
for timed color cross-fades. In addition, the VL4-Registered Trademark-luminaire
features precisely timed control of light intensity, including the ability to
instantaneously turn the light fixture on and off. Continuous adjustment of
diffusion and beam angle provides enhanced control of the beam shape.
 
    SERIES 300-TM- SYSTEM.  The Company developed its Series 300-TM- automated
lighting system principally to satisfy the demands of the theatre, television
and film markets for virtually silent, light weight automated lighting products
with sophisticated color changing features. The Company's Series 300-TM- system,
including the VL5-Registered Trademark- wash luminaire, the VL6-Registered
Trademark- spot luminaire and the VLM-TM- automated moving mirror, as well as
the Artisan-Registered Trademark-Plus and mini-Artisan-Registered Trademark- 2
control consoles, also appeals to major concert touring clients who want to rent
large
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
systems. The VL5-Registered Trademark- luminaire is lighter than the
VL4-Registered Trademark- luminaire, and its cold-mirror reflector both
eliminates the need for noisy cooling fans and reduces the amount of heat the
lights emit onto the stage. Color changes for the VL5-Registered Trademark- are
controlled by a system that allows color cross-fades in as little as
seven-tenths of a second and interchangeable lenses work with an internal
diffusing mechanism to provide a wide variety of beam sizes and shapes. The
VL6-Registered Trademark- spot luminaire is the companion to the VL5-Registered
Trademark- wash luminaire, and has two interchangeable 12-position wheels of
dichroic color filters and gobos for split second color and image changes and
multi-color beams. The VL5Arc-TM- luminaire, which won the "Product of the
Year/Lighting" for 1996, awarded by Lighting Dimensions magazine, has a brighter
bulb than the VL5-Registered Trademark- luminaire and an innovative fluid-filled
variable lens (patent pending) which allows beam size control. The VLM-TM-
automated moving mirror is a dual-sided highly reflective Lexan-Registered
Trademark- polycarbonate mirror panel. With its ability to both pan and tilt 360
degrees, the VLM-TM- automated moving mirror can be used to augment the effects
produced by VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- wash and spot luminaires, or it can
be used with conventional lights to create limited beam motion at a very low
cost.
 
    Although the Company's VL5-Registered Trademark- wash luminaires and
VL6-Registered Trademark- spot luminaires are compatible with the
industry-standard DMX 512 digital protocol and, as such, can be operated by DMX
512 control consoles, the Company's other products require the more
sophisticated, higher performance of the Company's proprietary control consoles
which use a high speed, bi-directional communications protocol. The Company's
primary control console, the Artisan-Registered Trademark- Plus, provides
control of up to 1,000 luminaires, dimmers and other equipment with up to 1,000
cues per channel, allowing the operator to control each luminaire or to store
and play back preset cues. The Company also rents the smaller, less expensive
mini-Artisan-Registered Trademark- 2 control console which has substantially the
same capabilities as the Artisan-Registered Trademark- Plus control console, but
requires longer programming time. Accordingly, the mini-Artisan-Registered
Trademark- 2 control console is often used either where space is limited or as a
back-up system to the Artisan-Registered Trademark- Plus control console.
 
    OTHER PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company provides trained personnel to
operate its automated lighting systems and offers training courses, maintenance
and other support services to customers. The Company considers these services to
be of critical importance to its business. The Company maintains extensive,
custom-designed training facilities in its Dallas, Texas and London, England
offices, where it trains both its own personnel and customers who find it more
efficient to have their own personnel operate and maintain the
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- equipment. The Company also provides smaller
training facilities in its New York, Los Angeles and Tokyo offices.
 
    In addition to luminaires and control consoles, the Company rents related
equipment required to operate the Company's systems, such as power and control
signal distribution equipment, dimmers and cables. The Company has also
developed a unique stackable, plastic injection-molded storage case for
transporting its equipment. The Company's cases are custom-designed to protect
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- equipment and last longer than the industry
standard carpet covered wood or laminate cases. These cases are also
significantly lighter than other cases, thereby reducing transportation costs.
 
    AUTOMATED LIGHTING--IRIDEON-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- PRODUCTS.
 
    In 1994, the Company began to apply its existing automated lighting
technologies to create its Irideon-Registered Trademark-products for the
architectural lighting industry. Through its subsidiary Irideon, Inc.
("Irideon"), the Company sells Irideon-Registered Trademark- automated lighting
products, even though it continues to rent all of its non-architectural
products.
 
    AR500 LUMINAIRE-TM-.  The AR500-TM- weather-proof wash luminaire is the
Company's first product designed specifically for exterior illumination of
objects such as monuments, bridges and commercial buildings. Like the Company's
other products, the AR500-TM- luminaire uses the Company's patented color
changing system to produce smooth color cross-fades through virtually the entire
color spectrum. Various lenses permit the light beam size to be altered and a
douser provides the ability to dim beam intensity. Lighting Dimensions Magazine
named the AR500-TM- luminaire the "Product of the Year/Lighting", Architectural
Category in 1993. Since its introduction, the Company has sold over 1,300
AR500-TM- luminaires.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    AR5-TM- LUMINAIRE.  In 1996, the Company began selling interior
architectural automated lights for use in permanent architectural installations.
The AR5-TM- wash luminaire is the first product in a planned family of products
for interior applications. This product uses new dichroic filter coatings, many
plastic components and a newly-developed light source, which allow the Company
to market less expensive products to lighting and interior designers, and does
not require trained operators after the initial set-up. The AR5-TM- wash
luminaire was named "Product of the Year/Lighting", Architectural Category in
1995 by Lighting Dimensions magazine and in 1996 won "Product of the Year" at
Lightfair International.
 
    COMPOSER-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- CONTROL SYSTEM.  The AR500-TM- and AR5-TM-
luminaires both are operated with the Composer-Registered Trademark-control
system. The Composer-Registered Trademark- is a Windows-Registered Trademark-
95-based system that is programmable using a standard personal computer. After
programming has been completed, the personal computer can be removed and
lighting cues or sequences can be activated via an internal clock or from wall
switches. The Composer-Registered Trademark- control system is DMX compatible
which, among other things, allows it to operate products manufactured by others.
 
          AUTOMATED LIGHTING--VARI*LITE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- PRODUCTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    FISCAL YEAR
PRODUCT              INTRODUCED                                     DESCRIPTION
- ------------------  ------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>           <C>
VL1-TM-                 1981      The original VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- spot luminaire. Rendered obsolete
                                  in most markets by subsequent VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- products.
 
VL2C-Registered         1986      A high intensity spot luminaire using an arc light bulb. Favored by concert,
Trademark-                        television and theatrical lighting designers due to its beam quality, motion
                                  control, bright colors and wide range of color choices.
 
VL4-Registered          1988      A wash luminaire using an arc light bulb and featuring a high speed douser. The
Trademark-                        brightness and precisely timed control of light intensity and beam size appeal
                                  to concert, theatre and television and film clients.
 
VL5-Registered          1992      A lighter, less expensive version of the VL4-Registered Trademark- wash
Trademark-                        luminaire using a tungsten light bulb. Silent operation, compactness and lighter
                                  weight appeal to theatrical, concert, television and film and corporate events
                                  users. Lower cost attracts both major concert touring clients wanting to lease
                                  larger systems and entry level concert touring clients with budgetary
                                  constraints.
 
VL5Arc-TM-              1997      A VL5-Registered Trademark- luminaire utilizing a 600 watt arc source for very
                                  high brightness and a beam control device. Used in productions where high
                                  brightness is required.
 
VL5B-TM-                1995      A VL5-Registered Trademark- luminaire with a color system designed for the
                                  television and theatre markets with an enhanced pastel range.
 
VL6-Registered          1994      A compact, virtually silent spot luminaire which is the companion to the
Trademark-                        VL5-Registered Trademark- wash luminaire. The brightness, small size and low
                                  cost of this luminaire appeal to all lighting disciplines, especially theatrical
                                  and television and film users as well as corporate events.
 
VL7-TM-                 1998      A high brightness, multi-feature spot luminaire. Expected to service all
                    (projected)   markets.
 
VLM-TM-                 1994      An automated dual-sided moving mirror able to pan and tilt 360 degrees. Appeals
                                  to both large and entry level concert touring clients.
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    FISCAL YEAR
PRODUCT              INTRODUCED                                     DESCRIPTION
- ------------------  ------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>           <C>
Artisan-Registered      1986      A computerized console required to control most of the Company's luminaires.
Trademark- Plus                   Uses a proprietary communications protocol which allows the operator more
                                  functionality, efficiency and control of lighting effects than the industry
                                  standard DMX 512 protocol.
 
Mini-Artisan-Registered     1994  A smaller, less expensive console designed to operate the Company's luminaires.
Trademark- 2                      Often used as a back-up console to the Artisan-Registered Trademark- Plus
                                  console.
</TABLE>
 
           AUTOMATED LIGHTING--IRIDEON-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- PRODUCTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       FISCAL YEAR
PRODUCT                 INTRODUCED                                    DESCRIPTION
- ---------------------  ------------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>           <C>
  AR500-TM-                1993      A weather-proof wash luminaire with the capability to change color and beam
                                     size or intensity. The first automated luminaire designed specifically for
                                     outdoor uses such as building exteriors and landmarks and has the
                                     "UL-Registered Trademark-" rating for "wet" location.
 
  AR5-TM-                  1996      An automated wash luminaire designed for architectural applications such as
                                     restaurants, casinos, retail stores, corporate showrooms and shopping malls.
 
  Composer-Registered      1996      The control system used to operate Irideon-Registered Trademark- architectural
  Trademark-                         luminaires. A Windows-Registered Trademark- 95-based system that is
                                     programmable using a standard personal computer with playback via an internal
                                     clock or wall switches, thereby eliminating the need for trained operators
                                     after initial set-up.
</TABLE>
 
    COMPLEMENTARY BUSINESSES
 
    The Company is a leader in providing complementary products and services to
the entertainment industry, including concert sound systems, conventional
lighting equipment, custom stage construction and stage set design services, and
design and production management services for conventions, business meetings and
special events.
 
    CONCERT SOUND SYSTEMS.  The Company's Showco subsidiary rents concert sound
systems and provides related services almost exclusively to the worldwide
concert touring market. Its clients have included The Rolling Stones, Janet
Jackson, Eric Clapton, Paul McCartney, Genesis, Phil Collins, the Beach Boys,
James Taylor, Willie Nelson, Alanis Morissette, Reba McEntire, Vince Gill, Alan
Jackson, Moody Blues, Bob Seger, the Cranberries, INXS, Stone Temple Pilots and
Smashing Pumpkins. The Company's PRISM-Registered Trademark- sound system was
introduced in 1986 as the first large scale concert sound system engineered as a
totally integrated system specifically for use in concert touring. The
proprietary, scalable PRISM-Registered Trademark- system can be used in any
venue from smaller theatres to stadiums and is easier to assemble, disassemble
and transport than competitive sound systems. The quality of the
PRISM-Registered Trademark- sound system is evidenced by the numerous awards
Showco has received, including awards from Mix Magazine for "Outstanding
Institutional Achievement--Sound Reinforcement Company of the Year" in 1988 and
1991 through 1993 (for which it was also nominated in 1994 through 1997) and for
"Outstanding Technical Achievement--Sound Reinforcement Product of the Year"
(for the PRISM-Registered Trademark-Digital Control System) in 1990, the
Performance Readers Poll for "Sound Company of the Year" in 1988, 1989 and 1991
and Live Sound! "Instrumental Tin Ear Award--International Touring Company of
the Year" in 1995. Since 1987, three different Showco sound engineers have won
Mix Magazine's "Sound Engineer of the Year" award.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    CONVENTIONAL LIGHTING PRODUCTS.  Through its subsidiaries, Theatre Projects
Lighting Services Limited ("Theatre Projects"), which was acquired in 1994, and
Concert Production Lighting, Inc. ("Concert Production"), the Company offers
conventional lighting equipment, including numerous types of luminaires and
control consoles, large search lights, automatic gel scrollers, trusses, dimmers
and smoke machines, to London's West End theatre market and the United Kingdom
and European theatre touring markets, as well as to concert touring artists
worldwide and to businesses for corporate events. The Company has rented
equipment to such West End theatre productions as CATS, PHANTOM OF THE OPERA,
SUNSET BOULEVARD and JOSEPH AND HIS AMAZING TECHNICOLOR DREAMCOAT and to
performers such as The Rolling Stones, Paul McCartney, Phil Collins, Vince Gill,
Mary Chapin Carpenter and Torvill and Dean, among others. The Company is also
very active in the special events market, providing services to numerous events
for the British royalty. In the corporate event market, the Company has provided
its conventional lighting products to numerous annual shareholder meetings
(including in stadiums with up to 80,000 attendees) and new product launches.
 
    STAGE AND STAGE SETS.  Through its Brilliant Stages Limited ("Brilliant
Stages") subsidiary, which was acquired in 1994, the Company sells custom stage
and stage set design and construction services to the international concert
touring, theatre and industrial trade show and corporate events markets. The
Company's welded aluminum stages are designed using CAD software and are
constructed to facilitate rapid assembly, disassembly and loading in a
semi-trailer for efficient transportation. The Company is noted for high-tech
stages and stage sets that include distinctive hydraulic components and
sophisticated electronic effects, such as the stages and stage sets designed and
built for the Rolling Stones Voodoo Lounge tour in 1995 and The Rolling Stones
upcoming 1997-98 tour, and has provided stages and stage sets to other concert
tour customers such as Pink Floyd, Elton John, Tina Turner, U2, Metallica, Peter
Gabriel and Phil Collins, and to trade shows for Whirlpool, Smirnoff, Fuji
Television and Philips, among others. The Company has also provided services to
such theatre productions as JOSEPH AND HIS AMAZING TECHNICOLOR DREAMCOAT and LES
MISERABLES.
 
    CORPORATE MEETINGS AND SPECIAL EVENTS.  The Company, through its IGNITION!
Creative Group, Inc. ("Ignition") subsidiary, provides design and production
management services to businesses for conventions, business meetings, new
product launches and special events. The Company provides concept development,
scenery, lighting, sound, special effects, scripting, media production, sound
and entertainment production for such events. Clients of the Company for these
services include Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc., Kawasaki Motor Corp., U.S.A.,
Warner/Elektra/Atlantic Records, The Hong Kong Trade Development Council and
EXCEL Communications, Inc.
 
MARKETING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company markets its products and services to the entertainment industry,
including concert touring, theatre, television and film and corporate events
markets, as well as to the architectural market. Depending on the circumstances,
the Company solicits business from lighting and set designers and consultants,
sound engineers, artist managers, producers, production managers and production
companies, promoters, architects, corporations and business associations. The
Company believes that its customer relationships, reputation for innovative,
quality products, worldwide distribution and excellent service are the keys to
its success. The Rolling Stones represented 11.9% of the Company's revenues in
fiscal 1995. No other customer has accounted for more than 10% of the Company's
revenues for at least the last three fiscal years.
 
    AUTOMATED LIGHTING--VARI*LITE-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- PRODUCTS.  The Company
rents rather than sells its VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark-automated lighting
products. In addition to providing the Company with a higher level of quality
control over its rental products, which require trained operators and
maintenance personnel, the Company believes renting has enabled it to better
protect its intellectual property and generate a continuing revenue stream for
each product over an extended time period. In order to compete effectively, the
Company relies heavily on its reputation as an innovative industry leader and
strives to develop strong relationships with lighting designers and other
individuals who specify lighting requirements.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    The Company markets its automated lighting systems and services in the
United States through Company owned offices in Dallas, New York, Los Angeles,
Nashville, Orlando, Las Vegas and Chicago and an independent distributor system.
Each Company-owned office targets a specific market segment. For example, the
New York office targets the theatre market, the Nashville office targets the
country music, television and concert performances markets, the Los Angeles
office targets the television and film market and the Orlando, Las Vegas and
Chicago offices target the corporate events market. The independent distributors
focus on specific geographic markets and tend to rent to all market segments.
The Company's international distribution system comprises Company-owned
locations in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and Madrid, as well as, at June 30, 1997,
independent distributors in Australia, Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Korea,
Singapore and Sweden and 27 independent dealers in 36 cities in the United
States, Puerto Rico, Mexico, Canada, the United Kingdom and five countries in
Europe.
 
    The Company has two basic types of distribution arrangements: independent
distributors and independent dealers. Under the first arrangement, which
typically has a term of four years, the distributor advances the Company the
funds needed to build the lighting systems to be rented by that distributor.
These advances are accounted for as loans and although the distributor is solely
responsible for renting the Company's equipment and providing support services
to the end-users, rental revenues are split on a predetermined basis between the
Company and the distributor, with the distributor retaining the Company's share
until the distributor's advances to the Company have been repaid. Distributors
are required to undergo four weeks of intensive training in operation and
maintenance of the Company's lighting systems. Under the second arrangement,
independent dealers rent the less expensive Series 300-TM- systems from the
Company generally for fixed lease payments over a five-year term and bear the
entire risk of renting the lighting systems to end users in regional markets.
 
    In an effort to respond to requests from customers who wanted to purchase
the Company's lighting systems, in 1989 the Company began entering into
sales-type leases. Under the typical sales-type lease, the customer rents the
Company's equipment for either a five- or a ten-year term, with unlimited
one-year renewal options, for a lump sum payment at the commencement of the
term, plus a nominal renewal option exercise price. The customer is normally
solely responsible for maintaining the equipment under these arrangements, but
often enters into a maintenance agreement with the Company. As of June 30, 1997,
the Company had entered into over 50 sales-type leases with customers such as
the Ringling Brothers and Barnum & Bailey Circus, the Las Vegas Hilton, Mirage
and MGM Grand hotels in Las Vegas, the Lyric Opera in Chicago, The San Francisco
Opera, Busch Gardens in Florida, the Mel Tillis Theater in Branson, Missouri and
the Aladdin touring ice show.
 
    Recently, the Company has begun to further emphasize its full-service
strategy by expanding its capability to offer conventional lighting products.
This effort is designed to increase the Company's revenues from the rental of
all VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- products.
 
    AUTOMATED LIGHTING--IRIDEON-REGISTERED TRADEMARK- PRODUCTS.  The Company
sells its architectural lighting products primarily through a worldwide network
of independent sales representatives and distributors, but also directly, to
lighting designers who recommend lighting equipment for architectural
applications such as restaurants, casinos, retail stores, corporate showrooms,
shopping malls, building exteriors and landmarks.
 
    CONVENTIONAL LIGHTING PRODUCTS.  The Company's conventional lighting
operations, which have historically operated independently from the
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- product operations, maintain internal marketing
and distribution departments and rely heavily on the Company's established
reputation for quality and service, which is enhanced by its high visibility
projects and customers. The Company reinforces this reputation by advertising in
trade and specialty magazines. Most of the Company's conventional lighting
contracts are procured through a bidding process and the Company believes that
competition in this industry is based on expertise, quality and price. The
Company has recently begun to integrate these operations with those of its
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- products in order to improve its position as a
full-service provider.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    CONCERT SOUND SYSTEMS.  The Company markets its concert sound equipment
directly to end-users worldwide. Showco has developed personal relationships
with artist managers, sound engineers, production managers and event producers
and relies on its reputation for superior quality and service to attract
customers.
 
    STAGES AND STAGE SETS.  The Company markets its stages and stage sets
principally to production companies and set and lighting designers. The Company
relies on a bidding process to award almost all contracts, but the Company
believes its reputation for quickly producing quality products with
sophisticated high technology motion and other features is the key element to
its marketing success. Although the Company relies to some degree on the trade
press for publicity, it engages in very little advertising.
 
    CORPORATE MEETINGS AND SPECIAL EVENTS.  The Company sells its design and
production management services to corporate meeting planners and sales or
marketing executives. In-house salespeople seek requests for proposals through
cold calls, sales letters and professional mailings and, to a lesser extent,
through advertising in trade publications. Upon receiving an invitation to
submit a proposal, the Company assembles a project team which develops concepts
and designs for a multi-media presentation to the potential client.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Since 1970, the Company and its predecessors have continually developed
proprietary products that serve the entertainment industry. The Company's
proprietary technology and development of innovative products that meet the
needs of its customers have enabled it to expand the applications for its
technology to new products and markets. From time to time, the Company has
forged important collaborations with unaffiliated entities to supplement and
complement its internal research and development activities.
 
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company's research and development group consisted
of over 70 engineers, and the Company expects to continue to expand this group.
These internal capabilities enable the Company to continually improve existing
products, design new products and develop new technology to meet the needs of
its customers. In the fiscal years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the
Company's research and development expenditures totaled $3.0 million, $3.3
million and $4.4 million, respectively.
 
    The Company's extensive research and development efforts have produced a
number of leading-edge technological developments in the automated lighting
industry. When appropriate, the Company seeks patent protection for its
products, particularly in its automated lighting business. As of June 30, 1997,
the Company had registered and received 31 domestic patents and over 110 foreign
patents in several different countries and territories. In addition, the Company
had 14 patent applications pending in the United States on automated lighting
technology and over 100 patent applications pending worldwide. The Company's
patents cover the basic concepts, control software, control hardware and
features unique to each of the Company's VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark-
luminaire models. None of the Company's patents expire before 2000. The Company
believes that its patents provide a substantial competitive advantage over its
competitors in the automated lighting industry, and the Company's ability to
compete in the future will depend in part on maintaining its technological
advantage over its competitors. See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Intellectual
Property."
 
    The Company has obtained trademark protection in the United States and
numerous foreign countries on various names, including, among others,
VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark-, Artisan-Registered Trademark- Plus,
Mini-Artisan-Registered Trademark- 2, Series 100-TM-, Series 200-TM-, VL1-TM-,
VL2C-Registered Trademark-, VL4-Registered Trademark-, VL5-Registered
Trademark-, VL5Arc-TM-, VL5B-TM-, VL6-Registered Trademark-, Dichro*Tune-TM-,
Dichro*Wheel-TM-, Showco-TM-, PRISM-Registered Trademark-, Irideon-Registered
Trademark-, AR500-TM-, AR5-TM- and Composer-Registered Trademark-.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    With the exception of the Company's stage construction business, which is
based in London, England, the Company's manufacturing facilities are located in
Dallas, Texas. The Company's manufacturing process principally consists of
procuring, inspecting and assembling components custom-made by others to the
Company's specifications. The Company generally provides its suppliers with
specifications for its components and pays for all tooling used in their
production. The Company emphasizes the quality and reliability of its products
and,
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
accordingly, submits all finished products to rigorous testing both at the time
they are manufactured and when they are returned to the Company at the
termination of each rental agreement. In North America, compliance is certified
by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.-Registered Trademark- and the Canadian
Standards Association. In the European Union, the CE mark signifies compliance
with standards for Electromagnetic Compatibility and Low Voltage Directives and
the TUV Rheinland GS Safety Mark signifies safety compliance. The Company builds
all new equipment and is retrofitting certain existing equipment to be in
compliance with these standards and marks.
 
    The Company has chosen to develop strategic relationships with certain of
its key suppliers to develop products specifically to meet the Company's
requirements. As a result, although most components and raw materials used by
the Company are available from more than one supplier, many important components
for the Company's lighting systems are provided by one vendor and are
custom-designed (often jointly by the Company and its vendor). The Company
attempts to maintain adequate inventories of these components and, based on its
experience, does not anticipate problems obtaining sufficient supplies in the
foreseeable future. The loss of any supplier that is the sole vendor of a
component would delay the Company's manufacturing schedules and possibly force
the Company to purchase new tooling, but the Company believes substitute
suppliers can be found for all components of all of its products. See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Key Suppliers."
 
EQUIPMENT INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company uses an inventory control and management system to locate its
rental equipment at all times anywhere in the world. Each piece of equipment is
serialized for identification purposes. Equipment utilization is centrally
monitored at the Company's headquarters to determine (i) which products are in
highest demand in various geographic markets and whether certain equipment
should be relocated to increase utilization and revenue, (ii) whether product
shortages that require the production of additional units exist and (iii)
whether current pricing is at the appropriate level.
 
    The maximum utilization rates of the Company equipment are affected by
production scheduling requirements of the concert touring, theatre, television
and film industries and corporate events. Utilization rates are also limited by
the need for maintenance, service and shipping time. The Company's inventory
control system helps the Company maximize its utilization rates in light of
these factors in order to satisfy customer requirements while maximizing
revenue.
 
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
 
    The Company invests heavily in management information systems, believing
them to be a key factor in the Company's ability to remain ahead of its
competitors. In fiscal 1995 and 1996, the Company invested approximately $2.2
million constructing a wide-area network throughout the United States and
implementing Oracle financial and manufacturing applications. This computer
system is expected to meet the anticipated needs of the Company for the
foreseeable future.
 
COMPETITION
 
    Each of the Company's businesses is highly competitive. In its automated
lighting business, the Company primarily competes with Coemar SPA, Clay Paky
SPA, High End Systems, Inc. ("High End"), Light & Sound Design, Ltd. and Martin
Gruppen A/S. Of these competitors, only Light & Sound Design, Ltd. manufactures
and rents equipment, while the others sell equipment to other rental companies.
The Company competes with a number of conventional lighting rental companies,
who also purchase automated lighting equipment from others, in the theatre,
television and film, concert touring and corporate event markets. The Company
competes primarily on the basis of product capabilities, quality and
reliability, price, worldwide distribution capabilities, brand name recognition
and reputation and customer service and support. The VARI*LITE-Registered
Trademark- brand name has been recognized for years as the preeminent brand name
for automated lighting.
 
    The Company has several national concert sound competitors, the most
significant of which is Clair Brothers Audio. However, other companies such as
Maryland Sound Industries, Inc., Audio Analysts USA, Inc.,
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
dB Sound, Inc. and Southern California Sound Image, Inc. compete effectively by
offering less sophisticated equipment at lower prices. The Company competes in
this business principally on product capabilities, quality and reliability,
price, brand name recognition, reputation and customer service.
 
    The Company's stage and stage set business competes principally in the
United Kingdom and to a lesser extent in the United States. The primary factors
affecting competition in this market include reputation for quality and the
ability to quickly build sophisticated and technically difficult
state-of-the-art stages and stage sets. The market for design and production
management services is highly competitive and fragmented, including hundreds of
free lance producers and designers. Competition in this industry is based
primarily on personal relationships and creativity.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company leases all of its facilities, including five facilities
comprising approximately 153,000 square feet in Dallas, Texas under leases that
expire in April 1999, but can be extended until at least April 2000. The Dallas
facilities contain the Company's executive offices, manufacturing, warehouse,
maintenance, advanced technologies and research and development facilities and
training center. The executive offices, warehouse and manufacturing space of
Vari-Lite Europe Limited ("Vari-Lite Europe"), Theatre Projects and Brilliant
Stages are located in London, England in two facilities with approximately
71,500 square feet that are leased through January 1998 and March 2010. The
executive offices of Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. ("Vari-Lite Asia"), as well as its
Technical Center, are located in Tokyo in two leased facilities aggregating
approximately 10,300 square feet, the terms of which expire in February 1999 and
October 2000. In addition, the Company leases sales offices in Chicago, Hong
Kong, Madrid, Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Nashville, New York and Orlando.
 
    In December 1995, the Company entered into a financing transaction with an
unaffiliated special purpose entity which purchased a 32-acre site in the
Dallas, Texas area for approximately $3.6 million, upon which the Company
intends to build a 233,000 square foot facility. The Company is leasing this
land for five years, with six five-year renewal options. The Company has the
right to lease a building to be built on the land for a term that is identical
to the land lease. The Company's rental rate will be based on the total cost of
the project, which is expected to be approximately $18.0 million. The Company
has an option to purchase the property at any time during the term of the lease
for its original cost. The Company intends to consolidate all of its Dallas,
Texas-based operations in this new facility in fiscal 2000. This financing
arrangement is accounted for as an operating lease for financial reporting
purposes.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is from time to time
threatened with or named as a defendant in various lawsuits, including patent
infringement claims. Additionally, the Company has filed lawsuits claiming
infringements of its patents by third parties for which the Company has been
subject to counterclaims.
 
    In August 1995, the Company brought suit asserting a number of claims of
infringement of several of its patents by High End in the Northern District of
Texas seeking monetary damages and injunctive relief to prevent future patent
infringement (the "High End Lawsuit"). The Company also sought a temporary
restraining order for alleged trade secrets violations, which the court denied.
High End has denied the Company's claims and has counterclaimed seeking to have
certain of the Company's patents declared invalid and alleging that the
Company's claims are frivolous and that the Company has violated federal
antitrust laws. The Company believes High End's counterclaims are without merit.
Discovery in this matter is proceeding and trial is currently scheduled for
February 1998. The Company has capitalized and expects to continue to capitalize
its costs relating to this lawsuit ($2.5 million as of June 30, 1997 and an
estimated additional $1.6 million through consummation of the trial). Unless the
Company receives a judgment in this litigation that High End has infringed at
least one of its patents and the Company concludes, based on all of the facts
and circumstances, that such a judgment will allow it to maintain its
competitive advantage provided by the
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
infringed patents, all costs incurred by the Company relating to the High End
Lawsuit (including those previously capitalized) will be required to be recorded
as an expense in the period that the judgment is rendered.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 481 full-time employees. In addition,
the Company had 167 part-time and temporary employees. None of the Company's
employees is a party to any collective bargaining agreement and the Company has
never experienced a work stoppage. The Company considers its relations with its
employees to be good.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the executive
officers and directors of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                    AGE                                      POSITION
- ----------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>
H. R. Brutsche III(1)                       52   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
                                                   Company
 
Michael P. Herman                           54   Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the
                                                   Company
 
James H. Clark, Jr.(1)(2)                   60   Director of the Company
 
John D. Maxson(1)                           57   Director of the Company; Chairman of the Board of Showco and Ignition
 
J. Anthony Smith(3)                         52   Director of the Company
 
C. Vincent Prothro(2)(3)(4)                 54   Director of the Company
 
John R. Rettberg(2)(3)(4)                   59   Director of the Company
 
Keizo Akimoto                               63   President and Representative Director of Vari-Lite Asia
 
David W. Alley                              52   Executive Vice President--International Operations and Director of
                                                   Vari-Lite
 
James P. Bates                              50   Vice President--Information Technology and Chief Information Officer of
                                                   the Company
 
James M. Bornhorst                          51   Vice President and Chief Science Officer of the Company and Vice
                                                   President--Advanced Technology and Director of Vari-Lite
 
Richard W. Bratcher, Jr.                    37   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Showco
 
Brian L. Croft                              58   Managing Director of VLEH
 
Robert V. Dungan                            44   Vice President, General Manager and Director of Irideon
 
Loren J. Haas                               39   Executive Vice President--North American Operations of Vari-Lite
 
Janis C. Pestinger                          45   Vice President--Administration and Assistant Secretary of the Company
 
T. Clay Powers                              38   Vice President--Product Development and Manufacturing of Vari-Lite and
                                                   Director of Showco
 
J. Scott Thompson                           45   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Ignition
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Member of the Executive Committee
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
 
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
(4) Member of the Omnibus Plan Committee
 
    H.R. BRUTSCHE III is one of the founders of the Company and its subsidiaries
and has served as a director of the Company and its subsidiaries since their
inception. Mr. Brutsche has served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and its predecessors since 1980. Mr. Brutsche
also serves as Chairman of the Board of VLEH, Vari-Lite Europe, Brilliant Stages
and Theatre Projects and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Vari-Lite
and Irideon.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    MICHAEL P. HERMAN joined the Company in June 1993 as Vice
President--Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. In January
1997, Mr. Herman ceased acting as Treasurer of the Company. Mr. Herman also
serves as Vice President--Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer of Vari-Lite, Irideon, Showco, Concert Production and Ignition. From
May 1991 to May 1993, Mr. Herman was the Vice President-- Finance and Chief
Financial Officer of Barry's Cameras, Inc., a chain of retail camera and video
stores.
 
    JAMES H. CLARK, JR. has been a director of the Company and its predecessors
since 1978. Mr. Clark serves as Chairman of the Company's Executive Committee
and Audit Committee and is a director of all of the Company's subsidiaries. Mr.
Clark has been the Managing General Partner of Clark Partnership, Ltd., an
investment and venture capital partnership, since 1988, and serves as Chairman
of the Board of Texas Freezer Co. Mr. Clark's son is married to Mr. Prothro's
daughter.
 
    JOHN D. MAXSON is one of the founders of the Company and its subsidiaries
and has served as a director of the Company and its subsidiaries since their
inception. Mr. Maxson has served as Chairman of the Board of Showco for
approximately 25 years and as Chairman of Ignition since its inception in
September 1994.
 
    J. ANTHONY SMITH has been a director of the Company and its predecessors
since 1981. Mr. Smith also serves as a director of all of the Company's
subsidiaries. Mr. Smith has been the Managing Director of Hit & Run Music
(Publishing) Limited, an international independent music publisher, for over 20
years; the Managing Director of Hit & Run Music Limited, a professional manager
of musicians, for over 20 years; and the Managing Director of Ives Street
Developments Limited, a property management company, for six years.
 
    C. VINCENT PROTHRO has been a director of the Company since April 1996. Mr.
Prothro has been Chairman of the Board of Dallas Semiconductor Corporation, a
manufacturer of electronic chips and chip-based subsystems, since 1984 and Chief
Executive Officer and President of Dallas Semiconductor Corporation since 1989.
Mr. Prothro is also a general partner of Southwest Enterprise Associates, L.P.,
a venture capital fund. Mr. Prothro's daughter is married to Mr. Clark's son.
 
    JOHN R. RETTBERG has been a director of the Company since April 1996 and
serves as Chairman of the Company's Compensation Committee and Omnibus
Committee. Mr. Rettberg currently serves as a consultant to the Northrop Grumman
Corporation ("Northrop Grumman"), an advanced technology company operating
primarily in the fields of aircraft and military electronics design, development
and manufacturing. Mr. Rettberg has served in this capacity since his retirement
from Northrup Grumman on January 1, 1995. Mr. Rettberg joined Northrop Grumman
in 1962 and, prior to his retirement, was Corporate Vice President and
Treasurer. Mr. Rettberg is also a director of J.P. Morgan Investment Mgmt., a
manager of mutual funds.
 
    KEIZO AKIMOTO has been the Representative Director (equivalent of chief
executive officer) of Vari-Lite Asia since 1985 and President of Vari-Lite Asia
since 1992 and has been with Vari-Lite Asia since its formation in 1984.
 
    DAVID W. ALLEY has been Executive Vice President--International Operations
of Vari-Lite since 1995 and has been a director of Vari-Lite since March 1987
and of each of VLEH and Vari-Lite Asia since 1995. From 1994 to 1995, he served
as Vice President-East and West Coast Operations of Vari-Lite and he served as
Vice President-West Coast Operations from 1990 until 1994. Mr. Alley has held
various other positions with Vari-Lite and Showco since 1981.
 
    JAMES P. BATES has been the Vice President--Information Technology and Chief
Information Officer of the Company since October 1996. Prior to that time since
1989, Mr. Bates was Director of Applications Systems Implementation for DSC
Communications Corp.
 
    JAMES M. BORNHORST has been the Vice President and Chief Science Officer of
the Company and the Vice President--Advanced Technology of Vari-Lite since 1995
and a director of Vari-Lite since its inception. Prior to that, Mr. Bornhorst
served as Vice President--Engineering of Vari-Lite since 1983 and has been
employed since 1972 in various other capacities with Showco and Vari-Lite.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    RICHARD W. BRATCHER, JR. has been the President and Chief Executive Officer
and a director of Showco since July 1996. He served as Vice President and
General Manager of Showco from August 1993 until July 1996 and shop manager of
Showco from August 1987 until August 1993. Mr. Bratcher has also served in
various other capacities with Showco since 1983.
 
    BRIAN L. CROFT has been the Managing Director of VLEH and Vari-Lite Europe
since the formation of VLEH and its acquisition of Vari-Lite Europe in 1994.
From 1989 until its acquisition by the Company in 1994, Mr. Croft was the
General Manager and a director of Vari-Lite Europe, Ltd., which was then an
independent VARI*LITE-Registered Trademark- distributor and a subsidiary of the
Samuelson Group plc.
 
    ROBERT V. DUNGAN has served as Vice President and General Manager of Irideon
since its inception in September 1994 and as a director of Irideon since January
1996. From January 1993 to September 1994, Mr. Dungan served as Vice
President-Products Group of Vari-Lite and served as Operations Manager of Vari-
Lite from 1988 until January 1993. He has also served in various other
capacities with Vari-Lite since 1983.
 
    LOREN J. HAAS has been the Executive Vice President--North American
Operations of Vari-Lite since 1995. From 1993 until 1995, Mr. Haas was General
Manager--Dallas of Vari-Lite and was Marketing Manager of Vari-Lite from 1991
until 1993. Mr. Haas has served in various other capacities with Vari-Lite since
1987.
 
    JANIS C. PESTINGER has been Vice President--Administration and Assistant
Secretary of the Company since November 1996 and May 1993, respectively. Ms.
Pestinger also has served as Vice President--Administration of Vari-Lite since
December 1993 and for more than three years prior to that as the Risk and
Benefits Manager for Vari-Lite. Ms. Pestinger has served in various other
positions with Vari-Lite and Showco since 1979.
 
    T. CLAY POWERS has been the Vice President--Product Development and
Manufacturing of Vari-Lite since July 1996. Prior to that he served as the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Showco since 1992. Mr. Powers also has
served as a director of Showco since 1990. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Powers served
as Vice President and General Manager of Showco and from 1990 to 1991 Mr. Powers
served as Vice President--Internal Operations of Showco. Mr. Powers has served
in various other capacities with Showco since 1982.
 
    J. SCOTT THOMPSON has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Ignition since October 1994 and as a director of Ignition and its predecessor
since January 1992. Prior to October 1994, Mr. Thompson was a Vice President of
Showco since 1987 and served in various capacities with Showco since 1978.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    DIRECTOR COMPENSATION.  The Board of Directors is divided into three
classes, with one class of directors elected on a rotating basis at each annual
meeting of stockholders for a three-year term. Each director who is not an
employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company is paid an annual fee of
$20,000, plus $1,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors or a Committee
of the Board of Directors attended. The Company also pays all transportation and
lodging costs for directors to attend meetings of the Board of Directors and its
Committees. Each of Messrs. Clark, Maxson and Smith also receives $10,000
annually plus $250 per meeting for serving as a director of Vari-Lite, $5,000
annually plus $62.50 per meeting for serving as a director of VLEH, $4,000
annually plus $125 per meeting for serving as a director of Showco, $4,000
annually plus $62.50 per meeting for serving as a director of each of Vari-Lite
Europe and Theatre Projects, $3,000 annually plus $125 per meeting for serving
as a director of each of Vari-Lite Asia, Ignition and Irideon and $3,000
annually plus $62.50 per meeting for serving as a director of Brilliant Stages.
 
    As of July 1, 1995, the Company entered into a Deferred Compensation
Agreement ("Deferred Compensation Agreement") with each of Messrs. Brutsche,
Clark, Maxson and Smith pursuant to which each of them receives $167,000
annually for six years, payable monthly. Also, as of March 31, 1994, the
Company, Vari-Lite and Showco entered into Compensation Continuation Agreements
with each of Messrs. Brutsche, Clark and Maxson pursuant to which the Company,
Vari-Lite and Showco each agreed to continue paying for 60 days after the death
of any such individual the cash compensation that the deceased was receiving
from the companies at the time of his death.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    Each of Messrs. Clark, Maxson and Smith (each a "Consultant") also has
entered into a Consulting Agreement with the Company, dated as of July 1, 1995,
providing that the Consultant will be available to provide consulting services
to the Company in consideration for the Company's payment to the Consultant of
an annual consulting fee. Pursuant to their Consulting Agreements, Messrs. Clark
and Maxson each receive an annual consulting fee of $100,000, payable monthly,
and Mr. Smith receives an annual consulting fee of $20,000, payable monthly.
Each Consulting Agreement has an initial term of three years with an automatic
extension of one year for each completed year of service by the Consultant
thereunder and may be terminated in the event of death, upon permanent
disability, for cause (as defined in the Consulting Agreement) or upon the
occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the Consulting Agreement). If a
Consulting Agreement is terminated without cause, because of permanent
disability or through an action by the Company that constitutes constructive
termination, or as a result of a change of control, the Consultant will receive
the full consulting fee he would have received through the remainder of the
three-year term.
 
    In addition, each of Messrs. Brutsche, Clark and Maxson is eligible to
receive benefits under one or more life insurance policies (collectively
"Policies" and individually "Policy") pursuant to split-dollar agreements (the
"Split-Dollar Agreements") with the Company. The Split-Dollar Agreements each
provide for sharing the costs and benefits of the Policies between the Company
and Mr. Brutsche, Mr. Clark or Mr. Maxson, as the case may be. The Company pays
the entire premium on each Policy to the insurer. An irrevocable trust created
or an individual designated by Mr. Brutsche, Mr. Clark or Mr. Maxson, as the
case may be, who is the owner of the Policy (the "Owner") reimburses the Company
for the portion of the premium attributable to the death benefit protection of
each Policy (the "P.S. 58 Cost"). The Company pays the amount of the P.S. 58
Cost to Mr. Brutsche, Mr. Clark or Mr. Maxson, as the case may be, as additional
compensation and such person then gifts such amount to the Owner to use to
reimburse the Company. Except under certain circumstances, upon the termination
of each Split-Dollar Agreement, the Company will be reimbursed for the premiums
it has paid under the Policies that are subject to the Split-Dollar Agreements.
All of the Split-Dollar Agreements utilize the collateral assignment method to
secure the Company's right to repayment of the premiums it has paid under the
Policies. Under this method, the Owner owns the Policy, and a collateral
assignment (establishing the Company's right to such premium reimbursement from
the cash surrender value or death benefits payable under the Policies) is filed
with the insurer. The Owner has the right to designate the beneficiaries of the
Policies and may borrow and make withdrawals from the cash surrender value, to
the extent such cash surrender value exceeds the amount of premiums owed to the
Company. The Owner may cancel or surrender the Policies at any time, subject to
any applicable obligation to repay the premiums paid by the Company.
 
    COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors has
established an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee
and an Omnibus Committee. The Executive Committee is composed of Messrs. Clark,
Maxson and Brutsche, with Mr. Clark serving as Chairman. The Executive Committee
has the authority, between meetings of the Board of Directors, to take all
actions with respect to the management of the Company's business that require
action by the Board of Directors, except with respect to certain specified
matters that by law must be approved by the entire Board.
 
    The Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Clark, Prothro and Rettberg, with
Mr. Clark serving as Chairman. The Audit Committee is responsible for (a)
reviewing the scope of, and the fees for, the annual audit, (b) reviewing with
the independent auditors the corporate accounting practices and policies, (c)
reviewing with the independent auditors their final report, (d) reviewing with
internal and independent auditors overall accounting and financial controls and
(e) being available to the independent auditors during the year for consultation
purposes.
 
    The Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Smith, Prothro and
Rettberg, with Mr. Rettberg serving as Chairman. With the exception of awards
under the Omnibus Plan and Annual Incentive Plan (as hereinafter defined), the
Compensation Committee determines the compensation of the officers of the
Company and performs other similar functions.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    The Omnibus Committee is composed of Messrs. Prothro and Rettberg, with Mr.
Rettberg serving as Chairman. The Omnibus Committee administers the Omnibus Plan
and the Annual Incentive Plan, including the determination of eligibility and
the granting of awards under such plans.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table summarizes the compensation paid to the Company's chief
executive officer and its four other most highly compensated executive officers
and a former executive officer of the Company for services rendered for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 (collectively, the "Named Executive
Officers").
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FISCAL 1996 ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                            ---------------------------------------
                                                                                     OTHER ANNUAL       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                 SALARY($)   BONUS($)    COMPENSATION($)  COMPENSATION($)
- ----------------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>
H. R. Brutsche III........................................    433,008      48,713       167,000(2)        41,454(3)
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
    Officer of the Company
 
Keizo Akimoto(1)..........................................    199,737      19,495         --                --
  Representative Director of Vari-Lite Asia
 
David W. Alley............................................    154,500      11,513         --               3,855(4)
  Executive Vice President--International Operations of
    Vari-Lite
 
James M. Bornhorst........................................    136,299       9,449         --               3,756(4)
  Vice President and Chief Science Officer of the Company
    and Vice President--Advanced Technology of Vari-Lite
 
T. Clay Powers............................................    126,267      10,500         --               4,231(4)
  Vice President--Product Development and Manufacturing of
    Vari-Lite
 
James E. Kinnu(5) ........................................    350,016      35,002         --                --
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
(1) Applies conversion rate of Japanese yen to U.S. dollars based on the
    exchange rate in effect at the end of each month during fiscal 1996.
 
(2) This amount was paid to Mr. Brutsche pursuant to the Deferred Compensation
    Agreement. See "Management--Board of Directors."
 
(3) This amount includes $3,292 and $20,725, respectively, which were paid on
    behalf of Mr. Brutsche for the Policies pursuant to the Split-Dollar
    Agreements and for a term life insurance policy maintained on the life of
    Mr. Brutsche; $13,817 which was paid to reimburse Mr. Brutsche for taxable
    income incurred with respect to the premiums paid on his behalf on the term
    life insurance policy; and $4,620 which were contributions made by the
    Company on behalf of Mr. Brutsche to the Company's 401(k) plan. See
    "Management--Employment Agreements."
 
(4) These amounts were contributions made by the Company on behalf of such Named
    Executive Officer to the Company's 401(k) plan.
 
(5) Prior to his departure from the Company, effective September 30, 1996, Mr.
    Kinnu served as the Company's Senior Executive Vice President and Chief
    Operating Officer.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    As of July 1, 1995, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement (the
"Brutsche Employment Agreement") with H. R. Brutsche III, Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer. The initial term of the Brutsche
Employment Agreement is for five years, with an automatic extension of one year
for each completed year of service by Mr. Brutsche thereunder. Pursuant to the
Brutsche Employment Agreement, Mr. Brutsche receives an annual salary of
$433,000, subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee, which may
increase but not reduce his annual salary, and is eligible to receive an annual
bonus, long-term incentive compensation and deferred compensation in accordance
with plans established for officers and directors of the Company. Mr. Brutsche
is also entitled to receive various life, medical and disability insurance
benefits. The Brutsche Employment Agreement may be terminated in the event of
death, upon permanent disability, for cause (as defined in the Brutsche
Employment Agreement) or upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined
in the Brutsche Employment Agreement). If the Brutsche Employment Agreement is
terminated because of permanent disability, Mr. Brutsche will continue to
receive his base salary through the remainder of the five-year term of the
Brutsche Employment Agreement, less any disability benefits. If Mr. Brutsche's
employment is terminated without cause, through an action by the Company that
constitutes constructive termination (as defined in the Brutsche Employment
Agreement) or as the result of a change of control, the Company is obligated to
continue to pay Mr. Brutsche his base salary in effect at the time of
termination through the remainder of the five-year term. In addition to those
provided for under the Brutsche Employment Agreement, Mr. Brutsche is eligible
to receive certain other benefits. See "Management--Board of Director--Director
Compensation."
 
    The Company entered into an Employment Agreement (the "Kinnu Employment
Agreement") with James E. Kinnu, the former Senior Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer of the Company, as of August 28, 1995. The Kinnu
Employment Agreement had an initial term of three years and provided for Mr.
Kinnu to receive an annual base salary of $350,000 and to participate in the
Company's employee benefit plans. Pursuant to the Kinnu Employment Agreement, on
September 10, 1995, Mr. Kinnu received an interest-free loan of $200,000 (the
"Kinnu Loan") for a term of three years with the principal to be forgiven in
equal amounts each month over the term of the Kinnu Employment Agreement, and
reimbursement of relocation expenses of up to $25,000. Effective September 30,
1996, Mr. Kinnu was terminated by the Company without cause. In connection with
his termination, the Company will continue to pay Mr. Kinnu as a consultant
$350,000 per year until September 30, 1998, agreed to cancel and forgive the
Kinnu Loan and acquired      shares of Common Stock in consideration for the
forgiveness and cancellation of Mr. Kinnu's $132,900 principal amount
indebtedness to the Company, which accrued interest at 8% per annum, matured on
August 31, 1998 and was incurred by Mr. Kinnu to acquire such shares of Common
Stock.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    OMNIBUS PLAN.  In August 1996, the Company adopted the Vari-Lite
International, Inc. 1997 Omnibus Plan (the "Omnibus Plan") to attract and retain
qualified employees and non-employee directors. An aggregate of      shares of
Common Stock, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and
certain other types of reclassifications, has been authorized for issuance upon
exercise of options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), bonus stock, phantom
stock, dividend equivalents and other awards, or as restricted or performance
awards under the Omnibus Plan ("Awards"). The Omnibus Committee administers the
Omnibus Plan and determines to whom Awards are to be granted and the terms and
conditions, including the number of shares and the period of exercisability
thereof. Awards may be granted to officers, management, other key employees and
to non-employee directors of the Company or any of its present or future
subsidiaries as determined by the Omnibus Committee, provided that any options
to be granted to non-employee directors who are members of the Omnibus Committee
must be granted by the entire Board of Directors of the Company.
 
    The Omnibus Plan authorizes the grant or issuance of both nonqualified stock
options and incentive stock options, with the terms of each such option set
forth in separate agreements. The Omnibus Plan requires that the exercise price
for each stock option must be not less than 100% of the fair market value of the
Common Stock at
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
the time the option is granted. No incentive stock option, however, may be
granted to a non-employee director or to an employee who owns more than 10% of
the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the
Company unless the option price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the
Common Stock at the date of grant. The fair market value of stock options that
may be granted to an employee in any calendar year is not limited, but no
employee may be granted incentive stock options that first become exercisable
during a calendar year to purchase Common Stock with an aggregate fair market
value in excess of $100,000. In addition, no grantee may be granted more than an
aggregate of      shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment for stock
splits, stock dividends and certain other types of reclassifications. SARs may
be granted separately or in tandem with the grant of an option. Any performance
awards may be denominated or payable in cash, Common Stock, other securities or
other Awards and shall confer on the holder thereof the right to receive
payments based upon the achievement of such performance goals and for such
periods as the Omnibus Committee may establish. Restricted stock may be sold to
the grantees at various prices (but not below par value) and made subject to
such restrictions as may be determined by the Omnibus Committee. The Omnibus
Committee may grant other Awards that provide the grantee with the right to
purchase Common Stock or that are valued by reference to the fair market value
of the Common Stock including, but not limited to, phantom securities or
dividend equivalents.
 
    The exercise or purchase price for all options, restricted stock and other
rights to acquire Common Stock, together with any applicable tax required to be
withheld, may be paid in cash or, at the discretion of the Omnibus Committee,
with shares of Common Stock owned by the grantee (or issuable upon exercise of
the option), execution of a promissory note by the grantee or with other lawful
consideration.
 
    The dates on which options or other Awards first become exercisable and on
which they expire are set forth in individual stock options or other agreements
setting forth the terms of the Awards. Such agreements may provide that options
and other awards expire upon termination of the grantee's status as an employee
or director or for any other reason and may provide that such options continue
to be exercisable following the grantee's death or disability by the grantee's
estate or by the person who acquired the right to exercise the option by bequest
or inheritance, or by the grantee or his representative in the event of the
grantee's disability, provided the option is exercised prior to the earlier of
the date of its expiration or six months after the date of the grantee's death
or disability. In the event of a change of control (as defined in the Omnibus
Plan) of the Company, all Awards that have not expired will become fully and
immediately vested and exercisable and may be exercised for the remaining term
of such Awards.
 
    No Award may be assigned or transferred by the grantee, except by will or
the laws of intestate succession, although shares of Common Stock issued under
the Omnibus Plan may be transferred if all applicable restrictions have lapsed.
 
    Amendments of the Omnibus Plan to change the class of persons eligible to be
granted awards or increase the number of shares as to which options, SARs,
restricted stock and other Awards may be granted (except for adjustments
resulting from stock splits and the like) require the approval of the Company's
stockholders. In all other respects the Omnibus Plan can be amended, modified,
suspended or terminated by the Omnibus Committee, unless such action would
otherwise require stockholder approval as a matter of applicable law, regulation
or rule. Amendments of the Omnibus Plan may not, without the consent of the
grantee, affect such grantee's rights under an Award previously granted, unless
the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides. The Omnibus Plan terminates 10
years from the date of its adoption by the Company's Board of Directors.
 
    ESOP.  The Company adopted the Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees'
Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"), effective as of January 1, 1995, for the
benefit of its employees and the employees of its participating subsidiaries
(the Company and its participating subsidiaries are referred to herein as the
"Employers") who are at least 21 years of age, have completed at least one "year
of service" (as defined in the ESOP) and are actively contributing to the
Company's 401(k) plan. The ESOP is intended to be an eligible individual account
stock bonus plan that qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and, subject to certain maximum
provisions, allocates the Employers' discretionary contributions to each
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
participating employee according to the ratio of such employee's total
compensation to the aggregate amount of compensation received by all
participants in the ESOP. The term "compensation" includes base salary paid
during a plan year and cafeteria deferrals under Section 125 of the Code, but
does not include reimbursements or other expenses, allowances, fringe benefits
(cash or non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, welfare benefits,
bonuses, overtime pay or amounts deferred under a salary deferral arrangement
under Section 401(k) of the Code.
 
    The Company intends, but is not required, to make annual contributions to
the ESOP in the form of nonelective contributions and qualified matching
contributions (as each is defined in the ESOP) consisting of shares of Common
Stock, cash or a combination thereof. The ESOP provides for full distributions
of employee account balances for normal and late retirements, disability and
death and distributions of vested portions of employee accounts upon a
separation of service (as defined in the ESOP). Generally, a participant's
benefits under the ESOP will become vested 20% per year commencing upon
completion of three years of service and be fully vested upon completion of
seven years of service.
 
    The assets of the ESOP are held by Overton Bank and Trust, N.A., as trustee
of The Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees' Stock Ownership Trust (the "ESOP
Trust"). The ESOP Trust is intended to be exempt from taxation under Section
501(a) of the Code. Atwell & Associates acts as Plan Administrator of the ESOP.
 
    EQUIVALENCE PLAN.  The Company adopted The Vari-Lite International, Inc.
Employees' Stock Equivalence Plan (the "Equivalence Plan"), effective as of
January 1, 1995, for the benefit of certain employees of subsidiaries of the
Company domiciled outside of the United States who are at least 21 years of age
and have completed at least one "year of service" (as defined in the Equivalence
Plan). The Equivalence Plan is intended to be a nonqualified employee retirement
plan known as a phantom stock plan under United States tax laws. Employees
participating in the Equivalence Plan are eligible to receive stock equivalence
units ("Units") credited to their accounts along with the contractual right to
receive the cash value of such Units in the future. No shares of stock will be
distributed under the Equivalence Plan. The value of each Unit is equal to the
fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date such Unit is credited
to a participant's account. Upon conversion of the Units in accordance with the
terms of the Equivalence Plan, participants shall be entitled to receive, for
each Unit converted, an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of
Common Stock on the date of conversion. A holder of Units shall not have any
dividend or voting rights or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company,
unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
    The number of Units awarded under the Equivalence Plan, if any, will be
determined each year by the Compensation Committee. The Company's awards of
Units under the Equivalence Plan shall be made, subject to certain maximum
provisions, according to the ratio of each eligible employee's total
compensation to the amount of total compensation received by all participants in
the Equivalence Plan. The Equivalence Plan provides for full distributions of
employee account balances upon the retirement, disability or death of an
employee and distributions of vested percentages of employee accounts upon
termination of employment for any other reason. Generally, a participant's
benefits under the Equivalence Plan will fully vest upon his or her completion
of seven years of service.
 
    The Company established an irrevocable grantor trust within the meaning of
the Code (commonly referred to as a rabbi trust) to provide funding for benefit
payments from the Equivalence Plan. Although the employers' contributions to the
rabbi trust are generally irrevocable, the assets placed in the trust must
remain subject to the claims of the employers' creditors. The rabbi trust
provides the participants in the Equivalence Plan with additional security that
they will receive benefits in the event of a change in the management of the
Company.
 
    The assets of the Equivalence Plan are held by Bank of Butterfield
International (Cayman) Ltd., as trustee of The Vari-Lite International, Inc.
Equivalence Plan Trust, and Atwell & Associates acts as Plan Administrator.
 
    ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN.  On June 13, 1995, the Company adopted the Vari-Lite
International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (the "Annual Incentive Plan"),
effective October 1, 1995, to provide annual bonuses to eligible employees. Any
employee who is employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on March 31
of a year shall
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
be considered an eligible employee for that year. Bonus amounts for a year may
be granted based on predetermined targets ("formula derived awards") or in the
discretion of the Omnibus Committee ("discretionary awards"), or a combination
of both. The targets for each year are established by the Omnibus Committee and
may be based solely on the Company's attaining its operating income goal for
that year (as established by the Omnibus Committee) or may be based in part on
the level of attainment by the Company of that operating income goal and in part
on the level of attainment of performance measures established by the Omnibus
Committee for that year based on subsidiary, department or individual
performance, or a combination thereof as determined by the Omnibus Committee.
The relative weight placed on each performance measure by the Omnibus Committee
may vary for each eligible employee based on his position with the Company, or
its subsidiaries or departments. Each year each eligible employee shall have the
opportunity to earn a specified percentage of his base salary (excluding any
bonus, commission or overtime) for that year as a formula derived award. The
range of percentage of base salary that a participant may earn as a formula
derived award is specified in the Annual Incentive Plan and is determined by
each eligible employee's level of responsibility and potential impact on Company
performance. No eligible employee shall be deemed to have earned a formula
derived award for a year unless the Company attains the threshold level
(specified in the Annual Incentive Plan) of operating income established for
that year, although the Company expects to modify this restriction in the
future. Discretionary awards are not limited.
 
    The Company shall make payment of all bonus amounts for a year, if any, to
each eligible employee in cash no later than 90 days after the end of that year
(the "Payout Date"). Unless an eligible employee's employment terminates due to
death, total disability or retirement at or after age 65 during the year after
he has been employed for at least six months during that year, the employee must
be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on the Payout Date for a
year to be entitled to receive payment of his bonus, if any, for that year. If
an eligible employee becomes eligible after the first day of the year or dies,
retires at or after age 65 or becomes totally disabled during the year, after
being employed by the Company for at least six months during that year, the
bonus amount, if any, payable to him for that year shall be prorated to reflect
the actual length of his service with the Company and its subsidiaries during
that year.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    At the beginning the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996, the Compensation
Committee of the Company consisted of Messrs. Maxson, Clark and Brutsche. Mr.
Brutsche is the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company. In May 1996, Messrs. Smith, Prothro and Rettberg replaced Messrs.
Maxson, Clark and Brutsche on the Compensation Committee.
 
    As of July 1, 1995, the Company entered into the Brutsche Employment
Agreement with H. R. Brutsche III, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer. The initial term of the Brutsche Employment Agreement is for
five years, with an automatic extension of one year for each completed year of
service by Mr. Brutsche thereunder. Pursuant to the Brutsche Employment
Agreement, Mr. Brutsche receives an annual salary of $433,000, subject to annual
review by the Compensation Committee, which may increase but not reduce his
annual salary, and is eligible to receive an annual bonus, long-term incentive
compensation and deferred compensation in accordance with plans established for
officers and directors of the Company. Mr. Brutsche is also entitled to receive
various life, medical and disability insurance benefits. The Brutsche Employment
Agreement may be terminated in the event of death, upon permanent disability,
for cause (as defined in the Brutsche Employment Agreement) or upon the
occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the Brutsche Employment
Agreement). If the Brutsche Employment Agreement is terminated because of
permanent disability, Mr. Brutsche will continue to receive his base salary
through the remainder of the five-year term of the Brutsche Employment
Agreement, less any disability benefits. If Mr. Brutsche's employment is
terminated without cause, through an action by the Company that constitutes
constructive termination (as defined in the Brutsche Employment Agreement) or as
the result of a change of control, the Company is obligated to continue to pay
Mr. Brutsche his base salary in effect at the time of termination through the
remainder of the five-year term.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    As of July 1, 1995, the Company entered into the Deferred Compensation
Agreements with each of Messrs. Brutsche, Clark, Maxson and Smith pursuant to
which each of them receives $167,000 annually for six years, payable monthly.
Also, as of March 31, 1994, the Company, Vari-Lite and Showco entered into
Compensation Continuation Agreements with Messrs. Brutsche, Clark and Maxson
pursuant to which the Company, Vari-Lite and Showco each agreed to continue
paying for 60 days after the death of any such individual the cash compensation
that the deceased was receiving from the companies at the time of his death.
 
    Messrs. Clark, Maxson and Smith also have entered into the Consulting
Agreements with the Company, dated as of July 1, 1995, providing that the
Consultant will be available to provide consulting services to the Company in
consideration for the Company's payment to the Consultant of an annual
consulting fee. Pursuant to their Consulting Agreements, Messrs. Clark and
Maxson receives an annual consulting fee of $100,000, payable monthly, and Mr.
Smith receives an annual consulting fee of $20,000, payable monthly. Each
Consulting Agreement has an initial term of three years with an automatic
extension of one year for each completed year of service by the Consultant
thereunder and may be terminated in the event of death, upon permanent
disability, for cause (as defined in the Consulting Agreement) or upon the
occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the Consulting Agreement). If a
Consulting Agreement is terminated without cause, because of permanent
disability or through an action by the Company that constitutes constructive
termination, or as a result of a change of control, the Consultant will receive
the full consulting fee he would have received through the remainder of the
three-year term.
 
    In addition, each of Messrs. Brutsche, Clark and Maxson is eligible to
receive benefits under one or more Policies pursuant to Split-Dollar Agreements
with the Company. The Split-Dollar Agreements each provide for sharing the costs
and benefits of the Policies between the Company and Mr. Brutsche, Mr. Clark or
Mr. Maxson, as the case may be. The Company pays the entire premium on each
Policy to the insurer. The Owner reimburses the Company for the P.S. 58 Cost.
The Company pays the amount of the P.S. 58 Cost to Mr. Brutsche, Mr. Clark or
Mr. Maxson, as the case may be, as additional compensation and such person then
gifts such amount to the Owner to use to reimburse the Company. Except under
certain circumstances, upon the termination of each Split-Dollar Agreement, the
Company will be reimbursed for the premiums it has paid under the Policies that
are subject to the Split-Dollar Agreements. All of the Split-Dollar Agreements
utilize the collateral assignment method to secure the Company's right to
repayment of the premiums it has paid under the Policies. Under this method, the
Owner owns the Policy, and a collateral assignment (establishing the Company's
right to such premium reimbursement from the cash surrender value or death
benefits payable under the Policies) is filed with the insurer. The Owner has
the right to designate the beneficiaries of the Policies and may borrow and make
withdrawals from the cash surrender value, to the extent such cash surrender
value exceeds the amount of premiums owed to the Company. The Owner may cancel
or surrender the Policies at any time, subject to any applicable obligation to
repay the premiums paid by the Company.
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In fiscal years 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the nine-month period ended June 30,
1997, Philip D.C. Collins, who beneficially owns more than five percent of the
Common Stock of the Company, paid the Company, $1.5 million, $0.9 million, $0
and $1.9 million, respectively, for the rental of automated lighting products
and other services for use in his concert tours. Hit & Run Music Limited, a
corporation owned by J. Anthony Smith ("Hit & Run"), manages Mr. Collins. The
Company believes that the terms of the above transactions were at least as
favorable to the Company as those which could have been obtained in an arm's
length transaction with an unaffiliated third party.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the beneficial
ownership of Common Stock, as of August 31, 1997, by (a) each person known by
the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock,
(b) each director of the Company, (c) each Named Executive Officer and (d) all
executive officers and directors as a group. The Company believes that each of
such stockholders has the sole voting and dispositive power over the shares held
by such stockholder except as otherwise indicated. See "Risk Factors--Control of
the Company by Existing Stockholders."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      PERCENTAGE OF OUTSTANDING
                                                                   SHARES                   COMMON STOCK
                                                             BENEFICIALLY OWNED     -----------------------------
                                                                   BEFORE               BEFORE          AFTER
NAME                                                            THE OFFERING           OFFERING       OFFERING
- --------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                                       <C>                       <C>             <C>
H. R. Brutsche III(1)...................................
James H. Clark, Jr.(2)(3)...............................
John D. Maxson(2)(4)....................................
J. Anthony Smith(5).....................................
C. Vincent Prothro......................................
John R. Rettberg........................................
Anthony G. Banks(5).....................................
Philip D.C. Collins(5)..................................
Michael J.C.C. Rutherford(5)............................
Alice Spradley(6).......................................
Keizo Akimoto...........................................
T. Clay Powers..........................................
James M. Bornhorst......................................
David W. Alley..........................................
James E. Kinnu(7).......................................
All officer and directors as a group (18 persons).......
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
*   less than one percent
 
(1) Includes      shares owned by Brutsche Family Trust, a trust of which BBH
    serves as trustee. Mr. Brutsche disclaims beneficial ownership of such
    shares. Mr. Brutsche's address is 201 Regal Row, Dallas, Texas 75247.
 
(2) The address of Messrs. Clark and Maxson is 8117 Preston Road, Suite 220,
    Dallas, Texas 75225.
 
(3) Includes      shares owned by Clark Partnership, Ltd., a limited partnership
    of which Mr. Clark is the managing general partner, and      shares owned by
    Mr. Clark's wife. Mr. Clark disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares
    owned by his wife.
 
(4) Includes      shares owned by Peggy Maxson 1996 Irrevocable Trust, a trust
    of which BBH serves as trustee. Mr. Maxson disclaims beneficial ownership of
    such shares.
 
(5) Includes      held by Ashtray Music Ltd., a United Kingdom limited company,
    the stockholders of which are Walbrook Trustees (Jersey) Ltd. re: G45,
    Walbrook Trustees (Jersey) Ltd. re: G47, Walbrook Trustees (Jersey) Ltd. re:
    G48 and Walbrook Trustees (Jersey) Ltd. (collectively, the "Walbrook
    Trusts"). All remaining shares are shares held of record by the Walbrook
    Trusts, which were settled by Messrs. Smith, Banks, Collins and Rutherford,
    respectively. None of the Walbrook Trusts have named beneficiaries, but the
    Company believes the settlors retain the power to direct the trustees of the
    Walbrook Trusts with respect to such shares.
 
(6) Includes      shares owned by The Walter & Alice Spradley Family Trust,
         shares owned by The Walter & Alice Spradley Living Trust #1,
    shares owned by The Walter & Alice Spradley Living Trust #2A and      shares
    owned by The Walter & Alice Spradley Living Trust #2B. Alice Spradley is the
    trustee of all of such trusts.
 
(7) Effective September 30, 1996, Mr. Kinnu was terminated as the Company's
    Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The Selling Stockholders listed in the following table have granted to the
several Underwriters options, exercisable within 45 days from the date of this
Prospectus, to purchase up to      shares of Common Stock solely to cover
over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." The respective number of shares of
Common Stock subject to such options by each Selling Stockholder is set forth
opposite his name. The amount beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholders
prior to the Offering are as of August 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SHARES BENEFICIALLY                     SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                        OWNED BEFORE THE     SHARES OFFERED     OWNED AFTER THE
                                                            OFFERING           SUBJECT TO         OFFERING(1)
                                                     ----------------------  OVER-ALLOTMENT  ----------------------
NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER                           NUMBER    PERCENTAGE      OPTIONS       NUMBER    PERCENTAGE
- ---------------------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  --------------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>             <C>        <C>
 
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
*   less than one percent.
 
(1) Assumes that the over-allotment options are exercised in full.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The Company has authorized capital stock consisting of 40,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $0.10 par value, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.10
par value. At August 31, 1997, there were      shares of Common Stock
outstanding, owned by      holders of record, and there were no shares of
Preferred Stock outstanding. A total of shares of Common Stock are reserved for
future issuance under, and for issuance upon the exercise of options to be
granted under the Omnibus Plan, and a total of      shares of Common Stock are
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. See
"Management--Omnibus Plan" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." Upon
consummation of the Offering,      shares of Common Stock and no shares of
Preferred Stock will be outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby when issued and paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
All holders of Common Stock have full voting rights and are entitled to one vote
for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders. Votes may not be cumulated in the election of directors.
Stockholders have no preemptive or subscription rights. Holders of Common Stock
are entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
from funds legally available therefor and are entitled, upon liquidation, to
share ratably in all assets remaining after
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
payment of liabilities. The rights of holders of Common Stock will be subject to
any preferential rights of any Preferred Stock which may be issued in the
future.
 
    The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized (without any further
action by the stockholders) to issue Preferred Stock in one or more series and
to fix voting rights, liquidation preferences, dividend rates, conversion
rights, redemption rights and terms, including sinking fund provisions, and
certain other rights and preferences. The Board of Directors may issue Preferred
Stock for such consideration and on such terms as it deems desirable.
Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding Preferred Stock would
reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on Common
Stock. Also, holders of Preferred Stock would normally be entitled to receive a
preference payment in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
the Company before any payment is made to the holders of Common Stock. In
addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of Preferred Stock may
render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy
contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Company's
securities or the removal of incumbent management. The Board of Directors of the
Company, without stockholder approval, may issue Preferred Stock with voting and
conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of Common Stock. The
Company has no present intention to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.
 
SPECIAL PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS.  The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws
contain certain provisions, in addition to the authorization of the Preferred
Stock, that may reduce the likelihood of a change in management or voting
control of the Company without the consent of the Company's Board of Directors.
These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing
tender offers or takeover attempts that some or a majority of the Company's
stockholders might consider to be in the stockholders' best interest, including
offers or attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the
Common Stock. The By-Laws of the Company can be amended by the stockholders of
the Company only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80%
of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. Additionally, in the event of a
change of control (as defined in the Omnibus Plan) of the Company, all awards
under the Omnibus Plan that have not expired become fully and immediately vested
and exercisable and may be exercised for the remaining terms of such awards.
 
        STAGGERED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The Certificate of Incorporation and
    By-Laws divide the Board of Directors into three classes that are elected to
    staggered three-year terms. The Company believes that a staggered Board of
    Directors will help assure the continuity and stability of the Company's
    Board of Directors and the Company's business strategies and policies. In
    addition, the staggered board provisions help ensure that the Company's
    Board of Directors, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal from a third
    party that has acquired a block of the voting stock of the Company, will
    have sufficient time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives and
    to seek the best available result for all stockholders. The staggered board
    provisions could increase the likelihood that, in the event of a takeover of
    the Company, incumbent directors would retain their positions. The
    affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the Company's outstanding
    voting stock is required to amend these provisions.
 
        REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS DURING THEIR TERMS.  Under the Certificate of
    Incorporation and By-Laws, a director may be removed during his or her term
    of service only "for cause" and only by the affirmative vote of not less
    than 80% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. As defined, "for
    cause" means: (i) commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the
    Company; (ii) conviction of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude;
    (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in performing the director's
    duties to the Company or its stockholders; or (iv) breach of fiduciary duty
    owed to the Company. The By-Laws also provide that vacant directorships may
    be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
        STOCKHOLDER ACTION.  Unless limited by the Certificate of Incorporation
    of a corporation, the Delaware General Corporation Law permits stockholder
    action without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote upon the
    written consent of the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the
    minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such
    action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were
    present and voted. The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws prohibit
    stockholder action without a meeting. The affirmative vote of holders of at
    least 80% of the Company's outstanding voting stock is required to amend
    these provisions. Additionally, the By-Laws provide that meetings of the
    stockholders can only be called by the Chief Executive Officer, a majority
    of the Board of Directors or holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding
    voting stock of the Company.
 
        FAIR PRICE PROVISION.  The Certificate of Incorporation includes a "fair
    price" provision that requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at
    least 80% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company to approve a merger
    with, or disposition of assets or the issuance of securities having a fair
    market value of $5.0 million or more to, an interested stockholder (as
    hereinafter defined), a liquidation proposed by an interested stockholder or
    the reclassification of the Company's securities or a similar transaction
    that increases the interested stockholder's proportionate ownership in the
    Company. An "interested stockholder" is anyone who owns or controls,
    directly, indirectly or together with others, 10% or more of the Company's
    voting stock. A transaction with an interested stockholder will not require
    stockholder approval if a majority of disinterested directors (as defined in
    the Certificate of Incorporation) approves the transaction or if the
    transaction involves the distribution to the stockholders of cash or other
    consideration that satisfies the "fair price" criteria set forth in the
    Certificate of Incorporation, which generally require that all stockholders
    receive equal treatment, an adequate price and adequate disclosure. The fair
    price provision of the Certificate of Incorporation may not be amended
    without the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the Company's outstanding
    voting stock. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
    Law, much like the fair price provision described above, limits the ability
    of a corporation to enter into certain business combinations with an
    "interested stockholder" (generally defined as a person owning 15% or more
    of a corporation's outstanding voting stock) unless certain conditions are
    met. The Certificate of Incorporation, however, includes a provision
    electing not to be governed by Section 203.
 
        EVALUATION FACTORS.  The Certificate of Incorporation contains a
    provision that allows the Board of Directors to evaluate factors other than
    the price offered when considering a proposed acquisition of the Company.
    The Certificate of Incorporation permits the Board of Directors to consider
    the social, legal and economic effects of the proposed acquisition upon the
    Company's employees, suppliers, customers and the communities in which the
    Company operates. The Board of Directors can also consider any other factors
    it deems relevant, including not only the consideration offered in the
    proposed transaction relative to the market price of the Common Stock but
    also the value of the Company in a freely negotiated transaction and in
    relation to the estimate by the Board of Directors of the future value of
    the Company as an independent entity. The affirmative vote of the holders of
    not less than 80% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company is required
    to amend this provision.
 
        STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS AND NOMINATIONS.  The Company's By-Laws provide
    that notice of proposed stockholder nominations for the election of
    directors must be given in writing to the Secretary of the Company at the
    principal executive offices of the Company not less than 75 days nor more
    than 85 days prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected (or
    if fewer than 75 days' notice or prior public disclosure of the
    stockholders' meeting date is given or made by the Company, not later than
    the 10th day following the day on which the notice was mailed or such public
    disclosure was made). The By-Laws also provide that at an annual
    stockholders' meeting, and subject to any other applicable requirements,
    only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting
    by, or at the direction of, the Board of Directors or by a stockholder who
    has given timely prior written notice to the Secretary of the Company of
    such stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. For
    such stockholder's notice to be timely, it must be delivered to or mailed
    and received at the principal executive offices of the Company not later
    than the date that corresponds to 120 days prior to the date the Company's
    proxy
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    statement was released to stockholders in connection with the previous
    year's annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice must contain certain
    information specified in the By-Laws.
 
    LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS.  The Certificate of Incorporation
limits the liability of directors to the extent allowed by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Specifically, directors will not be held liable to the Company
or its stockholders for an act or omission in such capacity as a director,
except for liability as a result of: (i) a breach of the duty of loyalty to the
Company or its stockholders; (ii) actions or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii)
payment of an improper dividend or improper repurchase of the Company's stock
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) actions or
omissions pursuant to which the director will receive an improper personal
benefit.
 
    The principal effect of the limitation of liability provision is that a
stockholder is unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a
director of the Company unless the stockholder can demonstrate one of the
specified bases for liability. This provision, however, does not eliminate or
limit director liability arising in connection with causes of action brought
under the federal securities laws.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate the directors' duty of
care. The inclusion of this provision in the Certificate of Incorporation may,
however, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit
against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an
action, if successful, might otherwise benefit the Company and its stockholders.
This provision should not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as
injunction or rescission based upon a director's breach of the duty of care. The
affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding voting
stock of the Company is required to amend this provision.
 
    INDEMNIFICATION.  The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws provide that
the Company is generally required to indemnify its directors and officers for
all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in
connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the
director's or officer's position with the Company or another entity that the
director or officer serves at the Company's request, subject to certain
conditions, and to advance funds to its directors and officers to enable them to
defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or
officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or acted in good faith
and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner and in the Company's
best interest. The affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company is required to amend this provision.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the current stockholders of the Company
will own approximately    % of the outstanding Common Stock (   % if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company and
certain stockholders who will collectively own shares of Common Stock
immediately following the Offering, and holders of warrants who will
collectively have the right immediately following the Offering to purchase
shares of Common Stock, have agreed with A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. not to sell,
grant any option to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days following the
date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of A.G. Edwards &
Sons, Inc. See "Underwriting."
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have      shares of Common
Stock outstanding. Of these shares, the      shares sold in the Offering (
shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be
freely tradeable in the public market without restriction by persons other than
affiliates of the Company. All of the remaining shares are "restricted
securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Approximately      of such shares will have been held for more than one year as
of the date of this Prospectus and may be sold 90 days after the Company has
been subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Exchange Act,
subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144.
Following the expiration or release from the 180-day lock-up agreements with
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. approximately      additional shares of Common Stock
will be eligible for sale in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144. See
"Underwriting."
 
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if a period of at least
one year has elapsed between the later of the date on which "restricted shares"
(as that phrase is defined in Rule 144) were acquired from the Company and the
date on which they were acquired from an "affiliate" of the Company (as that
term is defined in Rule 144), then the holder of such restricted shares
(including an affiliate) is entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of shares of Common Stock that does not exceed the greater of (a) 1% of
the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (     shares upon completion of the
Offering), and (b) the average weekly reported trading volume in the Common
Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144
also are subject to certain notice and manner-of-sale requirements and the
availability of current public information about the Company. A person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of the Company (in
general, a person who is not a director, officer or principal stockholder of the
Company) during the three months prior to resale and who has beneficially owned
such shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such restricted stock
under Rule 144 without regard to the requirements discussed above, other than
the manner-of-sale provisions.
 
    The Company is unable to estimate the number of shares that may be sold in
the future by its stockholders since this will depend on the market price for
the Common Stock, the personal circumstances of the stockholders and other
factors. Any sale of substantial amounts of shares in the open market may
significantly reduce the market price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
    Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a
transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 under the Securities Act may be
relied upon with respect to the resale of shares of Common Stock originally
purchased from the Company by its employees, directors and officers prior to the
date the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating
to the compensation of such persons. Shares of Common Stock issued in reliance
on Rule 701 are "restricted shares" and, beginning 90 days after the Company
becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, may be sold
by persons other than affiliates, subject to the provisions regarding
manner-of-sale under Rule 144, and by affiliates under Rule 144 without
compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirements.
 
    The Company intends to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act to register all of the shares of Common Stock issued or reserved
for future issuance under the Omnibus Plan and the ESOP. After the effective
date of such registration statements, shares purchased upon exercise of options
granted pursuant to
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
the Omnibus Plan or pursuant to the ESOP will be available for resale in the
public market without restriction by persons who are not affiliates of the
Company, and to the extent they are held by affiliates, pursuant to Rule 144,
without observance of the holding period requirements. Effective with the
consummation of the Offering, options to purchase a total of      shares of
Common Stock will be granted, none of which will be exercisable in less than one
year from the date of grant and      shares will be owned by the ESOP and
Equivalence Plan. See "Risk Factors--Control of the Company by Existing
Stockholders," "Management-- Employee Benefit Plans--Omnibus Plan,"
"Management--Employee Benefits Plans--ESOP" and "Management--Employee Benefits
Plans--Equivalence Plan."
 
    In connection with an amendment to the Credit Agreement on July 31, 1996,
the Company issued to certain members of its bank syndicate warrants to purchase
an aggregate of      shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $     per
share, all of which will remain outstanding after consummation of the Offering.
The outstanding warrants can be exercised at any time and the underlying shares
can be sold either pursuant to demand registration rights which are exercisable
on the first anniversary of the consummation of the Offering and thereafter on
an annual basis through December 31, 2004, or pursuant to piggyback registration
rights which are exercisable at any time.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    The Underwriters named below have severally agreed with the Company subject
to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase the
respective numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their names
below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                                                                         SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc........................................................
 
  Total.........................................................................
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters are obligated to
purchase all of the shares of Common Stock, if any are purchased.
 
    The Company has been advised by A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., the
Representative of the several Underwriters (the "Representative"), that the
Underwriters propose to offer the Common Stock to the public at the Offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of $.     per share and that the
Underwriters and such dealers may reallow a discount of not in excess of $.
per share to other dealers. The Offering price and the concession and discount
to dealers may be changed by the Underwriters after the Offering.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    In the Underwriting Agreement, the Selling Stockholders have granted the
Underwriters options, expiring at the close of business on the 45th day
subsequent to the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
     additional shares of Common Stock at the Offering price, less the
underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The
Underwriters may exercise such options solely to cover over-allotments, if any,
in the sale of the shares. To the extent the Underwriters exercise such options,
each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of the option shares
as the number of shares to be purchased by it shown in the table above bears to
              , and the Selling Stockholders will be obligated, pursuant to the
options, to sell such shares to the Underwriters.
 
    The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. The liability of each Selling Stockholder under this indemnity
is limited to the amount of his proceeds.
 
    The Company and certain stockholders who collectively will own      shares
of Common Stock immediately following the Offering, and holders of warrants who
will collectively have the right immediately following the Offering to purchase
     shares of Common Stock, have agreed that they will not, directly or
indirectly, offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock,
other than the shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus, for a period of 180
days from the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of A.G.
Edwards & Sons, Inc. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
    In connection with the Offering, certain Underwriters and selling group
members and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such transactions may include stabilization transactions effected in accordance
with Rule 104 of Regulation M, pursuant to which such persons may bid for or
purchase Common Stock for the purpose of stabilizing its market price. The
Underwriters also may create a short position for the account of the
Underwriters by selling more Common Stock in connection with the Offering than
they are committed to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders,
and in such case may purchase Common Stock in the open market following
completion of the Offering to cover all or a portion of such short position. The
Underwriters may also cover all or a portion of such short position, up to
shares of Common Stock, by exercising the Underwriters' over-allotment option
referred to above. In addition, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., on behalf of the
Underwriters, may impose "penalty bids" under contractual arrangements with the
Underwriters whereby it may reclaim from an Underwriter (or dealer participating
in the Offering) for the account of the other Underwriters, the selling
concession with respect to Common Stock that is distributed in the Offering but
subsequently purchased for the account of the Underwriters in the open market.
Any of the transactions described in this paragraph may result in the
maintenance of the price of the Common Stock at a level above that which might
otherwise prevail in the open market. None of the transactions described in this
paragraph is required, and, if it is undertaken, it may be discontinued at any
time.
 
    The Representative has informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The Offering price for the Common Stock was determined by negotiation between
the Company and the Representative. Among the factors considered in determining
the Offering price was the history of and the prospects for the Company and the
industry in which it operates, the past and present operating results of the
Company and the trends of such results, the future prospects of the Company, an
assessment of the Company's management, the general condition for the securities
markets at the time of the Offering and the prices for similar securities of
comparable companies.
 
    At the request of the Company, up to      shares of Common Stock in the
Offering have been reserved for sale to certain officers, directors and
employees, business affiliates and related persons of the Company who have
expressed an interest in purchasing shares of Common Stock at the Price to
Public set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The number of shares of
Common Stock available for sale in the Offering will be reduced to the extent
such persons purchase such shares. Purchases will be prohibited to the extent
that they are
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
requested in lots of less than 100 shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased
will be offered by the Underwriters on the same basis as the other shares
available through the Offering.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock covered by this
Prospectus will be passed upon for the Company by Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P.,
Dallas, Texas. Certain legal matters pertaining to the Common Stock will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Dallas, Texas.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements and related schedules of the Company
as of September 30, 1995 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 1996, included in this Prospectus and the Registration
Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent certified
public accountants, as stated in their reports thereon appearing herein and
elsewhere in the Registration Statement, and have been so included in reliance
upon the reports of such firm given upon the authority of that firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with
respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which is part of
the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information
concerning the Company and the Common Stock, reference is made to the
Registration Statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith, copies
of which may be inspected at the Commission's principal office, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, or copies of which may be
obtained from the Commission at such office upon payment of the fees prescribed
by the Commission or on the Internet at HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV. The summaries in
this Prospectus of additional information included in the Registration Statement
or any exhibit thereto are qualified in their entirety by reference to such
information or exhibit filed with the Commission.
 
    The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing audited financial statements certified by an independent public
accounting firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each
fiscal year containing unaudited financial information.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Independent Auditors' Report..........................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 1995 and 1996, and June 30, 1997
  (unaudited).........................................................................        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and
  1996, and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)..............        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended September 30,
  1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited)........        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and
  1996, and for the Nine Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)..............        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Stockholders of
  Vari-Lite International, Inc.
Dallas, Texas
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Vari-Lite
International, Inc. and subsidiaries (herein referred to as "the Company") as of
September 30, 1995 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September 30, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30,
1995 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1996, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Dallas, Texas
November 22, 1996 (October  , 1997,
as to the first paragraph of Note F)
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented to give effect
to the Company's reincorporation in Delaware and the Company's recapitalization,
in which the shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock will be converted into
shares of the Company's new common stock and a class of preferred stock will be
authorized, as described in Note F to the consolidated financial statements. The
above opinion is in the form which will be signed by Deloitte & Touche LLP upon
effectiveness of the above events, assuming that from November 22, 1996 to the
effective date of such events, no other material events have occurred which
would affect the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Dallas, Texas
August 13, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                   --------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                     1995       1996        1997
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash...........................................................................  $   3,973  $   2,633   $  --
  Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $495, $348 and $448.......      8,158     11,070      13,178
  Inventory......................................................................      2,013      2,395       2,996
  Prepaid expense and other current assets.......................................      1,876        816       2,627
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
    TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........................................................     16,020     16,914      18,801
EQUIPMENT AND OTHER PROPERTY:
  Lighting and sound equipment...................................................     79,486     87,932     101,713
  Machinery and tools............................................................      1,591      2,179       2,149
  Furniture and fixtures.........................................................      3,563      3,728       3,791
  Office and computer equipment..................................................      5,244      7,593       8,043
  Work in progress and raw materials inventory...................................      3,759      3,259       6,805
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                      93,643    104,691     122,501
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...............................     38,620     47,982      55,947
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                      55,023     56,709      66,554
OTHER ASSETS.....................................................................      1,964      3,950       4,570
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
    TOTAL ASSETS.................................................................  $  73,007  $  77,573   $  89,925
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                        LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses..........................................  $  10,361  $   8,596   $   8,508
  Deposits on contracts..........................................................      1,164      1,187       1,854
  Income taxes payable...........................................................        857        350         155
  Current portion of long-term obligations.......................................      8,477      7,427       7,806
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
    TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES....................................................     20,859     17,560      18,323
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS............................................................     26,393     29,922      37,593
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES............................................................      4,426      5,553       6,449
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES............................................................     51,678     53,035      62,365
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred Stock, $0.10 par value (10,000,000 shares authorized), none issued or
    outstanding..................................................................
  Common Stock, $0.10 par value (40,000,000 shares authorized)...................
  Treasury Stock, at cost,      shares at September 30, 1996, and      shares at
    June 30, 1997................................................................
  Additional paid-in capital.....................................................
  Stockholder notes receivable...................................................       (398)      (352)       (186)
  Stock purchase warrants........................................................        663        600         600
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment.............................        780        905       1,451
  Retained earnings..............................................................     16,861     19,735      21,953
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY...................................................     21,329     24,538      27,560
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY...................................  $  73,007  $  77,573   $  89,925
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER   FOR THE NINE MONTHS
                                                                           30,                   ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                             -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                               1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
Rental revenues............................................  $  47,625  $  65,864  $  65,741  $  45,389  $  56,400
Product sales and services revenues........................      6,187      9,046     11,397      8,042     10,688
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  TOTAL REVENUES...........................................     53,812     74,910     77,138     53,431     67,088
Rental cost of sales.......................................     18,775     26,288     26,425     18,267     22,342
Product sales and services cost of sales...................      4,284      6,637      7,783      5,601      7,409
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  TOTAL COST OF SALES......................................     23,059     32,925     34,208     23,868     29,751
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  GROSS PROFIT.............................................     30,753     41,985     42,930     29,563     37,337
Selling, general and administrative expense................     19,181     28,163     30,077     22,230     25,124
Research and development expense...........................      3,033      3,283      4,404      2,947      4,684
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES.................................     22,214     31,446     34,481     25,177     29,808
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
OPERATING INCOME...........................................      8,539     10,539      8,449      4,386      7,529
Interest expense...........................................      1,805      2,788      3,092      2,437      2,692
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY LOSS..........      6,734      7,751      5,357      1,949      4,837
Income taxes...............................................      2,400      3,037      2,238        813      2,054
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INCOME BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY LOSS...........................      4,334      4,714      3,119      1,136      2,783
Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt (net
  of tax of $389)..........................................        756
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
NET INCOME.................................................  $   3,578  $   4,714  $   3,119  $   1,136  $   2,783
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING........................
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
EARNINGS PER SHARE.........................................  $          $          $          $          $
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PREFERRED STOCK         COMMON STOCK                    ADDITIONAL
                                                   ---------------------  ---------------------   TREASURY      PAID-IN
                                                     SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES     AMOUNT       STOCK       CAPITAL
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
BALANCE, OCTOBER 1, 1993.........................      --      $  --                  $           $  --        $
Dividends declared...............................
Shares purchased and retired.....................
Shares issued....................................
Net effect of translation adjustment.............
Adjust warrant valuation allowance...............
Net income.......................................
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------       -----   -----------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1994......................      --         --                                 --
Dividends declared...............................
Shares issued....................................
Payments on stockholder notes receivable.........
Net effect of translation adjustment.............
Issuance of stock to the ESOP and ESEP Plans.....
Adjust warrant valuation allowance...............
Net income.......................................
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------       -----   -----------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1995......................
Dividends declared...............................
Purchase of treasury stock.......................                                                       (28)
Purchases of stock warrants......................
Issuance of stock warrants.......................
Payments on stockholder notes receivable.........
Issuance of stock to the ESOP and ESEP Plans.....
Net effect of translation adjustment.............
Net income.......................................
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------       -----   -----------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
  UNAUDITED:.....................................                                                       (28)
Dividends declared...............................
Purchase of treasury stock.......................                                                      (158)
Payments on stockholder notes receivable.........
Issuance of stock to the ESOP and ESEP Plans.....
Net effect of translation adjustment.............
Net income.......................................
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------       -----   -----------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)...............      --      $  --                  $           $    (186)   $
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------       -----   -----------
                                                   ----------  ---------  ----------  ---------       -----   -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                               CUMULATIVE
                                                                                 FOREIGN
                                                    STOCKHOLDER      STOCK      CURRENCY
                                                       NOTES       PURCHASE    TRANSLATION   RETAINED
                                                    RECEIVABLE     WARRANTS    ADJUSTMENT    EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                                   -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE, OCTOBER 1, 1993.........................    $  --         $     480    $     651    $   9,671   $
Dividends declared...............................                                                 (315)
Shares purchased and retired.....................
Shares issued....................................          (98)
Net effect of translation adjustment.............                                      67
Adjust warrant valuation allowance...............                         67                       (67)
Net income.......................................                                                3,578
                                                         -----         -----   -----------  -----------  ---------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1994......................          (98)          547          718       12,867
Dividends declared...............................                                                 (604)
Shares issued....................................         (323)
Payments on stockholder notes receivable.........           23
Net effect of translation adjustment.............                                      62
Issuance of stock to the ESOP and ESEP Plans.....
Adjust warrant valuation allowance...............                        116                      (116)
Net income.......................................                                                4,714
                                                         -----         -----   -----------  -----------  ---------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1995......................         (398)          663          780       16,861
Dividends declared...............................                                                 (648)
Purchase of treasury stock.......................
Purchases of stock warrants......................                       (663)                      403
Issuance of stock warrants.......................                        600
Payments on stockholder notes receivable.........           46
Issuance of stock to the ESOP and ESEP Plans.....
Net effect of translation adjustment.............                                     125
Net income.......................................                                                3,119
                                                         -----         -----   -----------  -----------  ---------
BALANCE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
  UNAUDITED:.....................................         (352)          600          905       19,735
Dividends declared...............................                                                 (565)
Purchase of treasury stock.......................
Payments on stockholder notes receivable.........          166
Issuance of stock to the ESOP and ESEP Plans.....
Net effect of translation adjustment.............                                     546
Net income.......................................                                                2,783
                                                         -----         -----   -----------  -----------  ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)...............    $    (186)    $     600    $   1,451    $  21,953   $
                                                         -----         -----   -----------  -----------  ---------
                                                         -----         -----   -----------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          FOR THE NINE MONTHS
                                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                                                                       30,                   ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                           1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...........................................................  $   3,578  $   4,714  $   3,119  $   1,136  $   2,783
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization......................................      5,876      8,436      9,869      7,393      8,489
    Amortization of note discount and deferred loan fees...............        205        186        199        149        265
    Extraordinary loss from the early extinguishment of debt...........        756     --         --         --         --
    Provision for doubtful accounts....................................         67        334        348        103         94
    Deferred income taxes..............................................        958        702      1,127        (51)       896
    Gain on sale of equipment and other property.......................        (53)    (1,967)      (574)    --         (2,991)
    Provisions for ESOP and ESEP contributions.........................     --            750        250     --            250
    Net change in assets and liabilities:
      Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable.......................     (2,823)    (2,436)    (2,846)    (1,989)    (2,202)
      Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses..........................       (959)       (15)     1,060     (4,716)    (1,811)
      Decrease (increase) in inventory.................................     --         (1,031)      (382)     2,412       (601)
      Decrease (increase) in other assets..............................     (1,130)      (370)    (2,616)      (232)      (824)
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and
        income taxes payable...........................................      3,543      3,077     (2,268)    (1,180)      (284)
      Increase (decrease) in deposits on contracts.....................        919       (172)        23        474        667
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by operating activities........................     10,937     12,208      7,309      3,499      4,731
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Capital expenditures.................................................    (13,566)   (20,748)   (12,587)    (9,125)   (19,880)
  VLEH Acquisition.....................................................     (5,940)    --         --         --         --
  Proceeds from sale of equipment......................................        582      2,412      1,377     --          5,030
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash used in investing activities............................    (18,924)   (18,336)   (11,210)    (9,125)   (14,850)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of debt.......................................     25,800     10,998     28,204     12,476     16,967
  Principal payments on debt...........................................    (12,525)    (3,926)   (24,601)    (8,869)    (8,127)
  Proceeds from issuance of distributor advances.......................        997      2,168      1,745      1,306        604
  Principal payments on distributor advances...........................     (4,200)    (1,362)    (1,894)    (1,322)    (1,216)
  Proceeds from payments on stockholder notes receivable...............     --             33         46         38        166
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock...............................        102     --         --         --         --
  Prepayment penalty from early extinguishment of debt.................       (500)    --         --         --         --
  Purchase of common stock.............................................         (4)    --         --         --         --
  Purchase of treasury stock...........................................     --         --            (28)    --           (158)
  Purchase of stock warrant............................................     --         --           (260)    --         --
  Dividends paid.......................................................       (315)      (604)      (648)      (568)      (565)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by financing activities........................      9,355      7,307      2,564      3,061      7,671
Effect on cash from foreign currency translation adjustment............         99       (624)        (3)      (166)      (185)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) during the period..............................      1,467        555     (1,340)    (2,731)    (2,633)
Cash, beginning of period..............................................      1,951      3,418      3,973      3,973      2,633
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash, end of period....................................................  $   3,418  $   3,973  $   2,633  $   1,242  $  --
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cash paid for interest expense.......................................  $   1,812  $   2,905  $   3,234  $   2,564  $   2,956
  Cash paid for income taxes...........................................  $   1,111  $   1,752  $   1,528  $   1,470  $   1,765
  Acquisition of property under capital leases.........................  $     302  $  --      $  --      $  --      $  --
  Warrants issued......................................................  $  --      $  --      $     600  $  --      $  --
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE A--ORGANIZATION:
 
    Vari-Lite International, Inc. and subsidiaries (herein referred to as "the
Company") is a leading international provider of proprietary automated lighting
systems and related services to the entertainment industry, servicing markets
such as concert touring, theater, television and film and corporate events.
 
    On March 31, 1994, the Company formed Vari-Lite Europe Holdings Limited
("VLEH") to acquire the net assets, consisting primarily of equipment and
property, and the operations of three London-based companies, which are in the
business of providing lighting services and stage and stage set construction.
The total purchase price, including related acquisition and financing costs was
approximately $6,000, which was funded with a portion of the proceeds from the
Company's Credit Facility (see Note E). The acquisition was accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the purchase price was
allocated to the tangible assets acquired, and liabilities assumed based upon a
determination of their fair values at the acquisition date. The results of
operations of VLEH have been included in the consolidated financial statements
since its acquisition.
 
NOTE B--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Vari-Lite International, Inc.
includes the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco,
Inc., Irideon, Inc., IGNITION! Creative Group, Inc., Concert Production
Lighting, Inc., Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. (a Japanese corporation), Vari-Lite Hong
Kong Limited and VLEH and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.
Certain estimates are used in determining the valuation of assets and
liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The balance sheet as of June 30, 1997, and the statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and
1997, have been prepared by the Company without audit. In the opinion of
management, all adjustments (which included only normal, recurring adjustments)
necessary to present fairly the financial position, at June 30, 1997 and the
results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and
1997, have been made. The results of operations for the nine months ended June
30, 1997, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the
full year.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The Company has certain financial instruments consisting primarily of cash,
accounts and lease receivables, debt and long-term obligations and interest rate
swap agreements. The carrying values of substantially all of the financial
instruments approximate their respective fair values.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE B--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    INVENTORY
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market. Market for raw materials is based on replacement costs and for other
inventory classifications, on net realizable value. Appropriate consideration is
given to deterioration, obsolescence and other factors in evaluating net
realizable value.
 
    EQUIPMENT AND OTHER PROPERTY
 
    Equipment and other property are stated at cost or, in the case of
capitalized leases, at the lower of the present value of future lease payments
or the fair value of the equipment. Depreciation and amortization are provided
on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various
classes of equipment and other property. In 1996, management reevaluated the
estimated useful lives of the Company's lighting equipment and accordingly
lengthened the lives of certain lighting equipment to correspond with the
anticipated revenue of the equipment.
 
    OTHER ASSETS
 
    The Company capitalizes and includes in other assets deferred financing
costs and the costs of acquiring patents and trademarks on its products.
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the debt. Amortization
on patents and trademarks is computed on the straight-line basis over the lives
of the patents or trademarks or the period of expected benefit. In addition, the
Company capitalizes legal costs associated with the pursuit of third parties for
infringement of certain of the Company's patents, copyrights and trademarks.
Such costs are capitalized when the Company is successful or management believes
it will be successful. These costs are amortized over the lives of the
applicable patents, copyrights and trademarks.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenues related to equipment rental and services are recognized as earned
over the terms of the contracts. Revenues from long-term leases classified as
sales-type leases are recognized upon delivery and installation of the
equipment. Revenues related to the sale of architectural products are recognized
upon shipment of the equipment. In 1995, one customer accounted for 11.9% of the
Company's revenues. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of the
Company's revenues during any of the three years in the period ended September
30, 1996 or the nine months ended June 30, 1997.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Costs incurred in connection with the development of new products are
considered research and development costs and are charged to operations as
incurred.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes," and files a consolidated federal income tax
return. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the difference
between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for
financial reporting
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE B--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
purposes, referred to as temporary differences. Provision is made for deferred
taxes relating to temporary differences in the recognition of income and expense
for financial reporting and for income tax purposes.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    In accordance with SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation," the asset
and liability accounts of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated
into U.S. dollars using rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date.
Revenues and expenses are translated at exchange rates which approximate the
average rates prevailing during the year. The cumulative translation gains and
losses are included in stockholders' equity.
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted
average shares outstanding for the applicable period. Common stock equivalents,
including warrants and options, are included, to the extent considered dilutive,
using the treasury stock method and are assumed to be outstanding for the full
period in the period of issuance.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In October 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("the FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation," which is effective for periods ending after
December 15, 1995. Management intends to implement only the disclosure
requirements of such statement for employee stock-based compensation. However,
the accounting provisions of this statement will be required to be implemented
upon the future issuance of non-employee stock-based compensation. The Company
does not believe that there will be a material impact to the historically
reported amount of earnings per share upon the implementation of this statement.
 
    In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which
is effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997. Implementation of SFAS
No. 128 will have no effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
position or cash flows but will require a change in the calculation of earnings
per share. The Company does not believe that there will be a material impact to
the reported amount of earnings per share upon the implementation of this
statement.
 
    In February 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 129, "Capital Structure," which
is effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997. Implementation of SFAS
No. 129 will have no effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
position or cash flows.
 
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Comprehensive income is the change in equity of a business enterprise during a
period from transactions and other events from nonowner sources. SFAS No. 130
will require that changes in the balances of items that are reported directly in
a separate component of stockholders' equity (such as unrealized gains and
losses and minimum pension liability adjustments) be added to net income to
arrive at comprehensive income. Implementation of SFAS No. 130 will have no
effect on the Company's results of operations, financial position or cash flows,
but will require additional footnote disclosures presenting the Company's
comprehensive income.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE B--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosure about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information," which is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997. Accordingly, the Company plans to adopt SFAS
No. 131 for its fiscal year beginning October 1, 1998. Implementation of SFAS
No. 131 will have no effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
position or cash flows, but may require a change in the disclosures regarding
the Company's operating segments.
 
    OTHER
 
    Certain reclassifications have been made to the September 30, 1994 and 1995,
consolidated financial statements to conform to the presentation in the
September 30, 1996, consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE C--INVENTORY:
 
    Inventory consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               --------------------
                                                                 1995       1996
                                                               ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                     -----------
                                                                                        1997
                                                                                     -----------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Raw materials................................................  $     766  $   1,998   $   2,654
Work in progress.............................................        216        294         197
Finished goods...............................................      1,031        103         145
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               $   2,013  $   2,395   $   2,996
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE D--OTHER ASSETS:
 
    Other assets consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               --------------------
                                                                 1995       1996
                                                               ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                     -----------
                                                                                        1997
                                                                                     -----------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Patents and trademarks.......................................  $     263  $   2,355   $   2,809
Deferred financing costs.....................................        947      1,432       1,436
Other, including sales-type lease receivables                      1,239        865       1,230
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                   2,449      4,652       5,475
Less accumulated amortization................................       (485)      (702)       (905)
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               $   1,964  $   3,950   $   4,570
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Included in the amount of patents and trademarks are amounts capitalized by
the Company relating to the High End Lawsuit, a patent infringement suit in
which the Company is the plaintiff. Unless the Company receives a judgment in
this litigation that the defendant has infringed at least one of its patents and
the Company concludes, based on all of the facts and circumstances that such a
judgment will allow it to maintain its competitive advantage provided by the
infringed patents, all costs incurred by the Company related to the High
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE D--OTHER ASSETS: (CONTINUED)
End Lawsuit (including those previously capitalized) will be required to be
recorded as an expense in the period that the judgment is rendered.
 
NOTE E--LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:
 
    Long-term obligations consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             --------------------
                                                               1995       1996
                                                             ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                      1997
                                                                                   -----------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
Credit Facility:
  Term loans at current exchange rates (net of value
    assigned to warrants of $600 at September 30, 1996, and
    $488 at June 30, 1997).................................  $  21,813  $  26,514   $  24,402
  Revolving lines of credit................................      8,346      5,236      15,938
Advances from distributors.................................      2,943      2,810       2,101
Obligations under capital leases with interest at 8.6% to
  10.4%, maturities through 1999...........................        530        348         201
Other......................................................      1,238      2,441       2,757
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                34,870     37,349      45,399
Less current portion.......................................     (8,477)    (7,427)     (7,806)
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                             $  26,393  $  29,922   $  37,593
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                             ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's Credit Facility allows borrowings up to $28,000 under a
revolving line of credit. The Company incurred prepayment penalties in 1994 of
$756 (net of tax benefit of $389) relating to the early extinguishment of its
prior debt facility, which was expensed in the consolidated statement of income
as an extraordinary loss. Loans under the revolver may be drawn in U.S. dollars,
U.K. pounds sterling or Japanese yen, subject to their availability under the
Credit Facility. Interest on the term loans and the revolvers is calculated as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             LOAN DENOMINATION                               INTEREST RATE
- --------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>
U.S. dollar term                              Prime rate plus 1% or LIBOR plus 3.5%
Multicurrency revolver                        Prime rate plus 1% for U.S. dollar
                                                borrowings and Euroyen TIBOR plus 3.5% for
                                                Japanese yen borrowings
U.K. pound sterling term                      LIBOR rate plus 2%
U.K. pound sterling revolver                  LIBOR rate plus 2%
Japanese yen term                             TIBOR rate plus 2.5%
</TABLE>
 
    Based on the outstanding amounts under the Credit Facility as of September
30, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, the weighted average interest rates were
10.35%, 8.69% and 8.83%, respectively.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE E--LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS: (CONTINUED)
    At September 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the Company had interest rate swap
agreements with two of its primary lenders relating to a notional principal
amount of $19,800, and $17,700, respectively, which effectively changes the
Company's variable interest rate exposure on such borrowing to a fixed weighted
average interest rate of 9.60%. The interest rate swap agreements mature on or
before the maturity date of the related notes as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER
                                                                      30,1996
                                                                    ------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                     1997
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Year one..........................................................   $    3,050    $   3,800
Year two..........................................................        3,800        5,900
Year three........................................................        5,450        1,000
Year four.........................................................        1,000        7,000
Year five.........................................................        6,500       --
                                                                    ------------  -----------
                                                                     $   19,800    $  17,700
                                                                    ------------  -----------
                                                                    ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other parties to the interest rate swap agreements. However, the Company does
not anticipate nonperformance by the other parties.
 
    Principal payments of approximately $826 under the multicurrency term loan
are due quarterly and increase to $1,076 per quarter on September 30, 1997
through the remaining term of the loan. A lump sum payment of approximately
$8,471 is due June 30, 2001. Interest on outstanding term loans is due
quarterly. Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit are
due June 30, 2001 and interest on outstanding amounts is due monthly. Until
April 1, 1998, a prepayment penalty equal to .25% of the amount prepaid is due
and payable in connection with voluntary prepayments of the term loans.
 
    The Credit Facility contains compliance covenants, including requirements
that the Company achieve certain financial ratios. In addition, the Credit
Facility places limitations on the ability to pay stockholder distributions,
make capital expenditures, incur additional indebtedness, make certain loans or
investments, sell assets or reacquire the Company's stock. The Company incurs a
commitment fee equal to .5% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the
revolver which is payable quarterly. Substantially all Company assets, except
those pledged to distributors (described below), are pledged as collateral under
the Credit Facility.
 
    In connection with certain distributor agreements, the Company has received
advances for a five-year period to provide the necessary funds for construction
of the leased lighting systems (see Note G). The remaining balances outstanding
under such borrowings at September 30, 1995 and 1996, and June 30, 1997, were
$2,943, $2,810 and $2,101, respectively. Equipment with a net book value of
approximately $8,700 at June 30, 1997 ($7,500 at September 30, 1996) has been
pledged to the distributors as collateral for such loans. The interest rate on
substantially all the notes is variable and ranged from 3% to 7% for the years
ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 and the unaudited nine months ended June 30,
1997. Substantially all the advances are nonrecourse and are repaid from the
Company's portion of the rental revenue earned on the associated leases.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
    Maturities of long-term obligations including capital lease obligations are
approximately as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER
                                                                      30, 1996
                                                                    ------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                     1997
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Year one..........................................................   $    7,427    $   7,806
Year two..........................................................        5,204        5,353
Year three........................................................        4,872        4,762
Year four.........................................................        4,225       27,478
Year five.........................................................       15,621       --
                                                                    ------------  -----------
                                                                     $   37,349    $  45,399
                                                                    ------------  -----------
                                                                    ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE F--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
    On October  , 1997, in conjunction with the Company's reincorporation in
Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Company created a new class of common
stock and authorized 40,000,000 shares. As a result of the reincorporation,
stockholders will receive      shares of common stock for each share of the
Company's Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by the
stockholders. Share amounts and the weighted average shares outstanding for all
periods presented give retroactive effect to the recapitalization of the common
stock. In addition, the Company authorized 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock
which the Company's Board of Directors may issue for such consideration and on
such terms as it deems desirable, including with voting and conversion rights
that could adversely affect the holders of common stock.
 
    In connection with prior debt agreements, the Company and a lender entered
into a warrant purchase agreement, which granted the lender a warrant to
purchase shares of Common Stock. The Company initially allocated $400 of the
proceeds of these loan agreements to the warrant and in subsequent years
increased such warrant value to an amount equal to the warrant valuation as
defined in the agreement. During 1996, the Company repurchased the warrant from
the holder for $260.
 
    In July 1996, in connection with an amendment to the Company's Credit
Facility, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to      shares of Common
Stock at a price based on the Company's earnings as defined in the warrant
agreement. After December 31, 2001, and through the warrant expiration date of
December 31, 2004, the warrant holders may put the warrant shares back to the
Company at the price specified in the warrant agreement. This put right will
terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including an initial public
offering. The terms of the warrants also provide for registration rights and
adjustments to the price and number of shares in certain circumstances. As of
September 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, no warrants had been exercised.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE G--LEASES:
 
    Company has agreements with various distributors whereby it has leased
certain lighting equipment to the distributors for a five-year period. These
agreements are accounted for as operating leases. Under the terms of these
agreements, these distributors have the exclusive right to market the lighting
equipment by subrental within defined market areas or customers. The
distributors' lease payments to the Company are calculated at 50% of the gross
rental revenue received by the distributors from their subrental of the lighting
equipment and amounted to approximately $2,864, $3,797, $4,893, $3,778 and
$3,576 for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the
unaudited nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The lighting
equipment under these leasing arrangements had a net book value of approximately
$7,552, $7,473 and $8,736 at September 30, 1995 and 1996, and June 30, 1997,
respectively.
 
    The Company is also the lessor under sales-type leases. Leases classified as
sales-type leases generally stipulate that all lease payments be made within 30
days of the start of the lease term; however, the Company has also entered into
certain sales-type leases that allow for periodic payment throughout the term of
the lease. The Company recorded revenues of $4,427, $9,914, $4,544, $2,318 and
$6,009 and cost of products and services of $1,465, $3,422, $2,223, $1,023 and
$2,054 in the years ended September 30, 1994 1995 and 1996, and in the unaudited
nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively, related to sales-type
leases.
 
    Equipment under leases which do not qualify as sales-type leases are
accounted for as operating leases. Leases of this type include distributor
leases, as detailed above, and dealer leases. Under dealer leases, dealers
receive exclusive rights to subrent the Company's lighting equipment in a
certain geographic area. The Company provides the lighting equipment to the
dealers, who pay a monthly rental fee to the Company.
 
    Future minimum lease payments receivable, including those which relate to
sales-type leases and are included in other assets, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SALES-TYPE                    OPERATING
                                       ------------------------------  --------------------------
                                        SEPTEMBER 30,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                            1996                           1996
                                       ---------------  JUNE 30, 1997  -------------   JUNE 30,
                                                        -------------                    1997
                                                         (UNAUDITED)                  -----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
Year one.............................     $     344       $     181      $     929     $   1,798
Year two.............................           303             102            920         1,830
Year three...........................           151          --                785         1,577
Year four............................        --              --                519         1,329
Year five............................        --              --                209         1,089
Thereafter...........................        --              --                 20            19
                                              -----           -----         ------    -----------
Total minimum lease payments.........           798             283      $   3,382     $   7,642
                                                                            ------    -----------
                                                                            ------    -----------
Less amount representing interest....          (105)            (28)
                                              -----           -----
Present value of net minimum lease
  payments...........................           693             255
Less current portion.................          (279)           (177)
                                              -----           -----
Long-term lease receivables..........     $     414       $      78
                                              -----           -----
                                              -----           -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE G--LEASES: (CONTINUED)
    AS LESSEE
 
    The Company leases certain computers and equipment. The following is a
summary of assets held under capital leases:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          --------------------
                                                            1995       1996
                                                          ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                   1997
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Computers and equipment under capital leases............  $   2,563  $   2,563   $   2,563
Less accumulated depreciation...........................     (2,014)    (2,144)     (2,241)
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
Property under capital leases, net......................  $     549  $     419   $     322
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company also leases manufacturing facilities and office space. The
future minimum lease payments, including those which relate to capital leases
and are included in long-term obligations, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  CAPITAL                      OPERATING
                                       ------------------------------  --------------------------
                                        SEPTEMBER 30,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                            1996                           1996
                                       ---------------  JUNE 30, 1997  -------------   JUNE 30,
                                                        -------------                    1997
                                                         (UNAUDITED)                  -----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
1997.................................     $     223       $     136      $   1,109     $   1,132
1998.................................            99              63            897           802
1999.................................            44          --                527           454
2000.................................        --              --                400           243
2001.................................        --              --             --            --
                                              -----           -----         ------    -----------
Total minimum lease payments.........           366             199      $   2,933     $   2,631
                                                                            ------    -----------
                                                                            ------    -----------
Less amount representing interest....           (18)            (14)
                                              -----           -----
Present value of net minimum lease
  payments...........................           348             185
Less current portion.................          (200)           (134)
                                              -----           -----
Long-term lease obligations..........     $     148       $      51
                                              -----           -----
                                              -----           -----
</TABLE>
 
    Rental expense for the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and
the unaudited nine months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 was approximately $1,347,
$1,957, $2,397, $1,760 and $1,956, respectively.
 
    In December 1995, the Company entered into a lease agreement with an
unaffiliated entity ("Lessor") for land to be used as the site for a new
corporate facility. After the initial non-cancelable lease term, ending in
December 2000, the lease may be renewed for up to six additional five-year terms
by agreement of the parties. If the lease is not renewed or is otherwise
terminated, the Company may be required to make a residual termination payment
equal to 85% of the $3,600 paid by the lessor to acquire the land. In addition,
the Company has an option to purchase the land during the term of the lease for
a price equal to the Lessor's cost. Rent payable under the lease is based upon
the $3,600 spent by the Lessor to acquire the land and the Lessor's cost of
funds from time to time. At September 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the Company
had a swap agreement with one
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE G--LEASES: (CONTINUED)
of its primary lenders relating to a notional amount of $3,600, which
effectively changes the Company's variable rent exposure on this lease to a
fixed annual amount of $388. This swap agreement matures in October 2000. The
Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other
party to the interest rate swap agreement. However, the Company does not
anticipate nonperformance by the other party. Future minimum rental commitments
and rent expense for the year ended September 30, 1996, and the unaudited nine
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, have been included in the amounts above.
 
NOTE H--INCOME TAXES:
 
    The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,                 JUNE 30,
                                                                     -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  U.S. Federal.....................................................  $   1,273  $   1,289  $     100  $      87  $     104
  State............................................................     --            217         54         46         56
  International....................................................        169        829        957        731        998
Deferred:
  U.S. Federal.....................................................        860        906        992        (50)       787
  State............................................................         20        217        135         (1)       109
  International....................................................         78       (421)    --         --         --
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------        ---  ---------
                                                                     $   2,400  $   3,037  $   2,238  $     813  $   2,054
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------        ---  ---------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------        ---  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. Federal statutory tax
rate to the provision for income tax is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,                 JUNE 30,
                                                                     -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Income tax expense at U.S. statutory rate..........................  $   2,289  $   2,635  $   1,821  $     663  $   1,644
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle................         90     --         --         --         --
International taxes................................................        119        153        255         93        230
State taxes........................................................     --            434        189         69        170
Foreign and general business tax credits...........................       (128)      (300)      (100)    --         --
Other--primarily permanent differences.............................         30        115         73        (12)        10
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------        ---  ---------
                                                                     $   2,400  $   3,037  $   2,238  $     813  $   2,054
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------        ---  ---------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------        ---  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred income taxes have been provided for the temporary differences
between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company's assets
and liabilities. Deferred income taxes resulted principally from the use of
accelerated depreciation for tax purposes and straight-line depreciation for
financial reporting purposes.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE H--INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
    In 1995 and 1996 and for the unaudited nine months ended June 30, 1996 and
1997, there was no valuation allowance at the beginning or end of the respective
fiscal period.
 
    For tax purposes, the Company has approximately $1,500 of foreign tax
credits that expire in 1997 through 2001. In addition, approximately $542 of
alternative minimum tax credits (which do not expire) and approximately $165 of
tax benefits related to net operating loss carryforwards (which expire in 2011)
are available to offset future regular tax liability. The benefit of these tax
credit carryforwards has been recognized for financial statement purposes as
part of deferred taxes.
 
    International income taxes relate to the results of operations of the
wholly-owned subsidiaries, Vari-Lite Asia, Inc., Vari-Lite Hong Kong Limited and
VLEH, as well as to withholding taxes on revenue generated by the Company's
foreign distributors.
 
NOTE I--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
 
    The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan in which substantially
all its U.S. employees can elect to be participants. Under the terms of the
401(k) plan, employees can defer up to 20% of their earnings up to the permitted
maximum as defined by IRS regulations. The Company matches 50% of the employee's
contribution up to 5% of the employee's earnings during the plan year. During
the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the unaudited nine
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company's cost to match employee
contributions was approximately $150, $300, $242, $195 and $193, respectively.
 
    Substantially all employees of VLEH may elect to be participants in the
Vari-Lite Europe Pension Plan. The plan is a defined contribution plan under
which employees may contribute up to 3% of their base salaries. The Company
makes contributions at a rate of 200% of the employee contributions, with
additional contributions made for certain key employees. The Company incurred
costs of $46, $140, $156, $114 and $150, representing matching contributions for
the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the unaudited nine
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
    The Company adopted an employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP"), effective
January 1, 1995, in which its U.S. employees are eligible to participate after
completing one year of service, attaining age twenty-one and being a participant
making elective deferrals in the Company's 401(k) Plan. Each year the Company
may make discretionary contributions of stock to the ESOP as determined by the
Board of Directors. Participant's interests in the ESOP are distributed in the
form of cash or stock upon normal retirement, disability, death or at a specific
time after any other termination of employment.
 
    The Company adopted an employee stock equivalence plan ("ESEP") for the
non-U.S. subsidiaries, effective January 1, 1995, in which its employees are
eligible to participate after completing one year of service, attaining age
twenty-one and for London-based employees, participating in the VLEH Pension
Plan. Each year the Company may make discretionary contributions of stock to the
ESEP as determined by the Board of Directors. Participants' interests in the
ESEP are distributed in the form of cash upon normal retirement, disability,
death or at a specific time after any other termination of employment.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE I--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS: (CONTINUED)
    For the years ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 and the unaudited nine
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, the Company recorded contributions of $750,
$250, $186 and $189 for contributions to the ESOP and ESEP, representing
approximately       ,       ,       and shares of common stock, respectively.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE J--OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA:
 
    The income statement and balance sheet information by geographic area is
summarized in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          UNITED
                                                          STATES       ASIA      EUROPE    INTERCOMPANY     TOTAL
                                                       ------------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
September 30, 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------
Net Revenues.........................................   $   37,903   $   7,141  $  12,744    $  (3,976)   $  53,812
Net Income...........................................        3,280          51        247       --            3,578
September 30, 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------
Net Revenues.........................................   $   43,443   $   9,779  $  25,337    $  (3,649)   $  74,910
Net Income...........................................        3,381         773        560       --            4,714
September 30, 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------
Net Revenues.........................................   $   45,253   $  11,401  $  26,584    $  (6,100)   $  77,138
Net Income...........................................        1,590       1,153        376       --            3,119
June 30, 1996 (unaudited)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Net Revenues.........................................   $   31,824   $   7,524  $  18,313    $  (4,230)   $  53,431
Net Income...........................................          584         560         (8)      --            1,136
June 30, 1997 (unaudited)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Net Revenues.........................................   $   40,307   $   9,410  $  23,408    $  (6,037)   $  67,088
Net Income...........................................        1,626         768        389       --            2,783
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          UNITED
                                                          STATES       ASIA      EUROPE    INTERCOMPANY     TOTAL
                                                       ------------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
September 30, 1994
- -----------------------------------------------------
Assets...............................................   $   53,317   $   5,349  $  13,068   $   (14,511)  $  57,223
Liabilities..........................................       33,589       2,545     11,691        (7,233)     40,592
September 30, 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------
Assets...............................................   $   68,722   $   5,698  $  15,591   ($   17,004)  $  73,007
Liabilities..........................................       46,004       3,191     13,522       (11,039)     51,678
September 30, 1996
- -----------------------------------------------------
Assets...............................................   $   69,052   $   4,760  $  13,529   ($    9,768)  $  77,573
Liabilities..........................................       44,615       2,486     10,838        (4,904)     53,035
June 30, 1996 (unaudited)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Assets...............................................   $   67,283   $   6,205  $  15,440   $   (12,639)  $  76,289
Liabilities..........................................       44,619       3,330     12,947        (6,673)     54,223
June 30, 1997 (unaudited)
- -----------------------------------------------------
Assets...............................................   $   78,738   $   5,519     16,760   $   (11,092)  $  89,925
Liabilities..........................................       53,275       2,143     13,175        (6,228)     62,365
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                 VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT (CONTINUED)
 
       FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994, 1995 AND 1996, (UNAUDITED)
 
               AS TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
 
                        (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
NOTE K--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
    Certain directors provided consulting services to the Company and received
fees totaling approximately $526, $424, $512, $374 and $467 for the years ended
September 30, 1994 and 1995 and 1996 and for the unaudited nine months ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
    At September 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the Company had notes receivable
from stockholders totaling $353 and $186, respectively, related to common stock
purchases. The notes bear interest at various rates, mature at various times,
and are collateralized by               and               shares of common stock
at September 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively.
 
    The Company received from a stockholder of the Company $1,500, $900, $0 and
$1,942 in the years ended September 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the nine months
ended June 30, 1997, respectively, for the rental of automated lighting products
and other services.
 
NOTE L--QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED):
 
    The following summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for
the years ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, and the nine months ended June 30,
1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                --------------------------------------------------
                                                                DECEMBER 31    MARCH 31     JUNE 30   SEPTEMBER 30
                                                                ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues......................................................   $   18,648    $  17,234   $  19,314   $   19,714
Income before income taxes....................................        3,670        1,277       1,533        1,271
Net income....................................................        2,232          777         932          773
Net income per share..........................................
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                --------------------------------------------------
                                                                DECEMBER 31    MARCH 31     JUNE 30   SEPTEMBER 30
                                                                ------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues......................................................   $   16,791    $  16,995   $  19,645   $   23,707
Income before income taxes....................................          359          113       1,476        3,409
Net income....................................................          209           66         861        1,983
Net income per share..........................................
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                   YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                                ------------------------------------
                                                                DECEMBER 31    MARCH 31     JUNE 30
                                                                ------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues......................................................   $   22,326    $  22,384   $  22,378
Income before income taxes....................................        1,551        1,372       1,914
Net income....................................................          892          789       1,102
Net income per share..........................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING
STOCKHOLDERS OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE SHARES BY ANYONE IN ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
 
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................
Risk Factors..............................................................
Use of Proceeds...........................................................
Dividend Policy...........................................................
Dilution..................................................................
Capitalization............................................................
Selected Consolidated Financial Data......................................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..............................................................
Business..................................................................
Management................................................................
Principal Stockholders....................................................
Selling Stockholders......................................................
Description of Capital Stock Shares Eligible for Future Sale..............
Underwriting..............................................................
Legal Matters.............................................................
Experts...................................................................
Additional Information....................................................
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................
</TABLE>
 
                              -------------------
 
    UNTIL                 , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER
COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON
STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION
OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                         SHARES
 
                                [VARI-LITE LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                               -----------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               -----------------
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                             , 1997
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The Registrant estimates that expenses to be paid by the Company in
connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement will be as
follows. All of the amounts except the SEC registration fee, the NASD fee and
the Nasdaq National Market listing fee are estimates.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                                  AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
SEC registration fee..............................................................  $    9,410
NASD fee..........................................................................       3,605
Nasdaq National Market listing fee................................................
Legal fees and expenses...........................................................     200,000
Accounting fees and expenses......................................................     200,000
Printing expenses.................................................................     100,000
Fees and expenses for qualification under state securities laws (including legal
  fees)...........................................................................       5,000
Transfer agent's and registrar's fees and expenses................................      20,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................................
                                                                                    ----------
  Total...........................................................................  $  600,000*
                                                                                    ----------
                                                                                    ----------
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
* None of this amount is to be borne by the Selling Stockholders.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Section 145 of
the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware corporation may
indemnify any person against expenses, fines and settlements actually and
reasonably incurred by any such person in connection with a threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding in which he is involved by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
corporation, provided that (i) he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had
no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. If the action or suit
is by or in the name of the corporation, the corporation may indemnify any such
person against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interest of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in
respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his
duty to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court
of Chancery or the court in which the action or suit is brought determines upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in light of the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.
 
    As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of
Incorporation provides that the directors and officers of the Registrant shall
be indemnified by the Registrant against certain liabilities that those persons
may incur in their capacities as directors or officers. The Certificate of
Incorporation eliminates the liability of directors of the Registrant, under
certain circumstances, to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law. See "Description of Capital Stock--Special Provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws" included in the Prospectus.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    The Company has entered into Indemnification Agreements with the directors
and officers of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries pursuant to which
the Company has agreed to indemnify such individuals to the fullest extent
authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
    The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto contains reciprocal
agreements of indemnity between the Registrant and the Underwriters as to
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), and in certain circumstances provides for
indemnification of the Registrant's directors and officers.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Since June 30, 1994 the Registrant has issued and sold the following
securities (all such amounts having been adjusted to reflect the reincorporation
of the Registrant as a Delaware corporation pursuant to a merger with Vari-Lite
International, Inc., a Texas corporation ("Vari-Lite Texas"), which will be
effected immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering and pursuant to
which the two classes of Common Stock of Vari-Lite Texas will be converted into
the Registrant's Common Stock on a      -for-     basis) without registration
under the Securities Act (none of which sales were underwritten):
 
    On September 28, 1994, the Registrant issued      shares of Common Stock at
a purchase price of $   per share to Michael P. Herman, an officer and employee
of the Registrant. Exemption from registration was claimed under Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not involving any public
offering.
 
    On March 31, 1995, the Registrant issued      shares of Common Stock at a
purchase price of $   per share to Brian L. Croft, an officer and employee of a
subsidiary of the Registrant. Exemption from registration was claimed under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not
involving any public offering.
 
    On September 15, 1995, the Registrant issued      ,      ,      ,      ,
     , and      shares of Common Stock at a purchase price of $   per share to
Richard W. Bratcher, Jr., Howard Page, T. Clay Powers, Loren J. Haas, Janis C.
Pestinger, J. Scott Thompson and James E. Kinnu, respectively. Mr. Kinnu was an
officer and employee of the Registrant. Messrs. Powers, Thompson, Bratcher and
Haas and Ms. Pestinger are officers and employees of subsidiaries of the
Registrant and Mr. Page is an employee of a subsidiary of the Registrant.
Exemption from registration was claimed under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
regarding transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.
 
    On September 29, 1995, the Registrant issued      shares to Overton Bank and
Trust, N.A., as trustee of the Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees' Stock
Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), as the Registrant's discretionary contribution in the
amount of $494,995.26 or $   per share to the ESOP for the 1995 calendar plan
year. Exemption from registration was claimed under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not involving any public
offering.
 
    On July 31, 1996, the Registrant issued warrants to purchase      shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $   per share to certain members of the
Company's bank syndicate. Exemption from registration was claimed under Section
4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not involving any
public offering.
 
    On February 6, 1997, the Registrant issued      shares to Bank of
Butterfield International (Cayman) Ltd., as trustee of the Vari-Lite
International, Inc. Employees' Stock Equivalence Plan ("ESEP"), as the
Registrant's discretionary contribution in the amount of $248,340.35, the ESEP
for the 1995 calendar plan year. Exemption from registration was claimed under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not
involving any public offering.
 
    On February 6, 1997, the Registrant issued      shares to Overton Bank and
Trust, N.A., as trustee of the ESOP, as the Registrant's additional
discretionary contribution in the amount of $6,683.63 or $   per share to
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
the ESOP for the 1995 calendar plan year. Exemption from registration was
claimed under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions by an
issuer not involving any public offering.
 
    On June 30, 1997, the Registrant issued      shares to Overton Bank and
Trust, N.A., as trustee of the ESOP, as the Registrant's discretionary
contribution in the amount of $174,652.86 or $   per share to the ESOP for the
1996 calendar plan year. Exemption from registration was claimed under Section
4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not involving any
public offering.
 
    On June 30, 1997, the Registrant issued      shares to Bank of Butterfield
International (Cayman) Ltd., as trustee of the ESEP, as the Registrant's
discretionary contribution in the amount of $75,318.26 or $   per share to the
ESEP for the 1996 calendar plan year. Exemption from registration was claimed
under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions by an issuer not
involving any public offering.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a)  Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                       DESCRIPTION
- -----------             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <C>        <S>
     *1.1           --  Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
      3.1           --  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
 
     *3.2           --  By-Laws of the Registrant
 
     *4.1           --  Form of certificate representing shares of the Registrant's Common Stock
 
      4.2           --  Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1996, among the Registrant, Brown Brothers Harriman &
                          Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank, Atlanta (formerly known as Trust Company Bank) and Comerica
                          Bank--Texas
 
     *5.1           --  Legal Opinion of Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P. regarding legality of securities being registered
 
     10.1           --  Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and H. R. Brutsche III
 
    *10.2           --  Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 11, 1997, to the Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1,
                          1995, between the Registrant and H.R. Brutsche III
 
     10.3           --  Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and J. Anthony Smith
 
     10.4           --  Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and John D. Maxson
 
    *10.5           --  Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 11, 1997, to the Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1,
                          1995, between the Registrant and John D. Maxson
 
     10.6           --  Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
     10.7           --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and H. R.
                          Brutsche III
 
     10.8           --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and John D.
                          Maxson
 
     10.9           --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and James H.
                          Clark, Jr.
 
     10.10          --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and J. Anthony
                          Smith
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>          <C>        <S>
     10.11          --  Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant,
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc. and H. R. Brutsche III
 
     10.12          --  Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant,
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc. and John D. Maxson
 
     10.13          --  Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant,
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc. and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
     10.14          --  Statement and Terms of Employment, dated as of April 1, 1994, between Vari-Lite Europe Ltd. and
                          Brian L. Croft
 
    *10.15          --  Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, among the Registrant, Brown Brothers
                          Harriman Trust Company of Texas, trustee of the H.R. Brutsche III Insurance Trust, and H. R.
                          Brutsche III
 
    *10.16          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, among the Registrant,
                          Brown Brothers Harriman Trust Company of Texas, trustee of the H.R. Brutsche III Insurance
                          Trust, and H. R. Brutsche III
 
    *10.17          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1997, among the Registrant,
                          Brown Brothers Harriman Trust Company of Texas, trustee of the John D. Maxson 1995 Irrevocable
                          Trust, and John D. Maxson
 
    *10.18          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, among
                          the Registrant, James Howard Cullum Clark and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
    *10.19          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, between the
                          Registrant, James Howard Cullum Clark and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
    *10.20          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. 1997 Omnibus Plan
 
    *10.21          --  First Amendment to Vari-Lite International, Inc. 1997 Omnibus Plan
 
     10.22          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees' Stock Ownership Plan
 
    *10.23          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees' Stock Equivalence Plan
 
    *10.24          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
 
    *10.25          --  First Amendment to Vari-Lite International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
 
     10.26          --  Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant and all of its subsidiaries
                          and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust Company Bank and
                          Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.27          --  Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1994, among the Registrant and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.28          --  Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1994, among the Registrant and
                          all of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.29          --  Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 1995, among the Registrant and all
                          of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.30          --  Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1995, among the Registrant and all
                          of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.31          --  Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1995, among the Registrant and all
                          of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>          <C>        <S>
     10.32          --  Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 1996, among the Registrant and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.33          --  Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1996, among the Registrant and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.34          --  Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1997, among the Company and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.35          --  Employment Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1995, by and between the Registrant and James E.
                          Kinnu
 
     10.36          --  Severance Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1996, by and between the Registrant and James E.
                          Kinnu
 
     10.37          --  Ground Lease, dated as of December 21, 1995, among Brazos Beltline Development, Inc. and
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc., Ignition! Creative Services, Inc., Concert Production Lighting,
                          Inc. and Irideon, Inc.
 
     10.38          --  Guaranty, dated as of December 21, 1995, by the Registrant
 
    *10.39          --  Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Officers
 
     21.1           --  List of Registrant's Subsidiaries
 
     23.1           --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
    *23.2           --  Consent of Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
     24.1           --  Power of attorney (set forth on page II -      )
 
     27.1           --  Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
* To be filed by amendment
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
    Not applicable
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (a)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
representatives of the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting
Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
required by the representatives of the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
each purchaser.
 
    (c)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
    be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
    offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas and State of Texas
on the 13th day of August, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
                                By:            /s/ H.R. BRUTCHE, III
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                 H.R. Brutche, III
                                          CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT
                                            AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Each of the undersigned hereby appoints H. R. Brutsche III and Michael P.
Herman and each of them (with full power to act alone) as attorneys and agents
for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name, place
and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments and exhibits
to this Registration Statement and any and all applications, instruments and
other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power
and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite
or desirable.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on the 13th day of August, 1997.
 
             NAME                                    TITLE
- ------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------
 
    /s/ H.R. BRUTCHE, III       Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
- ------------------------------    Executive Officer (Principal Executive
      H.R. Brutche, III           Officer)
 
    /s/ MICHAEL P. HERMAN       Vice President--Finance, Chief Financial
- ------------------------------    Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial
      Michael P. Herman           and Accounting Officer)
 
   /s/ JAMES H. CLARK, JR.
- ------------------------------  Director
     James H. Clark, Jr.
 
      /s/ JOHN D. MAXSON
- ------------------------------  Director
        John D. Maxson
 
    /s/ C. VINCENT PROTHRO
- ------------------------------  Director
      C. Vincent Prothro
 
     /s/ JOHN R. RETTBERG
- ------------------------------  Director
       John R. Rettberg
 
     /s/ J. ANTHONY SMITH
- ------------------------------  Director
       J. Anthony Smith
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                       DESCRIPTION
- -----------             ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <C>        <S>
     *1.1           --  Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
      3.1           --  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
 
     *3.2           --  By-Laws of the Registrant
 
     *4.1           --  Form of certificate representing shares of the Registrant's Common Stock
 
      4.2           --  Warrant Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1996, among the Registrant, Brown Brothers Harriman &
                          Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank, Atlanta (formerly known as Trust Company Bank) and Comerica
                          Bank--Texas
 
     *5.1           --  Legal Opinion of Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P. regarding legality of securities being registered
 
     10.1           --  Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and H. R. Brutsche III
 
    *10.2           --  Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 11, 1997, to the Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1,
                          1995, between the Registrant and H.R. Brutsche III
 
     10.3           --  Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and J. Anthony Smith
 
     10.4           --  Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and John D. Maxson
 
    *10.5           --  Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 11, 1997, to the Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1,
                          1995, between the Registrant and John D. Maxson
 
     10.6           --  Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
     10.7           --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and H. R.
                          Brutsche III
 
     10.8           --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and John D.
                          Maxson
 
     10.9           --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and James H.
                          Clark, Jr.
 
     10.10          --  Deferred Compensation Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1995, between the Registrant and J. Anthony
                          Smith
 
     10.11          --  Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant,
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc. and H. R. Brutsche III
 
     10.12          --  Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant,
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc. and John D. Maxson
 
     10.13          --  Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant,
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc. and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
     10.14          --  Statement and Terms of Employment, dated as of April 1, 1994, between Vari-Lite Europe Ltd. and
                          Brian L. Croft
 
    *10.15          --  Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, among the Registrant, Brown Brothers
                          Harriman Trust Company of Texas, trustee of the H.R. Brutsche III Insurance Trust, and H. R.
                          Brutsche III
 
    *10.16          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, among the Registrant,
                          Brown Brothers Harriman Trust Company of Texas, trustee of the H.R. Brutsche III Insurance
                          Trust, and H. R. Brutsche III
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>          <C>        <S>
    *10.17          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1997, among the Registrant,
                          Brown Brothers Harriman Trust Company of Texas, trustee of the John D. Maxson 1995 Irrevocable
                          Trust, and John D. Maxson
 
    *10.18          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, among
                          the Registrant, James Howard Cullum Clark and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
    *10.19          --  Amended and Restated Split-Dollar Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1995, between the
                          Registrant, James Howard Cullum Clark and James H. Clark, Jr.
 
    *10.20          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. 1997 Omnibus Plan
 
    *10.21          --  First Amendment to Vari-Lite International, Inc. 1997 Omnibus Plan
 
     10.22          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees' Stock Ownership Plan
 
    *10.23          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. Employees' Stock Equivalence Plan
 
    *10.24          --  Vari-Lite International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
 
    *10.25          --  First Amendment to Vari-Lite International, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan
 
     10.26          --  Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, among the Registrant and all of its subsidiaries
                          and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust Company Bank and
                          Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.27          --  Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 1, 1994, among the Registrant and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.28          --  Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1994, among the Registrant and
                          all of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.29          --  Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 1995, among the Registrant and all
                          of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.30          --  Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 1995, among the Registrant and all
                          of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, N.A., Trust
                          Company Bank and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.31          --  Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1995, among the Registrant and all
                          of its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.32          --  Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 1996, among the Registrant and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.33          --  Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1996, among the Registrant and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.34          --  Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 16, 1997, among the Company and all of
                          its subsidiaries and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., Coutts & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
                          Atlanta and Comerica Bank--Texas
 
     10.35          --  Employment Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1995, by and between the Registrant and James E.
                          Kinnu
 
     10.36          --  Severance Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1996, by and between the Registrant and James E.
                          Kinnu
 
     10.37          --  Ground Lease, dated as of December 21, 1995, among Brazos Beltline Development, Inc. and
                          Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc., Ignition! Creative Services, Inc., Concert Production Lighting,
                          Inc. and Irideon, Inc.
 
     10.38          --  Guaranty, dated as of December 21, 1995, by the Registrant
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>          <C>        <S>
    *10.39          --  Form of Indemnification Agreement with Directors and Officers
 
     21.1           --  List of Registrant's Subsidiaries
 
     23.1           --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
    *23.2           --  Consent of Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
     24.1           --  Power of attorney (set forth on page II -      )
 
     27.1           --  Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- -------
 
* To be filed by amendment

<PAGE>

                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                            VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.


    FIRST.   The name of the corporation is Vari-Lite International, Inc. (the
"Corporation").

    SECOND.  The Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is
1209 Orange Street, Corporation Trust Center, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle.  The name and address of its registered agent is The Corporation
Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware.

    THIRD.   The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware.

    FOURTH.

    Section 1.  CAPITALIZATION.  The Corporation is authorized to issue fifty 
million (50,000,000) shares of capital stock.  Forty million (40,000,000) of 
the authorized shares shall be common stock, $0.10 par value each ("Common 
Stock"), and ten million (10,000,000) of the authorized shares shall be 
preferred stock, $0.10 par value each ("Preferred Stock"). 

    Each holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall at every
meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for
each share of the capital stock of the Corporation held by the stockholder,
unless otherwise specifically provided pursuant to this Certificate of
Incorporation.

    Section 2.  PREFERRED STOCK.

    A.   The Preferred Stock may, from time to time, be divided into and issued
in one or more series with each series to be so designated as to distinguish the
shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes.  The shares of
each series may have such powers, designations, preferences, relative rights,
qualifications, limitations or restrictions as are stated herein and in one or
more resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of
Directors as provided below.

    B.   To the extent that this Certificate of Incorporation does not fix and
determine the variations in the relative rights and preferences of the Preferred
Stock, both in relation to the Common Stock and as between series of Preferred
Stock, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly vested with the
authority to divide the Preferred Stock into one or more series and, within the
limitations set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, to fix and determine
the relative rights and preferences of the shares of any series so established,
and, with respect to each such series, to fix by one or more resolutions
providing for the issue of such series, the following:

         (i)    The maximum number of shares to constitute such series and the
distinctive designation thereof;

         (ii)   The annual dividend rate, if any, on the shares of such series
and the date or dates from which dividends shall commence to accrue or
accumulate as herein provided, and whether dividends shall be cumulative;

         (iii)  The price at and the terms and conditions on which the shares
of such series may be redeemed, including, without limitation, the time during
which shares of the series may be redeemed, the premium, if any, over and above
the par value thereof and any accumulated dividends thereon that the holders of
shares of such series shall be entitled to receive upon the redemption thereof,
which premium may 


                                     -1-

<PAGE>

vary at different dates and may also be different with respect to shares 
redeemed through the operation of any retirement or sinking fund;

         (iv)   The liquidation preference, if any, over and above the par
value thereof, and any accumulated dividends thereon, that the holders of shares
of such series shall be entitled to receive upon the voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

         (v)    Whether or not the shares of such series shall be subject to
the operation of a retirement or sinking fund, and, if so, the extent and manner
in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or
redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or for other corporate
purposes, and the terms and provisions relative to the operations of such
retirement or sinking fund;

         (vi)   The terms and conditions, if any, on which the shares of such
series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class
or classes of capital stock of the Corporation or any series of any other class
or classes, or of any other series of the same class, including the price or
prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of
adjusting the same, provided that shares of such series may not be convertible
into shares of a series or class that has prior or superior rights and
preferences as to dividends or distribution of assets of the Corporation upon
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs
of the Corporation;

         (vii)  The voting rights, if any, on the shares of such series; and

         (viii) Any or all other preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof, as shall not be inconsistent with the law or with this Article Fourth.

    C.   All shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall be identical
with each other in all respects, except that shares of any one series issued at
different times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon, if any,
shall be cumulative; and all series shall rank equally and be identical in all
respects, except as provided in Paragraph A of this Section 2 and except as
permitted by the foregoing provisions of Paragraph B.

    D.   Except to the extent restricted or otherwise provided in the
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the
issue of any series of Preferred Stock, no dividends (other than dividends
payable in Common Stock) on any class or classes of capital stock of the
Corporation ranking, with respect to dividends, junior to the Preferred Stock,
or any series thereof, shall be declared, paid or set apart for payment, until
and unless the holders of shares of Preferred Stock of each senior series shall
have been paid, or there shall have been set apart for payment, cash dividends,
when and as declared by the Board of Directors out of funds of the Corporation
legally available therefor, at the annual rate, and no more, fixed in the
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the
issue of such series.

    E.   To the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the
Board of Directors providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock,
upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Corporation before any payment or distribution of the assets of
the Corporation (whether capital or surplus) shall be made to or set apart for
the holders of any class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation ranking
junior, as to liquidation rights, to the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof,
the holders of the shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive
payment at the rate fixed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board
of Directors providing for the issue of the respective series.  Unless otherwise
provided in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors
providing for the issue of any series of Preferred Stock, for the purposes of
this Paragraph E and Paragraph B(iv) of this Section 2, neither the
consolidation nor merger of the Corporation with one or more other corporations
shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up.


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

    F.   The Corporation, at the option of the Board of Directors, may redeem,
unless otherwise provided in the resolution establishing a series of Preferred
Stock, at such time as is fixed (and if not so fixed, at any time) in the
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the
issue of a series, the whole or, from time to time, any part of the Preferred
Stock of any series then outstanding, at the par value thereof, plus in every
case an amount equal to all accumulated dividends, if any (whether or not earned
or declared), with respect to each share so redeemed and, in addition thereto,
the amount of the premium, if any, payable upon such redemption fixed in the
resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the
issue of such series.  The Board of Directors shall have full power and
authority, subject to the limitations and provisions contained herein and in the
Delaware General Corporation Law, to prescribe the terms and conditions upon
which the Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

    G.   Shares of Preferred Stock that have been redeemed, purchased or
otherwise acquired by the Corporation or that, if convertible or exchangeable,
have been converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock of any other
class or classes or any series of any other class or classes or of any other
series of the same class, shall be cancelled and such shares may not under any
circumstances thereafter be reissued as Preferred Stock, and the Corporation
shall from time to time cause all such acquired shares of Preferred Stock to be
cancelled in the manner provided by law.

    H.   Nothing herein contained shall limit any legal right of the
Corporation to purchase any shares of the Preferred Stock.

    Section 3.  COMMON STOCK.

    A.   Shares of Common Stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to
time for such consideration as may lawfully be fixed by the Board of Directors.

    B.   Subject to the prior rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock set
forth in this Article Fourth, or in any resolution or resolutions providing for
the issuance of a series of Preferred Stock, and to the extent permitted by the
laws of the State of Delaware, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to
receive such cash dividends as may be declared and made payable by the Board of
Directors.


                                     -3-

<PAGE>

    C.   After payment shall have been made in full to the holders of any
series of Preferred Stock having preferred liquidation rights, upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs
of the Corporation, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation shall be
distributed among the holders of the Common Stock according to their respective
shares.

    FIFTH.  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

                        Carter Meyer
                        Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P.
                        Suite 3000
                        1601 Elm Street
                        Dallas, Texas  75201

    SIXTH.

    Section 1.  NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERMS OF DIRECTORS; BOARD ACTION.  The
business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the
direction of a Board of Directors.  The number of directors shall be fixed from
time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution
adopted by a majority of the total number of directors.  The directors shall be
divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into
three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as
reasonably possible, with the initial term of office of Class I directors to
expire at the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders, the initial term of office of
Class II directors to expire at the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders and the
initial term of office of Class III directors to expire at the 2000 annual
meeting of stockholders, with each director to hold office until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of
stockholders directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms then
expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding
annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold
office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. 
The number of directors until changed in the manner provided in the By-Laws
shall be six.  The name and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as
directors until their respective successors are elected and qualified, and the
class into which each is initially placed, are as follows:

                Name                        Address
                ----                        -------

CLASS I       John D. Maxson             8117 Preston Road, LB 27
                                         Dallas, Texas 75225

              C. Vincent Prothro         4401 Beltwood Parkway South
                                         Dallas, Texas 75244

CLASS II      James H. Clark, Jr.        8117 Preston Road, Suite 220
                                         Dallas, Texas 75225

              John R. Rettberg           1770 W. Balboa Blvd. #2B
                                         Newport Beach, California 92663

CLASS III     H.R. Brutsche III          201 Regal Row
                                         Dallas, Texas 75247

              J. Anthony Smith           30 Ives Street
                                         London, England SW3

    Section 2.   STOCKHOLDER NOMINATION OF DIRECTOR CANDIDATES AND 
INTRODUCTION OF BUSINESS.  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the 
election of directors and of business to be brought by 


                                     -4-

<PAGE>

stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall 
be given in the manner provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

    Section 3.   NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES.  Subject to
applicable law and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, newly
created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of
directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death,
resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause
shall be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though
less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of
the class to which they have been elected expires or until such director's
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number
of authorized directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall shorten
the term of any incumbent director.

    Section 4.   REMOVAL.  Any director, or the entire Board of Directors,
may be removed from office at any time, but only "for cause" and only by the
affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the voting power of the
then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (referred to in this Certificate of
Incorporation as the "Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class.  "For
cause" means:  (i) commission of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the
Corporation; (ii) conviction of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude;
(iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct in performing the director's duties
to the Corporation or its stockholders; or (iv) breach of fiduciary duty owed to
the Corporation.

    Section 5.   STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS.  Meetings of stockholders of the
Corporation may be called only by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of
Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of
Directors or by the holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding shares of
Voting Stock.

    Section 6.   STOCKHOLDER ACTIONS.  All actions of the stockholders of the
Corporation must be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and
may not be taken by a consent or consents in writing.

    SEVENTH.  Cumulative voting for the election of directors shall not be
permitted.

    EIGHTH.   No stockholder shall by reason of his holding shares of any class
have a preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe to any shares
of any class of stock of the Corporation, or any notes, debentures, bonds,
warrants, rights, options or other securities of the Corporation, now or
hereafter to be authorized, other than such rights, if any, as the Board of
Directors, in its discretion, may fix.

    NINTH.    The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to
make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to such
restrictions upon the exercise of such powers as may be imposed by the
stockholders in any by-laws adopted by them from time to time.


                                     -5-

<PAGE>

    TENTH.   It shall be a proper corporate purpose, reasonably calculated to
benefit stockholders, for the Board of Directors to base the response of the
Corporation to any "Acquisition Proposal" on the evaluation by the Board of
Directors of what response is in the best interests of the Corporation, and for
the Board of Directors, in evaluating what response is in the best interests of
the Corporation, to consider:  (i) the best interests of the stockholders and,
for this purpose, the Board of Directors shall consider, among other factors,
not only the consideration being offered in the Acquisition Proposal, in
relation to the market price, but also in relation to the value of the
Corporation in a freely negotiated transaction and in relation to the estimate
by the Board of Directors of the future value of the Corporation as an
independent entity; and (ii) such other factors as the Board of Directors
determines to be relevant, including, among other factors, the social, legal and
economic effects upon the Corporation's employees, suppliers, customers and
business and the communities in which the Corporation operates.  For purposes of
this Article Tenth, "Acquisition Proposal" means any proposal of any person or
entity (a) for a tender offer or exchange offer for any equity security of the
Corporation, (b) to merge or consolidate the Corporation with another
corporation, or (c) to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Corporation.

    ELEVENTH.  The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or any successor provision, and to
substitute therefor Article Twelfth of this Certificate of Incorporation.

    TWELFTH.

    Section 1.  APPROVAL OF CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS.  A Business
Combination (as hereinafter defined) shall require (i) only such affirmative
vote as is required by law and any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation, if all of the conditions specified in either of Paragraph A or
Paragraph B of this Section 1 are met or (ii) in addition to any affirmative
vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote
of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding shares of the Voting
Stock, voting together as a single class (it being understood that for the
purposes of this Article Twelfth, each share of the Voting Stock shall have the
number of votes granted to it pursuant to Article Fourth of this Certificate of
Incorporation).  Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the
fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified,
by law.

    A.   APPROVAL BY DISINTERESTED DIRECTORS.  The Business Combination shall
have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter
defined).

    B.   PRICE AND PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS.  All of the following conditions
shall have been met:

         (i)   The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value (as
hereinafter defined) as of the date of the consummation of the Business
Combination of consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders
of shares of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall be at least equal
to the higher of the following:

                 (a)   (if applicable) the highest price per share (including
any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by
the Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) for any shares of Common
Stock or the common stock of any Predecessor Corporation (as hereinafter
defined) acquired by it (1) within the three-year period immediately prior to
the first public announcement of the terms of the proposed Business Combination
(the "Announcement Date") or (2) in the transaction in which it became an
Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher; or

                 (b)   the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the
Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder became an
Interested Stockholder (such later date is referred to in this Article Twelfth
as the "Determination Date"), whichever is higher.

         (ii)   The aggregate amount of the cash and Fair Market Value as of
the date of the 


                                     -6-

<PAGE>

consummation of the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to 
be received per share by holders of shares of any other class of outstanding 
Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (it 
being intended that the requirements of this Paragraph B(ii) shall be required
to be met with respect to every class of outstanding Voting Stock, whether or 
not the Interested Stockholder has previously acquired any shares of a 
particular class of Voting Stock):

                 (a)  (if applicable) the highest price per share (including
any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by
the Interested Stockholder for any shares of such class of Voting Stock or a
substantially identical class of stock of any Predecessor Corporation acquired
by it (1) within the three-year period immediately prior to the Announcement
Date or (2) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder,
whichever is higher;

                 (b)  (if applicable) the highest preferential amount per
share to which the holders of shares of such class of Voting Stock are entitled
in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Corporation; or

                 (c)  the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting
Stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is
higher.

         (iii)   The consideration to be received by holders of a particular
class of outstanding Voting Stock (including Common Stock) shall be in cash or
in the same form as the Interested Stockholder has previously paid for shares of
such class of Voting Stock or stock of a Predecessor Corporation.  If the
Interested Stockholder has paid for shares of any class of Voting Stock or stock
of a Predecessor Corporation with varying forms of consideration, the form of
consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form
used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class of Voting Stock or
stock of a Predecessor Corporation previously acquired by it.  The price
determined in accordance with Paragraphs B(i) and B(ii) of this Section 1 shall
be subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any special dividend or
other disposition of material assets other than in the ordinary course of
business, stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event. 
Whether specific consideration satisfies this Paragraph B(iii) shall be
determined by vote of a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

         (iv)    After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested
Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: 
(a) except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, there shall
have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full
quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding stock having
preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation; (b) there
shall have been (1) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the
Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common
Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, and
(2) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any
reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization,
reorganization or any similar transaction that has the effect of reducing the
number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, unless the failure so to
increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the Disinterested
Directors; and (c) such Interested Stockholder shall not have become the
beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the
transaction that results in such Interested Stockholder's becoming an Interested
Stockholder.

         (v)     After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested
Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder shall not have received the benefit,
directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder), of any loans,
advances, guaranties, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits
or other tax advantages provided to or by the Corporation, whether in
anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.

         (vi)    A proxy or information statement describing the proposed
Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent
provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be 


                                     -7-

<PAGE>

mailed to public stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to 
the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or 
information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or 
subsequent provisions).

    Section 2.   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article Twelfth:

    A.   "Business Combination" shall mean any transaction that is referred to
in any one or more of the following clauses (i) through (v):

         (i)    any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any
Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Stockholder or
(b) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) that
is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter
defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or

         (ii)   any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any
Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any
assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market
Value of $5 million or more; or

         (iii)  the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary
(in one transaction or series of transactions) of any securities of the
Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of
any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property
(or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $5 million
or more; or

         (iv)   the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or

         (v)    any reclassification of securities (including any reverse 
stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or 
consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other 
transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested 
Stockholder) that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the 
proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of Equity Security 
(as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation or any Subsidiary that is 
directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate 
of any Interested Stockholder.

    B.   "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.

    C.   "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than the
Corporation or any Subsidiary or employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any
Subsidiary) that:

         (i)    is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or
more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or

         (ii)   at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to
the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or
more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

         (iii)  is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of
Voting Stock or of capital stock of any Predecessor Corporation that were at any
time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date in question
beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or
succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of
transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933.


                                     -8-

<PAGE>

    D.   A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any stock that:

         (i)    such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as
hereinafter defined) beneficially owns directly or indirectly; or

         (ii)   such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a) the
right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or
upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or
otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
understanding; or

         (iii)  is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other
Person with which such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any
agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding,
voting or disposing of any shares of such stock.

    E.   For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested
Stockholder pursuant to Paragraph C of this Section 2, the number of shares of
Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through
application of Paragraph D of this Section 2 but shall not include any other
shares of Voting Stock that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or
options, or otherwise.

    F.   "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the meanings ascribed to such
terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

    G.   "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class of
Equity Security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, provided,
however, that for purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth
in Paragraph C of this Section 2, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a
corporation of which a majority of each class of Equity Security is owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

    H.   "Disinterested Director" means any member of the Board of Directors
who is not an Affiliate of the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the
Board of Directors immediately before the time that the Interested Stockholder
became an Interested Stockholder, and any successor of a Disinterested Director
who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and is recommended to
succeed a Disinterested Director by a majority of Disinterested Directors then
on the Board of Directors.

    I.   "Fair Market Value" means: (i) in the case of stock, the highest
closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in
question of a share of stock (a) on the principal United States securities
exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such
stock is listed, or (b) if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the
highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the
30-day period preceding the date in question on The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.
National Market or any system then in use, or (c) if no such quotations are
available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such
stock as determined by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in good faith;
or (ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value
of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the
Disinterested Directors in good faith.

    J.   In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation
survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in
Paragraphs B(i) and B(ii) of Section 1 of this Article Twelfth shall include the
shares of Common Stock and the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting
Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

    K.   "Equity Security" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 


                                     -9-

<PAGE>

    L.   A "Predecessor Corporation" includes any corporation of which the
Corporation was at one time a wholly-owned subsidiary, or of which the
Corporation would be deemed to be a legal successor in interest (by contract or
by merger or other operation of law). 

    Section 3.   POWERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  A majority of the
Disinterested Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the
purposes of this Article Twelfth, on the basis of information known to them
after reasonable inquiry, (i) whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder,
(ii) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any Person,
(iii) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (iv) whether the
assets that are the subject of any Business Combination have, or the
consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the
Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair
Market Value of $5 million or more.  A majority of the Disinterested Directors
shall have the further power to interpret all of the terms and provisions of
this Article Twelfth.

    Section 4.   NO EFFECT ON FIDUCIARY OBLIGATIONS OF INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS.
Nothing contained in this Article Twelfth shall be construed to relieve any
Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

    THIRTEENTH.  No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and
any other corporation, firm or individual shall be affected or invalidated by
the fact that any one or more of the directors or officers of the Corporation is
interested in or is a director or officer of such other corporation, or a member
of such firm, and any director or officer, individually or jointly, may be a
party to or may be interested in any contract or transaction with the
Corporation, or in which the Corporation is interested, and no contract, act or
transaction of the Corporation with any person or persons, firms or
corporations, shall be affected or invalidated by the fact that any director or
officer of the Corporation is a party to or interested in such contract, act or
transaction, or in any way connected with such person or persons, firms or
corporations, and each and every person who may become a director or officer of
the Corporation is hereby relieved from any liability that might otherwise exist
solely from contracting with the Corporation for the benefit of himself or any
firm or corporation in which he may be in any way interested.

    FOURTEENTH.  To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware statutory or
decisional law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted,
including but not limited to, Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General
Corporation Law or any successor provision, a director of the Corporation shall
not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for any act or omission in
such director's capacity as a director.  Any amendment or repeal of this Article
Fourteenth, or adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Fourteenth, by the stockholders of
the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any
limitation on the liability to the Corporation or its stockholders of a director
of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal, amendment or adoption of
an inconsistent provision.

    FIFTEENTH.   

    Section 1.   ACTIONS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.  To
the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all of such persons being
hereafter referred to in this Article as a "Corporate Functionary"), against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or 


                                    -10-

<PAGE>

conviction, or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not, 
of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and 
in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best 
interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or 
proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was 
unlawful.

    Section 2.   ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.  To the fullest
extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or
is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Corporate
Functionary against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or
suit, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation,
unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which
such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite
the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case,
such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses
which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.  

    Section 3.   DETERMINATION OF RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.  Any
indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Article Fifteenth (unless ordered
by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific
case upon a determination that indemnification of the Corporate Functionary is
proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article Fifteenth.  Such
determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not
parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (ii)
if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent
legal counsel in a written opinion or (iii) by the stockholders.

    Section 4.   RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.  Notwithstanding the other
provisions of this Article Fifteenth, to the extent that a Corporate Functionary
has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article Fifteenth (including
the dismissal of a proceeding without prejudice or the settlement of a
proceeding without admission of liability), or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

    Section 5.   PREPAID EXPENSES.  Expenses incurred by a Corporate
Functionary in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the
final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the Corporate Functionary to repay such amount if
it shall ultimately be determined he is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation as authorized in this Article Fifteenth.  

    Section 6.   RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION; PROCEDURE UPON
APPLICATION.  Any indemnification of a Corporate Functionary under Sections 1, 2
and 4, or any advance of expenses under Section 5, of this Article Fifteenth
shall be made promptly upon, and in any event within 60 days after, the written
request of the Corporate Functionary, unless with respect to applications under
Sections 1, 2, 4 or 5 of this Article Fifteenth, a determination is reasonably
and promptly made in accordance with Section 3 of this Article Fifteenth that
such Corporate Functionary acted in a manner set forth in such Sections as to
justify the Corporation in not indemnifying or making an advance of expenses to
the Corporate Functionary.  The right to indemnification or advance of expenses
granted by this Article Fifteenth shall be enforceable by the Corporate
Functionary in the Court of Chancery or court of competent jurisdiction if his
claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses is denied, in whole or in
part, or if no disposition of such claim is made within 60 days.  The expenses
of the Corporate Functionary incurred in connection with successfully
establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such
proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.


                                    -11-

<PAGE>

    Section 7.   OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  The indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article
Fifteenth shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person
seeking indemnification and/or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any
other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, or any agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his
official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified,
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Corporate Functionary and shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person.  Any repeal or modification of this Certificate of Incorporation or
relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and other
applicable law, if any, shall not affect any then existing rights of a Corporate
Functionary to indemnification or advancement of expenses.

    Section 8.   INSURANCE.  Upon resolution passed by the Board of Directors,
the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who
is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any
such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under
the provisions of this Article Fifteenth or the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.

    Section 9.   MERGERS.  For purposes of this Article Fifteenth, references
to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving
corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a
constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate
existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its
directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation or is or
was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions
of this Article Fifteenth with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation
as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate
existence had continued.

    Section 10.  SAVINGS PROVISION.  If this Article Fifteenth or any portion
hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction,
the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Corporate Functionary as to
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation,
whether civil, criminal or administrative, including a grand jury proceeding or
action or suit brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent
permitted by any applicable portion of this Article Fifteenth that shall not
have been invalidated.

    SIXTEENTH.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation or the By-Laws (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser
percentage may be specified by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the
By-Laws), the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the
outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall
be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with,
Articles Sixth, Tenth, Eleventh, Twelve, Fourteenth, Fifteenth or this Article
Sixteenth of this Certificate of Incorporation.  Except as provided in this
Article Sixteenth, this Certificate of Incorporation may be amended in the
manner provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  The
By-Laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws
adopted, only at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or
upon the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of the outstanding
shares entitled to vote at any regular or special meeting of stockholders, and
only if such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption be contained in
the notice of such regular or special meeting.

    The undersigned, being the incorporator named above, for the purpose of
forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, does make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this
is his act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has


                                    -12-

<PAGE>

hereunto set his hand this 8th day of August, 1997.



                                       /s/ Carter Meyer
                                       -------------------------------------
                                       Carter Meyer















                                    -13-


<PAGE>

                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

     WARRANT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of July
31, 1996, by and between (i) Vari-Lite International, Inc., a corporation
incorporated under the laws of the State of Texas (together with its successors,
the "Company") and (ii) Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., NBD Bank, SunTrust Bank,
Atlanta (formerly known as Trust Company Bank) and Comerica Bank - Texas (each
an "Initial Holder" and collectively, the "Initial Holders").

     WHEREAS, the Company (and each of its subsidiaries) and the Initial Holders
are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994 (as the
same has been or shall be modified, amended and supplemented and in effect from
time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), providing for the making of certain loans
to the Company as contemplated therein;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
("BBH") is acting as administrative agent for the various lenders named therein;

     WHEREAS, in order to induce the Initial Holders to amend the Credit
Agreement, pursuant to Amendment No. 7 thereto, the Company has agreed to issue
the Warrants (as hereinafter defined) to the Initial Holders as contemplated
herein;

     WHEREAS, the Company has authorized the issuance of the Warrants which are
exercisable, pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, for Class A Common
Stock or Class B Common Stock of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Initial Holders now desire to subscribe for, and the Company
now desires to issue to the Initial Holders, upon the terms and conditions set
forth herein, the Warrants substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the
"Warrant");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     Section 1.  DEFINITIONS.

     1.01  DEFINITIONS.  Terms defined in either the Warrant or the Credit
Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective
meanings provided for therein.  The following additional terms, as used herein,
shall have the following respective meanings:

     "Acceptance Notice" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.02 hereof.

     "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that
directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is
controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, "control" (including,
with its correlative meanings, the terms "controlled by" and "under common
control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession,
directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person (whether through the ownership of
securities or partnership or other ownership interests, contract or otherwise),
PROVIDED that, in any event, any Person which owns, directly or indirectly, more
than 10% of the securities having

<PAGE>

ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body of
a corporation or more than 10% of the partnership or other ownership interests
of any Person (other than as a limited partner of such other Person) shall be
deemed to control such corporation or other Person.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, neither the Initial Holders nor any of their respective Affiliates
shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.  As used herein, an
"Affiliate" shall include (a) a Person's spouse and/or lineal descendants, (b)
a Person's estate, executor, guardian or conservator, (c) a trust for the
benefit of such Person or his spouse and/or lineal descendants and (d) the
partners of a Person that is a partnership or the spouse and/or lineal
descendants of such partner or a trust for the benefit of such partner or his
spouse and/or lineal descendants.

     "Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereof.

     "Appraised Value" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.02 hereof.

     "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any
other day on which commercial banks are required by law or authorized to close
in New York City.

     "Change of Control" shall mean, with respect to the Company, such time as

          (i)  a Person or "group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and
     14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than a Person or group composed solely
     of the current holders of capital stock of the Company, becomes the
     beneficial owner of a majority of the voting capital stock of the Company;
     or

         (ii)  (A) the Company consolidates with or merges into any other
     Person or conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the
     business of the Company to any Person, or (B) any Person merges into the
     Company, in either event pursuant to a transaction in which any voting
     shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness
     thereof are altered, reclassified or changed into or exchanged for cash,
     securities or other property; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any merger,
     consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease pursuant to which the holders
     of a majority of the Company's shares of voting capital stock immediately
     prior to such event shall continue to hold a majority of the voting capital
     stock of the resulting entity following such event shall not constitute a
     "Change of Control."

     "Class A Common Stock" shall mean the Class A common stock of the Company,
$0.10 par value.

     "Class B Common Stock" shall mean the Class B non-voting common stock of
the Company, $0.10 par value.

     "Common Stock" shall mean and include collectively the Company's authorized
Class A Common Stock and the Company's authorized Class B Common Stock, as
constituted on the date hereof.

     "Company" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereof.

     "Confidential Information" shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.07
hereof.

                                     2
<PAGE>

     "Credit Agreement" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereof.

     "Demand Notice" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01 hereof.

     "Demand Registration" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01
hereof.

     "Demand Registration Statement" shall have the meaning provided in Section
5.01 hereof.

     "Disagreement Notice" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03
hereof.

     "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or any successor rule or regulation.

     "Final Put Notice" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03 hereof.

     "First Demand Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01 hereof.

     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles, as in effect
from time to time in the United States.

     "Holder" initially shall mean any Initial Holder and each other holder of
any Warrant or Warrant Share that is a direct or indirect transferee of an
Initial Holder or any other Holder unless, with respect to any such Warrant
Share, such Warrant Share is acquired in a public distribution pursuant to a
registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to a transaction
exempt from registration under the Securities Act if securities sold in such
transaction may be resold without subsequent registration under the Securities
Act.

     "Holder Expenses" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5 hereof.

     "Indebtedness" shall mean any obligation of the Company for borrowed money
(and any notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit
whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money) which would, in
accordance with GAAP, be shown on a balance sheet as a liability.

     "Initial Holders" shall have the meaning provided in the recitals hereof.

     "Initial Public Offering" shall mean the initial sale, in an underwritten
public offering registered under the Securities Act, of shares of the Company's
Common Stock having an aggregate offering price of at least $10 million.

     "Inspectors" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.03 hereof.

     "Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 6.02 hereof.

     "Person" shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability
company, a company, a voluntary association, a general partnership, a limited
partnership, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any
agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

                                     3
<PAGE>

     "Permitted Transferee" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.02
hereof.

     "Piggy-Back Registration" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.02
hereof.

     "Put Exercise Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.02 hereof.

     "Put Exercise Notice" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.03
hereof.

     "Put Note" shall mean a promissory note, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Holder, which note shall (i) bear interest at a rate equal
to the lesser of (x) the sum of (A) the Base Rate of BBH plus (B) one percent
(1%), or (y) the Highest Lawful Rate, and (ii) be payable in either (a) four (4)
equal quarterly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, through the date of payment in full, if such note is unsecured, or (b)
in eight (8) equal quarterly installments of principal, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, through the date of payment in full, if, and only if, such
note is secured, on a PARI PASSU basis, by all of the collateral then securing
the primary credit facility (the "Primary Credit Facility") of the Company, or
its operating subsidiaries, as the case may be, and the Holders shall have
entered into an intercreditor agreement, reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Required Holders, with the lenders under the Primary Credit
Facility addressing matters affecting the collateral and the enforcement of
remedial rights thereupon, such payments commencing on the date which is the
last business day of the first full calendar quarter subsequent to the Put
Exercise Date. If the Primary Credit Facility is unsecured or if the Holders are
unable to enter into an intercreditor agreement with the lenders under the
Primary Credit Facility, then the Put Note shall be payable as provided in
clause (ii)(a) above.

     "Put Option" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.02 hereof.

     "Put Sales Price" shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.02 hereof.

     "Qualified Public Offering" shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) the
closing of an Initial Public Offering, PROVIDED that all Holders who have
requested to sell Registrable Securities in connection with such Initial Public
Offering shall have actually been able to sell such Registrable Securities
therein, without being subject to any cutbacks or other limitations upon such
sales, (ii) the First Demand Date, assuming that none of the Holders elects to
exercise its Demand Registration rights under Section 5.01 on such date, and
(iii) the effectiveness of the first Demand Registration, assuming that at least
one of the Holders elects to exercise its Demand Registration rights under
Section 5.01 on the First Demand Date.

     "Records" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.03 hereof.

     "Registrable Securities" shall mean any Warrant Shares until (i) one or
more registration statements covering any such Warrant Shares has become
effective under the Securities Act and all such Warrant Shares have been
disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Warrant
Shares are sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of
Rule 144 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act are
met or under which such Warrant Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k),
(iii) the Company has delivered a new certificate or other evidence of ownership
for such Warrant Shares not bearing any legend relating to restrictions on
transfer and such Warrant Shares may be resold without subsequent registration
under the Securities Act or (iv) such Warrant Shares are no longer outstanding.

                                     4
<PAGE>

     "Registration Expenses" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5
hereof.

     "Requested Securities" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01
hereof.

     "Required Holders" shall mean the holders of more than sixty percent (60%)
of all Warrant Shares then outstanding (assuming the full exercise of all
Warrants).

     "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any
successor rule or regulation.

     "Selling Holder" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.02 hereof.

     "Shelf Registration" shall mean (i) an effective registration statement
filed on any appropriate form under Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities
Act or (ii) an amendment or supplement thereto.

     "Subsequent Demand Date" shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.01
hereof.

     "Transfer" means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation,
assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of any Warrants or
Warrant Shares or any interest therein, whether voluntary or involuntary, and
whether during a Holder's lifetime or upon or after his death, including, but
not limited to, any Transfer by operation of law, by court order, by judicial
process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
neither (i) a sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge,
hypothecation or other disposition of any Warrants or Warrant Shares or any
interest therein by a Holder (A) to an Affiliate of such Holder, (B) to another
Holder, (C) to an Affiliate of another Holder, or (D) to the Company pursuant to
the Put Option, (ii) the exercise of the Warrant by a Holder pursuant to the
terms of the Warrant and this Agreement, nor (iii) the sale, transfer or
disposition of any Warrant Shares by a Holder pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, shall constitute a "Transfer"
for purposes hereof.

     "Transfer Notice" shall have the meaning provided in Section 6.02 hereof.

     "Trigger Date" shall mean with respect to each Holder the earlier to occur
of (i) the date on which the Holder elects to exercise its Warrants or the Put
Option, and (ii) the date on which the Company shall have consummated a
Qualified Public Offering.

     "Warrant" shall mean a Warrant substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto, and any Warrant or Warrants issued upon Transfer thereof or in
substitution therefor.

     "Warrant Share" shall mean any share of Class A Common Stock or Class B
Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of any Warrant pursuant to the
terms hereof.  For purposes of this Agreement, a Warrant Share shall be
"outstanding" from and after the date hereof until the redemption or
cancellation of such Warrant Share (or, if the related Warrant has not been
exercised, the expiration, repurchase or cancellation of such Warrant) by the
Company.

     1.02 ACCOUNTING TERMS AND DETERMINATIONS.  Unless otherwise specified
herein, all accounting terms used herein shall

                                     5
<PAGE>

be interpreted, all determinations with respect to accounting matters
hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements and certificates and
reports as to financial matters required to be delivered hereunder shall be
prepared, in accordance with GAAP.

     Section 2. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ISSUANCE OF WARRANTS; PUT OPTION.

     2.01  ISSUANCE OF THE WARRANTS.  In consideration of the premises set forth
herein and in the Credit Agreement and other good and valuable consideration,
the Company hereby issues to each Initial Holder Warrants to purchase the number
of shares of Warrant Shares set forth opposite such Initial Holder's name on
Schedule A hereto, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in
the form of Warrant attached hereto as Exhibit A; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if
the Trigger Date with respect to a Holder occurs on or after September 1, 1998,
and on or before August 31, 1999, the number of Warrant Shares underlying such
Holder's Warrants shall be adjusted upward as set forth on Schedule A; and (ii)
if the Trigger Date with respect to a Holder occurs on or after September 1,
1999, the number of Warrant Shares underlying such Holder's Warrants shall be
further adjusted as set forth on Schedule A; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the
Warrants shall automatically be convertible to Warrants to purchase Class A
Common Stock in lieu of Class B Common Stock, on a share-to-share basis, at the
option of the Holder, upon the occurrence of (x) an Initial Public Offering (but
only if shares of Class A Common Stock are being registered in such Initial
Public Offering), or (y) a Change of Control, except that upon a Change of
Control, only a portion of the Warrants shall be convertible to Warrants to
purchase Class A Common Stock (with the remainder of the Warrants continuing to
be Warrants to purchase Class B Common Stock) which portion shall be determined
as follows:

     (i) following the Change of Control, the number of Warrant Shares
     underlying such Holder's Warrants shall be divided by the total number of
     shares of Common Stock then outstanding, such resulting amount being
     hereinafter referred to as the "Percentage Ownership"; and

     (ii) a portion of the Warrants held by such Holder shall be converted into
     Warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock in an amount sufficient to cause
     the number of such Holder's Warrant Shares representing Class A Common
     Stock to equal (x) the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock then
     outstanding, MULTIPLIED BY (y) the Percentage Ownership.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of Warrant Shares contemplated by
this Section 2.01 and Schedule A attached hereto shall be subject to further
adjustment in accordance with the anti-dilution provisions contained in the
Warrant.

     2.02  PUT OPTION.  The Company hereby grants to each Holder a put option
(the "Put Option") entitling the Holder, at its election, to sell to the Company
and to require the Company to purchase on the terms and conditions and in the
manner stated herein and to the extent permitted by applicable law, all (and not
less than all) of the Warrant Shares underlying such Holder's Warrant, and, upon
the exercise of the Put Option by the Holder, the Company agrees to purchase the
Warrant Shares that such Holder desires to sell, all on the terms and subject to
the conditions and in the manner set forth herein.  The Put Option shall be
exercisable at any time after December 31, 2001, prior to the expiration,
redemption or cancellation of the Warrants upon receipt by the Company of
written notice from the Holder stating its intent to exercise the Put Option
(the "Put Exercise Date").  The purchase price payable by the Company to a
Holder upon exercise of the Put Option (the "Put Sales Price") shall be equal to
the product of (i) 5.5 times the Company's earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization for the trailing twelve-month period ending on the
calendar month end immediately prior to the Put Exercise Date

                                     6
<PAGE>

(as determined in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal recurring year-end
adjustments with respect to the then current fiscal year), MINUS (x) all
Indebtedness of the Company outstanding as of the end of the month immediately
preceding the Put Exercise Date, and PLUS (y) all cash and cash equivalents
held by the Company as of the end of the month immediately preceding the Put
Exercise Date, each as reflected in the Company's books and records,
MULTIPLIED BY (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number
of Warrant Shares subject to such Put Option, and the denominator of which
shall equal the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Put
Exercise Date, determined on a fully diluted basis.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Put Option granted by this Section 2.02 shall terminate and be
of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of (A) the
consummation of a Qualified Public Offering, and (B) December 31, 2004.

     2.03  EXERCISE OF PUT OPTION.  As set forth in Section 4.03 hereof, the
Company shall provide monthly financial information to each Holder which shall
include, commencing on January 1, 2002, a calculation of the Put Sales Price.
In the event that a Holder elects to exercise the Put Option, the Holder shall
send a written notice (a "Put Exercise Notice") to the Company informing the
Company that the Holder exercises the Put Option, which notice shall include (i)
the number of Warrant Shares to which the exercise relates, and (ii) a statement
of whether the Holder agrees with the Put Sales Price calculated by the Company.
If the Holder agrees with the Company's calculation of the Put Sales Price, then
the Company shall promptly pay the Put Sales Price to the Holder in exchange for
the Warrants, duly endorsed for transfer, by delivery of a duly executed Put
Note.  If the Holder disagrees with the Company's calculation of the Put Sales
Price, then the Holder shall furnish a revised calculation of the Put Sales
Price determined by the Holder (a "Disagreement Notice").  If the Company agrees
with the revised calculation of the Put Sales Price submitted by the Holder,
then the Company shall promptly pay the Put Sales Price to the Holder in
exchange for the Warrants, duly endorsed for transfer, by delivery of a duly
executed Put Note.  If the Company disagrees with the revised Put Sales Price
set forth in the Disagreement Notice, it may request that the Company's
independent public auditors review such calculation and promptly provide to the
Company and the Holders an agreed upon procedures letter as to the calculation
of the Put Sales Price under the terms of this Agreement, indicating any
comparisons of information to the books and records of the Company and any
mathematical calculations made and including the auditors' determination of
whether the Put Sales Price computed by the Holders or the Company is correct.
If the auditors disagree with the Holder's calculation of the Put Sales Price,
then the Holder shall have the option to (i) withdraw its exercise of the Put
Option, or (ii) exercise the Put Option at the Put Sales Price proposed by the
Company, and shall deliver written notice (a "Final Put Notice") to the Company
of such determination within ten (10) days following the delivery of the
auditor's letter to the Holder.  In such event, if the Holder elects to exercise
the Put Option at the Put Sales Price proposed by the Company, the Company shall
promptly pay such Put Sales Price to the Holder in exchange for the Warrants,
duly endorsed for transfer, by delivery of a duly executed Put Note following
its receipt of such Final Put Notice.  If the auditors agree with the Holder's
calculation of such amount, then the Company shall promptly pay such Put Sales
Price to the Holder in exchange for the Warrants, duly endorsed for transfer, by
delivery of a duly executed Put Note.  If a Holder at any time withdraws its
exercise of its Put Option pursuant to this Section 2.03, such Holder shall be
entitled to exercise its Put Option at a later date subject to the provisions of
this Section 2.

     Nothing contained herein shall obligate the Holder to exercise the Put
Option, it being intended that the Holder shall have the sole discretion in
determining whether the Put Option shall be exercised. The Company shall at all
times permit the cashless exercise of a Warrant by a Holder that has delivered a
Put Exercise Notice to the Company with respect to its underlying Warrant
Shares, with it being

                                     7
<PAGE>

understood that in such event, the Company shall only be obligated to pay to
such Holder the amount by which the Put Sales Price exceeds the aggregate
Exercise Price for such Warrant Shares.

     Section 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company
represents and warrants to each Holder as follows:

     3.01  AUTHORIZATION.  The Company has all necessary power and authority to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the
Warrants and to issue and deliver the Warrants and Warrant Shares.  The
execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the
Warrants have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action.  Each of
this Agreement and the Warrants has been duly executed and delivered by the
Company and, assuming that this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding
obligation of each of the Holders, constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, as
to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to creditors' rights
generally and to general equitable principles.

     3.02  VALID ISSUANCES.  The Warrants, when issued and delivered pursuant
hereto, and the Warrant Shares when issued and delivered pursuant to the
Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, with no
liability on the part of the Holders, and are not subject to any preemptive
rights, rights of first refusal or rights of first offer.  Except for the
registration rights as set forth in this Agreement, the Company is not under any
obligation to cause the registration of any of its presently outstanding
securities or any of its securities which hereafter may be issued.

     3.03  NO BREACH.  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and
warranties of the Holders, and the compliance with the covenants of the Holders,
each as set forth in Section 6.01 hereof, neither the execution and delivery of
this Agreement or the Warrants, nor the consummation of the transactions herein
or therein contemplated, including the issuance and delivery of the Warrants
and, upon the exercise of the Warrants, the Warrant Shares, nor compliance by
the Company with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, will conflict with
or result in a breach of, or require any consent under, the Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, or any applicable law or regulation, or
any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental authority or
agency, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by
which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject, or
constitute a default under any such agreement or instrument or result in the
creation or imposition of any lien upon any of the revenues or assets of the
Company pursuant to the terms of any such agreement or instrument.

     3.04  APPROVALS.  No authorizations, approvals or consents of, and no
filings or registrations with, any governmental or regulatory authority or
agency, which have not already been made or obtained, are necessary for the
execution, delivery or performance by the Company of this Agreement or the
Warrants and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and
therein or the validity or enforceability hereof or thereof.

     3.05  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of the Company on the
date hereof consists of (i) 2,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of which
200,000 shares are issued and outstanding and no shares are held in the treasury
of the Company, and (ii) 8,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock par value, of
which 1,344,681 shares are issued and outstanding and no shares are held in the

                                     8
<PAGE>

treasury.  There are no other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company
and no outstanding options or warrants to acquire any shares of capital stock of
the Company exist.

     3.06  OFFER OF WARRANTS.  Neither the Company nor any Person acting on its
behalf has directly or indirectly offered the Warrants or any part thereof or
any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the
same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any
Person other than a Holder.  Neither the Company nor any Person acting on its
behalf has taken or will take any action which would subject the issuance and
sale of the Warrants to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act, or to
the provisions of any state securities law requiring registration of securities,
notification of the issuance or sale thereof or confirmation of the availability
of any exemption from such registration except pursuant to this Agreement.

     Section 4.  COVENANTS.

     4.01  MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE; CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.  The Company will
preserve and maintain its corporate existence and all of its rights, privileges
and franchises necessary in the ordinary course of its business.

     4.02  INSPECTION.  The Company covenants and agrees that it will permit
each Holder and its representatives to inspect the properties of the Company, to
examine and make extracts and copies from the books and records of the Company
during normal business hours and to discuss with management the business and
affairs of the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be
required to permit such inspection more than once per calendar quarter.

     4.03  INFORMATION.  The Company covenants and agrees that prior to a
Qualified Public Offering it will deliver to each Holder (i) as soon as such
information becomes available to the Company, monthly financial statements of
the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal recurring year-
end adjustments with respect to the then current fiscal year), including,
without limitation, a calculation of the Put Sales Price (commencing on January
1, 2002) and the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant), and (ii) such other
financial statements and other information regarding the Company or any of its
subsidiaries that the Company is obligated to prepare and deliver to, or does in
fact prepare and deliver to, any shareholder of the Company, in each case at the
same time such financial statements and other information are delivered to any
such shareholder, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that following an Initial Public Offering
and prior to a Qualified Public Offering, the Company shall only be obligated to
provide the foregoing information to a Holder to the extent that (x) such
information is requested by such Holder, and (y) such requesting Holder executes
an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and
to such Holder, not to engage in trading of the Common Stock until 48 hours
after the date of the Company's next public disclosure of financial information.
The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of
Section 4.07 below, each Holder may share with any of its Affiliates any
information related to the Company and any of its subsidiaries (including,
without limitation, any nonpublic customer information regarding the
creditworthiness of the Company and its subsidiaries).

     4.04  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.  The Company will not, directly or
indirectly, enter into any transaction with or for the benefit of any Affiliate;
PROVIDED that this Section 4.04 shall not prohibit (i) any such transaction
entered into on an arm's length basis containing terms which are no less
favorable to the Company than those terms that would be obtained in a similar
transaction with a Person which is

                                     9
<PAGE>

not an Affiliate, and (ii) any such transaction between the Company and any
subsidiary or Affiliate thereof or any stockholder which is permitted pursuant
to, and conducted in accordance with, the terms and provisions of the Credit
Agreement.

     4.05  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS.  At all times after the Warrants and
Warrant Shares are issued, the Company covenants that it will file all reports
required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

     4.06  FUTURE ISSUANCES.  The Company covenants and agrees prior to a
Qualified Public Offering to provide written notice to each of the Holders of
the issuance by the Company following the date hereof of any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for, or options or other rights to acquire from
the Company or any other agreements by the Company following the date hereof to
issue, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall only be required to provide notice to
a Holder of issuances of securities to its employees pursuant to its employee
benefit plans upon the request of such Holder.  During any fiscal year of the
Company, the Company shall not issue any of its securities, or options or rights
to purchase any of its securities, to (i) employees of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries pursuant to employee benefit plans or (ii) employee benefit plans
in an aggregate amount (assuming the immediate exercise of any such options or
rights) exceeding 15% of the Company's outstanding securities on a fully diluted
basis as of the date of each such issuance.

     4.07  NON-DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.  Each of the Holders
agrees and acknowledges that the information to be furnished by the Company to
the Holders pursuant to Sections 4.02 and 4.03 hereof is of a confidential
nature (the "Confidential Information").  No Holder shall sell, transfer,
publish, disclose, display or otherwise make available the Confidential
Information to any third party who is not an Affiliate of such Holder (and such
Holder shall ensure that such Affiliate complies with this Section 4.07), except
(i) as  otherwise permitted by the Company or by this Agreement, (ii) to a
Permitted Transferee, or (iii) as may be required by applicable law, in which
case the Holder from whom disclosure is sought shall promptly notify the
Company.  To the extent that the Company objects to disclosure of such
Confidential Information, the Holder from which disclosure is sought shall
(i) use reasonable and lawful efforts to resist making any disclosure of such
Confidential Information, (ii) use reasonable and lawful efforts to limit the
amount of such Confidential Information to be disclosed, and (iii) use all
reasonable efforts to obtain a protective order or other appropriate relief to
minimize the further dissemination of any Confidential Information to be
disclosed.  Each Holder shall inform all Affiliates, employees and agents of
such Holder receiving such Confidential Information that the Confidential
Information is subject to this non-disclosure obligation.

     4.08  DURATION.  Except as otherwise provided herein, the covenants
contained in this Agreement, including this Section 4, shall remain in full
force and effect until and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) December 31,
2004, and (ii) such time as the Warrants or Warrant Shares are no longer
Registrable Securities.

     Section 5.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

     5.01  DEMAND REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

                                     10

<PAGE>

     (a)   ANNUAL DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  On the first anniversary of an 
Initial Public Offering (the "First Demand Date") and thereafter once per 
calendar year on the earlier to occur of (i) the date of filing by the 
Company of its Annual Report of Form 10-K (or such successor form as may then 
be in effect) (a "Form 10-K"), and (ii) that date which is five (5) Business 
Days after the deadline for the filing by the Company of its Form 10-K (the 
"Subsequent Demand Date"), until December 31, 2004 (with it being understood 
that the Subsequent Demand Date with respect to the Form 10-K due on or about 
December 31, 2004, shall be no later than five (5) Business Days after 
December 31, 2004), any Holder may request in writing that the Company file a 
registration statement under the Securities Act registering all (and not less 
than all) of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder (a "Demand 
Registration"), which request shall include a statement that such Holder has 
a good faith intention to sell its Registrable Securities.  Each Holder shall 
have fifteen (15) Business Days following the First Demand Date and any 
Subsequent Demand Date to provide such written request of a Demand 
Registration to the Company.  Within 10 Business Days of receipt of such 
request the Company shall serve written notice (the "Demand Notice") of such 
registration request to all Holders, and the Company shall include in such 
registration all Registrable Securities of such Holders with respect to which 
the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein (the 
"Requested Securities") within 10 Business Days after receipt by the Holders 
of the Demand Notice, which request shall include a statement that such 
Holder has a good faith intention to sell its Registrable Securities.  The 
Company shall use its best efforts to cause to be filed and declared 
effective as soon as practicable a registration statement (a "Demand 
Registration Statement") providing for the sale of all such Requested 
Securities.  Such Demand Registration Statement shall provide for the 
continuous offer and sale of the Requested Securities pursuant to a Shelf 
Registration; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall only be required to 
keep the Demand Registration Statement effective for a period of six (6) 
months.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder shall be required to sell 
its Requested Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration Statement.  
Such Demand Registration Statement shall also permit persons and entities 
purchasing securities thereunder to resell such securities thereunder if 
registration is necessary for such resales.  The Company shall give written 
notice to each Holder of its filing of a Form 10-K within five (5) Business 
Days following the filing thereof.

     (b)  UNDERWRITER.  If the Holders of a majority of the Requested 
Securities desire, in their sole discretion, to sell the Requested Securities 
in an underwritten offering, the Company shall have the right to select one 
or more nationally recognized investment banking firms to manage the 
offering, which underwriter(s) shall be reasonably acceptable to the Holders 
of a majority of the Requested Securities.

     (c)  RIGHT OF COMPANY OR OTHER PERSON TO PIGGY-BACK ON DEMAND 
REGISTRATIONS.  Neither the Company nor any Person owning any of its 
securities (other than the Holders) shall have the right to include any of 
the Company's securities in a registration statement initiated as a Demand 
Registration under this Section 5.01 unless in the case of an underwritten 
offering, (i) in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters of 
such offering, the inclusion of such additional securities would not 
adversely affect the sale of the Requested Securities thereunder, and (ii) 
the Holders of a majority of the Requested Securities agree to such inclusion 
(which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Company 
covenants that it shall not grant any registration rights to any Person which 
rights would conflict with or be inconsistent with the provisions of this 
Section 5.01(c) or which would otherwise materially adversely affect the 
rights of any Holder under this Agreement, and in the event of such a 
conflict or inconsistency, the terms of this Section 5.01(c) shall prevail.

     (d)  REDUCTION OF OFFERING.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
contained herein, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of an 
underwritten offering described in this Section 5.01 delivers 

                                       11
<PAGE>

a written opinion to the Holders that the size of the offering that the 
Holders, the Company or any other Person intends to make or the kind or 
combination of securities that the Holders, the Company and any other Persons 
intend to include in such offering are such that the success of the offering 
would be materially and adversely affected by inclusion of all securities 
requested to be included therein, then the amount of any securities proposed 
to be offered by the Company and any other Person (other than the Holders) 
shall be reduced or excluded from the offering first on a pro rata basis 
among the Company and all holders of similar "piggy-back" or "demand" 
registration rights (other than the Holders) to the extent necessary to 
reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the 
amount recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters and then the 
amount of any securities proposed to be included by the Holders shall be 
reduced or excluded on a pro rata basis among the Holders to the extent 
necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such 
offering to the amount recommended by such managing underwriter or 
underwriters.

     (e)  RIGHT TO DEFER DEMAND REGISTRATION.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
the Company shall have the right to defer for a period of not more than 120 
days the filing of a Demand Registration Statement otherwise required by this 
Section 5.01 if (i) the Company has effected any other registration statement 
within thirty (30) days of the First Demand Date or any Subsequent Demand 
Date, as the case may be, (ii) the Company has advised the Holders that it 
intends in good faith  to effect a registration statement under which the 
Holders shall be entitled to register all of their Registrable Securities 
under Section 5.02 during the 120-day period following the First Demand Date 
or Subsequent Demand Date, as the case may be, or (iii) the Company has 
advised the Holders that it is contemplating engaging in an undisclosed 
transaction, including without limitation an acquisition,  disposition, 
merger, consolidation or tender offer, that would be material to the Company 
during the 120-day period following the First Demand Date or any Subsequent 
Demand Date, as the case may be, and that filing such Demand Registration 
Statement would require the Company to disclose material non-public 
information, the disclosure of which would have a material adverse effect 
upon the Company.  In the case of clause (iii) above, the filing of a Demand 
Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) cannot be 
deferred, and the Holders' rights to make sales pursuant to an effective 
Demand Registration Statement cannot be suspended, once such material 
nonpublic information (A) is disclosed or becomes available to the public, 
(B) ceases to be material, (C) ceases to exist, (D) ceases to have a material 
adverse effect on the Company if disclosed, or (E) in any event, for more 
than 120 days after the date of the Company's determination referenced in the 
preceding sentence.  The delay right contemplated by this Section 5.01(e) may 
be exercised by the Company no more frequently than once during any calendar 
year.

     5.02 PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION.

     (a) GENERAL.   (i) In connection with the Initial Public Offering, and 
(ii) if, at any time or from time to time while any Registrable Securities 
are outstanding, the Company proposes to register any of its securities 
(whether for its own or others' account) under the Securities Act (other than 
pursuant to Section 5.01 or by a registration statement on Form S-8 or other 
form that does not include substantially the same information as would be 
required in a form for the general registration of securities or that would 
not be available for registration of Registrable Securities), the Company 
shall, as expeditiously as possible, give written notice to the Holders of 
the Company's intention to effect such registration.  If, within 20 days 
after receipt of such notice, any Holder submits a written request to the 
Company specifying the Registrable Securities such Holder proposes to sell or 
otherwise dispose of (a "Piggy-Back Registration"), the Company shall include 
the number of shares of Registrable Securities specified in such Holder's 
request in such registration statement and the Company shall use its best 
efforts to keep each such 

                                       12
<PAGE>

registration statement in effect and to maintain compliance with each Federal 
and state law and regulation for the period necessary for such Holder to 
effect the proposed sale or other disposition, but in no event longer than 
180 days.  Any Holder participating in an underwritten offering pursuant to 
this Section 5.02 shall, if required by the managing underwriter or 
underwriters of such offering, enter into an underwriting agreement in a form 
customary for underwritten offerings of the same general type as such 
offering.

     (b)  REDUCTION OF OFFERING.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
contained herein, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of an offering 
described in this Section 5.02 delivers a written opinion to the Company that 
the size of the offering that the Holders, the Company or any other Person 
intends to make or the kind or combination of securities that the Holders, 
the Company and any other Persons intend to include in such offering are such 
that the success of the offering would be materially and adversely affected 
by inclusion of all securities requested to be included therein, then the 
amount of any securities proposed to be offered by the Holders and any other 
Person (other than the Holders) shall be reduced or excluded from the 
offering first on a pro rata basis among the Holders and all holders of 
similar "piggy-back" registration rights to the extent necessary to reduce 
the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount 
recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters and then the amount 
of any securities proposed to be included by the Company shall be reduced or 
excluded to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to 
be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing 
underwriter or underwriters.

     (c)  DELAYED OR DISCONTINUED PIGGY-BACK REGISTRATION.  If at any time 
after giving notice of the filing of a registration statement that results in 
the Holders having the right to register Registrable Shares under this 
Section 5.02, and prior to the effective date of such registration statement, 
the Company shall determine not to register or to delay the registration of 
the securities that are the subject of such registration statement, the 
Company may give written notice of such determination to each Holder who has 
exercised its rights under this Section 5.02 and, thereupon, (i) in the case 
of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to 
register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration, and 
(ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration, shall be 
permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period 
of time as the delay in registering the other securities that are the subject 
of such registration statement.

     5.03 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  Whenever any Holder or Holders request 
that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Section 5, the 
Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of 
such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of 
disposition thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any 
such request:

     (a)  The Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on any form 
for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall 
deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the 
Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the 
intended method of distribution thereof, and will use its best efforts to 
cause such filed registration statement to become and remain effective for a 
period of not less than 180 days or until all of such Registrable Securities 
have been disposed of (if earlier); PROVIDED that, if the Holders specify 
that such registration shall be a Shelf Registration, the Company shall use 
its best efforts to effect such Shelf Registration.

     (b)  The Company will, if requested, prior to filing a registration 
statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to 
the Holders requesting registration of Registrable 

                                       13
<PAGE>

Securities and each underwriter, if any, of the Registrable Securities 
covered by such registration statement copies of such registration statement 
as proposed to be filed, and thereafter furnish to the Holders requesting 
registration of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, such 
number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and 
supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents 
incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such 
registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such other 
documents as the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities or 
underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of 
the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders.

     (c)  After the filing of the registration statement, the Company will 
promptly notify the Holders of any stop order issued or, to its knowledge, 
threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission and take all reasonable 
actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if 
entered.

     (d)  The Company will use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify 
the Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of 
such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders requesting 
registration of Registrable Securities reasonably (in light of such Holders' 
intended plan of distribution) request and (ii) cause such Registrable 
Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental 
agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and 
operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may 
be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders to consummate the 
disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holders; PROVIDED that 
the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in 
any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for 
this Section 5.03(d), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction 
or (C) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

     (e)  The Company will immediately notify the Holders, at any time when a 
prospectus relating to any registration to be made pursuant to this Section 5 
is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of an 
event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such 
prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such 
Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement 
of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated 
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and 
promptly make available to the Holders any such supplement or amendment.

     (f)  The Company will enter into customary agreements (including an 
underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are 
reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of 
such Registrable Securities.

     (g)  The Company will make reasonably available for inspection by the 
Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, any underwriter 
participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and 
any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by such Holders or 
underwriter (collectively, the "Inspectors"), all financial and other 
records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company 
(collectively, the "Records") as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them 
to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company's 
officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably 
requested by any Inspectors in connection with such registration statement.  
Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and 
which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by 
the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to 
avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such registration 

                                       14
<PAGE>

statement or (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a 
subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction.  Each Holder 
agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall 
be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any 
market transactions in the securities of the Company or its Affiliates unless 
and until such is made generally available to the public.

     (h)  The Company will furnish to the Holders requesting registration of 
Registrable Securities and to each underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, 
addressed to such Holders or underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of 
counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters from the 
Company's independent public accountants, each in customary form and covering 
such matters of the type customarily covered by opinions or comfort letters, 
as the case may be, as such Holders or the managing underwriter therefor 
reasonably requests.

     (i)  The Company will otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all 
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     (j)  The Company will (at its own expense) use its best efforts to cause 
all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on 
which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

     The Company may require the Holders requesting registration of 
Registrable Securities to promptly furnish in writing to the Company such 
information regarding the distribution of the Registrable Securities as the 
Company may from time to time reasonably request and such other information 
as may be legally required in connection with such registration.

     The Holders agree that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of 
the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5.03(e) hereof, 
the Holders will forthwith discontinue disposition of any Registrable 
Securities registered pursuant to this Section 5 pursuant to the registration 
statement covering such Registrable Securities until the Holders' receipt of 
the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 
5.03(e) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, the Holders will deliver 
to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such 
Holders' possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable 
Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.  In the event the Company 
shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such 
registration statement shall be maintained effective (including the period 
referred to in Section 5.03(a) hereof) by the number of days during the 
period from and including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to 
Section 5.03(e) hereof to the date when the Company shall make available to 
the Holder a prospectus supplemented or amended to conform with the 
requirements of Section 5.03(e) hereof.

     (k)  Upon the transfer of Shares by a Holder in connection with a 
registration hereunder, the Company shall furnish unlegended certificates 
representing ownership of the Registrable Securities in such denominations as 
shall be requested by the Holders or the underwriters.

     5.04 REGISTRATION EXPENSES.  In connection with any registration 
statement required to be filed hereunder, the Company shall pay the following 
registration expenses (the "Registration Expenses"): (i) all registration and 
filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky 
laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection 
with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities) , (iii) printing 
expenses, (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all 

                                       15
<PAGE>

salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or 
accounting duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the 
listing of the Registrable Securities, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel 
for the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified 
public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses of any 
comfort letters or costs associated with the delivery by independent 
certified public accountants of a comfort letter or comfort letters), and 
(vii) the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in 
connection with such registration.  Except as set forth above, the Company 
shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting fees, discounts or 
commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, or any 
out-of-pocket expenses of Holders selling Registrable Securities under this 
Section 5 (or the agents who manage its account) (collectively, the "Holder 
Expenses").

     5.05 INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION. (a) In connection with each 
registration statement relating to the disposition of Registrable Securities, 
the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Holders, each 
underwriter of Registrable Securities, each partner, officer or director of 
each of the Holders or any such underwriter and each Person, if any, who 
controls (within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange 
Act) any of the Holders or any such underwriter against all losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any of the Holders, such 
underwriter or any such Person may be subject arising out of or based upon 
(A) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact 
contained in such registration statement or the prospectus included therein 
(or any supplement or amendment thereto) or a preliminary prospectus or (B) 
any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, 
and the Company shall reimburse each of the Holders and each of such other 
Persons for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection 
with the investigation or defense thereof (any such reimbursement to be made 
as such expenses are incurred); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not 
be liable in any such instance to the extent that any such loss, claim, 
damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or 
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any such 
registration statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus (or amendment or 
supplement) in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to 
any Person referred to above who would be indemnified by the Company pursuant 
to this Section 5.05(a) furnished in writing to the Company by such Person 
expressly for use therein; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Company shall not 
be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or 
liability arises out of or is based upon any alleged untrue statement or 
alleged omission of a material fact made in a preliminary prospectus if, at 
or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of any Warrant Shares, a 
copy of the prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented) was not 
sent or delivered to the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or 
liability if the alleged untrue statement or alleged omission of a material 
fact contained in such preliminary prospectus was corrected by the Company in 
the prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented) and such 
corrected prospectus (or the prospectus as amended or supplemented) was 
delivered by the Company to the Holders.

     (b)  In connection with each registration statement relating to the 
disposition of Registrable Securities, each Holder shall severally indemnify 
the Company, each director or officer of the Company and any Person who 
controls the Company (within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the 
Exchange Act) to the same extent as the indemnity from the Company provided 
in Section 5.05(a) hereof, but only with respect to information relating to 
such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for 
use in any such registration statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus 
(or amendment or supplement).  The maximum liability of any Holder under this 
Section 5.05(b) shall be 

                                       16
<PAGE>

limited to the aggregate amount of all sales proceeds actually received by 
such Holder upon the sale of such Holder's Registrable Securities in 
connection with such registration.

     (c)  In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) 
shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be 
sought pursuant to subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 5.05, such Person 
(the "indemnified party") shall promptly notify the Person against whom such 
indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in writing and the 
indemnifying party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment 
of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and shall assume 
the payment of all fees and disbursements related to such proceeding.  In any 
such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own 
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of 
such indemnified party unless (x) the indemnifying party and indemnified 
party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (y) the 
named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) 
include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and 
representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due 
to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood 
that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any proceeding or 
related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable 
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local 
counsel) at any time for all such indemnified parties, and that all such fees 
and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case of any 
such separate firm for the indemnified parties, such firm shall be designated 
in writing by the indemnified parties. The indemnifying party shall not be 
liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written 
consent but if settled with such consent, the indemnifying party agrees to 
indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by 
reason of such settlement.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior 
written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any 
pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is 
or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by 
such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional 
release of such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such 
proceeding.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5.05 is 
unavailable to the indemnified parties in respect of any losses, claims, 
damages or liabilities referred to herein, then each such indemnifying party, 
in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the 
amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, 
claims, damages or liabilities as between the Company on the one hand and the 
respective Holder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to 
reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and such Holder on 
the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in 
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant 
equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand 
and of the respective Holder on the other shall be determined by reference 
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a 
material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact 
relates to information supplied by such party, and the parties' relative 
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or 
prevent such statement or omission.

     The Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and 
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.05(d) were determined by 
PRO RATA allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take 
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately 
preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a 
result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the 
immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the 
limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred 
by such 

                                       17
<PAGE>

indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such 
action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.05(d), no 
Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of 
all sales proceeds actually received by such Holder upon the sale of such 
Holder's Registrable Securities in connection with such registration.  No 
Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any 
Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

     5.06 HOLDBACK AGREEMENT.  The Company agrees (i) not to effect any 
public sale or distribution of any Registrable Securities or any securities 
similar to the Registrable Securities, or any securities convertible into or 
exchangeable or exercisable for Registrable Securities or any securities 
similar to the Registrable Securities, during the 14 days prior to, and 
during the 90-day period beginning on, the effective date of any registration 
statement filed pursuant to Section 5.01 or 5.02 of this Agreement (except as 
part of such registration statement where the Holders consent); and (ii) that 
any agreement entered into after the date of the agreement pursuant to which 
the Company issues or agrees to issue any privately placed securities shall 
contain a provision under which holders of such securities agree not to 
effect any public sale or distribution of any such securities during the 
periods described in (i) above, in each case including a sale pursuant to 
Rule 144 under the Securities Act (except as part of any such registration, 
if permitted); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions of this paragraph shall 
not prevent the (x) conversion or exchange of any securities pursuant to 
their terms into or for other securities or (y) the issuance of securities 
pursuant to the Company's employee benefit plans.

     5.07 SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT.  The Company and each of the Holders 
acknowledge that remedies at law for the enforcement of this Section 5 may be 
inadequate and intend that this Section 5 shall be specifically enforceable 
in accordance with Section 7.04 hereof.

     5.08 TRANSFER OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  The rights to cause the Company 
to register Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5 may be assigned in 
connection with any transfer or assignment by a Holder of Registrable 
Securities provided that (i) such transfer may otherwise be effected in 
accordance with applicable securities laws, and (ii) such transfer is 
effected in compliance with the restrictions on transfer contained in this 
Agreement and in any other agreement between the Company and such Holder.  No 
transfer or assignment will divest a Holder or any subsequent owner of such 
rights and powers unless all Registrable Securities are transferred or 
assigned.  This Section 5.08 is not intended to modify or waive any 
restrictions on transfer of the Registrable Securities that may exist under 
any other agreement between the Company and any of its Holders.

     5.09 LIMITATIONS ON REGISTRATION RIGHTS OF OTHERS.  The Company 
covenants and agrees that, from and after the date hereof, the Company will 
not, without the prior written consent of the Holders, enter into any 
agreement with any Holder or prospective Holder of any of the securities of 
the Company to include such securities in any registration filed under 
Section 5.01 or 5.02 hereof, unless the rights granted under the terms of 
such agreement are expressly subject and subordinated to the rights of 
registration granted to the Holders pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

     5.10 PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS.  No Holder may 
participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (i) 
agrees to sell such Holder's Registrable Securities on the basis provided in 
any underwriting arrangements approved by the Company and the Holders, and 
(ii) agrees to complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, 
indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents as may be reasonably 
required under the terms of such 

                                       18
<PAGE>

underwriting arrangements and these registration rights and to provide such 
other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company in connection 
with such registration.

     Section 6.  COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES LAWS.

     6.01 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Holder by its acceptance of 
the Warrants represents and warrants as follows:

     (a)  Such Holder is acquiring the Warrants and the related Warrant 
Shares for its own account for investment purposes only and not as nominee or 
agent for any other Person and not for offer or sale in any manner that would 
be in violation of the securities laws of the United States of America or any 
state thereof, without prejudice, however, to its right at all times to sell 
or otherwise dispose of all or any part of said Warrants or Warrant Shares 
under a registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state 
securities laws or under an exemption from such registration available under 
such Act or any applicable state securities laws.

     (b)  Such Holder is an "accredited" investor within the meaning of 
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

     6.02 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

     (a)  GENERAL.  A Holder shall not make or suffer any Transfer of all or 
any part of its Warrants or Warrant Shares except in accordance with the 
terms of this Agreement, and any purported Transfer not made in compliance 
with this Agreement shall be void and of no force and effect.   

     (b)  NO TRANSFERS TO COMPETITORS.  Under no circumstances shall a Holder 
be permitted to Transfer its Warrants or Warrant Shares to any Person whose 
products or activities compete with the products or activities of the 
Company, anywhere within the United States or the world where the Company 
actually conducts such business activities.

     (c)  OPTION.  Each time a Holder proposes to make or suffer any Transfer 
of all or any portion of its Warrants or Warrant Shares pursuant to a bona 
fide third party offer or pursuant to the Holder's death, incapacity, 
spouse's death (if applicable) or divorce (if applicable), such Holder, or in 
the event of his death or incapacity, any other appropriate person or entity 
(the "Selling Holder"), shall so inform the Company by notice in writing (the 
"Transfer Notice") stating the number or amount of Warrants or Warrant Shares 
that are the subject of such proposed Transfer (the "Offered Warrants or 
Warrant Shares"), the name and address of the proposed transferee, and the 
other terms and conditions of such proposed Transfer, including any 
consideration proposed to be received for the Offered Warrants or Warrant 
Shares (and, if the proposed Transfer is to be wholly or partly for 
consideration other than cash or indebtedness of any person, the Transfer 
Notice shall state the amount of the cash consideration, if any, and shall 
describe all non-monetary consideration). By giving the Transfer Notice, the 
Selling Holder shall be deemed to have granted to the Company an option to 
purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Warrants or Warrant 
Shares (i) if such Transfer is pursuant to the death of the Holder, the 
divorce of the Holder, or the death of the Holder's spouse, at a price equal 
to the Appraised Value (defined below) of the Offered Warrants or Warrant 
Shares, or (ii) if clause (i) is not applicable, at the same consideration 
and on the same terms as are set forth in the Transfer Notice (except that 
any portion of the consideration 

                                       19
<PAGE>

set forth in the Transfer Notice which is not cash or indebtedness of the 
transferee shall be payable in cash at the Appraised Value (as hereinafter 
defined) thereof.  

     (d)  INTENTION TO EXERCISE BY COMPANY.  Within 20 days after its receipt 
of any Transfer Notice or the final determination of Appraised Value of the 
Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares or non-monetary consideration referenced 
in a Transfer Notice, whichever is later, the Company, acting through its 
Board of Directors, shall determine, and shall notify (the "Acceptance 
Notice") the Selling Holder as to whether the Company desires to purchase the 
Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares and, if applicable, the Appraised Value of 
the Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares or non-monetary consideration.

     (e)  REQUIREMENT TO PURCHASE ALL OFFERED WARRANTS OR WARRANT SHARES. 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall any 
Selling Holder be required to sell any of the Offered Warrants or Warrant 
Shares to the Company unless, within the period provided, the Selling Holder 
has been notified that all the Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares will be 
purchased by the Company.  If the Company elects not to purchase all the 
Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares as described above, then the Company shall 
not have any right or obligation to purchase any of the Offered Warrants or 
Warrant Shares.

     (f)  CLOSING.  The Closing (herein so called) of the purchase and sale 
of Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares that are being purchased and sold under 
this Section 6.02 shall take place on the 90th day following the date of 
delivery of the Acceptance Notice (or if such date is a Saturday, Sunday, or 
legal holiday in the state where the Company's principal office is located, 
the first day thereafter that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday) at 
the place designated in such Acceptance Notice; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a 
Holder whose Warrants or Warrant Shares are being sold is deceased or 
mentally incompetent, the Closing shall be delayed as long as is necessary to 
allow the legal representative, executor, or administrator of any person 
whose Warrants or Warrant Shares are to be sold to qualify properly as such 
in order that such legal representative, executor, or administrator shall 
have all necessary authority to convey such Warrants or Warrant Shares.  At 
the Closing, the parties shall take all action necessary to convey such 
Warrants or Warrant Shares to be transferred in accordance with this 
Agreement, free of all liens and encumbrances.

     (g)  FAILURE TO EXERCISE.  If the Company does not elect to purchase all 
of the Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares within the period provided, then 
all of such Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares may be disposed of by the 
Selling Holder to the prospective transferee named in the Transfer Notice, 
for the price and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer 
Notice or upon any other terms more favorable to the Selling Holder, at any 
time within 90 days after the expiration of the period provided for in the 
notice of the Company to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(d) herein.  
Any Warrants or Warrant Shares not so disposed of within such 90-day period 
shall remain subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.

     (h)  WAIVER.  The rights of first refusal of the Company granted under 
this Section 6.02 may be waived by the Board of Directors of the Company in 
respect of any particular Transfer.  Any such waiver, if given, shall bind 
the Company as to the Transfer in question, but shall not affect its rights 
in respect of any subsequent Transfer.  The Company shall give notice of such 
waiver to all Holders within five days after giving such waiver.

                                       20
<PAGE>

     (i)  APPRAISED VALUE.   For purposes of this Section 6.02, "Appraised
Value" shall mean, as to any Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares or non-monetary
consideration, the fair market value of such Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares
or non-monetary consideration at the date of the Transfer Notice, as determined
by an independent appraiser selected by the Board of Directors of the Company;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Selling Holder shall object to such determination
within 10 days after being notified thereof by the Company, such Selling Holder
shall within such 10-day period select an independent appraiser to determine the
fair market value of such Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares or non-monetary
consideration on behalf of the Selling Holder.  In the event that the
independent appraisers selected by the Company and the Selling Holder cannot
agree on the fair market value of such Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares or
non-monetary consideration, then the two independent appraisers shall mutually
select a third independent appraiser to determine the fair market value of such
Offered Warrants or Warrant Shares and non-monetary consideration, and the value
selected by such independent appraiser shall be binding upon all of the parties
hereto.  Each such independent appraiser may use any customary method of
determining fair market value.  The cost of the independent appraiser selected
by the Company shall be paid by the Company, the cost of the independent
appraiser, if any,  selected by the Selling Holder shall be paid by the Selling
Holder, and the cost of the independent appraiser selected by the two
independent appraisers appointed by each of the Company and the Selling Holder
shall be paid one-half by the Company and one-half by the Selling Holder.

     (j)  TERMINATION OF RESTRICTIONS.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
restrictions upon Transfer set forth in this Section 6.02 shall cease and be of
no further force and effect upon the consummation of an Initial Public Offering.

     (k)  NO PARTIAL TRANSFERS.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent
enforceable and unless waived by the Company, no Holder shall be permitted to
Transfer less than all of its Warrants or Warrant Shares, except upon an Change
of Control, as contemplated by that certain Shareholders Agreement of even date
herewith among the Company, the Holders and certain shareholders of the Company
named therein.

     (l)  PERMITTED TRANSFEREES BOUND BY AGREEMENT. Upon the Transfer by a
Holder of its Warrants or Warrant Shares in compliance with the provisions of
this Section 6.02, the Selling Holder shall obtain a written agreement from the
third party transferee (the "Permitted Transferee"), in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Company, stating that the Permitted Transferee
agrees to hold such Warrant or Warrant Shares subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Warrant and this Agreement.

     6.03 LEGEND.  Each Warrant or certificate or instrument (if any)
representing the Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants (and each
Warrant or certificate or instrument (if any) representing the Warrant Shares
issued to transferees of such Warrant or certificate or instrument (if any)),
unless at such time as the same is no longer required under the applicable
requirements of the Securities Act, or any applicable state securities laws,
shall bear the following legend:

     "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE OR INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT
     BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY
     APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD,
     PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION
     THEREFROM UNDER SAID 


                                      21

<PAGE>

     ACT OR LAWS.  SUCH SECURITIES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS 
     UPON TRANSFER, AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT AGREEMENT DATED 
     JULY 31, 1996."

     Section 7.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     7.01 EXPENSES.  The parties hereby agree and acknowledge that pursuant to
the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay certain
expenses arising in connection with the issuance of the Warrants as contemplated
hereby.  Additionally, the Company agrees to pay any and all stamp, transfer and
other similar taxes payable or determined to be payable in connection with the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Warrants or the issuance or
transfer of the Warrants.

     7.02 NOTICES.  All notices and other communications provided for herein
(including, without limitation, any modifications of, or waivers or consents
under, this Agreement) shall be given or made by telex, telegraph, telecopy,
cable or other writing and telexed, telecopied, telegraphed, cabled, mailed or
delivered to the intended recipient at the "Address for Notices" specified below
its name on the signature pages hereof; or, as to any party, at such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Company given in
accordance with this Section 7.02. All such communications shall be deemed to
have been duly given when transmitted by telex or telecopier, delivered to the
telegraph or cable office or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed
notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

     7.03 EXCLUSION.  This Agreement and the Warrants shall be binding upon, and
inure solely to the benefit of, the Company and the Holders, and no other Person
shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement or the
Warrants (other than any such Person to whom such Holders have transferred an
interest in the Warrants pursuant to the terms thereof and hereof).

     7.04 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that in the
event of any breach of this Agreement or the Warrants by the Company, the
Holders would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary
damages.  The Company accordingly agrees (i) to waive the defense in any action
for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate, and (ii) that
the Holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at
law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of this
Agreement or the Warrants in any action instituted in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York, or, in the event such Court would
not have jurisdiction for such action, in any court of the United States or any
state thereof having subject matter jurisdiction for such action.

     7.05 HOLDER NOT A SHAREHOLDER.  Prior to the exercise of any of its
Warrants, no Holder shall, except as specifically provided herein, be entitled
to any of the rights of, or be deemed to be, a shareholder in the Company.

     7.06 NO WAIVERS.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any
rights, power or privilege hereunder or under the Warrants shall operate as a
waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege.  The rights and remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.


                                      22

<PAGE>

     7.07 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

     (a)  Any provision of this Agreement or the Warrants may be amended or
waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed by the
Company and the Required Holders; provided, however, that no amendment or waiver
which adversely affects any one Holder (the "Affected Holder") VIS-A-VIS the
other Holders shall be effective without the approval in writing of a majority
of the Affected Holders.

     (b)  Any such amendment, modification or waiver effected pursuant to this
Section 7.07 shall be binding upon the Holders of all Warrants and Warrant
Shares and upon the Company.  In the event of any such amendment, modification
or waiver, the Company shall give prompt written notice thereof to all Holders
and, if appropriate, notation thereof shall be made on all Warrants thereafter
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.

     7.08 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and the Warrants shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without
giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

     7.09 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  

                                    * * * * *






                                      23

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                                       VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                       By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                          ------------------------------------
                                           H.R. Brutsche III
                                           President

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       201 Regal Row
                                       Dallas, Texas 75247
                                       Telephone No.: (214) 819-3144
                                       Telecopier No.: (214) 819-3247
                                       Attention: H.R. Brutsche III



                               PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


                                       By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan III
                                          ------------------------------------
                                           W. Carter Sullivan III
                                           Senior Manager

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       59 Wall Street
                                       New York, New York 10005
                                       Telephone No.: (212) 493-7899
                                       Telecopier No.: (212) 493-7903
                                       Attention: W. Carter Sullivan III

<PAGE>

                                       NBD BANK


                                       By: /s/ Thomas A. Levasseur
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name: Thomas A. Levasseur
                                                ------------------------------
                                          Title: Vice President
                                                 -----------------------------

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       611 Woodward Avenue
                                       Detroit, Michigan 48226
                                       Telephone No.: (313) 225-2557
                                       Telecopier No.: (313) 225-2649
                                       Attention: Thomas A. Levasseur









                         Warrant Agreement Signature Page

<PAGE>


                                       SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
                                       (formerly known as Trust Company Bank)


                                       By: /s/ Jennifer L. McClure
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name: Jennifer L. McClure
                                                ------------------------------
                                          Title: Assistant Vice President
                                                 -----------------------------


                                       By: /s/ John A. Fields
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name: John A. Fields
                                                ------------------------------
                                          Title: Vice President
                                                 -----------------------------

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       25 Park Place
                                       24th Floor, Center 120
                                       Atlanta, Georgia 30303
                                       Telephone No.: (404) 588-7412
                                       Telecopier No.: (404) 827-6270
                                       Attention: Jennifer L. McClure



                                       COMERICA BANK - TEXAS


                                       By: /s/ David Terry
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name: David Terry
                                                ------------------------------
                                          Title: Corporate Banking Officer
                                                 -----------------------------

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
                                       Dallas, Texas 75247
                                       Telephone No.: (214) 841-4419
                                       Telecopier No.: (214) 263-9837
                                       Attention: David B. Terry




                         Warrant Agreement Signature Page

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A


                         SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK
                               UNDERLYING WARRANTS





                                 Shares of Class B Common Stock
                                       Underlying Warrants
                              -----------------------------------------
                                                   Trigger Date Occurs:
                                                -----------------------

                                                9/1/98 to   On or after
Initial Holder                Initially          8/31/99        9/1/99
- --------------                ---------          -------        ------

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.    14,301           16,173        18,065

NBD Bank                         21,458           24,267        27,105

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta           14,301           16,173        18,065

Comerica Bank - Texas            14,301           16,173        18,065











                         Warrant Agreement Signature Page


<PAGE>

                       EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This Employment Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 1995, is by 
and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and H. R. Brutsche III 
(the "Executive").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in the business of 
manufacturing and leasing automated lighting and sound reinforcement 
equipment; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive is experienced and knowledgeable in the Company's 
business and currently serves as the Company's President and Chief Executive 
Officer; and

     WHEREAS, the Company is interested in continuing to employ the Executive 
and the Executive is interested in continuing to work for the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company desire to enter into a written 
agreement governing the terms and conditions of the Executive's employment, 
including, without limitation, the compensation paid to the Executive, the 
duration of the Executive's employment and the protection of the Company's 
confidential information, business, accounts, patronage and goodwill; and

     WHEREAS, this Agreement will supersede and replace all prior employment 
agreements between the Company and the Executive;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and of the 
mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, the parties hereto agree as 
follows:

1.   EMPLOYMENT.  The Company hereby employs the Executive on the
     terms and conditions set forth below.  The Executive hereby
     accepts such employment and agrees that he will at all times
     act and discharge his duties and utilize his skills in the
     best interests of the Company.  

2.   POSITION AND DUTIES.  The Executive shall serve as President
     and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  The Executive
     shall also serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of
     the Company and shall serve on the Executive Committee and
     other committees of the Board of Directors as shall be
     determined by the Board of Directors.  The Executive shall
     discharge the duties of his office or offices as described in
     the Company's Bylaws and as otherwise determined from time to
     time by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such
     duties shall be reasonably commensurate with the duties of a
     president or chief executive officer of a corporation.  The
     Executive shall devote his full working time, best efforts and
     undivided attention to the Company's business and affairs. 
     The Executive may, however, devote reasonable periods of time
     to engage in charitable and community activities and manage
     his personal investments, to the extent that such activities
     are not inconsistent with and do not detract from the
     performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

3.   LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  The Executive's office and principal
     place of business in carrying out his duties hereunder shall
     be at the Company's corporate headquarters in Dallas, Texas
     and the Executive's location of employment shall not be
     changed without the Executive's written consent.  The
     Executive will give reasonable consideration to any proposed
     change in the location of his employment if such change would
     serve the best interests of the Company.

                                       1
<PAGE>

4.   TERM.  The Executive's employment under this Agreement shall
     be for a term of five years commencing as of the date first
     above written (the "Commencement Date"), provided that such
     term shall automatically be extended by one year for each
     complete year served by the Executive.  The term as originally
     set forth or as automatically extended is referred to
     hereinafter as the "Employment Term."

5.   COMPENSATION.  In consideration of the services to be
     performed by the Executive hereunder, the Company shall pay
     the Executive as follows:

     (a)  BASE SALARY.  The Company shall pay the Executive an
          annual salary of $433,000 (the "Base Salary").  The Base
          Salary shall be payable bi-monthly on the 15th and the
          last day of each month in equal installments.  The
          Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors shall
          conduct an annual review of the Base Salary; the first
          review shall be conducted not later than November 1,
          1996, and the subsequent reviews shall be conducted not
          later than November 1 of the following years during the
          Employment Term.  The Executive shall be entitled to such
          increases in the Base Salary, if any, that may be
          determined by the Board of Directors in its sole
          discretion pursuant to such annual reviews.  In no event
          shall the Base Salary, as it may be increased from time
          to time in accordance with this Section 5, be reduced.

     (b)  ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  The Executive shall be
          eligible to receive annual incentive compensation (the
          "Annual Incentive Compensation") in accordance with the
          plans established or to be established for officers or
          directors of the Company.

     (c)  LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  The Executive shall be
          eligible to receive long-term incentive compensation (the
          "Long-Term Incentive Compensation") in accordance with
          the plans established or to be established for officers
          or directors of the Company.

     (d)  DEFERRED COMPENSATION.  The Executive shall be entitled
          to receive deferred compensation (the "Deferred
          Compensation") in accordance with the plans established
          or to be established for officers or directors of the
          Company.

     (e)  ANNUAL BONUS FOR TERM LIFE INSURANCE.  The Executive
          shall be entitled to receive an annual bonus in an amount
          equal to the sum of (i) the annual premiums payable under
          Term Life Insurance Policy No. 4114972 from Transamerica
          Occidental Life Insurance Company and owned by the H.R.
          Brutsche III Insurance Trust, or any substitute life
          insurance policy owned by the Executive or a designated
          owner in replacement thereof and approved by the Company,
          and (ii) an additional amount such that the net amount of
          such bonus retained by the Executive or for his benefit,
          after deduction of any federal, state or local income tax
          payable by the Executive thereon, shall be equal the
          amount in clause (i) above.  Such bonus shall be paid to
          the Executive as and when such premiums are due.

     (f)  LIFE INSURANCE.  The Executive shall be entitled to
          receive life insurance benefits (including the right to
          designate one or more beneficiaries) under the Company's
          Group Life Insurance Policy, Policy No. 100-0399-046,
          from Phoenix Home Life or any additional or substitute
          life insurance policy, plan or program hereafter obtained
          or established for, or made available to, officers or
          directors of the Company (collectively 

                                       2
<PAGE>

          referred to in this Agreement, as they may be changed or 
          revised consistent with this Agreement, as the "Life Insurance
          Plan").

     (g)  DISABILITY INSURANCE.  The Executive shall be entitled to
          receive disability insurance benefits under (i) the
          Company's Group Disability Insurance Policy, Policy No.
          100-0399-013, from Phoenix Home Life, (ii) Disability
          Insurance Policy, Policy No. G556342, from Guardian Life
          Insurance Company, (iii) Disability Income Policy, Policy
          No. 9412790, from Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
          Company, (iv) Income Replacement Policy, Policy No.
          003002955, from United Life and Accident Insurance
          Company and (v) any additional or substitute disability
          insurance policy, plan or program hereafter obtained or
          established for, or made available to, officers or
          directors of the Company (collectively referred to in
          this Agreement, as they may be changed or revised
          consistent with this Agreement, as the "Disability
          Insurance Plan"); provided, however, that at any time
          during the Employment Term the terms of any such
          disability insurance policies, plans or programs shall be
          equivalent to or exceed the terms, taken as a whole, of
          the policies described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and
          (iv) above, as currently in effect or, if obtained after
          the Commencement Date, in effect as of the date obtained,
          and the aggregate benefits payable under any such
          policies, plans or programs shall be in an amount equal
          to or exceeding 59% of the Executive's Base Salary at the
          rate then in effect.

     (h)  SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE.  The Executive shall be eligible,
          directly or indirectly through a designated owner, to
          receive benefits (including the right to designate one or
          more beneficiaries) under (i) Life Insurance Policy No.
          8592771 from Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
          and any agreement or instrument between the Company and
          the designated owner of such policy with respect to such
          policy, (ii) Life Insurance Policy No. 67127331 from John
          Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company and any Split-Dollar Life 
          Insurance Agreement and Assignment of Life Insurance Policy as 
          Collateral between the Company and the designated owner of such 
          policy with respect to such policy and (iii) any additional or 
          substitute split-dollar insurance policy, plan or program 
          hereafter obtained or established for, or made available to,
          officers or directors of the Company; provided, however,
          that at any time during the Employment Term the terms of
          any such split-dollar insurance policies, plans or
          programs shall be equivalent to or exceed the terms,
          taken as a whole, of the policies described in clauses
          (i) and (ii) above, as currently in effect.

6.   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.

     (a)  BENEFIT PLANS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS.  In addition to the
          benefits required by Section 5 of this Agreement, subject
          to meeting eligibility provisions, the Executive shall be
          entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans of
          the Company, and to receive such other employee benefits
          as are available to the Company's officers generally, as
          such benefits may exist from time to time, including, for
          example and without limitation, group health, disability
          and life insurance benefits and participation in the
          Company's profit sharing, stock purchase and stock option
          plans.

     (b)  VACATION AND SICK LEAVE.  The Executive shall be entitled
          to receive the number of days of vacation and sick leave
          determined pursuant to vacation and sick leave plans
          established from time to time by the Company.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  The Company shall provide the Executive
          with an automobile allowance of $1,000 per month and such
          other fringe benefits as are or may be generally provided
          to officers or directors of the Company and such other
          benefits as the Board of Directors may, from time to
          time, in its sole discretion, determine.

7.   BUSINESS EXPENSES.

     (a)  OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES.  The Company shall reimburse the
          Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
          incurred by the Executive in the conduct of the Company's
          business, provided that the Executive submits expense
          accounts accompanied by receipts and vouchers within 12
          months following the expenditures.

     (b)  FIRST CLASS AIR TRAVEL.  The Company shall provide the
          Executive with domestic first class air travel via
          upgrade coupons and business class for overseas travel in
          connection with the performance of his duties hereunder.

8.   TAXES.  All compensation to the Executive hereunder shall be
     subject to applicable employment and withholding taxes.  The
     Executive shall be responsible for any taxes resulting from a
     determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to the
     Executive hereunder may be reimbursing personal as well as
     business expenses.

9.   TERMINATION.  The Executive's employment may be terminated by
     either party at any time in accordance with the following
     provisions.  In the event of such termination, the Executive's
     rights and entitlements shall be determined in accordance with
     the following provisions.

     (a)  DEATH.  Notwithstanding any other provision to the
          contrary, if the Executive dies, the Executive's
          employment hereunder shall terminate as of the date of
          death.  Upon termination due to the Executive's death,
          the Executive's estate shall receive the Base Salary at
          the rate in effect at the time of the Executive's death
          through the end of the month in which the death occurs. 
          The Executive's estate shall also be entitled to receive
          a pro rata portion of the Annual Incentive Compensation,
          if any, the Executive would have received for the fiscal
          year in which he died.  All other benefits, if any, due
          the Executive following the Executive's termination of
          employment on account of death shall be determined in
          accordance with Sections 5, 6, and 7 and with the plans,
          policies and practices of the Company, as such may be
          amended or supplemented by the terms of this Agreement. 
          For purposes of determining a pro rata portion of the
          Annual Incentive Compensation under this Section 9, the
          amount shall be calculated in accordance with the
          provisions of each applicable Annual Incentive
          Compensation plan, but shall be based on the actual
          results of the Company from the beginning of the fiscal
          year through the date of death plus the projected results
          of the Company for the remainder of the fiscal year as of
          the date of death.

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Executive suffers a Permanent
          Disability (as defined below), the Company may terminate
          his employment by written notice effective as of the Date
          of Disability (as defined below).  If the Executive's
          employment is terminated by reason of a Permanent
          Disability, from the Date of Disability until the end of
          the Employment Term, the Company shall pay to the
          Executive his Base Salary at the rate then in effect,
          less any disability benefits which the Executive receives
          pursuant to any disability insurance policy, plan or
          program purchased or maintained by the Company.

                                       4
<PAGE>

          For the purpose of this Agreement, "Permanent Disability"
          shall mean the inability to perform the services required
          hereunder due to mental or physical disability which
          prevents the Executive from substantially performing his
          duties hereunder and continues for either (i) a total of
          180 working days during any 12-month period or (ii) 150
          consecutive working days.  "Date of Disability" shall
          mean the date following the last of such days to so
          occur.  If either party disputes, after notice from the
          other, that the Executive is disabled, such dispute shall
          be submitted to a physician mutually satisfactory to the
          Executive and the Company.  If the parties are unable to
          agree on a mutually satisfactory physician, each shall
          select a reputable physician, who shall select a third
          physician whose determination of the Executive's ability
          to perform shall be conclusive and binding on the
          parties.  Evidence of such disability, as so certified,
          shall be conclusive notwithstanding that a disability
          policy, or clause in an insurance policy, covering the
          Executive shall contain a different definition of
          "permanent disability."  The Company shall pay the fees
          and expenses of each physician so appointed.

          If the Company's group health insurance plan is fully
          insured as of the Date of Disability and thereafter, the
          Company shall allow the Executive to continue
          participation in the Company's group health insurance
          plan at the Company's expense through the end of the
          Employment Term.  If the Company's group health insurance
          plan is self-insured as of the Date of Disability, or
          becomes self-insured after the Date of Disability, then
          (x) until the expiration of continuation coverage under
          the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
          1986 (the "COBRA Continuation Coverage") (currently 18
          months or 29 months depending on the nature of the
          Permanent Disability), the Company shall allow the
          Executive to continue participation in the Company's
          group health insurance plan at the Company's expense and
          (y) after the expiration of COBRA Continuation Coverage
          until the end of the Employment Term, the Company shall
          (A) pay the cost of an individual health insurance policy
          for the Executive with the same or better coverage as
          provided under the Company's group health insurance plan
          as of the date of termination, or (B) if an individual
          policy cannot be obtained, provide comparable coverage in
          another manner reasonably acceptable to the Executive.

     (c)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's
          employment for Cause (as defined below) at any time,
          without any additional notice.  The Company shall inform
          the Executive as to the grounds for such termination.

          If the Executive's termination is for Cause, the
          Executive shall not be entitled to damages for such
          termination and shall have no claim for such damages, and
          shall be entitled after such termination to receive the
          Base Salary only for services rendered through the date
          of termination.  The Executive shall also be entitled to
          (i) a pro rata portion of the Annual Incentive
          Compensation, if any, he would have received for the year
          in which he was terminated (computed as provided in
          Subsection (b) above) and (ii) a payment for unused
          vacation time in the year in which he was terminated as
          determined pursuant to the Company's vacation and sick
          leave plans in effect at the time of termination.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i)
          the willful, continued and material failure by the
          Executive to follow the reasonable and lawful directions
          of the Board of Directors in connection with the
          Executive's duties hereunder or to comply with any
          provision of this Agreement, but only after (1) the
          Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of
          Directors ("Executive Committee") (or, if the Executive
          is the Chairman,

                                       5
<PAGE>

          another member of the Executive Committee elected by the 
          member or members thereof other than the Executive), pursuant
          to resolutions adopted by a majority of the members of the 
          Executive Committee (excluding the Executive if he is a member 
          of the Executive Committee), delivers a written demand to the
          Executive for substantial performance specifically
          setting forth the manner in which the Executive Committee
          believes the Executive has failed to follow such
          directions or to comply with this Agreement and (2) the
          failure to follow such directions or to comply with this
          Agreement continues for a period of 30 days; (ii) the
          Executive's gross negligence or intentional misconduct in
          the performance of his duties hereunder; (iii) the
          Executive's conviction of a felony; (iv) the commission
          by the Executive of any act involving embezzlement or
          fraud; or (v) the Executive's habitual absenteeism not
          related to disability or illness, but only after written
          notice from the Executive Committee on two occasions, as
          determined by the Executive Committee in good faith, of
          such habitual absenteeism and the occurrence of such
          habitual absenteeism for a third time during any
          consecutive 12-month period.

     (d)  WITHOUT CAUSE OR CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  The Company
          may terminate the Executive's employment for other than
          death, disability, Cause or Change of Control (as defined
          below) upon 30 days prior written notice.

          If at any time during the Employment Term, an event of
          Constructive Termination (as defined below) occurs, then
          the Executive shall have the right, upon 30 days prior
          written notice to the Company, to terminate his
          employment hereunder.  Such termination shall be deemed
          a "Constructive Termination" of the Executive by the
          Company.

          In addition to any other rights of the Executive, if
          termination is (i) by the Company for other than death,
          disability, Cause or Change of Control, or (ii) on the
          basis of a Constructive Termination, from the date of
          termination until the end of the Employment Term, the
          Company shall pay to the Executive his Base Salary at the
          rate then in effect.  In the event of such termination,
          the Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages
          by seeking other employment or otherwise; however, the
          amount paid by the Company shall be reduced by any
          compensation earned by the Executive from another
          employer.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Constructive
          Termination" means the following:

          (i)  the continued and material failure of the Company
               to comply with its covenants and obligations under
               this Agreement, but only after (A) the Executive
               delivers written demand to the Company for
               substantial performance specifically setting forth
               the manner in which he believes the Company has so
               failed to comply with its covenants and obligations
               and (B) such material failure continues for a
               period of ten days; 

          (ii) the assignment to the Executive of any duties
               inconsistent in any respect with the Executive's
               position (including status, titles and reporting
               requirements), duties or responsibilities as
               contemplated in Section 2 of this Agreement, which
               results in a diminution in such position,
               authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding
               for this purpose any isolated, insubstantial and
               inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which
               is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt
               of notice thereof given by the Executive;

                                       6
<PAGE>

          (iii) a change by the Company in the Executive's
                location of employment as contemplated by
                Section 3 of this Agreement without the
                consent of the Executive;

          (iv) any purported termination by the Company of the
               Executive's employment other than as expressly
               permitted by this Agreement; or

          (v)  any failure by the Company to comply with and
               satisfy Section 13(c)(iii) of this Agreement,
               provided that the successor referred to therein has
               received at least ten days prior written notice
               from the Company or the Executive of the
               requirements of Section 13(c)(iii).

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon 30 days prior written notice to
          the other party stating the grounds for such termination,
          either the Company or the Executive may terminate the
          Executive's employment as the result of a Change of
          Control.

          A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
          (i) the Company is merged or consolidated with another
          corporation and as a result of such merger or
          consolidation less than 50% of the outstanding voting
          securities of the surviving or resulting corporation are
          owned in the aggregate by the former shareholders of the
          Company; (ii) the Company sells all or substantially all
          of its assets to another corporation, which is not a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; (iii) any person
          or group within the meaning of the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934, as amended, acquires (together with voting
          securities of the Company held by such person or group)
          30% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the
          Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of
          record) pursuant to any transaction or combination of
          transactions; (iv) there is a change of control of the
          Company of a nature that would be required to be reported
          in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation
          14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then
          subject to such reporting requirements; or (v) the
          individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twelve
          consecutive months, constituted the Board of Directors
          cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority
          thereof, unless the nomination for election or election
          by the Company's shareholders of each new director of the
          Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of
          the directors then still in office who either were
          directors at the beginning of such period or whose
          election or nomination for election was previously so
          approved.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a
          Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred
          upon the consummation of an initial public offering of
          the Company's capital stock or the issuance of capital
          stock by the Company approved by a vote of at least two-thirds 
          of the directors then in office.

          If the Executive's employment is terminated as a result
          of a Change of Control or if the Executive elects to
          terminate his employment as the result of a Change of
          Control at any time within two years after the Change of
          Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the
          compensation and benefits provided below:

          (i)  From the date of termination until the end of the
               Employment Term, the Company shall pay to the
               Executive his Base Salary at the rate then in
               effect.

                                       7
<PAGE>

          (ii) In lieu of shares of capital stock of the Company
               issuable upon the exercise of exercisable or
               unexercisable stock based incentives (which stock
               based incentives shall be cancelled upon the making
               of the payment referred to below), the Company
               shall pay the Executive in cash, not later than the
               tenth day following the date of termination, an
               aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the
               difference (to the extent that such difference is a
               positive number) obtained by subtracting the per
               share exercise price of each stock based incentive
               held by the Executive, whether or not then fully
               exercisable, from the higher of (x) the market
               price per share or (y) the highest price per share
               actually paid in connection with any Change of
               Control, and (B) the number of shares covered by
               each such stock based incentive.

         (iii) If the Company's group health insurance plan
               is fully insured as of the date of termination
               and thereafter, the Company shall allow the
               Executive to continue participation in the
               Company's group health insurance plan at the
               Company's expense until he has obtained other
               employment, but in any event not longer than
               the end of the Employment Term.  If the
               Company's group health insurance plan is self-insured 
               as of the date of termination, or becomes self-insured 
               after the date of termination, (x) then until the first
               to occur of the expiration of COBRA Continuation
               Coverage (currently 18 months) or the
               Executive obtaining other employment, the
               Company shall allow the Executive to continue
               participation in the Company's group health
               insurance plan at the Company's expense and
               (y) if the Executive has not obtained other
               employment after the expiration of 18 months
               from the date of termination, then until the
               first to occur of the Executive obtaining
               other employment or the end of the Employment
               Term, the Company shall pay the cost of an
               individual health insurance policy for the
               Executive with the same or better coverage as
               provided under the Company's group health
               insurance plan as of the date of termination.

          (iv) The Executive shall be entitled to continue to
               participate under the Disability Insurance Plan and
               the Life Insurance Plan until he has obtained other
               employment, but in any event not longer than the
               end of the Employment Term.

          The amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to
          clauses (i) and (ii) above shall be referred to herein as
          the "Severance Payments."

     (f)  CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.  If Severance
          Payments pursuant to Section 9(e) of this Agreement
          become subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax")
          imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code
          of 1986, as amended ("Code"), the Company shall pay to
          the Executive an additional amount (the "Gross-Up
          Payment") such that the net amount retained by the
          Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the
          Severance Payments (and any federal, state and local
          income tax and Excise Tax upon the payment provided for
          by this Section 9(f)), shall be equal to the Severance
          Payments.

          (i)  For purposes of determining whether any of the
               Severance Payments will be subject to the Excise
               Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (A) any
               other payment or benefit received or to be received
               by the Executive in connection with a Change of
               Control and the subsequent termination of the
               Executive's employment (whether such termination is
               pursuant to the terms of this Agreement

                                       8
<PAGE>

               or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the
               Company, with any other person whose actions
               resulted in the Change of Control or with any
               person affiliated with the Company or such other
               person) shall be treated as a "parachute payment"
               within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the
               Code, and all "excess parachute payments" within
               the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code shall
               be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless in
               the opinion of tax counsel selected by the
               Company's independent auditors and reasonably
               acceptable to the Executive such other payments or
               benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute
               parachute payments (including by reason of Section
               280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) or such excess parachute
               payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable
               compensation for services actually rendered (within
               the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code)
               in excess of the "base amount" (as determined
               according to Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, any
               final or temporary regulations promulgated under
               Section 280G of the Code and any interpretations
               thereof by the Internal Revenue Service) allocable
               to such reasonable compensation, or are otherwise
               not subject to the Excise Tax, (B) the amount of
               the Severance Payments which shall be treated as
               subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the
               lesser of (1) the total amount of the Severance
               Payments and (2) the amount of excess parachute
               payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
               of the Code (after applying clause (A) above), and
               (C) the value of any non-cash benefit, deferred
               payment or other benefit shall be determined by the
               Company's independent auditors in accordance with
               the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of
               the Code.

          (ii) For purposes of determining the amount of the
               Gross-Up Payment, the Executive shall be deemed to
               pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal
               rate of federal income taxation in the calendar
               year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made
               and state and local income taxes at the highest
               marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality
               of the Executive's residence on the date of
               termination, net of the maximum reduction in
               federal income taxes which could be obtained from
               deduction of such state and local taxes.  If the
               Excise Tax is subsequently determined to be less
               than the amount taken into account hereunder at the
               time of the Executive's termination of employment,
               the Executive shall repay to the Company, at the
               time that the amount of such reduction in Excise
               Tax is finally determined, the portion of the
               Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction
               (plus that portion of the Gross-Up Payment
               attributable to the Excise Tax and federal, state
               and local income tax imposed on the Gross-Up
               Payment being repaid by the Executive to the extent
               that such repayment results in a reduction in
               Excise Tax and/or a federal, state or local income
               tax deduction) plus interest on the amount of such
               repayment at the rate provided in Section
               1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code.  If the Excise Tax is
               determined to exceed the amount taken into account
               hereunder at the time of the termination of the
               Executive's employment (including by reason of any
               payment the existence or amount of which cannot be
               determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment),
               the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up
               Payment in respect of such excess (plus any
               interest, penalties or additions payable by the
               Executive with respect to such excess) at the time
               that the amount of such excess is finally
               determined.  The Executive and the Company shall
               each reasonably cooperate with the other in
               connection with any administrative or judicial
               proceedings concerning the 

                                       9
<PAGE>

               existence or amount of liability for Excise Tax with respect 
               to the Severance Payments.

     (g)  TIME FOR PAYMENT.  Except as otherwise provided in this
          Section 9, the Company shall pay (a) any Base Salary due
          to the Executive or his heirs or legal representatives
          under this Section 9 on the Company's regularly scheduled
          paydays and (b) any Annual Incentive Compensation
          payments due to the Executive or his heirs or legal
          representatives under this Section 9 within 30 days from
          the date of termination.

10.  ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE EXECUTIVE DURING AND AFTER
     EMPLOYMENT.

     (a)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  The Executive
          recognizes that the Executive's retention by the Company
          is one of the highest trust and confidence by reason of
          the Executive's access to and contact with certain trade
          secrets, confidential business practices and proprietary
          information of the Company (collectively, "Trade
          Secrets").  The Executive shall use his best efforts and
          exercise utmost diligence to protect and safeguard the
          Trade Secrets.  Except as may be required by the Company
          in connection with this Agreement, or with the prior
          written consent of the Company, the Executive shall not,
          either during the term of his employment or thereafter,
          directly or indirectly, use for the Executive's own
          benefit or for the benefit of another, or disclose,
          disseminate or distribute to another, any of the Trade
          Secrets (whether or not acquired, learned, obtained or
          developed by the Executive alone or in conjunction with
          another) of the Company or of any other person with whom
          the Company has a business relationship.  All memoranda,
          notes, records, drawings, documents or other writings
          whatsoever made, compiled, acquired or received by the
          Executive during the term of his employment arising out
          of, in connection with or related to any activity or
          business of the Company (other than records and personal
          notes received or prepared by Executive in his capacity
          as a director of the Company) are and shall continue to
          be the sole and exclusive property of the Company, and
          shall, together with all copies thereof, be delivered to
          the Company by the Executive immediately when the
          Executive ceases to be employed by the Company, or at any
          other time upon the Company's demand.

     (b)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  The Executive acknowledges and
          agrees that as a result of his employment with the
          Company, including, without limitation, the experience he
          has gained and will gain therefrom and the information he
          has acquired and will acquire regarding the Trade
          Secrets, he will be able to injure the Company if he
          should engage in a business that is competitive with the
          business conducted or to be conducted by the Company. 
          For these reasons, the Executive hereby agrees as
          follows:

          (i)  Without the prior written consent of the Company,
               the Executive shall not, during his period of
               employment with the Company, directly or
               indirectly, either as an individual, a partner or a
               joint venturer, or in any other capacity,
               (A) invest (other than investments in
               publicly-owned companies which constitute not more
               than 1% of the voting securities of any such
               company) or engage in any business that is
               competitive with that of the Company or its
               affiliates, (B) accept employment with or render
               services to a competitor of the Company or any of
               its affiliates as a director, officer, agent,
               employee or consultant, (C) contact, solicit, or
               attempt to solicit or accept business from any
               (1) customers of the Company or its affiliates or
               (2) person or entity whose business the Company or
               its affiliates is 

                                       10
<PAGE>

               soliciting, (D) contact, solicit or attempt to solicit 
               or accept or direct business that is competitive with 
               such business being conducted by the Company or any of 
               its affiliates during the Executive's employment under this
               Agreement from any of the customers of the Company
               or any of its affiliates or (E) take any action
               inconsistent with the fiduciary relationship of an
               employee to his employer.  For purposes of this
               Section 10, a "competitor" specifically includes
               persons, firms, sole proprietorships, partnerships,
               companies, corporations or other entities that
               market products and/or perform services in direct
               or indirect competition with the products marketed
               and/or services performed by the Company or its
               affiliates anywhere in the world.  Without limiting
               the generality of the foregoing, the Company's
               products and services include, but are not limited
               to, professional and architectural lighting, sound
               reinforcement, stages and stage sets, design and
               production management and other similar products
               and services for concert touring, theatre,
               television and film, corporate events and
               conventions, commercial buildings and similar
               markets.  As used in this Section 10, "affiliates"
               shall mean persons or entities that directly, or
               indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
               control or are controlled by, or are under common
               control with, the Company.

          (ii) Upon termination of the Executive's employment with
               the Company for any reason, and for a period of two
               years thereafter, the Executive shall not, directly
               or indirectly, either as an individual, a partner
               or a joint venturer, or in any other capacity, in
               any geographic market in which the Company or any
               of its affiliates is doing business on the date of
               termination (A) invest (other than investments in
               publicly-owned companies which constitute not more
               than 1% of the voting securities of any such
               company) or engage in any business that is
               competitive with that of the Company or its
               affiliates, (B) accept employment with or render
               services to a competitor of the Company or its
               affiliates as a director, officer, agent, employee
               or consultant, (C) contact, solicit or attempt to
               solicit or accept business from any party (1) who,
               on the date of termination of the Executive's
               employment or within one year prior thereto, was a
               customer of the Company or its affiliates, or
               (2) to whom the Company or any of its affiliates
               has made, or from whom the Company or any of its
               affiliates has received, a written sales proposal
               within six months prior to such date of termination
               or (D) hire or solicit or in any manner attempt to
               influence or induce any employee of the Company or
               its affiliates to leave the employment of the
               Company or its affiliates, or use or disclose to
               any person, partnership, association, corporation
               or other entity any information obtained while an
               employee of the Company concerning the names and
               addresses of employees of the Company or its
               affiliates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the
               Executive's employment terminates for any reason
               and the Company fails to perform timely its
               obligations under Section 9 of this Agreement, the
               Executive's obligations under this Section 10(b)
               shall permanently terminate; provided, however,
               that the Company shall not thereby be released of
               its obligations under this Agreement, including,
               without limitation, its payment obligations under
               Section 9.

     (c)  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.  The Executive acknowledges and
          recognizes that the enforcement of any of the
          nondisclosure and noncompetition provisions in Section 10
          of this Agreement by the Company will not interfere with
          the Executive's ability to pursue a proper livelihood. 
          The Executive further represents that he is capable of
          pursuing a career 

                                       11
<PAGE>

          in other industries to earn a proper livelihood.  The 
          Executive recognizes and agrees that the enforcement of 
          this Agreement is necessary to ensure the preservation 
          and continuity of the business and goodwill of the Company.
          The Executive agrees that due to the nature of the Company's 
          business, the noncompetition restrictions set forth in this 
          Agreement are reasonable as to time and geographic area.
          At any time during the Executive's employment with the Company 
          and for a period of two years thereafter, the Company may 
          request the Executive to supply such information as the Company 
          deems necessary to ascertain whether or not the Executive has
          complied with, or has violated, the restrictive covenants
          of Section 10 of this Agreement.  The Executive shall
          furnish the requested information to the Company within
          ten days following the receipt of such request.

     (d)  REMEDIES.  The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that
          the ascertainment of damages in the event of his breach
          of any provision of this Section 10 would be difficult,
          and the Executive agrees that the Company, in addition to
          all other remedies it may have, shall have the right to
          specific performance or injunctive relief to enforce its
          terms if there is such a breach, without any requirement
          to post bond or other security.

     (e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
          Agreement, the provisions of this Section 10 shall
          survive any termination of the Executive's employment
          under this Agreement.

11.  NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests, approvals
     and other communications to be given under this Agreement by
     either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be
     either (i) delivered in person, (ii) mailed by registered or
     certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
     (iii) delivered by overnight express delivery service or same-day 
     local courier service or (iv) delivered by facsimile
     transmission, to the addresses set forth below.

     If to Company:           Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                              201 Regal Row
                              Dallas, Texas  75247
                              Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

     If to Executive:         H. R. Brutsche III
                              5146 Kelsey    
                              Dallas, Texas  75229
                              Facsimile:  (214) 363-4113

     Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery,
     local courier or facsimile shall be deemed communicated as of
     actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as
     of three days after mailing.  Any party may change its address
     for notice by written notice in accordance with this Section
     given to the other parties.

12.  ARBITRATION.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or
     relating to this Agreement (including, without limitation,
     whether termination has been for "Cause" pursuant to Section
     9(c)) shall be settled by binding arbitration.  Any such
     arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as follows:

     (a)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one
          to be selected by each of the parties and the third to be
          designated by the two arbitrators so selected.  If the
          two 

                                       12
<PAGE>

          arbitrators cannot agree on the third arbitrator, the
          American Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas, where
          the arbitration shall take place shall select the third
          arbitrator.

     (b)  The arbitration shall follow the Employment Arbitration
          Rules of the American Arbitration Association, except as
          otherwise provided herein.  The arbitrators shall
          substantially comply with Texas rules of evidence, shall
          grant essential but limited discovery, shall provide for
          the exchange of witness lists and exhibit copies, shall
          conduct a pretrial hearing and shall consider dispositive
          motions.  Each party shall have the right to request the
          arbitrators to make findings of specific factual issues.

     (c)  The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and
          render their decision within 40 days after submission of
          the dispute to them, unless both parties agree to an
          extension.  Each party will cooperate with the
          arbitrators to comply with procedural time requirements,
          and the failure of either to do so shall entitle the
          arbitrators to extend the arbitration proceedings
          accordingly and to impose sanctions on the party
          responsible for the delay, payable to the other party.

     (d)  The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain
          findings of facts on which the decision is based,
          including any specific factual findings requested by
          either party, and shall further contain the reasons for
          the decision with reference to the legal principles on
          which the arbitrators relied.  Such decision of the
          arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties,
          and accordingly the Company and the Executive shall
          promptly comply with the terms of such award, and a
          judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction may be
          entered in accordance therewith.

     (e)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection
          with the resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be
          borne by the party who does not prevail in the
          arbitration.

     (f)  The Company and the Executive hereby consent to the
          jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas for
          purposes of entering judgment with respect to an
          arbitration award.

13.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     (a)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement replaces and supersedes
          any and all other agreements, either oral or written,
          between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
          matter hereof and constitutes the entire understanding of
          the parties.

     (b)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
          enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the
          prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
          attorneys' fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in
          addition to any other relief to which he or it may be
          entitled.

     (c)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (i)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive and
               the Executives legal representatives.  This
               Agreement is personal to the Executive and without
               the prior written consent of the Company shall not
               be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by
               will or the laws of descent and distribution.

                                       13
<PAGE>

          (ii)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
                benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and
                its successors and assigns.  The Company shall have
                the right to assign this Agreement to a parent,
                affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to any
                corporation succeeding to substantially all of the
                assets and business of the Company whether by
                merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise.

          (iii) The Company shall require any successor
                (whether direct or indirect, by merger,
                consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) to
                all or substantially all of the business
                and/or assets of the Company expressly to
                assume and agree to perform this Agreement in
                the same manner and to the same extent that
                the Company would be required to perform it if
                no such succession had taken place.  As used
                in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the
                Company as hereinbefore defined and any
                successor to its business and/or assets as
                aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform
                this Agreement by operation of law or
                otherwise. 

     (d)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
          Texas.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this
          Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of the
          parties hereunder will be performable in Dallas, Dallas
          County, Texas.

     (e)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, or a new
          agreement substituted, at any time and from time to time
          only by a written instrument duly authorized and executed
          by the Company and the Executive.

     (f)  WAIVER.  The waiver by either party of a breach or
          violation of any provision of this Agreement shall not
          operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
          breach hereof.

     (g)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or more
          of the provisions contained in this Agreement for any
          reason is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable,
          the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability will not
          affect, impair or invalidate any other provision of this
          Agreement, which will be construed as if the illegal,
          invalid, or unenforceable provision had not been
          contained in this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal,
          invalid, or unenforceable provision, there will be added
          automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as
          similar in terms to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
          provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and
          enforceable.  In addition, however, the Executive agrees
          that the provisions of Section 10 of this Agreement each
          constitute separate agreements independently supported by
          good and adequate consideration and shall be severable
          from the other provisions of, and shall survive, this
          Agreement.  The existence of any claim or cause of action
          of the Executive against the Company, whether predicated
          on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a
          defense to the enforcement by the Company of the
          covenants and agreements of the Executive contained in
          Section 10.

     (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
          counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original,
          but all of which shall constitute one agreement.


         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE] 


                                       14
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                   COMPANY:
                                   
                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                                   
                                   
                                   
                                   By:/s/ Michael P. Herman 
                                      ------------------------------------
                                   Michael P. Herman
                                   Vice President-Finance
                                   
                                   
                                   
                                   EXECUTIVE:
                                   
                                   
                                   
                                   /s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   H. R. Brutsche III
                                   

                                       15

<PAGE>

                       CONSULTING AGREEMENT


This Consulting Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 1995,
is by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and J.
Anthony Smith ("Consultant").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to enter into a consulting relationship
with Consultant; and

WHEREAS, Consultant desires to enter into a consulting relationship
with the Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter
contained;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements
herein set forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company
and to Consultant from the consulting relationship to be
established between the parties by the terms of this Agreement, the
Company and Consultant agree as follows:

1.   CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP.  The Company hereby retains
     Consultant, and Consultant hereby agrees to be retained by the
     Company, as an independent consultant, and not as an employee.

2.   CONSULTING SERVICES.  Consultant agrees that during the term
     of this Agreement:

     (a)  POSITION AND DUTIES.  Consultant will devote his best
          efforts to this position as an independent consultant and
          will perform such duties and execute the policies of the
          Company as determined by the Board of Directors or
          President of the Company, or their designee.  Consultant
          shall exercise a reasonable degree of skill and care in
          performing such duties.

     (b)  QUALIFICATIONS.  Consultant's qualifications for
          providing consulting services include:

          (i)   Operating at highest levels of live performance
                concert and artist industry;

          (ii)  Extensive knowledge of concert touring and
                entertainment industry;

          (iii) Excellent expert knowledge of market for sound
                and lighting systems;

          (iv)  Extensive worldwide social and business contacts;
                and

          (v)   Extensive knowledge of international financial
                matters.

     (c)  AVAILABILITY.  Consultant shall be available to render
          services to the Company under this Agreement upon receipt
          of five days' written notice from the Company and for a
          minimum of 60 days during any 12-month period commencing
          on the date of this Agreement or any anniversary thereof. 
          Consultant shall not be obligated to render in excess of
          90 days of service during any such 12-month 

                                     1
<PAGE>

          period. Consultant shall not be obligated to render any 
          services under this Agreement during any such period when 
          he is unable to do so due to illness, disability or injury.

     (d)  AUTHORITY.  Consultant shall have no authority over any
          employee or officer of the Company, except as may be
          necessary in routine performance of his duties hereunder,
          nor shall the Company be required in any manner to
          implement any plans or suggestions Consultant may
          provide.

3.   COMPENSATION.

     (a)  CONSULTING FEE.  The Company agrees to pay Consultant for
          his services performed under this Agreement at the rate
          of $1,667 per month or $20,000 per year ("Consulting
          Fee"), whether or not services are actually rendered
          hereunder.

     (b)  OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  Except as expressly provided in
          this Agreement, Consultant shall not be entitled, based
          on his status as a consultant, to participate in or
          receive benefits under any programs maintained by the
          Company for its employees, including, without limitation,
          life, medical and disability benefits, pension, profit
          sharing or other retirement plans or other fringe
          benefits.

4.   BUSINESS EXPENSES.

     (a)  OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES.  The Company shall reimburse
          Consultant for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
          incurred by Consultant in the conduct of the Company's
          business, provided that Consultant submits expense
          accounts accompanied by receipts and vouchers within 12
          months following the expenditures.

     (b)  OFFICE SPACE EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay Consultant
          and/or Consultant's designees an aggregate of $1,000 per
          month to reimburse Consultant for expenses incurred in
          connection with the maintenance of offsite office space
          provided by Consultant for the benefit of the Company,
          including, but not limited, to the hiring of support
          staff.

5.   TERM.  This Agreement shall continue for a term of three years
     commencing as of the date first above written, provided that
     such term shall automatically be extended for one year for
     each complete year Consultant provides services hereunder. 
     The term as originally set forth or as automatically extended
     is referred to hereinafter as the "Consulting Term."

6.   TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by either party
     at any time in accordance with the following provisions.  In
     the event of such termination, Consultant's rights and
     entitlements shall be determined in accordance with the
     following provisions.

     (a)  DEATH.  If Consultant dies, this Agreement shall
          terminate as of the date of death.  Upon termination due
          to Consultant's death, Consultant's estate shall receive
          the Consulting Fee through the end of the month in which
          the death occurs.

                                 2
<PAGE>

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If Consultant suffers a Permanent Disability
          (as defined below), the Company may terminate this
          Agreement by written notice effective as of the Date of
          Disability (as defined below).  If this Agreement is
          terminated by reason of a Permanent Disability, from the
          Date of Disability until the end of the Consulting Term
          in effect immediately prior to the termination, the
          Company shall pay to Consultant his Consulting Fee.

          For the purpose of this Agreement, "Permanent Disability"
          shall mean the inability to perform the services required
          hereunder due to mental or physical disability which
          prevents Consultant from substantially performing his
          duties hereunder and continues for either (i) a total of
          180 working days during any 12-month period or (ii) 150
          consecutive working days. "Date of Disability" shall mean
          the date following the last of such days to so occur.  If
          either party disputes, after notice from the other, that
          Consultant is disabled, such dispute shall be submitted
          to a physician mutually satisfactory to Consultant and
          the Company.  If the parties are unable to agree on a
          mutually satisfactory physician, each shall select a
          reputable physician, who shall select a third physician
          whose determination of Consultant's ability to perform
          shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.  Evidence
          of such disability, as so certified, shall be conclusive
          notwithstanding that a disability policy, or clause in an
          insurance policy, covering Consultant shall contain a
          different definition of "permanent disability."  The
          Company shall pay the fees and expenses of each physician
          so appointed.

     (c)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate this Agreement for
          Cause (as defined below) at any time, without any
          additional notice.  The Company shall inform Consultant
          as to the grounds for such termination.  Consultant shall
          not be entitled to damages for such termination and shall
          have no claim for such damages, and shall be entitled
          after such termination to receive the Consulting Fee only
          through the date of termination.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i)
          the willful, continued and material failure by Consultant
          to follow the reasonable and lawful directions of the
          Board of Directors in connection with Consultant's duties
          hereunder or to comply with any provision of this
          Agreement, but only after (1) the Chairman of the
          Executive Committee of the Board of Directors ("Executive
          Committee") (or, if Consultant is the Chairman, another
          member of the Executive Committee elected by the member
          or members thereof other than Consultant), pursuant to
          resolutions adopted by a majority of the members of the
          Executive Committee (excluding Consultant if he is a
          member of the Executive Committee), delivers a written
          demand to Consultant for substantial performance
          specifically setting forth the manner in which the
          Executive Committee believes Consultant has failed to
          follow such directions or to comply with this Agreement
          and (2) the failure to follow such directions or to
          comply with this Agreement continues for a period of 30
          days; (ii) Consultant's gross negligence or intentional
          misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder;
          (iii) Consultant's conviction of a felony; or (iv) the
          commission by Consultant of any act involving
          embezzlement or fraud.

                                 3
<PAGE>

     (d)  WITHOUT CAUSE OR CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  The Company
          may terminate this Agreement for other than death,
          disability, breach or injurious conduct or Change of
          Control (as defined below) upon 30 days prior written
          notice.

          If at any time during the Consulting Term, an event of
          Constructive Termination (as defined below) occurs, then
          Consultant shall have the right upon 30 days prior
          written notice to the Company to terminate his services
          hereunder.  Such termination shall be deemed a
          "Constructive Termination" of this Agreement by the
          Company.

          In addition to any other rights of Consultant, if
          termination is (i) by the Company for other than death,
          disability, breach or injurious conduct or Change of
          Control, or (ii) on the basis of a Constructive
          Termination, from the date of termination until the end
          of the Consulting Term, the Company shall pay to
          Consultant his Consulting Fee.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Constructive
          Termination" means the following:

          (i)  the continued and material failure of the Company
               to comply with its covenants and obligations under
               this Agreement, but only after (A) Consultant
               delivers written demand to the Company for
               substantial performance specifically setting forth
               the manner in which he believes the Company has so
               failed to comply with its covenants and obligations
               and (B) such material failure continues for a
               period of ten days; 

          (ii) the assignment to Consultant of any duties
               inconsistent in any respect with Consultant's
               position, duties or responsibilities as
               contemplated in Section 2 of this Agreement, which
               results in a diminution in such position, duties or
               responsibilities, excluding for this purpose any
               isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not
               taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the
               Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof
               given by Consultant;

          (iv) any purported termination by the Company of this
               Agreement other than as expressly permitted by this
               Agreement; or

          (v)  any failure by the Company to comply with and
               satisfy Section 10(c)(iii) of this Agreement,
               provided that the successor referred to therein has
               received at least ten days prior written notice
               from the Company or Consultant of the requirements
               of Section 10(c)(iii).

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon 30 days prior written notice to
          the other party stating the grounds for such termination,
          either the Company or Consultant may terminate this
          Agreement as the result of a Change of Control.

          A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
          (i) the Company is merged or consolidated with another
          corporation and as a result of such merger or
          consolidation less than 50% of the outstanding voting
          securities of the surviving or resulting corporation are
          owned in the aggregate by the former shareholders of 

                                 4
<PAGE>

          the Company; (ii) the Company sells all or substantially 
          all of its assets to another corporation, which is not a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; (iii) any person
          or group within the meaning of the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934, as amended, acquires (together with voting
          securities of the Company held by such person or group)
          30% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the
          Company (whether directly, indirectly, beneficially or of
          record) pursuant to any transaction or combination of
          transactions; (iv) there is a change of control of the
          Company of a nature that would be required to be reported
          in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation
          14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then
          subject to such reporting requirements; or (v) the
          individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twelve
          consecutive months, constituted the Board of Directors
          cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority
          thereof, unless the nomination for election or election
          by the Company's shareholders of each new director of the
          Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of
          the directors then still in office who either were
          directors at the beginning of such period or whose
          election or nomination for election was previously so
          approved.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a
          Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred
          upon the consummation of an initial public offering of
          the Company's capital stock or the issuance of capital
          stock by the Company approved by a vote of at least 
          two-thirds of the directors then in office.

          If this Agreement is terminated as a result of a Change
          of Control or if Consultant elects to terminate this
          Agreement as the result of a Change of Control at any
          time within two years after the Change of Control, then
          from the date of termination until the end of the
          Consulting Term, the Company shall pay to Consultant his
          Consulting Fee (the "Severance Payments").

     (f)  CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.  If Severance
          Payments pursuant to Section 6(e) of this Agreement
          become subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax")
          imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code
          of 1986, as amended ("Code"), the Company shall pay to
          Consultant an additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment")
          such that the net amount retained by Consultant, after
          deduction of any Excise Tax on the Severance Payments
          (and any federal, state and local income tax and Excise
          Tax upon the payment provided for by this Section 6(f)),
          shall be equal to the Severance Payments.

          (i)  For purposes of determining whether any of the
               Severance Payments will be subject to the Excise
               Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (A) any
               other payment or benefit received or to be received
               by Consultant in connection with a Change of
               Control and the subsequent termination of this
               Agreement (whether such termination is pursuant to
               the terms of this Agreement or any other plan,
               arrangement or agreement with the Company, with any
               other person whose actions resulted in the Change
               of Control or with any person affiliated with the
               Company or such other person) shall be treated as a
               "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section
               280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all "excess parachute
               payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
               of the Code shall be treated as 

                                         5
<PAGE>

               subject to the Excise Tax, unless in the opinion of 
               tax counsel selected by the Company's independent 
               auditors and reasonably acceptable to Consultant such other
               payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not
               constitute parachute payments (including by reason
               of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) or such
               excess parachute payments (in whole or in part)
               represent reasonable compensation for services
               actually rendered (within the meaning of Section
               280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base
               amount" (as determined according to Section
               280G(b)(3) of the Code, any final or temporary
               regulations promulgated under Section 280G of the
               Code and any interpretations thereof by the
               Internal Revenue Service) allocable to such
               reasonable compensation, or are otherwise not
               subject to the Excise Tax, (B) the amount of the
               Severance Payments which shall be treated as
               subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the
               lesser of (1) the total amount of the Severance
               Payments and (2) the amount of excess parachute
               payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
               of the Code (after applying clause (A) above), and
               (C) the value of any non-cash benefit, deferred
               payment or other benefit shall be determined by the
               Company's independent auditors in accordance with
               the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of
               the Code.

          (ii) For purposes of determining the amount of the
               Gross-Up Payment, Consultant shall be deemed to pay
               federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate
               of federal income taxation in the calendar year in
               which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state
               and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate
               of taxation in the state and locality of
               Consultant's residence on the date of termination,
               net of the maximum reduction in federal income
               taxes which could be obtained from deduction of
               such state and local taxes.  If the Excise Tax is
               subsequently determined to be less than the amount
               taken into account hereunder at the time of
               Consultant's termination of employment, Consultant
               shall repay to the Company, at the time that the
               amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally
               determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment
               attributable to such reduction (plus that portion
               of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise
               Tax and federal, state and local income tax imposed
               on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by Consultant
               to the extent that such repayment results in a
               reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal, state or
               local income tax deduction) plus interest on the
               amount of such repayment at the rate provided in
               Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code.  If the Excise
               Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into
               account hereunder at the time of the termination of
               Consultant's employment (including by reason of any
               payment the existence or amount of which cannot be
               determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment),
               the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up
               Payment in respect of such excess (plus any
               interest, penalties or additions payable by
               Consultant with respect to such excess) at the time
               that the amount of such excess is finally
               determined.  Consultant and the Company shall each
               reasonably cooperate with the other in connection
               with any administrative or judicial proceedings
               concerning the existence or amount of liability for
               Excise Tax with respect to the Severance Payments.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     (g)  TIME FOR PAYMENT.  Except as otherwise provided in this
          Section 6, the Company shall pay any Consulting Fee, or
          portion thereof, due to Consultant or his heirs or legal
          representatives under this Section 6 on the Company's
          regularly scheduled paydays. 

7.   ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF CONSULTANT.

     (a)  TITLE TO CERTAIN TANGIBLE PROPERTY.  All tangible
          materials (whether original or duplicates) including, but
          not limited to, equipment purchase agreements, file or
          data base materials in whatever form, books, manuals,
          sales literature, equipment price lists, training
          materials, client record cards, client files,
          correspondence, documents, contracts, orders, messages,
          memoranda, notes, agreements, invoices, receipts, lists,
          software listings or printouts, specifications, models,
          computer programs and records of any kind in the
          possession or control of Consultant which in any way
          relate or pertain to the Company's business, including
          the business of subsidiaries or other affiliates of the
          Company, whether furnished to Consultant by the Company
          or prepared, compiled or acquired by Consultant during
          his consulting relationship with Company, shall be the
          sole property of the Company.  At any time upon request
          of the Company, and in any event promptly upon
          termination of this Agreement, Consultant shall deliver
          all such materials to the Company.  The Company shall be
          under no obligation to pay to Consultant any sums of
          money then due Consultant or becoming due thereafter
          until Consultant has complied with the provisions of this
          Section 7(a).

     (b)  TITLE TO CERTAIN INTANGIBLE PROPERTY.  Consultant shall
          immediately disclose and assign to the Company all his
          right, title and interest in any inventions, models,
          processes, patents, copyrights and improvements thereon
          relating to services or processes or products of the
          Company or its affiliates that he conceives or acquires
          during any consulting relationship with the Company or
          that he may conceive or acquire during a period of one
          year after termination of this Agreement.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  Consultant recognizes
          that Consultant's retention by the Company is one of the
          highest trust and confidence by reason of Consultant's
          access to and contact with certain trade secrets,
          confidential business practices and proprietary
          information of the Company (collectively, "Trade
          Secrets").  Consultant shall use his best efforts and
          exercise utmost diligence to protect and safeguard the
          Trade Secrets.  Except as may be required by the Company
          in connection with this Agreement, or with the prior
          written consent of the Company, Consultant shall not,
          either during the Consulting Term or thereafter, directly
          or indirectly, use for Consultant's own benefit or for
          the benefit of another, or disclose, disseminate or
          distribute to another, any of the Trade Secrets (whether
          or not acquired, learned, obtained or developed by
          Consultant alone or in conjunction with another) of the
          Company or of any other person with whom the Company has
          a business relationship.  All memoranda, notes, records,
          drawings, documents or other writings whatsoever made,
          compiled, acquired or received by Consultant during the
          Consulting Term arising out of, in connection with or
          related to any activity or business of the Company (other
          than records and personal notes received or prepared by
          Consultant in his capacity as a director of 

                                    7
<PAGE>

          the Company) are and shall continue to be the sole and 
          exclusive property of the Company, and shall, together with 
          all copies thereof, be delivered to the Company by Consultant
          immediately when Consultant ceases to be retained by the
          Company, or at any other time upon the Company's demand.

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  Consultant acknowledges and
          agrees that as a result of his consulting relationship
          with the Company, including, without limitation, the
          experience he will gain therefrom and the information he
          will acquire regarding the Trade Secrets, he will be able
          to injure the Company if he should compete with the
          Company in a business that is competitive with the
          business conducted or to be conducted by the Company. 
          For these reasons, Consultant hereby agrees as follows:

          (i)  Without the prior written consent of the Company,
               Consultant shall not, during the term of this
               Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an
               individual, a partner or a joint venturer, or in
               any other capacity, (A) invest (other than
               investments in publicly-owned companies which
               constitute not more than 1% of the voting
               securities of any such company) or engage in any
               business that is competitive with that of the
               Company or its affiliates, (B) accept employment
               with or render services to a competitor of the
               Company or any of its affiliates as a director,
               officer, agent, employee or consultant,
               (C) contact, solicit or attempt to solicit or
               accept business from any (1) customers of the
               Company or its affiliates or (2) person or entity
               whose business the Company or its affiliates is
               soliciting or (D) contact, solicit or attempt to
               solicit or accept or direct business that is
               competitive with such business being conducted by
               the Company or any of its affiliates during the
               term of this Agreement from any of the customers of
               the Company or any of its affiliates.  For purposes
               of this Section 7, a "competitor" specifically
               includes persons, firms, sole proprietorships,
               partnerships, companies, corporations or other
               entities that market products and/or perform
               services in direct or indirect competition with the
               products marketed and/or services performed by the
               Company or its affiliates anywhere in the world. 
               Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
               the Company's products and services include, but
               are not limited to, professional and architectural
               lighting, sound reinforcement, stages and stage
               sets, design and production management and other
               similar products and services for concert touring,
               theater, television and film, corporate events and
               conventions, commercial buildings and similar
               markets.  As used in this Section 7, "affiliates"
               shall mean persons or entities that directly, or
               indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
               control or are controlled by, or are under common
               control with, the Company.

          (ii) Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason,
               and for a period of two years thereafter,
               Consultant shall not, directly or indirectly,
               either as an individual, a partner or a joint
               venturer, or in any other capacity, in any
               geographic market in which the Company or any of
               its affiliates is doing business on the date of
               termination, (A) contact, solicit or attempt to
               solicit or accept business from any party (1) who,
               on the date of termination of 

                                       8
<PAGE>

               this Agreement or within one year prior thereto, was 
               a customer of the Company or its affiliates, or (2) whom
               Consultant solicited, contacted or otherwise dealt
               with on behalf of the Company or any of its
               affiliates within one year prior to such date of
               termination or (B) hire or solicit or in any manner
               attempt to influence or induce any employee of the
               Company or its affiliates to leave the employment
               of the Company or its affiliates, nor shall he use
               or disclose to any person, partnership,
               association, corporation or other entity any
               information obtained during the term of this
               Agreement concerning the names and addresses of
               employees of the Company or its affiliates. 
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement
               terminates for any reason and the Company fails to
               perform timely its obligations under Section 6 of
               this Agreement, Consultant's obligations under this
               Section 7(d) shall permanently terminate; provided,
               however, that the Company shall not thereby be
               released of its obligations under this Agreement,
               including, without limitation, its payment
               obligations under Section 6.

     (e)  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.  Consultant acknowledges and recognizes
          that the enforcement of any of the nondisclosure and
          noncompetition provisions in Section 7 of this Agreement
          by the Company will not interfere with Consultant's
          ability to pursue a proper livelihood.  Consultant
          further represents that he is capable of pursuing a
          career in other industries other than the Company's to
          earn a proper livelihood.  Consultant recognizes and
          agrees that the enforcement of this Agreement is
          necessary to ensure the preservation and continuity of
          the business and goodwill of the Company.  Consultant
          agrees that due to the nature of the Company's business,
          the noncompetition restrictions set forth in this
          Agreement are reasonable as to time and geographic area. 
          At any time during the Consulting Term and for a period
          of two years thereafter, the Company may request
          Consultant to supply such information as the Company
          deems necessary to ascertain whether or not Consultant
          has complied with, or has violated, the restrictive
          covenants of Section 7 of this Agreement.  Consultant
          shall furnish the requested information to the Company
          within 10 days following the receipt of such request.

     (f)  REMEDIES.  Consultant recognizes and acknowledges that
          the ascertainment of damages in the event of his breach
          of any provision of Section 7 of this Agreement would be
          difficult, and Consultant agrees that the Company, in
          addition to all other remedies it may have, shall have
          the right to specific performance or injunctive relief to
          enforce its terms if there is such a breach, without any
          requirement to post bond or other security.

     (g)  SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
          this Agreement, the provisions of Section 7 of this
          Agreement shall survive any termination of this
          Agreement.

8.   NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests, approvals
     and other communications to be given under this Agreement by
     either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be
     either (i) delivered in person, (ii) mailed by registered or
     certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
     (iii) delivered by overnight express delivery service or same-

                                 9
<PAGE>

     day local courier service or (iv) delivered by facsimile
     transmission, to the addresses set forth below.

     If to Company:           Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                              201 Regal Row
                              Dallas, Texas  75247
                              Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

     If to Consultant:        J. Anthony Smith
                              Hit & Run Music, Ltd.
                              25 Ives Street
                              London SW3 2ND England
                              Facsimile:  011-44-171-5845774

     Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery,
     local courier or facsimile shall be deemed communicated as of
     actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as
     of three days after mailing.  Any party may change its address
     for notice by written notice in accordance with this Section
     given to the other parties.

9.   ARBITRATION.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or
     relating to this Agreement (including, without limitation,
     whether termination has been for "conduct injurious to the
     Company" pursuant to Section 6(c)) shall be settled by binding
     arbitration.  Any such arbitration proceedings shall be
     conducted as follows:

     (a)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one
          to be selected by each of the parties and the third to be
          designated by the two arbitrators so selected.  If the
          two arbitrators cannot agree on the third arbitrator, the
          American Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas, where
          the arbitration shall take place shall select the third
          arbitrator.

     (b)  The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and
          procedures of the American Arbitration Association,
          except as otherwise provided herein.  The arbitrators
          shall substantially comply with Texas rules of evidence,
          shall grant essential but limited discovery, shall
          provide for the exchange of witness lists and exhibit
          copies, shall conduct a pretrial hearing and shall
          consider dispositive motions.  Each party shall have the
          right to request the arbitrators to make findings of
          specific factual issues.

     (c)  The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and
          render their decision within 40 days after submission of
          the dispute to them, unless both parties agree to an
          extension.  Each party will cooperate with the
          arbitrators to comply with procedural time requirements,
          and the failure of either to do so shall entitle the
          arbitrators to extend the arbitration proceedings
          accordingly and to impose sanctions on the party
          responsible for the delay, payable to the other party.

     (d)  The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain
          findings of facts on which the decision is based,
          including any specific factual findings requested by
          either party, and shall further contain the reasons for
          the decision with reference to the legal principles on
          which the arbitrators relied.  Such decision of the
          arbitrators 

                                 10
<PAGE>

          shall be final and binding upon the parties, and accordingly 
          the Company and Consultant shall promptly comply with the 
          terms of such award, and a judgment by a court of competent 
          jurisdiction may be entered in accordance therewith.

     (e)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection
          with the resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be
          borne by the party who does not prevail in the
          arbitration.

     (f)  The Company and consultant hereby consent to the
          jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas for
          purposes of entering judgment with respect to an
          arbitration award.

10.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     (a)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement represents the entire
          agreement between the Company and Consultant concerning
          the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
          agreements or understandings, written or oral, with
          respect thereto.  No attempted modification or waiver of
          any of the provisions hereof shall be binding on either
          party unless in writing and signed by both Consultant and
          the Company.

     (b)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
          enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the
          prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
          attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements in
          addition to any other relief to which he or it may be
          entitled.

     (c)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (i)       This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
                    benefit of and be enforceable by Consultant and
                    Consultant's legal representatives.  This Agreement
                    is personal to Consultant and without the prior
                    written consent of the Company shall not be
                    assignable by Consultant otherwise than by will or
                    the laws of descent and distribution.

          (ii)      This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
                    benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and
                    its successors and assigns.  The Company shall have
                    the right to assign this Agreement to a parent,
                    affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to any
                    corporation succeeding to substantially all of the
                    assets and business of the Company whether by
                    merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise.

          (iii)     The Company shall require any successor
                    (whether direct or indirect, by merger,
                    consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) to
                    all or substantially all of the business
                    and/or assets of the Company expressly to
                    assume and agree to perform this Agreement in
                    the same manner and to the same extent that
                    the Company would be required to perform it if
                    no such succession had taken place.  As used
                    in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the
                    Company as hereinbefore defined and any
                    successor to its 

                                      11
<PAGE>
 
                    business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes 
                    and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation 
                    of law, or otherwise.

     (d)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
          Texas.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this
          Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of the
          parties hereunder will be performable in Dallas, Dallas
          County, Texas.

     (e)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, or a new
          agreement substituted, at any time and from time to time
          only by a written instrument duly authorized and executed
          by the Company and Consultant.

     (f)  WAIVER.  The waiver by either party of a breach or
          violation of any provision of this Agreement shall not
          operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
          breach hereof.

     (g)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or more
          of the provisions contained in this Agreement for any
          reason is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable,
          the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability will not
          affect, impair or invalidate any other provision of this
          Agreement, which will be construed as if the illegal,
          invalid or unenforceable provision had not been contained
          in this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal, invalid
          or unenforceable provision, there will be added
          automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as
          similar in terms to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
          provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and
          enforceable.  In addition, however, Consultant agrees
          that the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 of this
          Agreement each constitute separate agreements
          independently supported by good and adequate
          consideration and shall be severable from the other
          provisions of, and shall survive, this Agreement.  The
          existence of any claim or cause of action of Consultant
          against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement
          or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the
          enforcement by the Company of the covenants and
          agreements of Consultant contained in Section 7.

     (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
          counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original,
          but all of which shall constitute one agreement.

          [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]

                                12
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                                   CONSULTANT:


                                   /s/ J. Anthony Smith
                                   -----------------------------------------
                                   J. Anthony Smith




                                   COMPANY:

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.



                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        H. R. Brutsche III
                                        Chairman of the Board and President

                                      13

<PAGE>
                             CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                                       
This Consulting Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 1995, is by and
between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and John D. Maxson
("Consultant").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to enter into a consulting relationship with 
Consultant; and

WHEREAS, Consultant desires to enter into a consulting relationship with the 
Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter contained;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein set 
forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company and to Consultant 
from the consulting relationship to be established between the parties by the 
terms of this Agreement, the Company and Consultant agree as follows:

1.   CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP.  The Company hereby retains Consultant, and
     Consultant hereby agrees to be retained by the Company, as an independent
     consultant, and not as an employee.

2.   CONSULTING SERVICES.  Consultant agrees that during the term of this
     Agreement:

     (a)  POSITION AND DUTIES.  Consultant will devote his best efforts to
          this position as an independent consultant and will perform such
          duties and execute the policies of the Company as determined by the
          Board of Directors or President of the Company, or their designee.
          Consultant shall exercise a reasonable degree of skill and care in
          performing such duties.

     (b)  QUALIFICATIONS.  Consultant's qualifications for providing
          consulting services include:

          (i)   Extensive knowledge of entertainment production support 
                industry;

          (ii)  Expert in audio and sound systems, electrical distribution 
                systems and entertainment lighting systems;

          (iii) Expert in sound mixing;

          (iv)  Extensive knowledge of sound and lighting technology;

          (v)   Expert in the structure and operations of the Company; and

          (vi)  Extensive business and social relationships in the Dallas, 
                Texas, business community.

     (c)  AVAILABILITY.  Consultant shall be available to render services
          to the Company under this Agreement upon receipt of five days'
          written notice from the Company and for a minimum of 60 days during
          any 12-month period commencing on the date of this Agreement or any
          anniversary thereof.  Consultant shall not be obligated to render in
          excess of 90 days of service during any such 12-month period.
          Consultant shall not be obligated to render any services under this
          Agreement during any such period when he is unable to do so due to
          illness, disability or injury.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     (d)  AUTHORITY.  Consultant shall have no authority over any employee
          or officer of the Company, except as may be necessary in routine
          performance of his duties hereunder, nor shall the Company be
          required in any manner to implement any plans or suggestions
          Consultant may provide.

3.   COMPENSATION.

     (a)  CONSULTING FEE.  The Company agrees to pay Consultant for his
          services performed under this Agreement at the rate of $8,333 per
          month or $100,000 per year ("Consulting Fee"), whether or not
          services are actually rendered hereunder.

     (b)  SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE.  Consultant shall be eligible, directly
          or indirectly through a designated owner, to receive benefits
          (including the right to designate one or more beneficiaries) under
          (i) Life Insurance Policy No. A1013721L, from American General Life
          Insurance Company and any Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreement and
          Assignment of Life Insurance Policy as Collateral between the Company
          and the designated owner of such policy with respect to such policy
          and (ii) any additional or substitute split-dollar insurance policy,
          plan or program hereafter obtained or established for, or made
          available to, officers or directors of the Company; provided,
          however, that at any time during the Consulting Term the terms of any
          such split-dollar insurance policies, plans or programs shall be
          equivalent to or exceed the terms, taken as a whole, of the policies
          described in clause (i) above, as currently in effect.

     (c)  OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  Except as expressly provided in this
          Agreement, Consultant shall not be entitled, based on his status as a
          consultant, to participate in or receive benefits under any programs
          maintained by the Company for its employees, including, without
          limitation, life, medical and disability benefits, pension, profit
          sharing or other retirement plans or other fringe benefits.

4.   BUSINESS EXPENSES.

     (a)  OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES.  The Company shall reimburse Consultant
          for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Consultant in
          the conduct of the Company's business, provided that Consultant
          submits expense accounts accompanied by receipts and vouchers within
          12 months following the expenditures.

     (b)  OFFICE SPACE EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay Consultant and/or
          Consultant's designees an aggregate of $1,000 per month to reimburse
          Consultant for expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance
          of offsite office space provided by Consultant for the benefit of the
          Company, including, but not limited, to the hiring of support staff.

5.   TERM.  This Agreement shall continue for a term of three years commencing
     as of the date first above written, provided that such term shall
     automatically be extended for one year for each complete year Consultant
     provides services hereunder.  The term as originally set forth or as
     automatically extended is referred to hereinafter as the "Consulting
     Term."

6.   TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by either party at any time
     in accordance with the following provisions.  In the event of such
     termination, Consultant's rights and entitlements shall be determined in
     accordance with the following provisions.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     (a)  DEATH.  If Consultant dies, this Agreement shall terminate as of
          the date of death.  Upon termination due to Consultant's death,
          Consultant's estate shall receive the Consulting Fee through the end
          of the month in which the death occurs.

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If Consultant suffers a Permanent Disability (as
          defined below), the Company may terminate this Agreement by written
          notice effective as of the Date of Disability (as defined below).  If
          this Agreement is terminated by reason of a Permanent Disability,
          from the Date of Disability until the end of the Consulting Term in
          effect immediately prior to the termination, the Company shall pay to
          Consultant his Consulting Fee.

          For the purpose of this Agreement, "Permanent Disability" shall
          mean the inability to perform the services required hereunder due to
          mental or physical disability which prevents Consultant from
          substantially performing his duties hereunder and continues for
          either (i) a total of 180 working days during any 12-month period or
          (ii) 150 consecutive working days. "Date of Disability" shall mean
          the date following the last of such days to so occur.  If either
          party disputes, after notice from the other, that Consultant is
          disabled, such dispute shall be submitted to a physician mutually
          satisfactory to Consultant and the Company.  If the parties are
          unable to agree on a mutually satisfactory physician, each shall
          select a reputable physician, who shall select a third physician
          whose determination of Consultant's ability to perform shall be
          conclusive and binding on the parties.  Evidence of such disability,
          as so certified, shall be conclusive notwithstanding that a
          disability policy, or clause in an insurance policy, covering
          Consultant shall contain a different definition of "permanent
          disability."  The Company shall pay the fees and expenses of each
          physician so appointed.

     (c)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate this Agreement for Cause
          (as defined below) at any time, without any additional notice.  The
          Company shall inform Consultant as to the grounds for such
          termination.  Consultant shall not be entitled to damages for such
          termination and shall have no claim for such damages, and shall be
          entitled after such termination to receive the Consulting Fee only
          through the date of termination.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) the
          willful, continued and material failure by Consultant to follow the
          reasonable and lawful directions of the Board of Directors in
          connection with Consultant's duties hereunder or to comply with any
          provision of this Agreement, but only after (1) the Chairman of the
          Executive Committee of the Board of Directors ("Executive Committee")
          (or, if Consultant is the Chairman, another member of the Executive
          Committee elected by the member or members thereof other than
          Consultant), pursuant to resolutions adopted by a majority of the
          members of the Executive Committee (excluding Consultant if he is a
          member of the Executive Committee), delivers a written demand to
          Consultant for substantial performance specifically setting forth the
          manner in which the Executive Committee believes Consultant has
          failed to follow such directions or to comply with this Agreement and
          (2) the failure to follow such directions or to comply with this
          Agreement continues for a period of 30 days; (ii) Consultant's gross
          negligence or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duties
          hereunder; (iii) Consultant's conviction of a felony; or (iv) the
          commission by Consultant of any act involving embezzlement or fraud.

     (d)  WITHOUT CAUSE OR CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  The Company may
          terminate this Agreement for other than death, disability, breach or
          injurious conduct or Change of Control (as defined below) upon 30
          days prior written notice.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          If at any time during the Consulting Term, an event of Constructive 
          Termination (as defined below) occurs, then Consultant shall have the
          right upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company to terminate 
          his services hereunder.  Such termination shall be deemed a 
          "Constructive Termination" of this Agreement by the Company.

          In addition to any other rights of Consultant, if termination is
          (i) by the Company for other than death, disability, breach or
          injurious conduct or Change of Control, or (ii) on the basis of a
          Constructive Termination, from the date of termination until the end
          of the Consulting Term, the Company shall pay to Consultant his
          Consulting Fee.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Constructive Termination" means
          the following:

          (i)  the continued and material failure of the Company to
               comply with its covenants and obligations under this Agreement,
               but only after (A) Consultant delivers written demand to the
               Company for substantial performance specifically setting forth
               the manner in which he believes the Company has so failed to
               comply with its covenants and obligations and (B) such material
               failure continues for a period of ten days;

          (ii) the assignment to Consultant of any duties inconsistent 
               in any respect with Consultant's position, duties
               or responsibilities as contemplated in Section 2 of this
               Agreement, which results in a diminution in such position,
               duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose any
               isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad
               faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after
               receipt of notice thereof given by Consultant;

          (iv) any purported termination by the Company of this
               Agreement other than as expressly permitted by this Agreement;
               or

          (v)  any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
               Section 10(c)(iii) of this Agreement, provided that the
               successor referred to therein has received at least ten days
               prior written notice from the Company or Consultant of the
               requirements of Section 10(c)(iii).

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon 30 days prior written notice to the
          other party stating the grounds for such termination, either the
          Company or Consultant may terminate this Agreement as the result of a
          Change of Control.

          A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) the 
          Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation and as
          a result of such merger or consolidation less than 50% of the
          outstanding voting securities of the surviving or resulting
          corporation are owned in the aggregate by the former shareholders of
          the Company; (ii) the Company sells all or substantially all of its
          assets to another corporation, which is not a wholly-owned subsidiary
          of the Company; (iii) any person or group within the meaning of the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, acquires (together with
          voting securities of the Company held by such person or group) 30% or
          more of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (whether
          directly, indirectly, beneficially or of record) pursuant to any
          transaction or combination of transactions; (iv) there is a change of
          control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be
          reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A
          promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 

                                       4
<PAGE>

          as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such 
          reporting requirements; or (v) the individuals who, at the 
          beginning of any period of twelve consecutive months, constituted 
          the Board of Directors cease, for any reason, to constitute at 
          least a majority thereof, unless the nomination for election or 
          election by the Company's shareholders of each new director of the 
          Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the 
          directors then still in office who either were directors at the 
          beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for 
          election was previously so approved.  Notwithstanding the 
          foregoing, however, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have 
          occurred upon the consummation of an initial public offering of the 
          Company's capital stock or the issuance of capital stock by the 
          Company approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors 
          then in office.

          If this Agreement is terminated as a result of a Change of
          Control or if Consultant elects to terminate this Agreement as the
          result of a Change of Control at any time within two years after the
          Change of Control, then from the date of termination until the end of
          the Consulting Term, the Company shall pay to Consultant his
          Consulting Fee (the "Severance Payments").

     (f)  CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.  If Severance
          Payments pursuant to Section 6(e) of this Agreement become subject to
          the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the
          Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), the Company shall
          pay to Consultant an additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such
          that the net amount retained by Consultant, after deduction of any
          Excise Tax on the Severance Payments (and any federal, state and
          local income tax and Excise Tax upon the payment provided for by this
          Section 6(f)), shall be equal to the Severance Payments.

          (i)  For purposes of determining whether any of the Severance 
               Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the
               amount of such Excise Tax, (A) any other payment or benefit
               received or to be received by Consultant in connection with a
               Change of Control and the subsequent termination of this
               Agreement (whether such termination is pursuant to the terms of
               this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with
               the Company, with any other person whose actions resulted in the
               Change of Control or with any person affiliated with the Company
               or such other person) shall be treated as a "parachute payment"
               within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all
               "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section
               280G(b)(1) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise
               Tax, unless in the opinion of tax counsel selected by the
               Company's independent auditors and reasonably acceptable to
               Consultant such other payments or benefits (in whole or in part)
               do not constitute parachute payments (including by reason of
               Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) or such excess parachute
               payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation
               for services actually rendered (within the meaning of Section
               280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base amount" (as
               determined according to Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, any
               final or temporary regulations promulgated under Section 280G of
               the Code and any interpretations thereof by the Internal Revenue
               Service) allocable to such reasonable compensation, or are
               otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (B) the amount of the
               Severance Payments which shall be treated as subject to the
               Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (1) the total amount
               of the Severance Payments and (2) the amount of excess parachute
               payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code

                                       5
<PAGE>

               (after applying clause (A) above), and (C) the value of any non-
               cash benefit, deferred payment or other benefit shall be
               determined by the Company's independent auditors in accordance
               with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

          (ii) For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up
               Payment, Consultant shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes
               at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the
               calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and
               state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of
               taxation in the state and locality of Consultant's residence on
               the date of termination, net of the maximum reduction in federal
               income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such
               state and local taxes.  If the Excise Tax is subsequently
               determined to be less than the amount taken into account
               hereunder at the time of Consultant's termination of employment,
               Consultant shall repay to the Company, at the time that the
               amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined,
               the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such
               reduction (plus that portion of the Gross-Up Payment
               attributable to the Excise Tax and federal, state and local
               income tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by
               Consultant to the extent that such repayment results in a
               reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal, state or local income
               tax deduction) plus interest on the amount of such repayment at
               the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code.  If the
               Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account
               hereunder at the time of the termination of Consultant's
               employment (including by reason of any payment the existence or
               amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up
               Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment
               in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or
               additions payable by Consultant with respect to such excess) at
               the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined.
               Consultant and the Company shall each reasonably cooperate with
               the other in connection with any administrative or judicial
               proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for
               Excise Tax with respect to the Severance Payments.

     (g)  TIME FOR PAYMENT.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section
          6, the Company shall pay any Consulting Fee, or portion thereof, due
          to Consultant or his heirs or legal representatives under this
          Section 6 on the Company's regularly scheduled paydays.

7.   ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF CONSULTANT.

     (a)  TITLE TO CERTAIN TANGIBLE PROPERTY.  All tangible materials
          (whether original or duplicates) including, but not limited to,
          equipment purchase agreements, file or data base materials in
          whatever form, books, manuals, sales literature, equipment price
          lists, training materials, client record cards, client files,
          correspondence, documents, contracts, orders, messages, memoranda,
          notes, agreements, invoices, receipts, lists, software listings or
          printouts, specifications, models, computer programs and records of
          any kind in the possession or control of Consultant which in any way
          relate or pertain to the Company's business, including the business
          of subsidiaries or other affiliates of the Company, whether furnished
          to Consultant by the Company or prepared, compiled or acquired by
          Consultant during his consulting relationship with Company, shall be
          the sole property of the Company.  At any time upon request of the
          Company, and in any event promptly upon termination of this 
          Agreement, Consultant shall deliver all such materials to the 
          Company.

                                       6
<PAGE>

          The Company shall be under no obligation to pay to Consultant any 
          sums of money then due Consultant or becoming due thereafter until
          Consultant has complied with the provisions of this Section 7(a).

     (b)  TITLE TO CERTAIN INTANGIBLE PROPERTY.  Consultant shall
          immediately disclose and assign to the Company all his right, title
          and interest in any inventions, models, processes, patents,
          copyrights and improvements thereon relating to services or processes
          or products of the Company or its affiliates that he conceives or
          acquires during any consulting relationship with the Company or that
          he may conceive or acquire during a period of one year after
          termination of this Agreement.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  Consultant recognizes that
          Consultant's retention by the Company is one of the highest trust and
          confidence by reason of Consultant's access to and contact with
          certain trade secrets, confidential business practices and
          proprietary information of the Company (collectively, "Trade
          Secrets").  Consultant shall use his best efforts and exercise utmost
          diligence to protect and safeguard the Trade Secrets.  Except as may
          be required by the Company in connection with this Agreement, or with
          the prior written consent of the Company, Consultant shall not,
          either during the Consulting Term or thereafter, directly or
          indirectly, use for Consultant's own benefit or for the benefit of
          another, or disclose, disseminate or distribute to another, any of
          the Trade Secrets (whether or not acquired, learned, obtained or
          developed by Consultant alone or in conjunction with another) of the
          Company or of any other person with whom the Company has a business
          relationship.  All memoranda, notes, records, drawings, documents or
          other writings whatsoever made, compiled, acquired or received by
          Consultant during the Consulting Term arising out of, in connection
          with or related to any activity or business of the Company (other
          than records and personal notes received or prepared by Consultant in
          his capacity as a director of the Company) are and shall continue to
          be the sole and exclusive property of the Company, and shall,
          together with all copies thereof, be delivered to the Company by
          Consultant immediately when Consultant ceases to be retained by the
          Company, or at any other time upon the Company's demand.

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  Consultant acknowledges and agrees
          that as a result of his consulting relationship with the Company,
          including, without limitation, the experience he will gain therefrom
          and the information he will acquire regarding the Trade Secrets, he
          will be able to injure the Company if he should compete with the
          Company in a business that is competitive with the business conducted
          or to be conducted by the Company.  For these reasons, Consultant
          hereby agrees as follows:

          (i)  Without the prior written consent of the Company,
               Consultant shall not, during the term of this Agreement,
               directly or indirectly, either as an individual, a partner or a
               joint venturer, or in any other capacity, (A) invest (other than
               investments in publicly-owned companies which constitute not
               more than 1% of the voting securities of any such company) or
               engage in any business that is competitive with that of the
               Company or its affiliates, (B) accept employment with or render
               services to a competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates
               as a director, officer, agent, employee or consultant,
               (C) contact, solicit or attempt to solicit or accept business
               from any (1) customers of the Company or its affiliates or
               (2) person or entity whose business the Company or its
               affiliates is soliciting or (D) contact, solicit or attempt to
               solicit or accept or direct business 

                                       7
<PAGE>

               that is competitive with such business being conducted by the 
               Company or any of its affiliates during the term of this 
               Agreement from any of the customers of the Company or any of 
               its affiliates.  For purposes of this Section 7, a 
               "competitor" specifically includes persons, firms, sole 
               proprietorships, partnerships, companies, corporations or 
               other entities that market products and/or perform services in 
               direct or indirect competition with the products marketed 
               and/or services performed by the Company or its affiliates 
               anywhere in the world.  Without limiting the generality of the 
               foregoing, the Company's products and services include, but 
               are not limited to, professional and architectural lighting, 
               sound reinforcement, stages and stage sets, design and 
               production management and other similar products and services 
               for concert touring, theatre, television and film, corporate 
               events and conventions, commercial buildings and similar 
               markets.  As used in this Section 7, "affiliates" shall mean 
               persons or entities that directly, or indirectly through one 
               or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are 
               under common control with, the Company.

          (ii) Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, and
               for a period of two years thereafter, Consultant shall not,
               directly or indirectly, either as an individual, a partner or a
               joint venturer, or in any other capacity, in any geographic
               market in which the Company or any of its affiliates is doing
               business on the date of termination, (A) contact, solicit or
               attempt to solicit or accept business from any party (1) who, on
               the date of termination of this Agreement or within one year
               prior thereto, was a customer of the Company or its affiliates,
               or (2) whom Consultant solicited, contacted or otherwise dealt
               with on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates within
               one year prior to such date of termination or (B) hire or
               solicit or in any manner attempt to influence or induce any
               employee of the Company or its affiliates to leave the
               employment of the Company or its affiliates, nor shall he use or
               disclose to any person, partnership, association, corporation or
               other entity any information obtained during the term of this
               Agreement concerning the names and addresses of employees of the
               Company or its affiliates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
               this Agreement terminates for any reason and the Company fails
               to perform timely its obligations under Section 6 of this
               Agreement, Consultant's obligations under this Section 7(d)
               shall permanently terminate; provided, however, that the Company
               shall not thereby be released of its obligations under this
               Agreement, including, without limitation, its payment
               obligations under Section 6.

     (e)  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.  Consultant acknowledges and recognizes that
          the enforcement of any of the nondisclosure and noncompetition
          provisions in Section 7 of this Agreement by the Company will not
          interfere with Consultant's ability to pursue a proper livelihood.
          Consultant further represents that he is capable of pursuing a career
          in other industries other than the Company's to earn a proper
          livelihood.  Consultant recognizes and agrees that the enforcement of
          this Agreement is necessary to ensure the preservation and continuity
          of the business and goodwill of the Company.  Consultant agrees that
          due to the nature of the Company's business, the noncompetition
          restrictions set forth in this Agreement are reasonable as to time
          and geographic area.  At any time during the Consulting Term and for
          a period of two years thereafter, the Company may request Consultant
          to supply such information as the Company deems necessary to
          ascertain whether or not Consultant has complied with, or has
          violated, the restrictive covenants of 

                                       8
<PAGE>

          Section 7 of this Agreement. Consultant shall furnish the requested 
          information to the Company within 10 days following the receipt of 
          such request.

     (f)  REMEDIES.  Consultant recognizes and acknowledges that the
          ascertainment of damages in the event of his breach of any provision
          of Section 7 of this Agreement would be difficult, and Consultant
          agrees that the Company, in addition to all other remedies it may
          have, shall have the right to specific performance or injunctive
          relief to enforce its terms if there is such a breach, without any
          requirement to post bond or other security.

     (g)  SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
          Agreement, the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall
          survive any termination of this Agreement.

8.   NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests, approvals and other
     communications to be given under this Agreement by either party to the
     other shall be in writing and shall be either (i) delivered in person,
     (ii) mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,
     postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by overnight express delivery service or
     same-day local courier service or (iv) delivered by facsimile
     transmission, to the addresses set forth below.

     If to Company:           Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                              201 Regal Row
                              Dallas, Texas  75247
                              Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

     If to Consultant:        John D. Maxson
                              Preston Commons West, Suite 220
                              8117 Preston Road
                              Dallas, Texas  75225
                              Facsimile:  (214) 696-2228

     Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery, local courier
     or facsimile shall be deemed communicated as of actual receipt; mailed
     notices shall be deemed communicated as of three days after mailing.  Any
     party may change its address for notice by written notice in accordance
     with this Section given to the other parties.

9.   ARBITRATION.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
     Agreement (including, without limitation, whether termination has been for
     "conduct injurious to the Company" pursuant to Section 6(c)) shall be
     settled by binding arbitration.  Any such arbitration proceedings shall be
     conducted as follows:

     (a)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one to be
          selected by each of the parties and the third to be designated by the
          two arbitrators so selected.  If the two arbitrators cannot agree on
          the third arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association in Dallas,
          Texas, where the arbitration shall take place shall select the third
          arbitrator.

     (b)  The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and procedures
          of the American Arbitration Association, except as otherwise provided
          herein.  The arbitrators shall substantially comply with Texas rules
          of evidence, shall grant essential but limited discovery, shall
          provide for the exchange of witness lists and exhibit copies, shall
          conduct a pretrial hearing and shall consider dispositive motions.
          Each party shall have the right to request the arbitrators to make
          findings of specific factual issues.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     (c)  The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and render
          their decision within 40 days after submission of the dispute to
          them, unless both parties agree to an extension.  Each party will
          cooperate with the arbitrators to comply with procedural time
          requirements, and the failure of either to do so shall entitle the
          arbitrators to extend the arbitration proceedings accordingly and to
          impose sanctions on the party responsible for the delay, payable to
          the other party.

     (d)  The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain findings
          of facts on which the decision is based, including any specific
          factual findings requested by either party, and shall further contain
          the reasons for the decision with reference to the legal principles
          on which the arbitrators relied.  Such decision of the arbitrators
          shall be final and binding upon the parties, and accordingly the
          Company and Consultant shall promptly comply with the terms of such
          award, and a judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction may be
          entered in accordance therewith.

     (e)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection with the
          resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be borne by the party
          who does not prevail in the arbitration.

     (f)  The Company and Consultant hereby consent to the jurisdiction of
          the courts of the State of Texas for purposes of entering judgment
          with respect to an arbitration award.

10.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     (a)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement represents the entire
          agreement between the Company and Consultant concerning the subject
          matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings,
          written or oral, with respect thereto.  No attempted modification or
          waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding on either
          party unless in writing and signed by both Consultant and the
          Company.

     (b)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
          enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing
          party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
          necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he
          or it may be entitled.

     (c)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (i)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by Consultant and Consultant's
               legal representatives.  This Agreement is personal to Consultant
               and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not
               be assignable by Consultant otherwise than by will or the laws
               of descent and distribution.

          (ii) This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors
               and assigns.  The Company shall have the right to assign this
               Agreement to a parent, affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to
               any corporation succeeding to substantially all of the assets
               and business of the Company whether by merger, consolidation,
               acquisition or otherwise.

                    (iii)     The Company shall require any successor (whether
               direct or indirect, by merger, consolidation, acquisition or
               otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business 

                                      10
<PAGE>

               and/or assets of the Company expressly to assume and agree to 
               perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same 
               extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no 
               such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, 
               "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and 
               any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid that 
               assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of 
               law, or otherwise.

     (d)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.  The
          parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the obligations
          and undertakings of the parties hereunder will be performable in
          Dallas, Dallas County, Texas.

     (e)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, or a new agreement
          substituted, at any time and from time to time only by a written
          instrument duly authorized and executed by the Company and
          Consultant.

     (f)  WAIVER.  The waiver by either party of a breach or violation of
          any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed
          as a waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.

     (g)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or more of the
          provisions contained in this Agreement for any reason is held to be
          illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the illegality, invalidity or
          unenforceability will not affect, impair or invalidate any other
          provision of this Agreement, which will be construed as if the
          illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had not been contained in
          this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal, invalid or unenforceable
          provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this
          Agreement a provision as similar in terms to the illegal, invalid or
          unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and
          enforceable.  In addition, however, Consultant agrees that the
          provisions of Sections 9 and 10 of this Agreement each constitute
          separate agreements independently supported by good and adequate
          consideration and shall be severable from the other provisions of,
          and shall survive, this Agreement.  The existence of any claim or
          cause of action of Consultant against the Company, whether predicated
          on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the
          enforcement by the Company of the covenants and agreements of
          Consultant contained in Section 7.

     (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
          each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall
          constitute one agreement.

                                       
              [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]

                                      11
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                   CONSULTANT:

                                   /s/ John D. Maxson
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   John D. Maxson


                                   COMPANY:

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                   By:/s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   H. R. Brutsche III
                                   Chairman of the Board and President



                                      12

<PAGE>
                       CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This Consulting Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 1995, is by and 
between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and James H. Clark, Jr. 
("Consultant").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to enter into a consulting relationship with 
Consultant; and

WHEREAS, Consultant desires to enter into a consulting relationship with the 
Company upon the terms and conditions hereinafter contained;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein set 
forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company and to Consultant 
from the consulting relationship to be established between the parties by the 
terms of this Agreement, the Company and Consultant agree as follows:

1.   CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP.  The Company hereby retains
     Consultant, and Consultant hereby agrees to be retained by the
     Company, as an independent consultant, and not as an employee.

2.   CONSULTING SERVICES.  Consultant agrees that during the term
     of this Agreement:

     (a)  POSITION AND DUTIES.  Consultant will devote his best
          efforts to this position as an independent consultant and
          will perform such duties and execute the policies of the
          Company as determined by the Board of Directors or
          President of the Company, or their designee.  Consultant
          shall exercise a reasonable degree of skill and care in
          performing such duties.

     (b)  QUALIFICATIONS.  Consultant's qualifications for
          providing consulting services include:

          (i)  Knowledge and expertise in business and finance
               (Undergraduate degree from Yale and MBA from
               Stanford);

          (ii) Extensive business and social relationships
               throughout the U.S. and particularly in Dallas,
               Texas;

         (iii) Sophisticated investor and businessman;

          (iv) Extensive knowledge of the structure and operations
               of the Company; and

          (v)  Knowledge of various segments of business such as
               finance, real estate, accounting and legal.

     (c)  AVAILABILITY.  Consultant shall be available to render
          services to the Company under this Agreement upon receipt
          of five days' written notice from the Company and for a
          minimum of 60 days during any 12-month period commencing
          on the date of this Agreement or any anniversary thereof. 
          Consultant shall not be obligated to render in excess of
          90 days of service during any such 12-month period. 
          Consultant shall not be obligated to render any services
          under this Agreement during any such period when he is
          unable to do so due to illness, disability or injury.


                                       1
<PAGE>

     (d)  AUTHORITY.  Consultant shall have no authority over any
          employee or officer of the Company, except as may be
          necessary in routine performance of his duties hereunder,
          nor shall the Company be required in any manner to
          implement any plans or suggestions Consultant may
          provide.

3.   COMPENSATION.

     (a)  CONSULTING FEE.  The Company agrees to pay Consultant for
          his services performed under this Agreement at the rate
          of $8,333 per month or $100,000 per year ("Consulting
          Fee"), whether or not services are actually rendered
          hereunder.

     (b)  SPLIT-DOLLAR INSURANCE.  Consultant shall be eligible,
          directly or indirectly through a designated owner, to
          receive benefits (including the right to designate one or
          more beneficiaries) under (i) Life Insurance Policy No.
          8592938, from Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company
          and any agreement or instrument between the Company and
          the designated owner of such policy with respect to such
          policy, (ii) Life Insurance Policy No. 67127330, from
          John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company and any Split-Dollar 
          Life Insurance Agreement and Assignment of Life
          Insurance Policy as Collateral between the Company and
          the designated owner of such policy with respect to such
          policy and (iii) any additional or substitute split-dollar 
          insurance policy, plan or program hereafter
          obtained or established for, or made available to,
          officers or directors of the Company; provided, however,
          that at any time during the Consulting Term the terms of
          any such split-dollar insurance policies, plans or
          programs shall be equivalent to or exceed the terms,
          taken as a whole, of the policies described in clauses
          (i) and (ii) above, as currently in effect.

     (c)  OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.  Except as expressly provided in
          this Agreement, Consultant shall not be entitled, based
          on his status as a consultant, to participate in or
          receive benefits under any programs maintained by the
          Company for its employees, including, without limitation,
          life, medical and disability benefits, pension, profit
          sharing or other retirement plans or other fringe
          benefits.

4.   BUSINESS EXPENSES.

     (a)  OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES.  The Company shall reimburse
          Consultant for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
          incurred by Consultant in the conduct of the Company's
          business, provided that Consultant submits expense
          accounts accompanied by receipts and vouchers within 12
          months following the expenditures.

     (b)  OFFICE SPACE EXPENSES.  The Company shall pay Consultant
          and/or Consultant's designees an aggregate of $1,000 per
          month to reimburse Consultant for expenses incurred in
          connection with the maintenance of offsite office space
          provided by Consultant for the benefit of the Company,
          including, but not limited, to the hiring of support
          staff.

5.   TERM.  This Agreement shall continue for a term of three years
     commencing as of the date first above written, provided that
     such term shall automatically be extended for one year for
     each complete year Consultant provides services hereunder. 
     The term as originally set forth or as automatically extended
     is referred to hereinafter as the "Consulting Term."


                                       2
<PAGE>

6.   TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated by either party
     at any time in accordance with the following provisions.  In
     the event of such termination, Consultant's rights and
     entitlements shall be determined in accordance with the
     following provisions.

     (a)  DEATH.  If Consultant dies, this Agreement shall
          terminate as of the date of death.  Upon termination due
          to Consultant's death, Consultant's estate shall receive
          the Consulting Fee through the end of the month in which
          the death occurs.

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If Consultant suffers a Permanent Disability
          (as defined below), the Company may terminate this
          Agreement by written notice effective as of the Date of
          Disability (as defined below).  If this Agreement is
          terminated by reason of a Permanent Disability, from the
          Date of Disability until the end of the Consulting Term
          in effect immediately prior to the termination, the
          Company shall pay to Consultant his Consulting Fee.

          For the purpose of this Agreement, "Permanent Disability"
          shall mean the inability to perform the services required
          hereunder due to mental or physical disability which
          prevents Consultant from substantially performing his
          duties hereunder and continues for either (i) a total of
          180 working days during any 12-month period or (ii) 150
          consecutive working days. "Date of Disability" shall mean
          the date following the last of such days to so occur.  If
          either party disputes, after notice from the other, that
          Consultant is disabled, such dispute shall be submitted
          to a physician mutually satisfactory to Consultant and
          the Company.  If the parties are unable to agree on a
          mutually satisfactory physician, each shall select a
          reputable physician, who shall select a third physician
          whose determination of Consultant's ability to perform
          shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.  Evidence
          of such disability, as so certified, shall be conclusive
          notwithstanding that a disability policy, or clause in an
          insurance policy, covering Consultant shall contain a
          different definition of "permanent disability."  The
          Company shall pay the fees and expenses of each physician
          so appointed.

     (c)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate this Agreement for
          Cause (as defined below) at any time, without any
          additional notice.  The Company shall inform Consultant
          as to the grounds for such termination.  Consultant shall
          not be entitled to damages for such termination and shall
          have no claim for such damages, and shall be entitled
          after such termination to receive the Consulting Fee only
          through the date of termination.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i)
          the willful, continued and material failure by Consultant
          to follow the reasonable and lawful directions of the
          Board of Directors in connection with Consultant's duties
          hereunder or to comply with any provision of this
          Agreement, but only after (1) the Chairman of the
          Executive Committee of the Board of Directors ("Executive
          Committee") (or, if Consultant is the Chairman, another
          member of the Executive Committee elected by the member
          or members thereof other than Consultant), pursuant to
          resolutions adopted by a majority of the members of the
          Executive Committee (excluding Consultant if he is a
          member of the Executive Committee), delivers a written
          demand to Consultant for substantial performance
          specifically setting forth the manner in which the
          Executive Committee believes Consultant has failed to
          follow such directions or to comply with this Agreement
          and (2) the failure to follow such directions or to
          comply with this Agreement continues for a period of 30
          days; (ii) Consultant's gross negligence or intentional
          misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder;
          (iii) Consultant's conviction of a felony; or (iv) the
          commission by Consultant of any act involving
          embezzlement or fraud.


                                       3
<PAGE>

     (d)  WITHOUT CAUSE OR CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  The Company
          may terminate this Agreement for other than death,
          disability, breach or injurious conduct or Change of
          Control (as defined below) upon 30 days prior written
          notice.

          If at any time during the Consulting Term, an event of
          Constructive Termination (as defined below) occurs, then
          Consultant shall have the right upon 30 days prior
          written notice to the Company to terminate his services
          hereunder.  Such termination shall be deemed a
          "Constructive Termination" of this Agreement by the
          Company.

          In addition to any other rights of Consultant, if
          termination is (i) by the Company for other than death,
          disability, breach or injurious conduct or Change of
          Control, or (ii) on the basis of a Constructive
          Termination, from the date of termination until the end
          of the Consulting Term, the Company shall pay to
          Consultant his Consulting Fee.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Constructive
          Termination" means the following:

          (i)  the continued and material failure of the Company
               to comply with its covenants and obligations under
               this Agreement, but only after (A) Consultant
               delivers written demand to the Company for
               substantial performance specifically setting forth
               the manner in which he believes the Company has so
               failed to comply with its covenants and obligations
               and (B) such material failure continues for a
               period of ten days; 

          (ii) the assignment to Consultant of any duties
               inconsistent in any respect with Consultant's
               position, duties or responsibilities as
               contemplated in Section 2 of this Agreement, which
               results in a diminution in such position, duties or
               responsibilities, excluding for this purpose any
               isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not
               taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the
               Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof
               given by Consultant;

          (iv) any purported termination by the Company of this
               Agreement other than as expressly permitted by this
               Agreement; or

          (v)  any failure by the Company to comply with and
               satisfy Section 10(c)(iii) of this Agreement,
               provided that the successor referred to therein has
               received at least ten days prior written notice
               from the Company or Consultant of the requirements
               of Section 10(c)(iii).

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Upon 30 days prior written notice to
          the other party stating the grounds for such termination,
          either the Company or Consultant may terminate this
          Agreement as the result of a Change of Control.

          A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if
          (i) the Company is merged or consolidated with another
          corporation and as a result of such merger or
          consolidation less than 50% of the outstanding voting
          securities of the surviving or resulting corporation are
          owned in the aggregate by the former shareholders of the
          Company; (ii) the Company sells all or substantially all
          of its assets to another corporation, which is not a
          wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company; (iii) any person
          or group within the meaning of the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934, as amended, acquires (together with voting
          securities of the Company held by such person or group)
          30% or more of the outstanding voting 


                                       4
<PAGE>

          securities of the Company (whether directly, indirectly, 
          beneficially or of record) pursuant to any transaction or 
          combination of transactions; (iv) there is a change of 
          control of the Company of a nature that would be required to 
          be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation
          14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then
          subject to such reporting requirements; or (v) the
          individuals who, at the beginning of any period of twelve
          consecutive months, constituted the Board of Directors
          cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority
          thereof, unless the nomination for election or election
          by the Company's shareholders of each new director of the
          Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of
          the directors then still in office who either were
          directors at the beginning of such period or whose
          election or nomination for election was previously so
          approved.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a
          Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred
          upon the consummation of an initial public offering of
          the Company's capital stock or the issuance of capital
          stock by the Company approved by a vote of at least two-thirds 
          of the directors then in office.

          If this Agreement is terminated as a result of a Change
          of Control or if Consultant elects to terminate this
          Agreement as the result of a Change of Control at any
          time within two years after the Change of Control, then
          from the date of termination until the end of the
          Consulting Term, the Company shall pay to Consultant his
          Consulting Fee (the "Severance Payments").

     (f)  CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.  If Severance
          Payments pursuant to Section 6(e) of this Agreement
          become subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax")
          imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code
          of 1986, as amended ("Code"), the Company shall pay to
          Consultant an additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment")
          such that the net amount retained by Consultant, after
          deduction of any Excise Tax on the Severance Payments
          (and any federal, state and local income tax and Excise
          Tax upon the payment provided for by this Section 6(f)),
          shall be equal to the Severance Payments.

          (i)  For purposes of determining whether any of the
               Severance Payments will be subject to the Excise
               Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (A) any
               other payment or benefit received or to be received
               by Consultant in connection with a Change of
               Control and the subsequent termination of this
               Agreement (whether such termination is pursuant to
               the terms of this Agreement or any other plan,
               arrangement or agreement with the Company, with any
               other person whose actions resulted in the Change
               of Control or with any person affiliated with the
               Company or such other person) shall be treated as a
               "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section
               280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all "excess parachute
               payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
               of the Code shall be treated as subject to the
               Excise Tax, unless in the opinion of tax counsel
               selected by the Company's independent auditors and
               reasonably acceptable to Consultant such other
               payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not
               constitute parachute payments (including by reason
               of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code) or such
               excess parachute payments (in whole or in part)
               represent reasonable compensation for services
               actually rendered (within the meaning of Section
               280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base
               amount" (as determined according to Section
               280G(b)(3) of the Code, any final or temporary
               regulations promulgated under Section 280G of the
               Code and any interpretations thereof by the
               Internal Revenue Service) allocable to such
               reasonable compensation, or are 


                                       5
<PAGE>

               otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, (B) the amount
               of the Severance Payments which shall be treated as
               subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the
               lesser of (1) the total amount of the Severance
               Payments and (2) the amount of excess parachute
               payments within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
               of the Code (after applying clause (A) above), and
               (C) the value of any non-cash benefit, deferred
               payment or other benefit shall be determined by the
               Company's independent auditors in accordance with
               the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of
               the Code.

          (ii) For purposes of determining the amount of the
               Gross-Up Payment, Consultant shall be deemed to pay
               federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate
               of federal income taxation in the calendar year in
               which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state
               and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate
               of taxation in the state and locality of
               Consultant's residence on the date of termination,
               net of the maximum reduction in federal income
               taxes which could be obtained from deduction of
               such state and local taxes.  If the Excise Tax is
               subsequently determined to be less than the amount
               taken into account hereunder at the time of
               Consultant's termination of employment, Consultant
               shall repay to the Company, at the time that the
               amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally
               determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment
               attributable to such reduction (plus that portion
               of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise
               Tax and federal, state and local income tax imposed
               on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by Consultant
               to the extent that such repayment results in a
               reduction in Excise Tax and/or a federal, state or
               local income tax deduction) plus interest on the
               amount of such repayment at the rate provided in
               Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code.  If the Excise
               Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into
               account hereunder at the time of the termination of
               Consultant's employment (including by reason of any
               payment the existence or amount of which cannot be
               determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment),
               the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up
               Payment in respect of such excess (plus any
               interest, penalties or additions payable by
               Consultant with respect to such excess) at the time
               that the amount of such excess is finally
               determined.  Consultant and the Company shall each
               reasonably cooperate with the other in connection
               with any administrative or judicial proceedings
               concerning the existence or amount of liability for
               Excise Tax with respect to the Severance Payments.

     (g)  TIME FOR PAYMENT.  Except as otherwise provided in this
          Section 6, the Company shall pay any Consulting Fee, or
          portion thereof, due to Consultant or his heirs or legal
          representatives under this Section 6 on the Company's
          regularly scheduled paydays. 

7.   ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF CONSULTANT.

     (a)  TITLE TO CERTAIN TANGIBLE PROPERTY.  All tangible
          materials (whether original or duplicates) including, but
          not limited to, equipment purchase agreements, file or
          data base materials in whatever form, books, manuals,
          sales literature, equipment price lists, training
          materials, client record cards, client files,
          correspondence, documents, contracts, orders, messages,
          memoranda, notes, agreements, invoices, receipts, lists,
          software listings or printouts, specifications, models,
          computer programs and records of any kind in the
          possession or control of Consultant which in any way
          relate or pertain to the Company's business, including
          the business of subsidiaries or other affiliates of the
          Company, whether 


                                       6
<PAGE>

          furnished to Consultant by the Company or prepared, compiled 
          or acquired by Consultant during his consulting relationship 
          with Company, shall be the sole property of the Company.  At 
          any time upon request of the Company, and in any event promptly 
          upon termination of this Agreement, Consultant shall deliver
          all such materials to the Company.  The Company shall be
          under no obligation to pay to Consultant any sums of
          money then due Consultant or becoming due thereafter
          until Consultant has complied with the provisions of this
          Section 7(a).

     (b)  TITLE TO CERTAIN INTANGIBLE PROPERTY.  Consultant shall
          immediately disclose and assign to the Company all his
          right, title and interest in any inventions, models,
          processes, patents, copyrights and improvements thereon
          relating to services or processes or products of the
          Company or its affiliates that he conceives or acquires
          during any consulting relationship with the Company or
          that he may conceive or acquire during a period of one
          year after termination of this Agreement.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  Consultant recognizes
          that Consultant's retention by the Company is one of the
          highest trust and confidence by reason of Consultant's
          access to and contact with certain trade secrets,
          confidential business practices and proprietary
          information of the Company (collectively, "Trade
          Secrets").  Consultant shall use his best efforts and
          exercise utmost diligence to protect and safeguard the
          Trade Secrets.  Except as may be required by the Company
          in connection with this Agreement, or with the prior
          written consent of the Company, Consultant shall not,
          either during the Consulting Term or thereafter, directly
          or indirectly, use for Consultant's own benefit or for
          the benefit of another, or disclose, disseminate or
          distribute to another, any of the Trade Secrets (whether
          or not acquired, learned, obtained or developed by
          Consultant alone or in conjunction with another) of the
          Company or of any other person with whom the Company has
          a business relationship.  All memoranda, notes, records,
          drawings, documents or other writings whatsoever made,
          compiled, acquired or received by Consultant during the
          Consulting Term arising out of, in connection with or
          related to any activity or business of the Company (other
          than records and personal notes received or prepared by
          Consultant in his capacity as a director of the Company)
          are and shall continue to be the sole and exclusive
          property of the Company, and shall, together with all
          copies thereof, be delivered to the Company by Consultant
          immediately when Consultant ceases to be retained by the
          Company, or at any other time upon the Company's demand.

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  Consultant acknowledges and
          agrees that as a result of his consulting relationship
          with the Company, including, without limitation, the
          experience he will gain therefrom and the information he
          will acquire regarding the Trade Secrets, he will be able
          to injure the Company if he should compete with the
          Company in a business that is competitive with the
          business conducted or to be conducted by the Company. 
          For these reasons, Consultant hereby agrees as follows:

          (i)  Without the prior written consent of the Company,
               Consultant shall not, during the term of this
               Agreement, directly or indirectly, either as an
               individual, a partner or a joint venturer, or in
               any other capacity, (A) invest (other than
               investments in publicly-owned companies which
               constitute not more than 1% of the voting
               securities of any such company) or engage in any
               business that is competitive with that of the
               Company or its affiliates, (B) accept employment
               with or render services to a competitor of the
               Company or any of its affiliates as 


                                       7
<PAGE>

               a director, officer, agent, employee or consultant,
               (C) contact, solicit or attempt to solicit or
               accept business from any (1) customers of the
               Company or its affiliates or (2) person or entity
               whose business the Company or its affiliates is
               soliciting or (D) contact, solicit or attempt to
               solicit or accept or direct business that is
               competitive with such business being conducted by
               the Company or any of its affiliates during the
               term of this Agreement from any of the customers of
               the Company or any of its affiliates.  For purposes
               of this Section 7, a "competitor" specifically
               includes persons, firms, sole proprietorships,
               partnerships, companies, corporations or other
               entities that market products and/or perform
               services in direct or indirect competition with the
               products marketed and/or services performed by the
               Company or its affiliates anywhere in the world. 
               Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
               the Company's products and services include, but
               are not limited to, professional and architectural
               lighting, sound reinforcement, stages and stage
               sets, design and production management and other
               similar products and services for concert touring,
               theatre, television and film, corporate events and
               conventions, commercial buildings and similar
               markets.  As used in this Section 7, "affiliates"
               shall mean persons or entities that directly, or
               indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
               control or are controlled by, or are under common
               control with, the Company.

          (ii) Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason,
               and for a period of two years thereafter,
               Consultant shall not, directly or indirectly,
               either as an individual, a partner or a joint
               venturer, or in any other capacity, in any
               geographic market in which the Company or any of
               its affiliates is doing business on the date of
               termination, (A) contact, solicit or attempt to
               solicit or accept business from any party (1) who,
               on the date of termination of this Agreement or
               within one year prior thereto, was a customer of
               the Company or its affiliates, or (2) whom
               Consultant solicited, contacted or otherwise dealt
               with on behalf of the Company or any of its
               affiliates within one year prior to such date of
               termination or (B) hire or solicit or in any manner
               attempt to influence or induce any employee of the
               Company or its affiliates to leave the employment
               of the Company or its affiliates, nor shall he use
               or disclose to any person, partnership,
               association, corporation or other entity any
               information obtained during the term of this
               Agreement concerning the names and addresses of
               employees of the Company or its affiliates. 
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement
               terminates for any reason and the Company fails to
               perform timely its obligations under Section 6 of
               this Agreement, Consultant's obligations under this
               Section 7(d) shall permanently terminate; provided,
               however, that the Company shall not thereby be
               released of its obligations under this Agreement,
               including, without limitation, its payment
               obligations under Section 6.

     (e)  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.  Consultant acknowledges and recognizes
          that the enforcement of any of the nondisclosure and
          noncompetition provisions in Section 7 of this Agreement
          by the Company will not interfere with Consultant's
          ability to pursue a proper livelihood.  Consultant
          further represents that he is capable of pursuing a
          career in other industries other than the Company's to
          earn a proper livelihood.  Consultant recognizes and
          agrees that the enforcement of this Agreement is
          necessary to ensure the preservation and continuity of
          the business and goodwill of the Company.  Consultant
          agrees that due to the nature of the Company's business,
          the noncompetition restrictions set forth in this
          Agreement are reasonable as to time and geographic area. 
          At any time during the 


                                       8
<PAGE>


          Consulting Term and for a period of two years thereafter, 
          the Company may request Consultant to supply such information 
          as the Company deems necessary to ascertain whether or not
          Consultant has complied with, or has violated, the restrictive
          covenants of Section 7 of this Agreement.  Consultant
          shall furnish the requested information to the Company
          within 10 days following the receipt of such request.

     (f)  REMEDIES.  Consultant recognizes and acknowledges that
          the ascertainment of damages in the event of his breach
          of any provision of Section 7 of this Agreement would be
          difficult, and Consultant agrees that the Company, in
          addition to all other remedies it may have, shall have
          the right to specific performance or injunctive relief to
          enforce its terms if there is such a breach, without any
          requirement to post bond or other security.

     (g)  SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
          this Agreement, the provisions of Section 7 of this
          Agreement shall survive any termination of this
          Agreement.

8.   NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests, approvals
     and other communications to be given under this Agreement by
     either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be
     either (i) delivered in person, (ii) mailed by registered or
     certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
     (iii) delivered by overnight express delivery service or same-day 
     local courier service or (iv) delivered by facsimile
     transmission, to the addresses set forth below.

     If to Company:           Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                              201 Regal Row
                              Dallas, Texas  75247
                              Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

     If to Consultant:        James H. Clark, Jr.
                              Preston Commons West, Suite 220
                              8117 Preston Road
                              Dallas, Texas  75225
                              Facsimile:  (214) 696-2228 

     Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery,
     local courier or facsimile shall be deemed communicated as of
     actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as
     of three days after mailing.  Any party may change its address
     for notice by written notice in accordance with this Section
     given to the other parties.

9.   ARBITRATION.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or
     relating to this Agreement (including, without limitation,
     whether termination has been for "conduct injurious to the
     Company" pursuant to Section 6(c)) shall be settled by binding
     arbitration.  Any such arbitration proceedings shall be
     conducted as follows:

     (a)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one
          to be selected by each of the parties and the third to be
          designated by the two arbitrators so selected.  If the
          two arbitrators cannot agree on the third arbitrator, the
          American Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas, where
          the arbitration shall take place shall select the third
          arbitrator.

     (b)  The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and
          procedures of the American Arbitration Association,
          except as otherwise provided herein.  The arbitrators
          shall substantially comply with Texas rules of evidence,
          shall grant essential but limited discovery, shall


                                       9
<PAGE>

          provide for the exchange of witness lists and exhibit
          copies, shall conduct a pretrial hearing and shall
          consider dispositive motions.  Each party shall have the
          right to request the arbitrators to make findings of
          specific factual issues.

     (c)  The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and
          render their decision within 40 days after submission of
          the dispute to them, unless both parties agree to an
          extension.  Each party will cooperate with the
          arbitrators to comply with procedural time requirements,
          and the failure of either to do so shall entitle the
          arbitrators to extend the arbitration proceedings
          accordingly and to impose sanctions on the party
          responsible for the delay, payable to the other party.

     (d)  The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain
          findings of facts on which the decision is based,
          including any specific factual findings requested by
          either party, and shall further contain the reasons for
          the decision with reference to the legal principles on
          which the arbitrators relied.  Such decision of the
          arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties,
          and accordingly the Company and Consultant shall promptly
          comply with the terms of such award, and a judgment by a
          court of competent jurisdiction may be entered in
          accordance therewith.

     (e)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection
          with the resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be
          borne by the party who does not prevail in the
          arbitration.

     (f)  The Company and Consultant hereby consent to the
          jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas for
          purposes of entering judgment with respect to an
          arbitration award.

10.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     (a)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement represents the entire
          agreement between the Company and Consultant concerning
          the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
          agreements or understandings, written or oral, with
          respect thereto.  No attempted modification or waiver of
          any of the provisions hereof shall be binding on either
          party unless in writing and signed by both Consultant and
          the Company.

     (b)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
          enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the
          prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable
          attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements in
          addition to any other relief to which he or it may be
          entitled.

     (c)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (i)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by Consultant and
               Consultant's legal representatives.  This Agreement
               is personal to Consultant and without the prior
               written consent of the Company shall not be
               assignable by Consultant otherwise than by will or
               the laws of descent and distribution.

          (ii) This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and
               its successors and assigns.  The Company shall have
               the right to assign this Agreement to a parent,
               affiliate or subsidiary corporation or 


                                       10
<PAGE>

               to any corporation succeeding to substantially all of
               the assets and business of the Company whether by
               merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise.

         (iii) The Company shall require any successor
               (whether direct or indirect, by merger,
               consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) to
               all or substantially all of the business
               and/or assets of the Company expressly to
               assume and agree to perform this Agreement in
               the same manner and to the same extent that
               the Company would be required to perform it if
               no such succession had taken place.  As used
               in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the
               Company as hereinbefore defined and any
               successor to its business and/or assets as
               aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform
               this Agreement by operation of law or
               otherwise. 

     (d)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of
          Texas.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this
          Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of the
          parties hereunder will be performable in Dallas, Dallas
          County, Texas.

     (e)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, or a new
          agreement substituted, at any time and from time to time
          only by a written instrument duly authorized and executed
          by the Company and Consultant.

     (f)  WAIVER.  The waiver by either party of a breach or
          violation of any provision of this Agreement shall not
          operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
          breach hereof.

     (g)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or more
          of the provisions contained in this Agreement for any
          reason is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable,
          the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability will not
          affect, impair or invalidate any other provision of this
          Agreement, which will be construed as if the illegal,
          invalid or unenforceable provision had not been contained
          in this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal, invalid
          or unenforceable provision, there will be added
          automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as
          similar in terms to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
          provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and
          enforceable.  In addition, however, Consultant agrees
          that the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 of this
          Agreement each constitute separate agreements
          independently supported by good and adequate
          consideration and shall be severable from the other
          provisions of, and shall survive, this Agreement.  The
          existence of any claim or cause of action of Consultant
          against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement
          or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the
          enforcement by the Company of the covenants and
          agreements of Consultant contained in Section 7.

     (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
          counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original,
          but all of which shall constitute one agreement.


         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]


                                       11
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                   CONSULTANT:

                                   /s/ James H. Clark, Jr. 
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   James H. Clark, Jr.
                                


                                   COMPANY:

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                   By: /s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      H. R. Brutsche III
                                      Chairman of the Board and President




                                       12

<PAGE>

                 DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                             BETWEEN
                     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                               AND
                       H. R. BRUTSCHE III 


     This Deferred Compensation Agreement ("Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 
1995, is by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and H. R. 
Brutsche III (the "Director").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Director is a member of the Board of Directors of the 
Company ("Board"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes the valuable services heretofore 
performed for it by the Director and wishes to encourage his continued 
relationship with the Company and valuable services; and 

     WHEREAS, the Director and the Company wish to provide the terms and 
conditions upon which the Company will pay deferred compensation to the 
Director (or his beneficiary after his death) on account of the valuable 
services heretofore performed for the Company by the Director; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement be considered an 
unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation 
benefits for the Director, a member of a select group of management or highly 
compensated employees of the Company, for purposes of the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein 
set forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company and to the 
Director because of the key business relationship which has existed between 
them, the Company and the Director agree as follows:

1.   DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT.  The Company agrees to pay an
     annual amount of $167,000, payable in equal monthly
     installments on the first day of each month (the "Deferred
     Compensation Payments") to the Director (or, if the Director
     dies, to his beneficiary as provided in Section 4(a) of this
     Agreement) during the Term (as hereinafter defined).

2.   TERM.  The Director (or his beneficiary in the case of his
     death) will be entitled to the Deferred Compensation Payments
     for the period commencing on July 1, 1995, and ending June 30,
     2001 (the "Term") , unless such payments terminate as a result
     of one of the terminating events set forth in Section 3 of
     this Agreement.

3.   TERMINATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS AND FORFEITURE
     OF RIGHTS.  The Deferred Compensation Payments will cease
     immediately upon the occurrence of any of the events listed
     below in this Section 3 and all of the Director's rights and
     entitlements under this Agreement will be forfeited.
     
     (a)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Except as provided in Section 4
          of this Agreement, the Deferred Compensation Payments
          shall terminate on the date that is the later of the date
          of the Director's voluntarily termination of employment
          with the Company, the date of his 


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

          voluntary termination of any consulting relationship with the 
          Company and the date of his resignation as a director of 
          the Company.

     (b)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Deferred
          Compensation Payments at any time, without any additional
          notice, for Cause (as hereinafter defined).

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i)
          the willful, continued and material failure by the
          Director to follow the reasonable and lawful directions
          of the Board in connection with the Director's duties or
          to comply with any provision of this Agreement, but only
          after (1) the Chairman of the Executive Committee of the
          Board ("Executive Committee") (or, if the Director is the
          Chairman, another member of the Executive Committee
          elected by the member or members thereof other than the
          Director), pursuant to resolutions adopted by a majority
          of the members of the Executive Committee (excluding the
          Director if he is a member of the Executive Committee),
          delivers a written demand to the Director for substantial
          performance specifically setting forth the manner in
          which the Executive Committee believes the Director has
          failed to follow such directions or to comply with this
          Agreement and (2) the failure to follow such directions
          or to comply with this Agreement continues for a period
          of 30 days; (ii) the Director's gross negligence or
          intentional misconduct in the performance of his duties;
          (iii) the Director's conviction of a felony; (iv) the
          commission by the Director of any act involving
          embezzlement or fraud; or (v) the Director's habitual
          absenteeism not related to disability or illness, but
          only after written notice from the Executive Committee
          and the continuation or repetition of such habitual
          absenteeism during a period of 30 days following such
          notice.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  The Company may
          immediately terminate the Deferred Compensation Payments
          upon a breach by the Director of any covenant, agreement
          or other obligation with the Company with respect to
          nondisclosure of confidential information or records of
          the Company, whether or not such covenant or agreement is
          in an employment, consulting or other agreement with the
          Company, and including, but not limited to, Section 10(a)
          of that certain Employment Agreement dated as of July 1,
          1995, by and between the Company and the Director (the
          "Employment Agreement").

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  The Company may immediately
          terminate the Deferred Compensation Payments upon a
          breach by the Director of any noncompetition covenant or
          agreement with the Company, whether such covenant or
          agreement is in an employment, consulting or other
          agreement with the Company, and including, but not
          limited to, Section 10(b) of the Employment Agreement.

4.   CONTINUATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS.  The Deferred
     Compensation Payments shall continue after the termination of
     the Director as an employee and director of, and consultant
     to, the Company under the following circumstances:

     (a)  DEATH.  If the Director dies, the Company shall pay the
          Deferred Compensation Payments to the beneficiary
          designated by the Director.  The Director shall designate
          a beneficiary to receive the Deferred Compensation
          Payments in the event of his death, which designation,
          including any initial designation set forth in this
          Agreement, may only be changed by written notice from the
          Director to the Company.  If the Director has not


                                       -2-
<PAGE>


          designated a beneficiary to receive the Deferred
          Compensation Payments who is surviving on the date of his
          death, the Deferred Compensation Payments shall be
          payable to the surviving spouse, if any, of the Director
          and, if none, to the estate of the Director or as
          otherwise directed by the duly appointed personal
          representative of the estate of the Director.  The
          Director hereby designates Deborah F. Brutsche as his
          beneficiary.

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Director suffers a Permanent
          Disability (as hereinafter defined) and all of his
          services for the Company are terminated by reason
          thereof, the Company shall continue to be obligated to
          pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of
          this Agreement, "Permanent Disability" shall have the
          meaning given to it in Section 9(b) of the Employment
          Agreement or any successor employment agreement or
          consulting agreement between the Company and the
          Director.

     (c)  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  If the Director's employment
          or consulting relationship with the Company is terminated
          by the Company without Cause, and even if the Director
          thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be
          obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.

     (d)  CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  If the Director's employment
          or consulting relationship with the Company is terminated
          by the Director because an event of Constructive
          Termination (as hereinafter defined) occurs, and even if
          the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to
          serve as a director of the Company, the Company shall
          continue to be obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation
          Payments.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Constructive
          Termination" shall have the meaning given to it in
          Section 9(d) of the Employment Agreement or any successor
          employment agreement or consulting agreement between the
          Company and the Director.

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  If the Director's employment or
          consulting relationship with the Company is terminated,
          whether by the Company or the Director, as a result of a
          Change of Control (as hereinafter defined), and even if
          the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to
          serve as a director of the Company, the Company shall
          continue to be obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation
          Payments.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Change of
          Control" shall have the meaning given to it in Section
          9(e) of the Employment Agreement or any successor
          employment agreement or consulting agreement between the
          Company and the Director.

5.   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS, CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND
     ADMINISTRATION.  Subject to the terms and provisions of this
     Agreement, the Executive Committee (excluding the Director if
     he is a member of the Executive Committee) shall have the
     discretion to make all benefit entitlement determinations
     under this Agreement.  All of the following references to the
     Director in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include the
     Director or his duly authorized representative.

     (a)  CLAIMS.  Any claim for the benefits under this Agreement
          shall be made in writing to the Company, Attention: 
          Executive Committee.  If the Claim is accepted, the
          Executive Committee shall provide written notice to the
          Director.

     (b)  NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM.  When a claim for benefits
          under this Agreement is denied, the Executive Committee
          shall provide notice to the Director in writing of the
          denial 


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

          within 90 days after the submission of the claim. 
          The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be
          understood by the Director and shall include:

          (i)  the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

          (ii) specific references to the pertinent provisions of
               this Agreement on which the denial is based;

         (iii) a description of any additional material or
               information necessary for the Director to
               perfect the claim and an explanation of why
               such material or information is necessary; and

          (iv) an explanation of the claim review procedures under
               this Agreement as may be adopted by the Board or
               the Executive Committee.

          If special circumstances require an extension of time for
          processing the initial claim, a written notice of the
          extension and the reason therefor shall be furnished to
          the Director before the end of the initial 90-day period,
          provided that in no event shall this extension exceed 90
          days.

     (c)  APPEAL OF DENIAL CLAIM.  If a claim for benefits is
          denied or if the Director has received no response to
          such claim within 90 days of its submission (in which
          case the claim for benefits shall be deemed to have been
          denied), the Director, at the Director's sole expense,
          may appeal the denial to the Board within 60 days of the
          receipt of written notice of the denial or the date such
          claim is deemed to be denied.  In pursuing such appeal
          the Director (i) may request in writing that the Board
          review the denial, (ii) may review pertinent documents
          and (iii) may submit issues and comments in writing.

          The decision on review shall be made within 60 days of
          receipt of the request for review, unless special
          circumstances require an extension of time for
          processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as
          soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after
          receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension
          of time is required, written notice of the extension
          shall be furnished to the Director before the end of the
          original 60-day period.  The decision on review shall be
          made in writing, shall be written in a manner calculated
          to be understood by the Director and shall include
          specific references to the provisions of this Agreement
          on which the denial is based.  If the decision on review
          is not furnished within the time specified above, the
          claim shall be deemed denied on review.

     (d)  ARBITRATION.  If the Director still believes that his
          claim has been wrongfully denied or if there is any other
          controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
          Agreement, it shall be settled by binding arbitration. 
          Any such arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as
          follows:

          (i)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three
               arbitrators, one to be selected by each of the
               parties and the third to be designated by the two
               arbitrators so selected.  If the two arbitrators
               cannot agree on the third arbitrator, the American
               Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas where the
               arbitration shall take place shall select the third
               arbitrator.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

          (ii) The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and
               procedures of the American Arbitration Association,
               except as otherwise provided herein.  The
               arbitrators shall substantially comply with Texas
               rules of evidence, shall grant essential but
               limited discovery, shall provide for the exchange
               of witness lists and exhibit copies, shall conduct
               a pretrial hearing and shall consider dispositive
               motions.  Each party shall have the right to
               request the arbitrators to make findings of
               specific factual issues.

        (iii)  The arbitrators shall complete their
               proceedings and render their decision within
               40 days after submission of the dispute to
               them, unless both parties agree to an
               extension.  Each party will cooperate with the
               arbitrators to comply with procedural time
               requirements, and the failure of either to do
               so shall entitle the arbitrators to extend the
               arbitration proceedings accordingly and to
               impose sanctions on the party responsible for
               the delay, payable to the other party.

          (iv) The majority decision of the arbitrators shall
               contain findings of facts on which the decision is
               based, including any specific factual findings
               requested by either party, and shall further
               contain the reasons for the decision with reference
               to the legal principles on which the arbitrators
               relied.  Such decision of the arbitrators shall be
               final and binding upon the parties, and accordingly
               the Company and the Director shall promptly comply
               with the terms of such award, and a judgment by a
               court of competent jurisdiction may be entered in
               accordance therewith.

          (v)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in
               connection with the resolution of disputes pursuant
               hereto shall be borne by the party who does not
               prevail in the arbitration.

          (vi) The Company and the Director hereby consent to the
               jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas
               for purposes of entering judgment with respect to
               an arbitration award.

6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (a)  STATUS OF AGREEMENT.  For the purposes of ERISA, this
          Agreement is an unfunded arrangement, sponsored by the
          Company and maintained primarily to provide deferred
          compensation benefits for the Director, a member of a
          select group of management or highly compensated
          employees of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement
          should be construed to mean that this Agreement is a
          funded deferred compensation plan, fund, program or
          agreement.  Furthermore, nothing in this Agreement and no
          action taken by the Company according to this Agreement
          should be construed to create a trust of any kind or a
          fiduciary relationship between the Company and the
          Director, his designated beneficiary or any other person.

     (b)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.  This Agreement represents
          the entire agreement between the Company and the Director
          concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
          prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with
          respect thereto.  No attempted modification or waiver of
          any of the provisions hereof shall be binding on either
          party unless in writing and signed by both the parties.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

     (c)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
          enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, or any
          arbitration proceeding is necessary pursuant to Section
          5(d) of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be
          entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
          necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief
          to which he or it may be entitled.

     (d)  NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests,
          approvals and other communications to be given under this
          Agreement by either party to the other shall be in
          writing and shall be either (i) delivered in person, (ii)
          mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt
          requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by overnight
          express delivery service or same-day local courier
          service or (iv) delivered by facsimile transmission, to
          the addresses set forth below.

          If to the Company:       Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                                   201 Regal Row
                                   Dallas, Texas  75247
                                   Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

          If to the Director:      H. R. Brutsche III
                                   5146 Kelsey
                                   Dallas, Texas  75229
                                   Facsimile:  (214) 363-4113

          Notices delivered personally, by overnight express
          delivery, local courier or facsimile shall be deemed
          communicated as of actual receipt; mailed notices shall
          be deemed communicated as of three days after mailing. 
          Any party may change its address for notice by written
          notice in accordance with this Section given to the other
          parties.

     (e)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (1)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Director and
               the Director's legal representatives.  This
               Agreement is personal to the Director and without
               the prior written consent of the Company shall not
               be assignable by the Director otherwise than by
               will or the laws of descent and distribution.

          (2)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and
               its successors and assigns.  The Company shall have
               the right to assign this Agreement to a parent,
               affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to any
               corporation succeeding to substantially all of the
               assets and business of the Company whether by
               merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise.

          (3)  The Company shall require any successor (whether
               direct or indirect, by merger, consolidation,
               acquisition or otherwise) to all or substantially
               all of the business and/or assets of the Company
               expressly to assume and agree to perform this
               Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent
               that the Company would be required to perform it if
               no such succession had taken place.  As used in
               this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
               hereinbefore defined and any successor to its
               business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes
               and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation
               of law or otherwise. 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

          (f)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or
               more of the provisions contained in this Agreement
               for any reason is held to be illegal, invalid or
               unenforceable, the illegality, invalidity or
               unenforceability will not affect, impair or
               invalidate any other provision of this Agreement,
               which will be construed as if the illegal, invalid
               or unenforceable provision had not been contained
               in this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal,
               invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be
               added automatically as a part of this Agreement a
               provision as similar in terms to the illegal,
               invalid or unenforceable provision as may be
               possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

          (g)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed
               by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
               State of Texas to the extent not preempted by
               ERISA.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this
               Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of
               the parties hereunder will be performable in
               Dallas, Dallas County, Texas.

          (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
               counterparts, each of which shall constitute an
               original, but all of which shall constitute one
               agreement.



         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.] 



                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.



                                   DIRECTOR:


                                   /s/ H.R. Brutsche III 
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   H. R. Brutsche III



                                   COMPANY:

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                   By:/s/ Michael P. Herman 
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Michael P. Herman
                                      Vice President-Finance




                                       -8-


<PAGE>
                 DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                             BETWEEN
                     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                               AND
                          JOHN D. MAXSON


     This Deferred Compensation Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of July 
1, 1995, is by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and John 
D. Maxson (the "Director").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Director is a member of the Board of Directors of the 
Company ("Board"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes the valuable services heretofore 
performed for it by the Director and wishes to encourage his continued 
relationship with the Company and valuable services; and 

     WHEREAS, the Director and the Company wish to provide the terms and 
conditions upon which the Company will pay deferred compensation to the 
Director (or his beneficiary after his death) on account of the valuable 
services heretofore performed for the Company by the Director; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement be considered an 
unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation 
benefits for the Director, a member of a select group of management or highly 
compensated employees of the Company, for purposes of the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein 
set forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company and to the 
Director because of the key business relationship which has existed between 
them, the Company and the Director agree as follows:

1.   DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT.  The Company agrees to pay an
     annual amount of $167,000, payable in equal monthly
     installments on the first day of each month (the "Deferred
     Compensation Payments") to the Director (or, if the Director
     dies, to his beneficiary as provided in Section 4(a) of this
     Agreement) during the Term (as hereinafter defined).

2.   TERM.  The Director (or his beneficiary in the case of his
     death) will be entitled to the Deferred Compensation Payments
     for the period commencing on July 1, 1995, and ending June 30,
     2001 (the "Term") , unless such payments terminate as a result
     of one of the terminating events set forth in Section 3 of
     this Agreement.

3.   TERMINATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS AND FORFEITURE
     OF RIGHTS.  The Deferred Compensation Payments will cease
     immediately upon the occurrence of any of the events listed
     below in this Section 3 and all of the Director's rights and
     entitlements under this Agreement will be forfeited.
     
     (a)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Except as provided in Section 4
          of this Agreement, the Deferred Compensation Payments
          shall terminate on the date that is the later of the date
          of the Director's voluntarily termination of his
          consulting relationship with the Company and the date of
          his resignation as a director of the Company.


                                       -1-
<PAGE>

     (b)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Deferred
          Compensation Payments at any time, without any additional
          notice, for Cause (as hereinafter defined).

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i)
          the willful, continued and material failure by the
          Director to follow the reasonable and lawful directions
          of the Board in connection with the Director's duties or
          to comply with any provision of this Agreement, but only
          after (1) the Chairman of the Executive Committee of the
          Board ("Executive Committee") (or, if the Director is the
          Chairman, another member of the Executive Committee
          elected by the member or members thereof other than the
          Director), pursuant to resolutions adopted by a majority
          of the members of the Executive Committee (excluding the
          Director if he is a member of the Executive Committee),
          delivers a written demand to the Director for substantial
          performance specifically setting forth the manner in
          which the Executive Committee believes the Director has
          failed to follow such directions or to comply with this
          Agreement and (2) the failure to follow such directions
          or to comply with this Agreement continues for a period
          of 30 days; (ii) the Director's gross negligence or
          intentional misconduct in the performance of his duties;
          (iii) the Director's conviction of a felony; or (iv) the
          commission by the Director of any act involving
          embezzlement or fraud.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  The Company may
          immediately terminate the Deferred Compensation Payments
          upon a breach by the Director of any covenant, agreement
          or other obligation with the Company with respect to
          nondisclosure of confidential information or records of
          the Company, whether or not such covenant or agreement is
          in a consulting or other agreement with the Company, and
          including, but not limited to, Section 7(c) of that
          certain Consulting Agreement dated as of July 1, 1995, by
          and between the Company and the Director (the "Consulting
          Agreement").

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  The Company may immediately
          terminate the Deferred Compensation Payments upon a
          breach by the Director of any noncompetition covenant or
          agreement with the Company, whether such covenant or
          agreement is in a consulting or other agreement with the
          Company, and including, but not limited to, Section 7(d)
          of the Consulting Agreement.

4.   CONTINUATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS.  The Deferred
     Compensation Payments shall continue after the termination of
     the Director as a director of, and consultant to, and the
     Company under the following circumstances:

     (a)  DEATH.  If the Director dies, the Company shall pay the
          Deferred Compensation Payments to the beneficiary
          designated by the Director.  The Director shall designate
          a beneficiary to receive the Deferred Compensation
          Payments in the event of his death, which designation,
          including any initial designation set forth in this
          Agreement, may only be changed by written notice from the
          Director to the Company.  If the Director has not
          designated a beneficiary to receive the Deferred
          Compensation Payments who is surviving on the date of his
          death, the Deferred Compensation Payments shall be
          payable to the surviving spouse, if any, of the Director
          and, if none, to the estate of the Director or as
          otherwise directed by the duly appointed personal
          representative of the estate of the Director.  The
          Director hereby designates Sally Stocker Maxson as his
          beneficiary.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Director suffers a Permanent
          Disability (as hereinafter defined) and all of his
          services for the Company are terminated by reason
          thereof, the Company shall continue to be obligated to
          pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of
          this Agreement, "Permanent Disability" shall have the
          meaning given to it in Section 6(b) of the Consulting
          Agreement or any successor consulting agreement between
          the Company and the Director.

     (c)  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  If the Director's consulting
          relationship with the Company is terminated by the
          Company without Cause, and even if the Director
          thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be
          obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.

     (d)  CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  If the Director's consulting
          relationship with the Company is terminated by the
          Director because an event of Constructive Termination (as
          hereinafter defined) occurs, and even if the Director
          thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be
          obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For
          purposes of this Agreement, "Constructive Termination"
          shall have the meaning given to it in Section 6(d) of the
          Consulting Agreement or any successor consulting
          agreement between the Company and the Director.

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  If the Director's consulting
          relationship with the Company is terminated, whether by
          the Company or the Director, as a result of a Change of
          Control (as hereinafter defined), and even if the
          Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve
          as a director of the Company, the Company shall continue
          to be obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation
          Payments.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Change of
          Control" shall have the meaning given to it in Section
          6(e) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor
          consulting agreement between the Company and the
          Director.

5.   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS, CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND
     ADMINISTRATION.  Subject to the terms and provisions of this
     Agreement, the Executive Committee (excluding the Director if
     he is a member of the Executive Committee) shall have the
     discretion to make all benefit entitlement determinations
     under this Agreement.  All of the following references to the
     Director in this Section 5 shall be deemed to include the
     Director or his duly authorized representative.

     (a)  CLAIMS.  Any claim for the benefits under this Agreement
          shall be made in writing to the Company, Attention: 
          Executive Committee.  If the Claim is accepted, the
          Executive Committee shall provide written notice to the
          Director.

     (b)  NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM.  When a claim for benefits
          under this Agreement is denied, the Executive Committee
          shall provide notice to the Director in writing of the
          denial within 90 days after the submission of the claim. 
          The notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be
          understood by the Director and shall include:

          (i)  the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

          (ii) specific references to the pertinent provisions of
               this Agreement on which the denial is based;


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

         (iii) a description of any additional material or
               information necessary for the Director to
               perfect the claim and an explanation of why
               such material or information is necessary; and

          (iv) an explanation of the claim review procedures under
               this Agreement as may be adopted by the Board or
               the Executive Committee.

          If special circumstances require an extension of time for
          processing the initial claim, a written notice of the
          extension and the reason therefor shall be furnished to
          the Director before the end of the initial 90-day period,
          provided that in no event shall this extension exceed 90
          days.

     (c)  APPEAL OF DENIAL CLAIM.  If a claim for benefits is
          denied or if the Director has received no response to
          such claim within 90 days of its submission (in which
          case the claim for benefits shall be deemed to have been
          denied), the Director, at the Director's sole expense,
          may appeal the denial to the Board within 60 days of the
          receipt of written notice of the denial or the date such
          claim is deemed to be denied.  In pursuing such appeal
          the Director (i) may request in writing that the Board
          review the denial, (ii) may review pertinent documents
          and (iii) may submit issues and comments in writing.

          The decision on review shall be made within 60 days of
          receipt of the request for review, unless special
          circumstances require an extension of time for
          processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as
          soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after
          receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension
          of time is required, written notice of the extension
          shall be furnished to the Director before the end of the
          original 60-day period.  The decision on review shall be
          made in writing, shall be written in a manner calculated
          to be understood by the Director and shall include
          specific references to the provisions of this Agreement
          on which the denial is based.  If the decision on review
          is not furnished within the time specified above, the
          claim shall be deemed denied on review.

     (d)  ARBITRATION.  If the Director still believes that his
          claim has been wrongfully denied or if there is any other
          controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
          Agreement, it shall be settled by binding arbitration. 
          Any such arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as
          follows:

          (i)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three
               arbitrators, one to be selected by each of the
               parties and the third to be designated by the two
               arbitrators so selected.  If the two arbitrators
               cannot agree on the third arbitrator, the American
               Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas where the
               arbitration shall take place shall select the third
               arbitrator.

          (ii) The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and
               procedures of the American Arbitration Association,
               except as otherwise provided herein.  The
               arbitrators shall substantially comply with Texas
               rules of evidence, shall grant essential but
               limited discovery, shall provide for the exchange
               of witness lists and exhibit copies, shall conduct
               a pretrial hearing and shall consider dispositive
               motions.  Each party shall have the right to
               request the arbitrators to make findings of
               specific factual issues.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

         (iii) The arbitrators shall complete their
               proceedings and render their decision within
               40 days after submission of the dispute to
               them, unless both parties agree to an
               extension.  Each party will cooperate with the
               arbitrators to comply with procedural time
               requirements, and the failure of either to do
               so shall entitle the arbitrators to extend the
               arbitration proceedings accordingly and to
               impose sanctions on the party responsible for
               the delay, payable to the other party.

          (iv) The majority decision of the arbitrators shall
               contain findings of facts on which the decision is
               based, including any specific factual findings
               requested by either party, and shall further
               contain the reasons for the decision with reference
               to the legal principles on which the arbitrators
               relied.  Such decision of the arbitrators shall be
               final and binding upon the parties, and accordingly
               the Company and the Director shall promptly comply
               with the terms of such award, and a judgment by a
               court of competent jurisdiction may be entered in
               accordance therewith.

          (v)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in
               connection with the resolution of disputes pursuant
               hereto shall be borne by the party who does not
               prevail in the arbitration.

          (vi) The Company and the Director hereby consent to the
               jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Texas
               for purposes of entering judgment with respect to
               an arbitration award.

6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (a)  STATUS OF AGREEMENT.  For the purposes of ERISA, this
          Agreement is an unfunded arrangement, sponsored by the
          Company and maintained primarily to provide deferred
          compensation benefits for the Director, a member of a
          select group of management or highly compensated
          employees of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement
          should be construed to mean that this Agreement is a
          funded deferred compensation plan, fund, program or
          agreement.  Furthermore, nothing in this Agreement and no
          action taken by the Company according to this Agreement
          should be construed to create a trust of any kind or a
          fiduciary relationship between the Company and the
          Director, his designated beneficiary or any other person.

     (b)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.  This Agreement represents
          the entire agreement between the Company and the Director
          concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
          prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with
          respect thereto.  No attempted modification or waiver of
          any of the provisions hereof shall be binding on either
          party unless in writing and signed by both the parties.

     (c)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to
          enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, or any
          arbitration proceeding is necessary pursuant to Section
          5(d) of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be
          entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and
          necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief
          to which he or it may be entitled.

     (d)  NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests,
          approvals and other communications to be given under this
          Agreement by either party to the other shall be in
          writing and shall be either (i) delivered in person, (ii)
          mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

          requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by overnight
          express delivery service or same-day local courier
          service or (iv) delivered by facsimile transmission, to
          the addresses set forth below.

          If to the Company:       Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                                   201 Regal Row
                                   Dallas, Texas  75247
                                   Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

          If to the Director:      John D. Maxson
                                   Preston Commons West, Suite 220
                                   8117 Preston Road
                                   Dallas, Texas  75225
                                   Facsimile:  (214) 696-2228

          Notices delivered personally, by overnight express
          delivery, local courier or facsimile shall be deemed
          communicated as of actual receipt; mailed notices shall
          be deemed communicated as of three days after mailing. 
          Any party may change its address for notice by written
          notice in accordance with this Section given to the other
          parties.

     (e)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (1)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Director and
               the Director's legal representatives.  This
               Agreement is personal to the Director and without
               the prior written consent of the Company shall not
               be assignable by the Director otherwise than by
               will or the laws of descent and distribution.

          (2)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the
               benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and
               its successors and assigns.  The Company shall have
               the right to assign this Agreement to a parent,
               affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to any
               corporation succeeding to substantially all of the
               assets and business of the Company whether by
               merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise.

          (3)  The Company shall require any successor (whether
               direct or indirect, by merger, consolidation,
               acquisition or otherwise) to all or substantially
               all of the business and/or assets of the Company
               expressly to assume and agree to perform this
               Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent
               that the Company would be required to perform it if
               no such succession had taken place.  As used in
               this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
               hereinbefore defined and any successor to its
               business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes
               and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation
               of law or otherwise. 

          (f)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or
               more of the provisions contained in this Agreement
               for any reason is held to be illegal, invalid or
               unenforceable, the illegality, invalidity or
               unenforceability will not affect, impair or
               invalidate any other provision of this Agreement,
               which will be construed as if the illegal, invalid
               or unenforceable provision had not been contained
               in this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal,
               invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be
               added 


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

               automatically as a part of this Agreement a
               provision as similar in terms to the illegal,
               invalid or unenforceable provision as may be
               possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

          (g)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed
               by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
               State of Texas to the extent not preempted by
               ERISA.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this
               Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of
               the parties hereunder will be performable in
               Dallas, Dallas County, Texas.

          (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
               counterparts, each of which shall constitute an
               original, but all of which shall constitute one
               agreement.



         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.] 



                                       


                                     -7-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.



                                   DIRECTOR:


                                   /s/ John D. Maxson 
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   John D. Maxson



                                   COMPANY:

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                   By:/s/ Michael P. Herman
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Michael P. Herman
                                      Vice President-Finance






                                         -8-

<PAGE>

                         DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                            VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                                       AND
                               JAMES H. CLARK, JR.


     This Deferred Compensation Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of July 1,
1995, is by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and James H.
Clark, Jr. (the "Director").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Director is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company
("Board"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes the valuable services heretofore performed
for it by the Director and wishes to encourage his continued relationship with
the Company and valuable services; and

     WHEREAS, the Director and the Company wish to provide the terms and
conditions upon which the Company will pay deferred compensation to the Director
(or his beneficiary after his death) on account of the valuable services
heretofore performed for the Company by the Director; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement be considered an
unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation
benefits for the Director, a member of a select group of management or highly
compensated employees of the Company, for purposes of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein set
forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company and to the Director
because of the key business relationship which has existed between them, the
Company and the Director agree as follows:

1.   DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT.  The Company agrees to pay an annual
     amount of $167,000, payable in equal monthly installments on the first day
     of each month (the "Deferred Compensation Payments") to the Director (or,
     if the Director dies, to his beneficiary as provided in Section 4(a) of
     this Agreement) during the Term (as hereinafter defined).

2.   TERM.  The Director (or his beneficiary in the case of his death) will be
     entitled to the Deferred Compensation Payments for the period commencing on
     July 1, 1995, and ending June 30, 2001 (the "Term"), unless such payments
     terminate as a result of one of the terminating events set forth in Section
     3 of this Agreement.

3.   TERMINATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS AND FORFEITURE OF RIGHTS.
     The Deferred Compensation Payments will cease immediately upon the
     occurrence of any of the events listed below in this Section 3 and all of
     the Director's rights and entitlements under this Agreement will be
     forfeited.

     (a)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Except as provided in Section 4 of this
          Agreement, the Deferred Compensation Payments shall terminate on the
          date that is the later of the date of the Director's voluntarily
          termination of his consulting relationship with the Company and the
          date of his resignation as a director of the Company.


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

     (b)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Deferred Compensation
          Payments at any time, without any additional notice, for Cause (as
          hereinafter defined).

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) the willful,
          continued and material failure by the Director to follow the
          reasonable and lawful directions of the Board in connection with the
          Director's duties or to comply with any provision of this Agreement,
          but only after (1) the Chairman of the Executive Committee of the
          Board ("Executive Committee") (or, if the Director is the Chairman,
          another member of the Executive Committee elected by the member or
          members thereof other than the Director), pursuant to resolutions
          adopted by a majority of the members of the Executive Committee
          (excluding the Director if he is a member of the Executive Committee),
          delivers a written demand to the Director for substantial performance
          specifically setting forth the manner in which the Executive Committee
          believes the Director has failed to follow such directions or to
          comply with this Agreement and (2) the failure to follow such
          directions or to comply with this Agreement continues for a period of
          30 days; (ii) the Director's gross negligence or intentional
          misconduct in the performance of his duties; (iii) the Director's
          conviction of a felony; or (iv) the commission by the Director of any
          act involving embezzlement or fraud.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  The Company may immediately
          terminate the Deferred Compensation Payments upon a breach by the
          Director of any covenant, agreement or other obligation with the
          Company with respect to nondisclosure of confidential information or
          records of the Company, whether or not such covenant or agreement is
          in a consulting or other agreement with the Company, and including,
          but not limited to, Section 7(c) of that certain Consulting Agreement
          dated as of July 1, 1995, by and between the Company and the Director
          (the "Consulting Agreement").

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  The Company may immediately terminate the
          Deferred Compensation Payments upon a breach by the Director of any
          noncompetition covenant or agreement with the Company, whether such
          covenant or agreement is in a consulting or other agreement with the
          Company, and including, but not limited to, Section 7(d) of the
          Consulting Agreement.

4.   CONTINUATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS.  The Deferred Compensation
     Payments shall continue after the termination of the Director as a director
     of, and consultant to, and the Company under the following circumstances:

     (a)  DEATH.  If the Director dies, the Company shall pay the Deferred
          Compensation Payments to the beneficiary designated by the Director.
          The Director shall designate a beneficiary to receive the Deferred
          Compensation Payments in the event of his death, which designation,
          including any initial designation set forth in this Agreement, may
          only be changed by written notice from the Director to the Company.
          If the Director has not designated a beneficiary to receive the
          Deferred Compensation Payments who is surviving on the date of his
          death, the Deferred Compensation Payments shall be payable to the
          surviving spouse, if any, of the Director and, if none, to the estate
          of the Director or as otherwise directed by the duly appointed
          personal representative of the estate of the Director.  The Director
          hereby designates Carolyn Levy Clark as his beneficiary.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Director suffers a Permanent Disability (as
          hereinafter defined) and all of his services for the Company are
          terminated by reason thereof, the Company shall continue to be
          obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of
          this Agreement, "Permanent Disability" shall have the meaning given to
          it in Section 6(b) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor
          consulting agreement between the Company and the Director.

     (c)  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  If the Director's consulting relationship
          with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, and even
          if the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be obligated to
          pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.

     (d)  CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  If the Director's consulting relationship
          with the Company is terminated by the Director because an event of
          Constructive Termination (as hereinafter defined) occurs, and even if
          the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be obligated to
          pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of this
          Agreement, "Constructive Termination" shall have the meaning given to
          it in Section 6(d) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor
          consulting agreement between the Company and the Director.

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  If the Director's consulting relationship with the
          Company is terminated, whether by the Company or the Director, as a
          result of a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined), and even if
          the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be obligated to
          pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of this
          Agreement, "Change of Control" shall have the meaning given to it in
          Section 6(e) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor consulting
          agreement between the Company and the Director.

5.   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS, CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION.  Subject to
     the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Executive Committee
     (excluding the Director if he is a member of the Executive Committee) shall
     have the discretion to make all benefit entitlement determinations under
     this Agreement.  All of the following references to the Director in this
     Section 5 shall be deemed to include the Director or his duly authorized
     representative.

     (a)  CLAIMS.  Any claim for the benefits under this Agreement shall be made
          in writing to the Company, Attention:  Executive Committee.  If the
          Claim is accepted, the Executive Committee shall provide written
          notice to the Director.

     (b)  NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM.  When a claim for benefits under this
          Agreement is denied, the Executive Committee shall provide notice to
          the Director in writing of the denial within 90 days after the
          submission of the claim.  The notice shall be written in a manner
          calculated to be understood by the Director and shall include:

          (i)  the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

          (ii) specific references to the pertinent provisions of this Agreement
               on which the denial is based;


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

         (iii) a description of any additional material or information
               necessary for the Director to perfect the claim and an
               explanation of why such material or information is
               necessary; and

          (iv) an explanation of the claim review procedures under this
               Agreement as may be adopted by the Board or the Executive
               Committee.

          If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing
          the initial claim, a written notice of the extension and the reason
          therefor shall be furnished to the Director before the end of the
          initial 90-day period, provided that in no event shall this extension
          exceed 90 days.

     (c)  APPEAL OF DENIAL CLAIM.  If a claim for benefits is denied or if the
          Director has received no response to such claim within 90 days of its
          submission (in which case the claim for benefits shall be deemed to
          have been denied), the Director, at the Director's sole expense, may
          appeal the denial to the Board within 60 days of the receipt of
          written notice of the denial or the date such claim is deemed to be
          denied.  In pursuing such appeal the Director (i) may request in
          writing that the Board review the denial, (ii) may review pertinent
          documents and (iii) may submit issues and comments in writing.

          The decision on review shall be made within 60 days of receipt of the
          request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension
          of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as
          soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of the
          request for review.  If such an extension of time is required, written
          notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Director before the
          end of the original 60-day period.  The decision on review shall be
          made in writing, shall be written in a manner calculated to be
          understood by the Director and shall include specific references to
          the provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based.  If the
          decision on review is not furnished within the time specified above,
          the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

     (d)  ARBITRATION.  If the Director still believes that his claim has been
          wrongfully denied or if there is any other controversy or claim
          arising out of or relating to this Agreement, it shall be settled by
          binding arbitration.  Any such arbitration proceedings shall be
          conducted as follows:

          (i)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one to be
               selected by each of the parties and the third to be designated by
               the two arbitrators so selected.  If the two arbitrators cannot
               agree on the third arbitrator, the American Arbitration
               Association in Dallas, Texas where the arbitration shall take
               place shall select the third arbitrator.

          (ii) The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and procedures of
               the American Arbitration Association, except as otherwise
               provided herein.  The arbitrators shall substantially comply with
               Texas rules of evidence, shall grant essential but limited
               discovery, shall provide for the exchange of witness lists and
               exhibit copies, shall conduct a pretrial hearing and shall
               consider dispositive motions.  Each party shall have the right to
               request the arbitrators to make findings of specific factual
               issues.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

         (iii) The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and render
               their decision within 40 days after submission of the
               dispute to them, unless both parties agree to an extension.
               Each party will cooperate with the arbitrators to comply
               with procedural time requirements, and the failure of either
               to do so shall entitle the arbitrators to extend the
               arbitration proceedings accordingly and to impose sanctions
               on the party responsible for the delay, payable to the other
               party.

          (iv) The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain findings
               of facts on which the decision is based, including any specific
               factual findings requested by either party, and shall further
               contain the reasons for the decision with reference to the legal
               principles on which the arbitrators relied.  Such decision of the
               arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties, and
               accordingly the Company and the Director shall promptly comply
               with the terms of such award, and a judgment by a court of
               competent jurisdiction may be entered in accordance therewith.

           (v) The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection with the
               resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be borne by the
               party who does not prevail in the arbitration.

          (vi) The Company and the Director hereby consent to the jurisdiction
               of the courts of the State of Texas for purposes of entering
               judgment with respect to an arbitration award.

6.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (a)  STATUS OF AGREEMENT.  For the purposes of ERISA, this Agreement is an
          unfunded arrangement, sponsored by the Company and maintained
          primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for the Director,
          a member of a select group of management or highly compensated
          employees of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement should be
          construed to mean that this Agreement is a funded deferred
          compensation plan, fund, program or agreement.  Furthermore, nothing
          in this Agreement and no action taken by the Company according to this
          Agreement should be construed to create a trust of any kind or a
          fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Director, his
          designated beneficiary or any other person.

     (b)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.  This Agreement represents the entire
          agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject
          matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings,
          written or oral, with respect thereto.  No attempted modification or
          waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding on either
          party unless in writing and signed by both the parties.

     (c)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or
          interpret the terms of this Agreement, or any arbitration proceeding
          is necessary pursuant to Section 5(d) of this Agreement, the
          prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees,
          costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to
          which he or it may be entitled.

     (d)  NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests, approvals and
          other communications to be given under this Agreement by either party
          to the other shall be in writing and shall be either (i) delivered in
          person, (ii) mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

          requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by overnight express
          delivery service or same-day local courier service or (iv) delivered
          by facsimile transmission, to the addresses set forth below.

          If to the Company:            Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                                        201 Regal Row
                                        Dallas, Texas  75247
                                        Facsimile:  (214) 630-5867

          If to the Director:           James H. Clark, Jr.
                                        Preston Commons West, Suite 220
                                        8117 Preston Road
                                        Dallas, Texas  75225
                                        Facsimile:  (214) 696-2228

          Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery, local
          courier or facsimile shall be deemed communicated as of actual
          receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as of three days
          after mailing.  Any party may change its address for notice by written
          notice in accordance with this Section given to the other parties.

     (e)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (1)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and
               be enforceable by the Director and the Director's legal
               representatives.  This Agreement is personal to the Director and
               without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be
               assignable by the Director otherwise than by will or the laws of
               descent and distribution.

          (2)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and
               be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns.
               The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to a
               parent, affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to any corporation
               succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the
               Company whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or
               otherwise.

          (3)  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or
               indirect, by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) to
               all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the
               Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement
               in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
               be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.
               As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
               hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or
               assets as aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform this
               Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

          (f)  PARTIAL INVALIDITY AND SEVERABILITY.  If any one or more of the
               provisions contained in this Agreement for any reason is held to
               be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the illegality, invalidity
               or unenforceability will not affect, impair or invalidate any
               other provision of this Agreement, which will be construed as if
               the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had not been
               contained in this Agreement and, in lieu of each illegal, invalid
               or unenforceable provision, there will be added


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

               automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar
               in terms to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as
               may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

          (g)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
               construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas to
               the extent not preempted by ERISA.  The parties acknowledge and
               agree that this Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of
               the parties hereunder will be performable in Dallas, Dallas
               County, Texas.

          (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
               each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which
               shall constitute one agreement.



                [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]






                                      -7-


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.



                                   DIRECTOR:


                                   /s/ James H. Clark, Jr.
                                   ------------------------------------
                                   James H. Clark, Jr.



                                   COMPANY:

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                      ---------------------------------
                                      Michael P. Herman
                                      Vice President-Finance









                                      -8-


<PAGE>

               COMPENSATION CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

     This Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of 
March 31, 1994, is by and among Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a Texas
corporation ("VLH"), Vari-Lite, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("VLI"), Showco, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Showco"), and
H.R. Brutsche III ("Brutsche").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, VLH, Clark Partnership, Ltd., Brutsche, John D.
Maxson ("Maxson") and James H. Clark, Jr. ("Clark"), and the
spouses of Brutsche, Maxson and Clark, have entered into that
certain Voting Trust and Shareholders' Agreement (the "Voting
Trust") of even date herewith to provide for continuity in the
life, management and progress of VLH by restricting the transfer
of shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value ("Class A
Shares"), and establishing a voting trust with respect to the
Class A Shares; and 

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.3 of the Voting Trust VLH
agreed to adopt, and to use its best efforts to cause those
subsidiaries that now, or in the future may, pay any cash
compensation, including, but not limited to salary, bonus and
consulting fees, to Brutsche, Maxson and/or Clark to each adopt,
a compensation continuation agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this
Agreement to provide for the continuation of compensation
payments to the estate of Brutsche upon his death as herein
provided;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises,
conditions and covenants contained herein, and other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree
as follows:

     1.   COMPENSATION CONTINUATION.  Each of VLH, VLI and/or
Showco, as the case may be, shall, for a period of 60 days after
the date of the death of Brutsche, continue to pay to Brutsche's
estate cash compensation (including without limitation salary,
bonus and consulting fees) in a monthly amount equal to one-twelfth 
of all cash compensation (including without limitation
salary, bonus and consulting fees) paid or payable to Brutsche on
an annualized basis immediately preceding his death. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the proceeds from any life
insurance policy purchased by VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the case
may be, for the benefit of Brutsche and in effect upon the date
of his death have not been paid within 60 days after the date of
his death, VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the case may be, shall
continue to make such compensation payments as herein provided
until the date such life insurance proceeds are paid in full
(provided that in no event shall such payments continue for more
than one year after the date of his death).  Any payments
required under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with
the general payroll practices of VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the
case may be, in effect at the time such payment is made, but in
no event less frequently than monthly.

     2.   MISCELLANEOUS.

     (a)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented only by an instrument in writing executed by all
parties hereto.
<PAGE>

     (b)  BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and
their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and
permitted assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests or obligations hereunder shall be assignable by any
party hereto, without the express prior written consent of the
other parties hereto; provided, however, that nothing contained
herein shall be deemed to impair the right of any party hereto to
consummate any merger or other corporate reorganization
transaction provided that the resulting, surviving or acquiring
entity assumes the obligations of said party hereunder by a
written instrument reasonably satisfactory to the other parties
hereto or by operation of law.

     (c)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the
entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings, both written and oral, among the parties and any
of them relating to such subject matter.

     (d)  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State
of Texas, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws
thereof.

     (e)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise
affect any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     (f)  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement
should be held illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision
shall be fully severable herefrom, and this Agreement shall be
construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or
unenforceable provision were never a part hereof; the remaining
provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall
not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provision or by its severance herefrom; and in lieu of such
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added
automatically as part of this Agreement, a provision as similar
in its terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision,
as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

     (g)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all
of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE] 

                               2
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                               Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.,



                               By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Michael P. Herman, Vice President - Finance


                               Vari-Lite, Inc.,   


                               By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Michael P. Herman, Vice President - Finance


                               Showco, Inc.,



                               By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                   -------------------------------------------
                                   Michael P. Herman, Vice President - Finance



                               /s/ H.R. Brutsche III         
                               -----------------------------------------------
                               H.R. Brutsche III

                                         3

<PAGE>

               COMPENSATION CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

     This Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, is 
by and among Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation ("VLH"), 
Vari-Lite, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("VLI"), Showco, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation ("Showco"), and John D. Maxson ("Maxson").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, VLH, Clark Partnership, Ltd., H.R. Brutsche III ("Brutsche"), 
Maxson and James H. Clark, Jr. ("Clark"), and the spouses of Brutsche, Maxson 
and Clark, have entered into that certain Voting Trust and Shareholders' 
Agreement (the "Voting Trust") of even date herewith to provide for 
continuity in the life, management and progress of VLH by restricting the 
transfer of shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value ("Class A 
Shares"), and establishing a voting trust with respect to the Class A Shares; 
and 

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.3 of the Voting Trust VLH agreed to 
adopt, and to use its best efforts to cause those subsidiaries that now, or 
in the future may, pay any cash compensation, including, but not limited to 
salary, bonus and consulting fees, to Brutsche, Maxson and/or Clark to each 
adopt, a compensation continuation agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to 
provide for the continuation of compensation payments to the estate of Maxson 
upon his death as herein provided;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and 
covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the 
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this 
Agreement hereby agree as follows:

     1.   COMPENSATION CONTINUATION.  Each of VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the 
case may be, shall, for a period of 60 days after the date of the death of 
Maxson, continue to pay to Maxson's estate cash compensation (including 
without limitation salary, bonus and consulting fees) in a monthly amount 
equal to one-twelfth of all cash compensation (including without limitation 
salary, bonus and consulting fees) paid or payable to Maxson on an annualized 
basis immediately preceding his death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the 
proceeds from any life insurance policy purchased by VLH, VLI and/or Showco, 
as the case may be, for the benefit of Maxson and in effect upon the date of 
his death have not been paid within 60 days after the date of his death, VLH, 
VLI and/or Showco, as the case may be, shall continue to make such 
compensation payments as herein provided until the date such life insurance 
proceeds are paid in full (provided that in no event shall such payments 
continue for more than one year after the date of his death).  Any payments 
required under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the general 
payroll practices of VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the case may be, in effect at 
the time such payment is made, but in no event less frequently than monthly.

     2.   MISCELLANEOUS.

     (a)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented 
only by an instrument in writing executed by all parties hereto.

     (b)  BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, 
successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.  Neither this 
Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be 
assignable by any party hereto, without the express prior written consent of 
the other parties hereto;


<PAGE>

provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to impair 
the right of any party hereto to consummate any merger or other corporate 
reorganization transaction provided that the resulting, surviving or 
acquiring entity assumes the obligations of said party hereunder by a written 
instrument reasonably satisfactory to the other parties hereto or by 
operation of law.

     (c)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement 
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and 
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, 
among the parties and any of them relating to such subject matter.

     (d)  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed 
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without 
regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

     (e)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of 
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms or 
provisions hereof.

     (f)  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement should be held 
illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable 
herefrom, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such 
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were never a part hereof; the 
remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall 
not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its 
severance herefrom; and in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable 
provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement, a 
provision as similar in its terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable 
provision, as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

     (g)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each 
of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall 
constitute one and the same instrument.

         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE] 





                                       2
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.,


                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Michael P. Herman, 
                                       Vice President - Finance


                                   Vari-Lite, Inc.,      


                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Michael P. Herman, 
                                       Vice President - Finance


                                   Showco, Inc.,



                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Michael P. Herman, Vice
                                       President - Finance



                                       /s/ John D. Maxson            
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       John D. Maxson


                                          




                                         3

<PAGE>

               COMPENSATION CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

     This Compensation Continuation Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1994, is 
by and among Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation ("VLH"), 
Vari-Lite, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("VLI"), Showco, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation ("Showco"), and James H. Clark, Jr. ("Clark").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, VLH, Clark Partnership, Ltd., H.R. Brutsche III ("Brutsche"), 
John D. Maxson ("Maxson") and Clark, and the spouses of Brutsche, Maxson and 
Clark, have entered into that certain Voting Trust and Shareholders' 
Agreement (the "Voting Trust") of even date herewith to provide for 
continuity in the life, management and progress of VLH by restricting the 
transfer of shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.10 par value ("Class A 
Shares"), and establishing a voting trust with respect to the Class A Shares; 
and 

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.3 of the Voting Trust VLH agreed to 
adopt, and to use its best efforts to cause those subsidiaries that now, or 
in the future may, pay any cash compensation, including, but not limited to 
salary, bonus and consulting fees, to Brutsch , Maxson and/or Clark to each 
adopt, a compensation continuation agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to 
provide for the continuation of compensation payments to the estate of Clark 
upon his death as herein provided;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and 
covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the 
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this 
Agreement hereby agree as follows:

     1.   COMPENSATION CONTINUATION.  Each of VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the 
case may be, shall, for a period of 60 days after the date of the death of 
Clark, continue to pay to Clark's estate cash compensation (including without 
limitation salary, bonus and consulting fees) in a monthly amount equal to 
one-twelfth of all cash compensation (including without limitation salary, 
bonus and consulting fees) paid or payable to Clark on an annualized basis 
immediately preceding his death.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the 
proceeds from any life insurance policy purchased by VLH, VLI and/or Showco, 
as the case may be, for the benefit of Clark and in effect upon the date of 
his death have not been paid within 60 days after the date of his death, VLH, 
VLI and/or Showco, as the case may be, shall continue to make such 
compensation payments as herein provided until the date such life insurance 
proceeds are paid in full (provided that in no event shall such payments 
continue for more than one year after the date of his death).  Any payments 
required under this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the general 
payroll practices of VLH, VLI and/or Showco, as the case may be, in effect at 
the time such payment is made, but in no event less frequently than monthly.

     2.   MISCELLANEOUS.

     (a)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented 
only by an instrument in writing executed by all parties hereto.

     (b)  BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, 
successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.  Neither this 
Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be 
assignable by any party hereto, without the express prior written consent of 
the other parties hereto;


<PAGE>

provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to impair 
the right of any party hereto to consummate any merger or other corporate 
reorganization transaction provided that the resulting, surviving or 
acquiring entity assumes the obligations of said party hereunder by a written 
instrument reasonably satisfactory to the other parties hereto or by 
operation of law.

     (c)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement 
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and 
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, 
among the parties and any of them relating to such subject matter.

     (d)  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed 
and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without 
regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

     (e)  HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of 
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms or 
provisions hereof.

     (f)  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement should be held 
illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be fully severable 
herefrom, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such 
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were never a part hereof; the 
remaining provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall 
not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its 
severance herefrom; and in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable 
provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement, a 
provision as similar in its terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable 
provision, as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

     (g)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each 
of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall 
constitute one and the same instrument.

         [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE] 



                                       2
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                                   Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.,
               


                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Michael P. Herman, 
                                       Vice President - Finance


                                   Vari-Lite, Inc.,                       


                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       Michael P. Herman, 
                                       Vice President - Finance


                                   Showco, Inc.,



                                   By: /s/ Michael P. Herman     
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       Michael P. Herman, 
                                       Vice President - Finance



                                   /s/ James H. Clark, Jr.       
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   James H. Clark, Jr.


                                       3


<PAGE>

                        STATEMENT OF TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT


1.   NAME OF EMPLOYER:        VARI-LITE EUROPE LTD.       ("Employer")

2.   NAME OF EMPLOYEE:        BRIAN LESLIE CROFT          ("Employee")

     This is a written statement of the Terms of Employment given
     under Section 1 of the Employment Protection (Consolidation)
     Act 1978.

3.   PLACE OF WORK:

3.1  Your place of work is 20/22 Fairway Drive, Greenford.

4.   DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF EMPLOYMENT:

4.1. The Employee's employment under this Agreement starts on 1ST
     APRIL 1994 and his period of continuous employment with the
     Employer and any previous employer started on 1ST MAY 1973.

5.   JOB TITLE:

5.1. MANAGING DIRECTOR

6.   NORMAL HOURS OF WORK:

     The normal weekly hours of work are 40 hours.  You will be
     expected to work such hours as may be required in excess of
     the normal hours to carry out your duties and responsibilities
     to the satisfaction of the Company.  No payment will be made
     for such additional hours.

7.   REMUNERATION:

7.1. The Employee's yearly pay at the date of this statement is
     58,000.00 and any changes will be notified in writing.  The
     Employee will be paid on the 28th day of each month.  The
     Employer has the right to pay all salaries and wages by direct
     transfer to the Employee's Bank or Building Society Account,
     particulars of which must be supplied to the Employer on
     request.

7.2. If the Employee is for any reason indebted to the Employer for
     any amount, the Employer shall be entitled to make a deduction
     in or towards the discharge of that liability from the
     Employee's remuneration or any other money payable from the
     Employer to the Employee.

7.3. The Employee's salary will be reviewed annually.

8.   PENSIONS:

8.1. The Employer operates a pension scheme.  If the Employee is
     eligible for membership, the Employee may become and remain a
     member of it on the signing of this Agreement.  The Employee
     may also join at a later date at the discretion of the
     Trustees.

8.2. Neither the existence of this, nor any other scheme, nor the
     provisions contained in it form part 

<PAGE>

     of any contract between the Employer and any of its employees.  Any 
     benefits arising under or in respect of the pension scheme will be 
     payable by or under the authority of its trustees or provider and are 
     not guaranteed or warranted by the Employer.

9.   ABSENCES AND ILLNESS:

9.1. The Employer has the right to suspend any employee from work
     on medical grounds if to continue work would involve a risk to
     health or safety or an infringement of any law or code of
     practice relating to health and safety.

9.2. The Employee must notify the Employer on the first day of each
     absence from work and give the reason for, and expected
     duration of, the Employee's absence and also:

i)   complete and sign a self certification of absence document as
     soon as is practicable and in any event not later than the
     Employee's return to work;

ii)  send to the Employer a Certificate of Disability by a
     registered medical practitioner at the end of seven days from
     the start of the Employee's absence and a further Certificate
     in each week of absence;

     and

iii) (where the absence is for some reason other than illness or
     injury) supply such evidence about the absence and its cause
     as the Employer from time to time reasonably requires.

9.4. The days which are qualifying days for the purpose of Section
     154 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992
     are Monday to Friday of every week.

9.5. After the Employee's probation period, normal basic pay (less
     the amount of any statutory sick pay and any other sickness or
     invalidity benefits to which the Employee is entitled, whether
     or not claimed and paid) will be paid to the Employee in
     accordance with the following table:

Length of Service                    Period of Sick Pay
- -----------------                    ------------------
                                Full Pay            Half Pay
                                --------            --------
0 to 6 months                    1 week              1 week
6 to 12 months                   2 weeks             2 weeks
12 to 24 months                  4 weeks             4 weeks
24 to 36 months                  6 weeks             6 weeks

     The Employee shall be paid 1 week at full pay and 1 week at half
     pay for each full year employment over 3 years subject to a maximum
     of 26 weeks.

     The Employer may at its discretion extend the period of paid
     sick leave in any individual case if 

                                    -2-
<PAGE>

      there are special reasons to do so.

9.6.  The Employer reserves the right to terminate the Employee's
      employment without further notice at any time after the
      entitlement to sick pay has ceased (or earlier if necessary
      for the conduct of its business) but except in special
      circumstances will not do so without consultation with the
      Employee and the Employee's medical advisers.

9.7.  The Employer shall not terminate the Employee's employment
      whilst he is in receipt of income payable under a policy
      effected under Clause 14 if it is a term of the policy or the
      pension scheme that the Employee remains an Employee of the
      Employer but the Employer shall not be bound to pay or provide
      any remuneration of benefits except those paid or provided
      through any insurance effected under Clause 14 and the
      Employee shall not have any normal hours of work.

10.   HOLIDAYS:

10.1. The holiday year is from 1st April to 31st March.  In a
      full holiday year you will be entitled to 25 days paid
      annual holiday, this will accrue at the rate of 2.1 days
      holiday entitlement per complete calendar month of
      service.

10.2. The Employee is entitled to take the following paid
      Public Holidays - New Years Day, Good Friday, Easter
      Monday, May Day, Spring Bank Holiday, Late Summer
      Holiday, Christmas Day, Boxing Day and any further Public
      Holidays granted thereafter.

10.3. In order that Senior Management cover is maintained the
      Employee should notify the Administration Manager of
      Vari-Lite Europe Holdings Ltd responsible for the Company
      as early as possible of your intended holiday
      arrangements.

10.4. If the Employee's pay is calculated on a monthly or
      annual basis and is paid monthly, the Employee shall be
      paid his or her usual remuneration on the usual dates of
      payment during each period in which any paid holiday is
      taken.

10.5. Holiday time cannot be carried forward from one holiday
      year to another and no payment shall be made to the
      Employee at the end of any holiday year if the Employee's
      holiday entitlement for that year has not been taken.

10.6. If and when the Employee's employment is terminated and
      a number of days of annual holiday which the Employee has
      taken in the relevant year differs from the entitlement,
      then a payment with the number of days difference will be
      either paid to the Employee or refunded to the Employer
      depending on whether the amount actually taken is less or
      greater than the entitlement.  The amount paid will be
      the number of days difference multiplied by the daily
      equivalent of the Employee's annual basis salary, on the
      basis of 260 days per year.

10.7. The Employee will not be entitled to a payment under
      Clause 12 if the Employer is entitled to and does
      terminate the Employee's employment summarily or if the
      Employee refuses to take any holiday entitlement during
      the Employee's notice period.

10.8. If in addition to the Employee's holiday entitlement the
      Employee requires additional holiday leave for
      compassionate or other good reasons, the Employee should
      apply to the Employer who 

                                    -3-
<PAGE>

      may at its discretion authorize additional leave, which in 
      exceptional circumstances may be paid.

11.   NOTICE OF TERMINATION:

11.1. After the probationary period the Employee's employment
      may be ended by prior notice for the following periods:

      By the Employee:         12 months minimum period of notice.
      By the Employer:         12 months period of notice.

11.2. The Employee's normal retirement age is 65 years (unless
      varied by prior consultation) and accordingly the
      Employee's employment (unless terminated) will end
      automatically on the last day of the month in which the
      Employee attains that age.

11.3. The Employee's employment shall not continue at any time
      after it has been terminated by the Employer
      notwithstanding that the termination is without prior
      notice or by shorter notice than provided for in this
      Agreement.

11.4. No employment with a previous employer counts as part of
      a continuous period of the Employee's employment with the
      Employer unless it is shown in 4.1.

12.   LIFE ASSURANCE:

      The Employee's life will be assured at 4 times the Employee's
      pensionable salary with effect from the date the Employee
      joins the Employer.  Should the Employee die whilst in the
      Employer's service, a sum equivalent to the above can be paid
      to the persons stated on a Nomination Form signed by the
      Employee.  However, the application of any due sums is at the
      complete discretion of the Trustees.
      
13.   PRIVATE MEDICAL INSURANCE:
      
      The Employer will pay the annual subscription to BUPA or some
      other private medical insurance company for the Employee, the
      Employee's spouse and any unmarried children of the Employee
      who are under the age of 18 years.
      
14.   Permanent Health Insurance:

      The Employer shall effect and maintain in respect of the
      Employee a policy in accordance with the Employer's practice
      from time to time in force for the provision of an income
      equal to not less than 2/3 of the salary payable under Clause
      7 and pension contributions payable from the date on which
      sick pay under Clause 9 ceases to be payable of a pre tax
      amount if the Employee becomes incapacitated for a period
      extending beyond that date.

15.   MOTOR CAR:

15.1. The Employer shall provide a motor car, approved by the
      Employer, and to the maximum rental value as specified in
      the Employer's Policy No. 001 - Company Cars.  This motor
      car will be replaced after a 3/4 year contract hire
      period.  The Employer shall pay or reimburse to the

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

      Employee all expenses in connection with taxing,
      insurance, maintenance and running of the car including
      the cost of petrol or diesel oil and shall permit the
      Employee to use the car for private use.

15.2. While the Employee has the use of the car provided by the
      Employer, the Employee shall:

i)    take good care of the motor vehicle whilst it is in the
      Employee's custody and ensure so far as the Employee is able
      to do so that it is kept in good and undamaged condition, fair
      wear and tear only excepted;

ii)   observe all the provisions of any insurance policy from time
      to time relating to the motor car;
    
iii)  arrange at the Employee's own expense any additional insurance
      required because of the Employee's individual circumstances;
     
iv)   not take the motor car out of the U.K. without the Employer's
      written consent;

v)    return the motor car to the Employer on demand during any
      period in which the Employee is absent from work for any
      reason except agreed holidays;
     
vi)   at the termination of the Employee's agreement and on the
      Employee's disqualification from driving to return to the
      Employer the motor car and its keys and any documents relating
      to it.

15.3. The Employee shall whenever requested permit the Employer
      to examine the Employee's driving license.

16.   DISCIPLINARY RULES:
      
      TERMINATION FOR BREACH.
      
1.    The Employer may terminate this Agreement immediately and
      without liability for compensation for damages if the Employee
      commits any serious or persistent breach of its provisions or
      is guilty of any grave misconduct or willful neglect in the
      discharge of his duties under this Agreement.
      
2.    The Employer shall have the right (in addition to any other
      rights which it has at law) to terminate this Agreement
      immediately and without liability for compensation or damages
      on the happening of any of the following events if:
      
(i)   The Employee is guilty of an act which brings the Employer
      into disrepute or which in the Employer's reasonable opinion
      is prejudicial to its interests.
      
(ii)  The Employee becomes bankrupt, has a Receiving Order made
      against him, makes an arrangement with his creditors generally
      or takes or suffers any similar action as a result of a debt.
      
(iii) The Employee is convicted of any criminal offense other
      than an offense which in the reasonable opinion of the
      Employer does not affect his relation to the Employer
      under the Agreement.

(iv)  The Employee becomes prohibited in law from holding the office
      of Director.

                                     -5-
<PAGE>

3.    GRIEVANCES:
    
      If the Employee has any grievance relating to his employment
      he should raise it orally or in writing with the Employer's
      Board of Directors to whom he is responsible who at their
      discretion after consultation with the Employee may take such
      steps as they think fit with a view to settling the grievance. 
      The Employee must answer (in writing if so requested) all
      questions put to him on the matter by any member of the Board
      before its decision is reached.  The decision of the Board on
      the matter should be final.
    
17.   HEALTH SCREENING:
    
      It is a condition of employment that you will undergo a
      medical examination at the Company's expense and at the
      Company's request, if the Company considers your health is
      affecting your job performance.
    
18.   Confidential Information:
    
18.1. "Confidential Information" means all confidential
      information relating to the organization, finances,
      processes, specifications, methods, designs, formulae,
      technology and business activities of and concerning the
      Employer and its customers and suppliers.

18.2. Except as authorized or required by the Employee's
      duties, the Employee shall keep secret and shall not use
      or disclose and should use their best endeavors to
      prevent the use or disclosure by or to any person of any
      of the confidential information which come to the
      Employee's knowledge during their Employment.

18.3. The restriction in 18.2 should apply during and after the
      termination of the Employee's employment without any time
      limit and shall cease to apply to information or
      knowledge which the Employees establishes has, in its
      entirety, become public knowledge otherwise than through
      any unauthorized disclosure or other breach on the
      Employee's part of that restriction.

18.4. All records in any medium (whether written, computer
      readable or otherwise) including accounts, documents,
      drawings and private notes about the Employer and all
      copies and extracts of them made or acquired by the
      Employee in the course of the Employee's employment shall
      be:

i)    The property of the Employer.

ii)   Used for the purposes of the Employer only.

iii)  Returned to the Employer at any time on demand.

iv)   Returned to the Employer without demand on the termination of
      the Employee's employment.

18.5. Any discovery or invention or secret process or
      improvement in procedure made or discovered by the
      Employee, whilst in the service of the Employer, in
      connection with or in any way affecting or relating to
      the business of the Employer or of any of its affiliated
      Companies or capable of being used or adapted for use
      therein or in connection therewith, shall forthwith be
      disclosed to the Employer and shall belong to and be the
      absolute property of the Employer and 

                                    -6-
<PAGE>

      or such of its affiliated Companies as the Company may nominate for the
      purpose.

19.   COMPETITION:
      
      References to the Employers, customers, clients, agents,
      suppliers, advisers, employers and directors means those at
      the date of termination and during the two years immediately
      before it.
      
19.1. The Employee shall not for the period of twelve months
      after termination of his employment solicit or transact
      business in competition with the Employer from or with
      any of the Employer's customers, clients, agents,
      suppliers or advisers.

19.2. The Employee shall not for the period of twelve months
      after termination of his employment encourage or assist
      any of the Employers other Employees or Directors to
      leave its service or to do anything which, if done by the
      Employee, would be a breach of this agreement.

19.3. The Employee shall not at any time after the termination
      of his employment under this agreement represent himself
      as being interested or employed or in any way connected
      with the Employer or its business.

19.5. Each of the restrictions in this clause are separate
      restrictions for the separate benefit of the Employer and
      each associated company and shall be severable one from
      the other.

19.6. The restrictions in this clause shall apply and remain in
      force notwithstanding that the Employee establishes that
      his employment was terminated unfairly or on the grounds
      of redundancy (both within the meaning of the 1978 Act)
      or as a result of a breach by the Employer of the terms
      of this agreement.

20.   PROCEDURE DOCUMENTS AND POLICY:

      Copies of the Employer's disciplinary rules, grievance
      procedure and health and safety policy are kept in the
      Personnel Department and all employees upon request shall be
      given a copy of them or an opportunity to read them.
 
 
 
/s/ Barbara Joynson                          June 21, 1995 
- -----------------------------                ---------------
Administration Manager                       Date
Vari-Lite Europe Ltd.


/s/ Brian Croft                              June 21, 1995 
- -----------------------------                ---------------
Employee                                     Date



                                     -7-

<PAGE>



- -----------------------------------------------------------------





                     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                 EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN





- -----------------------------------------------------------------








<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS


Table of Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i

Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii

Alphabetical Listing of Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .vii

Employee Stock Ownership Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

ARTICLE I:  DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

ARTICLE II:  EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

ARTICLE III:  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTICIPANT
               FORFEITURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

ARTICLE IV:  PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

ARTICLE V:  TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING . . . 40

ARTICLE VI:  TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS. . . . . . 46

ARTICLE VII:  EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS . . . . . . . 57

ARTICLE VIII:  PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS . . . . . 59

ARTICLE IX:  ESOP COMMITTEE DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
              PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

ARTICLE X:  REPURCHASE OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES. . . . . . . . . 69

ARTICLE XI:  PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND INSURANCE
              COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

ARTICLE XII:  MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

ARTICLE XIII:  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION . . . 81


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                              PAGE i
<PAGE>

                                   INDEX


ARTICLE I:  DEFINITIONS
     Sec. 1.01.     Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.02.     Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.03.     Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.04.     Plan Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.05.     ESOP Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.06.     Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.07.     Highly Compensated Employee. . . . . . . . .2
     Sec. 1.08.     Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     Sec. 1.09.     Beneficiary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     Sec. 1.10.     Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
     Sec. 1.11.     Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.12.     Accrued Benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.13.     Nonforfeitable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.14.     Plan Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.15.     Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.16.     Plan Entry Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.17.     Accounting Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.18.     Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.19.     Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.20.     Nontransferable Annuity. . . . . . . . . . .6
     Sec. 1.21.     ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     Sec. 1.22.     Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     Sec. 1.23.     Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     Sec. 1.24.     Hour of Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
     Sec. 1.25.     Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
     Sec. 1.26.     Service for Predecessor Employer . . . . . .8
     Sec. 1.27.     Related Employers. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     Sec. 1.28.     Leased Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
     Sec. 1.29.     Determination of Top Heavy Status. . . . . .9
     Sec. 1.30.     Disqualified Person. . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     Sec. 1.31.     Employer Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.32.     Separation from Service. . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.33.     Alternate Payee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.34.     Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.35.     Income of the Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.36.     Participant Employer Securities Account. . 14
     Sec. 1.37.     Rollover Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.38.     Severance Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.39.     Valuation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Sec. 1.40.     Qualified Participant. . . . . . . . . . . 14

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                             PAGE ii

<PAGE>

     Sec. 1.41.     Qualified Election Period. . . . . . . . . 15
     Sec. 1.42.     Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Sec. 1.43.     Participation of Other Employers . . . . . 15
     Sec. 1.44.     Ineligible Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Sec. 1.45.     Late Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Sec. 1.46.     Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Sec. 1.47.     Eligible Rollover Distribution . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.48.     Eligible Retirement Plan . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.49.     Distributee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.50.     Direct Rollover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.51.     Eligible Employee. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.52.     Forfeiture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.53.     Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.54.     Aggregate Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     Sec. 1.55.     Fiduciary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.56.     Former Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.57.     Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.58.     Participant's Account. . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.59.     Retired Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.60.     Retirement Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.61.     Terminated Participant . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.62.     Net Profits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.63.     Self-Employed Individual . . . . . . . . . 17
     Sec. 1.64.     Normal Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     Sec. 1.65.     Annuity Starting Date. . . . . . . . . . . 18
     Sec. 1.66.     Inactive Participant . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     Sec. 1.67.     Elective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . 18
     Sec. 1.68.     ACP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE II:  EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS
     Sec. 2.01.     Participation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     Sec. 2.02.     Year of Service - Participation. . . . . . 19
     Sec. 2.03.     Break in Service - Participation . . . . . 19
     Sec. 2.04.     Participation upon Re-Employment . . . . . 19
     Sec. 2.05.     Ineligibility to Become a Participant. . . 19
     Sec. 2.06.     Continuance as a Participant . . . . . . . 20
     Sec. 2.07.     Employment by Employer; Service with Newly
                     Acquired Entities; Records of Employer. . 20
     Sec. 2.08.     Election Not to Participate. . . . . . . . 21

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                            PAGE iii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE III:  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTICIPANT FORFEITURES
     Sec. 3.01.     Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
     Sec. 3.02.     Determination of Contribution. . . . . . . 22
     Sec. 3.03.     Time of Payment of Contribution. . . . . . 22
     Sec. 3.04.     Allocations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     Sec. 3.05.     Forfeitures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
     Sec. 3.06.     Accrual of Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
     Sec. 3.07.     Limitations on Allocations to Participants'
                     Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
     Sec. 3.08.     Definitions - Article III. . . . . . . . . 29
     Sec. 3.09.     Nondiscrimination Rules for Employer 
                     Matching Contributions and Employee 
                     Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     Sec. 3.10.     Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

ARTICLE IV:  PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS
     Sec. 4.01.     Participant Voluntary Contributions. . . . 38
     Sec. 4.02.     Participant Voluntary Contributions - 
                     Special Discrimination Test . . . . . . . 38
     Sec. 4.03.     Participant Rollover Contributions . . . . 38

ARTICLE V:  TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING
     Sec. 5.01.     Normal Retirement Age. . . . . . . . . . . 40
     Sec. 5.02.     Participant Disability or Death. . . . . . 40
     Sec. 5.03.     Vesting Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     Sec. 5.04.     Cash-out Distributions to Partially-Vested
                     Participants and Restoration of Forfeited 
                     Accrued Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
     Sec. 5.05.     Segregated Account for Repaid Amount . . . 43
     Sec. 5.06.     Year of Service - Vesting. . . . . . . . . 43
     Sec. 5.07.     Break in Service - Vesting . . . . . . . . 43
     Sec. 5.08.     Included Years of Service - Vesting. . . . 44
     Sec. 5.09.     Forfeiture Occurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

ARTICLE VI:  TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
     Sec. 6.01.     Time of Payment of Accrued Benefit . . . . 46
     Sec. 6.02.     Method of Payment of Accrued Benefit . . . 48
     Sec. 6.03.     Benefit Payment Elections. . . . . . . . . 51
     Sec. 6.04.     Annuity Distributions to Participants and
                     Surviving Spouses. . . . . . . . . . . .  53
     Sec. 6.05.     Default on a Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
     Sec. 6.06.     Distributions under Domestic Relations 
                     Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
     Sec. 6.07.     Late Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
     Sec. 6.08.     Limitations on Benefits. . . . . . . . . . 54
     Sec. 6.09.     Thirty (30) Day Period . . . . . . . . . . 55
     Sec. 6.10.     Special Distribution and Payment 
                     Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

ARTICLE VII:  EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
     Sec. 7.01.     Information to ESOP Committee. . . . . . . 57
     Sec. 7.02.     No Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                             PAGE iv
<PAGE>

     Sec. 7.03.     Indemnity of Certain Fiduciaries . . . . . 57
     Sec. 7.04.     Amendment to Vesting Schedule. . . . . . . 57

ARTICLE VIII:  PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
     Sec. 8.01.     Beneficiary Designation. . . . . . . . . . 59
     Sec. 8.02.     No Beneficiary Designation . . . . . . . . 59
     Sec. 8.03.     Personal Data to Committee . . . . . . . . 60
     Sec. 8.04.     Address for Notification . . . . . . . . . 60
     Sec. 8.05.     Assignment or Alienation . . . . . . . . . 61
     Sec. 8.06.     Notice of Change in Terms. . . . . . . . . 61
     Sec. 8.07.     Litigation Against the Trust . . . . . . . 61
     Sec. 8.08.     Information Available. . . . . . . . . . . 61
     Sec. 8.09.     Appeal Procedure for Denial of Benefits. . 61
     Sec. 8.10.     Voting of Employer Securities. . . . . . . 62

ARTICLE IX:  ESOP COMMITTEE DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO
              PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS
     Sec. 9.01.     Members' Compensation, Expenses. . . . . . 64
     Sec. 9.02.     Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
     Sec. 9.03.     Powers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
     Sec. 9.04.     General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
     Sec. 9.05.     Funding Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     Sec. 9.06.     Manner of Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     Sec. 9.07.     Authorized Representative. . . . . . . . . 66
     Sec. 9.08.     Interested Member. . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     Sec. 9.09.     Individual Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     Sec. 9.10.     Value of Participant's Accrued Benefit . . 67
     Sec. 9.11.     Allocations to Participants' Accounts. . . 67
     Sec. 9.12.     Individual Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Sec. 9.13.     Account Charged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     Sec. 9.14.     Unclaimed Account Procedure. . . . . . . . 67

ARTICLE X:  REPURCHASE OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES
     Sec. 10.01.    Put Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
     Sec. 10.02.    Restriction on Employer Securities . . . . 69
     Sec. 10.03.    Lifetime Transfer and Right of First
                     Refusal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
     Sec. 10.04.    Payment of Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . 70
     Sec. 10.05.    Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
     Sec. 10.06.    Terms and Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . 71
     Sec. 10.07.    Certain Rights with Respect to Employer
                     Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
     Sec. 10.08.    Trustee's Put Option . . . . . . . . . . . 72

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                              PAGE v
<PAGE>

ARTICLE XI:  PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND
               INSURANCE COMPANY
     Sec. 11.01.    Insurance Benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
     Sec. 11.02.    Limitation on Life Insurance Protection. . 73
     Sec. 11.03.    Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
     Sec. 11.04.    Dividend Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
     Sec. 11.05.    Insurance Company Not a Party to 
                     Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
     Sec. 11.06.    Insurance Company Not Responsible for 
                     Trustee's Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
     Sec. 11.07.    Insurance Company Reliance on Trustee's
                     Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
     Sec. 11.08.    Acquittance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
     Sec. 11.09.    Duties of Insurance Company. . . . . . . . 75

ARTICLE XII:  MISCELLANEOUS
     Sec. 12.01.    Evidence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
     Sec. 12.02.    No Responsibility for Employer Action. . . 76
     Sec. 12.03.    Fiduciaries Not Insurers . . . . . . . . . 76
     Sec. 12.04.    Waiver of Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
     Sec. 12.05.    Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
     Sec. 12.06.    Word Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
     Sec. 12.07.    State Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.08.    Employment Not Guaranteed. . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.09.    Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.10.    Contrary Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.11.    Notice to Employees. . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.12.    Agreement of Participants. . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.13.    Action by Employers. . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.14.    Adoption of the Plan by a Controlled Group
                     Member. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
     Sec. 12.15.    Disassociation of Any Employer from Plan . 78
     Sec. 12.16.    Audit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
     Sec. 12.17.    Bonding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
     Sec. 12.18.    Named Fiduciary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
     Sec. 12.19.    Securities and Exchange Commission 
                     Approval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

ARTICLE XIII:  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION
     Sec. 13.01.    Exclusive Benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
     Sec. 13.02.    Amendment by Company . . . . . . . . . . . 81
     Sec. 13.03.    Discontinuance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
     Sec. 13.04.    Full Vesting on Termination. . . . . . . . 82
     Sec. 13.05.    Merger and Direct Transfer . . . . . . . . 82
     Sec. 13.06.    Complete Termination . . . . . . . . . . . 83
     Sec. 13.07.    Partial Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . 84
     Sec. 13.08.    Valuation of Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                             PAGE vi
<PAGE>

               ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF DEFINITIONS

Definition                                Sec.#
- ----------                                -----
Account                                    1.11
Accounting Date                            1.17
Accrued Benefit                            1.12
ACP                                        1.68
Aggregate Account                          1.54
Alternate Payee                            1.33
Annuity Starting Date                      1.65
Beneficiary                                1.09
Board of Directors                         1.34
Code                                       1.22
Company                                    1.46
Compensation                               1.10
Determination of Top Heavy Status          1.29
Direct Rollover                            1.50
Disability                                 1.25
Disqualified Person                        1.30
Distributee                                1.49
Effective Date                             1.15
Elective Contributions                     1.67
Eligible Employee                          1.51
Eligible Retirement Plan                   1.48
Eligible Rollover Distribution             1.47
Employee                                   1.06
Employer                                   1.02
Employer Securities                        1.31
Employment Commencement Date               2.02
ERISA                                      1.21
ESOP Committee                             1.05
Fiduciary                                  1.55
Forfeiture                                 1.52
Former Participant                         1.56
Highly Compensated Employee                1.07
Hour of Service                            1.24
Inactive Participant                       1.66
Income of the Trust Fund                   1.35
Ineligible Employee                        1.44
Investment Manager                         1.57
Late Retirement Date                       1.45
Leased Employees                           1.28
Named Fiduciaries                         12.18
Net Profits                                1.62
Nonforfeitable                             1.13
Nontransferable Annuity                    1.20
Normal Retirement                          1.64
Normal Retirement Age                      5.01
Participant                                1.08
Participant's Account                      1.58
Participant Employer Securities Account    1.36
Participation of Other Employers           1.43
Plan                                       1.01
Plan Administrator                         1.04
Plan Entry Date                            1.16
Plan Year                                  1.14
Qualified Election Period                  1.41
Qualified Participant                      1.40
Related Employers                          1.27
Retired Participant                        1.59
Retirement                                 1.42
Retirement Date                            1.60
Rollover Account                           1.37
Self-Employed Individual                   1.63
Separation From Service                    1.32
Service                                    1.23
Service for Predecessor Employer           1.26
Severance Date                             1.38
Terminated Participant                     1.61
Trust                                      1.18
Trust Fund                                 1.19
Trustee                                    1.03
Valuation Date                             1.39
Vested                                     1.53

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                            PAGE vii
<PAGE>

                            VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                        EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN


     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the 
state of Texas pursuant to articles of incorporation filed with the Secretary 
of State of the state of Texas, hereby establishes the VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, 
INC. EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN to be effective on the Effective Date 
and hereafter shall be known as the VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC. EMPLOYEES' STOCK 
OWNERSHIP PLAN for the benefit of certain of its employees and their 
beneficiaries.  It is intended that the Plan be an eligible individual 
account stock bonus plan that qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Code.  It 
is also intended that the Trust which implements and forms a part of the Plan 
be exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code.  The Plan shall be 
interpreted, wherever possible, to comply with the terms of the Code, ERISA 
and all formal regulations and rulings.

     All contributions made under the Plan will be held, managed, and 
controlled by the Trustee.  The terms of the Trust are set forth in a trust 
agreement known as the VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC. EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP 
TRUST.

                                PURPOSES:

     The purposes of this Plan are to reward Eligible Employees of the 
Employer for their loyal and faithful service and to provide Employees with 
an opportunity to share in the ownership of VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.  The 
benefits provided by this Plan will be in addition to the benefits Employees 
are entitled to receive under any other announced programs of the Employer.

     This Plan is established and shall be maintained for the exclusive 
benefit of Eligible Employees of the Employer and their Beneficiaries.  No 
part of the Trust Fund can ever revert to any Employer or be used for or 
diverted for purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Employees of the 
Employer and their Beneficiaries, except as provided herein.  This Plan shall 
be interpreted in a manner consistent with this intent and the intent of the 
Company that the Plan established hereunder shall satisfy the provisions of 
ERISA and those of the Code relating to stock bonus plans.

                                WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC., establishes the VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, 
INC. EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN, effective January 1, 1995, for the 
administration and distribution of contributions made by the Employer for the 
purpose of providing retirement benefits for Eligible Employees and their 
Beneficiaries;

     WHEREAS, VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC. establishes this Plan for the 
administration and distribution of contributions made by the Employer for the 
purpose of providing retirement benefits for Eligible Employees.  The 
provisions of this Plan apply solely to an Employee whose employment with the 
Employer terminates on or after the Effective Date of the Plan.  If an 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 1
<PAGE>

Employee's employment with the Employer terminates prior to the Effective 
Date, that Employee is not entitled to benefits under the Plan.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company establishes the following terms
and conditions:

                                ARTICLE I
                               DEFINITIONS

     Sec. 1.01.     PLAN.  "Plan" means the retirement plan established by 
the Company in the form of this Agreement, designated as the VARI-LITE 
HOLDINGS, INC. EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN.  The Company has designated 
this Plan to be an eligible individual account stock bonus plan.

     Sec. 1.02.     EMPLOYER.  "Employer" means VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC., a 
Texas corporation, and any corporation, association, partnership, subsidiary, 
or other entity or person adopting this Plan pursuant to Section 1.43 hereof.

     Sec. 1.03.     TRUSTEE.  "Trustee" means the trustee or trustees acting 
at the time in question under a trust agreement, and its or his or her or 
their successor(s) as such. 

     Sec. 1.04.     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.  "Plan Administrator" is the Company 
unless the Company designates another person to hold the position of Plan 
Administrator.  In addition to its other duties, the Plan Administrator has 
full responsibility for compliance with the reporting and disclosure rules 
under ERISA.

     Sec. 1.05.     ESOP COMMITTEE.  "ESOP Committee" means the Employees' 
Stock Ownership Plan Committee, which members are appointed by the Company, 
as from time to time constituted.

     Sec. 1.06.     EMPLOYEE.  "Employee" means any employee of the Employer.

     Sec. 1.07.     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.  "Highly Compensated 
Employee" means an Employee who, during the Plan Year or during the preceding 
twelve (12) month period:

          (a)  is a more than five percent (5%) owner of the
     Employer (applying the constructive ownership rules of
     Code Section 318, and applying the principles of Code
     Section 318, for an unincorporated entity);

          (b)  has Compensation in excess of Seventy-Five
     Thousand Dollars ($75,000) (as adjusted by the
     Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service for the
     relevant year); 

          (c)  has Compensation in excess of Fifty Thousand
     Dollars ($50,000) (as adjusted by the Commissioner of the
     Internal Revenue Service for the relevant 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 2
<PAGE>

     year) and is part of the top-paid twenty percent (20%) group 
     of employees (based on Compensation for the relevant year);
     or

          (d)  has Compensation in excess of fifty percent
     (50%) of the dollar amount prescribed in Code Section
     415(b)(1)(A) (relating to defined benefit plans) and is
     an officer of the Employer.

     If the Employee satisfies the definition in clause (b), (c) or (d) of 
this Section 1.07 in the Plan Year but does not satisfy clause (b), (c) or 
(d) of this Section 1.07 during the preceding twelve (12) month period, or if 
elected by the Company, the calendar year ending with or within the 
applicable determination year (or, in the case of a determination year that 
is shorter than twelve (12) months, the calendar year ending with or within 
the twelve (12) month period ending with the end of the applicable 
determination year), or if elected by the Company, the twelve (12) month 
period immediately preceding the calendar year, and does not satisfy clause 
(a) of this Section 1.07 in either period, the Employee is a Highly 
Compensated Employee only if he is one (1) of the one hundred (100) most 
highly compensated Employees for the Plan Year.  The number of officers taken 
into account under clause (d) of this Section 1.07 will not exceed the 
greater of three (3) or ten percent (10%) of the total number (after 
application of the Code Section 414(q) exclusions) of Employees, but no more 
than fifty (50) officers.  If no Employee satisfies the Compensation 
requirement in clause (d) of this Section 1.07 for the relevant year, the 
ESOP Committee will treat the highest paid officer as satisfying clause (d) 
of this Section 1.07 for that year.

     For purposes of this Section 1.07, "Compensation" means the general 
definition of "Compensation" as defined in Section 1.10(A) hereof, increased 
for "Elective Contributions" (as defined in Section 1.67 hereof). 

     The ESOP Committee must make the determination of who is a Highly 
Compensated Employee, including the determinations of the number and identity 
of the top paid twenty percent (20%) group, the top one hundred (100) paid 
Employees, the number of officers includible in clause (d) of this Section 
1.07 and the relevant Compensation, consistent with Code Section 414(q) and 
Treasury regulations issued under that Code Section.  The Company may make a 
calendar year election to determine the Highly Compensated Employees for the 
Plan Year, as prescribed by Treasury regulations. A calendar year election 
must apply to all plans and arrangements of the Company.  For purposes of 
applying any nondiscrimination test required under the Plan or under the 
Code, in a manner consistent with applicable Treasury regulations, the ESOP 
Committee will treat a Highly Compensated Employee and all family members (a 
spouse, a lineal ascendant or descendant, or a spouse of a lineal ascendant 
or descendant) as a single Highly Compensated Employee, but only if the 
Highly Compensated Employee is a more than five percent (5%) owner or is one 
of the ten (10) Highly Compensated Employees with the greatest Compensation 
for the Plan Year.  This aggregation rule applies to a family member even if 
that family member is a Highly Compensated Employee without family 
aggregation.

     The term "Highly Compensated Employee" also includes any former Employee 
who Separated from Service (or has a deemed Separation from Service, as 
determined under Treasury 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 3
<PAGE>

regulations) prior to the Plan Year, performs no Service for the Employer 
during the Plan Year, and was a Highly Compensated Employee either for the 
separation year or any Plan Year ending on or after his fifty-fifth (55th) 
birthday.  If the former Employee's Separation from Service occurred prior to 
January 1, 1987, he is a Highly Compensated Employee only if he satisfied 
clause (a) of this Section 1.07 or received Compensation in excess of Fifty 
Thousand Dollars ($50,000) during either of the following: (1) the year of 
his Separation from Service (or the prior year); or (2) any year ending after 
his fifty-fourth (54th) birthday.

     Sec. 1.08.     PARTICIPANT.  "Participant" is an Eligible Employee who 
becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01 
hereof.

     Sec. 1.09.     BENEFICIARY.  "Beneficiary" is a person designated by a 
Participant who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan.  A 
Beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under the Plan remains a 
Beneficiary under the Plan until his benefits have been fully distributed to 
him.  A Beneficiary's right to (and the Plan Administrator's or the ESOP 
Committee's duty to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data 
concerning the Plan does not arise until he first becomes entitled to receive 
a benefit under the Plan. 

     Sec. 1.10.     COMPENSATION.  Any references in this Plan to 
Compensation is a reference to the definition in this Section 1.10, unless 
the Plan reference specifies a modification to this definition.  The ESOP 
Committee will take into account only Compensation actually paid for the 
relevant period.

     (A)  GENERAL DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION.  "Compensation" means the 
Participant's base salary for professional service (whether or not paid in 
cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment 
with the Employer maintaining the Plan but only to the extent includible in 
the gross income of the Participant, and Code Section 125 employee salary 
reductions for the Participant.  This definition of Compensation does not 
include: 

          (1)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
     compensation to the extent the contributions are not
     included in the gross income of the Employee for the
     taxable year in which contributed, on behalf of an
     Employee to a Simplified Employee Pension Plan to the
     extent such contributions are excludable from the
     Employee's gross income, and any distributions from a
     plan of deferred compensation, regardless of whether such
     amounts are includible in the gross income of the
     Employee when distributed. 

          (2)  Amounts realized from the exercise of a
     non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or
     property) held by an Employee either becomes freely
     transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
     risk of forfeiture. 

          (3)  Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or
     other disposition of stock acquired under a stock option
     described in Part II, Subchapter D, Chapter 1 of the
     Code. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 4
<PAGE>

          (4)  Amounts paid as bonuses and overtime pay to the
     Employee.

          (5)  Other amounts which receive special tax
     benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance
     (but only to the extent that the premiums are not
     includible in the gross income of the Employee), or
     contributions made by an Employer (whether or not under
     a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
     annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b)
     (whether or not the contributions are excludable from the
     gross income of the Employee). 

     (B)  Definition of Compensation for Allocation Purposes. To 
determine a Participant's contribution allocation under Section 3.04(A) 
hereof, Compensation means the general definition of Compensation 
described in Section 1.10(A) hereof, but excludes (1) reimbursements or 
other expense allowances, (2) P.S. 58 costs (as defined in the Code and 
Treasury regulations and rulings thereunder), (3) fringe benefits (cash 
and non-cash), (4) moving expenses, and (5) deferred compensation and 
welfare benefits. Compensation, however, includes Elective Contributions 
(as defined in Section 1.67 hereof).

     (C)  LIMITATIONS ON COMPENSATION.

          (1)  COMPENSATION DOLLAR LIMITATION.  The ESOP
     Committee must take into account only the first One
     Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (or such other
     amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue Service
     may prescribe, which may be higher or lower) of any
     Participant's Compensation.  

          (2)  APPLICATION OF COMPENSATION LIMITATION TO
     CERTAIN FAMILY MEMBERS.  The One Hundred Fifty Thousand
     Dollars ($150,000) Compensation limitation applies to the
     combined Compensation of the Employee and of any family
     member aggregated with the Employee under Section 1.07
     hereof who is either (i) the Employee's spouse; or (ii)
     the Employee's lineal descendant under the age of
     nineteen (19).  If, for a Plan Year, the combined
     Compensation of the Employee and such family members who
     are Participants entitled to an allocation for that Plan
     Year exceeds the One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
     ($150,000) (or as adjusted) limitation, "Compensation"
     for each such Participant, for purposes of the
     contribution and allocation provisions of Article III
     hereof, means his Adjusted Compensation.  "Adjusted
     Compensation" is the amount which bears the same ratio to
     the One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (or as
     adjusted) limitation as the affected Participant's
     Compensation (without regard to the One Hundred Fifty
     Thousand Dollars ($150,000), as adjusted, Compensation
     limitation) bears to the combined Compensation of all the
     affected Participants in the family unit. If the Plan
     uses permitted disparity, the ESOP Committee must
     determine the integration level of each affected family
     member Participant prior to the proration of the One
     Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollar ($150,000), as adjusted,
     Compensation Limitation, but the combined integration
     level of the affected Participants may not exceed One
     Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (or the
     adjusted limitation).  The combined excess compensation
     of the affected Participants in the 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 5
<PAGE>

     family unit may not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars 
     ($150,000) (or the adjusted limitation) minus the affected 
     Participant's combined integration level (as determined under the 
     preceding sentence).  If the combined excess compensation exceeds this 
     limitation, the ESOP Committee will prorate the excess Compensation 
     Limitation among the affected Participants in the family unit in 
     proportion to each such individual's Adjusted Compensation minus his 
     integration level.

     Sec. 1.11.     ACCOUNT.  "Account" means the separate
account(s) which the Trustee or the ESOP Committee establishes and
maintains for a Participant under the Plan. 

     Sec. 1.12.     ACCRUED BENEFIT.  "Accrued Benefit" means the
amount standing in a Participant's Account(s) as of any date
derived from both Employer contributions and Employee
contributions, if any. 

     Sec. 1.13.     NONFORFEITABLE.  "Nonforfeitable" means a
Participant's or Beneficiary's unconditional claim, legally
enforceable against the Plan, to the Participant's Accrued Benefit. 

     Sec. 1.14.     PLAN YEAR.  "Plan Year" means the tax year of
the Plan, a twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on
January 1 of each year and ending on the following December 31.

     Sec. 1.15.     EFFECTIVE DATE.  "Effective Date" of the Plan
is January 1, 1995.

     Sec. 1.16.     PLAN ENTRY DATE.  "Plan Entry Date" means the
Effective Date and every January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1
after the Effective Date.

     Sec. 1.17.     ACCOUNTING DATE.  "Accounting Date" is the last
day of the Plan Year.  Unless otherwise specified in the Plan, all
Plan allocations for a particular Plan Year will be made as of the
Accounting Date of that Plan Year. 

     Sec. 1.18.     TRUST.  "Trust" means the separate Trust which
implements and forms a part of the Plan. 

     Sec. 1.19.     TRUST FUND.  "Trust Fund" means all property of
every kind held or acquired by the Trustee under the Plan.  Trust
Fund is also referred to as "Trust assets."

     Sec. 1.20.     NONTRANSFERABLE ANNUITY.  "Nontransferable
Annuity" or "Nontransferable Annuity Contract" means an annuity
which by its terms provides that it may not be sold, assigned,
discounted, pledged as collateral for a loan or security for the
performance of an obligation or for any purpose to any person other
than the insurance company.  If the Plan distributes an annuity
contract, the contract must be a Nontransferable Annuity. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 6
<PAGE>

     Sec. 1.21.     ERISA.  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income 
Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or any successor 
statute thereto and the final and temporary regulations promulgated, and 
the applicable rulings issued thereunder. References herein to Sections 
of ERISA shall include any successor provisions thereto.  

     Sec. 1.22.     CODE.  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 
1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.  
References herein to Sections of the Code shall include any successor 
provisions thereto. 

     Sec. 1.23.     SERVICE.  "Service" means any period of time the 
Employee is in the employ of the Employer, including any period the 
Employee is on an unpaid leave of absence authorized by the Employer 
under a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy applicable to all Employees. 

     Sec. 1.24.     HOUR OF SERVICE.  "Hour of Service" means: 

          (a)  Each Hour of Service for which the Employer,
     either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for
     which the Employee is entitled to payment, for the
     performance of duties.  The ESOP Committee credits Hours
     of Service under this paragraph (a) to the Employee for
     the computation period in which the Employee performs the
     duties, regardless of when paid; 

          (b)  Each Hour of Service for back pay, regardless
     of mitigation of damages, to which the Employer has
     agreed or for which the Employee has received an award. 
     The ESOP Committee credits Hours of Service under this
     paragraph (b) to the Employee for the computation
     period(s) to which the award or the agreement pertains
     rather than for the computation period in which the
     award, agreement or payment is made; and 

          (c)  Each Hour of Service for which the Employer,
     either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee or for
     which the Employee is entitled to payment (regardless of
     whether the employment relationship is terminated) for
     reasons other than for the performance of duties during
     a computation period, such as leave of absence, vacation,
     holiday, sick leave, illness, incapacity (including
     Disability), layoff, jury duty or military duty.  The
     ESOP Committee will credit no more than five hundred and
     one (501) Hours of Service under this paragraph (c) to an
     Employee on account of any single continuous period
     during which the Employee does not perform any duties
     (whether or not such period occurs during a single
     computation period).  The ESOP Committee credits Hours of
     Service under this paragraph (c) in accordance with the
     rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Labor Regulations
     Section 2530.200b-2, which the Plan, by this reference,
     specifically incorporates in full within this paragraph
     (c). 

     The ESOP Committee will not credit an Hour of Service under
more than one of the above paragraphs.  A computation period for
purposes of this Section 1.24 is the Plan Year, Year 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 7
<PAGE>

of Service period, Break in Service period or other period, as determined 
under the Plan provision for which the ESOP Committee is measuring an 
Employee's Hours of Service.  The ESOP Committee will resolve any ambiguity 
with respect to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the Employee. 

     (A)  METHOD OF CREDITING HOURS OF SERVICE.  The Employer will credit 
every Employee with Hours of Service on the basis of the "actual" method.  
For purposes of the Plan, "actual" method means the determination of Hours of 
Service from records of hours worked and hours for which the Employer makes 
payment or for which payment is due from the Employer. 

     (B)  MATERNITY OR PATERNITY LEAVE.  Solely for purposes of determining 
whether the Employee incurs a Break in Service under any provision of this 
Plan, the ESOP Committee must credit Hours of Service during an Employee's 
unpaid absence period due to maternity or paternity leave.  The ESOP 
Committee considers an Employee on maternity or paternity leave if the 
Employee's absence is due to the Employee's pregnancy, the birth of the 
Employee's child, the placement with the Employee of an adopted child, or the 
care of the Employee's child immediately following the child's birth or 
placement.  The ESOP Committee credits Hours of Service under this paragraph 
on the basis of the number of Hours of Service the Employee would receive if 
he were paid during the absence period or, if the ESOP Committee cannot 
determine the number of Hours of Service the Employee would receive, on the 
basis of eight (8) hours per day during the absence period.  The ESOP 
Committee will credit only the number (not exceeding five hundred and one 
(501)) of Hours of Service necessary to prevent an Employee's Break in 
Service. The ESOP Committee credits all Hours of Service described in this 
paragraph to the computation period in which the absence period begins or, if 
the Employee does not need these Hours of Service to prevent a Break in 
Service in the computation period in which his absence period begins, the 
ESOP Committee credits these Hours of Service to the immediately following 
computation period. 

     Sec. 1.25.     DISABILITY.  "Disability" means total and permanent 
disability, the physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from 
bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which renders the Participant 
incapable of engaging in his or her usual and customary occupation.  The 
total and permanent disability of a Participant shall be determined by a 
physician, selected by the Participant, in accordance with uniform medical 
principles consistently applied, upon the basis of such evidence as the 
physician deems necessary and desirable. The Plan considers a Participant 
disabled on the date the ESOP Committee determines the Participant satisfies 
the definition of Disability. Notwithstanding any provision herein, the ESOP 
Committee may require a Participant to submit to another physical examination 
performed by a physician selected by the ESOP Committee in order to confirm 
Disability.  The ESOP Committee will apply the provisions of this Section 
1.25 in a nondiscriminatory, consistent and uniform manner. 

     Sec. 1.26.     SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER.  If the Employer 
maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, the Plan treats service of the 
Employee with the predecessor employer as Service with the Employer.  

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 8
<PAGE>

     Sec. 1.27.     RELATED EMPLOYERS.  "Related Employers" means a 
controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), trades 
or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control 
(as defined in Code Section 414(c)) or an affiliated service group (as 
defined in Code Section 414(m) or in Code Section 414(o)).  "Related 
Employer" means one of the Related Employers.  If the Employer is a Related 
Employer, the term "Employer" includes the Related Employers for purposes of 
crediting Hours of Service, determining Years of Service and Breaks in 
Service under Articles II and V hereof, applying the Participation Test and 
the Coverage Test under the suspension of accrual requirements of Section 
3.06(E) hereof, applying the limitations on allocations in Part 2 of Article 
III hereof, applying the top heavy rules and the minimum allocation 
requirements of Article III hereof, the definitions of Employee, Highly 
Compensated Employee, Compensation and Leased Employee, and for any other 
purpose required by the applicable Code section or by a Plan provision. Only 
an Employer described in Section 1.02 hereof may contribute to the Plan and 
only an Employee employed by an Employer described in Section 1.02 hereof is 
eligible to participate in this Plan. 

     Sec. 1.28.     LEASED EMPLOYEES.  The Plan treats a Leased Employee as 
an Employee of the Employer.  A Leased Employee is an individual (who 
otherwise is not an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to a leasing 
agreement between the Employer and any other person, has performed services 
for the Employer (or for the Employer and any persons related to the Employer 
within the meaning of Code Section 144(a)(3)) on a substantially full time 
basis for at least one (1) year and who performs services historically 
performed by employees in the Employer's business field.  If a Leased 
Employee is treated as an Employee by reason of this Section 1.28, 
"Compensation" includes Compensation from the leasing organization which is 
attributable to services performed for the Employer.

     The Plan does not treat a Leased Employee as an Employee if the leasing 
organization covers the employee in a safe harbor plan and, prior to 
application of this safe harbor plan exception, twenty percent (20%) or less 
of the Employer's Employees (other than Highly Compensated Employees) are 
Leased Employees.  A safe harbor plan is a money purchase pension plan 
providing immediate participation, full and immediate vesting, and a 
non-integrated contribution formula equal to at least ten percent (10%) of 
the employee's compensation without regard to employment by the leasing 
organization on a specified date.  The safe harbor plan must determine the 
ten percent (10%) contribution on the basis of compensation as defined in 
Code Section 415(c)(3) plus Elective Contributions (as defined in Section 
1.67 hereof).

     The ESOP Committee must apply this Section 1.28 in a manner consistent 
with Code Sections 414(n) and 414(o) and the regulations issued under those 
Code Sections.  The ESOP Committee will reduce a Leased Employee's allocation 
of Employer contributions under this Plan by the Leased Employee's allocation 
under the leasing organization's plan, but only to the extent that allocation 
is attributable to the Leased Employee's service provided to the Employer.

     Sec. 1.29.     DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS.  If this Plan is the 
only qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the Plan is top heavy for a 
Plan Year if the top heavy ratio as of the Determination Date (as hereafter 
defined) exceeds sixty percent (60%).  The "top 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                          PAGE 9
<PAGE>

heavy ratio" is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the present 
value of Accrued Benefits of all Key Employees (as hereafter defined) as of 
the Determination Date and the denominator of which is a similar sum 
determined for all Employees.  The ESOP Committee must include in the top 
heavy ratio, as part of the present value of Accrued Benefits, any 
contribution not made as of the Determination Date but includible under Code 
Section 416 and the applicable Treasury regulations, and distributions made 
within the Determination Period (as hereafter defined).  The ESOP Committee 
must calculate the top heavy ratio by disregarding the Accrued Benefit (and 
distributions, if any, of the Accrued Benefit) of any Non-Key Employee (as 
hereafter defined) who was formerly a Key Employee, and by disregarding the 
Accrued Benefit (including distributions, if any, of the Accrued Benefit) of 
an individual who has not received credit for at least one (1) Hour of 
Service with the Employer during the Determination Period. The ESOP Committee 
must calculate the top heavy ratio, including the extent to which it must 
take into account distributions, rollovers and transfers, in accordance with 
Code Section 416 and the Treasury regulations thereunder. 

     If the Employer maintains other qualified plans (including a 401(k) 
arrangement or simplified employee pension plan), or maintained another such 
plan which now is terminated, this Plan is top heavy only if it is part of 
the Required Aggregation Group (as hereafter defined), and the top heavy 
ratio for the Required Aggregation Group and for the Permissive Aggregation 
Group (as hereafter defined), if any, each exceeds sixty percent (60%).  The 
Trustee or ESOP Committee will calculate the top heavy ratio in the same 
manner as required by the first paragraph of this Section 1.29, taking into 
account all plans that are aggregated.  To the extent distributions to a 
Participant are taken into account, distributions from a terminated plan 
which would have been part of the Required Aggregation Group if it were in 
existence on the Determination Date must be included.  The present value of 
Accrued Benefits under defined benefit plans or simplified employee pension 
plans included within the group will be calculated in accordance with the 
terms of those plans, Code Section 416 and the Treasury regulations under 
that Code Section.  If a Participant in a defined benefit plan is a Non-Key 
Employee, his Accrued Benefit will be determined under the accrual method, if 
any, which is applicable uniformly to all defined benefit plans maintained by 
the Employer or, if there is no uniform method, in accordance with the 
slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule accrual method 
described in Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).  To calculate the present value of 
benefits from a defined benefit plan, the actuarial assumptions (interest and 
mortality only) prescribed by the defined benefit plan(s) will be used to 
value benefits for top heavy purposes.  If an aggregated plan does not have a 
valuation date coinciding with the Determination Date, the Accrued Benefits 
in the aggregated plan must be valued as of the most recent valuation date 
falling within the twelve-month period ending on the Determination Date, 
except as Code Section 416 and applicable Treasury regulations require for 
the first and second plan year of a defined benefit plan.  The top heavy 
ratio with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same 
calendar year will be calculated. 

     DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 
1.29:

          (a)  "Key Employee" means, as of any Determination
     Date, any Employee or former Employee (or Beneficiary of
     such Employee) who, for any

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 10
<PAGE>

     Plan Year in the Determination Period: (i) has Compensation in excess 
     of fifty percent (50%) of the dollar amount prescribed in Code Section 
     415(b)(1)(A) (relating to defined benefit plans) and is an officer of 
     the Employer; (ii) has Compensation in excess of the dollar amount 
     prescribed in Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) (relating to defined 
     contribution plans) and is one of the Employees owning the ten (10) 
     largest interests in the Employer; (iii) is a more than five percent 
     (5%) owner of the Employer; or (iv) is a more than one percent (1%) 
     owner of the Employer and has Compensation of more than One Hundred 
     Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000).  The constructive ownership rules of 
     Code Section 318 (or the principles of that Section, in the case of an 
     unincorporated Employer,) will apply to determine ownership in the 
     Employer.  The number of officers taken into account under clause (i) 
     will not exceed the greater of three (3) or ten percent (10%) of the 
     total number (after application of the Code Section 414(q) exclusions) 
     of Employees, but no more than fifty (50) officers.  The ESOP Committee 
     will make the determination of who is a Key Employee in accordance with 
     Code Section 416(i)(1) and the Treasury regulations under that Code 
     Section. 

          (b)  "Non-Key Employee" is an employee who does not
     meet the definition of Key Employee. 

          (c)  "Compensation" means the general definition of
     Compensation as determined under Section 1.10(A) hereof,
     increased for Elective Contributions (as defined in
     Section 1.67 hereof).

          (d)  "Required Aggregation Group" means: (1) each
     qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key
     Employee participates at any time during the
     Determination Period; and (2) any other qualified plan of
     the Employer which enables a plan described in clause (1)
     to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or of
     Code Section 410. 

          (e)  "Permissive Aggregation Group" is the Required
     Aggregation Group plus any other qualified plans
     maintained by the Employer, but only if such group would
     satisfy in the aggregate the requirements of Code
     Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.  The ESOP Committee will
     determine the Permissive Aggregation Group. 

          (f)  "Employer" means the Employer that adopts this
     Plan and any Related Employers described in Section 1.27
     hereof. 

          (g)  "Determination Date" for any Plan Year is the
     Accounting Date of the preceding Plan Year or, in the
     case of the first Plan Year of the Plan, the Accounting
     Date of that Plan Year.  

          (h)  The "Determination Period" is the five (5) year
     period ending on the Determination Date.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 11
<PAGE>

          (i)   "Super Top Heavy Plan" means that, as of the
     Determination Date, (i) the present value of Accrued
     Benefits of Key Employees, and (ii) the sum of the
     Aggregate Accounts of Key Employees under this Plan and
     all plans of an Aggregation Group, exceeds ninety percent
     (90%) of the present value of Accrued Benefits and the
     Aggregate Accounts of all Participants under this Plan
     and all plans of an Aggregation Group.

     Sec. 1.30. DISQUALIFIED PERSON.  "Disqualified Person"
means a person who is:

          (a)   a fiduciary (as hereinafter defined);

          (b)   a person providing services to the Plan;

          (c)   an Employer any of whose Employees are covered
     by the Plan;

          (d)   an employee organization any of whose members
                are covered by the Plan;

          (e)   an owner, direct or indirect, of fifty percent
                (50%) or more of:

                (i)    the combined voting power of all classes
                       of stock entitled to vote or the total
                       value of shares of all classes of stock
                       of a corporation;

                (ii)   the capital interest or the profits
                       interest of a partnership, or

                (iii)  the beneficial interest of a trust
                       or unincorporated enterprise,

     which is an Employer or an employee organization
     described in subparagraph (c) or (d) above;

          (f)  a member of the family (as hereafter defined)
     of any individual described in subparagraph (a), (b),
     (c), or (e) above;

          (g)  a corporation, partnership, or trust or estate
     of which (or in which) fifty percent (50%) or more of:

               (i)  the combined voting power of all classes
                    of stock entitled to vote or the total
                    value of shares of all classes of stock
                    of such corporation;

               (ii) the capital interest or profits interest
                    of such partnership; or

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 12
<PAGE>

               (iii)     the beneficial interest of such
                         trust or estate is owned, directly
                         or indirectly, or held by persons
                         described in subparagraph (a), (b),
                         (c), (d) or (e) above;

          (h)  an officer, director (or an individual having
     powers or responsibilities similar to those of officers
     or directors), a ten percent (10%) or more shareholder,
     or a highly compensated employee (earning ten percent
     (10%) or more of the yearly wages of an Employer) of a
     person described in subparagraph (c), (d), (e) or (g)
     above; or

          (i)  a ten percent (10%) or more (in capital or
     profits) partner or joint venturer of a person described
     in subparagraph (c), (d), (e) or (g) above.

     The Secretary of the Treasury, after consultation and
coordination with the Secretary of Labor or his delegate, may by
regulation prescribe a percentage lower than fifty percent (50%)
for subparagraphs (e) and (g) above and lower than ten percent
(10%) for subparagraphs (h) and (i) above.

     For purposes of this Section 1.30, the term "fiduciary" means
any person who:

          (a)  exercises any discretionary authority or
     discretionary control respecting management of the Plan
     or exercises any authority or control respecting
     management or disposition of its assets;

          (b)  renders investment advice for a fee or other
     compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any
     monies or other property of the Plan, or has any
     authority or responsibility to do so, or

          (c)  has any discretionary authority or
     discretionary responsibility in the administration of the
     Plan.

     The term "fiduciary" includes any person designated under Section 
405(c)(1)(B) of ERISA.

     For purposes of subparagraphs (e)(i) and (g)(i) above, there shall be 
taken into account indirect stockholdings which would be taken into account 
under Section 267(c)(4) of the Code, except that, for purposes of this 
paragraph, Section 267(c)(4) of the Code shall be treated as providing that 
the members of the family of an individual shall include his spouse, 
ancestor, lineal descendant, and any spouse of a lineal descendant.

     For purposes of subparagraphs (e)(ii) and (iii), (g)(ii) and (iii), and 
(i) above, the ownership of profits or beneficial interests shall be 
determined in accordance with the rules for constructive ownership of stock 
provided in Section 267(c) of the Code (other than paragraph (3) thereof), 
except that Section 267(c)(4) of the Code shall be treated as providing that 
the members 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 13
<PAGE>

of the family of an individual shall include his spouse, ancestor, lineal 
descendant, and any spouse of a lineal descendant.

     Sec. 1.31.     EMPLOYER SECURITIES.  "Employer Securities" means 
nonvoting common stock issued by the Company, or by a corporation which is a 
member of the same controlled group of the Company.

     Sec. 1.32.     SEPARATION FROM SERVICE.  "Separation from Service," 
"Separates from Service," or "Separated from Service" means the Employee no 
longer has an employment relationship with the Employer maintaining this 
Plan.  Severance Date is defined in Section 1.38.

     Sec. 1.33.     ALTERNATE PAYEE.  "Alternate Payee" means a spouse, 
former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant to whom benefits 
are payable under the Plan pursuant to the terms of a qualified domestic 
relations order.

     Sec. 1.34.     BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  "Board of Directors" or "Board" 
means the Board of Directors of the Company, as from time to time constituted.

     Sec. 1.35.     INCOME OF THE TRUST FUND.  "Income of the Trust Fund" 
means the net gain or loss of the General Investments Accounts of the Trust 
Fund, as reflected by interest payments, dividends, realized and unrealized 
gains and losses on securities, other than Employer Securities, and on other 
investment transactions, and reduced by expenses paid from the Trust Fund. 
The expenses of the Trust Fund do not include interest paid on any 
installment contracts for the purchase of Employer Securities by the Trust or 
on any loan of the Trust incurred to purchase Employer Securities.

     Sec. 1.36.     PARTICIPANT EMPLOYER SECURITIES ACCOUNT. "Participant 
Employer Securities Account" means the account of a Participant which is 
credited with shares and fractional shares of Employer Securities contributed 
to the Plan or shares otherwise allocable to the Participant's participation 
in the Plan. Participant Employer Securities Account is also referred to as 
"Employer Securities Account."

     Sec. 1.37.     ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  "Rollover Account" has the meaning 
given in Section 4.03 hereof.

     Sec. 1.38.     SEVERANCE DATE.  "Severance Date" means termination of a 
Participant's Service prior to Normal Retirement Age (as defined in Section 
5.01 hereof) for reasons other than Retirement, Disability or death.

     Sec. 1.39.     VALUATION DATE.  "Valuation Date" means each date on 
which the Trust Fund is valued under Section 9.11 hereof.

     Sec. 1.40.     QUALIFIED PARTICIPANT.  "Qualified Participant" means a 
Participant who has attained age fifty-five (55) and who, commencing on the 
Effective Date,  has completed at least ten (10) years of participation in 
the Plan.  A "year of participation" means a Plan Year 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 14
<PAGE>

commencing on the Effective Date in which the Participant was eligible for an 
allocation of Employer contributions, regardless of whether the Employer 
actually contributed to the Plan for that Plan Year.

     Sec. 1.41.     QUALIFIED ELECTION PERIOD.  "Qualified Election Period" 
means the six (6) Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year in which the 
Participant first becomes a Qualified Participant. 

     Sec. 1.42.     RETIREMENT.  "Retirement" means a Participant's 
Separation from Service with an Employer at or after attaining Normal 
Retirement Age.

     Sec. 1.43.     PARTICIPATION OF OTHER EMPLOYERS.  Subject to Section 
12.14 hereof, any other corporation or organization which is a member of a 
group of corporations described in Code Section 409(l) that includes the 
Company may adopt this Plan, effective as of the date indicated in its 
instrument of adoption, if (i) its application is made in writing to the 
Board and ESOP Committee; (ii) such application is accepted in writing by the 
Board and ESOP Committee; and (iii) such approved Employer executes an 
instrument in writing duly authorized by it adopting this Plan and delivers a 
copy thereof to the ESOP Committee.  Throughout this instrument, a 
distinction is purposely drawn between rights and obligations of the Company 
and rights and obligations of an Employer.  The rights and obligations 
specified as belonging to the Company shall belong only to it, including but 
not limited to, appointment of the ESOP Committee and amendment of the Plan.  
An Employer's instrument of adoption may provide for the following: (i) 
making of an initial contribution to the Plan, (ii) making such other changes 
with respect to the Plan as are approved by the ESOP Committee, and (iii) the 
designation of the name of the Plan with respect to its Employees.  Each 
Employer shall have the obligation, as hereinafter provided and as may be 
provided in its instrument of adoption, to make contributions for its own 
Participants, and no Employer shall have the obligation to make contributions 
for the Participants of any other Employer unless determined by the ESOP 
Committee.  Any failure by an Employer to fulfill its own obligations under 
this Plan shall, except as provided in the next preceding sentence, have no 
effect upon any other Employer.  An Employer may withdraw from this Plan 
without affecting any other Employer.  If an Employer withdraws or its 
participation is terminated by the Board, such Employer may, in its sole 
discretion, adopt for its Employees alone and independent of this Plan its 
own plan which shall be considered a continuation of this Plan with respect 
to itself and its Participants.   

     Sec. 1.44.     INELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.  "Ineligible Employee" means an 
Employee who ceases to be an Eligible Employee, but remains in the Service of 
the Employer or a Related Employer.

     Sec. 1.45.     LATE RETIREMENT DATE.  "Late Retirement Date" means the 
date of termination of an Employee's Service with the Employer for any reason 
other than death where the termination occurs subsequent to the Employee's 
Normal Retirement Date.

     Sec. 1.46.     COMPANY.  "Company" means VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC. or its 
successor.  The tax identification number of the Company is as follows:  
75-2239444.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 15
<PAGE>

     Sec. 1.47.     ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION.  An "Eligible Rollover 
Distribution" is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the 
credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does 
not include the following: (1) any distribution that is one of a series of 
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) 
made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives 
(or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's 
designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more; 
(2) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under 
Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and (3) the portion of any distribution that 
is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion 
for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer Securities).

     Sec. 1.48.     ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.  An "Eligible Retirement Plan" 
is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, 
an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an 
annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust 
described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's 
Eligible Rollover Distribution.  In the case of an Eligible Rollover 
Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an 
individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

     Sec. 1.49.     DISTRIBUTEE.  "Distributee" includes an employee, former 
employee, or beneficiary of either an employee or former employee.  The 
employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or former 
employee's spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a 
qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) 
are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

     Sec. 1.50.     DIRECT ROLLOVER.  A "Direct Rollover" is a payment by the 
Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

     Sec. 1.51.     ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.  Each Employee becomes an "Eligible 
Employee," and thereby eligible to participate in the Plan, immediately 
following the later of the date on which he completes one (1) Year of Service 
and has attained age twenty-one (21).  For purposes of an Employee's 
eligibility, the Plan takes into account all of his Years of Service (as 
defined in Section 2.02 hereof) with the Employer.

     Sec. 1.52.     FORFEITURE.  "Forfeiture" refers to the amount of a 
Participant's Accrued Benefit which is not Vested.

     Sec. 1.53.     VESTED.  "Vested" refers to the portion of a 
Participant's Accrued Benefit which is Nonforfeitable.

     Sec. 1.54.     AGGREGATE ACCOUNT.  "Aggregate Account" means, with 
respect to each Participant, the value of all accounts maintained on behalf 
of a Participant, whether attributable to Employer or Employee contributions. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 16
<PAGE>

     Sec. 1.55.     FIDUCIARY.  "Fiduciary" means any person who (a) 
exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control and management 
of the Plan or exercises any authority or control and management or 
disposition of Plan assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other 
compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other 
property of the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) 
has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the 
administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the Trustee and 
the Plan Administrator.

     Sec. 1.56.     FORMER PARTICIPANT.  "Former Participant" means a person 
who has been a Participant but has ceased to be a Participant for any reason. 
 

     Sec. 1.57.     INVESTMENT MANAGER.   "Investment Manager" means any 
person, firm, or corporation who is a registered investment advisor under the 
Investment Advisors Act of 1940, a bank or an insurance company, and who has 
the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets, and who acknowledges 
in writing his fiduciary responsibility to the Plan.

     Sec. 1.58.     PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT.  "Participant's Account" means the 
accounts established and maintained for each Participant with respect to his 
total interest in the Plan.  

     Sec. 1.59.     RETIRED PARTICIPANT.  "Retired Participant" means a 
person who has been a Participant, but has become entitled to retirement 
benefits under the Plan.

     Sec. 1.60.     RETIREMENT DATE.  "Retirement Date" means the date as of 
which a Participant retires for reasons other than Disability or death, 
whether such retirement occurs on a Participant's Retirement or Late 
Retirement Date.  

     Sec. 1.61.     TERMINATED PARTICIPANT.  "Terminated Participant" means a 
person who has been a Participant but whose employment has been terminated 
other than by death, Disability, or Retirement.  

     Sec. 1.62.     NET PROFITS.  "Net Profits" mean, with respect to any 
fiscal year, the Employer's net income or profit for such fiscal year 
determined upon the basis of the Employer's books of account in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles without any reduction for tax 
based upon income, or for contributions made by the Employer to the Plan.

     Sec. 1.63.     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL.  "Self-Employed Individual" 
means, with respect to any taxable year, an individual who has earned income 
(as defined in Code Section 401(c)(2)), in such taxable year.  To the extent 
provided in Treasury regulations prescribed by the Secretary, for any taxable 
year, such term also includes: 

          (a)  an individual who would be a self-employed
     individual within the meaning of the preceding sentence,
     but for the fact that the trade or business carried on by
     such individual did not have net profits for the taxable
     year, and

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 17
<PAGE>

          (b)  an individual who has been a self-employed
     individual within the meaning of the preceding sentence
     for any prior taxable year.

     Sec. 1.64.     NORMAL RETIREMENT.  "Normal Retirement"  means Separation 
from Service on or after reaching Normal Retirement Age.
     
     Sec. 1.65.     ANNUITY STARTING DATE.  "Annuity Starting Date" means the 
first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity.  
In the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, "Annuity 
Starting Date" means the first day on which all events have occurred which 
entitle the Participant to the benefit.

     Sec. 1.66.     INACTIVE PARTICIPANT.  An "Inactive Participant" is a 
Participant who is no longer an Employee.

     Sec. 1.67.     ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  "Elective Contributions" are 
amounts excludable from the Employee's gross income under Code Sections 125, 
402(a)(8), 401(h) or 403(b), and contributed by the Employer, at the 
Employee's election, to a Code Section 401(k) arrangement, a Simplified 
Employee Pension, a Cafeteria Plan, or tax-sheltered annuity.

     Sec. 1.68.     ACP.  "ACP" means the actual contribution percentage for 
a group of Eligible Employees (as defined in Section 13.10 hereof) for a Plan 
Year.  The actual contribution percentage for a group of Eligible Employees 
for a Plan is the average of the actual contribution ratios of the Eligible 
Employees in the group for that Plan Year.  An Eligible Employee's actual 
contribution ratio is the sum of the Eligible Employee's contribution and 
matching contributions allocated to the Eligible Employee's account for the 
Plan Year, and the qualified nonelective and elective contributions treated 
as matching contributions for the Plan Year, divided by the Eligible 
Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year.

                              END OF ARTICLE I
 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 18

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE II
                      EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

     Sec. 2.01.  PARTICIPATION.  Each Eligible Employee becomes
a Participant in the Plan on the Plan Entry Date (if employed on
such date) immediately following the date on which he became an
Eligible Employee.

     Sec. 2.02.  YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  For purposes
of an Employee's participation in the Plan under Section 2.01
hereof, the Plan takes into account all of his Years of Service
with the Employer.  "Year of Service" means an eligibility
computation period during which the Employee completes not less
than one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service.  The initial
eligibility computation period is the first twelve (12) consecutive
month period measured from the Employment Commencement Date.  The
Plan measures the subsequent periods by reference to the Plan Year,
beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary
of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.  "Employment
Commencement Date" means the date on which the Employee first
performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.  For purposes of this
Section 2.02, "Employer" means the Employer as defined in Section
1.02 hereof and any corporation, association, partnership or other
entity acquired by the Employer as defined in Section 1.02 hereof.

     Sec. 2.03.  BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION.  For purposes
of participation in the Plan, the Plan does not apply any Break in
Service rule.

     Sec. 2.04.  PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT.  A
Participant whose employment terminates shall re-enter the Plan as
a Participant on the date of his re-employment.  An Employee who
satisfies the Plan's eligibility conditions but who terminates
employment with the Employer prior to becoming a Participant will
become a Participant on the later of the Plan Entry Date on which
he would have entered the Plan had he not terminated employment or
the date of his reemployment.  Any Employee who terminates
employment prior to satisfying the Plan's eligibility conditions
becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section
2.01 hereof.

     Sec. 2.05.  INELIGIBILITY TO BECOME A PARTICIPANT.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.01 above, any Eligible
Employee shall not be eligible and shall not become a Participant,
and any Employee who is a Participant shall cease to be eligible to
be a Participant, if:

          (a)  Such Employee is or becomes a member of a
     collective bargaining unit if retirement benefits
     covering such unit were the subject of good faith
     bargaining and coverage under this Plan was not agreed to
     under such bargaining;

          (b)  Such Employee is employed by a Related Employer
     that is not an adopting Employer or is excluded from
     participation by the terms of the Employer's adoption
     agreement;

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 19
<PAGE>

          (c)  Such individual is not on the payroll of an
     Employer;

          (d)  Such individual is considered a "Leased
     Employee" under Section 1.28 hereof;

          (e)  Such Employee is a non-resident alien who
     receives no earned income from an Employer that
     constitutes income from sources within the United States;
     or

          (f)  The date the Employee elects not to participate
     in the Plan, pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof.

     Sec. 2.06.  CONTINUANCE AS A PARTICIPANT.  Notwithstanding
any other provision herein, a Participant shall continue as a
Participant until whichever of the following dates first occurs:

          (a)  The date of such Participant's death;

          (b)  The date the Participant ceases to be an
               Employee;

          (c)  The date the Participant becomes ineligible to
     participate in the Plan, pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof;
     or

          (d)  The date the Participant elects not to
     participate in the Plan, pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof.

     After an individual ceases to be a Participant, his Account
shall continue to be held and invested pursuant to the terms of the
Plan, and shall share in the earnings or losses of the Plan pending
distribution pursuant to Article VI hereof.   However, he shall be
ineligible to share in Employer contributions and Participant
Forfeitures, except as otherwise provided in Sections 3.06(B) and
3.06(C) hereof.

     Sec. 2.07.  EMPLOYMENT BY EMPLOYER; SERVICE WITH NEWLY
ACQUIRED ENTITIES; RECORDS OF EMPLOYER.  Notwithstanding any other
provision herein, this provision applies, as follows:

          (a)  In the event the Employer has or shall acquire
     the control of any organization by the purchase of assets
     or stock, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or any
     other similar event, the Board of Directors may direct to
     what extent, if any, employment by such organization
     shall be deemed to be employment by the Employer, and, in
     connection therewith, may specify a special Plan Entry
     Date.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 20
<PAGE>

          (b)  The personnel records of the Employer or any
     Related Employer shall be conclusive evidence for the
     purpose of determining the period of employment of any
     and all Employees.

     Sec. 2.08.  ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE.  An Eligible
Employee, or any present Participant, may elect not to participate
in the Plan or enter into an agreement with the Company not to
participate in the Plan.  For an election to be effective for a
particular Plan Year, the Employee or Participant must either (1)
file the election in writing with the ESOP Committee not later than
thirty (30) days prior to the Accounting Date of that Plan Year
unless accepted by the ESOP Committee at a different time or (2)
enter into an agreement with the Company which provides that the
Employee or Participant shall not participate in the Plan
(collectively referred to herein as "election").  The Employer will
not make a contribution under the Plan for the Employee or for the
Participant for the Plan Year for which the election or agreement
is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year.  The Employee or
Participant may re-elect to participate in the Plan unless the
election or agreement provides otherwise.  After an Employee's or
Participant's election not to participate has been effective for at
least two (2) Plan Years, unless the agreement between the Employee
and Company provides otherwise, the Employee or Participant may
re-elect to participate in the Plan for any Plan Year and
subsequent Plan Years.  If the Employee or Participant is permitted
to enter or re-enter the Plan, he may re-elect to participate in
the Plan by filing his election in writing with the ESOP Committee
not later than thirty (30) days prior to the Accounting Date of the
Plan Year for which his election is to be effective.  An Employee
or Participant who re-elects to participate may not again elect not
to participate in the Plan.  If an Employee is a Self-Employed
Individual, the Employee's election must be effective no later than
the date the Employee first would become a Participant in the Plan
and the election is irrevocable (except as permitted by Treasury
regulations without creating a Code Section 401(k) arrangement with
respect to that Self-Employed Individual).  The ESOP Committee must
furnish an Employee or a Participant any form required for purposes
of an election under this Section 2.08.  An election timely filed
is effective for the entire Plan Year.

     A Participant who elects not to participate in the Plan may
not receive a distribution of his Accrued Benefit attributable
thereto except as provided under Article VI hereof.  For each Plan
Year for which a Participant's election not to participate is
effective, his Account(s), if any, continues to share in
allocations under Article IX hereof.  The Employee or the
Participant receives vesting credit under Article V hereof for each
included Year of Service during the period the election not to
participate is effective.

                        END OF ARTICLE II

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 21
<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE III
        EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTICIPANT FORFEITURES

Part 1.  AMOUNT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND PLAN ALLOCATIONS:
SECTIONS 3.01 THROUGH 3.06

     Sec. 3.01.  AMOUNT.  For each Plan Year, the Employer will
contribute to the Trust as follows:

     (A)  NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  A discretionary amount the
Employer may from time to time deem advisable.  Participants who do
not satisfy the requirements under Section 3.06 hereof shall not
share in the Employer discretionary contribution.

     (B)  QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The amount the
Employer, in its sole discretion, designates as qualified matching
contributions.

     The Employer may contribute to this Plan regardless of whether
it has Net Profits.  However, the Employer may not make a
contribution for any Plan Year to the extent the contribution would
exceed the Participants' Maximum Permissible Amounts pursuant to
Part 2 of this Article III.

     The Employer contributes to this Plan on the condition its
contribution is not due to a mistake of fact and the Internal
Revenue Service will not disallow the deduction for its
contribution.  The amount of the Employer's contribution made by
the Employer by mistake of fact or the amount of the Employer's
contribution disallowed as a deduction under Code Section 404 shall
be returned to the Employer.  No portion of the Employer's
contribution under the provisions of this paragraph shall be
returned if made longer than one (1) year after the Employer made
the contribution by mistake of fact.  If the Internal Revenue
Service disallows part or all of the contribution as a deduction
and it has been longer than one (1) year after the Employer made
the contribution, a portion of the Employer's contribution which
represents the amount disallowed will be returned.

     The Employer may make its contribution in cash or in Employer
Securities as the Employer from time to time may determine provided
the contribution in Employer Securities is not a prohibited
transaction under the Code or ERISA.  The Employer may make its
contribution of Employer Securities at fair market value determined
at the time of contribution.

     Sec. 3.02.  DETERMINATION OF CONTRIBUTION.  The Employer,
from its records, determines the amount of any contributions to be
made by it to the Trust under the terms of the Plan.

     Sec. 3.03.  TIME OF PAYMENT OF CONTRIBUTION.  The Employer
may pay its contribution for each Plan Year in one or more
installments without interest.  The Employer must

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 22
<PAGE>

make its contribution to the Plan within the time prescribed by the
Code or applicable Treasury regulations to be deductible on its Federal
corporate income tax return.

     Sec. 3.04.  ALLOCATIONS.

     (A)  METHOD OF ALLOCATION.  To make allocations under the
Plan, the ESOP Committee must, at least, establish a Qualified
Matching Contributions Account and a Participant Employer
Securities Account for each Participant.

          (1)  DISCRETIONARY NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.
     Subject to any restoration allocation required under
     Section 5.04, the ESOP Committee will allocate and credit
     each annual Employer nonelective contributions (and
     Participant Forfeitures, if any) to the Participant
     Employer Securities Account of each Participant who
     satisfies the conditions of Section 3.06 in the same
     ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the Plan
     Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants
     for the Plan Year.

          (2)  QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  If the
     Employer, at the time of contribution, designates a
     contribution to be a qualified matching contribution for
     the Plan Year, the ESOP Committee will allocate that
     qualified matching contribution to the Qualified Matching
     Contributions Account of each Participant eligible for an
     allocation of qualified matching contributions.  The ESOP
     Committee will make the allocation to each eligible
     Participant's Qualified Matching Contributions Account in
     the same ratio that the Participant's Compensation for
     the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
     eligible Participants for the Plan Year.  For purposes of
     allocating the qualified matching contributions, the term
     "eligible Participant" means any Nonhighly compensated
     Participant.

          (3)  ALLOCATION PROCEDURES.  Accounts shall be
     adjusted in accordance with the following:

               (i)  INCOME AND APPRECIATION IN VALUE OF
          QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNTS AND
          ROLLOVER ACCOUNTS.  The income of Participant's
          Qualified Matching Contributions Accounts and
          Rollover Accounts (including the appreciation or
          depreciation in value of the assets in such
          Accounts) shall be allocated to such Accounts in
          proportion to the balances in such Accounts as of
          the next preceding Valuation Date, but after first
          reducing each such Account balance by any
          distributions or charges from such Account since
          the next preceding Valuation Date.  Such amounts
          shall be allocated among the Participant's
          Qualified Matching Contributions Accounts and
          Rollover Accounts  in such uniform and reasonable
          manner as the ESOP Committee may prescribe.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 23
<PAGE>

               (ii) INCOME AND APPRECIATION IN VALUE OF
          EMPLOYER SECURITIES ACCOUNTS.  The income (except
          stock in kind) dividends with respect to Employer
          Securities (except the unrealized appreciation or
          depreciation in value of Employer Securities) held
          in Participant Employer Securities Accounts shall
          be allocated to the appropriate Participant
          Employer Securities Account, in proportion to the
          balances, as of the last Valuation Date, in the
          respective Participant Employer Securities Accounts
          to which the income is attributable but after first
          reducing each such Account balance by any
          distributions or charges from such Accounts since
          the last Valuation Date.  Stock (in kind) dividends
          with respect to Employer Securities shall be
          allocated to the Account which held the Employer
          Securities that generated the stock (in kind)
          dividend.

     (B)  TOP HEAVY MINIMUM ALLOCATION.

          (1)  MINIMUM ALLOCATION.  If the Employer satisfies
     the top heavy minimum benefit requirements in another
     qualified retirement plan it maintains, this Plan does
     not guarantee a top heavy minimum allocation.  If another
     qualified retirement plan maintained by the Employer does
     not satisfy the top heavy minimum benefit requirements
     and the Plan is top heavy in any Plan Year, the following
     provisions apply:

               (a)  Each Non-Key Employee who is a
          Participant and is employed by the Employer on the
          last day of the Plan Year will receive a top heavy
          minimum allocation for that Plan Year, irrespective
          of whether he satisfies the Hours of Service
          condition under Section 3.06 hereof; and

               (b)  The top heavy minimum allocation is the
          lesser of three percent (3%) of the Non-Key
          Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year or the
          highest contribution rate for the Plan Year made on
          behalf of any Key Employee.   However, if a defined
          benefit plan maintained by the Employer which
          benefits a Key Employee depends on this Plan to
          satisfy the anti-discrimination rules of Code
          Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of Code
          Section 410 (or another plan benefiting the Key
          Employee so depends on such defined benefit plan),
          the top heavy minimum allocation is three percent
          (3%) of the Non-Key Employee's Compensation
          regardless of the contribution rate for the Key
          Employees.

          (2)  SPECIAL DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this
     Section 3.04(B), the term "Participant" includes any
     Employee otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan
     but who is not a Participant because of his failure to
     make elective deferrals under a Code Section 401(k)
     arrangement or because of his failure to make mandatory
     employee contributions.  For purposes of Section
     3.04(B)(1)(b), "Compensation" means Compensation as
     defined in Section 1.10 hereof, except: (i) Compensation
     does not include Elective Contributions (as defined in
     Section 1.67 hereof); (ii)

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 24
<PAGE>

     any exclusions from Compensation (other than the exclusion
     of Elective Contributions and the exclusions described in
     paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4) of Section 1.10 (A)
     hereof) do not apply; and (iii) any modification to the
     definition of Compensation in Section 3.06 hereof does not
     apply.

          (3)  DETERMINING CONTRIBUTION RATES.  For purposes
     of this Section 3.04(B), a Participant's contribution
     rate is the sum of Employer contributions (not including
     Employer contributions to Social Security) and
     Forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Account for
     the Plan Year divided by his or her Compensation for the
     entire Plan Year.  However, for purposes of satisfying a
     Participant's top heavy minimum in Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1988, a non-key employee Participant's
     contribution rate does not include any Elective
     Contributions under a Code Section 401(k) arrangement nor
     any Employer matching contributions necessary to satisfy
     the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(k)
     or Code Section 401(m).  To determine a Participant's
     contribution rate, the ESOP Committee must treat all
     qualified top heavy defined contribution plans maintained
     by the Employer or by any Related Employers (described in
     Section 1.27 of the Plan) as a single plan.

          (4)  NO ALLOCATIONS.  If, for a Plan Year, there are
     no allocations of Employer contributions or Forfeitures
     for any Key Employee, the Plan does not require any top
     heavy minimum allocation for the Plan Year, unless a top
     heavy minimum allocation applies because of the
     maintenance by the Employer of more than one plan.

          (5)  METHOD OF COMPLIANCE.  The Plan will satisfy
     the top heavy minimum allocation in accordance with this
     Section 3.04(B)(5).  The ESOP Committee first will
     allocate the Employer contributions (and Participant
     Forfeitures, if any) for the Plan Year in accordance with
     the allocation formula under Section 3.04(A) hereof.  The
     Employer then will contribute an additional amount for
     such account of any Participant entitled under this
     Section 3.04(B) to a top heavy minimum allocation and
     whose contribution rate for the Plan Year, under this
     Plan, is less than the top heavy minimum allocation.  The
     additional amount is the amount necessary to increase the
     Participant's contribution rate to the top heavy minimum
     allocation.  The ESOP Committee will allocate the
     additional contribution to the Account of the Participant
     on whose behalf the Employer makes the contribution.

     Sec. 3.05.  FORFEITURES.  Forfeitures occurring during a
Plan Year (net of any amount of Forfeitures allocated to the
restoration of prior Forfeitures) shall be allocated to the Account
of each Participant.  Forfeitures shall be allocated according to
the ratio that the Compensation for the Plan Year of each
Participant bears to the total Compensation of all such
Participants for the Plan Year.  If the Participant has an interest
in more than one (1) class of Employer Securities which have been
allocated to the Participant Employer Securities Account (and any
other Account holding Employer Securities), the ESOP Committee, to
the extent

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 25
<PAGE>

possible, must forfeit the same proportion of each class of
stock held in the Participant Employer Securities Account (and
any other Account holding Employer Securities).  In making a
Forfeiture allocation under this provision, the ESOP Committee will
base Forfeitures of Employer Securities upon fair market value of
the Employer Securities as of the Accounting Date of the
Forfeitures.

     Sec. 3.06.  ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.  The ESOP Committee will
determine the accrual of benefit (Employer contributions and
Participant Forfeitures) on the basis of the Plan Year.

     (A)  COMPENSATION TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.  In allocating an
Employer contribution to a Participant's Account, the ESOP
Committee, except for purposes of determining the top heavy minimum
contribution under Section 3.04(B) hereof, will take into account
only the Compensation determined for the portion of the Plan Year
in which the Employee actually is a Participant.

     (B)  HOURS OF SERVICE REQUIREMENT.  Subject to the top heavy
minimum allocation requirement of Section 3.04(B) hereof, the ESOP
Committee will not allocate any portion of an Employer contribution
and Participant Forfeitures, if any, for a Plan Year to any
Participant's Account if the Participant does not complete a
minimum of one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan
Year, unless the Participant terminates employment during the Plan
Year because of death or Disability or because of the attainment of
Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in a prior Plan
Year.

     (C)  EMPLOYMENT REQUIREMENT.  If the conditions of Section
3.06(B) hereof are satisfied and the Participant Separates from
Service during a Plan Year, such Participant will not share in the
allocation of Employer contributions and Participant Forfeitures,
if any, for that Plan Year unless the Participant Separates from
Service because of death or Disability or because of the attainment
of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or in a prior
Plan Year.

     (D)  PARTICIPATION IN 401(K) PLAN REQUIREMENT.  If the
conditions of Sections 3.06(B) and (C) are satisfied, the ESOP
Committee will not allocate any portion of an Employer contribution
and Participant Forfeitures, if any, for a Plan Year to a
Participant's Account unless he is a participant in the
SHOWCO/VARI-LITE 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN and making Elective Deferrals
therein, or the Employer contribution is a Qualified Matching
Contribution.

     (E)  SUSPENSION OF ACCRUAL REQUIREMENTS.  The Plan suspends
the accrual requirements under Sections 3.06(B) and (C) hereof if
the Plan fails to satisfy the Participation Test or the Coverage
Test.  A Plan satisfies the Participation Test if for the Plan
Year, the number of Employees who benefit under the Plan is at
least equal to the lesser of fifty (50) or forty percent (40%) of
the total number of Includible Employees (as hereafter defined) for
the Plan Year.  A Plan satisfies the Coverage Test if, for the Plan
Year, the number of Non-highly Compensated Employees (as hereafter
defined) who benefit under the Plan is at least equal to seventy
percent (70%) of the total number of Includible Non-highly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year.  "Includible Employees"
are all Employees other than the following: (1) those Employees
excluded from participating in the Plan for the entire Plan Year by
reason of the

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 26
<PAGE>

collective bargaining unit exclusion or the nonresident alien
exclusion described under the Code or by reason of eligibility
requirements of Section 1.51 hereof; and (2) any Employee who
incurs a Separation from Service during the Plan Year and fails to
complete at least five hundred and one (501) Hours of Service for
the Plan Year.  A "Non-highly Compensated Employee" is an Employee
who is not a Highly Compensated Employee and who is not a family
member aggregated with a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to
Section 1.07 hereof.  For purposes of the Participation Test and
the Coverage Test, an Employee is benefiting under the Plan for a
Plan Year if, under Section 3.04 hereof, he is entitled to an
allocation for the Plan Year.

     If this Section 3.06(E) applies for a Plan Year, the ESOP
Committee will suspend the accrual requirements for the Includible
Employees who are Participants, beginning first with the Includible
Employee(s) employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan
Year, then the Includible Employee(s) who have the latest
Separation from Service during the Plan Year, and continuing to
suspend the accrual requirements for each Includible Employee who
incurred an earlier Separation from Service, from the latest to the
earliest Separation from Service date, until the Plan satisfies
both the Participation Test and the Coverage Test for the Plan
Year.  If two or more Includible Employees have a Separation from
Service on the same day, the ESOP Committee will suspend the
accrual requirements for all such Includible Employees,
notwithstanding whether the Plan can satisfy the Participation Test
and the Coverage Test by accruing benefits for fewer than all such
Includible Employees.  If the Plan suspends the accrual
requirements for an Includible Employee, that Employee will share
in the allocation of Employer contributions and Participant
Forfeitures, if any, without regard to the number of Hours of
Service he has earned for the Plan Year and without regard to
whether he is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan
Year.

PART 2.  LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS: SECTIONS 3.07 AND 3.08

     Sec. 3.07.  LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS'
ACCOUNTS.  The amount of Annual Additions (as defined in Section
3.08 hereof) which the ESOP Committee may allocate under this Plan
on a Participant's behalf for a Limitation Year (as defined in
Section 3.08 hereof) may not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount
(as defined in Section 3.08 hereof).  If the amount the Employer
otherwise would contribute to the Participant's Account would cause
the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum
Permissible Amount, the Employer will reduce the amount of its
contribution so the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will
equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.  If an allocation of Employer
contributions, pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, would result in an
Excess Amount (as defined in Section 3.08 hereof) (other than an
Excess Amount resulting from the circumstances described in Section
3.07(B) hereof) to the Participant's Account, the ESOP Committee
will reallocate the Excess Amount to the remaining Participants who
are eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions for the
Plan Year in which the Limitation Year ends.  The ESOP Committee
will make this reallocation on the basis of the allocation method
under the Plan as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would
receive the Excess Amount is not eligible for an allocation of
Employer contributions.  If the amount the Employer otherwise would
contribute to the Participant's Account will still cause the Annual
Additionals for the Limitation Year to exceed

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 27
<PAGE>

the Maximum Permissible Amount, the ESOP Committee would dispose
of such excess amount in accordance with Section 3.07(B) hereof.

     (A)  ESTIMATION OF COMPENSATION.  Prior to the determination
of the Participant's actual Compensation for a Limitation Year, the
ESOP Committee may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount on the
basis of the Participant's estimated annual Compensation for such
Limitation Year.  The ESOP Committee must make this determination
on a reasonable and uniform basis for all Participants similarly
situated.  The ESOP Committee must reduce any Employer
contributions (including any allocation of Participant Forfeitures)
based on estimated annual Compensation by any Excess Amounts
carried over from prior years.  As soon as is administratively
feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the ESOP Committee
will determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for such Limitation
Year on the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for such
Limitation Year.

     (B)  DISPOSITION OF EXCESS AMOUNT.  If, pursuant to Sections
3.07 and 3.07(A) hereof, or because of the allocation of
Participant Forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount with respect to
a Participant for a Limitation Year, the ESOP Committee will
dispose of such Excess Amount as follows:

          (1)  The ESOP Committee will return any
     nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, if any,
     to the Participant to the extent that the return would
     reduce the Excess Amount.

          (2)  If, after the application of paragraph (1), an
     Excess Amount still exists, and the Plan covers the
     Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, then the
     ESOP Committee will use the Excess Amount(s) to reduce
     future Employer contributions (including any allocation
     of Participant Forfeitures) under the Plan for the next
     Limitation Year and for each succeeding Limitation Year,
     as is necessary, for the Participant.  The Participant
     may elect to limit his Compensation for allocation
     purposes to the extent necessary to reduce his allocation
     for the Limitation Year to the Maximum Permissible Amount
     and eliminate the Excess Amount.

          (3)  If, after the application of paragraph (1), an
     Excess Amount still exists, and the Plan does not cover
     the Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, then
     the ESOP Committee will hold the Excess Amount
     unallocated in a suspense account.  The ESOP Committee
     will apply the suspense account to reduce Employer
     contributions (including allocation of Participant
     Forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next
     Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year
     if necessary.

          (4)  The ESOP Committee will not distribute any
     Excess Amount(s) to Participants or to Former
     Participants.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 28
<PAGE>

     (C)  MORE THAN ONE PLAN.  The Employer may contribute under
another defined contribution plan in addition to its contributions
under this Plan.  If the ESOP Committee allocated an Excess Amount
to a Participant's Account on an allocation date of this Plan which
coincides with an allocation of the other defined contribution
plan, the ESOP Committee will attribute the total Excess Amount
allocated as of such date to any other qualified plan maintained by
the Employer unless the ESOP Committee determines otherwise or
applicable law prohibits such allocation to the other qualified
plan maintained by the Employer.

     Sec. 3.08.  DEFINITIONS - ARTICLE III.  For purposes of
Section 3.07 hereof, the following terms mean:

          (a)  "Annual Addition" - The sum of the following
     amounts allocated on behalf of a Participant for a
     Limitation Year: (i) all Employer contributions; (ii) all
     Participant Forfeitures; and (iii) all Employee
     contributions.  Except to the extent provided in Treasury
     regulations, Annual Additions include excess
     contributions described in Code Section 401(k), excess
     aggregate contributions described in Code Section 401(m)
     regardless of whether the Plan distributes or forfeits
     such excess amounts.  Excess deferrals under Code Section
     402(g) are not Annual Additions unless distributed after
     the correction period described in Code Section 402(g).
     Annual Additions also include Excess Amounts reapplied to
     reduce Employer contributions under Section 3.07 hereof.
     Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984, to an individual
     medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2))
     included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained by
     the Employer are Annual Additions.  Furthermore, Annual
     Additions include contributions paid or accrued after
     December 31, 1985, for taxable years ending after
     December 31, 1985, attributable to post-retirement
     medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a
     key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3))
     under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section
     419(e)) maintained by the Employer, but only for purposes
     of the dollar limitation applicable to the Maximum
     Permissible Amount.

          (b)  "Compensation"  means for purposes of applying
     the limitations of Part 2 of this Article III,
     "Compensation" as determined under the general definition
     of Compensation in Section 1.10(A) hereof that includes
     Elective Contributions (as defined in Section 1.67
     hereof) and excludes (1) reimbursements or other expense
     allowances, (2) P.S. 58 costs, (3) fringe benefits (cash
     or non-cash), (4) moving expenses, and (5) deferred
     compensation and welfare benefits.

          (c)  "Maximum Permissible Amount" means the lesser
     of (i) Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) or (ii) twenty-
     five percent (25%) of the Participant's Compensation for
     the Limitation Year.  If there is a short Limitation Year
     because of a change in Limitation Year, the ESOP
     Committee will multiply the Thirty Thousand Dollars
     ($30,000) (or adjusted limitation) by the following
     fraction:

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 29
<PAGE>

          Number of months in the short Limitation Year
          ---------------------------------------------
                                12

          (d)  "Employer" means the Employer that adopts this
     Plan and any Related Employers described in Section 1.27
     hereof.  Solely for purposes of applying the limitations
     of Part 2 of this Article III, the ESOP Committee will
     determine Related Employers described in Section 1.27
     hereof by modifying Code Sections 414(b) and (c) in
     accordance with Code Section 415(h).

          (e)  "Excess Amount" means the excess of the
     Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year
     over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

          (f)  "Limitation Year" means the Plan Year.  If the
     Employer amends the Limitation Year to a different twelve
     (12) consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year
     must begin on a date within the Limitation Year for which
     the Employer makes the amendment, creating a short
     Limitation Year.

          (g)  "Defined contribution plan" means a retirement plan
     which provides for an individual account for each participant
     and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to
     the participant's account, and any income, expenses, gains
     and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other
     participants which the plan may allocate to such
     participant's account.  The ESOP Committee must treat all
     defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated)
     maintained by the Employer as a single plan.  Solely for
     purposes of the limitations of Part 2 of this Article III,
     the ESOP Committee will treat employee contributions made to
     a defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer as a
     separate defined contribution plan.  The ESOP Committee also
     will treat as a defined contribution plan an individual
     medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2))
     included as part of a defined benefit plan maintained by the
     Employer and a welfare benefit fund under Code Section 419(e)
     maintained by the Employer to the extent there are
     post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate
     account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section
     419A(d)(3)).

          (h)  "Defined benefit plan" means a retirement plan
     which does not provide for individual accounts for Employer
     contributions.  The ESOP Committee must treat all defined
     benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
     Employer as a single plan.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 30
<PAGE>

          (i)  "Defined benefit plan fraction" -

                    Projected annual benefit of the
               Participant under the defined benefit plan(s)
               --------------------------------------------
               The lesser of (i) 125% (subject to the
               "100% limitation" in paragraph (k)) of the
               dollar limitation in effect under Code
               Section 415(b)(1)(A) for the Limitation
               Year, or (ii) 140% of the Participant's
               average Compensation for his high 3
               consecutive Years of Service

          To determine the denominator of this fraction, the ESOP
     Committee will make any adjustment required under Code
     Section 415(b) and will determine a Year of Service as a Plan
     Year in which the Employee completed at least one thousand
     (1,000) Hours of Service.  The "projected annual benefit" is
     the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially
     equivalent straight life annuity if the plan expresses such
     benefit in a form other than a straight life annuity or
     qualified joint and survivor annuity) of the Participant
     under the terms of the defined benefit plan on the
     assumptions he continues employment until his normal
     retirement age (or current age, if later) as stated in the
     defined benefit plan, his compensation continues at the same
     rate as in effect in the Limitation Year under consideration
     until the date of his normal retirement age and all other
     relevant factors used to determine benefits under the defined
     benefit plan remain constant as of the current Limitation
     Year for all future Limitation Years.

          CURRENT ACCRUED BENEFIT.  If the Participant accrued
     benefits in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by
     the Employer which were in existence on May 5, 1986, the
     dollar limitation used in the denominator of this fraction
     will not be less than the Participant's Current Accrued
     Benefit.  A Participant's "Current Accrued Benefit" is the
     sum of the annual benefits under such defined benefit plans
     which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the 1986
     Limitation Year (the last Limitation Year beginning before
     January 1, 1987), determined without regard to any change in
     the terms or conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986,
     and without regard to any cost of living adjustment occurring
     after May 5, 1986.  This Current Accrued Benefit rule applies
     only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the
     aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 as
     in effect at the end of the 1986 Limitation Year.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 31
<PAGE>

          (j)  "Defined contribution plan fraction" -

         The sum, as of the close of the Limitation Year,
           of the Annual Additions to the Participant's
          Account under the defined contribution plan(s)
          ----------------------------------------------
               The sum of the lesser of the following
              amounts determined for the Limitation Year
              and for each prior Year of Service with the
              Employer: (i) 125% (subject to the "100%
              limitation" in paragraph (k)) of the dollar
              limitation in effect under Code Section
              415(c)(1)(A) for the Limitation Year
              (determined without regard to the special
              dollar limitations for employee stock
              ownership plans), or (ii) 35% of the
              Participant's Compensation for the
              Limitation Year

          For purposes of determining the defined contribution
     plan fraction, the ESOP Committee will not recompute
     Annual Additions in Limitation Years beginning prior to
     January 1, 1987, to treat all Employee contributions as
     Annual Additions.  If the Plan satisfied Code Section 415
     for Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987,
     the ESOP Committee will redetermine the defined
     contribution plan fraction and the defined benefit plan
     fraction as of the end of the 1986 Limitation Year, in
     accordance with this Section 3.08.  If the sum of the
     redetermined fractions exceeds 1.0, the ESOP Committee
     will subtract permanently from the numerator of the
     defined contribution plan fraction an amount equal to the
     product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions
     over 1.0, times (2) the denominator of the defined
     contribution plan fraction.  In making the adjustment,
     the ESOP Committee must disregard any accrued benefit
     under the defined benefit plan which is in excess of the
     Current Accrued Benefit.  This Plan continues any
     transitional rules applicable to the determination of the
     defined contribution plan fraction under the Employer's
     Plan as of the end of the 1986 Limitation Year.

          (k)  "100% limitation" - If the 100% limitation
     applies, the ESOP Committee must determine the
     denominator of the defined benefit plan fraction and the
     denominator of the defined contribution plan fraction by
     substituting 100% for 125%.  The 100% limitation applies
     only if: (i) the Plan's top heavy ratio exceeds 90%; or
     (ii) the Plan's top heavy ratio is greater than 60%, and
     the Employer does not provide extra minimum benefits
     which satisfy Code Section 416(h)(2).

     Sec. 3.09.  NONDISCRIMINATION RULES FOR EMPLOYER MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.  The ESOP Committee must
determine whether the annual Employer matching contributions, if
any, and the Employee contributions, if any, satisfy one of the
following average contribution percentage ("ACP") tests:

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 32
<PAGE>

          (i) The ACP for the Highly Compensated Group does
     not exceed 1.25 times the ACP of the Nonhighly
     Compensated Group; or

         (ii) The ACP for the Highly Compensated Group does
     not exceed the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group by
     more than two percentage points and the ACP for the
     Highly Compensated Group is not more than twice the ACP
     for the Nonhighly Compensated Group.

     (A)  CALCULATION OF ACP.  The average contribution percentage
for a group is the average of the separate contribution percentages
calculated for each Eligible Employee who is a member of that
group.  An Eligible Employee's contribution percentage for a Plan
Year is the ratio of the Eligible Employee's aggregate
contributions for the Plan Year to the Employee's Compensation for
the Plan Year.  "Aggregate contributions" are matching
contributions and employee contributions.  For aggregated family
members treated as a single Highly Compensated Employee, the
contribution percentage of the family unit is the contribution
percentage determined by combining the aggregate contributions and
Compensation of all aggregated family members.

     The ESOP Committee, in a manner consistent with Treasury
regulations, may determine the contribution percentages of the
Eligible Employees by taking into account qualified nonelective
contributions made to this Plan or to any other qualified Plan
maintained by the Employer.  The ESOP Committee may not include
qualified nonelective contributions in the ACP test unless the
allocation of nonelective contributions is nondiscriminatory when
the ESOP Committee takes into account all nonelective contributions
(including the qualified nonelective contributions) and also when
the ESOP Committee takes into account only the nonelective
contributions not used in the ACP test described in this Section
13.09 of the Plan.  The ESOP Committee may not include in the ACP
test any qualified nonelective contributions or elective deferrals
under another qualified plan unless that plan has the same plan
year as this Plan.  The ESOP Committee must maintain records to
demonstrate compliance with the ACP test, including the extent to
which the Plan used qualified nonelective contributions or elective
deferrals to satisfy the test.

     (B)  SPECIAL AGGREGATION RULE FOR HIGHLY COMPENSATED
EMPLOYEES.  To determine the contribution percentage of any Highly
Compensated Employee, the aggregate contributions taken into
account must include any matching contributions and any employee
contributions made on his behalf to any other plan maintained by
the Employer, unless the other plan is an ESOP described in Code
Section 4975(e)(7) or Section 409.  If the plans have different
plan years, the ESOP Committee will determine the combined
aggregate contributions on the basis of the plan years ending in
the same calendar year as if a single plan.

     (C)  AGGREGATION OF CERTAIN PLANS.  If the Employer treats two
plans as a unit for coverage or nondiscrimination purposes, the
Employer must combine the plans to determine whether either plan
satisfies the ACP test.  This aggregation rule applies to the
contribution percentage determination for all Eligible Employees,
regardless of whether an Eligible Employee is a Highly Compensated
Employee or a Nonhighly Compensated Employee.  The ESOP

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 33
<PAGE>

Committee also may elect to aggregate plans which the Employer
does not treat as a unit for coverage or nondiscrimination
purposes.  For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1989, an
aggregation of plans under this paragraph does not apply to plans
which have different plan years and, for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1988, the ESOP Committee may not aggregate an
ESOP (or the ESOP portion of a plan) with a non-ESOP plan (or
non-ESOP portion of a plan).

     (D)  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.  The ESOP
Committee will determine excess aggregate contributions under the
Plan.  If the ESOP Committee determines the Plan fails to satisfy
the ACP test for a Plan Year, it must distribute the excess
aggregate contributions, as adjusted for allocable income, during
the next Plan Year.  However, the Employer will incur an excise tax
equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount of excess aggregate
contributions for a Plan Year not distributed to the appropriate
Highly Compensated Employees during the first 2 1/2 months of that
next Plan Year.  The excess aggregate contributions are the amount
of the aggregate contributions allocated on behalf of the Highly
Compensated Employees which causes the Plan to fail to satisfy the
ACP test.  The ESOP Committee will distribute to each Highly
Compensated Employee his respective share of the excess aggregate
contributions.  The ESOP Committee will determine the respective
shares of excess aggregate contributions by starting with the
Highly Compensated Employee(s) who has the greatest contribution
percentage, reducing his contribution percentage to the next
highest contribution percentage then, if necessary, reducing the
contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) at
the next highest contribution percentage (including the
contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated  Employee(s)
whose contribution percentage the ESOP Committee already has
reduced), and continuing in this manner until the ACP for the
Highly Compensated Group satisfies the ACP test.  If the Highly
Compensated Employee is part of an aggregated family group, the
ESOP Committee, in accordance with the applicable Treasury
regulations, will determine each aggregated family member's
allocable share of the excess aggregate contributions assigned to
the family unit.  A distribution of excess aggregate contributions
(and income) may be made under this Subsection "(D)" without regard
to any notice or consent otherwise required under Code Sections
411(a)(11) and 417.

     (E)  ALLOCABLE INCOME.  To determine the amount of the
corrective distribution required under this Section 13.09 of the
Plan, the ESOP Committee must calculate the allocable income for
the Plan Year in which the excess aggregate contributions arose and
for the "gap period" measured from the beginning of the next Plan
Year to the date of the distribution.  "Allocable income" means net
income or net loss.  The Committee will determine allocable income
in the same manner for excess contributions, except the numerator
of the allocation fraction will be the Highly Compensated
Employee's excess aggregate contributions for the Plan Year and the
denominator of the allocation fraction will be the sum of: (a) the
total account balance of the Employee attributable to the Employee
and Matching Contributions, and amounts treated as matching
contributions as of the beginning of the Plan Year; and (b) the
Employee and matching contributions, and amounts treated as
matching contributions for the Plan Year.

     (F)  CHARACTERIZATION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.  The
ESOP Committee will treat a Highly Compensated Employee's allocable
share of excess aggregate contributions

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 34
<PAGE>

in the following priority: (1) on a pro rata basis to matching
contributions which the ESOP Committee has included in the ACP
test; and (2) then to qualified nonelective contributions used in
the ACP test.  To the extent the Highly Compensated Employee's
excess aggregate contributions are attributable to matching
contributions, and he is not one hundred percent (100%) vested in
his Accrued Benefit attributable to matching contributions, the
ESOP Committee will distribute only the vested portion and forfeit
the nonvested portion.  The vested portion of the Highly
Compensated Employee's excess aggregate contributions attributable
to Employer matching contributions is the total amount of such
excess aggregate contributions (as adjusted for allocable income)
multiplied by his vested percentage (determined as of the last day
of the Plan Year for which the Employer made the matching
contribution).  The Plan will allocate forfeited excess aggregate
contributions as Employer discretionary matching contributions for
the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs, except the ESOP
Committee will not allocate these forfeitures to the Highly
Compensated Employees who incurred the forfeitures.

     Sec. 3.10.  DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of Section 3.09, the
following definitions shall apply:

          (a)  "Highly Compensated Employee" means an Eligible
     Employee who satisfies the definition in Section 1.07
     hereof.  Family members aggregated as a single Employee
     under Section 1.07 hereof constitute a single Highly
     Compensated Employee, whether a particular family member
     is a Highly Compensated Employee or a Nonhighly
     Compensated Employee without the application of family
     aggregation.

          (b)  "Nonhighly Compensated Employee" means an
     Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated
     Employee and who is not a family member treated as a
     Highly Compensated Employee.

          (c)  For purposes of the ACP test described in
     Section 13.09 hereof, an "Eligible Employee" means a
     Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation of
     Employer matching contributions (or would be eligible if
     he made the type of contributions necessary to receive an
     allocation of matching contributions) and a Participant
     who is eligible to make Employee contributions,
     regardless of whether he actually makes Employee
     contributions.  An Employee continues to be an Eligible
     Employee during a period the Plan suspends the Employee's
     right to make elective deferrals or nondeductible
     contributions following a hardship distribution.

          (d)  "Highly Compensated Group" means the group of
     Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees
     for the Plan Year.

          (e)  "Non-highly Compensated Group" means the group
     of Eligible Employees who are Non-highly Compensated
     Employees for the Plan Year.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 35
<PAGE>

          (f)  "Compensation" means, except as specifically
     provided under this Article III, Compensation as defined
     for nondiscrimination purposes in Section 1.10(B) hereof.
     Compensation includes Compensation received only for the
     portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee was an
     Eligible Employee and only for the portion of the Plan
     Year in which the Plan or the Code Section 401(k)
     arrangement was in effect.

          (g)  "Deferral contributions" means the sum of the
     deferral contributions the Employer contributes on behalf
     of an Eligible Employee.

          (h)  "Elective deferrals" are the deferral
     contributions the Employer contributes at the election of
     an Eligible Employee.  If the Code Section 401(k)
     arrangement includes a cash or deferred feature, any
     portion of a cash or deferred contribution contributed
     because of the Employee's failure to make a cash election
     is an elective deferral, but any portion of a cash or
     deferred contribution over which the Employee does not
     have a cash election is not an elective deferral.
     Elective deferrals do not include amounts which have
     become currently available to the Employee prior to the
     election nor amounts designated as nondeductible employee
     contributions at the time of deferral or contribution.

          (i)  "Matching contributions" or "Regular Matching
     contributions" are contributions made by the Employer on
     account of elective deferrals under a Code Section 401(k)
     arrangement or on account of employee contributions.
     Matching contributions also include Participant
     forfeitures allocated on account of such elective
     deferrals or employee contributions.

          (j)  "Nonelective contributions" are contributions
     made by the Employer which are not subject to a deferral
     election by an Employee and which are not matching
     contributions.

          (k)  "Qualified matching contributions" are matching
     contributions which are one hundred percent (100%)
     Nonforfeitable at all times and which are subject to the
     distribution restrictions described in Paragraph "(m)" of
     Section 13.10 hereof.  Matching contributions are not one
     hundred percent (100%) Nonforfeitable at all times if the
     Employee does not have a one hundred percent (100%)
     Nonforfeitable interest because of his Years of Service
     taken into account under the vesting schedule of the
     Plan.

          (l)  "Qualified nonelective contributions" are
     nonelective contributions which are one hundred percent
     (100%) Nonforfeitable at all times and which are subject
     to the distribution restrictions described in Paragraph
     "(m)" of Section 13.10 hereof.  Nonelective contributions
     are not one hundred percent (100%) Nonforfeitable at all
     times if the Employee does not have a one hundred percent
     (100%) Nonforfeitable interest because of his Years of
     Service taken into account under the vesting schedule of
     the Plan.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 36
<PAGE>

          (m)  "Distribution restrictions" means the Employee
     may not receive a distribution of the specified
     contributions (nor earnings on those contributions)
     except in the event of (1) the Participant's death,
     disability, termination of employment, attainment of age
     59 1/2, (2) financial hardship satisfying the requirements
     of Code Section 401(k) and the applicable Treasury
     regulations, (3) plan termination, without establishment
     of a successor defined contribution plan (other than an
     employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") or a simplified
     employee pension), (4) a sale of substantially all of the
     assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2))
     used in a trade or business, but only to an employee who
     continues employment with the corporation acquiring those
     assets, or (5) a sale by a corporation of its interest in
     a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section
     409(d)(3)), but only to an employee who continues
     employment with the subsidiary.  A distribution on
     account of financial hardship, as described in clause
     (2), may not include earnings on elective deferrals
     credited as of a date later than December 31, 1988, and
     may not include any earnings on qualified matching
     contributions and qualified nonelective contributions,
     regardless of when credited.  A distribution described in
     clauses (3), (4) or (5), must be a lump sum distribution,
     as required under Code Section 401(k)(10).

          (n)  "Employee contributions" are contributions made
     by a Participant on an after-tax basis, whether voluntary
     or mandatory, and designated, at the time of
     contribution, as an employee (or nondeductible)
     contribution.  Elective deferrals and deferral
     contributions are not employee contributions.


                        END OF ARTICLE III

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 37
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE IV
                    PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

     Sec. 4.01.  PARTICIPANT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS.  The  Plan
does  not permit (or require) Participant voluntary contributions.

     Sec. 4.02.  PARTICIPANT VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS - SPECIAL
DISCRIMINATION TEST.  The ESOP Committee, in accordance with
Section 4.01 above, is not required to satisfy a special
discrimination test under Code Section 401(m).

     Sec. 4.03.  PARTICIPANT ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.  If the
SHOWCO/VARI-LITE 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN (or a successor plan) permits
Participant rollover contributions, this Section 4.03 does not
apply.  If the SHOWCO/VARI-LITE 401(k) SAVINGS PLAN (or a successor
plan) does not exist or does not permit Participant rollover
contributions, this Plan will permit Participant rollover
contributions provided the following provisions are satisfied:

     (A)  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.  Any Participant, with the
Company's and the ESOP Committee's written consent and after filing
with the ESOP Committee the form prescribed by the ESOP Committee,
may contribute cash or other property to the Trust other than as a
voluntary contribution, if the contribution is a "Rollover
Contribution" which the Code permits an employee to transfer either
directly or indirectly from one qualified plan to another qualified
plan.  A Rollover Contribution is not an Annual Addition under Part
2 of Article III hereof.

     (B)  ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  A "Rollover Contribution" accepted by
the ESOP Committee shall be credited to a separate Rollover
Account, and (i) shall be held pursuant to the provisions of this
Plan; (ii) shall be fully vested at all times and not be subject to
forfeiture for any reason; and (iii) may not be withdrawn by the
Employee, in whole or in part, for any reason, except as provided
in Section 6.02 hereof.

     (C)  DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Section 4.03, the term
"Rollover Contribution" shall include:

          (1)  amounts transferred to this Plan directly from
     another qualified corporate plan which does not provide
     a life annuity form of payment, provided that the trust
     from which such funds are transferred permits the
     transfer to be made;

          (2)  amounts which are properly characterized as an
     Eligible Rollover Distribution (including a lump sum
     distribution), received by a person who is not an
     Employee, from another qualified corporate plan with
     respect to such person's service for such corporate
     employer, which amounts are eligible for tax free
     rollover treatment and which are transferred by the
     Employee to the Trustee of this Plan within sixty (60)
     days following receipt thereof;

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 38
<PAGE>

          (3)  amounts transferred to this Plan from an
     individual retirement account, provided that the
     individual retirement account contains no assets: (A)
     other than assets which were previously distributed to a
     person who is now an Employee by another qualified
     corporate plan as an Eligible Rollover Distribution
     (including a lump sum distribution) with respect to such
     person's service for such corporate employer, which
     amounts were eligible for tax-free rollover treatment,
     and which amounts were deposited in such individual
     retirement account within sixty (60) days of receipt
     thereof; and (B) other than earnings on said assets; and

          (4)  amounts distributed to a person who is now an
     Employee from an individual retirement account meeting
     the requirements of paragraph (3) above, and transferred
     by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days of
     receipt thereof from such individual retirement account.

     (D)  TRANSFERS.  Prior to accepting the transfers to which
this Section 4.03 applies, the Company and ESOP Committee may
require the following:  (1) the Employee to furnish satisfactory
evidence that the proposed transfer is in fact a "Rollover
Contribution" which the Code permits an Employee to make to a
qualified plan; (2) the Employee to establish that the amounts to
be transferred to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section
4.03; (3) the Employee to furnish an opinion of counsel or other
documentation satisfactory that the amounts to be transferred meet
the requirements of this Section 4.03 and will not jeopardize the
tax exempt status of this Plan for any reason (including, but not
limited to, the failure of the amount to be excluded from the
definition of Annual Addition in Section 415(c)(2) of the Code, and
thereby causing the Annual Addition to the account to exceed the
permissible limits of Section 415 of the Code, or create adverse
tax consequences to the Employer); and (4) the Employee to furnish
to the ESOP Committee and Company a written opinion from legal
counsel (legal counsel must be approved by the ESOP Committee)
which provides that such Rollover Contribution does not violate any
provisions under the Federal and State Securities laws and that the
Company is not required to register any Employer Securities held by
the Plan under the Federal and State Securities laws as a result of
such Rollover Contribution.

     (E)  INVESTMENT.  A Rollover Account shall be invested in a
diversified manner in accordance with the provisions of this Plan
and in investments other than Employer Securities.

     (F)  WRITTEN CONSENT OF ESOP COMMITTEE AND COMPANY.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, the Plan
shall not accept any Participant Rollover Contributions unless the
ESOP Committee and Company consent to such Rollover Contribution in
writing.

                        END OF ARTICLE IV

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                  PAGE 39

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE V
           TERMINATION OF SERVICE - PARTICIPANT VESTING

     Sec. 5.01.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE.  A Participant's Normal Retirement 
Age is sixty-five (65) years of age.  Under Section 6.07 hereof, a Participant
who remains in the employ of the Employer after attaining Normal Retirement 
Age shall continue to participate in the Plan until his Late Retirement Date. 
A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions is one 
hundred percent (100%) Nonforfeitable upon and after his attaining Normal 
Retirement Age (if employed by the Employer on or after that date).

     Sec. 5.02.     PARTICIPANT DISABILITY OR DEATH.  If a Participant's 
employment with the Employer terminates as a result of death or Disability, 
the Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions and 
Participant Forfeitures will be one hundred percent (100%) Nonforfeitable.

     Sec. 5.03.     VESTING SCHEDULE.  

     (A)  QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT AND ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.  A 
Participant has a one hundred percent (100%) nonforfeitable interest at all 
times in his Qualified Matching Contributions Account and Rollover Account.

     (B)  VESTING SCHEDULE.   Except as provided in Sections 5.01, 5.02, 
5.03(A), and 9.14 hereof, for each Year of Service a Participant's 
Nonforfeitable Percentage of his Accrued Benefit derived from Employer 
Nonelective Contributions equals the percentage in the following vesting 
schedule:

                                                           Percent of
           Years of Service                              Nonforfeitable 
          With the Employer                              Accrued Benefit
          -----------------                              --------------- 

             Less than 3 years  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    None
             3 years, but less than 4 . . . . . . . . . .     30%
             4 years, but less than 5 . . . . . . . . . .     40%
             5 years, but less than 6 . . . . . . . . . .     60%
             6 years, but less than 7 . . . . . . . . . .     80%
             7 years or more  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    100%

Effective the first Plan Year for which the Plan is a top heavy Plan (as 
defined in Section 1.29 hereof), the Employer will calculate a Participant's 
Nonforfeitable Percentage of his Accrued Benefit under the following vesting 
schedule:

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 40

<PAGE>

                                                           Percent of
           Years of Service                              Nonforfeitable 
          With the Employer                              Accrued Benefit
          -----------------                              --------------- 

             Less than 2 years  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    None
             2 years, but less than 3 . . . . . . . . . .     30%
             3 years, but less than 4 . . . . . . . . . .     40%
             4 years, but less than 5 . . . . . . . . . .     60%
             5 years, but less than 6 . . . . . . . . . .     80%
             6 years or more  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    100%

The Employer will apply the top heavy vesting schedule to Participants who 
earn at least one (1) Hour of Service after the top heavy vesting schedule 
becomes effective.  A shift between vesting schedules under this Section 5.03 
is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the ESOP Committee must apply the 
rules of Section 7.05 hereof accordingly.  A shift to a new vesting schedule 
under this Section 5.03 is effective on the first day of the Plan Year for 
which the top heavy status of the Plan changes.

     (C)  SPECIAL VESTING FORMULA.  If a distribution (other than a cash-out 
distribution described in Section 5.04 hereof) is made to a partially-vested 
Participant, and the Participant has not incurred a Forfeiture Break in 
Service (as defined in Section 5.08(B) hereof) at the relevant time, the ESOP 
Committee will establish a separate Account for the Participant's Accrued 
Benefit. At any relevant time following the distribution, the ESOP Committee 
will determine the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit derived from 
Employer contributions in accordance with the following formula:  
P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D).

     To apply this formula, "P" is the Participant's current vesting 
percentage at the relevant time, "AB" is the Participant's Employer-derived 
Accrued Benefit at the relevant time, "R" is the ratio of "AB" to the 
Participant's Employer-derived Accrued Benefit immediately following the 
earlier distribution and "D" is the amount of the earlier distribution.  If, 
under a restated Plan, the Plan has made distribution to a partially-vested 
Participant prior to its restated Effective Date and is unable to apply the 
cash-out provisions of Section 5.04 hereof to that prior distribution, this 
special vesting formula also applies to that Participant's remaining Account.

     Sec. 5.04.     CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS 
AND RESTORATION OF FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT.  If, pursuant to Article VI 
hereof, a partially-vested Participant receives a cash-out distribution 
before he incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in Section 5.08(B) 
hereof), the cash-out distribution will result in an immediate Forfeiture of 
the non-vested portion of the Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from 
Employer contributions.  A partially-vested Participant is a Participant 
whose Nonforfeitable percentage determined under Section 5.03 hereof is less 
than one hundred percent (100%).  A cash-out distribution is a distribution 
of the entire present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued 
Benefit.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 41

<PAGE>

     (A)  RESTORATION AND CONDITIONS UPON RESTORATION.   A partially-vested 
Participant who is re-employed by the Employer after receiving a cash-out 
distribution of the Nonforfeitable percentage of his Accrued Benefit may 
repay the amount of the cash-out distribution attributable to Employer 
contributions, unless the Participant no longer has a right to restoration by 
reason of the conditions of this Section 5.04(A).  If a partially-vested 
Participant makes the cash-out distribution repayment, the ESOP Committee, 
subject to the conditions of this Section 5.04(A), must restore his Accrued 
Benefit attributable to Employer contributions to the same dollar amount as 
the dollar amount of his Accrued Benefit on the Accounting Date, or other 
Valuation Date, immediately preceding the date of the cash-out distribution, 
unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent to that Accounting 
Date, or other Valuation Date.  Restoration of the Participant's Accrued 
Benefit includes restoration of all Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits 
with respect to that restored Accrued Benefit, in accordance with applicable 
Treasury regulations.  The ESOP Committee will not restore a re-employed 
Participant's Accrued Benefit under this paragraph if: 

          (1)  Five (5) years have elapsed since the Participant's first 
     re-employment date with the Employer following the cash-out distribution; 
     or

          (2)  The Participant incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service (as 
     defined in Section 5.08(B) hereof).  This condition also applies if the 
     Participant makes repayment within the Plan Year in which he incurs the 
     Forfeiture Break in Service and that Forfeiture Break in Service would 
     result in a complete forfeiture of the amount the ESOP Committee otherwise
     would restore. 

     (B)  TIME AND METHOD OF RESTORATION.  If neither of the two conditions 
preventing restoration of the Participant's Accrued Benefit applies, the ESOP 
Committee will restore the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of the Plan Year 
Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the repayment.  To 
restore the Participant's Accrued Benefit, the ESOP Committee, to the extent 
necessary, will allocate to the Participant's Account: 

          (1)  First, the amount, if any, of Participant Forfeitures the ESOP
     Committee would otherwise allocate under Section 3.04 hereof; 

          (2)  Second, the amount, if any, of the Trust Fund net income or 
     gain for the Plan Year; and

          (3)  Third, the Employer contribution for the Plan Year to the extent
     made under a discretionary formula. 

     To the extent the amounts described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above 
are insufficient to enable the ESOP Committee to make the required 
restoration, the Employer must contribute, without regard to any requirement 
or condition of Section 3.01 hereof, the additional amount necessary to 
enable the ESOP Committee to make the required restoration.  If, for a 
particular Plan Year, the ESOP Committee must restore the Accrued Benefit of 
more than one re-employed Participant, then the ESOP Committee will make the 
restoration allocation(s) to each such 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 42

<PAGE>

Participant's Account in the same proportion that a Participant's restored 
amount for the Plan Year bears to the restored amount for the Plan Year of 
all re-employed Participants.  The ESOP Committee will not take into account 
the allocation under this Section 5.04 in applying the limitation on 
allocations under Part 2 of Article III hereof.

     (C)  ZERO PERCENT VESTED PARTICIPANT.  The deemed cash-out rule applies 
to a zero percent (0%) vested Participant.  A zero percent (0%) vested 
Participant is a Participant whose Accrued Benefit derived from Employer 
contributions is entirely forfeitable at the time of his Separation from 
Service.  If the Participant's Account is not entitled to an allocation for 
the Plan Year in which he has a Separation from Service, the ESOP Committee 
will apply the deemed cash-out rule as if the zero percent vested Participant 
received a cash-out distribution on the date of the Participant's Separation 
from Service.  If the Participant's Account is entitled to an allocation for 
the Plan Year in which he has a Separation from Service, the ESOP Committee 
will apply the deemed cash-out rule as if the zero percent (0%) vested 
Participant received a cash-out distribution on the first day of the first 
Plan Year beginning after his Separation from Service.  For purposes of 
applying the restoration provisions of this Section 5.04, the ESOP Committee 
will treat the zero percent (0%) vested Participant as repaying his cash-out 
"distribution" on the first date of his re-employment with the Employer.

     Sec. 5.05.     SEGREGATED ACCOUNT FOR REPAID AMOUNT.  Until the ESOP 
Committee restores the Participant's Accrued Benefit, as described in Section 
5.04, the cash-out amount the Participant has repaid will be retained in a 
Segregated Account maintained solely for that Participant.  The amount in the 
Participant's Segregated Account will be reinvested in Federally insured 
interest bearing savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of 
both), or in other fixed income investments.  Until the ESOP Committee 
restores the Participant's Accrued Benefit, the Participant's Segregated 
Account alone shares in any income it earns and it alone bears any expense or 
loss it incurs.  Unless the repayment qualifies as a Rollover Contribution, 
the Participant will be repaid as soon as is administratively practicable the 
full amount of the Participant's Segregated Account if the ESOP Committee 
determines either of the conditions of Section 5.04(A) prevents restoration 
as of the applicable Accounting Date, notwithstanding the Participant's 
repayment.  The Participant's Segregated Account will be commingled with the 
balance of the Trust Fund as of the second Accounting Date immediately 
following the date of the Participant's repayment. 

     Sec. 5.06.     YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.  For purposes of vesting under 
Section 5.03 hereof, Year of Service means any Plan Year during which an 
Employee completes not less than one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service with 
the Employer. 

     Sec. 5.07.     BREAK IN SERVICE - VESTING.  For purposes of this Article 
V, a Participant incurs a "Break in Service" if during any Plan Year he does 
not complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service with the Employer, 
unless he does not complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service 
because:  (a) he is transferred; (b) he is on an approved leave of absence 
which does not exceed eighteen (18) months and he returns to employment with 
the Employer immediately following the leave of absence; (c) he is 
temporarily laid off, and he returns to employment with the Employer 
immediately following the temporary layoff; or (d) he 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 43

<PAGE>

is in the service in the armed forces of the United States, and he returns to 
employment with the Employer within ninety (90) days after termination of 
military service without being employed somewhere else.  Solely for the 
purpose of determining whether an Employee has incurred a Break in Service, 
if the Employee is absent from Service because of her pregnancy, the birth of 
her child, his or her receipt of a child through adoption, or his or her 
caring for the child immediately after birth or adoption, he or she shall be 
entitled to the Hours of Service that he or she would have received but for 
that absence for one (1) year after the absence began.  Eight (8) Hours of 
Service shall be credited for each day of such absence.  However, no more 
than a total of five hundred and one (501) hours can be credited.  The five 
hundred and one (501) hours shall be credited to the Plan Year in which the 
absence first begins if such hours prevent a Break in Service in that period; 
otherwise, the five hundred and one (501) hours shall be credited to the next 
Plan Year.

     Sec. 5.08.     INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING. 

     (A)  INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE.  For purposes of determining "Years of 
Service" under Section 5.06 hereof, the Plan takes into account all Years of 
Service an Employee completes with the Employer, except:

          (1)  Any Year of Service before a Break in Service if the number of 
     consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) 
     or the aggregate number of the Years of Service prior to the Break.  This
     exception applies only if the Participant is not vested in his Accrued 
     Benefit derived from Employer contributions at the time he has a Break in
     Service.  The aggregate number of Years of Service before a Break in
     Service does not include any Years of Service not required to be taken 
     into account under this exception by reason of any prior Break in Service.

          (2)  Any Year of Service earned prior to the effective date of ERISA,
     if the Plan would have disregarded that Year of Service on account of an
     Employee's Separation from Service under a Plan provision adopted and in 
     effect before January 1, 1974.

          (3)  Any Year of Service before January 1, 1971, unless the Employee 
     has had three (3) Years of Service after December 31, 1970.

     (B)  FORFEITURE BREAK IN SERVICE.  For the sole purpose of determining a 
Participant's Nonforfeitable percentage of his Accrued Benefit derived from 
Employer contributions which accrued for his benefit prior to a Forfeiture 
Break in Service, the Plan disregards any Year of Service after the 
Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service.  The Participant 
incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service when he incurs five (5) consecutive 
Breaks in Service. 

     Sec. 5.09.     FORFEITURE OCCURS.  A Participant's Forfeiture, if any, 
of his Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions and Forfeitures of 
other Participants occurs under the Plan as of the last day of the Plan Year 
in which the Participant first incurs a Forfeiture 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 44

<PAGE>

Break in Service; or the date the Participant receives a cash-out 
distribution.  The ESOP Committee determines the percentage of a 
Participant's Accrued Benefit Forfeiture, if any, under this Section 5.09 
solely by reference to the vesting schedule of Section 5.03 hereof.  A 
Participant will not forfeit any portion of his Accrued Benefit for any other 
reason or cause except as expressly provided by this Section 5.09 or as 
provided under Section 9.14 hereof.


                         End of Article V 











VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 45

<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE VI
                 TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS


     Sec. 6.01.     TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.  Unless, pursuant to 
Sections 6.03 hereof, the Participant or the Beneficiary elects in writing to 
a different time or method of payment, the ESOP Committee will direct the 
Trustee to commence distribution of a Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued 
Benefit in accordance with this Section 6.01.  A Participant must consent, in 
writing, to any distribution required under this Section 6.01 if the present 
value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, at the time of the 
distribution to the Participant, exceeds or at the time of any prior 
distribution exceeded Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) and the 
Participant has not attained the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 
sixty-two (62). The Participant's spouse also must consent, in writing, to 
any distribution.  A distribution date under this Article VI, unless 
otherwise specified within the Plan, is March 1 of each Plan Year or as soon 
as administratively practicable following a distribution date.  For purposes 
of the consent requirements under this Article VI, if the present value of 
the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, at the time of any 
distribution, exceeds or at the time of any prior distribution exceeded Three 
Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500), the ESOP Committee must treat that 
present value as exceeding Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) for 
purposes of all subsequent Plan distributions to the Participant. 

     (A)  SEPARATION FROM SERVICE FOR A REASON OTHER THAN DEATH. 

          (1)  PARTICIPANT'S NONFORFEITABLE ACCRUED BENEFIT NOT EXCEEDING 
     $3,500.  If the Participant's Separation from Service is for any reason
     other than death or Disability, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee
     to distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump 
     sum as soon as administratively practicable following the close of the 
     Plan Year in which the Participant's Separation from Service occurs, but 
     in no event later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the close of the
     Plan Year in which the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.  If the
     Participant has attained Normal Retirement Age when he Separates from 
     Service, the distribution under this paragraph will occur no later than 
     the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the 
     Participant's Separation from Service occurs.  Notwithstanding anything to
     the contrary in this Paragraph, the Participant may elect to have his
     Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit distributed, in whole or in part, directly
     to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct 
     Rollover and at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan 
     Administrator; provided, however, the Direct Rollover portion of the 
     distribution qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

          (2)  PARTICIPANT'S NONFORFEITABLE ACCRUED BENEFIT EXCEEDS $3,500.  
     If the Participant's Separation from Service is for any reason other than
     death or Disability, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to 
     distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a form and
     at the time elected by the Participant, pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof.
     In the absence of an election by 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 46

<PAGE>

     the Participant, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commence 
     distribution of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a 
     lump sum on the sixtieth (60) day following the close of the Plan Year in
     which the latest of the following events occurs: (a) the Participant 
     attains Normal Retirement Age; (b) the Participant attains age sixty-two 
     (62); or (c) the Participant's Separation from Service.

          (3)  DISABILITY.  If the Participant's Separation from Service is 
     because of Disability, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to 
     distribute the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a form and
     at the time elected by the Participant, pursuant to Section 6.03 hereof.
     In the absence of an election by the Participant, the ESOP Committee will
     direct the Trustee to commence distribution of the Participant's 
     Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60) day 
     following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant's Separation
     from Service occurs, subject to the notice and consent requirements of this
     Article VI and to the applicable mandatory commencement dates described in
     Paragraph (1) or in Paragraph (2) of this Section 6.01(A). 

     (B)  REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE.  If any distribution commencement date 
described under Paragraph (A) of this Section 6.01, either by Plan provision 
or by Participant election (or nonelection), is later than the Participant's 
Required Beginning Date, the ESOP Committee instead must direct the Trustee 
to make distribution on the Participant's Required Beginning Date.  A 
Participant's Required Beginning Date is April 1 following the close of the 
calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half 
(70 1/2).  However, if the Participant, prior to incurring a Separation from 
Service, attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) by January 1, 1988, and, for
the five (5) Plan Year period ending in the calendar year in which he 
attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) and for all subsequent years, the 
Participant was not a more than five percent (5%) owner, the Required 
Beginning Date is the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in 
which the Participant Separates from Service or, if earlier, the April 1 
following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes a 
more than five percent (5%) owner. Furthermore, if a Participant who was not 
a more than five percent (5%) owner attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2)
during 1988 and did not incur a Separation from Service prior to January 1, 
1989, his Required Beginning Date is April 1, 1990.  A mandatory distribution 
at the Participant's Required Beginning Date will be in lump sum unless the 
Participant, pursuant to the provisions of this Article VI, makes a valid 
election to receive an alternative form of payment.

     (C)  DEATH OF THE PARTICIPANT.  The ESOP Committee will direct the 
Trustee, in accordance with this Section 6.01(C), to distribute to the 
Participant's Beneficiary the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit 
remaining in the Trust at the time of the Participant's death.  The ESOP 
Committee will determine the death benefit by reducing the Participant's 
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by any security interest the Plan has against 
that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit by reason of an outstanding Participant 
loan. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 47

<PAGE>

          (1)  DECEASED PARTICIPANT'S NONFORFEITABLE ACCRUED BENEFIT DOES NOT 
     EXCEED $3,500.  The ESOP Committee must direct the Trustee to distribute 
     the deceased Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum 
     as soon as administratively practicable following the Participant's death
     or, if later, the date on which the ESOP Committee receives notification 
     of or otherwise confirms the Participant's death.  Notwithstanding anything
     to the contrary in this Paragraph, the Participant's Beneficiary may elect
     to have his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit distributed, in whole or in 
     part, directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the 
     Participant's Beneficiary in a Direct Rollover and at the time and in the 
     manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, the Direct
     Rollover portion of the distribution qualifies as an Eligible Rollover 
     Distribution. 

          (2)  DECEASED PARTICIPANT'S NONFORFEITABLE ACCRUED BENEFIT EXCEEDS 
     $3,500.  The ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the 
     deceased Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit at the time and in 
     the form elected by the Participant or, if applicable by the Beneficiary,
     as permitted under this Article VI.  In the absence of an election, the 
     ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's 
     undistributed Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum on the sixtieth
     (60) day following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant's 
     death occurs or, if later, the first distribution date (as defined in 
     Section 6.01 hereof) following the date the ESOP Committee receives 
     notification of or otherwise confirms the Participant's death.

     If the death benefit is payable in full to the Participant's surviving 
spouse, the surviving spouse, in addition to the distribution options 
provided in this Section 6.01(C), may elect distribution at any time or in 
any form (other than the joint and survivor annuity) this Article VI would 
permit for a Participant.

     Sec. 6.02.     METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.  Subject to any 
restrictions prescribed by Section 6.03 hereof and subject to Section 6.05 
hereof, a Participant or Beneficiary may elect distribution under one, or any 
combination, of the following methods: 

          (a)  METHOD 1 - LUMP SUM.  The Participant's Account shall be 
     distributed in a single lump sum payment no later than the end of the 
     Plan Year following the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant's death,
     Retirement, Disability, or Separates from Service.

          (b)  METHOD 2 - INSTALLMENT OPTION.  The Participant's Account shall
     be distributed in installments over a period of time not to exceed the life
     expectancy of the Participant or joint and last survivor expectancy of the
     Participant and designated Beneficiary, as selected by the Participant. 

          If a Participant elects installment payments in accordance with this 
     Section 6.02(b), payment shall be made in monthly, quarterly, or other 
     regular installments over a fixed period of time, not exceeding in the 
     case of benefits payable upon 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 48

<PAGE>

     Retirement or Disability, the longer of the life expectancy of the 
     Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his
     designated Beneficiary.  Initial payments under any installment schedule
     shall be set in such amounts as would complete the payment of total 
     benefit in substantially equal payments over the period of time fixed for
     such payments; but the amounts of each installment may be adjusted by the
     Trustee following each valuation of the Trust Fund to reflect the effect 
     of net earnings, gains, or losses credited to the Participant's Account 
     in accordance with this Plan.  Payments under any installment method shall
     not be subject to any mortality risk or determination, but shall be 
     continued in all events to the Participant, his Spouse, or his designated
     Beneficiaries or, if none, as provided in Section 8.02 hereof until the 
     full amount of his Account shall have been distributed; however, this 
     sentence does not constitute any guaranty by the Plan of the sufficiency 
     of the Account to meet all payments initially scheduled or any guaranty 
     against the diminution in value of assets retained in the Account to meet
     installment obligations, whether such diminution shall occur by losses in
     market values, operating expenses of the Plan, or any other charges 
     properly made to such Account while any part of its assets are retained 
     in the Trust Fund. 

     For purposes of determining the value of a Participant's Account under 
this Section 6.02(b), a Participant's Account balance is determined as of the 
end of the Plan Year in which occurs the Participant's death, Retirement, or 
Disability or Separation from Service and without regard to the value of the 
Participant's Rollover Account.  During the period such installment payments 
are being made from the funds in the Participant's Account, the Participant's 
Account shall continue to participate in the annual adjustments for "net 
increase" or "net decrease" of the Trust.
 
          (c)  METHOD 3 - DIRECT ROLLOVER.  At the time the Participant is 
     entitled to receive a distribution under Subsection (a) or (b) of 
     Section 6.02 hereof, the Participant's Account, in whole or in part, 
     shall be distributed directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified
     by the Participant in a Direct Rollover and at the time and in the 
     manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, the 
     Direct Rollover portion of the distribution qualifies as an Eligible 
     Rollover Distribution.

     Distribution options (a) or (b) permitted under this Section 6.02 are 
available only if the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable 
Accrued Benefit at the time of the distributions to the Participant exceeds 
or at the time of any prior distribution exceeded three thousand five hundred 
dollars ($3,500.00).  If a Participant elects distribution option (c), the 
Participant's Account, in whole or in part, shall be distributed directly to 
the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct 
Rollover and at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan 
Administrator; provided, however, the Direct Rollover portion of the 
distribution qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution.

     To facilitate installment payments under this Article VI, the ESOP 
Committee may direct the Trustee to segregate all or any part of the 
Participant's Accrued Benefit in a Separate Account. The Trustee will invest 
the Participant's Segregated Account in Federally insured 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 49

<PAGE>

interest-bearing savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of 
both), or in other fixed income investments.  A Segregated Account remains a 
part of the Trust, but it alone shares in any income it earns, and it alone 
bears any expense or loss it incurs.  Notwithstanding any other provision 
herein, the Participant may elect to commence distribution on any later 
distribution date as provided under Treasury regulation Section 1.411(d)-4.

     (A)  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPANTS.  The ESOP 
Committee may not direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's 
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, nor may the Participant elect to have the 
Trustee distribute his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, under a method of 
payment which, as of the Required Beginning Date, does not satisfy the 
minimum distribution requirements under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the 
applicable Treasury regulations.  The minimum distribution for a calendar 
year equals the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the latest 
Valuation Date preceding the beginning of the calendar year divided by the 
Participant's life expectancy (as determined under Article VIII hereof, 
subject to the requirements of the Code Section 401(a)(9) regulations).  The 
ESOP Committee will increase the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued 
Benefit, as determined on the relevant Valuation Date, for contributions or 
Forfeitures allocated after the Valuation Date and by December 31 of the 
valuation calendar year, and will decrease the valuation by distributions 
made after the Valuation Date and by December 31 of the valuation calendar 
year.  For purposes of this valuation, the ESOP Committee will treat any 
portion of the minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar year 
made after the close of that year as a distribution occurring in that first 
distribution calendar year.  In computing a minimum distribution, the ESOP 
Committee must use the unisex life expectancy multiples under Treasury 
Regulation Section 1.72-9.  The ESOP Committee, only upon the Participant's 
written request, will compute the minimum distribution for a calendar year 
subsequent to the first calendar year for which the Plan requires a minimum 
distribution by redetermining the applicable life expectancy.  The ESOP 
Committee may not redetermine the joint life and last survivor expectancy of 
the Participant and a nonspouse designated Beneficiary in a manner which 
takes into account any adjustment to a life expectancy other than the 
Participant's life expectancy. 

     If the Participant's spouse is not his designated Beneficiary, a method 
of payment to the Participant (whether by Participant election or by ESOP 
Committee direction) may not provide more than incidental benefits to the 
Beneficiary.  The Plan must satisfy the minimum distribution incidental 
benefit ("MDIB") requirement in the Treasury regulations issued under Code 
Section 401(a)(9) for distributions made on or after the Participant's 
Required Beginning Date and before the Participant's death.  To satisfy the 
MDIB requirement, the ESOP Committee will compute the minimum distribution 
required by this Section 6.02(A) by substituting the applicable MDIB divisor 
for the applicable life expectancy factor, if the MDIB divisor is a lesser 
number.  Following the Participant's death, the ESOP Committee will compute 
the minimum distribution required by this Section 6.02(A) solely on the basis 
of the applicable life expectancy factor and will disregard the MDIB factor.  
For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the Plan satisfies the 
incidental benefit requirement if the distributions to the Participant 
satisfied the MDIB requirement or if the present value of the retirement 
benefits payable solely to the Participant is greater than fifty percent 
(50%) of the present value of the total benefits payable to the Participant 
and his Beneficiary.  The ESOP Committee must determine whether benefits 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 50

<PAGE>

to the Beneficiary are incidental as of the date the Trustee is to commence 
payment of the retirement benefits to the Participant, or as of any date the 
Trustee redetermines the payment period to the Participant.

     The minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar year is due 
by the Participant's Required Beginning Date.  The minimum distribution for 
each subsequent distribution calendar year, including the calendar year in 
which the Participant's Required Beginning Date falls, is due by December 31 
of that year. If the Participant receives distribution in the form of a 
Nontransferable Annuity Contract, the distribution satisfies this Section 
6.02(A) if the contract complies with the requirements of Code Section 
401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury regulations.

     (B)  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS FOR BENEFICIARIES.  The method of 
distribution to the Participant's Beneficiary must satisfy Code Section 
401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury regulations.  If the Participant's 
death occurs after his Required Beginning Date, the method of payment to the 
Beneficiary must provide for completion of payment over a period which does 
not exceed the payment period which had commenced for the Participant. If the 
Participant's death occurs prior to his Required Beginning Date, the method 
of payment to the Beneficiary must provide for completion of payment to the 
Beneficiary over a period not exceeding: (i) five (5) years after the date of 
the Participant's death; or (ii) if the Beneficiary is a designated 
Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary's life expectancy.  The ESOP 
Committee may not direct payment of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued 
Benefit over a period described in clause (ii) unless the Trustee will 
commence payment to the designated Beneficiary no later than the December 31 
following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant's death 
occurred or, if later, and the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's 
surviving spouse, December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant 
would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2).  If the Trustee will 
make distribution in accordance with clause (ii), the minimum distribution 
for a calendar year equals the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit 
as of the latest Valuation Date preceding the beginning of the calendar year 
divided by the designated Beneficiary's life expectancy.  The ESOP Committee 
must use the unisex life expectancy multiples under Treasury Regulation 
Section 1.72-9 for purposes of applying this paragraph.  The ESOP Committee, 
only upon the written request of the Participant or of the Participant's 
surviving spouse, will recalculate the life expectancy of the Participant's 
surviving spouse not more frequently than annually, but may not recalculate 
the life expectancy of a nonspouse designated Beneficiary after the Trustee 
commences payment to the designated Beneficiary.  The ESOP Committee will 
apply this paragraph by treating any amount paid to the Participant's child, 
which becomes payable to the Participant's surviving spouse upon the child's 
attaining the age of majority, as paid to the Participant's surviving spouse. 
Upon the Beneficiary's written request, the ESOP Committee must direct the 
Trustee to accelerate payment of all, or any portion, of the Participant's 
unpaid Accrued Benefit, as soon as administratively practicable following the 
effective date of that request. 

     Sec. 6.03.     BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.  Not earlier than ninety (90) 
days, but not later than thirty (30) days, before the Participant's Annuity 
Starting Date (as defined in Section 1.65 hereof), the ESOP Committee must 
provide a benefit notice to a Participant who 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 51

<PAGE>

is eligible to make an election under this Section 6.03.  The benefit notice 
must explain the optional forms of benefit in the Plan, including the 
material features and relative values of those options, and the Participant's 
right to defer distribution until he attains the later of Normal Retirement 
Age or age sixty-two (62).

     If a Participant or Beneficiary makes an election prescribed by this 
Section 6.03, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the 
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in accordance with that 
election.  Any election under this Section 6.03 is subject to the 
requirements of Section 6.02 hereof.  The Participant or Beneficiary must 
make an election under this Section 6.03 by filing his election form with the 
ESOP Committee at any time before the Trustee otherwise would commence to pay 
a Participant's Accrued Benefit in accordance with the requirements of 
Article VI hereof.

     (A)  PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS AFTER SEPARATION FROM SERVICE.  If the 
present value of a Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds three 
thousand five hundred dollars ($3,500), he may elect to have the Trustee 
commence distribution as of any distribution date, but not earlier than March 
1 following the close of Plan Year in which the Participant's Separation from 
Service occurs.  The Participant may reconsider an election at any time prior 
to the Annuity Starting Date and elect to commence distribution as of any 
other distribution date, but not earlier than the date described in the first 
sentence of this Paragraph (A).  Following his attainment of Normal 
Retirement Age, a Participant who has Separated from Service may elect 
distribution as of any distribution date, regardless of the restrictions 
otherwise applicable under this Section 6.03(A).  If the Participant is 
partially-vested in his Accrued Benefit, an election under this Paragraph (A) 
to distribute prior to the Participant's incurring a Forfeiture Break in 
Service (as defined in Section 5.08 hereof), must be in the form of a 
cash-out distribution (as defined in Article V hereof).  A Participant may 
not receive a cash-out distribution if, prior to the time the Trustee 
actually makes the cash-out distribution, the Participant returns to 
employment with the Employer.

     (B)  PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS PRIOR TO SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. After a 
Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, the Participant, until he retires, 
has a continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Accrued 
Benefit.  A Participant must make an election under this Section 6.03(B) on a 
form prescribed by the ESOP Committee at any time during the Plan Year for 
which his election is to be effective.  In his written election, the 
Participant must specify the percentage or dollar amount he wishes the 
Trustee to distribute to him.  The Participant's election relates solely to 
the percentage or dollar amount specified in his election form and his right 
to elect to receive an amount, if any, for a particular Plan Year greater 
than the dollar amount or percentage specified in his election form 
terminates on the Accounting Date.  A distribution must be made to a 
Participant in accordance with his election under this Section 6.03(B) within 
the ninety (90) day period (or as soon as administratively practicable) after 
the Participant files his written election.  The balance of the Participant's 
Accrued Benefit not distributed pursuant to his election(s) will be 
distributed in accordance with the other distribution provisions of this 
Plan. 

     (C)  DEATH BENEFIT ELECTIONS.  If the present value of the deceased 
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds Three Thousand Five 
Hundred Dollars ($3,500), the 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 52

<PAGE>

Participant's Beneficiary may elect to have the Trustee distribute the 
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a form and within a period 
permitted under Section 6.02 hereof.  The Beneficiary's election is subject 
to any restrictions designated in writing by the Participant and not revoked 
as of his date of death.

     (D)  ELECTION TO POSTPONE DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS.  If the present 
value of a Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit exceeds Three 
Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500.00), he may elect to postpone the 
distribution of the Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit under the Plan as provided 
in Sections 6.02 and 6.03(A) hereof.  Upon request, the ESOP Committee will 
direct the Trustee to provide the Participant electing to postpone his 
distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit with the necessary 
election forms.

     (E)  DIRECT ROLLOVER ELECTION.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
herein, at the time the Participant is entitled to receive a distribution, 
any Participant who is considered a "Distributee" and who receives an 
Eligible Rollover Distribution may elect to have all or any portion of the 
distribution transferred directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan.  Upon 
request, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to provide the 
Distributee with the necessary forms.

     Sec. 6.04.     ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING 
SPOUSES.  The joint and survivor annuity requirements of the Code do not 
apply to this Plan.  This Plan does not provide any annuity distributions to 
Participants.  A transfer agreement described in Section 13.05 hereof may not 
permit a plan which is subject to the provisions of Code Section 417 to 
transfer assets to this Plan.  

     Sec. 6.05.     DEFAULT ON A LOAN.  If a Participant or Beneficiary 
defaults on a loan made pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the ESOP 
Committee, the Plan treats the default as a distributable event only if the 
Participant has incurred a Separation from Service or has attained Normal 
Retirement Age.  If either condition applies, then, at the time of the 
default, or, if later, at the time either condition first occurs, the 
Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be reduced by the lesser of 
the amount in default (plus accrued interest) or the Plan's security interest 
in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. 

     Sec. 6.06.     DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS. Nothing 
contained in this Plan prevents the ESOP Committee, from complying with the 
provisions of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code 
Section 414(p)).  This Plan specifically permits distribution to an Alternate 
Payee under a qualified domestic relations order at any time regardless of 
whether the Participant has attained his earliest retirement age (as defined 
under Code Section 414(p)) under the Plan.  A distribution to an Alternate 
Payee prior to the time the Participant reaches his earliest retirement age 
is available only if: (1) the order specifies distribution at that time or 
permits an agreement between the Plan and the Alternate Payee to authorize an 
earlier distribution; and (2) the order requires the Alternate Payee's 
consent to such distribution prior to the Participant's attainment of his 
earliest retirement age if the present value of the Alternate Payee's 
benefits under the Plan exceeds Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500). 
Nothing in this Section 6.06 gives a Participant a right to receive 
distribution at a time 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 53

<PAGE>

otherwise not permitted under the Plan nor does it permit the Alternate Payee 
to receive a form of payment not otherwise permitted under the Plan.

     The ESOP Committee must establish reasonable procedures to determine the 
qualified status of a domestic relations order.  Upon receiving a domestic 
relations order, the ESOP Committee promptly will notify the Participant and 
any Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the 
order and the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of the 
order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic 
relations order, the ESOP Committee must determine the qualified status of 
the order and must notify the Participant and each Alternate Payee, in 
writing, of its determination.  The ESOP Committee must provide notice under 
this paragraph by mailing to the individual's address specified in the 
domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with Department of Labor 
regulations. 

     If any portion of the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit is 
payable during the period the ESOP Committee is making its determination of 
the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the ESOP Committee must 
make a separate accounting of the amounts payable.  If the ESOP Committee 
determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order within eighteen 
(18) months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the 
order, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the payable 
amounts in accordance with the order.  If the ESOP Committee determines that 
the order is not a qualified domestic relations order or does not make its 
determination of the qualified status of the order within the eighteen (18) 
month determination period, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to 
distribute the payable amounts in the manner the Plan would distribute if the 
order did not exist and will apply the order prospectively if the ESOP 
Committee later determines the order is a qualified domestic relations order. 

     To the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the 
qualified domestic relations order, the ESOP Committee may direct the Trustee 
to invest any partitioned amount in a segregated subaccount or separate 
account and to invest the account in Federally insured, interest-bearing 
savings account(s) or time deposit(s) (or a combination of both), or in other 
fixed income investments.  A segregated subaccount alone shares in any income 
it earns, and it alone bears any expense or loss it incurs.  Any payments or 
distributions required under this Section 6.06 will be made by separate 
benefit checks or other separate distribution to the Alternate Payee(s). 

     Sec. 6.07.     LATE RETIREMENT.  A Participant may remain in the service 
of the Employer after his Normal Retirement Date.  In such case, he shall 
remain a Participant until his Late Retirement Date.  At such time, his 
interest in his Account shall be distributed to him in accordance with this 
Article VI.  Such Participant is subject to the minimum distribution 
requirement of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

     Sec. 6.08.     LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS.  All of the provisions of this 
Article VI are subject to withholding for payment of taxes, and are subject 
to the rights of any Alternate Payee.


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 54

<PAGE>

     Sec. 6.09.     THIRTY (30) DAY PERIOD.  If a distribution is one to 
which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution 
may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under 
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury regulations is given that:

          (1)  The ESOP Committee clearly informs the Participant that the 
     Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after 
     receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
     distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); and

          (2)  The Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively 
     elects in writing a distribution.

     Sec. 6.10.     SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION AND PAYMENT REQUIREMENTS.

     (A)  Unless the Participant and, if applicable, pursuant to Sections 
401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, with the consent of a Participant's spouse, 
elects to have other distribution provisions of the Plan apply, or unless 
other distribution provisions of the Plan require earlier distribution of the 
Participant's Account, the portion of the Participant's Account attributable 
to Employer Securities (the "Eligible Portion") must be distributed no later 
than the time prescribed by this Section 6.10(A), regardless of any other 
provision of the Plan.  The distribution provisions of this Section 6.10(A) 
are subject to the consent and form of distribution requirements of the Plan.

          (1)  If the Participant Separates from Service by reason of the 
     attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death or Disability, the ESOP 
     Committee will direct the Trustee to commence distribution of the 
     Eligible Portion not later than one (1) year after the close of the Plan
     Year in which that event occurs.

          (2)  If the Participant separates from Service for any reason other 
     than by reason of the attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death or 
     Disability, the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to commence 
     distribution of the Eligible Portion not later than one (1) year after 
     the close of the fifth (5th) Plan Year following the Plan Year in which 
     the Participant Separated from Service.  If the Participant resumes 
     employment with the Employer on or before the last day of the fifth (5th)
     Plan Year following the Plan Year of his or her Separation from Service, 
     the distribution provisions of this Paragraph (2) do not apply.

     (B)  If Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply to a 
distribution, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after 
the notice required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given,
provided that:

          (1)  The ESOP Committee clearly informs the Participant that the 
     Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after 
     receiving the 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 55

<PAGE>

     notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution
     (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and

          (2)  the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects
     a distribution.


                             END OF ARTICLE VI 










VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 56

<PAGE>

                               ARTICLE VII
                  EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS


     Sec. 7.01.     INFORMATION TO ESOP COMMITTEE.  The Employer must supply 
current information to the ESOP Committee as to the name, date of birth, date 
of employment, annual compensation, leaves of absence, Years of Service and 
date of termination of employment of each Employee who is, or who will be 
eligible to become, a Participant under the Plan, together with any other 
information which the ESOP Committee considers necessary.  The Employer's 
records as to the current information the Employer furnishes to the ESOP 
Committee are conclusive as to all persons. 

     Sec. 7.02.     NO LIABILITY.  The Employer assumes no obligation or 
responsibility to any of its Employees, Former Participants, Participants or 
Beneficiaries for any act of, or failure to act, on the part of its ESOP 
Committee (unless the Employer is the ESOP Committee), or the Plan 
Administrator (unless the Employer is the Plan Administrator).

     Sec. 7.03.     INDEMNITY OF CERTAIN FIDUCIARIES.  The Employer 
indemnifies and saves harmless the Plan Administrator, ESOP Committee, and 
the members of the ESOP Committee, and each of them, from and against any and 
all loss resulting from liability to which the Plan Administrator, the ESOP 
Committee, or the members of the ESOP Committee, may be subjected by reason 
of any act or conduct (except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in 
their official capacities in the administration of this Plan, including all 
court costs and other expenses reasonably incurred in their defense, in case 
the Employer fails to provide such defense.  The indemnification provisions 
of this Section 7.03 do not relieve the Plan Administrator or any ESOP 
Committee member from any liability he may have under ERISA for breach of a 
fiduciary duty.  In the case of any ESOP Committee member, the indemnification
provisions of this Section 7.03 do not relieve it from any liability, to the 
extent that a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be 
taken, enters a final judgment that the ESOP Committee member's actions or 
omissions were the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The 
Plan Administrator, the ESOP Committee members, and the Company may execute a 
letter agreement further delineating the indemnification agreement of this 
Section 7.03, provided the letter agreement is consistent with and does not 
violate ERISA, the Code, and Texas law.  The indemnification provisions of 
this Section 7.03 extend to any other fiduciary solely to the extent provided 
by a letter agreement executed by such person and the Company. 

     Sec. 7.04.     AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE.  Though the Company 
reserves the right to  amend the vesting schedule at any time, the ESOP 
Committee will not apply the amended vesting schedule to reduce the 
Nonforfeitable percentage of any Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from 
Employer contributions (determined as of the later of the date the Employer 
adopts the amendment, or the date the amendment becomes effective) to a 
percentage less than the Nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan 
without regard to the amendment.  An amended vesting schedule will apply to a 
Participant only if the Participant receives credit for at least one (1) Hour 
of Service after the new schedule becomes effective.


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 57

<PAGE>

     If the Company makes a permissible amendment to the vesting schedule, 
each Participant having at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer 
may elect to have the percentage of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit 
computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment.  The Participant 
must file his election with the ESOP Committee within sixty (60) days of the 
latest of (a) the Company's adoption of the amendment; (b) the effective date 
of the amendment; or (c) his receipt of a copy of the amendment.  The ESOP 
Committee as soon as practicable, must forward a true copy of any amendment 
to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant, together with an 
explanation of the effect of the amendment, the appropriate form upon which 
the Participant may make an election to remain under the vesting schedule 
provided under the Plan prior to the amendment and notice of the time within 
which the Participant must make an election to remain under the prior vesting 
schedule. The election described in this Section 7.04 does not apply to a 
Participant if the amended vesting schedule provides for vesting at least as 
rapid at all times as the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment.  
For purposes of this Section 7.04, an amendment to the vesting schedule 
includes any Plan amendment which directly or indirectly affects the 
computation of the Nonforfeitable percentage of an Employee's rights to his 
Employer derived Accrued Benefit.



                             END OF ARTICLE VII 






VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 58

<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE VIII
                 PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS


     Sec. 8.01.     BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.  Any Participant from time to 
time may designate, in writing, any person or persons contingently or 
successively to whom the Trustee will pay his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit 
(including any life insurance proceeds payable to the Participant's Account) 
in the event of his or her death, and the Participant may designate the form 
and method.  The ESOP Committee will prescribe the form for the written 
designation of Beneficiary and upon the Participant's filing the form with 
the ESOP Committee, the form effectively revokes all designations filed prior 
to that date by the same Participant.

     The Beneficiary designation of a married Participant is not valid unless 
the Participant's spouse consents to the Beneficiary designation. The 
Participant's spouse shall automatically be the named Beneficiary and shall 
be paid the Participant's death benefit unless (1) the Participant's spouse 
affirmatively consents to the Beneficiary designation according to Code 
Section 417; or (2) the following sentence applies.  The spousal consent 
requirements in this paragraph do not apply if the Participant and his spouse 
are not married throughout the one year ending on the date of Participant's 
death or if the Participant's spouse is the Participant's sole primary 
Beneficiary.  If the joint and survivor requirements of Article VI hereof 
apply to the Participant, this Section 8.01 does not impose any special 
spousal consent requirements on the Participant's Beneficiary designation.  
In the absence of spousal consent (as required by Article VI hereof) to the 
Participant's Beneficiary designation: (1) any waiver of the joint and 
survivor annuity or of the pre-retirement survivor annuity is not valid; and 
(2) if the Participant dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the 
Participant's Beneficiary designation will apply only to the portion of the 
death benefit which is not payable as a pre-retirement survivor annuity.  
Regarding clause (2), if the Participant's surviving spouse is a primary 
Beneficiary under the Participant's Beneficiary designation, the spouse's 
interest in the Participant's death benefit will be satisfied first from the 
portion which is payable as a pre-retirement survivor annuity.

     Sec. 8.02.     NO BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION.  If a Participant fails to 
name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 8.01 hereof, or if the 
Beneficiary named by a Participant predeceases him, or if the Beneficiary 
designation is invalid or void, the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued 
Benefit will be paid in accordance with Section 6.02 hereof in the following 
order of priority to: 

          (a)  The Participant's surviving spouse; 

          (b)  The Participant's surviving children, including adopted 
     children, in equal shares; 

          (c)  The Participant's surviving parents, in equal shares; or 

          (d)  The Participant's estate.



VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 59

<PAGE>

     If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior 
to distribution of the Participant's entire Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, 
the remaining Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be paid to the 
Beneficiary's estate unless the Participant's Beneficiary designation 
provides otherwise.   

     Sec. 8.03.     PERSONAL DATA TO COMMITTEE.  Each Participant and each 
Beneficiary of a  deceased Participant must furnish to the ESOP Committee 
such evidence, data or information as the ESOP Committee considers necessary 
or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan.  The provisions of 
this Plan are effective for the benefit of each Participant upon the 
condition precedent that each Participant will furnish promptly full, true 
and complete evidence, data and information when requested by the ESOP 
Committee, provided the ESOP Committee advises each Participant of the effect 
of his failure to comply with its request.  Any adjustment required by reason 
of lack of proof or the misstatement of the age of persons entitled to 
benefits hereunder, by the Participant or otherwise, shall be in such manner 
as the ESOP Committee deems equitable.  

     Any notice or information which according to the terms of the Plan or 
the rules of the ESOP Committee must be filed with the ESOP Committee, shall 
be deemed so filed if addressed and either delivered in person or mailed, 
postage fully prepaid, to the ESOP Committee.  If mailed, any such notice or 
information shall be addressed to the ESOP Committee Chairman c/o VARI-LITE 
HOLDINGS, INC. and mailed to its corporate headquarters address.

     Whenever a provision herein requires that a Participant (or the 
Participant's Beneficiary) give notice to the ESOP Committee within a 
specified number of days or by a certain date, and the last day of such 
period, or such date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or Company holiday, the 
Participant (or the Participant's Beneficiary) will be deemed in compliance 
with such provision if notice is delivered in person to the ESOP Committee or 
is mailed, properly addressed, postage prepaid, and postmarked on or before 
the business day next following such Saturday, Sunday or Company holiday.  
The ESOP Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify or waive any specified 
requirement notice; provided, however, that such modification or waiver must 
be administratively feasible, must be in the best interest of the 
Participant, and must be made on the basis of rules of the ESOP Committee 
which are applied uniformly to all Participants. 

     Sec. 8.04.     ADDRESS FOR NOTIFICATION.  Each Participant, each 
Beneficiary of a deceased Participant, and other person entitled to benefits 
hereunder must file with the ESOP Committee from time to time, in writing, 
his post office address and any change of post office address.  Any 
communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant, Inactive 
Participant, Former Participant, or Beneficiary, at his last post office 
address filed with the ESOP Committee, or as shown on the records of the 
Employer, binds the Participant, Inactive Participant, Former Participant, or 
Beneficiary, for all purposes of this Plan.  Any check representing payment 
hereunder and any communication addressed to a Participant, Inactive 
Participant, Former Participant, an Employee, a former Employee, or 
Beneficiary, at such person's last address filed with the ESOP Committee, or 
if no such address has been filed, then at such person's last address as 
indicated on the records of the Employer, shall be deemed to have been 
delivered to such 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 60

<PAGE>

person on the date on which such check or communication is deposited, postage 
prepaid, in the United States mail.  

     If the ESOP Committee, for any reason, is in doubt as to whether 
payments are being received by the person entitled thereto, it shall, by 
registered mail addressed to the person concerned, at his address last known 
to the ESOP Committee, notify such person that all unmailed and future 
payments shall be henceforth withheld until he provides the ESOP Committee 
with evidence of his existence and his proper mailing address.  

     Sec. 8.05.     ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION.  Unless Section 6.07 hereof 
applies, which relates to qualified domestic relations orders, neither a 
Participant nor a Beneficiary may anticipate, assign or alienate (either at 
law or in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan.  A benefit under the 
Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other 
legal or equitable process. 

     Sec. 8.06.     NOTICE OF CHANGE IN TERMS.  The Plan Administrator, 
within the time prescribed by ERISA and the applicable regulations, must 
furnish all Participants and Beneficiaries a summary description of any 
material amendment to the Plan or notice of discontinuance of the Plan and 
all other information required by ERISA to be furnished without charge. 

     Sec. 8.07.     LITIGATION AGAINST THE TRUST.  A court of competent 
jurisdiction may authorize any appropriate equitable relief to redress 
violations of ERISA or to enforce any provisions of ERISA or the terms of the 
Plan.  A fiduciary may receive reimbursement of expenses properly and 
actually incurred in the performance of his duties with the Plan.

     Sec. 8.08.     INFORMATION AVAILABLE.  Any Participant in the Plan or 
any Beneficiary may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual 
report, any bargaining agreement, this Plan, contract or any other instrument 
under which the Plan was established or is operated.  The Plan Administrator 
will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 8.08 in his office, or 
in such other place or places as he may designate from time to time in order 
to comply with the regulations issued under ERISA, for examination during 
reasonable business hours.  Upon the written request of a Participant or 
Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator will furnish him with a copy of any item 
listed in this Section 8.08.  The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable 
charge to the requesting person for the copy so furnished. 

     Sec. 8.09.     APPEAL PROCEDURE FOR DENIAL OF BENEFITS.  A Participant, 
Former Participant, or a Beneficiary ("Claimant") may file with the ESOP 
Committee a written claim for benefits, if the Participant, Former 
Participant, or Beneficiary determines the distribution procedures of the 
Plan have not provided him his proper Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.  The 
ESOP Committee must render a decision on the claim within sixty (60) days of 
the Claimant's written claim for benefits.  The Plan Administrator must 
provide adequate notice in writing to the Claimant whose claim for benefits 
under the Plan the ESOP Committee has denied.  The Plan Administrator's 
notice to the Claimant must set forth:


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 61

<PAGE>

          (a)  The specific reason for the denial; 

          (b)  Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the 
     ESOP Committee based its denial; 

          (c)  A description of any additional material and information needed 
     for the Claimant to perfect his claim and an explanation of why the 
     material or information is needed; and 

          (d)  That any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of the adverse 
     determination must be in writing to the ESOP Committee within seventy-five
     (75) days after receipt of the Plan Administrator's notice of denial of 
     benefits.  The Plan Administrator's notice must further advise the
     Claimant that his failure to appeal the action to the ESOP Committee in 
     writing within the seventy-five (75) day period will render the ESOP 
     Committee's determination final, binding and conclusive. 

     If the Claimant should appeal to the ESOP Committee, he, or his duly 
authorized representative, may submit, in writing, whatever issues and 
comments he, or his duly authorized representative, feels are pertinent.  At 
the hearing (or prior thereto upon five (5) business days written notice to 
the ESOP Committee), the Claimant, or his duly authorized representative, may 
review Plan documents in the possession of the Plan Administrator which are 
pertinent to the claim.  Either the Claimant, ESOP Committee, Trustee, or 
Plan Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and 
record the proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the 
proceeding shall be furnished to all parties by the court reporter.  The full 
expense of any court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the 
party causing the court reporter to attend the hearing.  The ESOP Committee 
will re-examine all facts related to the appeal and make a final 
determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the 
circumstances.  The ESOP Committee must advise the Claimant of its decision 
within sixty (60) days of the Claimant's written request for review, unless 
special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a 
decision within the sixty (60) day limit unfeasible, but in no event may the 
ESOP Committee render a decision respecting a denial for a claim for benefits 
later than one hundred-twenty (120) days after its receipt of a request for 
review. 

     The Plan Administrator's notice of denial of benefits must identify the 
name of each member of the ESOP Committee and the name and address of the 
ESOP Committee member to whom the Claimant may forward his appeal. 

     Sec. 8.10.     VOTING OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES.  In the event the Plan 
holds Employer Securities which are voting common stock of the Company, the 
following provisions shall apply:

     (A)  With respect to Employer Securities held in the Employer Securities 
Accounts, a Participant has the right to direct the Trustee regarding the 
voting of such Employer Securities allocated to his Employer Securities 
Account with respect to any corporate matter which involves 


VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 62

<PAGE>

the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, 
recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of 
substantially all assets of a trade or business, or such similar transaction 
as the Department of Treasury may prescribe in regulations.  On other 
corporate matters requiring a vote of the shareholders, the ESOP Committee 
shall direct the Trustee to properly vote such Employer Securities which are 
held in the Employer Securities Accounts of the Participants (or 
Beneficiaries).  The ESOP Committee shall direct the Trustee to vote Employer 
Securities for which it has not received direction, or for which it has not 
received a valid direction, from a Participant (or Beneficiary) as part of 
the Plan Assets.

     Each Participant (or Beneficiary) who timely provides instructions to 
the Trustee shall be entitled to direct the Trustee how to vote Employer 
Securities allocated to such Participant's (or Beneficiary's) Account in 
accordance with this Section.  In order to implement these voting directions, 
each Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be provided with proxy solicitation 
materials or other notices or information statements which are distributed to 
Company shareholders, together with a form requesting confidential 
instructions as to the manner in which Employer Securities allocated to the 
Participants (or Beneficiaries) Employer Securities Accounts are to be voted. 
Each Participant (or Beneficiary) shall, as a named fiduciary described in 
Section 403(a)(1) of ERISA, direct the Trustee with respect to the vote of 
such Employer Securities which are allocated to the Employer Securities 
Account of the Participant (or Beneficiary).  Reasonable means shall be 
employed to provide confidentiality with respect to the voting by such 
Participant (or Beneficiary).  Such directions shall be held in confidence 
and such directions shall not be divulged or released to any person, 
including the Company or any director, officer, employee or agent of the 
Company, it being the intent of this provision of this Section to ensure that 
the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) cannot 
determine the direction given by any Participant (or Beneficiary). Such 
instructions shall be in such form and shall be filed in such manner and at 
such time as the ESOP Committee may prescribe.

     (B)  Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Section, 
Participant (or Beneficiary) directions shall not be voted in a manner which 
are or would result in a violation of ERISA or would not be in the best 
interest of the Participant (or Beneficiary). In the event of the items set 
forth in the preceding sentence, the ESOP Committee, in its discretion, shall 
properly vote the Employer Securities as part of the Plan Assets in a manner 
which is in the best interest of the Participants (or Beneficiaries).

     (C)  If any provision contained in or action required by this Section 
violates any provision under ERISA, the ESOP Committee shall comply with the 
provisions under ERISA.


                            END OF ARTICLE VIII 





VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                      PAGE 63

<PAGE>
                                       
                                  ARTICLE IX
                                ESOP COMMITTEE
                 DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS


     Sec. 9.01.     MEMBERS' COMPENSATION, EXPENSES.  The Company may appoint 
an ESOP Committee to administer the Plan, the members of which may or may not 
be Participants in the Plan, or which may be the Plan Administrator acting 
alone.  In the absence of an ESOP Committee appointment, the Plan 
Administrator assumes the powers, duties and responsibilities of the ESOP 
Committee.  The members of the ESOP Committee will serve without compensation 
for services as such, but the Employer will pay all expenses of the ESOP 
Committee, except to the extent the Trust properly pays for such expenses, 
pursuant to Article X hereof.

     Sec. 9.02.     TERM.  Each member of the ESOP Committee serves until the 
appointment of his successor. 

     Sec. 9.03.     POWERS.  The ESOP Committee is empowered to assist the 
Trustee to satisfy and operate the Plan in accordance with the terms of the 
Plan, the Code, and ERISA.  In case of a vacancy in the membership of the 
ESOP Committee, the remaining members of the ESOP Committee may exercise any 
and all of the powers, authority, duties and discretion conferred upon the 
ESOP Committee pending the filling of the vacancy.

     Sec. 9.04.     GENERAL.  The ESOP Committee has the following powers and 
duties: 

          (a)  To select a Secretary, who need not be a member of the 
     ESOP Committee; 

          (b)  To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to 
     participate in the Plan, the value of a Participant's Accrued Benefit 
     and the Nonforfeitable percentage of each Participant's Accrued Benefit; 

          (c)  To adopt rules of procedure and regulations and guidelines 
     necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan provided
     the rules are not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; 

          (d)  To construe and enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and 
     regulations it adopts, including interpretation of the Plan documents and 
     documents related to the Plan's operation; 

          (e)  To credit and distribute the Trust assets; 

          (f)  To review and render decisions respecting a claim for (or denial
     of a claim for) a benefit under the Plan; 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 64
<PAGE>

          (g)  To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may 
     require for tax or other purposes; 

          (h)  To engage the service of agents whom it may deem advisable to 
     assist it with the performance of its duties; 

          (i)  To engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as 
     defined in ERISA Section 3(38)), each of whom will have full power and 
     authority to manage, acquire or dispose (or direct the Trustee with 
     respect to acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under its 
     control;

          (j)  To establish a nondiscriminatory policy with regard to making 
     loans, if any, to Participants and Beneficiaries;

          (k)  To construe and interpret the Plan and the rules and regulations
      adopted and to answer all questions arising in the administration, 
     interpretation and application of the Plan document and documents related 
     to the Plan's operation; and

          (l)  To establish and maintain a funding standard account and to make
     credits and charges to the account to the extent required by and in 
     accordance with the provisions of the Code.

     Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the ESOP 
Committee shall not interfere or cause the Trustee to violate the terms of 
the Plan, the Code, and ERISA.  The ESOP Committee must exercise all of its 
powers, duties and discretion under the Plan in a uniform and 
nondiscriminatory manner.  All decisions, determinations, directions, 
interpretations, and applications of the Plan by the ESOP Committee shall be 
final and binding upon all persons, including (but not limited to) the 
Company, Employer, Trustee, and all Participants, Inactive Participants, 
Former Participants, and Beneficiaries unless in violation of the Plan, 
ERISA, the Code, or any Federal or State laws.

     If the ESOP Committee adopts a loan policy, pursuant to paragraph (j) of 
this Section 9.04, the loan policy must be a written document and must 
include: (1) the identity of the person or persons authorized to administer 
the participant loan program; (2) a procedure for applying for the loan; (3) 
the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (4) the limitations, if any, on 
the types and amounts of loans available; (5) the procedure for determining a 
reasonable rate of interest; (6) the types of collateral which may secure the 
loan; and (7) the events constituting default and the steps the Plan will 
take to preserve Plan assets in the event of default.  This Section 9.04 
specifically incorporates a written loan policy as part of the Employer's 
Plan.  

     Sec. 9.05.     FUNDING POLICY.  This Plan is designed to invest 
primarily in Employer Securities.  The ESOP Committee, however, may invest in 
assets other than Employer Securities to provide for expenses and 
distributions and to the extent as the ESOP Committee deems appropriate.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 65
<PAGE>

     Sec. 9.06.     MANNER OF ACTION.  The decision of a majority of the 
members of the ESOP Committee appointed and qualified controls. 

     Sec. 9.07.     AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.  The ESOP Committee may 
authorize any one of its members, or its Secretary, to sign on its behalf any 
notices, directions, applications, certificates, consents, approvals, 
waivers, letters or other documents.  The ESOP Committee must evidence this 
authority by an instrument signed by all members.

     Sec. 9.08.     INTERESTED MEMBER.  No member of the ESOP Committee may 
decide or determine any matter concerning the distribution, nature or method 
of settlement of his own benefits under the Plan, except in exercising an 
election available to that member in his capacity as a Participant, unless 
the Plan Administrator is acting alone in the capacity of the ESOP Committee. 

     Sec. 9.09.     INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS.  The ESOP Committee will maintain, 
or direct the Trustee to maintain, a separate Account, or multiple Accounts, 
in the name of each Participant to reflect the Participant's Accrued Benefit 
under the Plan set forth below.  The ESOP Committee must maintain one Account 
for the Employer Securities held by the Plan and another Account for the 
Employer's qualified matching contributions.  If a Participant re-enters the 
Plan subsequent to his having a Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in 
Section 5.08 hereof), a separate Account for the Participant's pre-Forfeiture 
Break in Service Accrued Benefit and a separate Account for his 
post-Forfeiture Break in Service Accrued Benefit must be maintained unless 
the Participant's entire Accrued Benefit under the Plan is one hundred 
percent (100%) Nonforfeitable. 

     The ESOP Committee will make its allocations, or request the Trustee to 
make its allocations, to the Accounts of the Participants in accordance with 
the provisions of Section 9.11 hereof.  The ESOP Committee may direct the 
Trustee to maintain a temporary Segregated Investment Account in the name of 
a Participant to prevent a distortion of income, gain or loss allocations 
under Section 9.11 hereof. 

     The ESOP Committee shall create and maintain adequate records to reflect 
all transactions of the Plan and to disclose the interest of each 
Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee who has an 
undistributed interest in the Trust Fund, as follows:

          (a)  Individual Accounts.  The ESOP Committee may establish and 
     maintain for each such individual a Participant Employer Securities 
     Account and a Participant Qualified Matching Contributions Account which 
     Accounts are collectively referred to herein as an Account.

          (b)  Accounts for Transferred Participants.  In the event a 
     Participant transferred from one (1) Employer to another Employer during a
     Plan Year, the ESOP Committee shall continue to maintain on its books such
     Participant's Account without differentiation between Employers.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 66
<PAGE>

          (c)  RIGHTS IN TRUST FUND.  The maintenance of individual Accounts 
     is only for accounting purposes, and a segregation of the assets for each 
     Account shall not be required.  Distributions and withdrawals made from an
     Account shall be charged to the Account as of the date paid.

     Sec. 9.10.     VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED BENEFIT.  The value of 
each Participant's Accrued Benefit consists of that proportion of the net 
worth (at fair market value) of the Employer's Trust Fund which the net 
credit balance in his Account bears to the total net credit balance in the 
Accounts of all Participants.  For purposes of a distribution under the Plan, 
the value of a Participant's Accrued Benefit is its value as of the Valuation 
Date immediately preceding the date of the distribution.

     Sec. 9.11.     ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS.  A "Valuation 
Date" under this Plan is each Accounting Date and each interim valuation date 
determined by the ESOP Committee.  As of each Valuation Date, the ESOP 
Committee must adjust Participant Employer Securities Accounts, Qualified 
Matching Contributions Account, and other accounts and to reflect net income, 
gain or loss since the last Valuation Date.  The valuation period is the 
period beginning the day after the last Valuation Date and ending on the 
current Valuation Date.  The ESOP Committee will allocate the Employer 
contributions, Participant Forfeitures, net income, gain or loss, if any, in 
accordance with Article III hereof.

     Sec. 9.12.     INDIVIDUAL STATEMENT.  As soon as practicable after the 
Accounting Date of each Plan Year, but within the time prescribed by ERISA, 
and the regulations under ERISA, the Plan Administrator will deliver to each 
Participant (and to each Beneficiary) a statement reflecting the condition of 
his Accrued Benefit as of that date and such other information ERISA requires 
to be furnished the Participant or Beneficiary.  No Participant, except a 
member of the ESOP Committee, shall have the right to inspect the records 
reflecting the Account of any other Participant. 

     Sec. 9.13.     ACCOUNT CHARGED.  The ESOP Committee shall charge all 
distributions made to a Participant or to his Beneficiary from his Account 
against the Account of the Participant when made. 

     Sec. 9.14.     UNCLAIMED ACCOUNT PROCEDURE.  The Plan does not require 
the ESOP Committee, the Employer, or the Company to search for, or to 
ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary.  The ESOP 
Committee, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known 
address of record with the ESOP Committee or the Employer, shall notify any 
Participant, or Beneficiary, that he is entitled to a distribution under this 
Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section 9.14.  If the 
Participant, or Beneficiary, fails to claim his distributive share or make 
his whereabouts known in writing to the ESOP Committee within six (6) months 
from the date of mailing of the notice, the ESOP Committee shall treat the 
Participant's or Beneficiary's unclaimed payable Accrued Benefit as forfeited 
and shall reallocate and use the amount of the unclaimed payable Accrued 
Benefit to reduce the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year in which the 
forfeiture occurs. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 67
<PAGE>

     If a Participant or Beneficiary who has incurred a forfeiture of his 
Accrued Benefit under the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 
9.14 makes a claim, at any time, for his forfeited Accrued Benefit, the ESOP 
Committee shall restore the Participant's or Beneficiary's forfeited Accrued 
Benefit to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of the Accrued Benefit 
forfeited, unadjusted for any gains or losses occurring subsequent to the 
date of the forfeiture.  The ESOP Committee will make the restoration during 
the Plan Year in which the Participant or Beneficiary makes the claim, first 
from the amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the ESOP Committee 
otherwise would allocate for the Plan Year, then from the amount, if any, of 
the Income of the Trust Fund for the Plan Year and then from the amount, or 
additional amount, the Employer contributes to enable the ESOP Committee to 
make the required restoration.  The ESOP Committee must direct the Trustee to 
distribute the Participant's or Beneficiary's restored Accrued Benefit to him 
not later than sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which the 
ESOP Committee restores the forfeited Accrued Benefit.  The forfeiture 
provisions of this Section 9.14 apply solely to the Participant's or to the 
Beneficiary's Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions. 

                              END OF ARTICLE IX 



VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 68
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE X
                      REPURCHASE OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES


     Notwithstanding any other provision herein, Article X does not apply if 
the Employer Securities held by the Plan are readily tradeable on an 
established market unless required by the Code and Treasury Regulations 
thereunder.

     Sec. 10.01.    PUT OPTION.  The Company will issue a "put option" to 
each Participant receiving a distribution of Employer Securities from the his 
Employer Securities Account.  The put option will permit the Participant to 
sell the Employer Securities to the Company, at any time during two (2) 
option periods, at the current fair market value.  The first put option 
period runs for a period of at least sixty (60) days commencing on the date 
of distribution of Employer Securities to the Participant.  The second put 
option period runs for a period of at least sixty (60) days commencing on the 
first day of the subsequent Plan Year.  If a Participant (Beneficiary) 
exercises his put option, the Company must purchase the Employer Securities 
at fair market value upon the terms provided under Section 10.04 hereof.  The 
Company may grant the Trust an option to assume the Company's rights and 
obligations at the time a Participant exercises an option under this Section 
10.01.
 
     Sec. 10.02.    RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYER SECURITIES.  Except upon the 
prior written consent of the Company, no Participant (or Beneficiary) may 
sell, assign, give, pledge, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of any 
Employer Securities now owned or subsequently acquired by him without 
complying with the terms of this Article X.  If a Participant (or 
Beneficiary) pledges or encumbers any Employer Securities with the required 
prior written consent, any security holder's rights with respect to such 
Employer Securities are subordinate and subject to the rights of the Company.

     Certificates for Employer Securities distributed to Participants, 
Inactive Participants, Former Participants, or Beneficiaries thereof, shall 
contain the following legend:

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE TRANSFERABLE ONLY UPON 
     COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC. EMPLOYEES' 
     STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN, (THE "PLAN"), WHICH GRANTED VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, 
     INC. (THE "COMPANY") A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.  THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH 
     TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN 
     REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS OR REGISTERED 
     OFFICE A COPY OF THE PLAN.
     
     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH 
     THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE 
     SECURITIES LAWS OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY 
     STATE IN 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 69
<PAGE>

     WHICH THEY HAVE BEEN SOLD.  WITHOUT SUCH REGISTRATION, SUCH SECURITIES 
     MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, UNLESS 
     AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.
     
     On the front of each such certificate, there may be placed the following 
notation in capital letters:

         RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER STATED ON REVERSE SIDE

     Sec. 10.03.    LIFETIME TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. If any 
Participant (or Beneficiary) who receives Employer Securities under this Plan 
desires to dispose of any of his Employer Securities under this Plan for any 
reason during his lifetime (whether by sale, assignment, gift or any other 
method of transfer), he first must offer the Employer Securities for sale to 
the Company.  The ESOP Committee may require a Participant (or Beneficiary) 
entitled to a distribution of Employer Securities to execute an appropriate 
stock transfer agreement (evidencing the right of first refusal) prior to 
receiving a certificate of Employer Securities.

     In the case of an offer by a third party, the offer to the Company is 
subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in Section 10.04 hereof 
based on the price equal to the fair market value per share and payable in 
accordance with the terms of Section 10.04 hereof unless the selling price 
and terms offered to the Participant by the third party are more favorable to 
the Participant than the selling price and terms of Section 10.04 hereof, in 
the event the selling price and terms of the offer of the third party apply.  
The Company must give written notice to the offering Participant of its 
acceptance of the Participant's offer within fourteen (14) days after the 
Participant has given written notice to the Company or the Company's rights 
under this Section 10.03 will lapse.  The Company may grant the Trust the 
option to assume the Company's rights and obligations with respect to all or 
any part of the Employer Securities offered to the Company under this Section 
10.03. 

     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, this first right 
of refusal may not be exercised if the fair market value at the time of 
exercise is higher than the last Valuation Date unless the ESOP Committee 
determines such action shall not have an effect on the qualification of this 
Plan. 

     Sec. 10.04.    PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  If the Company (or the 
Trustee, at the direction of the ESOP Committee) exercises an option to 
purchase a Participant's Employer Securities pursuant to an offer given under 
Section 10.03 hereof, the purchaser(s) must make payment in lump sum or, if 
the distribution to the Participant (or to his Beneficiary) constitutes a 
Total Distribution, in substantially equal installments over a period not 
exceeding five (5) years.  A "Total Distribution" to a Participant (or to a 
Beneficiary) is the distribution, within one taxable year of the recipient, 
of the entire balance to the Participant's credit under the Plan.  In the 
case of a distribution which is not a Total Distribution or which is a Total 
Distribution with respect to which the purchaser(s) will make payment in lump 
sum, the purchaser(s) must pay the

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 70
<PAGE>

Participant (or Beneficiary) the fair market value of the Employer Securities 
repurchased no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Participant (or 
Beneficiary) exercises the option.  In the case of a Total Distribution with 
respect to which the purchaser(s) will make installment payments, the 
purchaser(s) must make the first installment payment no later than thirty 
(30) days after the Participant (or Beneficiary) exercises the put option.  
For installment amounts not paid within thirty (30) days of the exercise of 
the put option, the purchaser(s) must evidence the balance of the purchase 
price by executing a promissory note, delivered to the selling Participant at 
the Closing.  The note delivered at Closing (as defined in Section 10.06 
hereof) must bear a reasonable rate of interest, determined as of the Closing 
Date (as defined in Section 10.06 hereof), and the purchaser(s) must provide 
adequate security.  The note must provide for equal annual installments with 
interest payable with each installment, the first installment being due and 
payable one year after the Closing Date. The note further must provide for 
acceleration in the event of thirty (30) days' default of the payment on 
interest or principal and must grant to the maker of the note the right to 
prepay the note in whole or in part at any time or times without penalty; 
provided, however, the purchaser(s) may not have the right to make any 
prepayment during the calendar year or fiscal year of the Participant (or 
Beneficiary) in which the Closing Date occurs.

     Sec. 10.05.    NOTICE.  A person has given Notice permitted or required 
under this Article X when the person deposits the Notice in the United States 
mail, first class, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled to the 
Notice at the address currently listed for him in the records of the ESOP 
Committee.  Any person affected by this Article X has the obligation of 
notifying the ESOP Committee of any change of address. 

     Sec. 10.06.    TERMS AND DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article X:

         (a)  "Fair market value" means the value of the Employer Securities 
     (i) determined as of the date of the exercise of an option if the 
     exercise is by a Disqualified Person, or (ii) in all other cases, 
     determined as of the most recent Accounting Date.  The ESOP Committee 
     must determine fair market value of Employer Securities for all purposes 
     of the Plan by engaging the services of an independent appraiser.  The 
     ESOP Committee may rely upon a determination of valuation of Employer 
     Securities made by an independent party experienced in preparing 
     valuations of closely-held corporations.
       
          (b)  "Notice" means any offer, acceptance of an offer, payment or 
     any other communications.
     
          (c)  "Beneficiary" includes the legal representative of a deceased 
     Participant.
     
         (d)  "Closing" means the place, date, and time ("Closing Date") to 
     which the selling Participant (or his Beneficiary) and purchaser may 
     agree for purposes of a sale and purchase under this Article X, provided 
     Closing must take place not later than thirty (30) days after the 
     exercise of an offer under Section 10.03.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 71
<PAGE>

     Sec. 10.07.    CERTAIN RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO EMPLOYER SECURITIES.  Any 
Employer Securities, if they are not publicly traded when distributed, or are 
subject to a trading limitation when distributed, must be subject to a put 
option.  The put option is to be exercisable only by the Participant, the 
Participant's Beneficiary, and Alternate Payee, or by a person "including an 
estate or its distributee" to whom the Employer Securities pass by reason of 
a Participant's death.  The put option must permit the Participant to put the 
Employer Securities to the Company.

     Sec. 10.08.    TRUSTEE'S PUT OPTION.  The Trustee shall have the right 
to put the shares of Employer Securities held by the Plan to the Company to 
be purchased by the Company at the then fair market value in the event that a 
distribution from a Participant's Account is to be made in cash or the 
Trustee expects to incur Plan expenses which will not be paid directly by the 
Employer and the Trustee determines that the Plan has insufficient cash to 
make the anticipated distributions or pay Plan expenses.

                              END OF ARTICLE X 



VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 72
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XI
           PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND INSURANCE COMPANY


     Sec. 11.01.    INSURANCE BENEFIT.  The Company may elect to provide 
incidental life insurance benefits for Insurable Participants who consent to 
life insurance benefits by signing the appropriate insurance company 
application form.  No incidental life insurance benefit for any Participant 
will be purchased prior to an allocation to the Participant's Account.  If 
the Policy is on the joint lives of the Participant and another person, such 
Policy may not be maintained if that other person predeceases the Participant.

     The Company will direct the Trustee as to the insurance company and 
insurance agent through which the Trustee is to purchase the insurance 
Contracts, the amount of the coverage and the applicable dividend plan.  Each 
application for a Policy, and the Policies themselves, must designate the 
Trustee as sole owner, with the right reserved to the Trustee to exercise any 
right or option contained in the Policies, subject to the terms and 
provisions of this Plan.  The Trustee must be the named beneficiary for the 
Account of the insured Participant.  Proceeds of insurance Contracts paid to 
the Participant's Account under this Article XI are subject to the 
requirements of Article V and of Article VI hereof.  

     The premiums on any incidental benefit insurance Contract covering the 
life of a Participant will be charged against the Account of that 
Participant.  All incidental benefit insurance Contracts issued under the 
Plan will be held as assets of the Trust created under the Plan. 

     The aggregate of life insurance premiums paid for the benefit of a 
Participant, at all times, may not exceed the following percentages of the 
aggregate of the Employer's contributions allocated to any Participant's 
Account: (i) forty-nine percent (49%) in the case of the purchase of ordinary 
life insurance Contracts; or (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) in the case of 
the purchase of term life insurance or universal life insurance Contracts.  
If the Trustee purchases a combination of ordinary life insurance Contract(s) 
and term life insurance or universal life insurance Contract(s), then the sum 
of one-half (1/2) of the premiums paid for the ordinary life insurance 
Contract(s) and the premiums paid for the term life insurance or universal 
life insurance Contract(s) may not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the 
Employer contributions allocated to any Participant's Account.

     Sec. 11.02.    LIMITATION ON LIFE INSURANCE PROTECTION.  No life 
insurance protection for any Participant will be continued beyond his Annuity 
Starting Date (as defined in Section 1.65 hereof).  If the Trustee holds any 
incidental benefit insurance Contract(s) on the life of a Participant when he 
terminates his employment (other than by reason of death), the following 
provisions apply:

          (a)  If the entire cash value of the Contract(s) is vested in the 
     terminating Participant, or if the Contract(s) will have no cash value 
     at the end of the policy year in which termination of employment occurs, 
     the Contract(s) to the 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 73
<PAGE>

     Participant will be transferred so as to vest in the Participant all 
     right, title and interest to the Contract(s), free and clear of the 
     Trust; subject however, to restrictions as to surrender or payment of 
     benefits as the Issuing Insurance Company may permit and as the ESOP 
     Committee directs; 

          (b)  If only part of the cash value of the Contract(s) is vested in 
     the terminating Participant, to the extent the Participant's interest in 
     the cash value of the Contract(s) is not vested, the Participant's 
     interest in the value of his Account attributable to Trust assets other 
     than incidental benefit insurance Contracts may be adjusted and may 
     proceed as in Section 11.02(a) above, or a loan from the Issuing 
     Insurance Company on the sole security of the Contract(s) for an amount 
     equal to the difference between the cash value of the Contract(s) at the 
     end of the Policy year in which termination of employment occurs and the 
     amount of the cash value that is vested in the terminating Participant, 
     and the Contract(s) endorsed must be transferred so as to vest in the 
     transferee all right, title and interest to the Contract(s), free and 
     clear of the Trust; subject however, to the restrictions as to surrender 
     or payment of benefits as the Issuing Insurance Company may permit and 
     the ESOP Committee directs; 
     
          (c)  If no part of the cash value of the Contract(s) is vested in 
     the terminating Participant, the Contract(s) must be surrendered for 
     cash proceeds as may be available. 

     In accordance with the written direction of the ESOP Committee, any 
transfer of Contract(s) under this Section 11.02 will be made on the 
Participant's Annuity Starting Date (or as soon as administratively 
practicable after that date).  No Contract under this Section 11.02 may be 
transferred which contains a method of payment not specifically authorized by 
Article VI hereof.  In this regard, such a Contract must be converted to cash 
and the cash distributed instead of the Contract, or before making the 
transfer, require the Issuing Insurance Company to delete the unauthorized 
method of payment option from the Contract. 

     Sec. 11.03.    DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article XI: 

          (a)  "Policy" means an ordinary life insurance Contract or a term 
     life insurance Contract issued by an insurer on the life of a 
     Participant. 
     
          (b)  "Issuing Insurance Company" is any life insurance company 
     which has issued a Policy upon application by the Trustee under the 
     terms of this Plan.
     
          (c)  "Contract" or "Contracts" means a Policy of insurance.  In the 
     event of any conflict between the provisions of this Plan and the terms 
     of any Contract or Policy of insurance issued in accordance with this 
     Article XI, the provisions of the Plan control.  

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 74
<PAGE>

          (d)  "Insurable Participant" means a Participant to whom an 
     insurance company, upon an application being submitted in accordance 
     with the Plan, will issue insurance coverage, either as a standard risk 
     or as a risk in an extra mortality classification. 

     Sec. 11.04.    DIVIDEND PLAN.  The dividend plan is premium reduction 
unless the Company directs the Trustee to the contrary. All dividends from a 
Contract must be used to purchase insurance benefits or additional insurance 
benefits for the Participant on whose life the Issuing Insurance Company has 
issued the Contract. All Policies issued on the lives of Participants under 
the Plan must be arranged, where possible, to have the same premium due date 
and all ordinary life insurance Contracts to contain guaranteed cash values 
with as uniform basic options as are possible to obtain.  The term 
"dividends" includes Policy dividends, refunds of premiums and other credits. 

     Sec. 11.05.    INSURANCE COMPANY NOT A PARTY TO AGREEMENT.  No insurance 
company, solely in its capacity as an Issuing Insurance Company, is a party 
to this Plan nor is the company responsible for its validity. 

     Sec. 11.06.    INSURANCE COMPANY NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR TRUSTEE'S ACTIONS.  
No insurance company, solely in its capacity as an Issuing Insurance Company, 
need examine the terms of this Plan nor is responsible for any action taken 
by the Trustee. 

     Sec. 11.07.    INSURANCE COMPANY RELIANCE ON TRUSTEE'S SIGNATURE.  For  
the  purpose of making application to an insurance company and in the 
exercise of any right or option contained in any Policy, the insurance 
company may rely upon the signature of the Trustee and is saved harmless and 
completely discharged in acting at the direction and authorization of the 
Trustee. 

     Sec. 11.08.    ACQUITTANCE.  An insurance company is discharged from all 
liability for any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with the 
direction of the Trustee, and is not obligated to see to the distribution or 
further application of any moneys it so pays. 

     Sec. 11.09.    DUTIES OF INSURANCE COMPANY.  Each insurance company must 
keep such records, make such identification of Contracts, funds and accounts 
within funds, and supply such information as may be necessary for the proper 
administration of the Plan under which it is carrying insurance benefits. 

                              END OF ARTICLE XI 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 75
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XII
                                MISCELLANEOUS

     Sec. 12.01.    EVIDENCE.  Anyone required to give evidence under the 
terms of the Plan may do so by certificate, affidavit, document or other 
information which the person to act in reliance may consider pertinent, 
reliable and genuine, and to have been signed, made or presented by the 
proper party or parties.  The ESOP Committee is fully protected in acting and 
relying upon any evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.

     Sec. 12.02.    NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR EMPLOYER ACTION. The ESOP Committee 
does not have any obligation or responsibility with respect to any action 
required by the Plan to be taken by the Employer, the Company, any 
Participant or Eligible Employee, or for the failure of any of the above 
persons to act or make any payment or contribution, or to otherwise provide 
any benefit contemplated under this Plan.  The Plan does not require the ESOP 
Committee to collect any contribution required under the Plan, or to 
determine the correctness of the amount of any Employer contribution.  The 
ESOP Committee need not inquire into or be responsible for any action or 
failure to act on the part of the others, or on the part of any other person 
who has any responsibility regarding the management, administration or 
operation of the Plan, whether by the express terms of the Plan or by a 
separate agreement authorized by the Plan or by the applicable provisions of 
ERISA.  Any action required of a corporate Employer must be by its board of 
directors or its designate. 

     Sec. 12.03.    FIDUCIARIES NOT INSURERS.  The ESOP Committee, the Plan 
Administrator, the Company, and the Employer in no way guarantee the Trust 
Fund from loss or depreciation.  The Employer and the Company do not 
guarantee the payment of any money which may be or becomes due to any person 
from the Trust Fund.

     Sec. 12.04.    WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Any person entitled to notice under 
the Plan may waive the notice, unless the Code or Treasury regulations 
prescribe the notice or ERISA specifically or impliedly prohibits such a 
waiver.

     Sec. 12.05.    SUCCESSORS.  The Plan is binding upon all persons 
entitled to benefits under the Plan, their respective heirs and legal 
representatives, upon the Employer, its successors and assigns, and upon the 
Trustee, the ESOP Committee, the Plan Administrator and their successors. 

     Sec. 12.06.    WORD USAGE.  Words used in the masculine also apply to 
the feminine and neuter where applicable, and wherever the context of the 
Plan dictates, the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the 
plural.  Whenever a noun, or pronoun in lieu thereof, is used in this Plan in 
plural form and there may be only one person within the scope of the word so 
used, or in singular form and there be more than one (1) person within the 
scope of the word so used, such word, or pronoun used in lieu thereof, shall 
have a singular or plural meaning, as the case may be.  The words "herein," 
"hereof," and "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" 
shall mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular provision or 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 76
<PAGE>

Section.  Reference to Plan or Trust (or both) means this Plan.  Article and 
Section headings are included for convenience of reference and are not 
intended to add to, or subtract from, the terms of the Plan.   

     Sec. 12.07.    STATE LAW.  Texas law will determine all questions 
arising with respect to the provisions of this Agreement, such as (but not 
limited to) the execution, construction, administration and enforcement of 
the Plan, except to the extent superseded by Federal law. 

     Sec. 12.08.    EMPLOYMENT NOT GUARANTEED.  Nothing contained in this 
Plan, or with respect to the establishment of the Trust, or any modification 
or amendment to the Plan or Trust, or in the creation of any Account, or the 
payment of any benefit, gives any Employee, Participant, Inactive 
Participant, Former Participant, or any Beneficiary any right to continue 
employment, any legal or equitable right against the Employer, the Company, 
or the Employee of the Employer, or its agents or employees, or against the 
Plan Administrator, except as expressly provided by the Plan, the Trust, 
ERISA or by a separate agreement. 

     Sec. 12.09.    SEVERABILITY.  Notwithstanding any provision contained in 
the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Plan shall be deemed 
severable and the validity or unenforceability of any provision shall not 
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions thereof. 

     Sec. 12.10.    CONTRARY PROVISIONS.  The provisions of this Article XII 
shall govern notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary.

     Sec. 12.11.    NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES.  Notice of the Plan and of any 
amendments thereto, of eligibility of each Employee, and notice of such other 
matters as may be required by law or this instrument, shall be given by the 
Employer to the Employees in such form as the ESOP Committee may deem 
appropriate and reasonable and in conformity to lawful requirements.

     Sec. 12.12.    AGREEMENT OF PARTICIPANTS.  Each Participant, by becoming 
such, for himself or herself, and such Participant's heirs, executors, 
administrators, legal representatives and Beneficiaries, ipso facto, approves 
and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Plan.

     Sec. 12.13.    ACTION BY EMPLOYERS.  Any written action herein permitted 
or required to be taken by an Employer shall be by resolution of its board of 
directors or by written instrument executed by a person or group of persons 
who has been authorized by resolution of its board of directors as having 
authority to take such action.

     Sec. 12.14.    ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY A CONTROLLED GROUP MEMBER.  Any 
business enterprise which on or after the Effective Date is or becomes a 
member of a group of corporations described in Code Section 409(1) that 
includes the Company shall be authorized to adopt the Plan for the benefit of 
its eligible employees if approval of its board of directors is obtained.

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 77
<PAGE>

          (a)  METHOD OF ADOPTING THE PLAN BY AN AFFILIATE. In order to adopt 
     the Plan, the board of directors of the adopting Employer must approve a 
     resolution expressly adopting the Plan for the benefit of its Employees 
     and the requirements set forth in Section 1.43 of the Plan must be 
     satisfied.  The Company may require the Employer to authorize the 
     appropriate officer of such adopting Employer to contribute from time to 
     time, for purposes of the Plan, such sum as may be determined by the 
     board, to be such adopting Employer's Contribution for the benefit of 
     Participants who are employed by such adopting Employer.  
     
          (b)  TRANSMITTAL OF RESOLUTION.  Upon the Company's request, a 
     certified copy of the adopting Employer's resolution shall be 
     transmitted to the Company and approval of the Board of Directors shall 
     be deemed to constitute the adoption of the Plan by adopting Employer as 
     of the date specified in such adopting Employer's resolution or other 
     agreement.

     Sec. 12.15.    DISASSOCIATION OF ANY EMPLOYER FROM PLAN.  Any Employer 
may withdraw from the provisions of this Plan at any time upon the expiration 
of thirty (30) days after deliver of written notice of its intent to do so to 
the ESOP Committee and the Board, and shall thereupon cease to be a party to 
this Plan.  In such event, liability for further contributions for such 
Employer shall cease, and the money attributable to its then Participants and 
Former Participants shall either be distributed to the Participants or Former 
Participants, if it elects to terminate the Plan as to it, in the same manner 
as is provided in the case of the termination of the whole Plan, or shall be 
transferred to an independent successor plan and trust that it may establish 
for the benefit of its own employees, which shall be deemed a continuation of 
this Plan.  Withdrawal from the Plan by an Employer shall not affect the 
continued operation of the Plan with respect to the Company and other 
Employers.  

     Sec. 12.16.    AUDIT.

          (a)  If an audit of the Plan's records shall be required by ERISA 
     and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the ESOP Committee 
     shall direct the Trustee to engage on behalf of all Participants any 
     independent, qualified certified public accountant for that purpose. 
     Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of the 
     Plan in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards within a 
     reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the ESOP 
     Committee and the Trustee a report of his, her, or its audit setting 
     forth his, her, or its opinion that each of the following statements, 
     schedules or lists, or any other statements that are required by ERISA 
     or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan's annual report, are 
     presented fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting 
     principles applied consistently:

               (1)  Statement of the assets and liabilities of the Plan;
               (2)  Statement of changes in net assets available to the Plan;
               (3)  Statement of receipts and disbursements of all assets held
          for investment purposes;

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 78
<PAGE>

               (4)  A schedule of all loans of fixed income obligations and 
          defaults at the close of the Plan Year;
               (5)  A list of all leases in default or uncollectible during the
          Plan Year;
               (6)  The most recent annual statement of assets and liabilities 
          of any bank common or collective trust fund in which the Plan assets 
          are invested or such information regarding separate accounts or 
          trusts with a bank or insurance company as the Trustee and ESOP 
          deemed necessary;
               (7)  A schedule of each transaction or series of transactions 
          involving an amount in excess of three percent (3%) of Plan assets; 
          and
               (8)  Other schedules and statements necessary to render an 
          opinion.

               All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of the Plan
          and may, at the election of the ESOP Committee, be paid from the Plan
          or by the Employer.

          (b)  If some or all of the information necessary to enable the ESOP
     Committee to comply with ERISA is maintained by a bank, insurance company,
     or similar institution regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic 
     examination by state or federal agencies, it shall transmit and certify 
     the accuracy of that information to the ESOP Committee as provided in 
     ERISA within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year 
     or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary
     of Labor.

     Sec. 12.17.    BONDING.  Every Fiduciary, for the faithful performance 
of its duties under the Plan to the extent required by ERISA, shall be bonded 
in the amount required under ERISA; provided, however, that the minimum bond 
shall be One Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,000).  The amount of funds 
handled shall be determined at the beginning of each Plan Year by the amount 
of the funds handled by such person, group, or class to be covered and their 
predecessors, if any, during the preceding Plan Year or if there is no 
preceding Plan Year, then the amount of the funds to be handled during the 
then current year.  The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against any 
and all loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the Fiduciary, alone 
or in connivance with others.  The security shall be a corporate security as 
the term is used in Section 412(a)(2) of ERISA, and the bond shall be in a 
form approved by the Secretary of Labor.  Notwithstanding anything in the 
Plan to the contrary, the cost of such bond shall be an expense of, and may 
at the election of the Plan Administrator be paid from, the Plan or by the 
Employer.  
     
     Sec. 12.18.    NAMED FIDUCIARY.  The "Named Fiduciaries" of this Plan 
are (1) the Trustee, (2) the Plan Administrator, and (3) any Investment 
Manager appointed hereunder.  The Named Fiduciaries shall have only those 
specified powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are 
specifically given them under this Plan.  In general, the Employer shall have 
the sole responsibility for making the contributions provided for under the 
Plan.  The Company shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the 
Trustee and the Plan Administrator.  The Plan 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 79
<PAGE>

Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of 
the Plan.  The Trustee shall have the sole responsibility for management of 
the assets held under the Trust except those assets, management of which have 
been delegated to an Investment Manager who shall be solely responsible for 
the management of the assets delegated to it or as specifically provided 
under this Plan.  Each Named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, 
information furnished, or action taken by it shall be taken in accordance 
with the provisions of this Plan, authorizing or providing for such 
direction, information, or action.  Each Named Fiduciary may rely upon any 
such direction, information, or action of another Named Fiduciary as being 
proper under this Plan and is not required under this Plan to inquire into 
priority of any such direction, information, or action.  It is intended under 
this Plan that the Named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper 
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations under 
this Plan.  No Named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Plan in any manner against 
investment lost or depreciation in asset value.  

     Sec. 12.19.    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION APPROVAL. The Company 
may request an interpretative letter from the Securities and Exchange 
Commission stating that the transfers of Employer Securities contemplated 
thereunder do not involve transactions requiring a registration of such 
Employer Securities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.  In the event 
a favorable interpretative letter is not obtained, the Company reserves the 
right to amend the Plan, to amend the Plan retroactively for an effective 
date to obtain a favorable interpretative letter, or to terminate the Plan.

                             END OF ARTICLE XII 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 80
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE XIII
                  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, TERMINATION


     Sec. 13.01.    EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT.  Except as provided under Article III 
hereof, the Employer has no beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust and 
no part of any asset in the Trust may ever revert to or be repaid to an 
Employer, either directly or indirectly; nor, prior to the satisfaction of 
all liabilities with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries 
under the Plan, may any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund, or 
any asset of the Trust, be (at any time) used for, or diverted to, purposes 
other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries.  
In the event the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, upon the 
Employer's request for initial approval of this Plan, determined the Plan is 
not a qualified plan under the Code, any contribution made incident to that 
initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within 
one (1) year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if 
the application for qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for 
filing the Employer's return to the taxable year in which the Plan was 
adopted or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.  
The Plan and Trust will terminate upon the Trustee's return of the Employer's 
contributions.

     Sec. 13.02.    AMENDMENT BY COMPANY.  The Company has the right at any 
time and from time to time:

          (a)  To amend this Agreement in any manner it deems necessary or 
     advisable in order to qualify (or maintain qualification of) this Plan 
     under the appropriate provisions of Code Section 401(a); and

          (b)  To amend this Agreement in any other manner. 

     No amendment may authorize or permit any of the Trust Fund (other than 
the part which is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be 
used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the 
Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates.  No amendment may cause or 
permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become a property of the 
Company or Employer.  The Company also may not make any amendment which 
affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee, the Plan 
Administrator or the ESOP Committee without the written consent of the 
affected Trustee, the Plan Administrator or the affected member of the ESOP 
Committee.  The Company must make all amendments in writing.  Each amendment 
must state the date to which it is either retroactively or prospectively 
effective.

     (A)  CODE SECTION 411(d)(6) PROTECTED BENEFITS.  An amendment (including 
the adoption of this Plan as a restatement of an existing plan) may not 
decrease a Participant's Accrued Benefit, except to the extent permitted 
under Code Section 412(c)(8), and may not reduce or eliminate Code Section 
411(d)(6) protected benefits determined immediately prior to the adoption 
date (or, if later, the effective date) of the amendment.  An amendment 
reduces or eliminates Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits if the 
amendment has the effect of either (1) eliminating or reducing an early 
retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy (as defined 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 81
<PAGE>

in Treasury regulations), or (2) except as provided by Treasury regulations, 
eliminating an optional form of benefit.  The ESOP Committee must disregard 
an amendment to the extent application of the amendment would fail to satisfy 
this paragraph.  If the ESOP Committee must disregard an amendment because 
the amendment would violate clause (1) or clause (2), the ESOP Committee must 
maintain a schedule of the early retirement option or other optional forms of 
benefit the Plan must continue for the affected Participants.

     (B)  EFFECTIVE DATE OF AMENDMENT.  Any such amendment shall become 
effective as provided therein upon its execution except the amendments which 
are required to be made by provisions of ERISA or the Code, which if not made 
would disqualify the qualified status of the Plan and the amendment, shall be 
deemed to be made prior to the end of any retroactive amendment period 
provided for in ERISA or the Code.  

     Sec. 13.03.    DISCONTINUANCE.  Any Employer has the right, at any time, 
to suspend or discontinue its contributions under the Plan.  The Company has 
the right to terminate this Plan at any time.  The Plan will terminate upon 
the first to occur of the following: 

          (a)  The date terminated by action of the Company;

          (b)  The dissolution or merger of the Company, unless the successor 
     makes provision to continue the Plan, in which event the successor must 
     substitute itself as the Company under this Plan.  Any termination of the
     Plan resulting from this paragraph (b) is not effective until compliance 
     with any applicable notice requirements under ERISA.

     Sec. 13.04.    FULL VESTING ON TERMINATION.  Upon either full or partial 
termination of the Plan, or, if applicable, upon complete discontinuance of 
Plan contributions to the Plan, an affected Participant's right to his 
Accrued Benefit is one hundred percent (100%) Nonforfeitable, regardless of 
the Nonforfeitable percentage which otherwise would apply under Article V 
hereof. 

     Sec. 13.05.    MERGER AND DIRECT TRANSFER.  The Company may not consent 
to, or be a party to, any merger or consolidation with another plan, or to a 
transfer of assets or liabilities to another plan, unless immediately after 
the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving plan provides each 
Participant a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit each Participant 
would have received had the Plan terminated immediately before the merger or 
consolidation or transfer.   

     The Plan may accept a direct transfer of plan assets on behalf of an 
Employee prior to the date the Employee satisfies the Plan's eligibility 
conditions.  If the Plan accepts a direct transfer of plan assets, the ESOP 
Committee must treat the Employee as a Participant for all purposes of the 
Plan except the Employee is not a Participant for purposes of sharing in 
Employer contributions or Participant Forfeitures under the Plan until he 
actually becomes a Participant in the Plan. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 82
<PAGE>

     (A)  ELECTIVE TRANSFERS.  Unless a transfer of assets to this Plan is an 
elective transfer, the Plan will preserve all Code Section 411(d)(6) 
protected benefits with respect to those transferred assets, in the manner 
described in Section 13.02 hereof.  A transfer is an elective transfer if: 
(1) the transfer satisfies the first paragraph of this Section 13.05 hereof; 
(2) the transfer is voluntary, under a fully informed election by the 
Participant; (3) the Participant has an alternative that retains his Code 
Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits (including an option to leave his 
benefit in the transferor plan, if that plan is not terminating); (4) the 
transfer satisfies the applicable spousal consent requirements of the Code; 
(5) the transferor plan satisfies the joint and survivor notice requirements 
of the Code, if the Participant's transferred benefit is subject to those 
requirements; (6) the Participant has a right to immediate distribution from 
the transferor plan, in lieu of the elective transfer; (7) the transferred 
benefit is at least the greater of the single sum distribution provided by 
the transferor plan for which the Participant is eligible or the present 
value of the Participant's accrued benefit under the transferor plan payable 
at that plan's normal retirement age; (8) the Participant has a one hundred 
percent (100%) Nonforfeitable interest in the transferred benefit; and (9) 
the transfer otherwise satisfies applicable Treasury regulations.  An 
elective transfer may occur between qualified plans of any type.

     (B)  DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTIONS UNDER CODE SECTION 401(k).  If the Plan 
receives a direct transfer (by merger or otherwise) of Elective Contributions 
(or amounts treated as Elective Contributions) under a Plan with a Code 
Sections 401(k) arrangement, the distribution restrictions of Code Sections 
401(k)(2) and (10) continue to apply to those transferred Elective 
Contributions.

     Sec. 13.06.    COMPLETE TERMINATION.  Upon termination of the Plan, the 
distribution provisions of Article VI hereof remain operative, with the 
following exceptions:

          (1)  if the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable 
     Accrued Benefit does not exceed Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars 
     ($3,500), the ESOP Committee will direct the Trustee to distribute the 
     Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit to him in lump sum as soon 
     as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates; and
     
          (2)  if the present value of the Participant's Nonforfeitable 
     Accrued Benefit exceeds Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500), 
     the Participant or the Beneficiary, in addition to the distribution 
     events permitted under Article VI hereof, may elect to have distribution 
     of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit commence as soon as 
     administratively practicable after the Plan terminates. 

     To liquidate the Trust, the ESOP Committee will purchase a deferred 
annuity contract for each Participant which protects the Participant's 
distribution rights under the Plan, if the Participant's Nonforfeitable 
Accrued Benefit exceeds Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($3,500) and the 
Participant does not elect an immediate distribution pursuant to Paragraph 
(2) of this Section 13.06.  The Trust will continue until the Trustee in 
accordance with the direction of the ESOP Committee has distributed all of 
the benefits under the Plan. 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 83
<PAGE>

     On each Valuation Date, the ESOP Committee will credit any part of a 
Participant's Accrued Benefit retained in the Trust with its proportionate 
share of the Trust's income, expenses, gains and losses, both realized and 
unrealized.  Upon termination of the Plan, the amount, if any, in a suspense 
account under Article III hereof will revert to the Employer, subject to the 
conditions of the Treasury regulations permitting such a reversion.  A 
resolution or amendment to freeze all future benefit accrual, but otherwise 
to continue maintenance of this Plan, is not a termination for purposes of 
this Section 13.06.

     Sec. 13.07.    PARTIAL TERMINATION.  Upon a partial termination of the 
Plan, the ESOP Committee shall notify each affected Participant.  The rights 
of each Participant and Beneficiary affected by such partial termination to 
the amounts credited to his Account shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable 
as of the date of such partial termination as set forth in Section 13.04 
hereof.  Such amounts shall either be distributed to such affected 
Participants and Beneficiaries, as in the case of a complete termination of 
the Plan, or held, as in the case of a discontinuance of contributions, as 
directed by the ESOP Committee.

     Sec. 13.08.    VALUATION OF TRUST.  The Trust Fund must be valued as of 
each Accounting Date, and in addition, as of each transaction date with any 
Disqualified Person, to determine the fair market value of each Participant's 
Accrued Benefit in the Plan.  The Trust Fund must also be valued on such 
other dates, as directed by the ESOP Committee.  If a Valuation Date would 
otherwise occur on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, then the Valuation Date 
shall mean the preceding business day.  For the purposes of each such 
valuation, the assets of the Trust Fund shall be valued at their respective 
current fair market value, and the amount of any obligations for which the 
Trust Fund may be liable, as shown on the books of the Trustee, shall be 
deducted from the total value of the assets.  With respect to activities 
carried on by the Plan, an independent appraiser meeting requirements similar 
to those prescribed by Treasury Regulations under Code Section 170(a)(1) must 
perform all valuations of Employer Securities which are not readily tradeable 
on an established securities market.

                             END OF ARTICLE XIII 

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 84
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Plan in multiple 
copies in Dallas, Dallas County, Texas, on the 27th day of September, 1995, 
to be effective the 1st day of January, 1995.

                                       "EMPLOYER" and "COMPANY"

                                       VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.



                                       By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                            -----------------------------
                                            H.R. Brutsche III, President


BRV/taq
230501/gw02

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
EMPLOYEES' STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN                                         PAGE 85


<PAGE>
                           $30,000,000

                        DOLLAR EQUIVALENT

                  MULTICURRENCY CREDIT FACILITY

                               FOR

                     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.

                               AND

                    ITS WORLDWIDE SUBSIDIARIES

                           PROVIDED BY

                  BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.

                          NBD BANK, N.A.

                           COUTTS & CO.

                        TRUST COMPANY BANK

                               AND

                      COMERICA BANK -- TEXAS

                            AS LENDERS

                               AND

                  BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.

                             AS AGENT


                          MARCH 31, 1994 
<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                             Page

1.   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS; USAGE
     1.1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
     1.2.   Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

2.   THE CREDIT FACILITIES
     2.1.   Dollar Revolver Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     2.2.   VLI Dollar Term Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
     2.3.   Sterling Revolver Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
     2.4.   Sterling Term Loan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     2.5.   VLA Yen Term Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     2.6.   Foreign Exchange Facility; Interest Rate Contracts.  5

3.   BORROWING PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO REVOLVING LOANS 
     3.1.   Notice of Revolver Borrowing and Repayment. . . . .  7
     3.2.   Making of Revolver Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     3.3.   Use of Proceeds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

4.   BORROWING PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM LOANS
     4.1.   Notice of Term Borrowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     4.2.   Making of Term Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     4.3.   Use of Proceeds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     4.4.   Provisions Applicable to Eurocurrency Rate Loans. . 10
     4.5.   Changes in Law Rendering Eurocurrency Rate Lending
            or Foreign Currency Lending Unlawful. . . . . . . . 13
     4.6.   Reimbursable Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     4.7.   Capital Adequacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

5.   INTEREST AND FEES
     5.1.   Interest on Term Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     5.2.   Interest on Revolver Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     5.3.   Computation of Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
     5.4.   Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
     5.5.   Default Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

6.   PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER PAYMENTS
     6.1.   Repayment of Term Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     6.2.   Optional Prepayments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     6.3.   Prepayment Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     6.4.   No Reborrowing on Term Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . 20
     6.5.   Reduction of Revolving Commitments. . . . . . . . . 21
     6.6.   Proportionality of Payments, Prepayments and
            Reductions in Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

                                       -i-
<PAGE>
     6.7.   Place of Payments and Prepayments . . . . . . . . . 21
     6.8.   Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

7.   CONDITIONS
     7.1.   Conditions Precedent to Loans Made on the Closing
            Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
     7.2.   Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing. . . . . . . 27

8.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     8.1.   Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     8.2.   Power and Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     8.3.   Representations and Warranties in Any Loan
            Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     8.4.   No Conflict or Resultant Lien . . . . . . . . . . . 29
     8.5.   Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     8.6.   No Consent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     8.7.   Binding Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     8.8.   Financial Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
     8.9.   Litigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     8.10.  Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     8.11.  Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     8.12.  Titles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
     8.13.  Insurance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     8.14.  ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     8.15.  Intellectual Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     8.16.  Compliance with Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
     8.17.  Survival of Representations and Warranties. . . . . 33

9.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
     9.1.   Compliance with Laws, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
     9.2.   Reporting and Notice Requirements.. . . . . . . . . 34
     9.3.   Accounting Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     9.4.   Taxes and Other Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     9.5.   Maintenance of Corporate Existence and Permits. . . 36
     9.6.   Maintenance of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     9.7.   Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     9.8.   Right of Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
     9.9.   ERISA Information and Compliance. . . . . . . . . . 38
     9.10.  Key-Man Life Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     9.11.  Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
     9.12.  Compliance with Material Agreements . . . . . . . . 39
     9.13.  Chief Executive Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
     9.14.  Bank Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
     9.15.  Share Repurchase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     9.16.  Subordination of Intercompany Debt. . . . . . . . . 40
     9.17   VLE Master Distributorship Agreement. . . . . . . . 41

10.  VLH FINANCIAL COVENANTS
     10.1.  Minimum Fixed Charge Cover Ratio. . . . . . . . . . 42

                                       -ii-

<PAGE>

     10.2.  Earnings Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     10.3.  Tangible Net Worth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
     10.4.  Leverage Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
     10.5.  Book Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

11.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS
     11.1.  Liens, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
     11.2.  Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
     11.3.  Liabilities of Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     11.4.  Dividends, Distributions, Etc . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     11.5.  Mergers, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
     11.6.  Investments, Loans, and Advances. . . . . . . . . . 48
     11.7.  Capital Expenditures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     11.8.  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     11.9.  Issuance of Shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
     11.10. ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     11.11. No Change of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
     11.12. No Modification of Master Distributorship
            Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

12.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES
     12.1.  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
     12.2.  Other Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

13.  THE AGENT
     13.1.  Authorization and Action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
     13.2.  Agent's Reliance, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
     13.3.  Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
     13.4.  BBH and Affiliates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
     13.5.  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . . . . . . 58
     13.6.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
     13.7.  Successor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
     13.8.  Agent's and Lenders' Reliance . . . . . . . . . . . 60
     13.9.  Lender Notifications to Agent . . . . . . . . . . . 61

14.  MISCELLANEOUS
     14.1.  Waivers, Voting, Amendment, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . 62
     14.2.  Reimbursement or Payment of Expenses. . . . . . . . 63
     14.3.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
     14.4.  GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER
            OF TRIAL BY JURY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
     14.5.  Survival of Provisions of this Agreement. . . . . . 65
     14.6.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     14.7.  Separability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     14.8.  Descriptive Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     14.9.  Accounting Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
     14.10. Set-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

                                       -iii-

<PAGE>

     14.11. Sale or Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
     14.12. Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
     14.13. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
     14.14. Payments Set Aside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
     14.15. Credit Agreement Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
     14.16. Judgment Currency; Dollar Equivalents . . . . . . . 71
     14.17. FINAL AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Exhibit 2.1(c)            Form of Dollar Revolver Note
Exhibit 2.2(b)            Form of Dollar Term Note
Exhibit 2.3(b)            Form of Sterling Revolver Note
Exhibit 2.4(b)            Form of Sterling Term Note
Exhibit 2.5(b)            Form of Yen Term Note
Exhibit 3.1               Form of Notice of Revolver Borrowing
Exhibit 4.4(a)            Form of Notice of Continuation/Conversion
Exhibit 8.9               Litigation
Exhibit 8.15              Intellectual Property
Exhibit 9.10              Key-Man Life Insurance
Exhibit 10.5              Excluded Leased Equipment
Exhibit 11.1(c)      Liens
Exhibit 11.2(b)      Debt 
Exhibit 11.12             Master Distributorship Agreements
Exhibit 14.11(d)          Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
Exhibit 14.16(a)          Applicable Lending Offices

                                       -iv-

<PAGE>

                         CREDIT AGREEMENT

Vari-Lite, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("VLI"), Showco, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite Asia, Inc., a Japanese corporation ("VLA"), 
Classicforge Limited (to be renamed Vari-Lite Europe Limited) (registered in 
England No. 2876045), an English limited liability company ("VLE"), Codeal 
Limited (to be renamed Theatre Projects Lighting Services Limited) 
(registered in England No. 2876049), an English limited liability company 
("THEATRE PROJECTS"), and Watchon Limited (to be renamed Brilliant Stages 
Limited) (registered in England No. 2876058), an English limited liability 
company ("BRILLIANT STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre Projects and 
Brilliant Stages are sometimes referred to herein individually as a 
"BORROWER" and collectively as "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a 
Texas corporation ("VLH"), Portquay Limited (to be renamed Vari-Lite Europe 
Holdings Limited) (registered in England No. 2874856), an English limited 
liability company ("VLEH") (VLH and VLEH are sometimes referred to herein 
individually as a "GUARANTOR" and collectively as "GUARANTORS"), Brown 
Brothers Harriman & Co., a New York limited partnership ("BBH"), Coutts & 
Co., an English unlimited liability company ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A., a 
national banking association ("NBD"), Trust Company Bank, a Georgia banking 
corporation ("TRUST CO.") and Comerica Bank - Texas, a Texas state banking 
association ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts, NBD, Trust Co. and Comerica each in 
their capacity as a lender hereunder, together with each and every future 
holder of any Note, as defined herein, are hereinafter individually referred 
to as a "LENDER" and collectively referred to as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its 
capacity as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT") hereby 
agree as follows:

     1.    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS; USAGE.  

           1.1. DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and 
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in EXHIBIT 
A to this Agreement.

           1.2. USAGE.

                (a)  Whenever the singular number is used, the same shall 
include the plural where appropriate, and VICE VERSA;

                (b)  "writing," "printing" and words of like import include 
all means of reproducing words in a tangible and permanent form;

                (c)  "tax" and "taxes" mean all imposts, deductions, charges 
and withholdings whatsoever charged or collected by any taxing authority 
together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto, if any, 
and charges, fees and other amounts made on or in respect thereof; and

                (d)  "Article," "Section" and "subsection", and "Exhibit" 
refer to Articles, Sections and subsections of, and Exhibits to, this 
Agreement. 

                                       1

<PAGE>

     2.    THE CREDIT FACILITIES.

           2.1. DOLLAR REVOLVER LOANS.

                (a)  DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

                     Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the 
representations and warranties herein set forth, each Dollar Revolver Lender 
severally and not jointly agrees to make Dollar Revolver Loans, in Dollars, 
to VLI (each, a "VLI REVOLVER LOAN") and to Showco (each, a "SHOWCO REVOLVER 
LOAN") on any one or more Business Days prior to the Maturity Date in an 
amount not to exceed such Lender's Pro Rata Percentage of FOUR MILLION 
DOLLARS ($4,000,000) (such amount, as it may be reduced from time to time 
pursuant to SECTION 6.5, being the "DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT") in the 
manner provided in SECTION 3.2; PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of VLI 
Revolver Loans and Showco Revolver Loans outstanding from the Dollar Revolver 
Lenders at any time shall not exceed the Dollar Revolver Commitment.  Within 
such limits and during such period and subject to the terms and conditions of 
this Agreement, VLI and Showco may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder.

                (b)  FUNDING.

                     All VLI Revolver Loans and Showco Revolver Loans shall 
be made by the Dollar Revolver Lenders simultaneously and in their PRO RATA 
Percentage, it being understood that (i) no Dollar Revolver Lender shall be 
responsible for any failure by any other Dollar Revolver Lender to perform 
its obligation to make a Revolver Loan pursuant to SECTION 2.1(a), nor shall 
any Dollar Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Dollar Revolver 
Commitment be increased or decreased as a result of the failure by any other 
Lender to perform its obligation to make a VLI Revolver Loan or Showco 
Revolver Loan and (ii) no failure by any Dollar Revolver Lender to perform 
its obligation to make a Loan to VLI or Showco shall excuse any other Lender 
from its obligation to fund its PRO RATA Percentage of a VLI Revolver Loan or 
Showco Revolver Loan.

                (c)  DOLLAR REVOLVER NOTES.

                     Showco and VLI shall, jointly and severally, execute and 
deliver to each Dollar Revolver Lender to evidence the VLI Revolver Loans and 
Showco Revolver Loans made by such Dollar Revolver Lender pursuant to SECTION 
2.1(a), a Revolver Note, which shall be (i) dated the Closing Date; (ii) in 
the principal amount of such Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Dollar 
Revolver Commitment; (iii) in substantially the form attached hereto as 
EXHIBIT 2.1(c), with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the 
order of such Dollar Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date; and (v) subject to 
acceleration upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.  Any 
amount of principal which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, 
by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

                                       2

<PAGE>
                (d)  JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

                     VLI and Showco shall be jointly and severally liable for 
Revolver Loans made pursuant to the Dollar Revolver Commitment by the Dollar 
Revolver Lenders.

           2.2. VLI DOLLAR TERM LOAN.

                (a)  VLI TERM LOAN.

                     Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the 
representations and warranties herein set forth, the VLI Term Lenders 
severally and not jointly agree to make a Term Loan (collectively, all of 
such Term Loans being referred to herein as the "VLI TERM LOAN"), in Dollars, 
to VLI in an aggregate amount equal to FOURTEEN MILLION DOLLARS 
($14,000,000),  in accordance with such Lender's commitment to make the VLI 
Term Loan, in the amount specified on the signature pages to this Agreement 
(the "VLI TERM COMMITMENT"), in the manner specified in SECTION 4.2.  No VLI 
Term Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other VLI Term Lender 
to perform its obligation to fund its PRO RATA Percentage of the VLI Term 
Loan.

                (b)  TERM NOTE.

                     VLI shall execute and deliver to each VLI Term Lender to 
evidence the VLI Term Loan, a Term Note, which shall be (i) dated the Closing 
Date; (ii) in the principal amount of such VLI Term Lender's PRO RATA 
Percentage of the VLI Term Loan (iii) in substantially the form attached 
hereto as EXHIBIT 2.2(b), with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable 
to the order of such VLI Term Lender in full on or before the Maturity Date; 
and (v) subject to acceleration upon the occurrence and continuance of an 
Event of Default.  Any amount of principal which is not paid when due 
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear 
interest at the Default Rate.

           2.3. STERLING REVOLVER LOANS.

                (a)  STERLING REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

                     Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the 
representations and warranties herein set forth, the Sterling Revolver Lender 
agrees to make Revolver Loans, in Pounds Sterling, to the Sterling Borrowers, 
jointly and severally, on any one or more Business Days prior to the Maturity 
Date, up to an aggregate principal amount of Loans not exceeding at any one 
time outstanding ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND POUNDS STERLING 
(L1,500,000.00) (such amount, as it may be reduced from time to time pursuant 
to SECTION 6.5 being the "STERLING REVOLVER COMMITMENT"), in the manner 
provided in SECTION 3.2.  Within such limits and during such period and 
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Sterling Borrowers 
may borrow, repay and reborrow hereunder.   

           (b)  STERLING REVOLVER NOTE.

                                       3

<PAGE>

                The Sterling Borrowers shall, jointly and
severally, execute and deliver to the Sterling Revolver Lender to
evidence the Revolver Loans made by such Sterling Revolver Lender
pursuant to SECTION 2.3(a), a Revolver Note, which shall be
(i) dated the Closing Date; (ii) in the principal amount of such
Sterling Revolver Lender's Sterling Revolver Commitment; (iii) in
substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT 2.3(b), with the
blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the order of the
Sterling Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date; and (v) subject to
acceleration upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of
Default.  Any amount of principal which is not paid when due
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall
bear interest at the Default Rate.

           (c)  JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

                The Sterling Borrowers shall be jointly and severally liable 
for Revolver Loans made pursuant to the Sterling Revolver Commitment by the 
Sterling Lender.

           2.4. STERLING TERM LOAN.

                (a)  STERLING TERM LOAN.

                     Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the 
representations and warranties herein set forth, each Sterling Term Lender 
severally and not jointly agrees to make a Term Loan (collectively, all of 
such Term Loans being referred to herein as the "STERLING TERM LOAN"), in 
Pounds Sterling, to the Sterling Borrowers, jointly and severally, in an 
amount equal to such Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of  FIVE MILLION TWO 
HUNDRED THOUSAND POUNDS STERLING (L5,200,000), in accordance with its 
commitment to make the Sterling Term Loan, in the amount specified on the 
signature pages to this Agreement ("STERLING TERM COMMITMENT") in the manner 
provided in SECTION 4.2.  No Sterling Term Lender shall be responsible for 
any failure by any other Sterling Term Lender to perform its obligation to 
make its PRO RATA Percentage of the Sterling Term Loan.

                (b)  TERM NOTES.

                     The Sterling Borrowers, jointly and severally, shall 
execute and deliver to each Sterling Term Lender to evidence the Sterling 
Term Loan, a Term Note, which shall be (i) dated the Closing Date; (ii) in 
the principal amount of such Sterling Term Lender's PRO RATA Percentage share 
of the Sterling Term Loan (iii) in substantially the form attached hereto as 
EXHIBIT 2.4(b), with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the 
order of such Sterling Term Lender in full on or before the Maturity Date; 
and (v) subject to acceleration upon the occurrence and continuance of an 
Event of Default.  Any amount of principal which is not paid when due 
(whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) shall bear 
interest at the Default Rate.

                                       4

<PAGE>

           2.5. VLA YEN TERM LOAN.

                (a)  VLA TERM LOAN.

                     Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the 
representations and warranties herein set forth, the VLA Term Lender agrees 
to make a Term Loan (the "VLA TERM LOAN"), in Yen, to VLA in an amount equal 
to  TWO HUNDRED MILLION YEN (Y200,000,000), in accordance with its commitment 
to make the VLA Term Loan, in the amount specified on the signature pages to 
this Agreement ("VLA TERM COMMITMENT"), in the manner provided in SECTION 4.2.

                (b)  VLA TERM NOTE.

                     In order to evidence and secure the VLA Term Loan, on 
each of the Borrowing Date, the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the 
Borrowing Date and the subsequent Quarterly Payment Dates and (if any portion 
of the VLA Term Loan is prepaid pursuant to SECTION 6.2) on the day of such 
prepayment (in this SECTION 2.5, each of such dates being referred to as an 
"ISSUE DATE"), VLA shall execute and deliver to the VLA Term Lender a 
promissory note (YAKUSOKUTEGATA) payable at sight (ICHIRANBARAI), which shall 
be exchanged for the prior promissory note and shall be (i) in the form 
attached hereto as EXHIBIT 2.5(b), (ii) in an amount equal to the principal 
amount of the VLA Term Loan which will be outstanding immediately after the 
relevant Issue Date, (iii) signed by a representative director of VLA, with a 
seal impression as certified by a certificate issued by the Legal Affairs 
Bureau having the jurisdiction over the location of the registered office of 
VLA, and (iv) payable to the VLA Term Lender or its order at NBD - Tokyo.  So 
long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any 
promissory note delivered to the VLA Term Lender pursuant to this SECTION 2.5 
shall not be presented by the VLA Term Lender to VLA for payment, nor, except 
pursuant to SECTION 14.11(c), in any other manner will the VLA Term Lender 
transfer, assign, sell or negotiate any such promissory note to any Person 
unless and until it could be presented to VLA for payment in accordance with 
this sentence.

           2.6. FOREIGN EXCHANGE FACILITY; INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS.

                (a)  FX OBLIGATION.

                     Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the 
representations and warranties herein set forth, the FX Lender agrees to make 
available to VLI on any one or more Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, 
foreign exchange forward contracts of up to one year maximum maturity for 
currencies freely convertible from and into Dollars (each an "FX OBLIGATION") 
in an aggregate nominal amount not exceeding at any one time outstanding TEN 
MILLION UNITED STATES DOLLARS ($10,000,000)("FX FACILITY COMMITMENT").  No FX 
Obligation may expire beyond the Maturity Date.  A Borrower desiring to place 
an order with the FX Lender pursuant to this Section shall execute and 
deliver to the FX Lender, not less than one (1) Business Day prior to the 
date of such order, the FX Lender's customary application (completed in a 
form acceptable to the FX Lender in all respects); PROVIDED that to the 
extent any of the terms and provisions of such application 

                                       5

<PAGE>

are inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms 
and provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

                (b)  INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS.

                     VLI has entered into an agreement dated February 28, 
1994 with BBH to swap: (i) payments equal to the interest that would be due 
on a portion of the VLI Term Loan if interest thereon were calculated at a 
fixed rate, for (ii) payments equal to the actual interest due on that 
portion of the VLI Term Loan (the "FIRST SWAP AGREEMENT").  Borrowers or 
Guarantors may, subsequent to the Closing, enter with BBH into other such 
swap agreements or into other Interest Rate Contracts having the effect of 
fixing or capping the apparent rate of interest on some or all of the Loans.  
It is understood that nothing in the First Swap Agreement nor in any similar, 
subsequent agreements shall reduce or modify Borrowers' duty to pay interest 
as specified in this Agreement, and in the event of any conflict between the 
terms of the First Swap Agreement and this Agreement, the terms of this 
Agreement shall prevail.

                (c)  FAILURE TO FUND.

                     If any FX Obligation, or any obligation of a Borrower to 
any Lender under an Interest Rate Contract, matures and such Borrower fails 
to fund the amount required thereunder immediately after the FX Lender or 
such other Lender makes demand therefor, such Lender shall be entitled to 
cause a loan to be made to such Borrower in the amount of the Actual Credit 
Exposure with respect to such FX Obligation or Interest Rate Contract, 
whether or not such Borrower is entitled to a loan pursuant to any other 
provision of this Agreement.  Any such loan shall be payable on demand, and 
shall bear interest at the Default Rate. 

                                       6

<PAGE>

     3.    BORROWING PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO REVOLVING LOANS 

           3.1. NOTICE OF REVOLVER BORROWING AND REPAYMENT.

                (a)  When VLI or Showco desires to borrow pursuant to SECTION 
2.1(a), VLI or Showco, as the case may be, shall deliver to the Agent a 
notice thereof, either telephonically or in writing, no later than 10:00 a.m. 
(New York time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed 
Borrowing Date, specifying, (i) the proposed Borrowing Date (which shall be a 
Business Day), (ii) the amount of the proposed Borrowing (which shall be in 
an aggregate amount of not less than $100,000, and increments thereof), (iii) 
the availability remaining under the Dollar Revolver Commitment (before such 
Borrowing is accounted for), and (iv) instructions for the disbursement of 
the proceeds of the Borrowing.  Any written notice shall be in the form of 
EXHIBIT 3.1 attached hereto (a "NOTICE OF REVOLVER BORROWING"), and any 
telephonic notice shall be promptly followed by Showco's or VLI's (as the 
case may be) delivery to Agent of a Notice of Revolver Borrowing.  Any 
telephone notice shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Showco (or 
VLI as the case may be) of the accuracy of the information which should be 
contained in a Notice of Revolver Borrowing. Any written Notice of Revolver 
Borrowing may be delivered by facsimile.  The Agent shall not incur liability 
to the Borrowers in acting upon any telephonic notice which the Agent 
believes in good faith to have been given by VLI or Showco, or for otherwise 
acting in good faith under this SECTION.

                (b)  When any of the Sterling Borrowers desires to borrow 
pursuant to SECTION 2.3(a), such Sterling Borrower shall deliver to the 
Sterling Revolver Lender a notice thereof, either telephonically or in 
writing, no later than 10:00 a.m. (London Time) on the Business Day 
immediately preceding the proposed Borrowing Date, specifying, (i) the 
proposed Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount of 
the proposed Borrowing (which shall be in an aggregate amount of not less 
than L50,000, and increments thereof), (iii) the availability remaining under 
the Sterling Revolver Commitment (before such Borrowing is accounted for), 
and (iv) instructions for the disbursement of the proceeds of the Borrowing.  
Any written notice shall be in the form of a Notice of Revolver Borrowing and 
any telephonic notice shall be promptly followed by such Sterling Borrower's 
delivery to the Sterling Revolver Lender of a Notice of Revolver Borrowing.  
Any telephonic notice requesting a Borrowing shall be deemed a representation 
and warranty by such Sterling Borrower of the accuracy of the information 
which should be contained in a Notice of Revolver Borrowing.  The Sterling 
Revolver Lender shall not incur liability to the Sterling Borrowers in acting 
upon any telephonic notice which such Lender believes in good faith to have 
been given by  one of the Sterling Borrowers.

                (c)  When VLI, Showco or the Sterling Borrowers desire to 
repay all or any portion of a Revolver Loan, then such Borrower shall deliver 
to the Agent or the Sterling Revolver Lender, as the case may be, a notice 
thereof, either telephonically or in writing, no later than 10:00 a.m. (New 
York or London time, as the case may be) on the Business Day of the 
repayment, specifying the amount of such repayment.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                (d)  Neither the Agent nor the Sterling Revolver Lender, as 
the case may be, shall be obligated to accept more than one (i) Notice of 
Revolver Borrowing or (ii) repayment of a Revolver Loan during any calendar 
week.

           3.2. MAKING OF REVOLVER LOANS.

                (a)  Promptly after receipt of telephonic notice or of a 
Notice of Revolver Borrowing under SECTION 3.1(a), but in any event not later 
than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day immediately preceding the proposed 
Borrowing Date, the Agent shall notify each Dollar Revolver Lender by 
telecopy, or other similar form of transmission, of the proposed Borrowing.  
The Dollar Revolver Lenders shall deposit their PRO RATA Percentage (based on 
the Dollar Revolver Commitment) of the amount of the Borrowing requested in 
the telephonic notice or Notice of Revolver Borrowing with the Agent at its 
office in New York, New York in immediately available funds on the Borrowing 
Date.  Upon fulfillment of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 7, the Agent 
shall disburse the proceeds of the VLI Revolver Loan or Showco Revolver Loan, 
as the case may be, in accordance with the disbursement instructions set 
forth in the respective telephonic notice or Notice of Revolver Borrowing.

                (b)  Upon receipt of telephonic notice or of a Notice of 
Revolver Borrowing under SECTION 3.1(b) and upon fulfillment of the 
conditions set forth in ARTICLE 7, the Sterling Revolver Lender shall 
disburse the proceeds of the Sterling Revolver Loan in accordance with the 
disbursement instructions set forth in the telephonic notice or Notice of 
Revolver Borrowing.

                (c)  Each Dollar Revolver Lender and Sterling Revolver Lender 
shall post on a schedule attached to each Revolver Note, (x) the date and 
principal amount of each Revolver Loan made under the Revolver Note and (y) 
each payment of principal thereon; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any failure of a 
Revolver Lender to so mark a Revolver Note shall not affect a Borrower's 
obligations thereunder; and PROVIDED FURTHER that there shall be a  
rebuttable presumption that a Revolver Lender's records as to such matters 
shall be correct whether or not the Revolver Lender has so marked a Revolver 
Note.

           3.3. USE OF PROCEEDS.

                The Borrowers agree that the proceeds of the Dollar Revolver 
Loans and the Sterling Revolver Loans shall be used (a) for the acquisition 
of the Vari-Lite U.K. Assets, (b) for the production of equipment, including 
VL5's and VL6's and modification and upgrading of existing equipment, (c) to 
repay existing debt, and (d) for general corporate purposes (including, 
making intercompany advances and other Investments not prohibited by this 
Agreement).  

                                       8

<PAGE>

     4.    BORROWING PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO TERM LOANS 

           4.1. NOTICE OF TERM BORROWING.

                The applicable Borrower shall deliver to the Agent on or 
before 9:00 a.m. (New York time) the second Business Day prior to the Closing 
Date instructions for disbursement of the proceeds of each Term Loan on the 
Closing Date (which shall, for each Term Loan, be the Borrowing Date), 
including whether such Loans will be made as a Base Rate Loan or a 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, and in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the 
applicable Eurocurrency Interest Period.  Subject to SECTION 4.4, the 
Sterling Term Loan and VLA Term Loan will be Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

           4.2. MAKING OF TERM LOANS.

                Promptly upon receipt of the disbursement instructions under 
SECTION 4.1, the Agent shall notify the VLI Term Lenders, Sterling Term 
Lenders and VLA Term Lender, as applicable by telecopy, or other similar form 
of transmission, of the proposed Borrowings.  The VLI Term Lenders shall 
deposit an amount equal to their VLI Term Commitment with the Agent at its 
office in New York, New York, in immediately available funds, on the Closing 
Date.  The Sterling Term Lenders shall deposit an amount equal to their 
Sterling Term Commitment with such Sterling Term Lender designated by Agent 
to receive such amount in London, England in immediately available funds, on 
the Closing Date.  The VLA Term Lender shall make an amount equal to the 
amount of its VLA Term Loan Commitment, available in Tokyo, Japan, in 
immediately available funds, on the Closing Date.  Upon fulfillment of the 
conditions set forth in ARTICLE 7, the Agent (or such Sterling Term Lender 
designated by the Agent, or the VLA Term Lender, as aforesaid) shall disburse 
the proceeds of the Term Loans in accordance with the relevant Borrowers' 
disbursement instructions.

           4.3. USE OF PROCEEDS.

                The Borrowers agree that the proceeds of the Term Loans shall 
be used (a) for the acquisition of the Vari-Lite U.K. Assets, (b) for the 
production of equipment, including VL5's and VL6's, and modification and 
upgrading of existing equipment, (c) to repay existing debt and (d) for 
general corporate purposes (including, making intercompany advances and other 
Investments not prohibited by this Agreement).

           4.4. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO EUROCURRENCY RATE LOANS.

                (a)  NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/ CONVERSION.

                     If a Borrower desires at the expiration of a 
Eurocurrency Interest Period to continue such Loan as a Eurocurrency Rate 
Loan for a new Eurocurrency Interest Period, such Borrower shall give the 
Agent notice thereof, either telephonically or in writing, no later than 
10:00 a.m. (New York, London or Tokyo time, as the case may be) on the second 
Business Day immediately preceding the last day of the then expiring 
Eurocurrency Interest Period, which shall specify the aggregate principal 
amount of the 

                                       9

<PAGE>

Eurocurrency Rate Loan to be continued for a new Eurocurrency Interest Period 
and the new Eurocurrency Interest Period to be applicable thereto.  Any 
written notice shall be in the form of EXHIBIT 4.4(a) attached hereto (each a 
"NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION"), and any telephonic notice shall be 
promptly followed by such Borrower's delivery to Agent of a Notice of 
Continuation/Conversion.  If VLI desires at the expiration of a Eurocurrency 
Interest Period to convert all or part of the VLI Term Loan from a 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan, VLI shall give the Agent notice 
thereof, either telephonically or in writing (in the aforesaid manner), no 
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the second Business Day immediately 
preceding the last day of the then expiring Eurocurrency Interest Period, 
which shall specify the aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Rate 
Loan to be converted to a Base Rate Loan.  If VLI desires to convert all or a 
portion of the VLI Term Loan from a Base Rate Loan to a Eurocurrency Rate 
Loan, VLI shall give the Agent notice thereof, either telephonically or in 
writing (in the aforesaid manner), no later than the second Business Day 
immediately preceding the desired conversion date, which shall specify the 
aggregate principal amount of the Base Rate Loan to be converted to a 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

                (b)  FAILURE TO DELIVER NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION.

                     If the applicable Borrower shall have failed to properly 
deliver a Notice of Continuation/Conversion specifying a continuation or 
conversion pursuant to SECTION 4.4(a), such Borrower shall be deemed to have 
elected to continue such Eurocurrency Rate Loan for a Eurocurrency Interest 
Period of the same duration as the Eurocurrency Interest Period so expiring.

                (c)  EUROCURRENCY DEPOSITS UNAVAILABLE OR EUROCURRENCY 
                     INTEREST RATE UNASCERTAINABLE OR UNECONOMICAL.

                     In the event that, prior to the commencement of any 
Eurocurrency Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, by reason of 
circumstances affecting the eurocurrency interbank market generally, any one 
of the Lenders shall have reasonably determined in good faith (which 
determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that 
(i) Dollar, Pounds Sterling or Yen deposits, as the case may be, of the 
relevant amount and for the relevant Eurocurrency Interest Period for such 
Eurocurrency Rate Loans are not available to such Lender in the applicable 
eurocurrency interbank market generally, or (ii) adequate and reasonable 
means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR or TIBOR 
applicable to such Eurocurrency Interest Period, such Lender shall promptly 
give to Agent written, telegraphic, telex or telecopier notice of such 
determination setting forth, to the best of such Lender's knowledge, the 
circumstances giving rise to such determination, whereupon (x) any request 
for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be deemed a request for a Loan based upon 
a rate of interest equal to the lesser of (A) such Lender's Base Rate, PLUS 
two percent (2.0%) or (B) the Highest Lawful Rate, and (y) each outstanding 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan from such Lender (unless such Lender subsequent to 
such determination of unavailability shall determine that such Dollar, Pound 
Sterling or Yen deposits are again available) shall be converted, without any 
additional notice to or from the affected Borrower, to a Loan based upon a 
rate of interest as specified in this SECTION (disregarding any requirements 
for a Notice of Borrowing 

                                       10

<PAGE>

or a minimum aggregate principal amount) on the last day of the Eurocurrency 
Interest Period with respect thereto.

                (d)  SPECIAL FEES IN RESPECT OF RESERVE REQUIREMENTS.

                     Borrowers with Eurocurrency Rate Loans agree to pay to 
each Lender on any such Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as additional interest, such 
amounts as will compensate such Lender for any cost to such Lender (to the 
extent reasonably allocated to such Lender's Eurocurrency Rate Loans to 
Borrowers hereunder), from time to time, of any additional reserve or 
additional special deposit requirement against assets held by, or deposits in 
or for the amount of any loans by, such Lender which are imposed on, or 
deemed applicable by, such Lender, from time to time, under or pursuant to 
any Governmental Requirement respecting an Applicable Lending Office or any 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan.  In connection herewith no Lender shall be required 
to prove that it actually funded any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, in whole or in 
part, with matching deposits in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Yen, as the case 
may be, acquired by such Lender making such Eurocurrency Rate Loan from a 
prime bank in the applicable Eurocurrency interbank market, irrespective of 
whether such Lender has any such deposits.  A certificate as to the amount of 
any such cost (including calculations, in reasonable detail, showing how such 
Lender computed and allocated such cost) shall be promptly furnished by said 
Lender to such Borrowers and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be 
conclusive and binding.

                (e)  REASONABLE EFFORTS.

                     Each Lender making Eurocurrency Rate Loans agrees that 
it will use all reasonable efforts, including ,without limitation, reasonable 
good faith efforts, to designate a different Applicable Lending Office to 
make or maintain any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, in order to avoid or to 
minimize, as the case may be, the payment by the Borrower of any additional 
amounts under the terms of SECTION 4.4(d), and that it will, as promptly as 
practicable, notify the Borrowers of the existence of any event which will 
require the payment by a Borrower of any such additional amounts; PROVIDED, 
that the Lenders shall not be obligated to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans 
hereunder at any office located in the United States to avoid or minimize 
such payments.

                (f)  FUNDING LOSSES.

                     If a Borrower makes any payment of principal on any 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or converts a Eurocurrency Rate Loan into a Base Rate 
Loan, on any day other than the last day of the Eurocurrency Interest Period 
applicable thereto, such Borrower shall reimburse each affected Lender within 
ten (10) Business Days after demand, for any resulting loss or expense 
actually incurred by it, including (without limitation) any loss incurred in 
obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits or foreign 
currencies from third parties (including, without limitation, the amount of 
such Lender's Consequential Loss), for the period after any such payment or 
conversion through the end of such Eurocurrency Interest Period (the 
calculation of such loss or expense shall include a credit, not in excess of 
such loss or expense, for the interest that could be earned by such Lender as 
a result of redepositing such amount), together with interest thereon at the 
Federal 

                                       11

<PAGE>

Funds Rate plus two (2%) percent from the date of demand until paid in full; 
provided that, such Lender shall have delivered to such Borrower a 
certificate as to the amount of such loss or expense, which certificate shall 
be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  In connection herewith no 
Lender shall be required to prove that it actually funded any Eurocurrency 
Rate Loan, in whole or in part, with matching deposits in Dollars, Pounds 
Sterling or Yen, as the case may be, acquired by such Lender making such 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan from a prime bank in the applicable Eurocurrency 
interbank market, irrespective of whether such Lender has any such deposits.  

           4.5. CHANGES IN LAW RENDERING EUROCURRENCY RATE LENDING
                OR FOREIGN CURRENCY LENDING UNLAWFUL.

                In the event that after the date hereof any change in any 
Governmental Requirement should make it unlawful for any Lender, in the 
reasonable determination in good faith of such Lender, to make or maintain 
any Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Foreign Currency Loan hereunder, such Lender 
shall, upon the occurrence of such event, notify the affected Borrower or 
Borrowers, or any of them, thereof in writing, stating the reasons therefor; 
PROVIDED, however, that before giving any such notice, such Lender shall use 
reasonable good faith efforts to designate a different Eurocurrency Lending 
Office to make or maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Foreign Currency 
Loan if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will 
not be otherwise materially disadvantageous to the Lender.  Upon receiving a 
notice of any such event the affected Borrower or Borrowers shall have the 
following options, one of which must be exercised:

                (a)  to prepay immediately, all of the Loans of such Lender 
which are affected by such Governmental Requirement and terminate such 
Lender's Commitment to make Loans which are affected by such Governmental 
Requirement;

                (b)  to the extent the affected Loan is a Eurocurrency Rate 
Loan, convert all affected Eurocurrency Rate Loans from such Lender 
(including accrued interest thereon) to Loans based on the rate of interest 
and in the manner specified in SECTION 4.4(c); or

                (c)  to designate another bank or other lending institution 
in accordance with SECTION 14.11 which is acceptable to the other Lenders to 
purchase the Note or Notes of such Lender and such Lender's rights hereunder, 
pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, for a purchase price 
equal to the outstanding principal amount thereof plus all interest accrued 
thereon and all other amounts owing to such Lender hereunder; and upon such 
purchase, such Lender shall no longer have any obligations hereunder (other 
than any obligation arising prior to the close of business on the date of 
such purchase).

                                       12

<PAGE>

           4.6. REIMBURSABLE TAXES.

                Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, with respect to each 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan and Foreign Currency Loan:

                (a)  Such Borrower will pay, when due (upon prior written 
notice by a Lender, and on an after-tax basis), all present and future 
income, stamp and other taxes, levies, costs and charges whatsoever imposed, 
assessed, levied or collected on or in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan 
or Foreign Currency Loan; PROVIDED, however, that if such Borrower disputes 
in good faith any such taxes, levies, costs or charges and refuses to pay 
same pending resolution of such dispute, such Borrower shall so advise such 
Lender in writing and shall make the appropriate reserves therefor. Each 
Borrower's obligation pursuant hereto shall exclude, however, any such taxes, 
levies, costs or charges imposed or determined by reference to income of such 
Lender or any Lending Office by any jurisdiction in which such Lender or any 
such Eurocurrency Lending Office is located (all such non-excluded taxes, 
levies, costs and charges being collectively called "REIMBURSABLE TAXES" in 
this SECTION).  Promptly after the date on which payment of any such 
Reimbursable Tax is due pursuant to applicable law, such Borrower will, at 
the request of such Lender, furnish to such Lender an official receipt issued 
by the relevant taxing authority showing the amount of such tax and its 
payment by such Borrower or such other evidence in form and substance 
satisfactory to such Lender that such Borrower has met its obligation under 
this SECTION.

                (b)  Such Borrower will indemnify each Lender against, and 
reimburse each Lender on demand for, any Reimbursable Taxes paid by such 
Lender upon such Borrower's failure to pay such amounts in a timely manner 
after written notice by the Lender, and any loss, liability, claim or 
expense, including interest, penalties and reasonable legal fees, that such 
Lender may incur at any time arising out of or in connection with a failure 
by the appropriate Borrower to pay such Reimbursable Taxes.  A certificate of 
such Lender as to the amount of any such Reimbursable Taxes and other amounts 
paid by such Lender shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of 
manifest error.

                (c)  All payments on account of the principal of and interest 
on the Loans and all other amounts payable by such Borrower to the Lender 
hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without reduction by reason of 
any Reimbursable Taxes, all of which will be for the account of the Borrower 
and paid when due by such Borrower.

                (d)  If such Borrower is ever required to pay any 
Reimbursable Tax with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, such Borrower 
may elect to convert all outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans to Loans based 
on the rate of interest in the manner specified in SECTION 4.4(c), but such 
election shall not diminish such Borrower's obligation to pay all 
Reimbursable Taxes theretofore imposed, assessed, levied or collected or to 
meet any obligation under an Interest Rate Contract.

                (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 
to the contrary, such Borrower shall have no obligation to pay to a Lender 
any amount payable by reason of the failure of such Lender to file, to the 
extent the Lender is legally entitled to file, any statement of exemption 
required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1441-4(a) or any 

                                       13

<PAGE>

subsequent version thereof promulgated under the Code, or any claim for 
relief from United Kingdom Inland Tax pursuant to Article 11 of the United 
States-United Kingdom Income Tax Treaty or comparable documents required in 
Japan.

           4.7. CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

                With respect to each Lender's Commitment, the Borrowers shall 
pay directly to each Lender as set forth below, on request, such amounts as 
such Lender may determine to be necessary to compensate such Lender for any 
costs which it determines are attributable to the maintenance by such Lender, 
pursuant to a new Governmental Requirement implemented or effective after the 
date hereof or a change made in any Governmental Requirement after the date 
hereof, or any change in the interpretation, application or administration 
thereof, whether or not having the force of law, of capital in respect of 
such Lender's Commitment, such compensation to include, without limitation, 
an amount equal to any reduction of the rate of return on assets or equity of 
such Lender (or its parent holding company) which such Lender could have 
achieved with respect to such Commitment but for such new Governmental 
Requirement or change in a Governmental Requirement or any such change in the 
interpretation, application or administration thereof, whether or not having 
the force of law.  Each Lender will notify the Borrowers of any event 
occurring after the date of this Agreement that will entitle such Lender to 
compensation pursuant to this SECTION as promptly as practicable after it 
obtains knowledge thereof.  No Borrower will be responsible for any amounts 
as compensation pursuant to this SECTION accruing prior to one (1) year prior 
to the notice to such Borrower in accordance with the preceding sentence.  In 
the event a Lender is entitled to such compensation, such Lender will furnish 
the Borrowers with a certificate setting forth the amount of each request by 
such Lender for compensation under this SECTION, with such certificate 
setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for determining, and the 
calculation of, such compensation.  Determinations and allocations by a 
Lender for purposes of this SECTION of the effect of any Governmental 
Requirement pursuant to this SECTION, or of the effect of capital maintained 
pursuant to this SECTION, on such Lender's cost or rate of return of 
maintaining Loans or its obligation to make Loans, and of  the amounts 
required to compensate such Lender hereunder, shall be conclusive absent 
manifest error. 

                                       14

<PAGE>

     5.    INTEREST AND FEES 

           5.1. INTEREST ON TERM LOANS.

                (a)  The VLI Term Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid 
principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, payable on each 
Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date, at a rate per 
annum equal to:

                     (i)  if a Base Rate Loan, the lesser of (A) Agent's Base 
Rate, PLUS two percent (2.0%) or (B) the Highest Lawful Rate; and

                     (ii) if a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the lesser of (A) the  
Eurodollar Rate, PLUS four and one-half percent (4.5%) or (B) the Highest 
Lawful Rate.

                (b)  The Sterling Term Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid 
principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, payable on each 
Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date, at a rate per 
annum equal to the lesser of (A) LIBOR, PLUS three percent (3.0%) or (B) the 
Highest Lawful Rate.

                (c)  The VLA Term Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid 
principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, payable on each 
Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date, at a rate per 
annum equal to the lesser of (A) TIBOR, PLUS three and one half percent 
(3.5%) or (B) the Highest Lawful Rate.

           5.2. INTEREST ON REVOLVER LOANS.

                The Revolver Loans shall bear interest on the unpaid 
principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding at an interest rate 
equal to the lesser of (a) the applicable Revolver Lender's Base Rate, PLUS 
two percent (2.0%) or (b) the Highest Lawful Rate.  Interest shall be payable 
on each Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date.

           5.3. COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.

                Interest on (a) the VLA Term Loan, the Sterling Revolver Loan 
and the Sterling Term Loan shall be computed on the basis of the actual 
number of days elapsed in the period during which interest accrues and a year 
of 365 days, and (b) all other Obligations shall be computed on the basis of 
the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which interest accrues 
and a year of 360 days.  Except as provided below, in computing interest on 
any Loan, the date of the making of the Loan, or the first day of a 
Eurocurrency Interest Period, as the case may be, shall be included and the 
date of payment or the expiration date of a Eurocurrency Interest Period, as 
the case may be, shall be excluded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in 
computing interest on the VLA Term Loan, the date of the making of the VLA 
Term Loan, or the first day of a Eurocurrency Interest Period, as the case 
may be, and the date of payment shall be included.

                                       15

<PAGE>

           5.4. FEES.

                (a)  The Borrowers agree to pay a closing fee to the Agent 
and the Lenders on the Closing Date equal to the amount specified below:

                     Agent/BBH               $155,000.00                      
                     NBD                     $ 85,000.00                      
                     Coutts                  L 30,000.00                      
                     Comerica                $ 15,000.00                      
                     Trust Co.               $ 15,000.00                      

                (b)  The Revolver Borrowers agree to pay to the Revolver 
Lenders, a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of such 
Lender's PRO RATA Percentage (which shall mean 100% in the case of the 
Sterling Revolver Lender) of the Revolver Commitment (the "COMMITMENT FEE") 
from the date hereof until the Maturity Date at the rate of one-half of one 
percent (0.50%) per annum, payable on (i) each Quarterly Payment Date, and 
(ii) the Maturity Date.

                (c)  Commitment Fees payable to the Dollar Revolver Lenders 
shall be payable when due in New York, New York, in Dollars, in immediately 
available funds to the Agent for the account of each of the Dollar Revolver 
Lenders.  Commitment Fees payable to the Sterling Revolver Lender shall be 
payable when due in London, England, in Pounds Sterling, in immediately 
available funds to the Sterling Revolver Lender.  

                (d)  The Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent an annual agency 
fee equal to $37,500.00, payable at the Closing and on or before each 
anniversary of the Closing Date until this Agreement terminates according to 
its terms.

                (e)  The Fees described in this Agreement represent 
compensation for services rendered and to be rendered separate and apart from 
the lending of money or the provision of credit and do not constitute 
compensation for the use, detention, or forbearance of money, and the 
obligation of the Borrowers to pay each Fee described herein shall be in 
addition to, and not in lieu of, the obligation of any Borrower to pay 
interest, other fees described in this Agreement, and expenses otherwise 
described in this Agreement. All Fees including, without limitation, those 
referred to in this Section, shall be part of the Obligations hereunder, 
shall be nonrefundable, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, 
bear interest, if not paid when due, at the Default Rate.

           5.5. DEFAULT INTEREST.

                Notwithstanding the rates of interest specified in SECTIONS 
5.1 AND 5.2, or elsewhere in this Agreement, from and after the occurrence of 
an Event of Default, and for as long thereafter as such Event of Default 
shall be continuing, unless such Event of Default shall have been waived or 
rescinded, the principal balance of all Loans shall bear interest at the 
Default Rate.  On and after the Maturity Date, should any or all of the Loans 
remain unpaid, the unpaid principal balance of such Loan(s) and, to the 
extent permitted 

                                       16

<PAGE>

by applicable law, the accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall bear 
interest at the Default Rate, and shall be payable on demand. 


                                       17

<PAGE>

     6.    PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER PAYMENTS.

           6.1. REPAYMENT OF TERM LOANS.
 
                (a)  Principal payments on the VLI Term Loan shall begin on 
the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the date on which such Loan is 
made and shall continue on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date until the 
Maturity Date (or until sooner repaid), according to the following 
amortization schedule (for purposes of this Agreement, March 31, 1994 shall 
not be considered a Quarterly Payment Date):

                Scheduled Payment                          Amount
                -----------------                          ------

                First through Fourth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                       $           0

                Fifth through Nineteenth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                       $  700,000.00

                Maturity Date                       $3,500,000.00

                (b)  Principal payments on the Sterling Term Loan shall begin 
on the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the date on which such Loan is 
made and shall continue on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date until the 
Maturity Date (or until sooner repaid), according to the following 
amortization schedule:

                Scheduled Payment                          Amount
                -----------------                          ------

                First through Fourth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                       L           0

                Fifth through Nineteenth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                       L  260,000.00

                Maturity Date                       L1,300,000.00

                                       18

<PAGE>

                (c)  Principal payments on the VLA Term Loan shall begin on 
the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the date on which such Loan is 
made and shall continue on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date until the 
Maturity Date (or until sooner repaid), according to the following 
amortization schedule:

                Scheduled Payment                          Amount
                -----------------                          ------

                First through Fourth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                       Y           0

                Fifth through Nineteenth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                       Y10,000,000.00

                Maturity Date                       Y50,000,000.00

          6.2.  OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.

                The Borrowers shall have the right at any time and from time 
to time, upon no less than two (2) Business Days' prior written notice to the 
Agent (which the Agent shall promptly transmit to each Lender), to prepay the 
Term Loans, in whole or in part.  Term Loans which are Eurocurrency Rate 
Loans may be prepaid (x) in whole or in part on the expiration date of the 
then applicable Eurocurrency Interest Period, upon no less than three (3) 
Business Days' prior written notice to the Agent (which the Agent shall 
promptly transmit to each applicable Lender) and (y) otherwise only upon 
payment of the amounts set forth in SECTION 4.4(f).  In any case, each 
partial prepayment shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least (a) 
$200,000, for the VLI Term Loan, (b) L100,000, for the Sterling Term Loan and 
(c) Y5,000,000 for the VLA Term Loan.

          6.3.  PREPAYMENT FEE.

                In addition to any amounts payable pursuant to SECTION 
4.4(f), the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the benefit of each Term 
Lender and in accordance with its PRO RATA Percentage of the Term Loans, a 
fee of one-half of one percent (.50%) of the prepaid amount for any Term Loan 
prepaid at any time during the period ending thirty-six months after the 
Closing Date.

          6.4.  NO REBORROWING ON TERM LOANS.

                The Borrowers shall have no right to reborrow any amount 
prepaid on the Term Loans.

          6.5.  REDUCTION OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS.

                The Borrowers, upon no less than three (3) Business Days' 
prior written notice to the Agent (which the Agent shall promptly transmit to 
each Lender), shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to 
permanently reduce, in whole or in part, the Commitments of the Lenders on 
the Dollar Revolvers or the Sterling Revolver, 

                                       19

<PAGE>

PROVIDED that the Borrowers shall have made whatever payment may be required 
to reduce the applicable outstanding principal on the Revolving Loans with 
respect to the Commitment being reduced to an amount less than or equal to 
the Commitments after giving effect to such reduction.  Any partial reduction 
shall be in an aggregate principal amount of at least (a) $200,000, for the 
Dollar Revolver and (b) L100,000, for the Sterling Revolver.  Any reduction 
pursuant to this SECTION may be made without premium or penalty.

          6.6.  PROPORTIONALITY OF PAYMENTS, PREPAYMENTS AND
                REDUCTIONS IN COMMITMENTS.  

                (a)  All payments and prepayments shall be made 
proportionately to the applicable Lenders.  Payments and prepayments on the 
Term Loans shall be made in a manner which will ensure that the same 
percentage of each of the VLI Term Loan, the Sterling Term Loan and the VLA 
Term Loan remains outstanding after such payment or prepayment.  
Proportionate payments shall in each such instance be made to the Agent (in 
the case of VLI), Coutts (in the case of Sterling Borrowers) and NBD (in the 
case of VLA).

                (b)  Reductions in the Dollar Revolver Commitment shall be 
accompanied by a proportionate reduction in the Sterling Revolver Commitment, 
and vice versa, so that the relative proportion of each Lender with a Dollar 
Revolver Commitment or Sterling Revolver Commitment shall remain unchanged 
with respect to the combined amount of the Dollar Revolver Commitment and 
Sterling Revolver Commitment at any time available. 

                (c)  The Agent shall verify the compliance of the Borrowers 
with this SECTION.  Should the Agent discover that any payment, prepayment or 
reduction of commitment has not been made in accordance with the terms 
hereof, the Agent may cause the necessary reallocation so that the terms 
hereof are fully complied with, and the Borrowers and Lenders agree to fully 
cooperate with the Agent in order to accomplish such compliance.

          6.7.  PLACE OF PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS.

                All payments and prepayments made in accordance with the 
provisions of this Agreement shall be made to the applicable Lender or to the 
Agent (in the case of payments to be made to the Agent) in immediately 
available funds, delivered not later than 12:00 p.m. (local time) on the date 
and at the Applicable Lending Office of such Lender, to such account of the 
Lender (or the Agent, as aforesaid) as such Person may designate. Amounts 
received after 12:00 p.m. (local time) shall be deemed to have been paid on 
the next Business Day.  Payments actually received by any Lender, in excess 
of amounts due it in respect of the applicable Loan, shall be paid by it to 
the Agent promptly upon receipt; and if not then due to another Lender, shall 
be promptly returned to Borrower.  All payments due under this Agreement to 
(a) the Dollar Revolver Lenders and the VLI Term Lenders with respect to the 
Dollar Revolver and the VLI Term Loan shall be paid by the applicable 
Borrowers to the Agent in New York, (b) the Sterling Revolver Lender and the 
Sterling Term Lenders with respect to the Sterling Revolver Loan and the 
Sterling Term Loan 

                                       20

<PAGE>

shall be paid by the Sterling Borrowers to Coutts in London, and (c) the VLA 
Term Lender with respect to the VLA Term Loan shall be paid by VLA to NBD - 
Tokyo in Tokyo, Japan.

          6.8.  TAXES.

                (a)  All payments (whether of principal, interest, 
reimbursements or otherwise) under this Agreement or on the Notes shall be 
made by the Borrowers without set-off or counterclaim and shall be made free 
and clear of and without deduction for any present or future tax (excluding 
income taxes payable by the Lenders).  If the making of such payments is 
prohibited by law, unless such a tax is deducted or withheld therefrom, the 
Borrowers shall pay to the Lenders, on the date of each such payment, such 
additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received 
by the Lenders after such deduction or withholding shall equal the amounts 
which would have been received if such deduction or withholding were not 
required.

                (b)  If Coutts, as agent for the Sterling Term Lenders, is 
obliged to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to the Sterling 
Term Lenders (an "agency payment"), which represents an amount or amounts 
received by Coutts from the Sterling Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement, 
the Sterling Borrowers shall pay directly to the Lenders such sum (a 
"compensating sum") as will, after taking into account any deduction or 
withholding which the Sterling Borrowers are obliged to make from the 
compensating sum, enable the Sterling Lenders to receive, on the due date for 
payment of the agency payment, an amount equal to the agency payment which 
the Sterling Lenders would have received in the absence of any obligation to 
make a deduction or withholding.

                                       21

<PAGE>

     7.   CONDITIONS.  

          7.1.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS MADE ON THE CLOSING DATE.

                The obligation of each Lender to make the initial Loans is 
subject to the following conditions precedent:

                (a)  The Agent shall have received on or before the Closing 
Date the following, each dated as of the Closing Date and in form, substance, 
scope and number satisfactory to the Agent and Lenders:

                     (i)  LOAN DOCUMENTS.

                          (A)   AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, duly executed by 
each of the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Agent and each Lender.

                          (B)   REVOLVER NOTES.   The Revolver Notes, for the 
account of each Lender with a Revolver Commitment, duly executed by the 
applicable Borrower and payable to the order of such Lender in the amount of 
such Lender's Revolver Commitment.

                          (C)   TERM NOTES.   The Term Notes, for the account 
of each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment, duly executed by the applicable 
Borrower and payable to the order of such Lender in the amount of such 
Lender's Term Loan Commitment.

                          (D)   GUARANTIES.   The duly executed Guaranties.

                          (E)   SECURITY DOCUMENTS.   The Security Agreements 
and other Security Documents, duly executed by the applicable Borrower or 
Guarantor.

                          (F)   INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT.   The Intercreditor 
Agreement, duly executed by each Lender.

                          (G)   APPOINTMENT OF PROCESS AGENT.   The letters 
of acceptance of the Process Agent accepting its appointment as agent for 
service of process under this Agreement, as required by SECTION 14.4 hereof.

                          (H)   SHARE CERTIFICATES.   Share certificates 
representing one hundred percent (100%) of the issued capital stock of (v) 
VLA, (w) VLEH, (x) VLE, (y) Theatre Projects, and (z) Brilliant Stages, 
respectively, each including a signed stock power in blank.

                          (I)   VLA AGREEMENT ON BANK TRANSACTIONS.  The VLA 
Agreement on Bank Transactions, duly executed by VLA.

                                       22

<PAGE>

                     (ii)  CORPORATE CERTIFICATES.

                          (A)   BORROWERS' AND GUARANTORS' OFFICER'S 
CERTIFICATE.   An Officer's Certificate for each Borrower and Guarantor 
certifying (1) the names and true signatures of the officers of such Person 
authorized to sign each Loan Document to which such Person is a party and the 
notices and other documents to be delivered by such Person pursuant to any 
such Loan Document; (2) the constitutive documents of such Person as in 
effect on the date of such certification; and (3) the resolutions of the 
Board of Directors of such Person approving and authorizing the execution, 
delivery and performance by such Person of each Loan Document to which such 
Person is a party, the notices and other documents to be delivered by such 
Person pursuant to any such Loan Document, and the transactions contemplated 
thereunder. 

                          (B)   CERTIFICATES.   If available under local law, 
certificates of appropriate governmental officials as to the existence and 
good standing of each Borrower and Guarantor in its jurisdiction of 
organization and any and all other jurisdictions where the property owned or 
the business transacted by such Borrower or Guarantor requires such Borrower 
or Guarantor to be qualified therein and where the failure to be so qualified 
would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                          (C)   RESOLUTIONS OF STERLING BORROWERS.  A 
Director's Certificate for each of Classicforge Limited, Codeal Limited and 
Watchon Limited certifying the resolutions of its members which authorize the 
change of corporate names of such companies to VLE, Theatre Projects and 
Brilliant Stages, respectively.

                     (iii)      OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE VARI-LITE CORPORATE
GROUP.

                          (A)   GARDERE & WYNNE, L.L.P.

                          The favorable opinion of Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P., 
U.S. counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, addressing such matters as any 
Lender through the Agent may reasonably request.

                          (B)   BAKER & MCKENZIE.

                          The favorable opinion of Baker & McKenzie, English 
counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, addressing such matters as any 
Lender through the Agent may reasonably request.

                          (C)   KAMANO LAW OFFICE.

                          The favorable opinion of Hiroyuki Kamano, Japanese 
counsel to VLA addressing such matters as any Lender through the Agent may 
reasonably request.

                          (D)   MORGAN & FINNEGAN.

                                       23

<PAGE>

                          The favorable opinion of Morgan & Finnegan, special 
Intellectual Property counsel to Borrowers, addressing (1) the title of 
Borrowers to and (2) perfection of the Liens of the Agent in, the 
Intellectual Property.

                     (iv)  OPINION OF COUNSEL TO AGENT AND LENDERS. The 
favorable opinion of Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., counsel to the Agent and 
Lenders, addressing the enforceability of the Loan Documents under New York 
law.

                     (v)   VOTING TRUST. The Voting Trust, in form reasonably 
satisfactory to the Lenders, together with any related documents as the 
Lenders may reasonably request.

                     (vi)  OTHER MATERIAL AGREEMENTS. A certified copy of each
of the Master Distributorship Agreements and the Asset Purchase Agreement.

                     (vii) INSURANCE MATTERS.

                           (A)   INSURANCE CERTIFICATES.

                          Certificates of insurance for the U.S. and English 
members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group which certify as to the amount and 
type of property and casualty insurance carried with respect to the Assets of 
such members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, and which name the Agent or 
Coutts, as the case may be, as the loss payee with respect to such insurance.

                          (B)   ACKNOWLEDGMENT LETTER.

                          A letter from the issuer of the key man life 
insurance policy required by SECTION 9.10 for H.R. Brutsch  III, pursuant to 
which such issuer agrees to accept premium payments from the Agent or the  
Lenders for such policy.

                          (C)   ASSIGNMENT OF POLICY.

                          An assignment of the key man life insurance policy 
required by SECTION 9.10 for James Bornhorst.

                     (viii)      OTHER DOCUMENTS.  Such other documents as 
the Agent may reasonably request.

                (b)  ACTIONS AND EVENTS.

                     (i)   PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  Payment of all fees 
(including, without limitation, any Fee) and expenses of, or incurred by, (A) 
the Agent and counsel to Agent and Lenders, Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., to and 
including the Closing Date, (B) special Japanese counsel to Agent and 
Lenders, Anderson Mori, in an amount of up to $4,500.00 and (C) special 
English counsel to Agent and Lenders, Wilde Sapte, in an amount of up to 

                                       24

<PAGE>

L15,250.00, in each case to the extent billed as of the Closing Date, in 
connection with the negotiation and closing of the transactions contemplated 
herein.

                     (ii)  REGULATORY APPROVALS.  Evidence that all approvals 
necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document 
have been obtained from each appropriate Governmental Authority.

                     (iii) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  On the Closing Date, each 
Person that is a party to any Loan Document shall have complied with all 
Governmental Requirements (including, without limitation, Regulation G, 
Regulation T, Regulation U, or Regulation X) necessary to consummate the 
transactions contemplated by any Loan Document.

                     (iv)  NO PROHIBITIONS.  No Governmental Requirement or 
order of any Governmental Authority shall, and no litigation shall, be 
pending or threatened which in the reasonable judgment of the Agent would, 
enjoin, prohibit, restrain, or have a Material Adverse Effect on the making 
of any Loan or the consummation of any transaction contemplated under any 
Loan Document.

                     (v)   EXISTING DEBT.  Evidence that all Debt of the 
Vari-Lite Corporate Group owed to Chrysler Capital Corporation (other than 
the Penalty Note), CIT Group (other than certain equipment leases), Comerica 
and Vari-Lite Europe, Ltd. (registered in England No. 1842355), a wholly 
owned subsidiary of Samuelson Group plc has been, or will, on the Closing 
Date be, repaid in full or refinanced upon terms and conditions satisfactory 
to the Agent, together with duly executed releases or assignments of Liens 
securing such Debt.

                     (vi)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Agent shall have 
received sufficient copies for all Lenders of a pro forma consolidated 
balance sheet for the Borrowers and the Guarantors dated as of January 31, 
1994 but giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby and the 
organization and purchase of assets by VLE, Brilliant Stages and Theatre 
Projects, prepared by VLH, and certified by the chief financial officer of 
VLH as presenting fairly the consolidated financial position of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group as of the date indicated in conformity with GAAP, subject to 
changes resulting from year-end adjustments and purchase accounting 
adjustments, if any, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

                     (vii)   MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  No change shall have 
occurred with respect to the financial condition, business, properties, or 
operations of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, since January 31, 1994 which has 
or is likely to cause a Material Adverse Effect, and the Agent shall have 
received a certificate to such effect from the chief financial officer of VLH.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                     (viii)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The 
representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE 8 of this Agreement shall 
be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date and, after giving effect to 
the Borrowings on the Closing Date, no Default or Event of Default shall 
exist or be continuing, and the chief executive officer of VLH shall have so 
certified in writing to the Agent.

                     (ix)  CONSENTS.  Evidence that each of the Borrowers and 
Guarantors has obtained all consents necessary for the execution, delivery, 
and performance of each Loan Document to which it is a party and the 
transactions contemplated thereunder.

                     (x)   OTHER ACTIONS.  The Borrowers and Guarantors shall 
have taken such actions and each Lender shall have received such other 
documents as the Agent may reasonably request.

          7.2.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH BORROWING.

                The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion 
of any Borrowing (including, without limitation, the Borrowings on the 
Closing Date) shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on 
the date of such Borrowing (i) the following statements shall be true and 
correct, and (ii) each of the giving of the applicable telephonic or written 
Notice of Borrowing and the acceptance by a Borrower of the proceeds of such 
Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower that on 
the date of such Borrowing such statements are true and correct:

                (a)  The representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE 
8 of this Agreement (except for those Sections or parts thereof which, by 
their terms, relate to a specified date) are true and correct in all material 
respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing, before and after giving 
effect to such Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as 
though made on and as of such date.

                (b)  No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result 
from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, which 
constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

                (c)  No material adverse change has occurred with respect to 
the financial condition, business, properties, or operations of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of the most recent 
financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to SECTION 9.2.

                (d)  Such Borrower is duly authorized and empowered to make 
such Borrowing, and such Borrowing will not violate any Governmental 
Requirement, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                (e)  Such Borrower has delivered to the Agent an applicable 
telephonic or written Notice of Borrowing.

                                       26

<PAGE>

     8.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

          In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Agreement, each 
Borrower represents and warrants to Lenders, and with respect to SECTION 8.8 
VLH represents and warrants to Lenders, that:

          8.1.  EXISTENCE.

                Such Borrower and each Subsidiary of such Borrower is a 
corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the 
laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and is duly qualified or 
licensed to do business in all jurisdictions where the properties owned or 
the business transacted by it makes such qualification necessary and where 
the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          8.2.  POWER AND AUTHORIZATION.

                Such Borrower is duly authorized and empowered to execute, 
deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a 
party, and all such corporate action on its part requisite for the due 
execution, delivery, and performance of each Loan Document to which it is a 
party has been duly and effectively taken.  Such Borrower is duly authorized 
and empowered to borrow under this Agreement and all corporate action on such 
Borrower's part requisite for borrowing by such Borrower hereunder has been 
duly and effectively taken.

          8.3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IN ANY LOAN Document.

                The representations and warranties contained in each Loan 
Document to which such Borrower is a party are true and correct in all 
material respects.

          8.4.  NO CONFLICT OR RESULTANT LIEN.

                The execution, delivery and performance by such Borrower of 
each Loan Document to which it is a party, the Borrowings hereunder by such 
Borrower as contemplated herein and the effectuation of the transactions 
contemplated by any Loan Document, do not and will not violate any provision 
of, or result in a default under, such Borrower's Articles or Certificate of 
Incorporation or other charter documents or By-laws or any material agreement 
or Governmental Requirement to which such Borrower is subject, or result in 
the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any properties of such Borrower, 
other than those in favor of the Lenders, as contemplated by the Loan 
Documents.  

          8.5.  DEFAULT.

                Neither such Borrower nor any Subsidiary of such Borrower is 
in default under the provisions of any instrument evidencing any Debt or any 
other liability, contingent or otherwise, or of any agreement relating 
thereto or under any Governmental 

                                       27

<PAGE>

Requirement, which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material 
Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is 
continuing.

          8.6.  NO CONSENT.

                No authorization or approval or other action by, and no 
notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required for the due 
execution, delivery, and performance by such Borrower of any Loan Document to 
which it is a party, the Borrowings hereunder as contemplated herein, or the 
effectuation of the transactions contemplated under any Loan Document, except 
for the filing of financing statements and certain other Security Documents.

          8.7.  BINDING OBLIGATIONS.

                Each Loan Document to which such Borrower is a party will 
constitute, when delivered hereunder, the legal, valid, and binding 
obligation of such Borrower enforceable against such Borrower in accordance 
with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be (a) limited 
by the effect of any Debtor Laws, or (b) subject to the effect of general 
principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered 
in a proceeding at equity or at law).   

          8.8.  FINANCIAL CONDITION.

                The consolidated balance sheet of VLH at September 30, 1993, 
and the related consolidated statements of income and stockholder's equity 
and cash flow statements of VLH for the fiscal year then ended, copies of 
which have been furnished to each Lender, have been prepared in accordance 
with GAAP and in accordance with accounting practices consistently applied 
and fairly present the financial condition of VLH on a consolidated basis as 
at such date and the consolidated results of the operations of VLH for the 
period ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP, and since September 
30, 1993, there has been no material adverse change in the financial 
condition, business, properties or operations of VLH on a consolidated basis. 
 As of the date hereof, there are no material liabilities, or Debts 
(including, without limitation, contingent and indirect liabilities, but 
excluding liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business) of any 
member of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group which (separately or in the 
aggregate) have not been disclosed in writing to the Agent.

          8.9.  LITIGATION.

                Except as may be described on EXHIBIT 8.9 hereof, there are 
no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such 
Borrower, threatened against or affecting such Borrower or any Subsidiary of 
such Borrower which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse 
Effect.  Neither  such Borrower nor any Subsidiary of such Borrower is in 
default under any order of any Governmental Authority, or is subject to, or a 
party to, any order of any Governmental Authority arising out of any action, 
suit, or proceeding under any Governmental Requirement respecting antitrust, 
monopoly, restraint of trade, unfair competition, or similar matters.

                                       28

<PAGE>

          8.10. USE OF PROCEEDS; MARGIN STOCK.

                The proceeds of the Loans will be used by such Borrower in 
accordance with SECTIONS 3.3 AND 4.3.  Such Borrower is not engaged in the 
business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin 
Stock, and no proceeds of any Loan will be used (a) to purchase or carry any 
Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or 
carrying any Margin Stock; (b) to reduce or retire any Debt which was 
originally incurred to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock; (c) for any 
other purpose which might constitute this transaction a "purpose credit" 
within the meaning of Regulation D, G, T, U, or X; or (d) to acquire any 
security of any Person who is subject to SECTIONS 13 AND 14 of the Securities 
Exchange Act.  Neither such Borrower, nor any person acting on behalf of such 
Borrower, has taken or will take any action which might cause any Loan 
Document to violate Regulation D, G, T, U or X or any other regulation of the 
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or to violate Section 7 of 
the Securities Exchange Act, in each case as now in effect or as the same may 
hereafter be in effect.

          8.11. TAXES.

                Such Borrower and each Subsidiary of such Borrower has filed 
all federal, state and foreign income tax returns which are required to be 
filed, and has paid all taxes as shown on such returns or on any assessment 
received by it to the extent that such taxes have become due, except for such 
taxes and assessments as are being contested in good faith and for which 
adequate reserves have been provided.

          8.12. TITLES.

                Such Borrower and each Subsidiary of such Borrower has good 
and indefeasible title to its Assets, free and clear of all Liens, except 
Liens permitted by SECTION 11.1 hereof.

          8.13. INSURANCE.

                Such Borrower: 

                (a)  has complied with the insurance requirements set forth 
in this Agreement and each Security Document to which such Borrower is a 
party; and

                (b)  maintains other insurance of such types as is usually 
carried by businesses of established reputation engaged in the same or 
similar businesses and similarly situated with insurance companies or 
associations with a Best rating of A or better (or, as to workers' 
compensation, or similar insurance, with an insurance fund or by 
self-insurance authorized by the jurisdiction in which its operations are 
carried on) and in such amounts (and with co-insurance and deductibles) as 
such insurance is usually carried by businesses of established reputation 
engaged in the same or similar businesses and similarly situated.

                                       29

<PAGE>

          8.14. ERISA.

                No Termination Event has occurred, or is reasonably expected 
to occur, with respect to any PBGC Plan or Multiple Employer Plan.  Neither 
such Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred nor is reasonably expected 
to incur any withdrawal liability under ERISA to any Multiemployer Plan. 
Neither such Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in any prohibited 
transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of 
ERISA such that any material liability might be incurred by such Borrower or 
any ERISA Affiliate.  The execution and delivery of each Loan Document, the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and the lending of 
funds pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will not involve any 
prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 
4975 of the Code. No Plan established or maintained by such Borrower or any 
ERISA Affiliate or to which such Borrower has made contributions had an 
accumulated funding deficiency (as such term is defined in Section 302 of 
ERISA or Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, as of the last day 
of the most recent Plan year of such Plan heretofore ended. No material 
liability, individually or in the aggregate, to the PBGC (other than required 
insurance premiums, all of which that are due have been paid) has been 
incurred (but not satisfied), or is reasonably expected to be incurred by 
such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any PBGC Plan or 
Multiple Employer Plan in respect of which such Borrower or any ERISA 
Affiliate is or has been an "employer" (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) 
and there has not been any event or condition, in addition to a Termination 
Event, which presents a material risk of the termination of any such PBGC 
Plan under circumstances which, in the reasonable determination of the Agent, 
could result in a material liability to such Borrower. All accrued 
obligations that are either individually or in the aggregate material to such 
Borrower or to any ERISA Affiliate (but only if such ERISA Affiliate's 
accrued obligation could result in a material liability to such Borrower), 
whether arising by operation of law, by contract or by past custom or 
practice, for payments by any of them to any trust or other fund or to any 
Governmental Authority with respect to pension benefits, unemployment 
compensation benefits, social security or other benefits for employees or 
former employees of such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate have been paid or 
adequate accruals therefor have been made, and none of the foregoing has been 
rendered not due by reason of any extension, whether at the request of such 
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, or otherwise.  All accrued obligations that 
are either individually or in the aggregate material to such Borrower or to 
any ERISA Affiliate (but only if such ERISA Affiliate's accrued obligations 
could result in a material liability to such Borrower), whether arising by 
operation of law, by contract, by past custom or practice or otherwise, for 
salaries, vacation and holiday pay, bonuses and other forms of compensation 
payable to employees or former employees of such Borrower or any ERISA 
Affiliate have been paid or adequate accruals therefor have been made in the 
books and records of such Borrower or the appropriate ERISA Affiliate.  For 
purposes of this SECTION, an obligation or liability shall be considered 
material if it results in a Material Adverse Effect.  No Lien in favor of a 
Plan exists nor has there been any occurrence that with the passage of time 
could likely result in the imposition of a Lien in favor of any Plan.  There 
has been no failure to comply with the continuing health care coverage 
requirements of Section 162(k) of the Code.

          8.15. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

                                       30

<PAGE>

                Such Borrower and each Subsidiary of such Borrower owns, is 
licensed or otherwise has the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property 
(a) used in, or necessary for, the conduct of its business as currently 
conducted, and (b) the unavailability of which might have a Material Adverse 
Effect.  Except as disclosed on EXHIBIT 8.15 hereof, to the best of its 
knowledge, the use of such Intellectual Property by such Borrower or any 
Subsidiary of such Borrower does not infringe on the rights of any Person, 
subject to such claims and infringements as do not, in the aggregate, give 
rise to any liability on the part of such Borrower or any Subsidiary of such 
Borrower which has, or is likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.  No 
event has occurred which permits or, after notice or lapse of time, or both, 
would permit, the revocation or termination of any Intellectual Property 
which might have a Material Adverse Effect.  

          8.16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

                The business and operations of such Borrower and each 
Subsidiary of such Borrower are in compliance (to the extent necessary so 
that any failure to comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect) with all 
Governmental Requirements (including, without limitation, the Securities Act, 
the Securities Exchange Act and state securities law or "Blue Sky" laws).

          8.17. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                All representations and warranties in each Loan Document 
shall survive the delivery of the Notes and the making of any Loans.

                                       31

<PAGE>


     9.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

          So long as any Obligations of any Borrower remain outstanding or 
any Lender shall have any Commitment to any Borrower hereunder, each Borrower 
and Guarantor agrees as follows, provided that, as to VLEH, the Sterling 
Borrowers and VLA, such agreement exists only so long as such Borrower or 
Guarantor has outstanding Obligations or a Lender has an existing Commitment 
to such Borrower:

          9.1.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ETC.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, and will cause each 
Subsidiary to, comply (to the extent necessary so that any failure to comply 
would not have a Material Adverse Effect) with all Governmental Requirements 
(including, without limitation, all laws, regulations, or directives with 
respect to equal employment opportunity and employee safety in each 
jurisdiction in which such Person does business); provided, however, that 
this SECTION shall not prevent any Borrower, Guarantor or any Subsidiary 
from, in good faith and with reasonable diligence, contesting the validity or 
application of any Governmental Requirement by appropriate legal proceedings. 


          9.2.  REPORTING AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

                VLH will furnish to each Lender:

                (a)  MONTHLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     As soon as available and in any event within thirty (30) 
days after the end of each calendar month (including September), unaudited 
consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of VLH as of the end of such 
month, consolidated and consolidating statements of income and consolidated 
cash flow statements of VLH for such month, setting forth in each case in 
comparative form corresponding consolidated figures for the corresponding 
period in the immediately preceding fiscal year of VLH, all in reasonable 
detail, and reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and scope to the 
Agent, and certified by the chief financial officer of VLH as presenting 
fairly the financial position of VLH as of the date indicated and the results 
of its operations for the period indicated in conformity with GAAP, 
consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from year-end adjustments; 

                (b)  ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) 
days after the end of each fiscal year of VLH, audited consolidated 
statements of income and stockholder's equity and cash flow statements of VLH 
for such year, and audited consolidated balance sheets of VLH as of the end 
of such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form corresponding 
consolidated figures from the immediately preceding audit, all in reasonable 
detail, together with the unqualified opinion of VLH's accountants or such 
other independent certified public accountants of recognized national 
standing as are 

                                       32

<PAGE>

selected by VLH, stating that such financial statements fairly present the 
consolidated financial position of VLH as of the date indicated and the 
consolidated results of their operations and changes in financial position 
for the period indicated in conformity with GAAP, consistently applied 
(except for such inconsistencies which may be disclosed in such report), and 
that the audit by such accountants in connection with such consolidated 
financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted 
auditing standards; 

                (c)  COMPLIANCE REPORT

                     Together with each delivery of financial statements 
pursuant to SECTION 9.2(a) AND 9.2(b), an Officer's Certificate of VLH (i) 
stating that the signer has reviewed the terms of this Agreement and the 
other Loan Documents, and has made, or caused to be made under the signer's 
supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition 
of the members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group during the accounting period 
covered by such financial statements and that the signer does not have 
knowledge of the existence and continuance as at the date of such Officer's 
Certificate of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default 
or Default or, if any such condition or event exists, specifying the nature 
and period of existence thereof and what action is being taken or is proposed 
with respect thereto, (ii) demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance with 
the financial covenants contained in ARTICLE 10, and (iii) demonstrating 
compliance with SECTION 9.10, and (iv) containing such further information as 
may be required by the Agent from time to time;

                (d)  MANAGEMENT REPORT

                     As soon as possible, and in any event within ninety (90) 
days after the end of each fiscal year, a detailed management report 
containing (i) a review of the year end financial results of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group, (ii) an analysis of the Equipment and Inventory of the 
Vari-Lite Corporate Group, operations, prospects and results for such fiscal 
year, and (iii) a discussion of its business plans for the current fiscal 
year;

                (e)  ASSET STATEMENT

                     Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal 
quarter, an updated statement of all  Equipment and Inventory  of the 
Vari-Lite Corporate Group, listed by type, location and book value; 

                (f)  AGED RECEIVABLES

                     Within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal 
quarter, an unconsolidated aging of accounts receivable for each member of 
the Vari-Lite Corporate Group;

                (g)  NOTICE OF DEFAULT

                                       33

<PAGE>

                     Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any 
condition or event which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, a 
written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and the 
action which the appropriate Borrower is taking or proposes to take with 
respect thereto; and

                (h)  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                     Promptly after any request therefor, such other 
information respecting the Assets, condition or operations, financial or 
otherwise, of any Borrower or any Subsidiary as any Lender may from time to 
time reasonably request.

          9.3.  ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS.

                VLH will, and will cause each other member of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group to, maintain, or cause to be maintained, a system of 
accounting established and administered in accordance with sound business 
practices to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with GAAP, and each of the financial statements described herein shall be 
prepared from such system and records.  

          9.4.  TAXES AND OTHER LIENS.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, and will cause each 
Subsidiary to, pay and discharge, or will cause to be paid and discharged, 
promptly all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed 
upon it or upon its income or Assets as well as all claims of any kind 
(including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials, supplies, and 
rent) which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any Asset; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that it shall not be required to pay any Contested Claims.

          9.5.  MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND PERMITS.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, and will cause each 
Subsidiary to, maintain its corporate existence, and to maintain all permits 
and approvals from each Governmental Authority to the extent necessary so 
that any failure to maintain such permit or approval would not have a 
Material Adverse Effect. 

          9.6.  MAINTENANCE OF ASSETS.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, and will cause each 
Subsidiary to, at all times maintain, preserve, protect and keep, or cause to 
be maintained, preserved protected and kept, its Assets in working order, and 
condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and, from time to time, will 
make, or cause to be made, all repairs, renewals, replacements, extensions, 
additions, betterments, and improvements to its Assets as are appropriate, so 
that (a) it maintains its current line of business, (b) the business carried 
on in connection therewith may be conducted properly at all times, and (c) 
its Assets are operated in compliance with all Environmental Laws; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that nothing in this SECTION shall prevent any Borrower, Guarantor, 
or any Subsidiary thereof, from selling, abandoning, or otherwise disposing 
of any of its 

                                       34

<PAGE>

property in the ordinary course of business or if such property is obsolete 
or is no longer of use in its business, if, in the opinion of its management, 
the transfer is not otherwise prohibited under any Loan Document and such 
sale, abandonment, or other disposition is in its best interest.  VLI or 
Showco, as the case may be, shall continue to own the Intellectual Property 
rights currently owned by it, and all such future patents, trademarks and 
trade names developed within the Vari-Lite Corporate Group shall be 
registered in the name of VLI or Showco.

          9.7.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, whenever and as often as 
the Lenders may reasonably request, at such Borrower's or Guarantor's own 
expense, as the case may be, promptly execute and deliver all such further 
instruments (including, without limitation, security agreements and financing 
statements) and do such other acts, as Lenders may reasonably request for the 
purpose of protecting or perfecting any Lien created or granted, or intended 
to be created or granted, in connection with any Loan Document or any of the 
transactions contemplated thereby or in order to insure that any such Lien is 
of the priority contemplated in such Loan Document, or in order otherwise to 
carry out more effectually the purposes and intent of any Loan Document; and 
will at its own expense obtain and furnish to Lenders all such opinions of 
independent legal counsel for the Vari-Lite Corporate Group (who must be 
reasonably acceptable to Lenders) as Lenders may reasonably request in 
connection with any such security, instrument, or act. VLA covenants and 
agrees that (a) to the extent that there is developed within Japanese 
business practice a generally accepted method by which to perfect the Liens 
of the Lenders in the assets of VLA that does not have a negative impact upon 
the business operations of VLA, or (b) upon the occurrence of an Event of 
Default, VLA shall use its reasonable best efforts, at the request of Agent, 
to perfect such Liens.

          9.8.  RIGHT OF INSPECTION.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, and will cause each 
Subsidiary to, permit any officer, or employee of, or agent designated by, 
any Lender to visit and inspect any of its Assets, examine its corporate 
books or financial records, take copies and extracts therefrom and discuss 
its affairs and finances with its officers, all at such reasonable times and 
as often as the Lenders may reasonably desire.  Lenders shall make their best 
efforts to coordinate any such visits, inspections and discussions with the 
Agent.

          9.9.  ERISA INFORMATION AND COMPLIANCE.

                (a)  VLH will furnish to the Lenders (a) if requested by a 
Lender, promptly after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service 
copies of each Schedule B (actuarial information) to the annual report with 
respect to each Plan; (b) promptly after becoming aware of the occurrence of 
any Termination Event in connection with any Multiple Employer Plan or PBGC 
Plan, a written notice signed by the chief executive officer of VLH 
specifying the nature thereof and any action VLH or appropriate ERISA 
Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto; (c) promptly and in any 
event within ten (10) days after receipt thereof by VLH or any of its ERISA 
Affiliates from the PBGC, copies of each 

                                       35

<PAGE>

notice received by VLH or any such ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC's intention to 
terminate any Multiple Employer Plan or PBGC Plan or to have a trustee 
appointed under Section 4042(b) or Section 4049 of ERISA to administer any 
PBGC Plan or Multiple Employer Plan in either event under circumstances 
which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, could result in material 
liability to VLH or any ERISA Affiliate; (d) promptly upon receipt of same a 
written notice in the event there is either a failure of VLH or an ERISA 
Affiliate to comply with the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 of 
the Code or Section 302 of ERISA or an application for a waiver from either 
or both of such standards is requested or received by VLH or an ERISA 
Affiliate with respect to a PBGC Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan and in 
either event the failure to comply or the application or grant of waiver is 
with respect to a material amount; and (e) promptly, and in any event within 
ten (10) days after receipt thereof by VLH or any of its ERISA Affiliates 
from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice received by VLH or 
any of its ERISA Affiliates concerning the imposition and the amount of 
withdrawal liability upon VLH or an ERISA Affiliate by a Multiemployer Plan 
pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA.  VLH will comply in all material respects 
with all applicable provisions of ERISA, the violation of which would have a 
Material Adverse Effect.

                (b)  VLH shall, and shall cause each ERISA Affiliate to, 
establish, maintain and operate all employee benefit plans described in 
Section 3(3) of ERISA which is maintained or contributed to for the benefit 
of any foreign employees of VLH or any ERISA Affiliate and is not covered by 
ERISA pursuant to ERISA Section 4(b)(4) to comply in all material respects 
with all laws, regulations and rules applicable thereto and the respective 
requirements of the governing documents for such benefit plans, except for 
failures to comply which, in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse 
Effect.

          9.10. KEY-MAN LIFE INSURANCE.

                VLH shall maintain, or shall cause to be maintained, key-man 
life insurance policies with respect to each Person identified on EXHIBIT 
9.10 attached hereto and made a part hereof in the amount set forth opposite 
such Person's name on such EXHIBIT, issued by a reputable insurance company 
reasonably acceptable to the Agent, naming such Person's employer as 
beneficiary.  From time to time, on request of the Agent, Borrower shall 
furnish to the Agent evidence that each such insurance policy is in full 
force and effect.  The key man life insurance policy on Mr. Bornhorst shall 
be assigned to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.  If, during the term 
of this Agreement, any proceeds shall be received by the Agent from such 
policy, then such proceeds shall, (a) if an Event of Default shall exist and 
be continuing, be used to reduce the Obligations of the Borrowers in the 
direct order of their maturity and in accordance with SECTION 6.6 hereof or, 
(b) if no Event of Default shall exist, be delivered by the Agent to VLI for 
the general corporate use of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group.

          9.11. INSURANCE.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will comply with the insurance 
requirements set forth in each Security Document to which such Person is a 
party.

                                       36

<PAGE>

          9.12. COMPLIANCE WITH MATERIAL AGREEMENTS.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor will, and will cause each 
Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with each material agreement 
to which it is a party or which affects any Assets of Borrower or such 
Subsidiary or the business of such Borrower or Guarantor or Subsidiary, if 
such Borrower's or such Guarantor's or such Subsidiary's noncompliance 
therewith would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          9.13. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.

                H.R. Brutsch  III shall continue as the full-time Chief 
Executive Officer of VLH and VLI and the full-time Chairman of VLEH.  No 
change in Mr. Brutsch 's position with VLH, VLI or VLEH shall be permitted 
without the prior written consent of all Lenders.

          9.14. BANK ACCOUNTS.

                Each Borrower will use its reasonable best efforts to 
maintain the bank accounts it uses as its operating accounts with one of the 
Lenders.  VLA shall open an account at NBD-Tokyo and shall maintain a daily 
average balance during each fiscal year of VLA in such account of at least 
Y50,000,000.00, which amount may be withdrawn from time to time by VLA so 
long as there does not exist a Default or an Event of Default.  Upon the 
occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, VLA shall deposit with 
NBD-Tokyo an amount, if any, which is needed to bring the balance in such 
account to Y50,000,000.00.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of 
a Default or an Event of Default, VLA may not withdraw any funds from such 
account at NBD-Tokyo.

          9.15. SHARE REPURCHASE.

                VLH will acquire the shares of its Class B Common Stock that 
it is required to repurchase from the Engineers under the terms of the 
Buy-Sell Agreement only through the issuance of a Share Repurchase Note.

          9.16. SUBORDINATION OF INTERCOMPANY DEBT.

                Each Borrower and Guarantor covenants and agrees that, to the 
extent provided in this SECTION 9.16, the Intercompany Obligations shall be 
subordinate, junior and inferior in right, payment and collection to the 
prior payment and performance in full of the Obligations, and any Liens 
granted to secure the Intercompany Obligations shall be subordinate, junior 
and inferior in right to the Liens securing the Obligations.

                (a)  Upon any distribution of assets of any Intercompany 
Debtor pursuant to or during (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or 
proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar 
case or proceeding in connection therewith, relating to such Intercompany 
Debtor or its creditors, or to its assets, (ii) any liquidation, dissolution 
or other winding up of such Intercompany Debtor, whether voluntary or 
involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (iii) 
any 

                                       37

<PAGE>

assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets 
and liabilities of such Intercompany Debtor (any such case, proceeding, 
receivership, liquidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, winding 
up or assignment of the type described in the preceding clauses (i) , (ii) or 
(iii) is referred to herein as a "Proceeding"), then in the event of any such 
Proceeding, the Lenders shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all 
amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all Obligations, or 
provision shall be made for such payment in cash before the applicable 
Intercompany Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any type on 
account of the Intercompany Obligations owed by such Intercompany Debtor, and 
to that end Lenders shall be entitled to receive, for application to the 
payment of the Obligations, any payment or distribution of any kind or 
character, whether in cash, property or securities which may be payable or 
deliverable in respect of Intercompany Obligations in any such Proceeding.  
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 
9.16(a), any Intercompany Holder shall have received any payment or 
distribution of assets of any Intercompany Debtor of any kind or character, 
whether in cash, property or securities which it is prohibited from receiving 
pursuant to this SECTION, such payment or distribution shall be paid over or 
delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, liquidating 
trustee, custodian, assignee, agent or other Person making payment or 
distribution of assets of such Intercompany Debtor for application to the 
payment of all Obligations remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay 
all Obligations in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or 
distribution to or for the holders of the Obligations.

                (b)  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, until such 
Event of Default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to 
exist and acceleration (if any) as a result thereof shall have been rescinded 
or annulled, no payment shall be made by any Intercompany Debtor or received 
by any Intercompany Holder on account of Intercompany Obligations.

                (c)  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the 
contrary, at any time that the Intercompany Holders are prohibited from 
receiving payment on the Intercompany Obligations pursuant to SECTION 9.16(b) 
above, such Intercompany Holders shall be prohibited from taking any action 
towards the collection of Intercompany Obligations or the payment of any 
other amounts in respect thereof.  Without limiting the foregoing, the 
Intercompany Holders shall be prohibited, during such period, from directly 
or indirectly, (i) suing for (including, without limitation, the commencement 
or joining with any other creditors of any Intercompany Debtor in the 
commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or insolvency 
proceeding against any Intercompany Debtor) any amounts due in respect of 
Intercompany Obligations, (ii) exercising any right of set off for the 
collection of any amounts due in respect of the Intercompany Obligations, or 
(iii) taking any action to enforce the Liens securing Permitted Intercompany 
Secured Debt.

                (d)  If, notwithstanding the provisions of this SECTION 9.16, 
any payment or distribution of any character (whether in cash, securities or 
other property) or any security shall be received by any Intercompany Holder 
at any time that payment to or receipt by such Intercompany Holder is 
prohibited hereunder, then such Intercompany Holder shall immediately notify 
Agent of the receipt of such payment, distribution or security and such 
Intercompany Holder shall hold all payments received in contravention 

                                       38

<PAGE>

of the terms hereof in trust for the benefit of, and shall immediately pay 
the same over or deliver or transfer the same to Agent for application to the 
Obligations until all Obligations have been paid in full.

                (e)  To the extent any payment of Obligations is declared to 
be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to a trustee, 
receiver or other similar party under any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency 
law, then, if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to, such trustee, 
receiver or other similar party, the Obligations or part thereof originally 
intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as 
if such payment had not occurred.

          9.17  VLE MASTER DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENT.

          VLI and VLE shall, within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date, 
restate the VLE Master Distributorship Agreement, on terms and conditions 
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to ensure that none of the provisions of 
such agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and 
the other Loan Documents.

                                       39

<PAGE>

     10.  VLH FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

          VLH covenants and agrees that it shall comply, and cause the other 
members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group to comply, at all times, with the 
following covenants so long as any Commitments are outstanding and thereafter 
until payment in full of all of the monetary Obligations (other than 
indemnities under this Agreement which are not yet due and except to the 
extent waived by Majority Lenders):

          10.1. MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE COVER RATIO.

                VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending on 
the date of the calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBITDA minus (A) 
Capital Expenditures (excluding therefrom Capital Expenditures made in 
connection with the acquisition by the Sterling Borrowers of the Vari-Lite 
U.K. Assets) plus (B) prepayment penalties (to the extent deducted in 
determining EBITDA) paid on financing from Chrysler Capital Corporation and 
CIT Group by the Vari-Lite Corporate Group and non-cash writedowns of loan 
origination fees stemming therefrom, to (ii) Fixed Charges, on a consolidated 
basis, to be less than the ratio indicated below at all times during the 
period set forth below:

                Period                                Ratio
                ------                                -----

                Beginning on the Closing Date       0.50 to 1
                and ending on 
                September 29, 1994

                Beginning on September 30, 1994     0.80 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1995

                Beginning on September 30, 1995     1.50 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1996

                Beginning on September 30, 1996     1.50 to 1
                and ending on 
                September 29, 1997

                Beginning on September 30, 1997     1.75 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1998

                On and after September 30, 1998     1.75 to 1         


                                       40

<PAGE>

          10.2. EARNINGS RATIO.

                VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending on 
the date of the calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBIT to (ii) Interest 
Expense, on a consolidated basis, to be less than the ratio indicated below 
at all times during the period set forth below:

                Period                                Ratio
                ------                                -----

                Beginning on the Closing Date       2.00 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1994                

                Beginning on September 30, 1994     2.75 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1995

                Beginning on September 30, 1995     3.00 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1996                

                Beginning on September 30, 1996     3.00 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1997                
                
                Beginning on September 30, 1997     3.00 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1998                

                On and after September 30, 1998     3.00 to 1

          10.3. TANGIBLE NET WORTH.

                VLH shall not permit its Tangible Net Worth, on a 
consolidated basis, to be less than the amount indicated below at all times 
during the period set forth below:

                Period                                Amount
                ------                                ------

                Beginning on the Closing Date       $11,900,000
                and ending on
                September 29, 1994                

                Beginning on September 30, 1994     $12,500,000
                and ending on
                September 29, 1995                

                Beginning on September 30, 1995     $15,500,000

                                       41

<PAGE>

                and ending on
                September 29, 1996                

                Beginning on September 30, 1996     $20,500,000
                and ending on
                September 29, 1997

                Beginning on September 30, 1997     $25,500,000
                September 29, 1997
                and ending on
                September 29, 1998

                On and after September 30, 1998     $30,500,000

          10.4. LEVERAGE RATIO.

                VLH shall not permit its ratio of (i) Liabilities to (ii) 
Tangible Net Worth, on a consolidated basis, to be greater than the ratio 
indicated below at any time during the period  set forth below:

                Period                                Ratio
                ------                                -----

                Beginning on the Closing Date       3.95 to 1
                and ending on
                July 31, 1994           
     
                Beginning on August 1, 1994         3.80 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1994

                Beginning on September 30, 1994     3.50 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1995                

                Beginning on September 30, 1995     2.90 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1996                

                Beginning on September 30, 1996     1.90 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1997

                Beginning on September 30, 1997     1.50 to 1
                and ending on
                September 29, 1998


                On and after September 30, 1998     1.20 to 1

                                       42

<PAGE>

          10.5. BOOK VALUE.

                VLH shall not permit (i) its ratio of (A) the book value of 
the Equipment and Inventory of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group located in the 
United States to (B) the outstanding principal indebtedness plus accrued and 
unpaid interest of VLI and Showco hereunder, on a consolidated basis, to be 
less than 0.9:1.0 at any time, or (ii) its ratio of (A) the book value of the 
Equipment and Inventory of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group wherever located in 
the United States, England and Japan to (B) the outstanding principal 
indebtedness and accrued plus unpaid interest of all members of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group hereunder, on a consolidated basis, to be less than 0.9:1.0 
at any time.  In computing compliance with this SECTION 10.5, the book value 
of any Equipment which is leased pursuant to the leases described in EXHIBIT 
10.5 shall be excluded.

                                       43

<PAGE>

     11.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

          So long as any Obligations of any Borrower remain outstanding or 
any Lender shall have any Commitment to any Borrower hereunder, each Borrower 
and Guarantor agrees as follows, provided that, as to VLEH, the Sterling 
Borrowers and VLA, such agreement exists only so long as such Borrower or 
Guarantor has outstanding Obligations or a Lender has an existing Commitment 
to such Borrower:

          11.1. LIENS, ETC.

                No Borrower, Guarantor, or any Subsidiary thereof will be 
permitted to grant, incur, permit, create, or suffer to exist, any Lien on 
any of such Person's Assets except:

                (a)  Liens in favor of the Lenders, pursuant to any Loan 
Document;

                (b)  Permitted Liens;

                (c)  Liens existing on the date hereof and described on 
EXHIBIT 11.1(c) and Liens extending any such existing Lien; PROVIDED THAT the 
principal amount secured by such Lien is not increased and the extended Lien 
does not cover any Asset of such Person which is not covered by the existing 
Lien extended thereby;

                (d)  Liens securing Debt described in SECTION 11.2(d);

                (e)  Liens granted pursuant to distribution agreements to 
secure notes or advances not to exceed at any one time outstanding $1,500,000 
payable to distributors of VLI's products located in Argentina, Australia, 
Hong Kong and Mexico; and

                (f)  Liens securing Permitted Intercompany Secured Debt.

          11.2. DEBT.

                No Borrower or Guarantor will create or suffer to exist, or 
will permit any Subsidiary to create or suffer to exist, any Debt except:

                (a)  Debt to the Lenders evidenced by any Loan Document; 

                (b)  Debt existing as of the date hereof and described in 
EXHIBIT 11.2(b) and renewals, extensions or refinancings thereof currently 
contemplated by existing documents relating to such Debt;

                (c)  Permitted Intercompany Debt;

                (d)  Debt incurred upon acquisition or within 90 days thereof 
to finance the purchase or lease of fixed or capital assets (excluding 
lighting and sound 

                                       44

<PAGE>

equipment and other equipment which is typically leased or rented by the 
Vari-Lite Corporate Group to its customers) up to a maximum aggregate amount 
for the consolidated Vari-Lite Corporate Group at any one time outstanding of 
$2,000,000; provided, however, that no greater than $500,000 of such Debt may 
be incurred in any fiscal year.

                (e)  Debt representing advances by distributors and 
sub-distributors (other than a member of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group), not 
to exceed at any time outstanding the aggregate amount of $10,000,000.00, for 
products leased by such distributors;

                (f)  Debt evidenced by the Subordinated Warrant Note in the 
event that Chrysler exercises its put rights contained in Section 14 of the 
Warrant Certificate;

                (g)  Debt evidenced by the Share Repurchase Notes;

                (h)  Debt evidenced by the Penalty Note; and

                (i)  Any refinancing or renewal of the Debt permitted by this 
SECTION 11.2, provided that such refinancing or renewal does not increase the 
then current principal amount of such Debt.

          11.3. LIABILITIES OF SUBSIDIARIES.

                (a)  Liabilities of VLA, LESS the sum of (i) the Obligations 
of VLA to the Lenders hereunder plus (ii) the Permitted Intercompany Debt of  
VLA, shall not exceed, at any time, Y100,000,000.00.

                (b)  Liabilities of VLEH and the Sterling Borrowers, taken as 
a whole, LESS the sum of (i) the Obligations of VLEH and the Sterling 
Borrowers to the Lenders hereunder PLUS (ii) the Permitted Intercompany Debt 
of VLEH and the Sterling Borrowers, each, taken as a whole, shall not exceed, 
at any time, L5,000,000.00.

          11.4. DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, ETC.

                (a)  VLH will not declare or make any dividend payment or 
other distribution of Assets, cash, rights, obligations, or securities on 
account of any shares of any class of capital stock of VLH, or purchase, 
redeem, or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of capital 
stock of VLH or any warrants, rights, or options to acquire any such shares, 
now or hereafter outstanding; PROVIDED THAT, so long as no Default or Event 
of Default is continuing:

                     (i)  VLH may pay dividends during each annual period set 
forth below in an aggregate amount not to exceed:

                          (A)   for the annual period commencing on the 
Closing Date and ending on March 31, 1995, the lesser of (1) $600,000.00 
MINUS the net 

                                       45

<PAGE>

positive difference, if any, between (x) all cash payments made in respect of 
the Share Repurchase Notes during such period and (y) all cash payments 
received by VLH during such period for the sale of its Class B Common Stock 
and (2) 50% of the result obtained by subtracting (x) all cash payments made 
during such period under the Subordinated Warrant Note from (y) consolidated 
Net Income of VLH for such period; and

                          (B)   for each annual period thereafter during the 
term hereof, the lesser of (1) $1,000,000.00 MINUS the net positive 
difference, if any, between (x) all cash payments made in respect of the 
Share Repurchase Notes during such period and (y) all cash payments received 
by VLH during such period for the sale of its Class B Common Stock and (2) 
50% of the result obtained by subtracting (x) all cash payments made during 
such period under the Subordinated Warrant Note from (y) consolidated Net 
Income of VLH for such period.

                     (ii) VLH may (A) repurchase the Chrysler Warrant in the 
event that Chrysler exercises its put option under the Warrant Certificate, 
but only in the event that such repurchase is made by the issuance by VLH of 
the Subordinated Warrant Note, and (B) repurchase shares of its Class B 
Common Stock as contemplated by the Buy-Sell Agreements, but, with respect to 
the shares of the Engineers, only by the issuance of  Share Repurchase Notes.

          11.5. MERGERS, ETC.

                No Borrower or Guarantor will, and no Subsidiary will be 
permitted to, merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease, 
or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of 
transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or 
hereafter acquired) to, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets or 
capital stock of, any Person.

          11.6. INVESTMENTS, LOANS, AND ADVANCES.

                No Borrower or Guarantor will, nor will it permit any 
Subsidiary to, make any Investment, except that:

                (a)  the U.S. Companies and VLA may loan Permitted 
Intercompany Secured Debt to the Sterling Borrowers in an amount not to 
exceed, in the aggregate, the Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000.00 at any one 
time outstanding;

                (b)  any of the  U.S.  Companies may loan Permitted 
Intercompany Debt to each other;

                (c)  VLEH and any of the Sterling Borrowers may loan 
Permitted Intercompany Debt to each other;

                (d)  VLH may make an Investment in VLEH on or about the 
Closing Date in the approximate amount of $1,200,000;

                                       46

<PAGE>

                (e)  VLH may make Investments in VLI or Showco;

                (f)  VLEH may make Investments in the Sterling Borrowers;

                (g)  VLA, the Sterling Borrowers and VLEH may make 
Investments in, and loan Permitted Intercompany Debt to, the U.S. Companies; 
and

                (h)  each Borrower, Guarantor and Subsidiary may own, 
purchase, or acquire Cash Equivalents.

          11.7. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. 

                (a)  Showco shall not make expenditures for fixed or capital 
assets during any fiscal year in an aggregate amount in excess of 
$1,000,000.00.

                (b)  The Vari-Lite Corporate Group shall not make 
expenditures in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000.00 
related to the production and inventorying of AR500 and Mini Architectural 
lights. 

          11.8. USE OF PROCEEDS.

                No Borrower will use, nor permit the use of, all or any 
portion of any Loan for any purpose not permitted by SECTIONS 3.3 AND 4.3  
hereof.

          11.9. ISSUANCE OF SHARES.

                No Borrower or Guarantor will, and no Subsidiary will be 
permitted to, issue, sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares of its capital 
stock or other equity securities, or rights, warrants, or options to purchase 
or acquire any shares or equity securities, except that VLH may issue or sell 
its non-voting Class B Common Stock or one or more series of its preferred 
stock but only if (a) such stock is not convertible into the Class A Common 
Stock of VLH, (b) no mandatory dividend payments or mandatory redemption 
rights exist with respect to such stock, and (c) such stock shall not affect 
the existing voting structure for the currently issued and outstanding stock 
of VLH under the Voting Trust Agreement.  In addition, VLH may issue shares 
of its Class A Common Stock or other voting Common Stock in a public offering 
of its shares, provided that the proceeds of such offering shall be used, in 
part to pay the Obligations in full.

          11.10.     ERISA.

                VLH will not, and will not permit any ERISA Affiliate to:

                (a)  do any of the following, which in the aggregate would 
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

                                       47

<PAGE>

                     (i)  engage in any transaction which it knows, or has 
reason to know, could result in a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 
502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code;

                     (ii) fail to make any payments when due to any 
Multiemployer Plan that VLH or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate may be 
required to make under any agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan, or 
any law pertaining thereto;

                     (iii)      incur withdrawal liability under ERISA to a 
Multiemployer Plan;

                     (iv) voluntarily terminate or, in the case of a 
"substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, withdraw 
from any Plan if such termination or withdrawal could result in the 
imposition of a Lien on any Asset of VLH or any ERISA Affiliate under Section 
4068 of ERISA;

                     (v)  subject to Section 412(m) of the Code, fail to make 
any required contribution when due to any Plan which with the passage of time 
would likely result in a Lien upon any Asset of VLH or any ERISA Affiliate;

                     (vi) adopt any amendment to a Plan, the effect of which 
is to increase the "current liability" (as defined in Section 302(d)(7) of 
ERISA) under the Plan; or

                     (vii)      act or fail to act, and, as a result thereof, 
an event similar to any of those referred to in clauses (i) to (vi) would 
likely occur under the applicable laws of a foreign country;

                (b)  permit the adoption, implementation, or amendment of any 
unfunded deferred compensation agreement or other arrangement of a similar 
nature whether or not such agreement or other agreement is subject to the 
funding requirements of ERISA which could reasonably be expected to have a 
Material Adverse Effect.

          11.11.     NO CHANGE OF BUSINESS.

                No Borrower or Guarantor will engage in any business other 
than those it is engaged in on the date hereof, and reasonably related 
business, including the line of business described in SECTION 11.7(b).  
Except for the sale of architectural products and the sale of assets 
permitted by SECTION 9.6, VLI will not convey, transfer or otherwise dispose 
of any material assets, including its lighting equipment; provided, however, 
that such restriction is not intended to prevent the VLH Corporate Group from 
conducting its business in the manner in which it has conducted its business 
to date through leases, rentals, distribution agreements or other similar 
arrangements.

                                       48

<PAGE>

          11.12. NO MODIFICATION OF MASTER DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENTS.

                 No member of the VLI Corporate Group which is a party to a 
Master Distributorship Agreement will permit any material modification of 
such Master Distributorship Agreement, except for (a) modifications to 
financial terms thereof and (b) the restatement, within thirty (30) days of 
the Closing Date, of the Master Distributorship Agreement between VLI and VLE 
on terms and conditions as provided in SECTION 9.17.


                                       49

<PAGE>


     12.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES.  

          12.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

                If any of the following events ("EVENTS OF DEFAULT") shall 
occur and be continuing:

                (a)  any Borrower shall fail to pay, repay, or prepay any 
principal of any Note or the VLA Term Loan, or payment under an Interest Rate 
Contract or FX Obligation, when the same becomes due and payable in 
compliance with this Agreement or any Borrower shall fail to pay when due any 
interest on any Note, the VLA Term Loan Interest Rate Contract or FX 
Obligation or any fee (including, without limitation, any Fee) or any other 
amount owing by it to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to any Loan Document 
to which such Borrower is a party within three (3) days after the due date 
thereof;

                (b)  any representation, warranty, certification, or 
statement made by any Borrower or Guarantor herein or by any Borrower or 
Guarantor in connection with any Loan Document to which such Borrower or 
Guarantor is a party or any certificate, financial statement, or other 
document delivered pursuant to any Loan Document to which any Borrower or 
Guarantor is a party shall prove to have been incorrect in any material 
respect when made or when deemed made;

                (c)  any Borrower shall fail to perform or observe (i) any 
term, covenant, or agreement contained in ARTICLE 10 or SECTIONS 9.13, 11.3, 
11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.9, 11.11, 11.12, or 11.13, or (ii) any other term, 
covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred 
to in ARTICLE 10 or SECTIONS 9.13, 11.3, 11.4, 11.5, 11.7, 11.9, 11.11, 
11.12, or 11.13) on its part to be performed or observed and such failure 
shall remain unremedied for thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) notice 
of such failure from Agent, or (ii) Agent is notified of such failure or 
should have been so notified pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 9.2(f) 
hereof;

                (d)  any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing under 
any one of the Guaranties or any other Security Document;

                (e)  any Borrower or Guarantor shall fail to pay any 
principal of or premium or interest on any Debt with an outstanding balance 
of $500,000.00 or more when the same becomes due and payable (whether by 
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise), 
and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, 
specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt and such 
failure shall not have been waived or consented to in accordance with the 
documents evidencing such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition 
shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and 
shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such 
agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to 
accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt and 
such event shall not have been waived or consented to in accordance with 

                                       50

<PAGE>

the documents evidencing such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be 
due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly 
scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof; 

                (f)  any Borrower or Guarantor (i) admits in writing its 
inability to pay its debts or other obligations generally as they become due; 
(ii) generally fails to pay its debts or other obligations as they become 
due; (iii) files a petition or answer seeking for itself, or consenting to or 
acquiescing, in any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, 
liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under, any Debtor Laws; or (iv) 
makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

                (g)  there is appointed a receiver, custodian, liquidator, 
fiscal agent, administrator or trustee of any Borrower or Guarantor or of the 
whole or any substantial part of its respective property, or any court enters 
an order approving a petition filed against any Borrower or Guarantor seeking 
reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, administration, 
liquidation, dissolution, or similar relief under any Debtor Laws and either 
such order so filed against it is not dismissed or stayed (unless and until 
such stay is no longer in effect) within sixty (60) days of entry thereof or 
an order for relief is entered pursuant to any such law;

                (h)  any order is entered in any proceedings against any 
Borrower or Guarantor decreeing the dissolution of such Borrower or Guarantor 
and such order remains unstayed and in effect for more than sixty (60) days; 

                (i)  any final order for the payment of money in the 
aggregate in excess of $500,000.00, or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, shall 
be rendered against any Borrower or Guarantor and such order shall continue 
unsatisfied and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced 
by any creditor upon such order, or (ii) there shall be any period of thirty 
(30) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such order, by 
reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;

                (j)  any non-monetary order which reasonably could be 
expected to have a monetary effect of $500,000.00 or more shall be rendered 
against any Borrower or Guarantor which has or could reasonably be expected 
to have (i) a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a material adverse effect on 
the rights and remedies of  the Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, 
and either (A) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any 
Person upon such order, or (B) there shall be any period of thirty (30) 
consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such order, by reason 
of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; 

                (k)  except pursuant to the express terms of any Loan 
Document, (i) any Loan Document shall, at any time after its execution and 
delivery and for any reason, cease to be in full force and effect in all 
material respects or be declared to be null and void in any material respect; 
or (ii) any Lien (x) granted pursuant to any Loan Document which has been 
perfected shall cease to be perfected and of first priority with respect to 
any material Asset of Borrower or any Guarantor (except for Liens permitted 
by Section 11.1(b)), or (y) any other Lien (except for Liens permitted by 
SECTION 11.1(b)) granted pursuant to any 

                                       51

<PAGE>

Loan Document which has been perfected shall cease to be perfected and of 
first priority and shall not be reinstated to Agent's satisfaction within ten 
(10) days following the earlier of (1) a Borrower or Guarantor becoming aware 
of such Lien failure, or (2) the applicable Borrower or Guarantor receiving 
notice from Agent or any Lender of the failure of such Lien; or (iii) the 
validity or enforceability of any Loan Document shall be contested by any 
Person that is a party thereto (other than the Agent or any Lender); or (iv) 
any Person (other than  the Agent or any Lender) shall deny that it has any, 
or any further, liability or Obligations under any Loan Document to which it 
is a party; or (v) the execution and delivery of any Loan Document or the 
effectuation of the transactions contemplated herein shall result in the 
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any properties of a Borrower or a 
Guarantor, other than those in favor of the Agent, Coutts and NBD for the 
benefit of each Lender, as contemplated by the Loan Documents;

                (l)  the Voting Trust shall be amended in any material 
respect without the consent of the Lenders, or is terminated or otherwise 
rendered null and void for any reason; 

                (m)  (i) VLH, or any ERISA affiliate, or any of its agents or 
representatives shall engage in any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in 
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) which can be expected to 
result in a material liability to such Person; (ii) any material "accumulated 
funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the 
Code), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any PBGC Plan or 
Multiple Employer Plan, if in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, such 
accumulated funding deficiency would give rise to a material liability of any 
Borrower or Guarantor; (iii) VLH or any ERISA Affiliate shall apply for or be 
granted a funding waiver under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the 
Code, which waiver or request for waiver is for a material amount; (iv) a 
Reportable Event (other than a Reportable Event not subject to the provision 
for thirty-day notice to the PBGC under applicable PBGC regulations) shall 
occur with respect to any PBGC Plan or Multiple Employer Plan, which 
Reportable Event is, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, likely to result 
in the termination of such PBGC Plan or Multiple Employer Plan for purposes 
of Title IV of ERISA and to give rise to a material liability of any Borrower 
or Guarantor; (v) proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed or a 
trustee shall be appointed to terminate or administer a PBGC Plan or a 
Multiple Employer Plan which proceeding is, in the reasonable opinion of the 
Agent, likely to result in the termination of such PBGC Plan or Multiple 
Employer Plan and to give rise to a material liability of any Borrower or 
Guarantor with respect to such termination; (vi) a notice of intent to 
terminate a PBGC Plan or Multiple Employer Plan under Section 4041(c) is 
filed with the PBGC if such termination would give rise to a material 
liability of any Borrower, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate; (vii) any 
Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization or is insolvent and the circumstances 
are such that, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, there could be a 
material liability incurred by or imposed upon any Borrower, Guarantor or any 
ERISA Affiliate; (viii) there is a complete or partial withdrawal from a 
Multiemployer Plan under circumstances which, in the reasonable opinion of 
the Agent, would likely subject any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to 
material liability; or (ix) any event or condition described in (i) through 
(viii) above (determined without regard to whether the event or condition 
taken alone would or could result in a material liability) shall occur or 
exist with respect to a PBGC Plan, a Multiple Employer Plan or a 
Multiemployer 

                                       52

<PAGE>

Plan which individually or in combination with one or more of any events 
described in (i) through (viii) above (determined without regard to whether 
the event or condition taken alone would or could result in a material 
liability), if any, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent would likely, 
subject VLH or any ERISA Affiliate to any tax, penalty or other liability 
which could have a Material Adverse Effect on any Borrower or Guarantor; or

                (n)  VLH shall acquire the Chrysler Warrant other than 
through the Subordinated Warrant Note;

then, and except as provided below, in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at 
the request, or may with the consent, of Majority Lenders, by notice to the 
Borrowers, declare the several obligations of each Lender to permit 
Borrowings to be made by any Borrower to be terminated, whereupon the 
Commitments shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may 
with the consent, of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, 
declare the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes, all interest accrued 
and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts payable under any Loan Document, to 
be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Notes, all such interest, and all 
such other amounts, shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without 
presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind (including, 
without limitation, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of 
acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower; 
(PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to any Event of Default described in 
SUBSECTIONS 12.1(f), (g) OR (h), (A) the Commitments shall automatically be 
terminated, and (B) the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes, all 
interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all such other amounts payable under 
any Loan Document, shall automatically become immediately due and payable, 
without presentment, demand, protest, or any notice of any kind (including, 
without limitation, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of 
acceleration), all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower.

          12.2. OTHER REMEDIES.

                Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event 
of Default, the Agent shall at the request, and may with the consent, of the 
Majority Lenders (subject to the provisions of the other Loan Documents), 
proceed to protect and enforce the rights of the Lenders either by suit in 
equity or by action at law or both, whether for the specific performance of 
any covenant or agreement contained in any Loan Document or in aid of the 
exercise of any power granted in any Loan Document; or may instruct Agent to 
direct the Collateral Agents to proceed to enforce the payment of the 
Obligations under any other Loan Document in the manner set forth therein or 
may instruct the Agent to direct the Collateral Agents to proceed to 
foreclose upon any Liens granted pursuant to any Security Document in the 
manner set forth therein; it being intended that no remedy conferred in any 
Loan Document is to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every 
remedy contained in any Loan Document shall be cumulative and shall be in 
addition to every other remedy given under such Loan Document or now or 
hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.


                                       53

<PAGE>

     13.  THE AGENT.

          13.1. AUTHORIZATION AND ACTION.

                Each Lender hereby appoints BBH as its Agent hereunder and 
irrevocably authorizes the Agent to take such action and to exercise such 
powers under any Loan Document as are delegated to the Agent by the terms 
thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  
Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender expressly authorizes the 
Agent to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Loan 
Documents to which the Agent is a party, and to exercise all rights, powers, 
and remedies that the Agent may have thereunder. As to any matters not 
expressly provided for by this Agreement (including, without limitation, 
enforcement or collection of the Notes), the Agent shall not be required to 
exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act, or 
to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or 
refraining from acting), upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and 
such instructions shall be binding upon all Lenders and all holders of any 
Note; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Agent shall not be required to take any 
action which exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to 
this Agreement or applicable law.  The Agent agrees to give to each Lender 
prompt notice of each notice given to it by any Borrower or Guarantor 
pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document.

          13.2. AGENT'S RELIANCE, ETC.

                Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, partners, 
officers, agents, or employees shall be liable to any Lender for any action 
taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with any 
Loan Document, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful 
misconduct.  Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the 
Agent:  (a) may treat the original or any successor holder of any Notes as 
the holder thereof; (b) may employ and consult with legal counsel (including 
counsel for Borrower), independent public accountants, and other experts 
selected by it and shall not be liable to any Lender for any action taken, or 
omitted to be taken, in good faith by it or them in accordance with the 
advice of such counsel, accountants, or experts received in such 
consultations and shall not be liable for any negligence or misconduct of any 
such counsel, accountants, or other experts; (c) makes no warranty or 
representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender for 
any opinions, certifications, statements, warranties, or representations made 
in or in connection with any Loan Document; (d) shall not have any duty to 
any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of 
any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of any Loan Document or any other 
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or to satisfy itself that 
all conditions to and requirements for any Borrowing have been met or that a 
Borrower is entitled to any Loan or to inspect the properties (including the 
books and records) of any Borrower or Guarantor;  (e) shall not be 
responsible to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, 
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency, or value of any Loan Document or 
any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (f) shall 
incur no liability under or in respect of any Loan Document by acting upon 
any notice, consent, certificate, 

                                       54

<PAGE>

or other instrument or writing (which may be by telegram, cable, telecopier, 
telex, or otherwise) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the 
proper party or parties.

          13.3. DEFAULTS.

                The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the 
occurrence of a Default unless the Agent has received notice from a Lender or 
a Borrower specifying such Default and stating that such notice is a "Notice 
of Default".  In the event that the Agent receives such a notice of the 
occurrence of a Default, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to the 
Lenders (and shall give each Lender prompt notice of each such nonpayment).  
Unless and until the Agent shall have received the directions referred to in 
SECTION 13.1, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, 
or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default as it shall 
deem advisable and in the best interest of the Lenders.  Each Lender shall 
give Agent prompt notice of any Default under SECTION 12.1(a) of which such 
Lender is aware; provided, that in no case shall the failure to provide any 
such notice create any liability to such other Lenders hereunder.

          13.4. BBH AND AFFILIATES.

                With respect to its Commitment, any Loans made by it, and the 
Notes issued to it, BBH shall have the same rights and powers under this 
Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the 
Agent; and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise expressly 
indicated, include BBH in its individual capacity.  BBH and its respective 
Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as trustee under 
indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the 
Borrowers, the Guarantors, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person 
who may do business with or own securities of the Borrowers, the Guarantors, 
or any such Affiliate, all as if BBH were not the Agent and without any duty 
to account therefor to Lenders.  Each Lender, Borrower and Guarantor 
acknowledges and consents to the following: James Clark and John Maxson, each 
a shareholder of VLH, have entered into business transactions with BBH, and 
BBH has made loans to each, has performed trust services for each, and has 
provided other financial services to each, and may do so again in the future; 
James Clark is a member of the Board of Directors of Brown Brothers Harriman 
Trust Company of Texas; Thomas Clynes, a BBH Senior Manager, is expected to 
become a member of the Board of Directors of VLH; and Cullum Clark, son of 
James Clark, is employed by BBH.

          13.5. NON-RELIANCE ON AGENT AND OTHER LENDERS.

                Each Lender agrees that it has, independently and without 
reliance on the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and 
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the 
Borrowers and the Guarantors and its own decision to enter into the 
transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and that it will, 
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and 
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the 
time, continue to make its own analysis and decisions in taking or not taking 
action under any Loan Document.  The Agent shall not be required to keep 
itself informed as to the performance or observance by Borrowers of any Loan 
Document or to inspect the properties or books 

                                       55

<PAGE>

of the Borrowers or the Guarantors.  Except for notices, reports, and other 
documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders 
by the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility 
to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the 
affairs, financial condition, or business of the Borrowers or the Guarantors 
(or any of their Affiliates) which may come into the possession of the Agent 
or any of its Affiliates.

          13.6. INDEMNIFICATION.

                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, 
the Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action 
hereunder unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the 
other Lenders against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, 
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, and disbursements of 
any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or 
asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its 
taking or continuing to take any action.  Each Lender agrees to indemnify the 
Agent, its officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and attorneys, 
and each of them (for purposes of this SECTION, the "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") 
(to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrowers or Guarantors), according to 
such Lender's PRO-RATA Percentage, from and against any and all liabilities, 
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, 
expenses, and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be 
imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Indemnified Parties in any 
way relating to or arising out of any Loan Document or any action taken or 
omitted by the Indemnified Parties under any Loan Document; PROVIDED THAT no 
Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, 
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or 
disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of 
the Person being indemnified; AND PROVIDED FURTHER THAT IT IS THE INTENTION 
OF EACH LENDER TO INDEMNIFY THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES 
OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES' OWN NEGLIGENCE, WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE BE SOLE, 
JOINT, OR CONCURRENT, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE. Without limitation of the foregoing, 
each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its PRO 
RATA Percentage of any out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys' fees) 
incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, administration, or 
enforcement of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities 
under, any Loan Document, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for 
such expenses by the Borrowers or the Guarantors.
     
          13.7. SUCCESSOR AGENT.

                The Agent may resign at any time as Agent under the Loan 
Documents by giving thirty (30) days advance written notice thereof to 
Lenders and the Borrowers and may be removed at any time with or without 
cause by all Lenders (other than Agent) acting jointly.  Upon any such 
resignation or removal, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint 
a successor Agent, with the approval VLH, which approval shall not be 
unreasonably withheld, except that no approval of the Borrowers shall be 
necessary if the Majority Lenders appoint a successor Agent which is then 
currently a Lender.  If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by 
the Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment, within thirty (30) 
days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of resignation or the 
Lenders' removal of the retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on 
behalf of 

                                       56

<PAGE>

Lenders, appoint a successor Agent, with the approval of VLH, which approval 
shall not be unreasonably withheld, which shall be a bank organized under the 
laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof having a 
combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000.  Upon the acceptance 
of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor 
Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, 
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent 
shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement.  
After any retiring Agent's resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the 
provisions of this ARTICLE shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken 
or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement.

          13.8. AGENT'S AND LENDERS' RELIANCE.

                Each Borrower shall notify the Agent and each Lender in 
writing of the names of its officers and employees authorized to request a 
Borrowing on behalf of such Borrower and shall provide the Agent and each 
Lender with a specimen signature of each such officer or employee.  The Agent 
and each Lender shall be entitled to rely conclusively on such officer's or 
employee's authority to request a Borrowing on behalf of a Borrower until the 
Agent and each Lender receives written notice from such Borrower to the 
contrary.  Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have a duty to verify the 
authenticity of the signature appearing on any Notice of Borrowing and, with 
respect to any oral request for a Borrowing, neither the Agent nor any Lender 
shall have a duty to verify the identity of any Person representing himself 
as one of the officers or employees authorized to make such request on behalf 
of any Borrower.  Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability 
to Borrowers or Guarantors in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to 
above which the Agent or such Lender believes in good faith to have been 
given by a duly authorized officer or other Person authorized to borrow on 
behalf of a Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith.

          13.9. LENDER NOTIFICATIONS TO AGENT.

                Each Lender agrees, from time to time as a change in any such 
rate may occur, to provide the Agent with such Lender's Base Rate then in 
effect for Base Rate Loans and such Lender's Eurodollar Rate, TIBOR or LIBOR 
then applicable to Eurocurrency Rate Loans.  Each Lender further agrees to 
inform the Agent of any new Loans made and any increase in the principal 
amount outstanding on any existing Loans to a Borrower pursuant to this 
Agreement.

                                       57

<PAGE>

     14.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          14.1. WAIVERS, VOTING, AMENDMENT, ETC.

                (a)  No failure or delay on the part of the Lenders in 
exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, 
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any 
abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, 
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other 
right or power.  No course of dealing between the Borrowers, the Guarantors 
and the Lenders shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Lenders.   No 
amendment, modification, waiver of or consent to any provision of this 
Agreement,  the Notes or any other Loan Document nor consent to any departure 
by the Borrowers or the Guarantors therefrom shall in any event be effective 
unless the same shall be in writing, signed by the Majority Lenders; provided 
that no such amendment, modification, waiver or consent, as the case may be, 
which has the effect of (i) reducing the rate or amount, or extending the 
stated maturity or due date, of any sum payable by a Borrower to any Lender 
hereunder or under such Lender's Notes; (ii) increasing the amount, or 
extending the stated expiration or termination date, of a Lender's Commitment 
hereunder; (iii) changing SECTIONS 4.4, 4.6, 4.7, 6.6, 7.1 or this SECTION or 
the definitions of the terms "Commitment", "Majority Banks", or  "PRO RATA 
Percentage"; (iv) releasing any Collateral; or (v) amending any provision 
within this Agreement that requires the consent of all the Lenders, shall be 
effective unless the same shall be signed by each Lender; and provided, 
further, that no such amendment, modification, waiver or consent, as the case 
may be, which has the effect of (x) increasing the duties or obligations of 
the Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (y) increasing the 
standard of care or performance required on the part of the Agent hereunder 
or under any other Loan Document, or (z) reducing or eliminating the 
indemnities or immunities to which the Agent is entitled hereunder (including 
any amendment or modification of this Section), shall be effective unless the 
same shall be signed by the Agent.  Any amendment, modification or supplement 
of or to any provision of this Agreement, any waiver of any provisions of 
this Agreement, and any consent to any departure by the Borrowers or the 
Guarantors from the terms of any provision of this Agreement, shall be 
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for 
which made or given.  No notice to or demand on the Borrowers or Guarantors 
in any case shall entitle the Borrowers or the Guarantors to any other or 
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

                (b)  Subject to SECTION 14.1(a), any action or agreement not 
to act hereunder by the Lenders may be taken by one or more of the Lenders on 
behalf of all the Lenders upon the affirmative vote of the Majority Lenders.

                (c)  Upon notification by Agent of any event requiring the 
vote of the Lenders, each Lender shall respond to Agent not later than ten 
(10) Business Days after such notification.  Failure to respond shall be 
deemed to be consent to the action for which the vote is being taken.

          14.2. REIMBURSEMENT OR PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

                                       58

<PAGE>

                Any provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, and 
whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be 
consummated, the Borrowers agree to reimburse (a) the Agent for its 
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses 
of counsel to the Agent, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, 
execution, modification and enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan 
Document and (b) the Lenders for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, 
including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, in connection with the 
enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.  The obligations of 
the Borrowers under this SECTION shall survive the termination of this 
Agreement and the payment of the Notes.

          14.3. NOTICES.

                All notices and other communications provided for herein 
shall be in writing (except where telephonic notices are expressly authorized 
herein) (including telex, facsimile, or cable communication) and shall be 
deemed to be effective (a) if by hand delivery, telex, telecopy or other 
facsimile transmission, on the day and at the time on which delivered to such 
party at the address, telex or telecopier numbers specified below (and each 
telecopy notice shall be followed by mail delivery); (b) if by mail, on the 
day which it is received after being deposited, postage prepaid, in the 
United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, 
addressed to such party at the address specified below; or (c) if by Federal 
Express or other reputable express mail service, on the next Business Day 
following the delivery to such express mail service, addressed to such party 
at the address set forth below; or (d) if by telephone on the day and at the 
time communication with one of the individuals named below occurs during a 
call to the telephone number or numbers indicated for such party below:

                (a)  If to the Borrowers or the Guarantors, to them through 
VLH, at:

                     201 Regal Row
                     Dallas, Texas 75247
                     Tel:  (214) 819-3144    
                     Fax:  (214) 819-3247

                          Attention:  H.R. Brutsche III

                                       59

<PAGE>

                     with a copy to:
                     
                     Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P.
                     3000 Thanksgiving Tower
                     1601 Elm Street
                     Dallas, Texas 75201
                     Tel: (214) 999-4683
                     Fax: (214) 999-4667

                          Attention:  Alan J. Perkins, Esq.

                (b)  If to the Agent, to it at:

                     Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
                     59 Wall Street
                     New York, New York 10005
                     Tel:  (212) 493-8137
                     Fax:  (212) 493-8232

                          Attention:  Pieter J. Engel

                (c)  If to Lenders, to them at the Domestic
                     Lending office of such Lender as
                     provided in EXHIBIT 14.16(a)

or to such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written 
notice to the other party.  Each Borrower and VLEH hereby irrevocably 
authorizes the Lenders to send all notices to be sent to them to VLH on their 
behalf.  All notices to be delivered by Borrower, Agent or Lender with 
respect to Defaults or Events of Default may only be given by hand delivery, 
certified or registered mail or air courier.

          14.4. GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY 
JURY.

                THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTES SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE CONTRACTS 
AND AGREEMENTS EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF 
NEW YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE 
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.  TO THE 
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY 
SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURTS 
IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN  AND ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT 
LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN FOR THE PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED 
HEREBY.  EACH BORROWER AND GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE PROCESS 
AGENT AS ITS AGENT TO RECEIVE ON BEHALF OF SUCH BORROWER OR GUARANTOR AND ITS 
ASSETS SERVICE OF 

                                       60

<PAGE>

COPIES OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT AND ANY OTHER PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED 
IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, SUCH SERVICE MAY BE MADE BY MAILING OR 
DELIVERING A COPY OF SUCH PROCESS TO SUCH BORROWER OR GUARANTOR IN CARE OF 
THE PROCESS AGENT AT THE PROCESS AGENT'S ABOVE ADDRESS, AND EACH BORROWER AND 
GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZES AND DIRECTS THE PROCESS AGENT TO 
ACCEPT SUCH SERVICE ON ITS BEHALF.  AS AN ALTERNATIVE METHOD TO SERVICE, EACH 
BORROWER AND GUARANTOR ALSO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND 
ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES OF SUCH 
PROCESS TO VLH AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.3.  EACH BORROWER AND 
GUARANTOR AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL 
BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE 
JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  EACH BORROWER AND GUARANTOR 
FURTHER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO VENUE IN SUCH STATE AND ANY OBJECTION TO ANY 
ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH STATE ON THE BASIS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS.  
NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF  THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO 
SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR AFFECT THE RIGHT 
OF  THE AGENT OR ANY LENDER TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY 
BORROWER OR GUARANTOR OR ITS ASSETS IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 
 EACH BORROWER, GUARANTOR AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY 
ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE 
NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, WHICH WAIVER IS INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY.

          14.5. SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

                (a)  All representations, warranties and covenants contained 
herein or made in writing by the Borrowers or the Guarantors in connection 
herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the 
Notes, and will bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors 
and assigns of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not.  No 
investigation at any time made by or on behalf of the Lenders shall diminish 
the Lenders' right to rely thereon.  All statements contained in any 
certificate or other written instrument delivered by any Borrower, or by any 
person authorized thereby, under or pursuant to this Agreement or in 
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall constitute 
representations and warranties hereunder as of the time made by such Borrower.

                (b)  The terms and provisions of SECTIONS 13.6 AND 14.4 AND 
14.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the 
Notes.

          14.6. COUNTERPARTS.

                This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and 
by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, and each counterpart, when so 
executed and delivered, shall constitute an original instrument, and all such 
separate counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                       61

<PAGE>

          14.7. SEPARABILITY.

                Should any clause, sentence, paragraph, Section or ARTICLE of 
this Agreement be judicially declared to be invalid, unenforceable or void, 
such decision shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the 
remainder of this Agreement, and the parties hereto agree that the part or 
parts of this Agreement so held to be invalid, unenforceable or void will be 
deemed to have been stricken herefrom and the remainder will have the same 
force and effectiveness as if such part or parts had never been included 
herein. Each covenant contained in this Agreement shall be construed (absent 
an express contrary provision herein) as being independent of each other 
covenant contained herein, and compliance with any one covenant shall not 
(absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance 
with one or more other covenants.

          14.8. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS.

                The section headings in this Agreement have been inserted for 
convenience only and shall be given no substantive meaning or significance 
whatsoever in construing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

          14.9. ACCOUNTING TERMS. 

                All accounting terms used herein which are not expressly 
defined in this Agreement, or the respective meanings of which are not 
otherwise qualified, shall have the respective meanings given to them in 
accordance with GAAP.  

          14.10.     SET-OFF.

                Each of the Borrowers hereby gives and confirms to the 
Lenders a right of set-off of all moneys, securities and other property of 
such Borrower (whether special, general or limited) and the proceeds thereof, 
now or hereafter delivered to remain with or in transit in any manner to the 
Lenders, its correspondents or its agents from or for such Borrower, whether 
for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise or 
coming into possession of the Lenders in any way, and also, any balance of 
any credits of a Borrower with, and any and all claims of security for the 
payment of the Notes and of all other liabilities and obligations now or 
hereafter owed by the Borrowers to the Lenders, contracted with or acquired 
by the Lenders, whether such liabilities and obligations be joint, several, 
absolute, contingent, secured, unsecured, matured or unmatured, and each 
Borrower hereby authorizes the Lenders at any time or times, WITHOUT PRIOR 
NOTICE, to apply such money, securities, other property, proceeds, balances, 
credits of claims, or any part of the foregoing, to such liabilities in such 
amounts as they may select, whether such liabilities be contingent, unmatured 
or otherwise, and whether any collateral security therefor is deemed adequate 
or not, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Lender may exercise such rights against 
moneys or property of VLE, Theatre Projects, Brilliant Stages or VLA except 
to the extent of the Obligations of such Borrower.  Any Lender exercising 
such rights shall notify the affected Borrower one (1) Business Day after 
taking such action.  The rights described herein shall be in addition to any 
collateral security described in any separate agreement executed by any of 
the Borrowers.

                                       62

<PAGE>

          14.11.     SALE OR ASSIGNMENT.

                (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon 
and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective 
successors and assigns, except no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer 
any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior 
written consent of all Lenders.

                (b)  Any Lender may at any time grant to one or more banks or 
other institutions (each a "PARTICIPANT") a participating interest in its 
Commitment or any or all of its Loans.  In the event of any such grant by a 
Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, such Lender shall remain 
responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and Borrowers 
and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in 
connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement.  
Any agreement pursuant to which any Lender may grant such a participating 
interest shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right and 
responsibility to enforce the Obligations hereunder including, without 
limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any 
provision of this Agreement.  An assignment or other transfer which is not 
permitted by subsection (c) below shall be given effect for purposes of this 
Agreement only to the extent of a participating interest granted in 
accordance with this subsection (b).

                (c)  Any Lender may at any time, with the consent of VLH and 
the remaining non-assigning Lenders, which consents shall not be unreasonably 
withheld, assign to one or more lending institutions (each an "ASSIGNEE") 
all, or a proportionate part of all, of its rights and obligations under this 
Agreement and its Notes, and such Assignee shall assume such rights and 
obligations, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement; provided, 
however, that the foregoing shall not be applicable in the case of, and this 
subsection (c) shall not restrict, an assignment or other transfer by any 
Lender to an Affiliate of such Lender or to a Federal Reserve Bank.  Upon 
execution and delivery of such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement and 
payment by such Assignee to such transferor Lender of an amount equal to the 
purchase price agreed between such transferor Lender and such Assignee, such 
Assignee shall be a Lender party to this Agreement and shall have all the 
rights and obligations of a Lender with a Commitment as set forth in such 
Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, and the transferor Lender shall be 
released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent, and no 
further consent or action by any party shall be required.  Upon the 
consummation of any assignment pursuant to this subsection (c), the 
transferor Lender, the Agent and Borrowers shall make appropriate 
arrangements so that, if required, new Notes are issued to such Assignee and 
the transferor Lender.

          (d)  The Agent shall maintain at its principal offices in New York, 
New York or at such other location as the Agent shall designate in writing to 
each Lender and Borrower, a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance Agreement 
delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the 
names and addresses of the Lenders, the amount of each Lender's PRO RATA 
Percentage and its Commitment, and the name and address of each Lender's 
agent for service of process in New York City (the "REGISTER").  The entries 
in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent 
manifest error, and Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each 
person or entity whose 

                                       63

<PAGE>

name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of 
this Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection and copying 
by any Borrower or any Lender during normal business hours upon reasonable 
prior notice to the Agent.  A Lender may change its address and its agent for 
service of process upon written notice to the Agent, which notice shall be 
effective upon actual receipt by the Agent, which receipt will be 
acknowledged by the Agent upon request.  Upon receipt of any Assignment and 
Acceptance Agreement the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance 
Agreement has been completed, fully-executed and is substantially in the form 
of EXHIBIT 14.11(d) hereto, (i) accept such an Assignment and Acceptance 
Agreement, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and 
(iii) give prompt notice thereof to Borrowers.

          14.12.    INTEREST.

               All agreements between the Borrowers and the Lenders, whether 
now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby 
expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by 
reason of demand being made on the Notes or otherwise, shall the amount paid, 
or agreed to be paid, to the Agent or the Lenders for the use, forbearance, 
or detention of the money to be loaned under this Agreement or otherwise or 
for the payment or performance of any covenant or obligation contained herein 
or in any other Loan Document exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.  If, as a 
result of any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof 
or of any of such documents, at the time performance of such provision shall 
be due, shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by 
applicable usury law, then, IPSO FACTO, the obligation to be fulfilled shall 
be reduced to the limit of such validity, and if, from any such circumstance, 
the Lenders shall ever receive interest or anything which might be deemed 
interest under applicable law which would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, 
such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the 
reduction of the principal amount owing on account of the Notes or the 
amounts owing on other obligations of the Borrowers to the Lenders under any 
Loan Document and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive 
interest exceeds the unpaid principal balance of the Notes and the amounts 
owing on other obligations of the Borrowers to the Lenders under any Loan 
Document, as the case may be, such excess shall be refunded to the Borrowers. 
All sums paid or agreed to be paid to the Agent or the Lenders for the use, 
forbearance, or detention of the indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Lenders 
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, 
allocated, and spread throughout the full term of such indebtedness until 
payment in full of the principal thereof (including the period of any renewal 
or extension thereof) so that the interest on account of such indebtedness 
shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate.  The terms and provisions of this 
SECTION shall control and supersede every other provision of all agreements 
between the Borrowers and the Lenders.  If, at any time and from time to 
time, (i) the amount of interest payable to the Agent or any Lender on any 
date shall be computed at the Highest Lawful Rate pursuant to this SECTION 
and (ii) for any subsequent interest computation period the amount of 
interest otherwise payable to the Agent or any Lender would be less than the 
Highest Lawful Rate, then the amount of interest payable to the Agent or such 
Lender, as the case may be, for such subsequent interest computation period 
shall continue to be computed at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total 
amount of interest payable to the Agent or the Lender, as the case may be, 
shall equal the total amount 

                                       64

<PAGE>

of interest which would have been payable to the Agent or such Bank if the 
total amount of interest had been computed without giving effect to this 
SECTION.

          14.13.    INDEMNIFICATION.

               The Borrowers agree to indemnify, defend, and save harmless 
the Lenders and their officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and 
attorneys, and each of them (for purposes of this SECTION, the "INDEMNIFIED 
PARTIES"), from and against all claims, actions, suits, and other legal 
proceedings, damages, costs, interest, charges, taxes (other than income 
taxes of the Lenders), reasonable counsel fees, and other expenses and 
penalties which any of the Indemnified Parties may sustain or incur by reason 
of or arising out of (i) the making of the Loans hereunder, the execution and 
delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and the exercise of any 
of the Lenders' rights under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan 
Documents or otherwise, including, without limitation, damages, costs, and 
expenses incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties in investigating, 
preparing for, defending against, or providing evidence, producing documents, 
or taking any other action in respect of any commenced or threatened 
litigation under any federal securities law or any similar law of any 
jurisdiction or at common law or (ii) any and all claims or proceedings 
(whether brought by a private party, governmental authority, or otherwise) 
for bodily injury, property damage, abatement, remediation, environmental 
damage, or impairment or any other injury or damage resulting from or 
relating to (x) the release of any Hazardous Materials (whether or not the 
release of such Hazardous Materials was caused by a Borrower, a tenant, or 
subtenant thereof, a prior owner, a tenant, or subtenant of any prior owner 
or any other party and whether or not the alleged liability is attributable 
to the presence, handling, storage, generation, transportation, or disposal 
of any Hazardous Materials) or (y) the violation of any Environmental Law; 
PROVIDED, that no Indemnified Party shall be entitled to the benefits of this 
SECTION to the extent its own gross negligence or willful misconduct 
contributed to its loss; AND PROVIDED FURTHER THAT IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE 
BORROWERS TO INDEMNIFY THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AGAINST THE CONSEQUENCES OF 
THEIR OWN NEGLIGENCE.  This Agreement is intended to protect and indemnify 
the Indemnified Parties against all risks hereby assumed by the Borrowers.  
Promptly after receipt by a Lender of notice of any claim or the commencement 
of any action, such Lender shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made 
against a Borrower or any Guarantor, notify VLH in writing of that claim or 
the commencement of that action.  If any such claim or action shall be 
brought against a Lender, and it shall notify VLH thereof, the affected 
Borrower(s) and/or Guarantor(s) shall be entitled to participate therein and, 
to the extent that any such entity so wishes, to assume the defense thereof 
with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Lender.  After notice from the 
Borrower(s) or Guarantor(s) of its or their election to assume the defense of 
such claim or action, such Borrower(s) or Guarantor(s), as the case may be, 
shall not be liable to such Lender hereunder for any legal or other expense 
subsequently incurred by such Lender in connection with the defense thereof 
other than reasonable cost of investigation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
such Lender may thereafter retain its own counsel to defend such claim or 
action, and shall be entitled to be reimbursed for the expense thereof 
subject to the provisions and limitations of this SECTION, if in such 
Lender's reasonable judgment it is advisable for such Lender to be 
represented by separate counsel, or if such Borrower(s) or Guarantor(s), as 
the case may be, shall have 

                                       65

<PAGE>

consented in writing to such representation.  Neither any  Borrower nor any  
Guarantor shall be liable for any settlement of any such claim or action 
affected without its written consent.  The obligations of the Borrowers under 
this SECTION shall be notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement 
to the contrary and shall survive any exercise of the power of sale granted 
in any Security Document to which the Borrowers are a party, any foreclosure 
of the Liens created by the Security Documents to which any of the Borrowers 
is a party, or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, the repayment of the Notes, 
the discharge and release of any Person under any Loan Document and any 
termination of this Agreement.

          14.14.    PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.

               To the extent that the Borrowers make a payment or payments to 
the Lenders or the Lenders enforce any security interest or exercise their 
right of set-off, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such 
enforcement or set-off or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, 
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid 
to a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any Debtor Laws or equitable 
cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the Obligation or part thereof 
originally intended to be satisfied, and all rights and remedies therefor, 
shall be revived and shall continue in full force and effect as if such 
payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

          14.15.    CREDIT AGREEMENT CONTROLS.

               If there are any conflicts or inconsistencies among this 
Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this 
Agreement shall prevail and control.

          14.16.    JUDGMENT CURRENCY; DOLLAR EQUIVALENTS.

               (a)  JUDGMENT CURRENCY.

                    If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, 
it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under the Guaranties from a 
currency (the "ORIGINAL CURRENCY") into another currency (the "OTHER 
CURRENCY"), the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may 
effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in 
accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could purchase the 
Original Currency with the Other Currency at its offices in New York, New 
York on the second Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is 
given.

                    The obligation of any Borrower or Guarantor in
respect of a sum due in the Original Currency from it to any Lender
or the Agent hereunder or under the Guarantees shall,
notwithstanding any judgment in any Other Currency, be discharged
only if and to the extent that on the Business Day following
receipt by such Lender or the Agent of any sum adjudged to be so
due in such Other Currency such Lender or the Agent, as the case
may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase
such amount of the Original Currency with such Other Currency at
its Applicable Lending Office on the second Business Day preceding
that on which the final judgment referred to in this SECTION 

                                       66

<PAGE>

is given; if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than 
the amount of the Original Currency which the Lender or the Agent, as the 
case may be, could have purchased on the second Business Day preceding that 
on which such final judgment is given, the Borrowers and the Guarantors 
agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to 
indemnify the Lenders and the Agent against such difference.

               (b)  DOLLAR EQUIVALENTS.

                    Should any Borrower or Guarantor be unable to pay any 
Obligation in the currency in which such Obligation is due because of 
illegality, unavailability or otherwise, such portion shall be paid in the 
Dollar Equivalent of such currency.  Any computations hereunder including 
multiple currencies (other than requirements for payments to be made on such 
currencies) shall be made in the Dollar Equivalent of such currency.

          14.17.    FINAL AGREEMENT.

               THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN 
THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS 
OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL 
AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their respective 
officers thereunto duly authorized, have executed this Agreement as of  March 
31, 1994.

                         BORROWERS:

                         VARI-LITE, INC. ("VLI")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                President


                         SHOWCO, INC. ("Showco")


                         By:    Michael P. Herman                
                                ----------------------------------
                                Michael P. Herman
                                Vice President - Finance

                                       67

<PAGE>


                         VARI-LITE ASIA, INC. ("VLA")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Chairman of the Board and
                                Representative Director


                         CLASSICFORGE LIMITED (To Be Renamed
                         VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED)
                         (registered in England No. 2876045)("VLE")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director


                         CODEAL LIMITED (To Be Renamed THEATRE
                         PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES LIMITED)
                         (registered in England No. 2876049)
                         ("Theatre Projects")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director



                         WATCHON LIMITED (To Be Renamed
                         BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED)
                         (registered in England No. 2876058)
                         ("Brilliant Stages")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director

                                       

<PAGE>
                         GUARANTORS:

                         VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC. ("VLH")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                President


                         PORTQUAY LIMITED (To Be Renamed
                         VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED)
                         (registered in England No. 2874856)("VLEH")


                         By:    /s/ H.R. Brutsche III            
                                ----------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director

<PAGE>

                         AGENT:

               PER PRO   BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.
                         ("BBH")



                         By:    /s/ Pieter J. Engel              
                                ----------------------------------
                         Name:  Pieter J. Engel
                         Title: Deputy Manager

<PAGE>

                                LENDERS:

Dollar Revolver Commitment      PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.
$889,000.00                     ("BBH")

VLI Term Commitment
$3,111,000.00

Sterling Term Commitment
L900,000.00

FX Facility Commitment
$10,000,000.00 
                                By:     /s/ Pieter J. Engel      
                                        ----------------------------------
                                Name:   Pieter J. Engel
                                Title:  Deputy Manager

<PAGE>

Dollar Revolver Commitment         NBD BANK, N.A. ("NBD")
$1,333,000.00

VLI Term Commitment
$4,667,000.00

Sterling Term Commitment
L1,800,000.00

VLA Term Commitment
Y200,000,000.00                    By:  /s/ Jon P. Dady          
                                        ----------------------------------
                                Name:   John P. Dady
                                Title:  Vice President

<PAGE>

Sterling Revolver Commitment       COUTTS & CO. ("Coutts")
L1,500,000.00

Sterling Term Commitment
L2,500,000.00                   By:     /s/ Kevin Falconer       
                                        ----------------------------------
                                Name:   Kevin Falconer
                                Title:  Manager


<PAGE>

Dollar Revolver Commitment         COMERICA BANK - TEXAS $889,000.00
                        ("Comerica")

VLI Term Commitment
$3,111,000.00                   By:     /s/ Tom Frayer           
                                        ----------------------------------
                                Name:   Tom Frayer
                                Title:  Vice President


<PAGE>

Dollar Revolver Commitment         TRUST COMPANY BANK ("Trust Co.")
$889,000.00

VLI Term Commitment
$3,111,000.00

                                By:     /s/ F. McClellan Deaver, III
                                        ----------------------------------
                                Name:   F. McClellan Deaver, III
                                Title:  Vice President


                                By:     /s/ Gregory L. Cannon    
                                        ----------------------------------
                                Name:   Gregory L. Cannon
                                Title:  Vice President 


<PAGE>

                           EXHIBIT "A"
                       CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          As used herein, the following words and terms shall have the 
respective meanings indicated opposite each of them:

          "ACTUAL CREDIT EXPOSURE"  as of any day means the actual credit 
exposure on such day, as reasonably determined by Agent, which would be due 
and owing to a Lender under the FX Obligation, the First Swap Agreement or 
under the other Interest Rate Contracts contemplated by Section 2.6(b).

          "AFFILIATE"  means any Person controlling, controlled by or under 
common control with any other Person.  For purposes of this definition, 
"control" (including "controlled by" and "under common control with") means 
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the 
direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the 
ownership of voting securities or otherwise.  If any Person shall own, 
directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record twenty percent (20%) or 
more of the equity (whether outstanding capital stock, partnership interests 
or otherwise) of another Person, such Person shall be deemed to be an 
Affiliate.

          "AGREEMENT"  means this Credit Agreement, as the same may be 
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

          "APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICE"  means, with respect to each Lender, 
such Lender's Eurocurrency Lending Office for Eurocurrency Rate Loans and 
such Lender's Domestic Lending Office for all Loans other than Eurocurrency 
Rate Loans.

          "ASSET"  means any interest or right in any kind of property or 
asset, whether real, personal, or mixed, owned or leased, tangible or 
intangible, and whether now held or hereafter acquired.

          "ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT"  means that certain Asset Purchase 
Agreement dated March 31, 1994 by and among the Sterling Borrowers and the 
Samuelson Group plc.

          "ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT"  means the agreement and 
instrument contemplated by SECTION 14.11 hereof, pursuant to which a Lender 
may assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder, in the 
form of EXHIBIT 14.11(d) attached hereto.

          "BASE RATE"  means, for any period and for a specified Lender, a 
fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time 
which rate per annum shall at all times be equal to the rate of interest 
announced publicly by such Lender at its Domestic Lending Office, as its base 
or prime rate.  Each change in a Lender's Base Rate shall become effective 
without prior notice to the Borrowers automatically as of the opening of 
business on the date of such change in such Lender's base or prime rate.

                                       A-1

<PAGE>

          "BASE RATE LOANS"   means all Loans which bear interest at a rate 
determined by reference to the Base Rate.

          "BORROWING"  means the aggregate amount of the advances made on the 
same day by Lenders ratably under their respective Commitment.

          "BORROWING DATE"  means the date requested by a Borrower in a 
Notice of Borrowing as the date on which a Loan is to be made to such 
Borrower.

          "BRILLIANT STAGES GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date 
herewith made by Brilliant Stages in favor of certain Lenders.

          "BUSINESS DAY"  means a day, in the applicable local time, which is 
not a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday and on which banks are not 
required or permitted by law or a Governmental Requirement to close (i)  in 
the case of Loans made by the Dollar Revolver Lenders or the VLI Term 
Lenders, in New York, New York, Dallas, Texas, Detroit, Michigan or Atlanta, 
Georgia and (ii) in the case of Loans made by the Sterling Revolver Lender or 
the Sterling Term Lenders, in London, England and (iii) in the case of Loans 
made by the VLA Term Lender, in Tokyo, Japan.         

          "BUY-SELL AGREEMENT"  means (a) the Buy-Sell Agreement dated 
September 30, 1988, as same may be amended from time to time, by and among 
VLH and the shareholders of VLH named therein, including the Engineers, and 
(b) such other repurchase agreements (written or otherwise) between VLH and 
other shareholders of the Class B Common Stock of VLH, each such agreement 
pursuant to which VLH is obligated, under the circumstances set forth 
therein, to repurchase the shares of the Class B Common Stock of VLH owned by 
such shareholders.

          "CAPITAL EXPENDITURES"  means, for any period the aggregate of all 
expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities, but without 
duplication) during that period and including the capitalized portion of 
Capital Lease Payments (except to the extent entering into the underlying 
capitalized lease would be accounted for as a Capital Expenditure) made 
during such period that, in conformity with GAAP,  are required to be 
included in or reflected on the property, plant or equipment or similar fixed 
asset accounts of the combined and consolidated balance sheet of the 
Vari-Lite Corporate Group (including equipment which is purchased 
simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment owned by any member of 
the Vari-Lite Corporate Group to the extent of the gross amount of such 
purchase price less the book value of the equipment being traded-in at such 
time), but excluding expenditures made in connection with the replacement or 
restoration of assets, to the extent reimbursed or financed from insurance 
proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being 
replaced or restored, or from awards of compensation arising from the taking 
by condemnation or eminent domain of such assets being replaced. 

          "CAPITAL LEASE PAYMENTS"  means all payments arising under a lease 
of property (whether real, personal or mixed) by a Person as lessee which, in 
conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance 
sheet of such person.

                                       A-2

<PAGE>

          "CASH EQUIVALENTS"  shall mean (a) marketable direct obligations 
issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the government in which the 
applicable Borrower is organized or issued by an agency thereof and backed by 
the full faith and credit of such government, in each case maturing within 
ninety (90) days after the date of acquisition thereof; (b) commercial paper 
maturing no more than ninety (90) days after the date of creation thereof 
and, at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating from the 
nationally recognized rating service(s) in the country of the applicable 
issuer and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Agent; and (c) certificates 
of deposit or other time deposits maturing within ninety (90) days after the 
date of acquisition thereof issued by any Lender or any commercial bank 
organized under the laws of the United States of America, England or Japan 
having a rating of at least (x) B from Thompson Bankwatch, (y) Aa3 from 
Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or (z) AA- from Standard & Poor's 
Corporation; and (d) the 59 Wall Street Money Market Mutual Fund.

          "CHRYSLER"  means Chrysler Capital Corporation.

          "CHRYSLER WARRANT"  means the warrant to purchase 30,444 shares 
(subject to adjustment) of VLH's Class B Common Stock held by Chrysler and 
evidenced by the Warrant Certificate.

          "CLOSING DATE"   means March 31, 1994.

          "CODE"  means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as now 
or hereafter in effect, together with all regulations, rulings and 
interpretations thereof or thereunder issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

          "COLLATERAL"  means the Assets of the Borrowers, Guarantors and any 
other Person covered by the terms of the respective Security Documents, 
together with the proceeds therefrom and products and accessions thereto.

          "COLLATERAL AGENTS"  means the Lenders appointed as such under the 
applicable Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

          "COMMITMENT"  means, for a specified Lender, the aggregate 
commitments of such Lender pursuant to the Dollar Revolver Commitment, the 
VLI Term Commitment, the Dollar Equivalents of the Sterling Revolver 
Commitment, the Sterling Term Commitment and the VLA Term Commitment, and the 
Actual Credit Exposure of a Lender under the FX Facility Commitment, the 
First Swap Agreement and any other Interest Rate Contract contemplated by 
SECTION 2.6(b) hereof.

          "CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS"  means any loss or expense incurred by a 
Lender in redepositing the principal amount of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on 
any day other than the last day of the applicable Eurocurrency Interest 
Period, including the sum of (a) the interest which, but for such payment, 
such Lender would have earned, in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan so 
paid, for the remainder of the Eurocurrency Interest Period applicable to 
such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, reduced, if such Lender is able to redeposit 
such principal amount as paid for the balance of such Eurocurrency Interest 
Period, by the interest 


                                       A-3

<PAGE>

earned by such Lender as a result of so redepositing such principal amount, 
plus (b) any expense or penalty incurred by such Lender on redepositing such 
principal amount.

          "CONTESTED CLAIMS"  means any claim or liability (i) the validity 
or amount of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate 
proceedings, (ii) for which adequate reserves, as required by GAAP, have been 
established, or for which adequate insurance therefor exists, (iii) with 
respect to which any right to execute upon or sell any assets of the 
Borrowers has not matured or has been and continues to be effectively 
enjoined, superseded or stayed, and (iv) as to which the Lenders have 
received adequate notice.

          "DEBT"  means (a) any obligation for borrowed money (and any notes 
payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not 
representing obligations for borrowed money) which would, in accordance with 
GAAP, be shown on a balance sheet as a liability, (b) any guaranty and (c) 
any other contingent liability (direct or indirect) in connection with the 
obligations, stock or dividends of any Person, and any obligation under any 
contract, which, in economic effect, is the substantial equivalent of a 
guaranty.

          "DEBTOR LAWS"  means all applicable liquidation, conservatorship, 
bankruptcy, moratorium, arrangement, receivership, administration, 
insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws, or general equitable principles 
from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.  

          "DEFAULT"  means any of the events specified in SECTION 12.1, 
whether or not there has been satisfied any requirement in connection with 
such event for the giving of notice, or the lapse of time, or the happening 
of any further condition, event or act.

          "DEFAULT RATE"  means a rate which shall be equal to the lesser of 
(x) two percent (2.0%), PLUS the interest rate then in effect for such Loan 
or (y) the Highest Lawful Rate.

          "DOLLARS"  and "$"  means lawful currency of the United States of 
America.

          "DOLLAR EQUIVALENT"   means the equivalent in Dollars of Yen or 
Pounds Sterling as determined by the Agent, using the quoted spot rate 
reported in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL for such currency two Business Days prior 
to the date on which such equivalent is to be determined.

          "DOLLAR REVOLVER"  means the revolving credit facilities available 
to VLI and Showco pursuant to the Dollar Revolver Commitment.

          "DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT"   has the meaning specified in SECTION 
2.1(a).

          "DOLLAR REVOLVER LENDERS"  means BBH, Comerica, NBD and Trust Co. 
and their respective successors and assigns.

          "DOLLAR REVOLVER LOANS"  shall mean the Revolver Loans of the 
Dollar Revolver Lenders pursuant to SECTION 2.1(a) hereof.


                                       A-4

<PAGE>

          "DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE"  means, with respect to any Lender, the 
office of such Lender specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite its 
name on EXHIBIT 14.16(a) hereto or such other office of such Lender as such 
Lender may from time to time specify to Borrower and the Agent.

          "EBIT"  means EBITDA LESS depreciation and amortization expense.

          "EBITDA"  means, for any period, on a combined and consolidated 
basis for the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, the sum of the amounts for such 
period, of (i) Net Income, PLUS (ii) depreciation and amortization expense, 
PLUS (iii) Interest Expense, PLUS (iv) federal, state, local and foreign 
income taxes deducted in computing Net Income in accordance with GAAP, PLUS 
(v) tax distributions properly accrued which have been deducted in 
calculating Net Income plus extraordinary losses, as determined in accordance 
with GAAP, MINUS (vii) extraordinary gains, as determined in accordance with 
GAAP.

          "ENGINEERS"  means the following four engineer employees of VLI 
which are shareholders of VLH and are parties to the Buy-Sell Agreement:  
James M. Bornhorst, John H. Covington, Brooks W. Taylor and Thomas E. Walsh.

          "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW"  means (a) the Comprehensive Environmental 
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (as amended by the Superfund 
Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C.A. Section 9601 ET 
SEQ.), as amended from time to time, and any and all rules and regulations 
issued or promulgated thereunder ("CERCLA"); (b) the Resource Conservation 
and Recovery Act (as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendment of 
1984, 42 U.S.C.A. Section 6901 ET SEQ.), as amended from time to time, and 
any and all rules and regulations issued or promulgated thereunder ("RCRA"); 
(c) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.A. Section 7401 ET SEQ., as amended from time 
to time, and any and all rules and regulations issued or promulgated 
thereunder; (d) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (as amended by the 
Clean Water Act of 1977), 33 U.S.C.A. Section 1251 ET SEQ., as amended from 
time to time, and any and all rules and regulations issued or promulgated 
thereunder; (e) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.A. Section 2601 ET 
SEQ., as amended from time to time, and any and all rules and regulations 
issued or promulgated thereunder; or (f) any other comparable federal, state 
or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, or regulation enacted in the United 
States, United Kingdom or Japan in connection with or relating to the 
protection or regulation of the environment or human health or safety and any 
rules and regulations issued or promulgated in connection with any of the 
foregoing by any governmental authority, and "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" shall mean 
each of the foregoing.

          "EQUIPMENT"  means, with respect to a Borrower or any Subsidiary, 
all of such Person's now owned or hereafter acquired machinery, equipment, 
furniture, furnishings, fixtures, and all tangible personal property similar 
to any of the foregoing (other than Inventory), together with tools, machine 
parts, and motor vehicles of every kind and description, and shall include, 
in any event, all "equipment" (within the meaning of such term in the Uniform 
Commercial Code in effect in any applicable jurisdiction), and all 
improvements, accessions, and appurtenances thereto, and any proceeds 
(including, without limitation, insurance proceeds) and condemnation awards, 
and all other items included on 

                                       A-5

<PAGE>

the audited financial statements of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group under the 
heading "Equipment and other property."

          "ERISA"  means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 
as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings 
issued thereunder.

          "ERISA AFFILIATE"  means any Subsidiary or trade or business 
(whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of which any 
Borrower is a member and which is under common control within the meaning of 
Section 414 of the Code (such rules and regulations shall also be deemed to 
apply to foreign corporations and entities).

          "EUROCURRENCY INTEREST PERIOD"  shall mean the period of time for 
which the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR or TIBOR shall be in effect as to any 
Eurocurrency Rate Loan, commencing with the date of the Borrowing or the 
expiration date of the immediately preceding Eurocurrency Interest Period, as 
the case may be, applicable to and ending on the effective date of any rate 
change or rate continuation made as provided in SECTION 4.4 as a Borrower may 
specify in a Notice of Continuation/Conversion, subject, however, to the 
early termination provisions provided herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) any 
Eurocurrency Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not 
a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless 
such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such 
Eurocurrency Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, 
(ii) each Eurocurrency Interest Period shall be one, two, three or six 
calendar months in length, or be of such other length as the Borrower and 
Agent may mutually agree; (iii) a Eurocurrency Interest Period may not be 
selected for any Loan if such period would terminate later than the Maturity 
Date; and (iv) a Eurocurrency Interest Period may not be selected for any 
Loan if such period would terminate beyond a date on which a scheduled 
payment of principal on such Loan is required.

          "EUROCURRENCY LENDING OFFICE"  means the office specified as a 
Lender's "Eurocurrency Lending Office" opposite its name on EXHIBIT 14.16(a) 
(or, if no such office is specified, its Domestic Lending Office) or such 
other office of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to 
the Borrowers.

          "EUROCURRENCY LIABILITIES"  shall have the meaning assigned to that 
term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 
as in effect from time to time.

          "EUROCURRENCY RATE"  means the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR or TIBOR.

          "EUROCURRENCY RATE LOAN"  means a Loan made at the Eurocurrency 
Rate.

          "EUROCURRENCY RESERVE PERCENTAGE"  of a Lender for any Eurocurrency 
Interest Period for any Loan bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate, LIBOR 
or TIBOR shall mean the reserve percentage applicable during such 
Eurocurrency Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so 
applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such 
Eurocurrency Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so 

                                       A-6

<PAGE>


applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by the applicable 
Governmental Authority. 

          "EURODOLLAR RATE"  shall mean with respect to the applicable 
Eurocurrency Interest Period in effect for each Loan bearing interest at the 
Eurodollar Rate, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the annual rate of 
interest determined by the Agent, at or before 10:00 a.m. (New York time) (or 
as soon thereafter as practicable), on the second Business Day prior to the 
first day of such Eurocurrency Interest Period, to be the annual rate of 
interest at which deposits of Dollars are offered to the Agent by prime banks 
in the London interbank market as may be selected by the Agent in its sole 
discretion, acting in good faith, at the time of determination and in 
accordance with the then existing practice in such market for delivery on the 
first day of such Eurocurrency Interest Period in immediately available funds 
and having a maturity equal to such Eurocurrency Interest Period in an amount 
equal (or as nearly equal as may be) to the unpaid principal amount of such 
Loan by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurocurrency Reserve 
Percentage for such Eurocurrency Interest Period.  Each determination of the 
Eurodollar Rate made by the Agent in accordance with this paragraph shall be 
conclusive except in the case of manifest error.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT"  means any of the events specified in SECTION 
12.1, PROVIDED THAT there has been satisfied any requirement in connection 
with such event for the giving of notice, or the lapse of time, or the 
happening of any further condition, event or act.

          "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE"  means, on any day, a fluctuating interest 
rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) 
equal to the rated average of the rates on overnight Federal funds 
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal 
funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business 
Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New 
York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business 
Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received 
by each Lender from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing 
selected by it.


          "FEE"   means the fees specified in SECTION 5.4.

          "FIRST SWAP AGREEMENT"  means the swap agreement specified in 
SECTION 2.6(b).

          "FIXED CHARGES"  means, for any period, on a combined and 
consolidated basis for the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, the amounts for such 
period of (i) Interest Expense, PLUS (ii) Required Principal Payments, PLUS 
(iii) the principal component of Capital Lease Payments, PLUS (iv) all cash 
payments made under the Subordinated Warrant Note, PLUS (v) all cash payments 
under the Stock Repurchase Notes.

          "FOREIGN CURRENCY LOAN"  means a Loan in Pounds Sterling or Yen.

          "FX FACILITY COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 2.6.

          "FX LENDER"  means BBH and its successors and assigns.

                                       A-7

<PAGE>

          "FX OBLIGATION"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 2.6.

          "GAAP"  means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in 
the opinions and pronouncements of the American Institute of Certified Public 
Accountant's Accounting Principles Board and Financial Accounting Standards 
Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be in general 
use by significant segments of the accounting profession as in effect on the 
date hereof (unless otherwise specified herein as in effect on another date 
or dates).

          "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY"  means any federal, state, county, 
municipal, parish, provincial, or other government, or any department, 
commission, board, court, agency (including, without limitation, the U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency), whether of the United States of America or 
any other country, or any other instrumentality of any of them or any other 
political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, 
legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative functions of, or 
pertaining to, government, including, without limitation, any arbitration 
panel, any court, or any commission.

          "GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENT"  means any order, permit, law, statute, 
(including, without limitation, any Environmental Law), code ordinance, rule, 
regulation, certificate, or other direction or requirement of any 
Governmental Authority.

          "GUARANTIES"   means, collectively, the VLH Guaranty, the VLEH 
Guaranty, the VLI Guaranty,  the Showco Guaranty, the VLE Guaranty, the 
Brilliant Stages Guaranty, the Theatre Projects Guaranty and the VLA Guaranty.

          "GUARANTORS"  means VLH, VLI, Showco, VLA, VLEH, VLE, Theatre 
Products and Brilliant Stages.

          "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS"  means (a) any "hazardous waste" as defined 
by RCRA; (b) any "hazardous substance" as defined by CERCLA; (c) any 
flammables, explosives or radioactive materials; (d) petroleum, natural gas, 
drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the 
exploration, development, and production of crude oil or natural gas; and (e) 
any other substance which, pursuant to any Environmental Law, requires 
special handling in its collection, use, storage, treatment or disposal.

          "HIGHEST LAWFUL RATE"  means, with respect to the Lenders, the 
maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to 
time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged, or received with 
respect to the Notes or on other amounts, if any, due to the Lenders pursuant 
to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, under laws applicable to the 
Lenders which are presently in effect, or, to the extent allowed by law, 
under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a 
higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

          "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES"   has the meaning set forth in SECTION 14.14.

          "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY"  means, with respect to any member of the 
Vari-Lite Corporate Group, all of such Person's right, title, and interest in 
and to any of such Person's 


                                       A-8

<PAGE>

patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade 
names, franchise agreements, license agreements, corporate names, company 
names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service 
marks, logos, formulae, recipes, trade secrets, other source and business 
identifiers, copyrights, and the like, whether now owned or hereafter 
acquired.

          "INTERCOMPANY DEBTOR"  means any member of the Vari-Lite Corporate 
Group that is an obligor with respect to an Intercompany Obligation, whether 
as primary obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise.

          "INTERCOMPANY HOLDER"  means any member of the Vari-Lite Corporate 
Group that holds an Intercompany Obligation.

          "INTERCOMPANY OBLIGATIONS"  means all debts, liabilities, claims 
and obligations of any type and no matter howsoever created or arising, now 
or at any time hereafter owing by any member of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group 
to any other member of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, including, without 
limitation, all Permitted Intercompany Debt and Permitted Intercompany 
Secured Debt.

          "INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT"  means the Intercreditor Agreement of 
even date herewith by and among the Lenders.

          "INTEREST EXPENSE"  means, for any period, the sum (determined 
without duplication) of the aggregate amount of interest paid or accrued 
during such period on Debt of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, including the 
interest portion of any Capital Lease Payments and any expensed portion of 
capitalized interest.

          "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE"  means (a) as to any Base Rate Loan, the 
last Business Day of each calendar month, beginning with April 30, 1994; (b) 
as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan in which the Eurocurrency Interest Period 
with respect thereto is not greater than three (3) months, the date on which 
such Eurocurrency Interest Period ends; and (c) as to any Eurocurrency Rate 
Loan in which the Eurocurrency Interest Period with respect thereto is 
greater than three (3) months, the date on which every third month of such 
Eurocurrency Interest Period ends, and the date on which each such 
Eurocurrency Interest Period ends.

          "INTEREST RATE CONTRACT"  means an interest rate protection 
agreement, interest rate future, interest rate option, interest rate swap, 
interest rate cap, collar or other interest rate hedge arrangement, to or 
under which any Borrower is or becomes a party, having terms and conditions, 
and having counterparties, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

          "INVENTORY"  means, with respect to a Borrower or any subsidiary, 
all of such Person's now owned or hereafter acquired or created inventory in 
all of its forms and of every nature, wherever located, whether acquired by 
purchase, merger, or otherwise, and all raw materials, work in process 
therefor and finished goods thereof, and all supplies, materials, and 
products of every nature and description used, usable, or consumed in 
connection with the manufacture, packing, shipping, advertising, selling, 
leasing, furnishing, or production of such goods, and shall include, in any 
event, all "inventory" (within the 



                                       A-9

<PAGE>

meaning of such term in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any 
applicable jurisdiction), whether in mass or joint, or other interest or 
right of any kind in goods which are returned to, repossessed by, or stopped 
in transit by such Person, and all accessions to any of the foregoing and all 
products of any of the foregoing.

          "INVESTMENT"  of any Person means any investment so classified 
under GAAP, and, whether or not so classified, includes (a) any direct or 
indirect loan advance made by it to any other Person; (b)  any capital 
contribution to any other Person; and (c) any ownership or similar interest 
in any other Person; and the amount of any Investment shall be the original 
principal or capital amount thereof (PLUS any subsequent principal or capital 
amount) MINUS all cash returns of principal or capital thereof.

          "LIABILITIES"  means Debts, together with trade payables and other 
obligations payable less than one year from the date of the creation thereof 
which would, in accordance with GAAP, be shown on a balance sheet as a 
liability.

          "LIBOR"  means with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Interest 
Period in effect for each Loan bearing interest at LIBOR, the quotient 
obtained by dividing (a) the annual rate of interest determined by Coutts, at 
or before 10:00 a.m. (London time) (or as soon thereafter as practicable), on 
the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Eurocurrency Interest 
Period, to be the annual rate of interest at which deposits of Pounds 
Sterling are offered to Coutts by prime banks in the London interbank market 
as may be selected by Coutts in its sole discretion, acting in good faith, at 
the time of determination and in accordance with the then existing practice 
in such market for delivery on the first day of such Eurocurrency Interest 
Period in immediately available funds and having a maturity equal to such 
Eurocurrency Interest Period in an amount equal (or as nearly equal as may 
be) to the unpaid principal amount of such Loan by (b) a percentage equal to 
100% minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage for such Eurocurrency Interest 
Period.  Each determination of the Eurodollar Rate made by Coutts in 
accordance with this paragraph shall be conclusive except in the case of 
manifest error.

          "LIEN"  means any claim, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security 
interest, encumbrance, lien, or charge of any kind (including, without 
limitation, any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale 
or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).

          "LOANS"   means any or all of the Revolver Loans and Term Loans.

          "LOAN DOCUMENTS"  means this Agreement, the Notes, the Security 
Agreements, the Security Documents, the Guaranties, the Interest Rate 
Contracts, the First Swap Agreement and all instruments, certificates and 
agreements now or hereafter executed or delivered to the Lenders pursuant to 
any of the foregoing and the transactions connected therewith, and all 
amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, increases and rearrangements 
of, and substitutions for, any of the foregoing.


          "MAJORITY LENDERS"  means, at any time, Lenders holding more than 
fifty percent (50%) of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the then aggregate unpaid 
principal amount of the 

                                       A-10

<PAGE>

outstanding Loans held by the Lenders, PLUS (b) the aggregate Actual Credit 
Exposure of the Lenders under the FX Obligations, the First Swap Agreement 
and the other Interest Rate Contracts contemplated under SECTION 2.6(b), PLUS 
(c) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Dollar Equivalent 
unfunded portion of the Revolver Commitments of the Revolver Lenders.

          "MARGIN STOCK"  shall have the meaning assigned to such term in 
Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation G.

          "MASTER DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENTS"  means the distributorship 
agreements described in EXHIBIT 11.12, as same may be amended, varied or 
restated from time to time.

          "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT"  means any material adverse effect on (a) 
the financial condition, business, properties, assets, prospects or 
operations of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group on a consolidated basis, taken as 
a whole, or (b) the ability of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, on a 
consolidated basis, to perform their collective obligations under this 
Agreement or any other Loan Document to which they are a party on a timely 
basis.

          "MATURITY DATE"   means March 31, 1999, or such earlier date as the 
Obligations shall become due through acceleration. 

          "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN"  means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in 
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, Section 414 of the Code or Section 3(37) of 
ERISA (or any similar type of plan established or regulated under the laws of 
any foreign country) to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making 
or accruing, or has made or accrued an obligation to make, contributions. 

          "MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLAN"  means any employee benefit plan within 
the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, 
subject to Title IV of ERISA, to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate 
and an employer other than an ERISA Affiliate or any Borrower contribute.

          "NBD-TOKYO"  means NBD Bank, N.A., Tokyo Branch.

          "NET INCOME"  means net income as defined by GAAP, after payment of 
taxes but before payment of any dividends.

          "NOTES"  means the Revolver Notes and the Term Notes, executed and 
delivered under this Agreement, and any note given in substitution therefor, 
or in modification, renewal, extension or restatement thereof, in whole or in 
part, as any of the same may be endorsed, amended, modified or supplemented.

          "NOTICE OF CONTINUATION/CONVERSION"  has the meaning specified in 
SECTION 4.4(a).

          "NOTICE OF REVOLVER BORROWING"  has the meaning specified in 
SECTION 3.1.

                                       A-11

<PAGE>


          "OBLIGATIONS"  means all obligations of the Borrowers and the 
Guarantors, or any one or more of them, to the Agent and Lenders, or any one 
or more of them, under any Loan Document, including, without limitation, the 
Actual Credit Exposure of a Lender under the FX Facility, the First Swap 
Agreement and any other Interest Rate Contract contemplated by SECTION 2.6(b).

          "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE"  means a certificate signed in the name of 
one of the Borrowers by either its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief 
Financial Officer, its President, one of its Vice Presidents, its Treasurer, 
its Secretary or one of its Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Secretaries.

          "P&T COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENTS"  means, collectively, the VLI P&T 
Collateral Assignment and the Showco P&T Collateral Assignment.

          "PBGC"  means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

          "PBGC PLAN"  means any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA.

          "PENALTY NOTE"  means that certain promissory note in the original 
principal amount of $546,669.40, dated the Closing Date, made by VLH and 
payable to the order of Chrysler which promissory note represents the 
deferred portion of the prepayment premium owing to Chrysler by VLH as a 
result of the prepayment of its credit facility.

          "PERMITTED INTERCOMPANY DEBT"  means intercompany Debt among 
Borrowers and Guarantors which is fully and unconditionally subordinated to 
the Obligations pursuant to SECTION 9.16 hereof.

          "PERMITTED INTERCOMPANY SECURED DEBT"  means Permitted Intercompany 
Debt among Borrowers and Guarantors which is secured by a Lien, subordinate 
and inferior to the Liens of the Lenders, over the Assets of such Borrower or 
Guarantor.

          "PERMITTED LIENS"  means:

          (a)  Liens for current taxes, assessments, or other governmental 
charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or 
the validity or amount of which is contested in good faith by appropriate 
proceedings; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any right to seizure, levy, attachment, 
sequestration, foreclosure, or garnishment with respect to Assets of a 
Borrower or any Subsidiary by reason of such Lien has not matured, or has 
been and continues to be effectively enjoined or stayed;

          (b)  non-consensual Liens imposed by operation of law including, 
without limitation, landlord Liens for rent not yet due and payable, and 
Liens for materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, employees, workmen, 
repairmen, current wages, or accounts payable not yet delinquent and arising 
in the ordinary course of business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any right to 
seizure, levy, attachment, sequestration, foreclosure, or garnishment with 
respect to Assets of a Borrower or any Subsidiary by reason of such Lien has 
not matured, or has been, and continues to be, effectively enjoined or 
stayed; 


                                       A-12

<PAGE>

          (c)  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, and other similar 
Liens or imperfections to title which do not materially interfere with the 
occupation, use, and enjoyment by a Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the 
Assets encumbered thereby or materially impair the value of such Assets 
subject thereto and none of which are violated by existing or proposed 
improvements or land use of such Assets; 

          (d)  deposits for workers' compensation and unemployment insurance; 
and

          (e)  Liens arising out of or in connection with any litigation or 
other legal proceeding which is being contested in good faith by appropriate 
proceedings; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any right to seizure, levy, attachment, 
sequestration, foreclosure, or garnishment with respect to Assets of a 
Borrower or any Subsidiary by reason of such Lien has not matured or has 
been, and continues to be, effectively enjoined or stayed; and PROVIDED 
FURTHER that the aggregate amount of all claims secured by such Liens shall 
not exceed $500,000 at any time outstanding.

          "PERSON"  means an individual, partnership, joint venture, 
corporation, joint stock company, bank, trust, unincorporated organization 
and/or a government or any department or agency thereof.

          "PLAN"  means an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) 
of ERISA in which any personnel of any Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate 
participate, excluding any Multiemployer Plan, but including any such plan 
established or maintained by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, or to which 
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes, under the laws of any foreign 
country.

          "PLEDGE AGREEMENTS"  means, collectively, the VLH Pledge Agreement 
and the VLEH Pledge Agreement.

          "POUNDS STERLING"  and "L" means the lawful currency of the United 
Kingdom.

          "PRO RATA PERCENTAGE"  means:

          (i)  with respect to any Dollar Revolver Lender making a
               Revolver Loan to VLI or Showco pursuant to the
               Dollar Revolver Commitment, a fraction (expressed
               as a percentage), the numerator of which shall be
               the amount of such Lender's Commitment to make
               Dollar Revolver Loans in the amount specified on
               the signature pages opposite its name, and the
               denominator of which shall be the Dollar Revolver
               Commitment;

          (ii) with respect to any Lender making a Term Loan to
               VLI pursuant to the VLI Term Commitment, a fraction
               (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which
               shall be the amount of such Lender's Commitment to
               make a Term Loan to VLI in the amount specified on
               the signature pages opposite its name, and the
               denominator of which shall be the VLI Term
               Commitment; 


                                       A-13

<PAGE>

         (iii) with respect to any Lender making a Term Loan
               to the Sterling Borrowers pursuant to the
               Sterling Term Commitment, a fraction
               (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of
               which shall be the amount of such Lender's
               Commitment to make a Term Loan to the Sterling
               Borrowers in the amount specified on the
               signature pages opposite its name, and the
               denominator of which shall be the Sterling
               Term Loan Commitment; and

          (iv) with respect to obligations among the Lenders, a
               fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator
               of which shall be the amount of a Lender's
               Commitment, and the denominator of which shall be
               the aggregate amount of all Lenders' Commitments.  

All calculations of PRO RATA Percentages shall be made on the basis of Dollar 
Equivalent values.

          "PROCESS AGENT"  means CT Corporation System, whose address is 1633 
Broadway, New York, New York 10009.

          "QUARTERLY PAYMENT DATE"  means the last Business Day of each 
March, June, September and December excluding March 31, 1994.

          "REGULATION D,"  "REGULATION G," "REGULATION T," "REGULATION U" AND 
"REGULATION X" means Regulation D, G, T, U, or X, as the case may be, of the 
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any successor or other 
regulation hereafter promulgated by said Board to replace the prior 
Regulation D, G, T, U, or X and having substantially the same function.

          "REPORTABLE EVENT"  means any event described in Section 4043 
(excluding subsections (b)(7) and (b)(9) of ERISA and the regulations issued 
thereunder (other than a Reportable Event not subject to the thirty-day 
notice to the PBGC under such regulations).

          "REQUIRED PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS"  means payments of principal on the 
Term Loans (other than voluntary prepayments on the Term Loans pursuant to 
SECTION 6.2).

          "REVOLVER BORROWER"  means a Borrower which is a beneficiary of a 
Dollar Revolver Commitment or a Sterling Revolver Commitment.

          "REVOLVER COMMITMENT"  means, collectively, the Dollar Revolver 
Commitment and the Sterling Revolver Commitment; and, individually, either 
such commitment.

          "REVOLVER LENDER"  means a Lender making Loans pursuant to the 
Dollar Revolver Commitment or the Sterling Revolver Commitment.

          "REVOLVER LOANS"  means Loans made pursuant to the Dollar Revolver 
Commitment or the Sterling Revolver Commitment.


                                       A-14


<PAGE>

          "REVOLVER NOTES"  means, collectively, the Notes made to the 
Lenders pursuant to the Dollar Revolver or the Sterling Revolver.

          "SECURITIES ACT"  means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended to 
the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

          "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT"  means the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any 
successor statute.

          "SECURITY AGREEMENTS"  means, collectively, the VLH Security 
Agreement, the VLI Security Agreement, the Showco Security Agreement, the 
VLEH Security Documents, the VLA Agreement on Bank Transactions, the VLA 
Security Agreement, the VLE Security Documents, the P&T Collateral 
Assignments and the Pledge Agreements, as any of the foregoing may be amended 
or supplemented from time to time. 

          "SECURITY DOCUMENTS"  means, collectively, the Security Agreements, 
the Guaranties and any other security agreement, pledge agreement, 
hypothecation agreement, fixed charge agreement, floating charge agreement, 
deed of trust, mortgage, financing statement or any other agreement, in form 
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders, executed and delivered 
by a Borrower or Guarantor, or any other Person in connection with or 
pursuant to this Agreement for the purpose of creating a Lien on any of such 
Person's Assets, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from 
time to time.

          "SHARE REPURCHASE NOTE"  means a promissory note of VLH made and 
issued for the repurchase of its Class B Common Stock pursuant to the 
Buy-Sell Agreements.

          "SHOWCO GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by 
Showco in favor of the Lenders.

          "SHOWCO P&T COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT"  means a collateral assignment 
of patents, trademarks and related intellectual property, in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which Showco assigns 
to Lenders a first priority security interest in its patents, trademarks and 
related intellectual property.

          "SHOWCO REVOLVER LOAN"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 2.1(a).

          "SHOWCO SECURITY AGREEMENT"  means a security agreement in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which Showco grants 
to Lenders a first priority security interest in and to the assets of Showco, 
to secure the Obligations.

          "STERLING BASE RATE"  means, for any period, a fluctuating interest 
rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time which rate per annum 
shall at all times be equal to the rate of interest announced publicly by 
Coutts in London, England, from time to time, as its base, prime or reference 
rate.

          "STERLING BORROWERS"  means VLE, Theatre Projects and Brilliant 
Stages.

                                       A-15

<PAGE>

          "STERLING REVOLVER"  means the Sterling overdraft facility 
available to the Sterling Borrowers pursuant to the Sterling Revolver 
Commitment.

          "STERLING REVOLVER COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in 
SECTION 2.3(a).

          "STERLING REVOLVER LENDER"  means Coutts, and its successors and 
assigns.

          "STERLING TERM COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 
2.4.

          "STERLING TERM LENDERS"  means BBH, Coutts, NBD, and their 
respective successors and assigns.

          "STERLING TERM LOAN"  means the Loan made pursuant to the Sterling 
Term Commitment.

          "SUB-DISTRIBUTORSHIP AGREEMENTS"  means those distributorship 
agreements between the distributors under the Master Distributorship 
Agreements and their customers, as amended from time to time.

          "SUBORDINATED WARRANT NOTE"  shall have the meaning specified in 
the Warrant Certificate.

          "SUBSIDIARY"  means  any corporation of which any Borrower or any 
Guarantor, either directly or indirectly, owns at the time more than 50% of 
the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a 
majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (whether or not at the 
time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have, or 
might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), and 
shall include any such corporation which shall become a Subsidiary after the 
date hereof.

          "TANGIBLE NET WORTH"  means, as of any date, the total 
shareholders' equity at stated value, additional paid-in capital and retained 
earnings (less any treasury stock), which would appear on a consolidated 
balance sheet of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group as of such date in accordance 
with GAAP; provided, however, that the following values shall be excluded 
from any calculation of Tangible Net Worth:  (i) deferred charges, (ii) 
excess cost over book of any business acquired, including the Vari-Lite U.K. 
Assets, (iii) goodwill, (iv) patents, (v) trademarks and (vi) copyrights.

          "TERM LOAN COMMITMENT"  means, collectively, the VLI Term 
Commitment, Sterling Term Commitment and the VLA Term Commitment. 

          "TERM LOAN LENDER"  means a Lender making a Term Loan pursuant to 
the Term Loan Commitment.

          "TERM LOANS"  means Loans made pursuant to the Term Loan Commitment.

                                       A-16

<PAGE>

          "TERM NOTES"  means, collectively, the Notes made to the Lenders 
pursuant to the VLI Term Loan, the Sterling Term Loan and the VLA Term Loan.

          "TERMINATION EVENT"  means (a) a Reportable Event, or (b) the 
withdrawal of Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan 
during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined in 
Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (c) the filing of a notice of intent to 
terminate a PBGC Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan or the treatment of a plan 
amendment as a termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, or (d) the 
institution of proceedings to terminate a PBGC Plan or a Multiple Employer 
Plan by the PBGC, or (e) any other event or condition which might constitute 
grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the 
appointment of a trustee to administer, any PBGC Plan or a Multiple Employer 
Plan, or (f) the occurrence of an event described in Section 4068(f) of ERISA 
with respect to a PBGC Plan, or (g) any occurrence similar to any of those 
referred to in clauses (a) to (f) above under the applicable laws of a 
foreign country.

          "THEATRE PROJECTS GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date 
herewith made by Theatre Projects in favor of certain Lenders.

          "TIBOR"  means with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Interest 
Period in effect for each Loan bearing interest at TIBOR, the quotient 
obtained by dividing (a) the annual rate of interest determined by NBD, at or 
before 10:00 a.m. (Tokyo time) (or as soon thereafter as practicable), on the 
second Business Day prior to the first day of such Eurocurrency Interest 
Period, to be the annual rate of interest at which deposits of Yen are 
offered to NBD by prime banks in the Tokyo interbank market as may be 
selected by NBD in its sole discretion, acting in good faith, at the time of 
determination and in accordance with the then existing practice in such 
market for delivery on the first day of such Eurocurrency Interest Period in 
immediately available funds and having a maturity equal to such Eurocurrency 
Interest Period in an amount equal (or as nearly equal as may be) to the 
unpaid principal amount of such Loan by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus 
the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage for such Eurocurrency Interest Period.  
Each determination of the TIBOR Rate made by NBD in accordance with this 
paragraph shall be conclusive except in the case of manifest error.

          "U.S. COMPANIES"  means VLH, VLI and Showco, taken as a whole.

          "VARI-LITE CORPORATE GROUP"  means the Borrowers, the Guarantors 
and any Subsidiaries of the Borrowers and the Guarantors which are included 
in the consolidated financial statements of VLH.

          "VARI-LITE U.K. ASSETS"   means the assets acquired by the Sterling 
Borrowers from the Samuelson Group plc pursuant to the Asset Purchase 
Agreement. 

          "VLA AGREEMENT ON BANK TRANSACTIONS"  means an agreement concerning 
VLA's bank account with NBD-Tokyo in form and substance reasonably 
satisfactory to NBD-Tokyo.  

                                       A-17

<PAGE>


          "VLA GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by 
VLA in favor of certain Lenders.

          "VLA SECURITY AGREEMENT"  means one or more security agreements in 
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and NBD-Tokyo, pursuant 
to which VLA grants to Lenders a first priority security interest in and to 
the assets of VLA, to secure the Obligations.

          "VLA TERM COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 2.5(a).

          "VLA TERM LENDER"  means NBD-Tokyo, and its successors and assigns.

          "VLA TERM LOAN"  means the Loan made pursuant to the VLA Term 
Commitment.

          "VLE GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by 
VLE in favor of certain Lenders.

          "VLE SECURITY DOCUMENTS"  means one or more agreements in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Coutts, pursuant to which VLE 
grants to Lenders a first priority security interest in and to the assets of 
VLE, to secure the Obligations.

          "VLEH GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by 
VLEH in favor of certain Lenders.

          "VLEH PLEDGE AGREEMENT"  means a stock pledge agreement in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which VLEH grants to 
Lenders a first priority security interest in and pledges to Lenders one 
hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of VLE, one hundred percent 
(100%) of the capital stock of Theatre Projects and one hundred percent 
(100%) of the capital stock of Brilliant Stages, to secure the obligations of 
VLEH under the VLEH Guaranty.

          "VLEH SECURITY DOCUMENTS"  means one or more agreements in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which VLEH grants to 
Lenders a first priority security interest in and to the assets of VLEH, to 
secure the Obligations.

          "VLH GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by 
VLH in favor of the Lenders.

          "VLH PLEDGE AGREEMENT"  means one or more stock pledge agreements 
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which VLH 
grants to Lenders a first priority security interest in and pledges to 
Lenders one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of VLA, one hundred 
percent (100%) of the capital stock of VLEH, to secure the obligations of VLH 
under the VLH Guaranty.

          "VLH SECURITY AGREEMENT"  means a security agreement in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which VLH grants to 
Lenders a first priority 


                                       A-18

<PAGE>

security interest in and to the assets of VLH, other than the stock of Showco 
and VLI, to secure its obligations under the VLH Guaranty.

          "VLI GUARANTY"  means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by 
VLI in favor of the Lenders.

          "VLI P&T COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT"  means a collateral assignment of 
patents, trademarks and related intellectual property, in form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which VLI assigns to Lenders a 
first priority security interest in its patents, trademarks and related 
intellectual property.

          "VLI SECURITY AGREEMENT"  means a security agreement in form and 
substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which VLI grants to 
Lenders a first priority security interest in and to the assets of VLI, to 
secure the Obligations.

          "VLI REVOLVER LOAN"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 2.1(a).

          "VLI TERM COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in SECTION 2.2(a).

          "VLI TERM LENDERS"  means BBH, Comerica, NBD and Trust Co., and 
their respective successors and assigns.


          "VLI TERM LOAN"  means the Loan made pursuant to the VLI Term 
Commitment.

          "VOTING TRUST"  means that certain Voting Trust and Shareholders'
Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994 by and between VLH, Messrs. Brutsch , 
Clark and Maxson, and their respective spouses and Clark Partnership, Ltd.

          "WARRANT CERTIFICATE"  means Warrant Certificate No. 1 dated 
October 14, 1988, issued by VLH to Chrysler pursuant to the terms of the 
Warrant Purchase Agreement of even date therewith by and between VLH and 
Chrysler.

          "WARRANT PAYMENT"  means the payment by VLH of the purchase price 
of the Chrysler Warrant pursuant to VLH's obligation to repurchase such 
Warrant contained in Section 14 of the Warrant Certificate, which payment may 
only be made in the form of the Subordinated Warrant Note.

          "YEN"  and "Y" means the lawful currency of Japan.

          "YEN LENDER"  means NBD and its respective successors and assigns.


                                       A-19

<PAGE>

                         EXHIBIT 14.16(a)

                    APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES




BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     DOMESTIC AND EUROCURRENCY
     LENDING OFFICE:               59 Wall Street
                                   New York, New York  10005
                                   Attention:  Pieter J. Engel
                                   Tel:  (212) 483-1818
                                   Fax:  (212) 493-7903

NBD BANK, N.A.

     DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICE:      611 Woodward Avenue
                                   Detroit, Michigan  48226
                                   Attention:  Jon P. Dady
                                   Tel:  (313) 225-2390
                                   Fax:  (313) 225-1586

     EUROCURRENCY LENDING OFFICE:  28 Finsbury Circus
                                   London EC2M 7AU
                                   Attention:  Leslie Singleton
                                   Tel:  (071) 920-0921
                                   Fax:  (071) 638-0093

     TOKYO LENDING OFFICE:         Tokyo Branch
                                   Togin Building, 5th Floor
                                   4-2, Marunouchi 1-chome
                                   Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo  100  Japan
                                   Attention:  Andrew W. Strait
                                   Tel:  81-3-3214-7301
                                   Fax:  81-3-3214-2529

COUTTS & CO.

     EUROCURRENCY LENDING OFFICE:  Media Banking
                                   440 Strand
                                   London WC2R 0QS
                                   Attention:  K. Falconer
                                   Tel:  (071) 753-1000
                                   Fax:  (071) 753-1059



<PAGE>
                                                [AMENDMENT NO. 1]


                               July 1, 1994



Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, New York  10005
Attn:  Pieter J. Engel

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R 0QS
Attn: K. Falconer

NBD Bank, N.A.
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan  48226
Attn: Jon P. Dady

Trust Company Bank
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia  30303
Attn: F. McClellan Deaver

Comerica Bank-Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas  75247
Attn: Tom D. Frayer

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994 (the "Credit
          Agreement"), by and among Vari-Lite, Inc. ("VLI"),
          Showco, Inc. ("Showco"), Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. ("VLA"),
          Vari-Lite Europe Limited (f/k/a Classicforge Limited)
          ("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting Services Limited
          (f/k/a Codeal Limited) ("Theatre Projects") and Brilliant
          Stages Limited (f/k/a Watchon Limited ("Brilliant
          Stages"), (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre Projects and
          Brilliant States are sometimes referred to herein
          individually as a "Borrower" and collectively as
          "Borrowers"), Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. ("VLH") and Vari-Lite
          Europe Holdings Limited (f/k/a Portquay Limited)
          ("VLEH"), (VLH and VLEH are sometimes referred to herein
          collectively as "Guarantors"), Brown Brothers Harriman &
          Co. ("BBH"), Coutts & Co. ("Coutts"), NBD Bank, N.A.
          ("NBD"), Trust Company Bank ("Trust Co.") and Comerica
          Bank-Texas ("Comerica") (BBH, Coutts, NBD, Trust Co. and
          Comerica are hereinafter individually referred to as a
          "Lender" and collectively as "Lenders"), and BBH in its
          capacity as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
          "Agent").  Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms
          used herein with their initial letter capitalized shall
          have the meaning given such terms in the Credit
          Agreement.

<PAGE>

July 1, 1994
Page 2

Gentlemen:

     As you are aware, certain of the Borrowers propose, from time to 
time, to enter into Long-Term Equipment Leases (as defined below) with 
various third parties.  As you are also aware, certain prospective 
Lessees (as defined below) have been unwilling to enter into such 
Long-Term Equipment Leases because of the grant by the Borrowers, 
pursuant to the Security Agreements, of a Lien against all of the 
Borrowers' rights under such Long-Term Equipment Leases and the 
Equipment covered thereby, and the resulting inability of such Borrowers 
to (a) represent and warrant to a Lessee that the Equipment covered by 
such Long-Term Equipment Lease is free and clear of all Liens, and (b) 
agree that they will not assign or encumber the Long-Term Equipment 
Lease.  As used herein, "Long-Term Equipment Lease" means a lease of 
Equipment by any Borrower, as lessor, to any other Person, as lessee (a 
"Lessee"), for a term of at least five years and pursuant to which 
substantially all required rentals are paid prior to or shortly after 
the beginning of the lease term, or financed by the Borrower on terms 
economically as advantageous as if all required rentals were paid prior 
to or shortly after the beginning of the lease term.

     It is our belief that the Lessees' concerns can be addressed by the 
Lenders' agreement to not disturb the Lessees' possession and right to 
possession of the Equipment during the term of a Long-Term Equipment 
Lease, provided that the Lessee is not in default thereunder.  
Accordingly, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the 
Borrowers and Guarantors hereby request that the Agent and Lenders 
execute this letter in the space indicated below to evidence their 
consent, authorization and agreement to (a) the execution and delivery 
by the appropriate Collateral Agent to the appropriate Borrower(s) of a 
letter substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A attached hereto (the 
"Non-disturbance Letter") and the subsequent delivery by any Borrower of 
the Non-disturbance Letter to any Lessee, to the extent that such 
Borrower, in its sole discretion, deems the same to be necessary or 
advisable, and (b) within five days of a request by any Borrower, the 
execution and delivery by the appropriate Collateral Agent to any Lessee 
as may be designated by such Borrower, of a Non-disturbance Agreement 
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B attached hereto (a 
"Non-disturbance Agreement").

     The Borrowers and Guarantors hereby acknowledge that the agreements 
contained herein are subject to the following terms and conditions:

     1.   By prior written notice to any Borrower and all Lenders,
          the appropriate Collateral Agent may, in its sole
          discretion, (a) prohibit such Borrower from thereafter
          delivering a copy of the Non-disturbance Letter to any
          prospective Lessee, or (b) terminate its obligation to
          execute and deliver in favor of any prospective Lessee a
          Non-disturbance Agreement; provided, that such notice
          shall not in any way apply to or affect any Long-Term
          Equipment Lease with respect to which a copy of the 
          Non-disturbance Letter or a Non-disturbance Agreement has
          been delivered to the Lessee prior to the date on which
          such notice is received by such Borrower.

     2.   No amount in respect of any Equipment which is subject to
          a Long-Term Equipment Lease with respect to which a copy
          of the Non-disturbance Letter or a Non-disturbance
          Agreement has been delivered to the Lessee shall, during
          the term of such Long-Term Equipment Lease, (a) be
          included in the asset portion of any balance sheet
          required to be furnished to each Lender pursuant to
          Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement, or (b) be included
          as an asset of any Borrower for purposes of determining
          the compliance by such Borrower with the financial
          covenants set forth in Article 10 (including Section
          10.5) of 

<PAGE>

July 1, 1994
Page 3

          the Credit Agreement.

     3.   Borrowers shall not enter into a Long-Term Equipment
          Lease unless the aggregate lease payments payable
          thereunder are equal to or greater than the net book
          value of the equipment that is the subject of such 
          Long-Term Equipment Lease.  Furthermore, the aggregate lease
          payments payable (without regard to when such payments
          are actually made) under all Long-Term Equipment Leases
          executed in each fiscal year of the Borrowers shall not
          exceed the "Maximum Amount."  As used herein, the
          "Maximum Amount" shall mean (a) $10,000,000 with respect
          to fiscal year 1994, (b) $10,000,000 with respect to
          fiscal year 1995, and (c) for each fiscal year after
          fiscal year 1995, the greater of (i) the Maximum Amount
          applicable with respect to the immediately preceding
          fiscal year (the "Preceding Year") and (ii) the Maximum
          Amount applicable with respect to the Preceding Year
          increased by the same percentage by which the aggregate
          gross revenues of all Borrowers for the Preceding Year
          exceeded the aggregate gross revenues of all Borrowers
          for the fiscal year immediately preceding the Preceding
          Year.

     4.   Within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal
          quarter, each Borrower will furnish to each Lender an
          updated schedule of all Long-Term Equipment Leases to
          which such Borrower is a party, which schedule shall
          include, at a minimum, the names of the parties to, the
          date of, and the payment terms of each such Long-Term
          Equipment Lease.

     5.   Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Security
          Agreements, all Equipment will remain subject to a valid
          first and prior security interest in favor of the
          appropriate Collateral Agent and all Long-Term Equipment
          Leases will be validly assigned to the appropriate
          Collateral Agent.

     6.   Effective as of the date this letter is executed, Exhibit
          10.5 to the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read in
          its entirety as set forth in EXHIBIT C attached hereto.

     Please execute this letter in the space indicated below to 
acknowledge your agreement to the terms and conditions contained herein. 
The agreements contained in this letter shall become effective when a 
counterpart of this letter has been executed by all parties listed 
below.  It is not necessary that all signatures appear on the same 
counterpart.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   BORROWERS:

                                   VARI-LITE, INC.



                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                        -------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President

<PAGE>

July 1, 1994
Page 4


                                   SHOWCO, INC.


                                   By:  /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Michael P. Herman
                                        Vice President-Finance


                                   VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Chairman of the Board and
                                        Representative Director


                                   VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED (f/k/a
                                   CLASSICFORGE LIMITED)


                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director


                                   THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING
                                   SERVICES LIMITED (f/k/a CODEAL
                                   LIMITED)


                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director


                                   BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED (f/k/a
                                   WATCHON LIMITED)


                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director

<PAGE>

July 1, 1994
Page 5

                                   GUARANTORS:


                                   VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President


                                   VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS
                                   LIMITED (f/k/a PORTQUAY LIMITED)


                                   By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 1st day of July, 1994

AGENT:

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


By:  /s/ Peiter J. Engel 
     --------------------------
Its: Deputy Manager 
     --------------------------


LENDERS:

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


By:  /s/ Peiter J. Engel 
     --------------------------
Its: Deputy Manager 
     --------------------------




COUTTS & CO.

By:  /s/ K. Falconer
     --------------------------
Its: Manager 
     --------------------------

<PAGE>

July 1, 1994
Page 6


NBD BANK, N.A.

By:  /s/ Jon P. Dady
     -----------------------
Its: Vice President
     -----------------------




TRUST COMPANY BANK


By:  /s/ F. McClellan Deaver, III
     -----------------------
Its: Vice President
     -----------------------

By:  /s/ Jennifer L. McClure
     -----------------------
Its: Banking Officer
     -----------------------




COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


By:  /s/ Tom D. Frayer
     -----------------------
Its: Vice President
     -----------------------




<PAGE>
                                                [AMENDMENT NO. 2]



                        September 30, 1994



Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, New York  10005
Attn.:  Jim Katzman

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R 0QS
Attn.: K. Falconer

NBD Bank, N.A.
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan  48226
Attn.: Jon P. Dady

Trust Company Bank
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn.:  F. McClellan Deaver

Comerica Bank -- Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas  75247
Attn.: Tom D. Frayer

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among
          Vari-Lite, Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite Asia, 
          Inc. ("VLA"), Vari-Lite Europe Limited (f/k/a/  Classicforge 
          Limited)("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting
          Services Limited (f/k/a Codeal Limited)("THEATRE
          PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages Limited (f/k/a/ Watchon
          Limited)("BRILLIANT STAGES")(VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE,
          Theatre Projects and Brilliant Stages are sometimes
          referred to herein individually as a "BORROWER" and
          collectively as "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
          ("VLH") and Vari-Lite Europe Holdings Limited (f/k/a/
          Portquay Limited)("VLEH")(VLH and VLEH are sometimes
          referred to herein collectively as "GUARANTORS"), Brown
          Brothers Harriman & Co. ("BBH"), Coutts & Co. ("COUTTS"),
          NBD Bank, N.A. ("NBD"), Trust Company Bank ("TRUST CO.")
          and Comerica Bank-Texas ("COMERICA")(BBH, Coutts, NBD,
          Trust Co. and Comerica are hereinafter


<PAGE>

September 30, 1994

          individually referred to as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its capacity as
          agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT"), as
          amended by that certain letter agreement dated July 1,
          1994, marked "[Amendment No. 1]", among the Borrowers,
          the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent (the "CREDIT
          AGREEMENT"). Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms
          used herein with their initial letter capitalized shall
          have the meaning given such terms in the Credit
          Agreement.

Gentlemen:

     As you are aware, VLI, Showco and Holdings have requested your approval 
to the reorganization of their corporate structure, effective September 30, 
1994.  In the reorganization (the "REORGANIZATION"), all of the assets and 
liabilities of the Creative Services division of Showco and the paid-in 
capital of Showco which is allocated to the Creative Services division will 
be transferred, as a capital contribution, to Vari-Lite Concerts, Inc., a 
Texas corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Showco ("CONCERTS").  Showco 
will distribute all of the capital stock of Concerts as a dividend to 
Holdings, the sole stockholder of Showco, and Concerts will thereby become a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.  Thereafter, Concerts will be 
reincorporated in Delaware by merging it into a newly-formed Delaware 
corporation, all of the stock of which will be owned by Holdings after the 
merger.  In addition, all of the assets and liabilities of the Architectural 
Products division of VLI will be transferred by VLI, as a capital 
contribution, to Irideon, Inc., a newly-formed and wholly-owned Delaware 
subsidiary of VLI ("Irideon"), and the stock of Irideon will be distributed 
by VLI as a dividend to Holdings resulting in Irideon becoming a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Holdings.

     Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement provides that no Borrower or 
Guarantor will, and no Subsidiary will be permitted to, merge or consolidate 
with or into, or convey, transfer, lease, or otherwise dispose of all or 
substantially all of its assets to, or acquire all or substantially all of 
the assets or capital stock of, any Person.  Section 11.6 of the Credit 
Agreement provides that no Borrower or Guarantor will, or will permit any 
Subsidiary to, make any Investment, in excess of certain permitted amounts 
set forth therein.  Investment is defined to include any capital contribution 
to any other Person and any ownership or similar investment in any other 
Person.

     The Borrower and the Guarantors  request that the Agent and Lenders 
execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 2") in the space 
indicated below to evidence their consent, authorization and agreement to the 
Reorganization.

     For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent 
agree as follows: 


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

September 30, 1994

     1.   Subject to the terms, conditions and agreements set forth in
          this Amendment No. 2, the Lenders consent to the
          Reorganization.

     2.   Concerts shall be added as a Guarantor in the Credit
          Agreement and shall be included within the definition of
          Guarantor and the definition of Guarantors for all
          purposes.

     3.   Irideon shall be added as a Guarantor in the Credit
          Agreement and shall be included within the definition of
          Guarantor and the definition of Guarantors for all
          purposes.

     4.   The effectiveness of this Amendment No. 2 is conditioned
          upon the Agent receiving the following, each duly
          executed and dated as of September 30, 1994 and in form,
          substance, scope and number satisfactory to the Agent and
          the Lenders:

          a.   Concerts Guaranty and Irideon Guaranty;

          b.   Concerts Security Agreement and Irideon Security
               Agreement;

          c.   Officer's Certificate for Concerts and Irideon,
               certifying (1) the names and true signatures of the
               officers of Concerts authorized to sign each Loan
               Document to which such Person is a party and the
               notices and other documents to be delivered by such
               Person pursuant to any Loan Document; (2) the
               constitutive documents of such Person as in effect
               on the date of certification; and (3) the
               resolutions of the Board of Directors of such
               Person approving and authorizing the execution,
               delivery and performance by such Person of each
               Loan Document to which such Person is a party, the
               notices and other documents to be delivered by such
               Person pursuant to any Loan Document, and the
               transactions contemplated thereunder.;

          d.   Certificates of Existence and Good Standing from
               the appropriate governmental officials for each of
               Concerts and Irideon;

          e.   Favorable Opinion of Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P., U.S.
               counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group,
               addressing such matters as any Lender through the
               Agent may reasonably request; and

          f.   Such other documents as the Agent may reasonably
               request.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

September 30, 1994


     5.   The effectiveness of this Amendment No. 2 is subject to
          the further conditions that on the date hereof the
          following statements shall be true and correct, and the
          execution by the Borrowers and the Guarantors of this
          Amendment No. 2 constitute a representation and warranty
          by such Persons that on the date hereof:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers
               and VLH contained in ARTICLE 8 of the Credit
               Agreement (except for those Sections or parts
               thereof which, by their terms, relate to a
               specified date) are true and correct in all
               material respects on and as of the effective date
               hereof, as though made on and as of such date. 

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would
               result, from the Reorganization or the execution of
               this Amendment No. 2 (and after giving effect to
               the provisions hereof) which constitutes a Default
               or Event of Default.

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with
               respect to the financial condition, business,
               properties, or operations of the Vari-Lite
               Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the
               date of the most recent financial statements
               delivered to the Agent pursuant to SECTION 9.2 of
               the Credit Agreement.

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this
               Amendment No. 2 is duly authorized and empowered to
               execute this Amendment No. 2, and the execution
               hereof will not violate any Governmental
               Requirement, the violation of which would have a
               Material Adverse Effect.

     6.   Each of Concerts and Irideon represent and warrant to the
Lenders that:

          a.   It is a corporation duly organized, validly
               existing, and in good standing under the laws of the 
               jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and is duly qualified
               or licensed to do business in all jurisdictions where the
               properties owned or the business transacted by it makes such
               qualification necessary and where the failure to be so qualified
               would have a Material Adverse Effect.

          b.   It is duly authorized and empowered to execute,
               deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan
               Document to which it is a party, and all such
               corporate action on its part requisite for the due
               execution, delivery and performance of each Loan
               Document to which it is a party has been duly and
               effectively taken.



                                       -4-
<PAGE>

Setember 30, 1994

          c.   The execution, delivery and performance by it of
               each Loan Document to which it is a party and the
               effectuation of the transactions contemplated by
               any Loan Document, do not and will not violate any
               provision of, or result in a default under, such
               Person's Articles  or Certificate of Incorporation
               or other charter documents or By-laws or any
               material agreement or Governmental Requirement to
               which such Person is subject, or result in the
               creation or imposition of any Lien upon any
               properties of such Person, other than those in
               favor of the Lenders, as contemplated by the Loan
               Documents.

          d.   No authorization or approval or other action by,
               and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental
               Authority is required for the due execution,
               delivery and performance by such Person of any Loan
               Document to which it is a party or the effectuation
               of the transactions contemplated under any Loan
               Document, except for the filing of financing
               statements and certain other Security Documents.

          e.   Each Loan Document to which it is a party will
               constitute, when delivered hereunder, the legal,
               valid and binding obligation of such Person
               enforceable against such Person in accordance with
               its respective terms, except as such enforceability
               may be (1) limited by the effect of any Debtor
               Laws, or (b) subject to the effect of general
               principles of equity (regardless of whether such
               enforceability is considered in a proceeding at
               equity or at law).

     7.   Concerts and Irideon confirm and agree that so long as
          any Obligations of any Borrower remain outstanding or any
          Lender shall have any Commitment to any Borrower under
          the Credit Agreement, each of them shall comply with (a)
          the affirmative covenants contained in ARTICLE 9 of the
          Credit Agreement, (b) the negative covenants contained in
          ARTICLE 11 of the Credit Agreement and (c) any other
          provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to the
          Guarantors.

     8.   The provisions of SECTION 9.6, SECTION 11.5 and SECTION
          11.6, and any other provisions of the Credit Agreement or
          any Loan Document (including, without limitation, Section
          5.b. of the Showco Security Agreement and Section 5.b. of
          the VLI Security Agreement) which could restrict the
          ability of the Borrowers from completing the
          Reorganization, are waived to the extent and only to the
          extent necessary to the permit the Reorganization.

     9.   Subsection (a) of SECTION 11.7 is amended to read in its
          entirety as follows:


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

September 30, 1994

          (a)  Showco and Concerts, taken together, shall not make
          expenditures for fixed or capital assets during any
          fiscal year in an aggregate amount in excess of
          $1,000,000.00.

     10.  Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as
follows:

          a.   The definition of Guaranties  shall be amended to read:

               "GUARANTIES" means, collectively, the VLH Guaranty,
               the VLEH Guaranty, the VLI Guaranty, the Showco
               Guaranty, the VLE Guaranty, the Brilliant Stages
               Guaranty, the Theatre Projects Guaranty, the VLA
               Guaranty, the Concerts Guaranty and the Irideon
               Guaranty.

          b.   The definition of Security Agreements  shall be
               amended to read:

               "SECURITY AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, the VLH
               Security Agreement, the VLI Security Agreement, the
               Showco Security Agreement, the VLEH Security
               Documents, the VLA Agreement on Bank Transactions,
               the VLA Security Agreement, the VLE Security
               Documents, the P&T Collateral Assignments, the
               Pledge Agreement, the Concerts Security Agreement
               and the Irideon Security Agreement, as any of the
               foregoing may be amended or supplemented from time
               to time.

          c.   A new definition of Concerts Guaranty  shall be
               added immediately after the definition of
               Commitment, reading as follows:

               "CONCERTS GUARANTY" means the Guaranty dated as of
               the date hereof made by Concerts in favor of the
               Lenders.

          d.   A new definition of Concerts Security Agreement 
               shall be added immediately after the new definition
               of Concerts Guaranty, reading as follows:

               "CONCERTS SECURITY AGREEMENT means a security
               agreement in form and substance reasonably
               satisfactory to the Agent, pursuant to which
               Concerts grants to Lenders a first priority
               security interest in and to the assets of Concerts,
               to secure the Obligations.

          e.   A new definition of Irideon Guaranty  shall be
               added immediately after the definition of
               Investment, reading as follows:

               "IRIDEON GUARANTY" means the Guaranty dated as of
               the date hereof made by Irideon in favor of the
               Lenders.



                                       -6-
<PAGE>

September 30, 1994

          f.   A new definition of Irideon Security Agreement 
               shall be added immediately after the new definition
               of Irideon Guaranty, reading as follows:

               "IRIDEON SECURITY AGREEMENT means a security
               agreement in form and substance reasonably
               satisfactory to the Agent, pursuant to which
               Irideon grants to Lenders a first priority security
               interest in and to the assets of Irideon, to secure
               the Obligations.

     11.  The Credit Agreement, as amended by this Amendment No. 2,
          is ratified and confirmed and all of the rights and
          powers created thereby or thereunder shall be and remain
          in full force and effect.

     12.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment No. 2 shall not, except as expressly provided
          herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy
          of the Agent or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement,
          as amended hereby, or under any of the Loan Documents to
          which any Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

     13.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to pay all
          reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including,
          without limitation, all attorneys' fees, costs and
          expenses of Agent's legal counsel) incurred in connection
          with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery
          of this Amendment No. 2 and all other Loan Documents
          executed in connection herewith.

     14.  This Amendment No. 2 shall be deemed to be an agreement
          executed by the parties hereto under the laws of the
          State of New York, and shall be governed by, and shall be
          construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of
          New York and applicable federal law.

     15.  The agreements contained in this Amendment No. 2 shall
          become effective as of the date first written above when
          a counterpart of this Amendment No. 2 has been executed
          by all the parties.  It is not necessary that all
          signatures appear on the same counterpart. Each such
          counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all
          counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute but
          one and the same instrument.

     16.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2, TOGETHER WITH THE CREDIT AGREEMENT,
          REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND
          MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
          CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE
          PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN
          THE PARTIES.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

September 30, 1994

     This Amendment No. 2 has been executed by the duly authorized
officers of the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge
your agreement to the terms and conditions contained herein by
executing this Amendment No. 2 in the space indicated below. 





                   [signature pages to follow] 







                                       -8-
<PAGE>
                                   Very truly yours,

                                   BORROWERS:

                                   VARI-LITE, INC.


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President


                                   SHOWCO, INC.


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President

                                   VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Chairman of the Board and
                                        Representative Director

                                   VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED
                                   (f/k/a CLASSICFORGE LIMITED)


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director

                                   THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING
                                   SERVICES LIMITED (f/k/a CODEAL
                                   LIMITED)


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

September 30, 1994

                                   BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED
                                   (f/k/a WATCHON LIMITED)


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director


                                   GUARANTORS:

                                   VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President

                                   VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS
                                   LIMITED (f/k/a PORTQUAY LIMITED)


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        Director

                                   VARI-LITE CONCERTS, INC.


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President

                                   IRIDEON, INC.


                                   By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III     
                                      ------------------------------------
                                        H.R. Brutsche III
                                        President



                                       -10-
<PAGE>

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 30th day September, 1994

AGENT:


PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ Radford W. Kratz               
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Radford W. Kratz
     Title:     Senior Manager

LENDERS:

per pro BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ Radford W. Kratz               
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Radford W. Kratz
     Title:     Senior Manager

     COUTTS & CO.


     By: /s/ Kevin Falconer                        
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Kevin Falconer
     Title:     Manager

     NDB BANK, N.A.


     By: /s/ Jon P. Dady                           
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Jon P. Dady
     Title:     Vice President

     TRUST COMPANY BANK


     By: /s/ Jennifer L. McClure               
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Jennifer L. McClure
     Title:     Banking Officer

     By: /s/ F. McClellan Deaver, III         
         ------------------------------
     Name:  F. McClellan Deaver, III
     Title:     Vice President

                                       -11-
<PAGE>

September 30, 1994


     COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


     By: /s/ Tom D. Frayer                  
        --------------------------------
     Name:  Tom D. Frayer
     Title:     Vice President






                                       -12-


<PAGE>
                                                               [Amendment No. 3]

                                February 22, 1995

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Jeffrey C. Lockwood

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R OQS
Attn: A.D. Hills

NBD Bank N.A.
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attn: Jon P. Dady

Trust Company Bank
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn: F. McClellan Deaver

Comerica Bank - Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas 75247
Attn: Tom D. Frayer

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among Vari-Lite,
          Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. ("VLA"),
          Vari-Lite Europe Limited ("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting Services
          Limited ("THEATRE PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages Limited ("BRILLIANT
          STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre Projects and Brilliant Stages
          are sometimes referred to herein individually as a "BORROWER" and
          collectively as "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. ("VLH"), Vari-
          Lite Europe Holdings Limited ("VLEH"), Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
          ("BBH"), Coutts & Co. ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A. (the name of which is
          now NBD Bank, a Michigan banking corporation)("NBD"), Trust Company
          Bank ("TRUST CO.") and Comerica Bank-Texas ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts,
          NBD, Trust Co. and Comerica are hereinafter individually referred to
          as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its capacity as agent for Lenders (in such
          capacity, the "AGENT"), as amended by (a) that certain letter
          agreement dated July 1, 1994, marked "[Amendment No. 1]", among the
          Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, and (b) that
          certain letter agreement dated September 30, 1994 marked "[Amendment
          No. 2]" among the Borrowers, VLH, VLEH, Showco

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 2

          Creative Services, Inc. ("SCSI") and Irideon, Inc. ("IRIDEON")(VLH,
          VLEH, SCSI and Irideon are sometimes referred to herein collectively
          as "GUARANTORS"), the Lenders and the Agent, as amended (the "CREDIT
          AGREEMENT").  Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms used herein
          with their initial letter capitalized shall have the meaning given
          such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Gentlemen:

     As you are aware, (a) VLI and Showco have requested that the Dollar
Revolver Commitment be increased to $9,000,000, (b) the Borrowers and the
Guarantors have requested that the financial maintenance covenants contained in
Sections 10.1 and 10.3 of the Credit Agreement be amended in certain respects,
(c) the Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the definition of "U.S.
Companies" contained in Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement be amended to include
Irideon, SCSI and Concert Production Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation and
a wholly owned Subsidiary of VLH ("CPL"), (d) the Borrowers, the Guarantors and
CPL have requested that certain other definitions contained in Exhibit A to the
Credit Agreement be amended and that certain additional definitions be added to
the Credit Agreement to reflect that CPL will be a "Guarantor" under the Credit
Agreement, and (e) the Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the
covenant contained in Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement be amended to permit
VLH to make Investments in and loan Permitted Intercompany Debt to Irideon, SCSI
and CPL.

     The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the Agent and Lenders
execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 3") in the space
indicated below to evidence their agreement to the modifications and amendments
contained herein.

     For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged and confessed, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the
Agent agree, subject to the satisfaction of each condition precedent set forth
in Section 7 of this Amendment No. 3,  to the  following:

     1.   INCREASE IN DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

          a.   The Dollar Revolver Commitment (as such term is defined in
Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement) shall be increased to $9,000,000; and

          b.   The Commitment of each Dollar Revolver Lender to make Dollar
Revolver Loans (as set forth opposite each Dollar Revolver Lender's name on the
signature page to the Credit Agreement) shall be increased to the amount set
forth opposite such Dollar Revolver Lender's name below:

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 3

               Dollar Revolver Lender   Dollar Revolver Commitment
               ----------------------   --------------------------
                    BBH                      $2,000,000
                    Trust Co.                $2,000,000
                    Comerica                 $2,000,000
                    NBD                      $3,000,000

     2.   AMENDMENT TO FINANCIAL MAINTENANCE COVENANTS.  Section 10.1 shall be
amended to provide for the corresponding ratios and periods, and Section 10.3 of
the Credit Agreement shall be amended to provide for the corresponding ratios
and amounts, as provided below:

          a.   Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratios:

                    Period                             Ratio
                    ------                             -----
               Beginning on November 30, 1994 and      (0.40) to 1
               ending on February 27, 1995

               Beginning on February 28, 1995 and      (1.50) to 1
               ending on April 29, 1995

               Beginning on April 30, 1995             (1.00) to 1
               ending on May 30, 1995

               Beginning on May 31, 1995               (0.70) to 1
               ending on July 30, 1995

               Beginning on July 31, 1995 and          (0.30) to 1
               ending on November 29, 1995

               Beginning on November 30, 1995 and      0.20 to 1
               ending on February 28, 1996

               Beginning on February 29, 1996 and      0.80 to 1
               ending on June 29, 1996

               Beginning on June 30, 1996 and          1.00 to 1
               ending on September 29, 1996

               Beginning on September 30, 1996 and     1.50 to 1
               ending on  September 29, 1997

               On and after September 30, 1997         1.75 to 1

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 4

(with numbers in parentheses being negative numbers).

          b.   Tangible Net Worth Amounts:

               Period                                Amount
               ------                                ------
               Beginning on the Closing Date         $12,400,000
               and ending on September 29, 1994

               Beginning on September 30, 1994       $13,000,000
               and ending on September 29, 1995

               Beginning on September 30, 1995       $16,000,000
               and ending on September 29, 1996

               Beginning on September 30, 1996       $21,000,000
               and ending on September 29, 1997

               Beginning on September 30, 1997       $26,000,000
               and ending on September 29, 1998

               On and after September 30, 1998       $31,000,000

     3.   ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.  Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement shall be
amended to include, in alphabetical order, definitions for the terms "CPL", "CPL
Guaranty" and "CPL Security Agreement" which shall read in full as follows:

     "CPL" means Concert Production Lighting, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a
wholly owned Subsidiary of VLH.

     "CPL GUARANTY" means the Guaranty dated February 22, 1995, of CPL in favor
of certain Lenders.

     "CPL SECURITY AGREEMENT" means a security Agreement in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which CPL grants to Lenders a
first priority security interest in and to the assets of CPL, to secure the
Obligations.

     4.   AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS.  The definitions of Guarantors, Guarantees,
Security Agreements and U.S. Companies contained in Exhibit A to the Credit
Agreement shall be amended to read in full as follows:

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 5

     "GUARANTORS" means VLH, VLI, Showco, VLA, VLEH, VLE, Theatre Projects,
Brilliant Stages, SCSI, Irideon and CPL.

     "GUARANTEES" means, collectively, the VLH Guaranty, the VLEH Guaranty, the
VLI Guaranty, the Showco Guaranty, the VLE Guaranty, the Brilliant Stages
Guaranty, the Theatre Projects Guaranty, the VLA Guaranty, the Irideon Guaranty,
the SCSI Guaranty and the CPL Guaranty.

     "SECURITY AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, the VLH Security Agreement, the
VLI Security Agreement, the Showco Security Agreement, the VLEH Security
Documents, the VLA Agreement on Bank Transactions, the VLA Security Agreement,
the VLE Security Documents,  the P&T Collateral Assignments, the Pledge
Agreements, the Irideon Security Agreement, the SCSI Security Agreement and the
CPL Security Agreement, as any of the foregoing may be amended or supplemented
from time to time.

     "U.S. COMPANIES" means VLH, VLI, Showco, SCSI, Irideon and CPL, taken as a
whole, and "U.S.Company" means any of VLH, VLI, Showco, SCSI, Irideon or CPL,
individually.

     5.   AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.6.  Clause (e) of Subsection 11.6 of the
Credit Agreement shall be, and hereby is, amended to read in full as follows:

          (e) VLH may make Investments in VLI, Showco, Irideon, SCSI and CPL;

     6.   AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.7.  Clause (b) of Subsection 11.7 of the
Credit Agreement shall be, and hereby is, amended to read in full as follows:

          (b)  The Vari-Lite Corporate Group shall not make expenditures in an
aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,500,000.00 related to the production
and inventorying of AR500 and Mini Architectural lights.

     7.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  Each of (a) the increase in the Dollar Revolver
Commitment and in the Commitment of each Dollar Revolver Lender to make Dollar
Revolver Loans as contemplated by Section 1 of this Amendment No. 3, (b) the
amendments to Sections 10.1, 10.3 and 11.6 of the Credit Agreement as
contemplated by Sections 2 and 5 of this Amendment No. 3, (c) the addition of
the definitions of "CPL", "CPL Guaranty" and "CPL Security Agreement" to Exhibit
A to the Credit Agreement as contemplated by Section 3 of this Amendment, and
(d) the amendments to the definitions of "Guarantors", "Guarantees", "Security
Agreements" and "U.S. Companies" as contemplated by Section 4 of this Amendment
No. 3, is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions
precedent:

          a.   Each Dollar Revolver Lender shall have received a modification
and renewal Revolver Note jointly and severally executed and delivered by Showco
and VLI which shall be (i) dated the date hereof; (ii) in the principal amount
of such Dollar Revolver Lender's

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 6

PRO RATA Percentage of the Dollar Revolver Commitment as increased in this
Amendment No. 3; (iii) be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 1 to this
Amendment No. 3 with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the
order of such Dollar Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date; and (v) subject to
acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. Upon receipt by each
Dollar Revolver Lender of the modification and renewal Revolver Note to be
delivered to it pursuant to this Section 7.a., such Dollar Revolver Lender
shall return to VLI (for the benefit of VLI and Showco) the Revolver Note
presently held by such Dollar Revolver Lender evidencing such Dollar Revolver
Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Dollar Revolver Commitment prior to giving
effect to this Amendment No. 3, duly marked "Replaced."

          b.   The Agent shall have received the CPL Guaranty, each duly
executed and dated as of February 22, 1995 and in form, substance, scope number
as is satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders.

          c.   The Agent shall have received the CPL Security Agreement, duly
executed and dated as of February 22, 1995 and in form, substance, scope and
number as is satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders.

          d.   The Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate for each
of VLI and Showco certifying (i) to the name and true signatures of the officers
of VLI and Showco authorized to sign the Revolver Notes to be executed by VLI
and Showco pursuant to Section 7.a. of this Amendment No. 3; (ii) that neither
the charter nor bylaws of either VLI or Showco has been amended, modified,
revoked or repealed in any respect since March 31, 1994, except for amendments
copies of which have been provided to Agent; and (iii) to resolutions of the
Boards of Directors of VLI and Showco approving and authorizing the increase in
the Dollar Revolver Commitment contemplated by Section 1 of this Amendment No. 3
and the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment No. 3 and the new
Revolver Notes to be executed and delivered by VLI and Showco pursuant to
Section 7.a. of this Amendment No. 3.

          e.   The Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate for CPL
certifying (i) to the name and true signatures of the officers of CPL authorized
to sign the CPL Guaranty, the CPL Security Agreement and the other Loan
Documents to be executed by CPL pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan
Papers, (ii) to the accuracy of copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws of CPL attached thereto; and (iii) to resolutions of the Board of
Directors of CPL approving and authorizing the execution and delivery by CPL of
the CPL Guaranty and the CPL Security Agreement to be executed by CPL, and the
other Loan Documents to be executed by CPL, and the performance by CPL of its
obligations thereunder.

          f.   The Agent shall have received Certificates of Existence and Good
Standing from the appropriate governmental officials for CPL;

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 7

          g.   The Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of Gardere &
Wynne, L.L.P., U.S. counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, addressing such
matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

          h.   The Agent shall have received such other documents as it may
reasonably request.

          i.   VLI and Showco shall have paid to the Agent for the account of
the Dollar Revolver Lenders a commitment increase fee in the aggregate amount of
$55,000 which shall be distributed by the Agent to the Dollar Revolver Lenders
in accordance with the following table:

               Dollar Revolver Lender   Commitment Increase Fee
               ----------------------   -----------------------
                    Trust Co.                $10,000
                    Comerica                 $10,000
                    NBD                      $15,000
                    BBH                      $20,000

The fees described in this Section represent compensation for services rendered
and to be rendered separate and apart from the lending of money or the provision
of credit and do not constitute compensation for the use, detention or
forbearance of money, and the obligation of the Borrowers to pay such fees shall
be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the obligation of any Borrower to pay
interest, other fees described in the Agreement, and expenses described in the
Agreement.  All such fees shall be part of the Obligations and shall be
nonrefundable.

     8.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce each Lender to
enter into this Amendment No. 3, each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and VLH
contained in ARTICLE 8 of the Credit Agreement (except for those Sections or
parts thereof which, by their terms, relate to a specified date) are true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on
and as of such date.

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the
execution of this Amendment No. 3 (and after giving effect to the provisions
hereof), which, absent this Amendment, constitutes a Default or Event of
Default.

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with respect to the
financial condition, business, properties or operations of the Vari-Lite
Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of the most recent
financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to SECTION 9.2 of the
Credit Agreement.

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 8

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this Amendment No.
3 is duly authorized and empowered to execute this Amendment No. 3, and the
execution hereof will not violate any Governmental Requirement, the violation of
which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     9.   ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS OF CPL.  CPL represents and warrants to the
Lenders that:

          a.   It is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and is
duly qualified or licensed to do business in all jurisdictions where the
properties owned or the business transacted by it makes such qualification
necessary and where the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

          b.   It is duly authorized and empowered to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party, and all
such corporate action on its part requisite for the due execution, delivery and
performance of each Loan Document to which it is a party has been duly and
effectively taken.

          c.   The execution, delivery and performance by it of each Loan
Document to which it is a party and the effectuation of the transactions
contemplated by any Loan Document, do not and will not violate any provision of,
or result in a default under, CPL's Certificate of Incorporation or other
charter documents or By-laws or any material agreement or Governmental
Requirement to which CPL is subject, or result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any properties of such Person, other than those in favor of the
Lenders, as contemplated by the Loan Documents.

          d.   No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to
or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required for the due execution,
delivery and performance by CPL of any Loan Document to which it is a party or
the effectuation of the transactions contemplated under any Loan Document.

          e.   Each Loan Document to which it is a party will constitute, when
delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding obligation of CPL enforceable
against CPL in accordance with its respective terms, except as such
enforceability may be (i) limited by the effect of any Debtor Laws, or (ii)
subject to the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether
such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at equity or at law).

     10.  CONFIRMATION OF OBLIGATIONS OF CPL AS GUARANTOR.  CPL confirms and
agrees that so long as any Obligations of any Borrower remain outstanding or any
Lender shall have any Commitment to any Borrower under the Credit Agreement, CPL
shall comply with (a) the affirmative covenants contained in ARTICLE 9 of the
Credit Agreement, (b) the negative covenants

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 9

contained in ARTICLE 11 of the Credit Agreement and (c) any other provisions
of the Credit Agreement applicable to the Guarantors.

     11.  REAFFIRMATION OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTEES.  Each Borrower and
each Guarantor hereby (a) reaffirms each Guaranty and each Security Document
previously executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable),
(b) acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Guarantees and Security
Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable)
guarantee, or secure payment of amounts outstanding under the Dollar Revolver
Commitment, such Guarantees and Security Documents continue to secure payment of
and guaranty (as applicable) amounts outstanding under the Dollar Revolver
Commitment as increased pursuant to Section 1 hereof, and (c) reaffirms and
acknowledges that the Guarantees and Security Documents executed and delivered
by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable) continue to evidence the valid,
binding and enforceable obligation of such Borrower or Guarantor (as
applicable), subject only to applicable Debtor Laws.

     12.  REAFFIRMATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  The Credit Agreement, as amended
by this Amendment No. 3, is ratified and confirmed and all of the rights and
powers created hereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full force and
effect.

     13.  NO UNINTENDED WAIVERS.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of
this Amendment No. 3 shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as
a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent or the Lenders under the
Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, or under any of the Loan Documents to which
any Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

     14.  EXPENSES OF AGENT.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to pay all
reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, all
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel) incurred in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this
Amendment No. 3 and all other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith.

     15.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN
AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

     16.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment No. 3 shall become effective as of the
date first written above when a counterpart of this Amendment No. 3 has been
executed by all  parties listed on the signature pages hereto.  It is not
necessary that all signatures appear on the same counterpart.  Each such
counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts, when taken
together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 10

     17.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3, TOGETHER WITH THE CREDIT
AGREEMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS
OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     This Amendment No. 3 has been executed by the duly authorized officers of
the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge your agreement to the
terms and conditions contained herein by executing this Amendment No. 3 in the
space indicated below.



                           [signature pages to follow]

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 11

                              Very truly yours,

                              BORROWERS:

                              VARI-LITE, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche
                                   President


                              SHOWCO, INC.


                              By: /s/ Clay Powers
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   Clay Powers
                                   President


                              VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Chairman of the Board and Representative
                                   Director


                              VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Director


<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 12

                              THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES LIMITED


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Director


                              BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Director


                              GUARANTORS:

                              VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   President

                              VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Director

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 13

                              SHOWCO CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.


                              By: /s/ John D. Maxson
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   John D. Maxson
                                   Chairman

                              IRIDEON, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   President

                              CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   President

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 22nd day of February, 1995

AGENT:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan III
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  W. Carter Sullivan III
     Title: Manager

LENDERS:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan III
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  W. Carter Sullivan III
     Title: Manager

<PAGE>

February 22, 1995
Page 14

     COUTTS & CO.


     By: /s/ A. D. Hills
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  A. D. Hills
     Title: Manager

     NBD BANK


     By: /s/ Jon P. Dady
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  Jon P. Dady
     Title: Vice President

     TRUST COMPANY BANK


     By: /s/ Jennifer L. McClure
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  Jennifer L. McClure
     Title: Bank Officer


     By: /s/ F. McClellan Deaver, III
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  F. McClellan Deaver, III
     Title: Vice President

     COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


     By: /s/ Gary W. Orr
        ------------------------------------------
     Name:  Gary W. Orr
     Title: Senior Vice President



<PAGE>
                                       
                                                             [Amendment No. 4]

                              November 22, 1995

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Jeffrey C. Lockwood

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R OQS
Attn: A.D. Hills

NBD Bank N.A.
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attn: Jon P. Dady

Trust Company Bank
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn: F. McClellan Deaver

Comerica Bank - Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas 75247
Attn: David Terry

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among Vari-Lite,
          Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. ("VLA"),
          Vari-Lite Europe Limited ("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting Services
          Limited ("THEATRE PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages Limited ("BRILLIANT
          STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre Projects and Brilliant Stages
          are sometimes referred to herein individually as a "BORROWER" and
          collectively as "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. ("VLH"), Vari-
          Lite Europe Holdings Limited ("VLEH"), Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
          ("BBH"), Coutts & Co. ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A. (the name of which is
          now NBD Bank, a Michigan banking corporation)("NBD"), Trust Company
          Bank ("TRUST CO.") and Comerica Bank-Texas ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts,
          NBD, Trust Co. and Comerica are hereinafter individually referred to
          as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its capacity as agent for Lenders (in such
          capacity, the "AGENT"), as amended by (a) that certain letter
          agreement dated July 1, 1994, marked "[Amendment No. 1]", among the
          Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, (b) that certain
          letter agreement dated September 30, 1994 marked "[Amendment No. 

<PAGE>

          2]" among the Borrowers, VLH, VLEH, Showco Creative Services, Inc. 
          ("SCSI") and Irideon, Inc. ("IRIDEON")(VLH, VLEH, SCSI, Irideon and 
          Concert Production Lighting, Inc. are sometimes referred to herein 
          collectively as "GUARANTORS"), the Lenders and the Agent, and (c) 
          that certain letter agreement dated February 22, 1995 marked 
          "[Amendment No. 3]" among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the 
          Lenders and the Agent, as amended (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT").  Unless 
          otherwise defined herein, all terms used herein with their initial 
          letter capitalized shall have the meaning given such terms in the 
          Credit Agreement.

Gentlemen:

     As you are aware, the Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that 
the Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratios contained in Sections 10.1 of the 
Credit Agreement be amended in certain respects.

     The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the Agent and 
Lenders execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 4") in the 
space indicated below to evidence their agreement to the modifications and 
amendments contained herein.

     For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged and confessed, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders 
and the Agent agree to the  following:

     1.   AMENDMENT TO MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIOS.  Section 10.1 of 
the Credit Agreement shall be amended to provide for the corresponding ratio 
and period, as provided below:

               Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratios:

                    Period                                  Ratio
                    ------                                  -----
               Beginning on September 30, 1995 and          (0.50) to 1
               ending on October 30, 1995

(with number in parentheses being a negative number).

     All periods and ratios in Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement which are 
not changed by the above period and ratio shall remain as set forth in the 
Credit Agreement.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce each Lender to 
enter into this Amendment No. 4, each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby 
represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and VLH 
contained in ARTICLE 8 of the Credit Agreement (except for those Sections or 
parts thereof which, by 

<PAGE>

their terms, relate to a specified date) are true and correct in all material 
respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date.

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from 
the execution of this Amendment No. 4 (and after giving effect to the 
provisions hereof), which, absent this Amendment No. 4, constitutes a Default 
or Event of Default.

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with respect to the 
financial condition, business, properties or operations of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of the most recent 
financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to SECTION 9.2 of the 
Credit Agreement.

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this Amendment 
No. 4 is duly authorized and empowered to execute this Amendment No. 4, and 
the execution hereof will not violate any Governmental Requirement, the 
violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     3.   REAFFIRMATION OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTEES.  Each Borrower 
and each Guarantor hereby (a) reaffirms each Guaranty and each Security 
Document previously executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as 
applicable), (b) acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Guarantees 
and Security Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor 
(as applicable) guarantee, or secure payment of amounts outstanding under the 
Dollar Revolver Commitment, such Guarantees and Security Documents continue 
to secure payment of and guaranty (as applicable) amounts outstanding under 
the Dollar Revolver Commitment, and (c) reaffirms and acknowledges that the 
Guarantees and Security Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or 
Guarantor (as applicable) continue to evidence the valid, binding and 
enforceable obligation of such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), subject 
only to applicable Debtor Laws.

     4.   REAFFIRMATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  The Credit Agreement, as 
amended by this Amendment No. 4, is ratified and confirmed and all of the 
rights and powers created hereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full 
force and effect.

     5.   NO UNINTENDED WAIVERS.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness 
of this Amendment No. 4 shall not, except as expressly provided herein, 
operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent or the Lenders 
under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, or under any of the Loan 
Documents to which any Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

     6.   EXPENSES OF AGENT.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to pay 
all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, 
all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel) incurred in 
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this 
Amendment No. 4.

     7.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN 
AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE 

<PAGE>

CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND 
APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

     8.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment No. 4 shall become effective as of 
the date first written above when a counterpart of this Amendment No. 4 has 
been executed by all  parties listed on the signature pages hereto.  It is 
not necessary that all signatures appear on the same counterpart.  Each such 
counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts, when 
taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     9.   COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4, TOGETHER WITH THE CREDIT 
AGREEMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE 
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL 
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE 
PARTIES.

     This Amendment No. 4 has been executed by the duly authorized officers 
of the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge your agreement to 
the terms and conditions contained herein by executing this Amendment No. 4 
in the space indicated below.

                        [signature pages to follow]

<PAGE>

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            BORROWERS:

                                            VARI-LITE, INC.


                                            By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche   III
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 H.R. Brutsche III
                                                 President


                                            SHOWCO, INC.



                                            By:  /s/ Clay Powers
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Clay Powers
                                                 President


                                            VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                                            By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 H.R. Brutsche III
                                                 Chairman of the Board and 
                                                 Representative Director


                                            VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED



                                            By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III        
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 H.R. Brutsche III
                                                 Director

<PAGE>

                                     THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES LIMITED



                                     By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III              
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          H.R. Brutsche III
                                          Director


                                     BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED


                                     By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III              
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          H.R. Brutsche III
                                          Director


                                     GUARANTORS:

                                     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.



                                     By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III              
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          H.R. Brutsche III
                                          President

                                     VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED



                                     By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III              
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          H.R. Brutsche III
                                          Director

                                     SHOWCO CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.



                                     By:  /s/ John D. Maxson            
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          John D. Maxson
                                          Chairman

<PAGE>

                                     IRIDEON, INC.



                                     By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          H.R. Brutsche III
                                          President

                                     CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.



                                     By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III              
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          H.R. Brutsche III
                                          President

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 22nd day of November, 1995

AGENT:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By:   /s/ W. Carter Sullivan III
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     W. Carter Sullivan III
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Manager
            -------------------------------

<PAGE>

LENDERS:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By:   /s/ W. Carter Sullivan III    
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     W. Carter Sullivan  
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Manager             
            -------------------------------

     COUTTS & CO.


     By:   /s/ A.D. Hills           
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     A.D. Hills          
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Manager             
            -------------------------------



     NBD BANK


     By:   /s/ Jon P. Dady          
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     Jon P. Dady         
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Vice President           
            -------------------------------

     TRUST COMPANY BANK


     By:   /s/ F. McClellan Deaver III   
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     F. McClellan Deaver III
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Vice President           
            -------------------------------

     By:   /s/ Ruth E. Whitner      
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     Ruth E. Whitner     
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Assistant Vice President 
            -------------------------------

     COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


     By:   /s/ David Terry          
         ----------------------------------
     Name:     David Terry         
           --------------------------------
     Title:    Corporate Banking Officer    
            -------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                                [Amendment No. 5]

                        December 18, 1995

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.                            
59 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Jeffrey C. Lockwood

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R OQS
Attn: A.D. Hills

NBD Bank
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attn: Jon P. Dady

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn: F. McClellan Deaver, III

Comerica Bank - Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas 75247
Attn: David B. Terry

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among
          Vari-Lite, Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite 
          Asia, Inc. ("VLA"), Vari-Lite Europe Limited
          ("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting Services Limited
          ("THEATRE PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages Limited
          ("BRILLIANT STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre
          Projects and Brilliant Stages are sometimes referred to
          herein individually as a "Borrower" and collectively as
          "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (to be known as
          Vari-Lite International, Inc.) ("VLH"), Vari-Lite Europe
          Holdings Limited ("VLEH"), Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
          ("BBH"), Coutts & Co. ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A. (the
          name of which is now NBD Bank, a Michigan banking
          corporation)("NBD"), Trust Company Bank (the name of
          which is now SunTrust Bank, Atlanta) ("TRUST CO.") and
          Comerica Bank-Texas ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts, NBD, Trust
          Co. and Comerica are hereinafter individually referred to
          as "LENDER" and collectively referred to as "LENDERS"),
          and BBH in its capacity as agent for Lenders (in such
          capacity, the "AGENT"), as amended by (a) that certain
          letter agreement dated July 1, 1994, marked "[Amendment
          No. 1]", among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders
          and the Agent, (b) that certain letter


<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 2


          agreement dated September 30, 1994 marked "[Amendment No. 2]" 
          among the Borrowers, VLH, VLEH, Showco Creative Services, Inc. (to
          be known as Ignition! Creative Group, Inc., "ICG") and
          Irideon, Inc. ("IRIDEON")(VLH, VLEH, ICG and Irideon are
          sometimes referred to herein collectively as
          "GUARANTORS"), the Lenders and the Agent, (c) that
          certain letter agreement dated February 22, 1995 marked
          "[Amendment No. 3]" among the Borrowers, the Guarantors,
          the Lenders and the Agent, and (d) that certain letter
          agreement dated November 22, 1995 marked "[Amendment
          No. 4]" among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders
          and the Agent (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT").  Unless otherwise
          defined herein, all terms used herein with their initial
          letter capitalized shall have the meaning given such
          terms in the Credit Agreement.

Gentlemen:

     As you are aware, the Borrowers and Guarantors have requested that (a) 
the Dollar Revolver Commitment be increased to $13,000,000, (b) the Sterling 
Revolver Commitment be increased to L3,000,000, (c) the margin on the pricing 
of certain of the Loans be reduced, (d) the financial maintenance covenants 
contained in Sections 10.1 10.2 and 10.4 of the Credit Agreement be amended 
in certain respects, and (e) the covenant restricting the increase of debt by 
the Borrower be modified to permit the lease financing transaction currently 
contemplated for the new U.S. corporate headquarters of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group.

     The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the Agent and 
Lenders execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 5") in the 
space indicated below to evidence their agreement to the modifications and 
amendments contained herein.

     For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are 
hereby acknowledged and confessed, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders 
and the Agent agree, subject to the satisfaction of each condition precedent 
set forth in Section 7 of this Amendment No. 5,  to the  following:

     1.   INCREASE IN DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

          a.   The Dollar Revolver Commitment (as such term is
defined in Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement) shall be
increased effective the date hereof to $13,000,000; and

          b.   The Commitment of each Dollar Revolver Lender to
make Dollar Revolver Loans (as set forth opposite each Dollar
Revolver Lender's name on the signature page to the Credit
Agreement) shall be increased effective the date hereof to the
amount set forth opposite such Dollar Revolver Lender's name below:


<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 3



               Dollar Revolver Lender   Dollar Revolver Commitment
               ----------------------   --------------------------
                    BBH                 $2,889,000
                    Comerica            $2,889,000
                    NBD                 $4,333,000
                    Trust Co.           $2,889,000

     2.   INCREASE IN STERLING REVOLVER COMMITMENT.  

          a.   The Sterling Revolver Commitment (as such term is defined in 
Section 2.3(a) of the Credit Agreement) shall be increased effective the date 
hereof to L3,000,000; and

          b.   The Commitment of the Sterling Revolver Lender to make 
Sterling Revolver Loans (as set forth opposite the Sterling Revolver Lender's 
name on the signature page to the Credit Agreement) shall be increased 
effective the date hereof to the amount set forth opposite such Sterling 
Revolver Lender's name below:

               Sterling Revolver Lender      Sterling Revolver Commitment
               ------------------------      ----------------------------
                    Coutts                        L3,000,000

     3.   MODIFICATION OF PRICING MARGINS.

          a.   Section 4.4(c), addressing the rate of interest for Loans 
where eurocurrency deposits are unavailable or eurocurrency interest rates 
are unascertainable or uneconomical, shall be, and is hereby amended 
effective December 1, 1995, such that the reference therein to the "Lender's 
Base Rate, PLUS two percent (2.0%)" shall instead be a reference to the 
"Lender's Base Rate, PLUS one percent (1.0%)."

          b.   Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby 
amended effective December 1, 1995, to read in full as follows:

               5.1  INTEREST ON TERM LOANS.

                    (a)  The VLI Term Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid 
principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, payable on each 
Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date, at a rate per 
annum equal to:

                         (i)  if a Base Rate Loan, the lesser of (A) Agent's 
Base Rate, plus one percent (1.0%) or (B) the Highest Lawful Rate; and

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 4



                         (ii) if a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the lesser of (A) 
the Eurodollar Rate,  PLUS three and one-half percent (3.5%) or (B) the 
Highest Lawful Rate.

                    (b)  The Sterling Term Loan shall bear interest on the 
unpaid principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, payable on 
each Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date, at a rate 
per annum equal to the lesser of (A) LIBOR, PLUS two percent (2.0%) or (B) 
the Highest Lawful Rate.

                    (c)  The VLA Term Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid 
principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding, payable on each 
Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date, at a rate per 
annum equal to the lesser of (A) TIBOR, PLUS two and one half percent (2.5%) 
or (B) the Highest Lawful Rate.

          b.   Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby 
amended effective December 1, 1995, to read in full as follows:

               5.2  INTEREST ON REVOLVER LOANS.

                    (a)  The Dollar Revolver Loans shall bear interest on the 
unpaid principal amount thereof from time to time xoutstanding at an interest 
rate equal to the lesser of (a) Agent's Base Rate, plus one percent (1.0%) or 
(b) the Highest Lawful Rate. Interest shall be payable on each Interest 
Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date.

                    (b)  The Sterling Revolver Loans shall bear interest on 
the unpaid principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding at an 
interest rate equal to the lesser of (a) LIBOR, PLUS two percent (2.0%) or 
(b) the Highest Lawful Rate.  Interest shall be payable on each Interest 
Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date.

     4.   AMENDMENT TO FINANCIAL MAINTENANCE COVENANTS.  Sections 10.1, 10.2 
and 10.4 shall be, and each is hereby amended effective the date hereof to 
read in full as follows:

          10.1 MINIMUM FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO.

               VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending on 
the date of the calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBITDA MINUS (A) 
Capital Expenditures (excluding therefrom Capital Expenditures made in 
connection with the acquisition by the Sterling Borrowers of the Vari-Lite 
U.K. Assets) PLUS (B) prepayment penalties (to the extent deducted in 
determining EBITDA) paid on financing from Chrysler Capital Corporation and 
CIT Group by the Vari-Lite Corporate Group and non-cash writedowns of loan 
origination fees stemming therefrom, to (ii) Fixed Charges, on a consolidated 
basis, to be less than the ratio indicated below at all times during the 
period set forth below:

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 5


          Period                             Ratio
          ------                             -----
          Beginning on September 30, 1995    (0.50) to 1
          and ending on
          October 30, 1995

          Beginning on October 31, 1995      (1.00) to 1
          and ending on
          December 29, 1995

          Beginning on December 31, 1995     (0.75) to 1
          and ending on
          February 28, 1996

          Beginning on February 29, 1996     (0.50) to 1
          and ending on
          March 30, 1996

          Beginning on March 31, 1996        (0.25) to 1
          and ending on
          May 30, 1996

          Beginning on May 31, 1996          0.10 to 1
          and ending on
          June 29, 1996

          Beginning on June 30, 1996         0.25 to 1
          and ending on
          August 30, 1996

          Beginning on August 31, 1996       0.50 to 1
          and ending on
          September 29, 1996

          Beginning on September 30, 1996    0.70 to 1
          and ending on
          October 30, 1996

          Beginning on October 31, 1996      1.00 to 1
          and ending on
          February 27, 1997

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 6



          Beginning on February 28, 1997     1.25 to 1
          and ending on
          November 29, 1997

          Beginning on November 30, 1997     1.50 to 1
          and ending on
          January 30, 1998

          On and after January 31, 1998      1.75 to 1

(with numbers in parentheses being negative numbers).

          10.2 EARNINGS RATIO.

               VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending on 
the date of the calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBIT to (ii) Interest 
Expense, on a consolidated basis, to be less than the ratio indicated below 
at all times during the period set forth below:

          Period                             Ratio
          ------                             -----
          Beginning on October 31, 1995      2.50 to 1
          and ending on
          November 29, 1995

          Beginning on November 30, 1995     2.25 to 1
          and ending on
          December 30, 1995

          Beginning on December 31, 1995     2.00 to 1
          and ending on
          January 30, 1996

          Beginning on January 31, 1996      1.50 to 1
          and ending on
          March 30, 1996

          Beginning on March 31, 1996        1.75 to 1
          and ending on
          May 30, 1996

          Beginning on May 31, 1996          2.00 to 1
          and ending on
          July 30, 1996

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 7



          Beginning on July 31, 1996         2.50 to 1
          and ending on
          August 30, 1996

          On and after August 31, 1996       3.00 to 1

          10.4 LEVERAGE RATIO.

               VLH shall not permit its ratio of (i) Liabilities to
(ii) Tangible Net Worth, on a consolidated basis, to be greater
than the ratio indicated below at any time during the period set
forth below:

          Period                             Ratio
          ------                             -----
          Beginning on November 30, 1995     3.25 to 1
          and ending on
          December 30, 1995

          Beginning on December 31, 1995     3.50 to 1
          and ending on
          January 30, 1996

          Beginning on January 31, 1996      3.75 to 1
          and ending on
          February 28, 1996

          Beginning on February 29, 1996     3.85 to 1
          and ending on
          March 30, 1996

          Beginning on March 31, 1996        3.75 to 1
          and ending on
          June 29, 1996

          Beginning on June 30, 1996         3.50 to 1
          and ending on
          July 30, 1996

          Beginning on July 31, 1996         3.25 to 1
          and ending on
          August 30, 1996

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 8


          Beginning on August 31, 1996       3.00 to 1
          and ending on
          September 29, 1996

          Beginning on September 30, 1996    2.90 to 1
          and ending on
          October 30, 1996

          Beginning on October 31, 1996      3.00 to 1
          and ending on
          March 30, 1997

          Beginning on March 31, 1997        2.75 to 1
          and ending on
          June 29, 1997

          Beginning on June 30, 1997         2.50 to 1
          and ending on
          August 30, 1997

          Beginning on August 31, 1997       2.25 to 1
          and ending on
          March 30, 1998

          Beginning on March 31, 1998        2.00 to 1
          and ending on
          June 29, 1998

          Beginning on June 30, 1998         1.90 to 1
          and ending on
          August 30, 1998

          Beginning on August 31, 1998       1.75 to 1
          and ending on
          October 30, 1998

          On and after October 31, 1998      1.20 to 1

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 9

     5.   AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS.  

          a.   The definition of Eurocurrency Interest Period shall be 
supplemented, such that paragraph (ii) thereof, addressing the alternatives 
available for the length of an interest period, shall be amended in its 
entirety to read as follows:

               "(ii)     Each Eurocurrency Interest Period shall be one, two, 
three or six calendar months in length, or be of such other length (which, 
with respect to the Sterling Revolver Loans, may be one week in length) as 
either the Agent or the  Sterling Revolver Lender, as the case may be, may 
mutually agree."

          b.   The definitions contained in Exhibit "A" to the Credit 
Agreement shall be supplemented with the following definitions:

               "HEADQUARTERS LEASE FINANCING" means lease financing 
transactions (including the guaranty of such transactions by VLH) pursuant to 
which certain members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group lease as lessee (a) 
certain unimproved real property in Dallas County, Texas which is acquired by 
the lessor of such real property for an approximate cost of $3,500,000 and 
(b) certain improvements to be constructed on the real property referenced in 
clause (a) of this definition for an aggregate cost not in excess of 
$14,000,000.

               "STERLING REVOLVER LOANS" shall mean the Revolver Loans of the 
Sterling Revolver Lender pursuant to SECTION 2.3(a) hereof.

     6.   AMENDMENT TO NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Article 11 of the Credit 
Agreement shall be, and hereby is, supplemented by adding a new Section 11.13 
as follows:

          11.13     LEASE OBLIGATIONS.

          VLH will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter 
into transactions for the lease by VLH or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee 
of any real or personal property other than (a) capitalized leases (which are 
subject to Section 11.2 hereof), (b) the Headquarters Lease Financing; 
provided, that the members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group shall not incur 
any obligations described in clause (b) of the definition of Headquarters 
Lease Financing until VLH completes an initial public offering of its common 
stock, and (c) other leases; provided, that members of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group shall not enter into leases pursuant to this clause (c) in 
any fiscal year which result in an increase of more than $1,000,000 in the 
annual aggregate obligations for rentals and other payments due under all 
leases to which members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group are parties (other 
than Capital Lease Payments and obligations under the Headquarters Lease 
Financing) over the aggregate annual obligations for rentals and other 
payments due under such leases during the immediately preceding fiscal year.

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 10



     7.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  Each of the modifications and amendments set 
forth herein is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following 
conditions precedent:

          a.   Each Dollar Revolver Lender shall have received a modification 
and renewal Revolver Note jointly and severally executed and delivered by 
Showco and VLI which shall be (i) dated the date hereof; (ii) in the 
principal amount of such Dollar Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the 
Dollar Revolver Commitment as increased in this Amendment No. 5; (iii) be 
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 1 to this Amendment No. 5 with the 
blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the order of such Dollar 
Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date; and (v) subject to acceleration upon 
the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Upon receipt by each Dollar Revolver 
Lender of the modification and renewal Revolver Note to be delivered to it 
pursuant to this Section 7.a., such Dollar Revolver Lender shall return to 
VLI (for the benefit of VLI and  Showco) the Revolver Note presently held by 
such Dollar Revolver Lender evidencing such Dollar Revolver Lender's PRO RATA 
Percentage of the Dollar Revolver Commitment prior to giving effect to this 
Amendment No. 5, duly marked "Replaced."

          b.   The Sterling Revolver Lender shall have received a 
modification and renewal of the Sterling Revolver Note jointly and severally 
executed and delivered by each of the Sterling Borrowers which shall be (i) 
dated the date hereof; (ii) in the principal amount of such Sterling Revolver 
Commitment as increased in this Amendment No. 5; (iii) be substantially in 
the form of EXHIBIT 2 to this Amendment No. 5 with the blanks appropriately 
filled; (iv) payable to the order of such Sterling Revolver Lender on the 
Maturity Date; and (v) subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an 
Event of Default.  Upon receipt by the Sterling Revolver Lender of the 
modification and renewal Sterling Revolver Note to be delivered to it 
pursuant to this Section 7.b., the Sterling Revolver Lender shall return to 
VLI (for the benefit of the Sterling Revolver Borrowers) the Sterling 
Revolver Note presently held by the Sterling Revolver  Lender evidencing such 
Sterling Revolver Commitment prior to giving effect to this Amendment No. 5, 
duly marked "Replaced."

          c.   The Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate for 
each of VLI, Showco and the Sterling Borrowers certifying to resolutions of 
their respective Boards of Directors approving and authorizing the increase 
in the Dollar Revolver Commitment and the Sterling Revolver Commitment, as 
the case may be, contemplated by Sections 1 and 2 of this Amendment No. 5 and 
the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment No. 5 and the new 
Revolver Notes to be executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 7.a. and 
7.b. of this Amendment No. 5.

          d.   The Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of Gardere & 
Wynne, L.L.P., U.S. counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, addressing such 
matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 11


          e.   The Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of Baker & 
McKenzie, English counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group, addressing such 
matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

          f.   The Agent shall have received such other documents as it may 
reasonably request.

          g.   The Borrowers shall have paid to the Agent for the account of 
each Lender an amendment fee which shall be distributed by the Agent to the 
Dollar Revolver Lenders in accordance with the following table:

               Lender              Amendment Fee
               ------              -------------
               BBH                   $ 8,890
               Comerica              $ 8,890
               Coutts                L15,000
               NBD                   $13,330
               Trust Co.             $ 8,890

The fees described in this Section represent compensation for services 
rendered and to be rendered separate and apart from the lending of money or 
the provision of credit and do not constitute compensation for the use, 
detention or forbearance of money, and the obligation of the Borrowers to pay 
such fees shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the obligation of any 
Borrower to pay interest, other fees described in the Agreement, and expenses 
described in the Agreement.  All such fees shall be part of the Obligations 
and shall be nonrefundable.

     8.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce each
Lender to enter into this Amendment No. 5, each Borrower and each
Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and VLH 
contained in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement (except for those Sections or 
parts thereof which, by their terms, relate to a specified date) are true and 
correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made 
on and as of such date.

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from 
the execution of this Amendment No. 5 (and after giving effect to the 
provisions hereof), which, absent this Amendment, constitutes a Default or 
Event of Default.

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with respect to the 
financial condition, business, properties or operations of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of the most recent 
financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 of the 
Credit Agreement.

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 12

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this Amendment 
No. 5 is duly authorized and empowered to execute this Amendment No. 5, and 
the execution hereof will not violate any Governmental Requirement, the 
violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     9.   REAFFIRMATION OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTEES.  Each Borrower 
and each Guarantor, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein, 
hereby (a) reaffirms each Guaranty and each Security Document previously 
executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), (b) 
acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Guarantees and Security 
Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as 
applicable) guarantee, or secure payment of amounts outstanding under the 
Dollar Revolver Commitment, such Guarantees and Security Documents continue 
to secure payment of and guaranty (as applicable) amounts outstanding under 
the Dollar Revolver Commitment as increased pursuant to Section 1 hereof and 
the Sterling Revolver Commitment increased by Section 2 hereof, and (c) 
reaffirms and acknowledges that the Guarantees and Security Documents 
executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable) continue 
to evidence the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Borrower or 
Guarantor (as applicable), subject only to applicable Debtor Laws.

     10.  REAFFIRMATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  The Credit Agreement, as 
amended by this Amendment No. 5, is ratified and confirmed and all of the 
rights and powers created hereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full 
force and effect.

     11.  NO UNINTENDED WAIVERS.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness 
of this Amendment No. 5 shall not, except as expressly provided herein, 
operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent or the Lenders 
under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, or under any of the Loan 
Documents to which any Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

     12.  EXPENSES OF AGENT.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to pay 
all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, 
all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel) incurred in 
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this 
Amendment No. 5 and all other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith.

     13.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 5 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN 
AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, 
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

     14.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment No. 5 shall become effective as of 
the date first written above when a counterpart of this Amendment No. 5 has 
been executed by all  parties listed on the signature pages hereto.  It is 
not necessary that all signatures appear on the same

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 13


counterpart.  Each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and 
all counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same 
instrument.

     15.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 5, TOGETHER WITH THE CREDIT 
AGREEMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE 
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL 
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE 
PARTIES.

     This Amendment No. 5 has been executed by the duly authorized officers 
of the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge your agreement to 
the terms and conditions contained herein by executing this Amendment No. 5 
in the space indicated below.

                   [signature pages to follow]

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 14





                              Very truly yours,

                              BORROWERS:

                              VARI-LITE, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     President


                              SHOWCO, INC.



                              By: /s/ Michael P. Herman          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     Michael P. Herman
                                     Vice President - Finance


                              VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     Chairman of the Board and
                                     Representative Director


                              VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED



                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     Director

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 15


                              THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES
                              LIMITED



                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     Director


                              BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED


     
                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     Director


                              GUARANTORS:

                              VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                              (to be known as Vari-Lite
                              International, Inc.)



                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     President

                              VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED



                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     Director

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 16




                              SHOWCO CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.
                              (to be known as Ignition! Creative
                              Group, Inc.)



                              By: /s/ Michael P. Herman          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     Michael P. Herman
                                     Vice President - Finance

                              IRIDEON, INC.



                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche IIII          
                                 ------------------------------------
s                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     President

                              CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.



                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III          
                                 ------------------------------------
                                     H.R. Brutsche III
                                     President


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 18th day of December, 1995

AGENT:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan         
        --------------------------------
       W. Carter Sullivan
       Manager

<PAGE>
December 18, 1995
Page 17

LENDERS:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan         
        -------------------------------
       W. Carter Sullivan
       Manager

     COUTTS & CO.


     By: /s/ A. D. Hills             
        -------------------------------
     Name:  A. D. Hills
     Title: Manager

     NBD BANK


     By: /s/ Jon P. Dady             
        -------------------------------
     Name:  Jon P. Dady
     Title: Vice President

     SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
     (formerly known as Trust Company Bank)


     By: /s/ Jennifer L. McClure        
        -------------------------------
     Name:  Jennifer L. McClure
     Title: Banking Officer


     By: /s/ F. McClellan Deaver, III   
        -------------------------------
     Name:  F. McClellan Deaver, III
     Title: Vice President


     COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


     By: /s/ David Terry
        -------------------------------
     Name:  David Terry
     Title: Corporate Banking Officer



<PAGE>
                                                               [Amendment No. 6]

                                  May 20, 1996

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Jeffrey C. Lockwood

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R OQS
Attn: A.D. Hills

NBD Bank
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attn: Thomas A. Levasseur

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn: Jennifer L. McClure

Comerica Bank - Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas 75247
Attn: David B. Terry

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among Vari-Lite,
          Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. ("VLA"),
          Vari-Lite Europe Limited ("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting Services
          Limited ("THEATRE PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages Limited ("BRILLIANT
          STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre Projects and Brilliant Stages
          are sometimes referred to herein individually as a "BORROWER" and
          collectively as "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite International, Inc. ("VLH"),
          Vari-Lite Europe Holdings Limited ("VLEH"), Brown Brothers Harriman &
          Co. ("BBH"), Coutts &  Co. ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A. (the name of
          which is now NBD Bank, a Michigan banking corporation)("NBD"), Trust
          Company Bank (the name of which is now SunTrust Bank, Atlanta) ("TRUST
          CO.") and Comerica Bank-Texas ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts, NBD, Trust
          Co. and Comerica are hereinafter individually referred to as "LENDER"
          and collectively referred to as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its capacity as
          agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT"), as amended by (a)
          that certain letter agreement dated July 1, 1994, marked "[Amendment
          No. 1]", among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the
          Agent, (b) that certain letter agreement dated September 30, 1994
          marked "[Amendment No. 2]" among the Borrowers, VLH, VLEH, Ignition!
          Creative Group, Inc. ("ICG") and Irideon, Inc. ("IRIDEON") (VLH, VLEH,
          ICG and Irideon are sometimes referred to herein collectively as
          "GUARANTORS"), the Lenders and the Agent, (c) that certain letter
          agreement

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 2

          dated February 22, 1995 marked "[Amendment No. 3]" among the
          Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, (d) that certain
          letter agreement dated November 22, 1995 marked "[Amendment No. 4]"
          among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent and
          (e) that certain letter agreement dated December 18, 1995 marked
          "[Amendment No. 5]" among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders
          and the Agent  (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT").  Unless otherwise defined
          herein, all terms used herein with their initial letter capitalized
          shall have the meaning given such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Gentlemen:

     As you are aware, the Borrowers and Guarantors have requested that (a) the
Dollar Revolver Commitment be amended to allow Borrowings in Yen with a sublimit
of $6,000,000 and (b) Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement be amended to
eliminate the requirement that FX Obligations have a maturity of no more than
one year.

     The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the Agent and Lenders
execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 6") in the space
indicated below to evidence their agreement to the modifications and amendments
contained herein.

     For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged and confessed, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the
Agent agree, subject to the satisfaction of each condition precedent set forth
in Section 3 of this Amendment No. 6,  to the  following:

     1.   AMENDMENTS TO DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

          a.   DEFINITIONS.

               I.   All references to the term "Dollar Revolver" in the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be replaced by the term
"Multicurrency Revolver", and in particular (without limitation) each of the
following definitions in Exhibit A to the Credit Agreement shall be amended to
reflect such change in nomenclature, as follows:

               Original definitions:

               "DOLLAR REVOLVER" means the revolving credit facilities available
to VLI and Showco pursuant to the Dollar Revolver Commitment.

               "DOLLAR REVOLVER COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in
SECTION 2.1(a).

               "DOLLAR REVOLVER LENDERS" means BBH, Comerica, NBD and Trust Co.
and their respective successors and assigns.

               "DOLLAR REVOLVER LOANS" shall mean the Revolver Loans of the
Dollar Revolver Lenders pursuant to SECTION 2.1(a) hereof.

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 3

               Amended Definitions:

               "MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER" means the revolving credit facilities
available to VLI and Showco pursuant to the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment.

               "MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER COMMITMENT"  has the meaning specified in
SECTION 2.1(a).

               "MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER LENDERS" means BBH, Comerica, NBD and
Trust Co. and their respective successors and assigns.

               "MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER LOANS" shall mean the Revolver Loans of
the Multicurrency Revolver Lenders pursuant to SECTION 2.1(a) hereof.

               ii.  The following definitions shall be added to Exhibit A:

               "EUROYEN INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean the period of time for which
the Euroyen TIBOR Rate shall be in effect as to any Multicurrency Revolver Loan
denominated in Yen, commencing with the date of the Borrowing, if applicable, or
the expiration date of the immediately preceding Euroyen Interest Period and
ending on the effective date of any rate change or rate continuation made as
provided in SECTION 4.4 as a Borrower may specify in a Notice of
Continuation/Conversion, subject, however, to the early termination provisions
provided herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) any Euroyen Interest Period which
would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to
the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another
calendar month, in which case such Euroyen Interest Period shall end on the next
preceding Business Day, (ii) each Euroyen Interest Period shall be ninety (90)
days in length, or be of such other length as the Borrower and Agent may
mutually agree; (iii) a Euroyen Interest Period may not be selected for any Loan
if such period would terminate later than the Maturity Date; and (iv) a Euroyen
Interest Period may not be selected for any Loan if such period would terminate
beyond a date on which a scheduled payment of principal on such Loan is
required.

               "EUROYEN TIBOR RATE" shall mean, with respect to any Euroyen
Interest Period, the rate for Euroyen for a period comparable to the relevant
Euroyen Interest Period which appears as the "Euro Yen TIBOR" rate on the
Bloomberg Financial Markets service at TIBOEY ("Index" key) or, if the Bloomberg
service is unavailable, the rate which appears on the Reuters Screen "TIJPY="
Page, each as of 10:00 a.m. New York time two (2) Business Days (which shall
also be Business Days in London and Tokyo) preceding the first day of the
relevant Euroyen Interest Period.

          b.   Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby
amended to read in full as follows:

          "2.1 MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER LOANS.

               (a)  MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 4

                    Upon the terms and conditions and relying upon the
     representations and warranties herein set forth, each Multicurrency
     Revolver Lender severally and not jointly agrees to make Multicurrency
     Revolver Loans, in Dollars or in Yen, to VLI (each, a "VLI REVOLVER LOAN")
     and to Showco (each, a "SHOWCO REVOLVER LOAN"), on any one or more Business
     Days prior to the Maturity Date in an amount not to exceed such Lender's
     PRO RATA Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of THIRTEEN MILLION DOLLARS
     ($13,000,000) (such amount, as it may be reduced from time to time pursuant
     to SECTION 6.5, being the "MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER COMMITMENT") in the
     manner provided in SECTION 3.2; PROVIDED that the aggregate amount of VLI
     Revolver Loans and Showco Revolver Loans outstanding from the Multicurrency
     Revolver Lenders at any time shall not exceed the Multicurrency Revolver
     Commitment, and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the aggregate outstanding Dollar
     Equivalent of VLI Revolver Loans and Showco Revolver Loans denominated in
     Yen shall not exceed SIX MILLION DOLLARS ($6,000,000) (the "MULTICURRENCY
     REVOLVER SUBLIMIT").  Within such limits and during such period and subject
     to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, VLI and Showco may borrow,
     repay and reborrow hereunder."

          c.   Section 3.1(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby
amended to read in full as follows:

          "3.1 NOTICE OF REVOLVER BORROWING AND REPAYMENT.

               (a)  When VLI or Showco desires to borrow pursuant to SECTION
     2.1(a), VLI or Showco, as the case may be, shall deliver to the Agent a
     notice thereof, either telephonically or in writing, no later than 10:00
     a.m. (New York time) (i) in the case of Multicurrency Revolver Loans
     denominated in Yen, on the third Business Day immediately preceding the
     proposed Borrowing Date or (ii) in the case of Multicurrency Revolver Loans
     denominated in Dollars, on the Business Day immediately preceding the
     proposed Borrowing Date, specifying, (w) the proposed Borrowing Date (which
     shall be a Business Day), (x) the amount and the currency of the proposed
     Borrowing (which shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than $100,000,
     and increments thereof, or, if advanced in Yen, in an amount of Yen having
     a Dollar Equivalent, on the Borrowing Date, substantially equal to
     $500,000, and increments thereof), (y) the availability remaining under the
     Multicurrency Revolver Commitment (before such Borrowing is accounted for),
     and (z) instructions for the disbursement of the proceeds of the Borrowing.
     Any written notice shall be in the form of EXHIBIT 3.1 attached hereto (a
     "NOTICE OF REVOLVER BORROWING"), and any telephonic notice shall be
     promptly followed by Showco's or VLI's (as the case may be) delivery to
     Agent of a Notice of Revolver Borrowing.  Any telephone notice shall be
     deemed a representation and warranty by Showco (or VLI as the case may be)
     of the accuracy of the information which should be contained in a Notice of
     Revolver Borrowing. Any written Notice of Revolver Borrowing may be
     delivered by facsimile.  The Agent shall not incur liability to the
     Borrowers or other Lenders in acting upon any telephonic or facsimile
     notice which the Agent believes in good faith to have been given by VLI or
     Showco, or for otherwise acting in good faith under this SECTION."

          d.   Section 3.2(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby
amended to replace the phrase "on the day immediately preceding the proposed
Borrowing Date" in the first sentence, with

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 5

the  phrase "(i) in the case of Multicurrency Revolving Loans denominated in
Dollars, on the day immediately preceding the proposed Borrowing Date and (ii)
in the case of Multicurrency Revolving Loans denominated in Yen, on the third
Business Day preceding the proposed Borrowing Date".

          e.   Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby
amended to read in full as follows:

          "5.2.     INTEREST ON REVOLVER LOANS.

               (a)  The Multicurrency Revolver Loans denominated in Dollars
     shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from time to
     time outstanding at an interest rate equal to the lesser of (a) Agent's
     Base Rate, PLUS one percent (1.0%) or (b) the Highest Lawful Rate.
     Interest shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date, in arrears, and on
     the Maturity Date.

               (b)  The Sterling Revolver Loans shall bear interest on the
     unpaid principal amount thereof from time to time outstanding at an
     interest rate equal to the lesser of (a) LIBOR, PLUS two percent (2.0%) or
     (b) the Highest Lawful Rate.  Interest shall be payable on each Interest
     Payment Date, in arrears, and on the Maturity Date.

               (c)  The Multicurrency Revolver Loans denominated in Yen shall
     bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from time to time
     outstanding at an interest rate equal to the lesser of (i) the Euroyen
     TIBOR Rate, PLUS three and one-half percent (3.5%) or (ii) the Highest
     Lawful Rate.  Interest shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date, in
     arrears, and on the Maturity Date."

          f.   Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement shall be, and hereby is,
amended and supplemented by (a) changing the heading to read "REDUCTION AND
PREPAYMENT OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS," (b) lettering the existing paragraph in
Section 6.5 as "(a)", (c) re-lettering the existing clauses "(a)" and "(b)" as
"(i)" and "(ii)," and adding the phrase "the Dollar Equivalent of" before the
figure "$200,000" in the clause currently lettered "(a)" and (d) adding new
paragraphs "(b)" and "(c)" as follows:

          "(b) If the Agent determines that, as a result of fluctuations in
     exchange rates, the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount
     of Multicurrency Revolver Loans denominated in Yen ever exceeds 100% of the
     Multicurrency Revolver Sublimit (a "SUBLIMIT EXCESS"), the Agent shall
     provide notice thereof to VLI and to Showco, and VLI and Showco shall make
     a mandatory principal prepayment, subject to Section 14.16(b), in Yen, of
     the amount of such excess within sixty (60) days after notice from Agent
     requesting such prepayment.  Any Multicurrency Revolver Lender may request
     at any time that the Agent determine the Dollar Equivalent of the principal
     amount of all outstanding Multicurrency Revolver Loans denominated in Yen
     for the purposes of evaluating the need for prepayment under this
     SUBSECTION.    If a Sublimit Excess exists, Borrower may make a request to
     the Agent that the Lenders enter into an amendment to the Loan Documents to
     increase the amount of the Multicurrency Revolver Sublimit.  Lenders may
     elect to enter into such an amendment  in their sole discretion.

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 6

          (c)  If, on any day, the sum of the aggregate outstanding and unpaid
     principal balance of the Multicurrency Revolver Loans exceeds the
     Multicurrency Revolver Commitment, then Borrowers shall pay such excess to
     the Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, in immediately available funds, no
     later than three (3) Business Days after notice of such circumstance is
     given to Borrowers by Agent."

     2.   AMENDMENT TO FX FACILITY.  Section 2.6(a) of the Credit Agreement
shall be, and is hereby amended to delete the words "of up to one year maximum
maturity" in the first sentence.

     3.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  Each of the modifications and amendments set
forth herein is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions
precedent:

          a.   Each Multicurrency Revolver Lender shall have received a
modification and renewal Revolver Note jointly and severally executed and
delivered by Showco and VLI which shall be (i) dated the date hereof; (ii) in
the principal amount of such Multicurrency Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage
of the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment; (iii) be substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT 1 to this Amendment No. 6 with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv)
payable to the order of such Multicurrency Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date;
and (v) subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.
Upon receipt by each Multicurrency Revolver Lender of the modification and
renewal Revolver Note to be delivered to it pursuant to this Section 3.a., such
Multicurrency Revolver Lender shall return to VLI (for the benefit of VLI and
Showco) the Revolver Note presently held by such Multicurrency Revolver Lender
evidencing such Multicurrency Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the
Multicurrency Revolver Commitment prior to giving effect to this Amendment No.
6, duly marked "Replaced."

          b.   The Agent shall have received such other documents as it may
reasonably request.

          c.   The Borrowers shall have paid to the Agent for the account of
each Lender an amendment fee which shall be distributed by the Agent to the
Multicurrency Revolver Lenders in accordance with the following table:

               Lender         Amendment Fee
               ------         -------------
               BBH                $6,000
               NBD                $6,000
               Comerica           $4,000
               Trust Co.          $4,000

The fees described in this Section represent compensation for services rendered
and to be rendered separate and apart from the lending of money or the provision
of credit and do not constitute compensation for the use, detention or
forbearance of money, and the obligation of the Borrowers to pay such fees shall
be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the obligation of any Borrower to pay
interest, other fees described in the Agreement, and expenses described in the
Agreement.  All such fees shall be part of the Obligations and shall be
nonrefundable.

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 7

          d.   The Borrowers and Guarantors shall pay, at closing, all
reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, all
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel) incurred in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this
Amendment No. 6, and all previously-invoiced fees, costs, and expenses.

     4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce each Lender to
enter into this Amendment No. 6, each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby
represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and VLH
contained in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement (except for those Sections or
parts thereof which, by their terms, relate to a specified date) are true and
correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made on
and as of such date.

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the
execution of this Amendment No. 6 (and after giving effect to the provisions
hereof), which, absent this Amendment, constitutes a Default or Event of
Default.

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with respect to the
financial condition, business, properties or operations of the Vari-Lite
Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of the most recent
financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 of the
Credit Agreement.

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this Amendment No.
6 is duly authorized and empowered to execute this Amendment No. 6, and the
execution hereof will not violate any Governmental Requirement, the violation of
which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     5.   REAFFIRMATION OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTEES.  Each Borrower and
each Guarantor, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein, hereby
(a) reaffirms each Guaranty and each Security Document previously executed and
delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), (b) acknowledges and
agrees that, to the extent the Guarantees and Security Documents executed and
delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable) guarantee, or secure
payment of amounts outstanding under the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment, such
Guarantees and Security Documents continue to secure payment of and guaranty (as
applicable) amounts outstanding under the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment as
redefined herein, and (c) reaffirms and acknowledges that the Guarantees and
Security Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as
applicable) continue to evidence the valid, binding and enforceable obligation
of such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), subject only to applicable Debtor
Laws.

     6.   REAFFIRMATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  The Credit Agreement, as amended
by this Amendment No. 6, is ratified and confirmed and all of the rights and
powers created hereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full force and
effect.

     7.   NO UNINTENDED WAIVERS.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of
this Amendment No. 6 shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as
a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent or the Lenders under the
Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, or under any of the Loan Documents to which
any Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

<PAGE>

May 20, 1996
Page 8

     8.   EXPENSES OF AGENT.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to pay all
reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, all
reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel) incurred in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this
Amendment No. 6 and all other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith.

     9.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 6 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN
AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

     10.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment No. 6 shall become effective as of the
date first written above when a counterpart of this Amendment No. 6 has been
executed by all  parties listed on the signature pages hereto.  It is not
necessary that all signatures appear on the same counterpart.  Each such
counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts, when taken
together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     11.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 6, TOGETHER WITH THE CREDIT
AGREEMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS
OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     This Amendment No. 6 has been executed by the duly authorized officers of
the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge your agreement to the
terms and conditions contained herein by executing this Amendment No. 6 in the
space indicated below.

                   REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
                            SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW.

<PAGE>

                                    Very truly yours,

                                    BORROWERS:

                                    VARI-LITE, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Burtsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         President

                                    SHOWCO, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         Michael P. Herman
                                         Vice President - Finance

                                    VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         Chairman of the Board and
                                         Representative Director

                                    VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         Director

                                    THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES LIMITED


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         Director

                                    BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         Director

                                             Amendment No. 6 Signature Page
<PAGE>

                                    GUARANTORS:

                                    VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         President

                                    VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         Director

                                    IGNITION! CREATIVE GROUP, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         Michael P. Herman
                                         Vice President - Finance

                                    IRIDEON, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         President

                                    CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.


                                    By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                       -------------------------------------
                                         H.R. Brutsche III
                                         President

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 20th day of May, 1996

AGENT:

PER PRO   BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By:  /s/ W. Carter Sullivan
        -----------------------------
          W. Carter Sullivan
          Senior Manager

                                             Amendment No. 6 Signature Page
<PAGE>

                                    LENDERS:

                                    PER PRO   BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


                                         By:  /s/ W. Carter Sullivan
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              W. Carter Sullivan
                                              Senior Manager

                                         COUTTS & CO.


                                         By:  /s/ A.D. Hills
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              Name:   A.D. Hills
                                              Title:  Manager

                                         NBD BANK


                                         By:  /s/ Thomas A. Lavasseur
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              Name:   Thomas A. Lavasseur
                                              Title:  Vice President

                                         SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
                                         (formerly known as Trust Company Bank)


                                         By:  /s/ John A. Fields Jr.
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              Name:   John A. Fields Jr.
                                              Title:  Vice President


                                         By:  /s/ Jeffrey A. Howard
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              Name:   Jeffrey A. Howard
                                              Title:  Corporate Banking Officer

                                         COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


                                         By:  /s/ David Terry
                                            -----------------------------------
                                              Name:   David Terry
                                              Title:  Corporate Banking Officer

                                             Amendment No. 6 Signature Page


<PAGE>

                                                [Amendment No. 7]

                                July 31, 1996

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Jeffrey C. Lockwood

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R 0QS
Attn: A.D. Hills

NBD Bank
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attn: Thomas A. Levasseur

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn: Jennifer L. McClure

Comerica Bank - Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas 75247
Attn: David B. Terry

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among
          Vari-Lite, Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"),
          Vari-Lite Asia, Inc. ("VLA"), Vari-Lite Europe Limited
          ("VLE"), Theatre Projects Lighting Services Limited
          ("THEATRE PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages Limited
          ("BRILLIANT STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre
          Projects and Brilliant Stages are sometimes referred to
          herein individually as a "BORROWER" and collectively as
          "BORROWERS"), Vari-Lite International, Inc. ("VLH"),
          Vari-Lite Europe Holdings Limited ("VLEH"), Brown
          Brothers Harriman & Co. ("BBH"), Coutts &  Co.
          ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A. (the name of which is now NBD
          Bank, a Michigan banking corporation)("NBD"), Trust
          Company Bank (the name of which is now SunTrust Bank,
          Atlanta) ("TRUST CO.") and Comerica Bank-Texas
          ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts, NBD, Trust Co. and Comerica
          are hereinafter individually referred to as "LENDER" and
          collectively referred to as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its
          capacity as agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the
          "AGENT"), as amended by (a) that certain letter agreement
          dated July 1, 1994, marked "[Amendment No. 1]", among the
          Borrowers, VLH and VLEH, as guarantors, the Lenders and
          the Agent, (b) that certain letter agreement

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 2

          dated September 30, 1994 marked "[Amendment No. 2]" among
          the Borrowers, VLH, VLEH, Ignition! Creative Group, Inc.
          ("ICG") and Irideon, Inc. ("IRIDEON") (VLH, VLEH, ICG and
          Irideon are sometimes referred to herein collectively as
          "GUARANTORS"), the Lenders and the Agent, (c) that
          certain letter agreement dated February 22, 1995 marked
          "[Amendment No. 3]" among the Borrowers, the Guarantors,
          the Lenders and the Agent, (d) that certain letter
          agreement dated November 22, 1995 marked "[Amendment
          No. 4]" among the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders
          and the Agent, (e) that certain letter agreement dated
          December 18, 1995 marked "[Amendment No. 5]" among the
          Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, and
          (f) that certain letter agreement dated May 20, 1996
          marked "[Amendment No. 6]" among the Borrowers, the
          Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent (the "CREDIT
          AGREEMENT").  Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms
          used herein with their initial letter capitalized shall
          have the meaning given such terms in the Credit
          Agreement.

Gentlemen:

As you are aware, the Borrowers and Guarantors have requested that,
among other things, (a) the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment be
increased to $23,000,000, (b) the VLI Term Loan be increased to
$20,500,000, (c) the amortization of each of the Term Loans be modified
and extended, (d) the Maturity Date be extended, (e) the prepayment
penalty with respect to the Term Loans be modified, (f) the restriction
on Debt incurred by the Borrowers to finance the purchase or lease of
fixed or capital amounts be increased, (g) the restrictions on dividends
and distributions be modified, (h) the limit on capital expenditures by
Showco be increased, and (i) that Irideon Limited, an English limited
liability company ("IRIDEON (UK)"), a newly formed subsidiary of VLEH,
be added as a Sterling Borrower and that the assets and stock of Irideon
(UK) be pledged to secure the obligations of the Sterling Borrowers and
VLA under the Credit Agreement.

The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the Agent and
Lenders execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 7")
in the space indicated below to evidence their agreement to the
modifications and amendments contained herein.

For valuable consideration, including the issuance of the Lender
Warrants (as hereinafter defined), the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged and confessed, the Borrowers, the Guarantors,
the Lenders and the Agent agree, subject to the satisfaction of each of
the conditions precedent set forth in Section 12 of this Amendment No.
7, to the following:

     1.   AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS.

          a.   The following definitions contained in Exhibit "A" to the
Credit Agreement shall be, and are hereby amended effective the date
hereof to read in full as follows:

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 3

               "GUARANTIES" means, collectively, the VLH Guaranty, the
VLEH Guaranty, the VLI Guaranty, the Showco Guaranty, the VLE Guaranty,
the Brilliant Stages Guaranty, the Theatre Projects Guaranty, the VLA
Guaranty, the SCSI Guaranty, the Irideon Guaranty and the Irideon (UK)
Guaranty.

               "MATURITY DATE" means June 30, 2001, or such earlier date
as the Obligation shall become due through acceleration.

               "SECURITY AGREEMENTS" means, collectively, the VLH
Security Agreement, the VLI Security Agreement, the Showco Security
Agreement, the VLEH Security Documents, the VLA Agreement on Bank
Transactions, the VLA Security Agreement, the VLE Security Documents,
the P&T Collateral Assignments, the Pledge Agreement, the SCSI Security
Agreement, the Irideon Security Agreement and the Irideon (UK) Security
Agreement, as any of the foregoing may be amended or supplemented from
time to time.

               "STERLING BORROWERS" means VLE, Theatre Projects,
Brilliant Stages and Irideon (UK).

               "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means, as of any date, the total
shareholders' equity at stated value, additional paid-in capital and
retained earnings (less any treasury stock), which would appear on a
consolidated balance sheet of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group as of such
date in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the following
values shall be excluded from any calculation of Tangible Net Worth: (i)
deferred charges, (ii) excess cost over book of any business acquired,
including the Vari-Lite U.K. Assets, (iii) goodwill, (iv) patents, (v)
trademarks, (vi) copyrights and (vii) capitalized legal expenses.

               "VLEH PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means a stock pledge agreement in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, pursuant to which
VLEH grants to Lenders a first priority security interest in and pledges
to Lenders one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of VLE, one
hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of Theatre Projects, one
hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of Brilliant Stages and one
hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of Irideon (UK), to secure
the obligations of VLEH under the VLEH Guaranty.

               "WARRANT PAYMENT" means the payment by VLH of the
purchase price for the Chrysler Warrant pursuant to VLH's obligation to
repurchase such Warrant contained in Section 14 of the Warrant
Certificate, which payment may only be made in the form of the
Subordinated Warrant Note if the purchase price therefor is in excess of
US$260,000.

          b.   The definitions contained in Exhibit "A" to the Credit
Agreement shall be supplemented effective the date hereof with the
following definitions:

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 4

               "FISCAL YEAR" means the annual period commencing on
October 1 and ending on September 30.

               "IRIDEON (UK)" means Irideon Limited, an English limited
liability company, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of VLEH.

               "IRIDEON (UK) Guaranty" means the Guaranty dated as of
July 31, 1996 made by Irideon (UK) in favor of certain Lenders.

               "IRIDEON (UK) SECURITY DOCUMENTS" means one or more
agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and
Coutts, pursuant to which Irideon (UK) grants to Lenders a first
priority security interest in and to the assets of Irideon (UK), to
secure the obligations of the Sterling Borrowers.

               "LENDER WARRANT AGREEMENT" means the Warrant Agreement
dated as of July 31, 1996 by and between VLH and the Lender Warrant
Holders pursuant to which the Lender Warrant Holders have subscribed
for, and VLH has issued, Lender Warrants.

               "LENDER WARRANT HOLDERS" means BBH, Comerica, NBD and
Trust Co., and "Lender Warrant Holder" means any one of the Lender
Warrant Holders.

               "LENDER WARRANTS" means the Warrants for shares of Class
B non-voting common stock of VLH issued to the Lender Warrant Holders
pursuant to the Lender Warrant Agreement.

               "TOTAL DEBT" means, without duplication, the sum of (a)
Debt PLUS (b) the unpaid principal amount of the Loan (as defined in the
Credit Agreement for the Headquarters Lease Financing), LESS (c) the
Debt contemplated by Section 11.2(e) representing advances by
distributors and subdistributors for products leased by such
distributors.

     2.   INCREASE IN MULTICURRENCY REVOLVER COMMITMENT.

          a.   The Multicurrency Revolver Commitment (as such term is
defined in Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement) shall be increased
effective the date hereof to $23,000,000.

          b.   The Commitment of each Multicurrency Revolver Lender to
make Multicurrency Revolver Loans (as set forth opposite each of the
Multicurrency Revolver Lender's names on the signature page to the
Credit Agreement) shall be increased effective the date hereof to the
amount set forth opposite such Multicurrency Revolver Lender's name
below:

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 5

         Multicurrency Revolver Lender      Multicurrency Revolver Commitment
         -----------------------------      ---------------------------------

                    BBH                                $5,111,000
                    Comerica                           $5,111,000
                    NBD                                $7,667,000
                    Trust Co.                          $5,111,000

     3.   INCREASE IN VLI TERM LOAN.

          a.   The VLI Term Loan (as such term is defined in Section 2.2(a)
of the Credit Agreement) shall be increased effective the date hereof to
$20,500,000.

          b.   The Commitment of each VLI Term Lender with respect to the VLI
Term Loan (as set forth opposite such VLI Term Lender's name on the signature
page to the Credit Agreement) shall be increased effective the date hereof to
the amount set forth opposite such VLI Term Lender's name below:

             VLI Term Lender          VLI Term Commitment
             ---------------          -------------------

                 BBH                      $4,555,250
                 Comerica                 $4,555,250
                 NBD                      $6,834,250
                 Trust Co.                $4,555,250

          c.   Upon Borrowers' satisfaction of each of the conditions
precedent set forth in Section 12 of this Amendment No. 7, the VLI Term
Lenders severally and not jointly agree to advance to VLI the unfunded amount
of such Lender's VLI Term Commitment, in the manner specified in Section 4.2
of the Credit Agreement.  No VLI Term Lender shall be responsible for any
failure by any other VLI Term Lender to perform its obligations to fund its
PRO RATA Percentage of the unfunded amount of the VLI Term Loan.

     4.   MODIFICATION OF REPAYMENT TERMS.   Section 6.1 of the Credit
Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the date hereof, to read
in full as follows:

          6.1. REPAYMENT OF TERM LOANS.

               (a)  Principal payments on the VLI Term Loan shall begin on
the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the Closing Date and shall
continue on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date until the Maturity Date
(or until sooner repaid), according to the following amortization schedule
(for purposes of this Agreement, March 31, 1994 shall not be considered a
Quarterly Payment Date):

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 6


            Scheduled Payment                           Amount
            -----------------                           ------

            First through Fourth Quarterly
            Payment Dates                           $           0

            Fifth through Ninth Quarterly
            Payment Dates                           $  700,000.00

            Tenth through Thirteenth Quarterly
            Payment Dates                           $  500,000.00

            Fourteenth through Twenty Eighth
            Quarterly Payment Dates                 $  750,000.00

            Maturity Date                           $7,250,000.00

               (b)  Principal payments on the Sterling Term Loan shall begin
on the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the Closing Date and shall
continue on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date until the Maturity Date
(or until sooner repaid), according to the following amortization schedule
(for purposes of this Agreement, March 31, 1994 shall not be considered a
Quarterly Payment Date):

            Scheduled Payment                          Amount
            -----------------                          ------
            First through Fourth Quarterly
            Payment Dates                           L           0

            Fifth through Ninth Quarterly
            Payment Dates                           L  260,000.00

            Tenth through Twenty Eighth
            Quarterly Payment Dates                 L  175,000.00

            Maturity Date                           L  575,000.00

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 7

               (c)  Principal payments on the VLA Term Loan shall begin on
the fifth Quarterly Payment Date following the Closing Date and shall
continue on each subsequent Quarterly Payment Date until the Maturity Date
(or until sooner repaid), according to the following amortization schedule
(for purposes of this Agreement, March 31, 1994 shall not be considered a
Quarterly Payment Date):

                Scheduled Payment                        Amount
                -----------------                        ------

                First through Fourth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                        Y             0

                Fifth through Ninth Quarterly
                Payment Dates                        Y 10,000,000.00

                Tenth through Twenty Eighth
                Quarterly Payment Dates              Y  7,000,000.00

                Maturity Date                        Y 17,000,000.00

     5.   MODIFICATION OF PREPAYMENT FEE.  Section 6.3 of the Credit
Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the date hereof, to read
in full as follows:

          6.3. PREPAYMENT FEE.

               In addition to any amounts payable pursuant to SECTION 4.4(f),
the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the benefit of each Term Lender and
in accordance with its PRO RATA Percentage of the Term Loans, a fee of (a)
one-half of one percent (.50%) of the prepaid amount for any Term Loan
prepaid at any time during the period commencing on the Closing Date and
ending on March 31, 1997, and (b) one-quarter of one percent (.25%) of the
prepaid amount for any Term Loan prepaid at any time during the period
commencing on April 1, 1997 and ending on March 31, 1998. There shall be no
prepayment fee on any prepayment of the Term Loans made on or after April 1,
1998.

     6.   AMENDMENT TO FINANCIAL MAINTENANCE COVENANTS.  Article 10 of the
Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the date hereof
(with the exception that the amendment to Section 10.3 shall not be effective
until September 30, 1996), to read in full as follows:

          10.1.     Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

               VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending on
the date of the calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBITDA to (ii) Fixed
Charges (excluding the non-cash interest expense related to the amortization
of the discount resulting from the issuance of the

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 8

Lender Warrants), on a consolidated basis, to be less than the ratio
indicated below at all times during the period set forth below:

          Period                                Ratio
          ------                                -----

          Beginning on June 30, 1996            1.80 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 1996

          Beginning on October 31, 1996         2.00 to 1
          and ending on April 29, 1997

          Beginning on April 30, 1997           2.50 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 1997

          Beginning on October 31, 1997         2.75 to 1
          and ending on April 29, 1999

          Beginning on April 30, 1999           3.00 to 1
          and ending on June 29, 2000

          Beginning on June 30, 2000            3.25 to 1
          and ending on March 30, 2001

          On and after March 31, 2001           3.50 to 1

          10.2.     EARNINGS RATIO.

               VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending on
the date of the calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBIT to (ii) Interest
Expense (excluding the non-cash interest expense related to the amortization
of the discount resulting from the issuance of the Lender Warrants), on a
consolidated basis, to be less than the ratio indicated below at all times
during the period set forth below:

          Period                                Ratio
          ------
          Beginning on June 30, 1996            1.80 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 1996

          Beginning on October 31, 1996         2.25 to 1
          and ending on March 30, 1998

          Beginning on March 31, 1998           2.50 to 1
          and ending on April 29, 1999

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 9

          Beginning on April 30, 1999           3.00 to 1
          and ending on June 29, 2000

          Beginning on June 30, 2000            3.50 to 1
          and ending on March 30, 2001

          On and after March 31, 2001           4.00 to 1

          10.3.     TANGIBLE NET WORTH.

               VLH shall not permit its Tangible Net Worth, on a consolidated
basis, at any time during each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year
ending September 30, 1996, to be less than the sum of (a) $16,500,000, plus
(b) sixty percent (60%) of the consolidated Net Income of VLH (with no
reduction for losses) for each subsequent Fiscal Year, commencing with the
Fiscal Year ending September 30, 1997, plus (c) sixty percent (60%) of the
net proceeds received by VLH from any public offering of its common stock.

          10.4.     LEVERAGE RATIO.

               VLH shall not permit its ratio of (i) Liabilities to (ii)
Tangible Net Worth, on a consolidated basis, to be greater than the ratio
indicated below at any time during the period set forth below:

          Period                               Ratio
          ------                               -----
          Beginning on June 30, 1996           3.60 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 1998

          Beginning on October 31, 1998        3.00 to 1
          and ending on July 30, 1999

          Beginning on July 31, 1999           2.50 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 2000

          On and after October 31, 2000        2.00 to 1

          10.5.     BOOK VALUE.

               VLH shall not permit at any time (i) its ratio of (A) the book
value of the Equipment and Inventory of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group located
in the United States to (B) the outstanding principal indebtedness plus
accrued and unpaid interest of VLI and Showco hereunder, on a consolidated
basis, to be less than (x) 0.75:1.0 at any time from the date hereof to and
including October 30, 1999, and (y) 1.0:1.0 at any time on or after October
31, 1999; or

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 10

(ii) its ratio of (A) the book value of the Equipment and Inventory of the
Vari-Lite Corporate Group wherever located in the United States, England and
Japan to (B) the outstanding principal indebtedness and accrued plus unpaid
interest of all members of the Vari-Lite Corporate Group hereunder, on a
consolidated basis, to be less than (x) 1.25:1.0 at any time from the date
hereof to and including October 30, 1999, and (y) 1.75:1.0 at any time on or
after October 31, 1999.  In computing compliance with this SECTION 10.5, the
book value of any Equipment which is leased pursuant to the leases described
in EXHIBIT 10.5 shall be excluded.

          10.6.     CAPITAL EXPENDITURE COVERAGE RATIO.

                    VLH shall not permit, for the twelve-month period ending
on the date of calculation thereof, its ratio of (i) EBITDA to (ii) Capital
Expenditures, on a consolidated basis, to be less than the ratio indicated
below at all times during the periods set forth below:

          Period                               Ratio
          ------                               -----

          Beginning on June 30, 1996           0.90 to 1
          and ending on February 27, 1998

          Beginning on February 28, 1998       1.00 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 1999

          Beginning on October 31, 1999        1.25 to 1
          and ending on May 30, 2001

          On and after May 31, 2001            1.50 to 1

          10.7.     TOTAL DEBT TO CASH FLOW RATIO.

               VLH shall not permit its ratio of (i) Total Debt as
of the last day of each month during the periods set forth below,
to (ii) EBITDA for the 12-month period then ending, on a
consolidated basis, to be greater than the ratio indicated below at
any time during the periods set forth below:

          Period                                  Ratio
          ------                                  -----

          Beginning on June 30, 1996              2.50 to 1
          and ending on October 30, 1998

          On and after October 31, 1998           2.00 to 1

     7.   AMENDMENT TO LIMITATION ON DEBT.   Section 11.2(d) of the
Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the date
hereof, to read in full as follows:

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 11

          (d)  Debt incurred upon acquisition or within 90 days thereof to
finance the purchase or lease of fixed or capital assets (excluding lighting
and sound equipment and other equipment which is typically leased or rented
by the Vari-Lite Corporate Group to its customers) up to a maximum aggregate
amount for the consolidated Vari-Lite Corporate Group at any one time
outstanding of $4,000,000; provided, however, that no greater than $2,000,000
of such Debt may be incurred in any fiscal year.

     8.   AMENDMENT TO RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. Section
11.4 of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the
date hereof, to read in full as follows:

          11.4.     DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, ETC.

                    VLH will not declare or make any dividend payment or
other distribution of Assets, cash, rights, obligations, or securities on
account of any shares of any class of capital stock of VLH, or purchase,
redeem, or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of capital
stock of VLH or any warrants, rights, or options to acquire any such shares,
now or hereafter outstanding; PROVIDED THAT, so long as no Default or Event
of Default is continuing:

                    (a)  VLH may pay dividends during each Fiscal Year,
commencing with the Fiscal Year ending September 30, 1996, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed thirty percent (30%) of the result obtained by
subtracting (a) all cash payments made during such period under the
Subordinated Warrant Note from (b) consolidated Net Income of VLH for such
Fiscal Year; and

                    (b)  VLH may (i) repurchase the Chrysler Warrant (A) for
cash, to the extent the purchase price does not exceed US$260,000 or, (B)
through the issuance of the Subordinated Warrant Note, (ii) repurchase Lender
Warrants and Warrant Shares (as defined in the Lender Warrant Agreement) upon
the exercise of the right of first refusal granted in favor of VLH in the
Lender Warrant Agreement and (iii) repurchase shares of its Class B Common
Stock as contemplated by the Buy-Sell Agreements, but, with respect to the
shares of the Engineers, only by the issuance of Share Repurchase Notes.

     9.   AMENDMENT TO CAPITAL EXPENDITURE RESTRICTION.   Section 11.7(a) of
the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the date
hereof, to read in full as follows:

          (a)  Showco shall not make expenditures for fixed or
capital assets during any Fiscal Year in excess of the amount set
forth below:

          Fiscal Year                Amount
          -----------                ------
             1996                  $2,000,000
             1997                  $2,000,000
             1998                  $3,000,000


<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 12

           1999                  $2,000,000
           2000                  $2,000,000
           2001                  $2,000,000



     10.  AMENDMENT TO EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Section 12.1 of the Credit
Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended and supplemented effective the
date hereof, by deleting the word "or" at the end of subparagraph (m),
amending subparagraph (n) in its entirety, and adding a new subparagraph
(o), the latter two of which shall read in full as follows:

          (n)  VLH shall acquire the Chrysler Warrant in a manner other
than as permitted by Section 11.4(d); or

          (o)  VLH shall be in breach of any of its representations,
warranties, covenants or other obligations under any of the Lender
Warrants or the Lender Warrant Agreement, and any such breach shall
continue beyond the period of grace, if any, set forth therein.

     11.  ADDITION OF IRIDEON (UK) AS A STERLING BORROWER.
Effective the date hereof, Irideon (UK) shall be, and is hereby, a
Sterling Borrower for all purposes.  In consideration therefor,
Irideon (UK) hereby:

          (a)  Represents and warrants to Lenders that:

               (i)  It is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing, and in good standing under the laws of England and is duly
qualified or licensed to do business in all jurisdictions where the
properties owned or the business transacted by it makes such
qualification necessary and where the failure to be so qualified would
have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (ii)  It is duly authorized and empowered to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it
is a party, and all such corporate action on its part requisite for the
due execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to which
it is a party has been duly and effectively taken.

               (iii)  The execution, delivery and performance by it of
each Loan Document to which it is a party and the effectuation of the
transactions contemplated by any Loan Document, do not and will not
violate any provision of, or result in a default under, its charter
documents or by-laws or any material agreement or Governmental
Requirement to which it is subject, or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties, other than those in
favor of the Lenders, as contemplated by the Loan Documents.

               (iv)  No authorization or approval or other action by,
and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required
for the due execution, delivery and

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 13

performance by it of any Loan Document to which it is a party or the
effectuation of the transactions contemplated under any Loan Document,
except for the filing of certain of the Security Documents.

               (v)  Each Loan Document to which it is a party will
constitute, when delivered hereunder, the legal, valid and binding
obligation of Irideon (UK) enforceable against Irideon (UK) in
accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may
be (A) limited by the effect of any Debtor Laws, or (B) subject to the
effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding at equity or at law).

          b.   Confirms and agrees that so long as any Obligations of
any Borrower remain outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment
to any Borrower under the Credit Agreement, it shall comply with (a) the
affirmative covenants contained in ARTICLE 9 of the Credit Agreement,
(b) the negative covenants contained in ARTICLE 11 of the Credit
Agreement and (c) any other provisions of the Credit Agreement
applicable to the Sterling Borrowers and the Guarantors.

     12.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  Each of the modifications and
amendments set forth herein is subject to the satisfaction of each of
the following conditions precedent:

          a.   Each Multicurrency Revolver Lender shall have received a
modification and renewal Multicurrency Revolver Note jointly and
severally executed and delivered by Showco and VLI which shall be (i)
dated the date hereof; (ii) in the principal amount of such
Multicurrency Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Multicurrency
Revolver Commitment as increased in this Amendment No. 7; (iii)
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 1 to this Amendment No. 7 with the
blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the order of such
Multicurrency Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date; and (v) subject to
acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Upon receipt
by each Multicurrency Revolver Lender of the modification and renewal
Multicurrency Revolver Note to be delivered to it pursuant to this
Section 12.a., such Multicurrency Revolver Lender shall return to VLI
(for the benefit of VLI and  Showco) the Multicurrency Revolver Note
presently held by such Multicurrency Revolver Lender evidencing such
Multicurrency Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Multicurrency
Revolver Commitment prior to giving effect to this Amendment No. 7, duly
marked "Replaced."

          b.   Each VLI Term Lender shall have received a modification
and renewal of the Term Note executed and delivered by VLI which shall
be (i) dated the date hereof; (ii) in the principal amount of such VLI
Term Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the VLI Term Loan as increased in
this Amendment No. 7; (iii) substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 2 to
this Amendment No. 7 with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable
to the order of such VLI Term Lender in full on or before the Maturity
Date; and (v) subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default.  Upon receipt by each VLI Term Lender of the modification and
renewal VLI

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 14

Term Note to be delivered to it pursuant to this Section 12.c., the VLI
Term Lender shall return to VLI (for the benefit of the VLI Term
Borrowers) the VLI Term Note presently held by the VLI Term Lender
evidencing such VLI Term Loan prior to giving effect to this Amendment
No. 7, duly marked "Replaced."

          c.   The Sterling Revolver Lender shall have received a
modification and renewal Sterling Revolver Note jointly and severally
executed and delivered by the Sterling Borrowers which shall be (i)
dated the date hereof; (ii) in the principal amount of such Sterling
Revolver Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Sterling Revolver
Commitment; (iii) substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 3 to this
Amendment No. 7 with the blanks appropriately filled; (iv) payable to
the order of such Sterling Revolver Lender on the Maturity Date; and (v)
subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.
Upon receipt by the Sterling Revolver Lender of the modification and
renewal Sterling Revolver Note to be delivered to it pursuant to this
Section 12.b., the Sterling Revolver Lender shall return to VLH (for the
benefit of the Sterling Borrowers) the Sterling Revolver Note presently
held by the Sterling Revolver Lender evidencing the Sterling Revolver
Lender's PRO RATA Percentage of the Sterling Revolver Commitment prior
to giving effect to this Amendment No. 7, duly marked "Replaced."

          d.   Each Sterling Term Lender shall have received a
modification and renewal of the Term Note jointly and severally executed
and delivered by the Sterling Borrowers which shall be (i) dated the
date hereof; (ii) in the principal amount of such Sterling Term Lender's
Pro Rata Percentage of the Sterling Term Loan; (iii) substantially in
the form of EXHIBIT 4 to this Amendment No. 7 with the blanks
appropriately filled; (iv) payable to the order of such Sterling Term
Lender in full on or before the Maturity Date; and (v) subject to
acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.  Upon receipt
by each Sterling Term Lender of the modification and renewal Term Note
to be delivered to it pursuant to this Section 12.d., the Sterling Term
Lender shall return to VLH (for the benefit of the Sterling Borrowers)
the Term Note presently held by the Sterling Term  Lenders evidencing
such Sterling Term Loan prior to giving effect to this Amendment No. 7,
duly marked "Replaced."

          e.   The Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate
for each of VLI and Showco certifying to resolutions of their respective
Boards of Directors approving and authorizing the increase in the
Multicurrency Revolver Commitment and the VLI Term Loan, as the case may
be, contemplated by Sections 12.a. and 12.b. of this Amendment No. 7 and
the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment No. 7 and the
new  Notes to be executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 12.a. and
12.b. of this Amendment No. 7.

          f.   The Agent shall have received the Security Agreement and
other Security Documents, duly executed by Irideon (UK).

          g.   The Agent shall have received an amendment and/or
supplement to the VLEH Pledge Agreement which pledges thereunder the
stock of Irideon (UK), as well as share

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 15

certificate(s) representing one hundred percent (100%) of the issued
capital stock of Irideon (UK), which shall also include a signed stock
power in blank.

          h.   The Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate
for Irideon (UK) certifying to resolutions of its Board of Directors
approving and authorizing it being named as a Sterling Borrower under
the Credit Agreement, and its delivery of its respective Security
Documents and Guaranty.

          i.   The Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate
for VLEH certifying to resolutions of its Board of Directors approving
and authorizing the pledge of the Irideon (UK) stock.

          j.   The Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of
Gardere & Wynne, L.L.P., U.S. counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group,
addressing such matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

          k.   The Agent shall have received a favorable opinion of
Baker & McKenzie, English counsel to the Vari-Lite Corporate Group,
addressing such matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

          l.   VLH and the Lender Warrant Holders shall have entered
into the Lender Warrant Agreement, and VLH shall have issued to the
Lender Warrant Holders their respective Lender Warrants.

          m.   The Agent shall have received such other documents as it
may reasonably request.

          n.   The Borrowers shall have paid to the Agent for the
account of each Lender a closing fee and an amendment fee which shall be
distributed by the Agent to the Lenders in accordance with the following
table:

               Lender      Closing Fee    Amendment Fee
               ------      -----------    -------------

               BBH           $44,440         $ 6,267
               Comerica      $44,440         $ 5,222
               Coutts        $0              $ 7,543
               NBD           $66,680         $11,296
               Trust Co.     $44,440         $ 5,222

The Borrowers shall also have paid to the Agent for its own account an
origination fee of $50,000.  The fees described in this Section
represent compensation for services rendered and to be rendered separate
and apart from the lending of money or the provision of credit and do
not constitute compensation for the use, detention or forbearance of
money, and the obligation of the

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 16

Borrowers to pay such fees shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of,
the obligation of any Borrower to pay interest, other fees described in
the Agreement, and expenses described in the Agreement.  All such fees
shall be part of the Obligations and shall be nonrefundable.

          o.   The Borrowers and Guarantors shall pay, at closing, all
reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation,
all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel)
incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and
delivery of this Amendment No. 7.

     13.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce each
Lender to enter into this Amendment No. 7, each Borrower and each
Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and
VLH contained in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement (except for those
Sections or parts thereof which, by their terms, relate to a specified
date) are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
date hereof, as though made on and as of such date.

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result
from the execution of this Amendment No. 7 (and after giving effect to
the provisions hereof), which, absent this Amendment, constitutes a
Default or Event of Default.

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with respect to
the financial condition, business, properties or operations of the
Vari-Lite Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of
the most recent financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to
Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement.

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this
Amendment No. 7 is duly authorized and empowered to execute this
Amendment No. 7, and the execution hereof will not violate any
Governmental Requirement, the violation of which would have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     14.  REAFFIRMATION OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTEES.  Each
Borrower and each Guarantor, after giving effect to the amendments set
forth herein, hereby (a) reaffirms each Guaranty and each Security
Document previously executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor
(as applicable), (b) acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the
Guaranties and Security Documents executed and delivered by such
Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable) guarantee, or secure payment of
amounts outstanding under the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment or the
VLI Term Loan, such Guarantees and Security Documents continue to secure
payment of and guaranty (as applicable) amounts outstanding under the
Multicurrency Revolver Commitment and VLI Term Loan as redefined herein,
and (c) reaffirms and acknowledges that the Guarantees and Security
Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 17

(as applicable) continue to evidence the valid, binding and enforceable
obligation of such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), subject only
to applicable Debtor Laws.

     15.  REAFFIRMATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  The Credit Agreement, as
amended by this Amendment No. 7, is ratified and confirmed and all of
the rights and powers created hereby or thereunder shall be and remain
in full force and effect.  From and after the date hereof, all
references in the Credit Agreement to the Agreement shall be deemed to
be references to the Credit Agreement after giving effect to this
Amendment No. 7, and all prior Amendments.

     16.  LENDER WARRANTS.  The Lender Warrants being issued to the
Lender Warrant Holders pursuant to the Lender Warrant Agreement are
being issued by VLH in consideration for the increase in the commitment
of the VLI Term Lenders under the VLI Term Loan.  As such, Coutts does
hereby recognize and agree that it has no right to or interest in the
Lender Warrants and does hereby disclaim any right, title or interest in
and under the Lender Warrants and the Lender Warrant Agreement, and
hereby further recognizes and agrees that all benefits under the Lender
Warrants and the Lender Warrant Agreement inure solely for the benefit
of the Lender Warrant Holders.

     17.  NO UNINTENDED WAIVERS.  The execution, delivery and
effectiveness of this Amendment No. 7 shall not, except as expressly
provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of
the Agent or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby,
or under any of the Loan Documents to which any Borrower or Guarantor is
a party.

     18.  EXPENSES OF AGENT.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to
pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without
limitation, all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal
counsel, subject to a fee cap (exclusive of disbursements or expenses)
of (a) US$42,500 for Haynes and Boone, L.L.P. and (b) L10,000 for Wilde
Sapte) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
execution and delivery of this Amendment No. 7, the Lender Warrant
Agreement and all other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith.

     19.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 7 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN
AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

     20.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment No. 7 shall become effective as
of the date first written above when a counterpart of this Amendment No.
7 has been executed by all  parties listed on the signature pages
hereto.  It is not necessary that all signatures appear on the same
counterpart.  Each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original,
and all counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute but one and
the same instrument.

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 18

     21.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 7, TOGETHER WITH THE
CREDIT AGREEMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND
MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL
AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     This Amendment No. 7 has been executed by the duly authorized
officers of the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge your
agreement to the terms and conditions contained herein by executing this
Amendment No. 7 in the space indicated below.

           REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
                    SIGNATURE PAGE(S) FOLLOW.










<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 19

                            Very truly yours,

                            BORROWERS:

                            VARI-LITE, INC.


                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ----------------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                President

                            SHOWCO, INC.



                            By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                ----------------------------------------
                                Michael P. Herman
                                Vice President - Finance

                            VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.


                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ----------------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Chairman of the Board and
                                Representative Director

                            VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ----------------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director

                            THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES
                            LIMITED



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ----------------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director



<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 20

                            BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director

                            IRIDEON LIMITED



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director

                            GUARANTORS:

                            VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                President

                            VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                Director

                            IGNITION! CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.



                            By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                ------------------------------
                                Michael P. Herman
                                Vice President - Finance

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 21



                            IRIDEON, INC.



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                President

                            CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.



                            By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                ------------------------------
                                H.R. Brutsche III
                                President

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 31st day of July, 1996

AGENT:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan
         ------------------------------
         W. Carter Sullivan
         Senior Manager

LENDERS:

PER PRO BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By: /s/ W. Carter Sullivan
         ------------------------------
         W. Carter Sullivan
         Senior Manager

<PAGE>

July 31, 1996
Page 22

     COUTTS & CO.


     By: /s/ A. D. Hills
         ------------------------------
     Name:  A. D. Hills
     Title: Manager

     NBD BANK


     By:/s/ Thomas A. Levasseur
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Thomas A. Levasseur
     Title:  Vice President

     SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
     (formerly known as Trust Company Bank)


     By: /s/ Jennifer L. McClure
         ------------------------------
     Name:  Jennifer L. McClure
     Title: Banking Officer


     By: /s/ John A. Fields, Jr.
         ------------------------------
     Name:  John A. Fields, Jr.
     Title: Vice President


     COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


     By: /s/ David Terry
         ------------------------------
     Name:  David Terry
     Title: Corporate Banking Officer






<PAGE>
                                                              [Amendment No. 8]

                              January 16, 1997

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
59 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005
Attn: Jeffrey C. Lockwood

Coutts & Co.
440 Strand
London WC2R 0QS
Attn: A.D. Hills

NBD Bank
611 Woodward Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48226
Attn: Thomas A. Levasseur

SunTrust Bank, Atlanta
25 Park Place
24th Floor, Center 120
Atlanta, Georgia 30303
Attn: John A. Fields, Jr.

Comerica Bank - Texas
8828 Stemmons Freeway, Suite 441
Dallas, Texas 75247
Attn: David B. Terry

     Re:  Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 1994, by and among 
          Vari-Lite, Inc. ("VLI"), Showco, Inc. ("SHOWCO"), Vari-Lite Asia, 
          Inc. ("VLA"), Vari-Lite Europe Limited ("VLE"), Theatre Projects 
          Lighting Services Limited ("THEATRE PROJECTS") and Brilliant Stages 
          Limited ("BRILLIANT STAGES") (VLI, Showco, VLA, VLE, Theatre 
          Projects and Brilliant Stages are sometimes referred to herein 
          individually as a "BORROWER" and collectively as "BORROWERS"), 
          Vari-Lite International, Inc. ("VLH"), Vari-Lite Europe Holdings 
          Limited ("VLEH"), Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. ("BBH"), Coutts &  
          Co. ("COUTTS"), NBD Bank, N.A. (the name of which is now NBD Bank, 
          a Michigan banking corporation)("NBD"), Trust Company Bank (the 
          name of which is now SunTrust Bank, Atlanta) ("TRUST CO.") and 
          Comerica Bank-Texas ("COMERICA") (BBH, Coutts, NBD, Trust Co. and 
          Comerica are hereinafter individually referred to as "LENDER" and 
          collectively referred to as "LENDERS"), and BBH in its capacity as 
          agent for Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT"), as amended by 
          (a) that certain letter agreement dated July 1, 1994, marked 
          "[Amendment No. 1]", among the Borrowers, VLH and VLEH, as 
          guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, (b) that certain letter 
          agreement dated September 30, 1994 marked "[Amendment No. 2]" among 
          the Borrowers, VLH, VLEH, Ignition! Creative Group, Inc. ("ICG") 
          and Irideon, Inc. ("IRIDEON") (VLH, VLEH, ICG and Irideon are 
          sometimes referred to herein collectively as "GUARANTORS"), the 
          Lenders and the Agent, (c) that certain letter agreement dated 
          February 22, 1995 marked "[Amendment No. 3]" among the Borrowers, 
          the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, (d) that certain letter 
          agreement dated November 22, 1995 marked "[Amendment No. 4]" among 
          the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, (e) that 
          certain letter agreement dated 

<PAGE>
January 16, 1997
Page 2

          December 18, 1995 marked "[Amendment No. 5]" among the Borrowers, 
          the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, (f) that certain letter 
          agreement dated May 20, 1996 marked "[Amendment No. 6]" among the 
          Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent, and (g) that 
          certain letter agreement dated July 31, 1996 marked 
          "[Amendment No. 7]" among the Borrowers (including the addition 
          thereto of Irideon Limited, a newly formed subsidiary of VLEH as a 
          Borrower), the Guarantors, the Lenders and the Agent (the "CREDIT 
          AGREEMENT").  Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms used 
          herein with their initial letter capitalized shall have the meaning 
          given such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Gentlemen:

As you are aware, the Borrowers and Guarantors have requested the 
modification of the restrictions on Investments contained in Section 11.6 of 
the Credit Agreement in order to permit VLH to make certain Investments in 
and/or loans of Permitted Intercompany Debt to Vari-Lite Hong Kong and 
Vari-Lite Spain.

The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested that the Agent and Lenders 
execute this letter agreement (hereinafter, "AMENDMENT NO. 8") in the space 
indicated below to evidence their agreement to the modifications and 
amendments contained herein.

For valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 
acknowledged and confessed, the Borrowers, the Guarantors, the Lenders and 
the Agent agree to the following:

     1.   AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS.

          a.   The definitions contained in Exhibit "A" to the Credit 
Agreement shall be supplemented effective the date hereof with the following 
definitions:

               "VARI-LITE HONG KONG" means Vari-Lite Hong Kong Limited, a 
corporation organized under the laws of Hong Kong, and an indirect 
wholly-owned Subsidiary of VLH.

               "VARI-LITE SPAIN" means Vari-Lite Spain, SL., a corporation 
organized under the laws of Spain, and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of VLEH.

     2.   AMENDMENT TO FURTHER ASSURANCES COVENANT.  Section 9.7 of the 
Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended effective the date hereof, 
by adding thereto the following sentence as the last sentence of such section:

          "VLH covenants and agrees that, in the event that (a) the 
Investments and/or Permitted Intercompany Debt of the Vari-Lite Corporate 
Group in either Vari-Lite Hong Kong or Vari-Lite Spain, as the case may be, 
exceeds $1,000,000, or (b) the Assets minus Liabilities of Vari-Lite Hong 
Kong or Vari-Lite Spain, as the case may be, at any time exceed $2,000,000, 
then, in any such case, VLH shall cause such Subsidiary to become a party to 
the Agreement, and VLH shall deliver, or cause such Subsidiary to deliver, 
such Security Documents and other loan documents with respect to such 
Subsidiary as the Agent may reasonably require."

     3.   AMENDMENT TO RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS, LOANS, AND ADVANCES.  
Section 11.6 of the Credit Agreement shall be, and is hereby amended 
effective the date hereof, to read in full as follows:

<PAGE>
January 16, 1997
Page 3

          11.6. INVESTMENTS, LOANS, AND ADVANCES.

               No Borrower or Guarantor will, nor will it permit any 
Subsidiary to, make any Investment, except that:

               (a)  the U.S. Companies and VLA may loan Permitted 
Intercompany Secured Debt to the Sterling Borrowers in an amount not to 
exceed, in the aggregate, the Dollar Equivalent of $2,000,000.00 at any one 
time outstanding;

               (b)  any of the  U.S.  Companies may loan Permitted 
Intercompany Debt to each other;

               (c)  VLEH and any of the Sterling Borrowers may loan Permitted 
Intercompany Debt to each other;

               (d)  VLH may make an Investment in VLEH on or about the 
Closing Date in the approximate amount of $1,200,000;

               (e)  VLH may make Investments in VLI, Showco, Irideon, SCSI or 
CPL;

               (f)  The Vari-Lite Corporate Group may make a combination of 
Investments or loans of Permitted Intercompany Debt, not to exceed $1,000,000 
in the aggregate outstanding at any time, in Vari-Lite Hong Kong;

               (g)  The Vari-Lite Corporate Group may make a combination of 
Investments or loans of Permitted Intercompany Debt, not to exceed $1,000,000 
in the aggregate outstanding at any time, in Vari-Lite Spain;

               (h)  VLEH may make Investments in the Sterling Borrowers;

               (i)  VLA, the Sterling Borrowers and VLEH may make Investments 
in, and loan Permitted Intercompany Debt to, the U.S. Companies; and

               (j)  each Borrower, Guarantor and Subsidiary may own, 
purchase, or acquire Cash Equivalents.

     3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  In order to induce each Lender to 
enter into this Amendment No. 8, each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby 
represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

          a.   The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and VLH 
contained in Article 8 of the Credit Agreement (except for those Sections or 
parts thereof which, by their terms, relate to a specified date) are true and 
correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof, as though made 
on and as of such date.

          b.   No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from 
the execution of this Amendment No. 8 (and after giving effect to the 
provisions hereof), which, absent this Amendment, constitutes a Default or 
Event of Default.

<PAGE>
January 16, 1997
Page 4

          c.   No material adverse change has occurred with respect to the 
financial condition, business, properties or operations of the Vari-Lite 
Corporate Group, on a consolidated basis, since the date of the most recent 
financial statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.2 of the 
Credit Agreement.

          d.   Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors executing this Amendment 
No. 8 is duly authorized and empowered to execute this Amendment No. 8, and 
the execution hereof will not violate any Governmental Requirement, the 
violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

     4.   REAFFIRMATION OF SECURITY DOCUMENTS AND GUARANTEES.  Each Borrower 
and each Guarantor, after giving effect to the amendments set forth herein, 
hereby (a) reaffirms each Guaranty and each Security Document previously 
executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), (b) 
acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent the Guaranties and Security 
Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or Guarantor (as 
applicable) guarantee, or secure payment of amounts outstanding under the 
Multicurrency Revolver Commitment or the VLI Term Loan, such Guarantees and 
Security Documents continue to secure payment of and guaranty (as applicable) 
amounts outstanding under the Multicurrency Revolver Commitment and VLI Term 
Loan as redefined herein, and (c) reaffirms and acknowledges that the 
Guarantees and Security Documents executed and delivered by such Borrower or 
Guarantor (as applicable) continue to evidence the valid, binding and 
enforceable obligation of such Borrower or Guarantor (as applicable), subject 
only to applicable Debtor Laws.

     5.   REAFFIRMATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  The Credit Agreement, as 
amended by this Amendment No. 8, is ratified and confirmed and all of the 
rights and powers created hereby or thereunder shall be and remain in full 
force and effect.  From and after the date hereof, all references in the 
Credit Agreement to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the 
Credit Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment No. 8, and all prior 
Amendments.

     6.   NO UNINTENDED WAIVERS.  The execution, delivery and effectiveness 
of this Amendment No. 8 shall not, except as expressly provided herein, 
operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Agent or the Lenders 
under the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, or under any of the Loan 
Documents to which any Borrower or Guarantor is a party.

     7.   EXPENSES OF AGENT.  The Borrowers and the Guarantors agree to pay 
all reasonable costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, 
all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of Agent's legal counsel, subject to 
a fee cap (exclusive of disbursements or expenses) of US$1,250 for Haynes and 
Boone, L.L.P.) incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, 
execution and delivery of this Amendment No. 8, Waiver Letter No. 5 and all 
other Loan Documents executed in connection herewith. Such fees and expenses 
shall be payable on the effective date of this Amendment No. 8.

     8.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 8 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE AN 
AGREEMENT EXECUTED BY THE PARTIES HERETO UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, 
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW.

<PAGE>
January 16, 1997
Page 5

     9.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment No. 8 shall become effective as of 
the date first written above when a counterpart of this Amendment No. 8 has 
been executed by all  parties listed on the signature pages hereto.  It is 
not necessary that all signatures appear on the same counterpart.  Each such 
counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all counterparts, when 
taken together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

     10.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 8, TOGETHER WITH THE CREDIT 
AGREEMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE 
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL 
AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE 
PARTIES.

     This Amendment No. 8 has been executed by the duly authorized officers 
of the Borrowers and the Guarantors.  Please acknowledge your agreement to 
the terms and conditions contained herein by executing this Amendment No. 8 
in the space indicated below.

                 Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.
                          Signature Page(s) Follow.


<PAGE>

                              Very truly yours,

                              BORROWERS:

                              
                              VARI-LITE, INC.
                              
                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   President

                              
                              SHOWCO, INC.
                              
                              By:  /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   Michael P. Herman
                                   Vice President - Finance

                              
                              VARI-LITE ASIA, INC.
                              
                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Chairman of the Board and
                                   Representative Director


                              VARI-LITE EUROPE LIMITED
                              THEATRE PROJECTS LIGHTING SERVICES
                              LIMITED
                              BRILLIANT STAGES LIMITED
                              IRIDEON LIMITED

                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Director
                              
                              
                              GUARANTORS:
                              
                              VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              IRIDEON, INC.
                              CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.
                              
                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   President

                                      Amendment No. 8 Signature Page
<PAGE>

                              VARI-LITE EUROPE HOLDINGS LIMITED
                              
                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III
                                   Director
                              
                              IGNITION! CREATIVE GROUP, INC.
                              
                              By:  /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   Michael P. Herman
                                   Vice President - Finance

                                      Amendment No. 8 Signature Page
<PAGE>

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED
as of the 16 day of January, 1997

AGENT:

PER PRO   BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By:  /s/ W. Carter Sullivan
          ------------------------------
          W. Carter Sullivan
          Senior Manager

LENDERS:

PER PRO   BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.


     By:  /s/ W. Carter Sullivan
          ------------------------------
          W. Carter Sullivan
          Senior Manager

     COUTTS & CO.


     By:  /s/ A. D. Hills
          ------------------------------
          Name:     A. D. Hills
                    -------------------------
          Title:    Vice President 
                    -------------------------

     NBD BANK


     By:  /s/ Thomas A. Levasseur
          ------------------------------
          Name:     Thomas A. Levasseur 
                    -------------------------
          Title:    Vice President 
                    -------------------------

     SUNTRUST BANK, ATLANTA
     (formerly known as Trust Company Bank)


     By:  /s/ John A. Fields, Jr.
          -----------------------------------
          Name:     John A. Fields, Jr.
                    -------------------------
          Title:    Vice President 
                    -------------------------


     By:  /s/ Trisha E. Hardy
          -----------------------------------
          Name:     Trisha E. Hardy
                    -------------------------
          Title:    Corporate Banking Officer
                    -------------------------

                                      Amendment No. 8 Signature Page
<PAGE>

     COMERICA BANK-TEXAS


     By:  /s/ David Terry
          -----------------------------------
          Name:     David Terry
                    -------------------------
          Title:    Assistant Vice President
                    -------------------------

                                      Amendment No. 8 Signature Page


<PAGE>
                                       
                            EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     This Employment Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of August 28, 
1995, by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., doing business at 201 Regal 
Row, Dallas, Texas 75247 (the "Company") and Mr. Jim Kinnu, residing 
presently at 3626 East Woodbine Road, Orange, California 92667 ("Kinnu").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS the Company is engaged in the business of designing and 
manufacturing sound, lighting and other entertainment-related equipment and 
providing related services; and

     WHEREAS Kinnu is experienced and knowledgeable in the management of 
business organizations providing technical services and products and has 
agreed to work for the Company as its Senior Executive Vice President and 
Chief Operating Officer; and

     WHEREAS the Company is interested in employing Kinnu and Kinnu is 
interested in working for the Company; and

     WHEREAS this Agreement will supersede and replace all prior consulting 
and/or employment agreements between the Company and Kinnu;

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions 
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT.  Kinnu is hereby employed in the position of Senior 
          Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company 
          to render services in connection with the management of the Company.
          Kinnu hereby accepts such employment and agrees that he will at all 
          times use his best efforts to discharge his duties and utilize his
          skills in the best interests of the Company.
     
     2.   DUTIES.
     
          (a)  Kinnu will share the day to day responsibility with the 
               President and Chief Executive Officer for the operation and 
               management of the Company.
     
          (b)  Kinnu will have specific responsibility on behalf of the Company
               and at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer of the 
               Company on behalf of Irideon, Inc. to develop, implement and 
               manage the four processes: Demand Creation, Develop Product,
               Manufacture Product and Service Product to enable the timely and
               successful completion of AR5/AR6, Virtuoso and VL7 programs and 
               other engineering development projects.
     
          (c)  Kinnu will perform other duties as assigned by the President and
               Chief Executive Officer and by the Company's Board of Directors.
     
     3.   LOCATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  Kinnu's office and principal place of 
          business in carrying out his duties hereunder shall be at the 
          Company's corporate headquarters in Dallas.  Kinnu's location of 
          employment shall not be changed without Kinnu's written consent.
          Kinnu will 

<PAGE>

          give reasonable consideration to any proposed change in the location 
          of his employment if such change would serve the best interests of 
          the Company.  If the Company does relocate Kinnu, it will provide him
          with adequate financial compensation to offset his moving expenses 
          and any losses he incurs due to the relocation.

     4.   TERM.  Kinnu's employment under this Agreement shall be for a term of
          three years commencing on August 28, 1995 (the "Commencement Date") 
          and ending on August 31, 1998. This Agreement may be renewed if 30 
          days before the termination date of this Agreement the parties agree 
          in writing to extend the Agreement to a specific date.  The period 
          beginning on the Commencement Date and ending August 31, 1998, or 
          upon the expiration of any renewal period shall be referred to as the
          "Employment Term."
     
     5.   COMPENSATION.  In consideration for the services to be performed by 
          Kinnu herein, the Company shall pay Kinnu as follows:

          (a)  BASE SALARY.  The Company shall pay to Kinnu an annual base 
               salary of $350,000.  This salary shall be payable bi-monthly 
               on the 15th and the last day of each month in equal 
               installments.  The Compensation Committee shall conduct an 
               annual review of Kinnu's base salary; the first review shall 
               be conducted on or about November 1, 1996, and the subsequent 
               reviews shall be conducted on or about November 1 of the 
               following years of the Employment Term.  As part of the annual 
               review the Compensation Committee shall make a recommendation 
               to the Board of Directors regarding whether there should be an 
               increase in Kinnu's base salary. Kinnu shall be entitled to 
               such increases in his base salary, if any, that may be 
               determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.  
               In no event shall Kinnu's base salary be reduced.

          (b)  ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  In further consideration for 
               Kinnu's services, Kinnu shall receive Annual Incentive 
               Compensation in accordance with the established programs for 
               Officers and Directors of the Company pursuant to the Annual 
               Incentive Plan administered by Deloitte & Touche, L.L.P.  The 
               incentive compensation that shall be available varies between 
               10% of base salary and a maximum of 40% of base salary 
               depending upon the actual year end performance of the Company. 
               Kinnu shall receive incentive compensation in the amount of 
               10% of his base salary if the Company reaches threshold 
               operating income which is defined as 80% of target.  Kinnu 
               shall receive incentive compensation in the amount of 20% of 
               his base salary if the Company reaches target operating 
               income.  Kinnu shall receive the maximum amount of incentive 
               compensation, 40% of base salary, if the Company reaches or 
               exceeds maximum operating income which is defined as 140% of 
               target operating income.  The exact dollar amount of the 
               incentive compensation will be based on the proportionate 
               percentage that the Company's operating income exceeds its 
               threshold operating income as calculated by Deloitte & Touche, 
               L.L.P.

          (c)  LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  In further consideration 
               for Kinnu's services, Kinnu shall purchase 10,000 shares of 
               the Company's Class B Common Stock at book value as of July 
               31, 1995, and execute the Shareholder Buy-Sell Agreement, the 
               Stock Purchase Promissory Note, and the Stock Pledge 
               Agreement.  The 

                                       2
<PAGE>

               forms of these documents are attached to this Agreement as 
               Exhibit A-1, A-2 and A-3, respectively.

          (d)  TAXES.  All compensation paid to Kinnu hereunder shall be 
               subject to applicable employment and withholding taxes.  Kinnu 
               shall be responsible for any taxes resulting from a 
               determination that any portion of any benefits supplied to 
               Kinnu hereunder may be reimbursing personal as well as 
               business expenses.
               
     
     6.   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS.
     
          (a)  BENEFIT PLANS OR OTHER ARRANGEMENTS.  Subject to meeting 
               eligibility provisions, Kinnu shall be entitled to participate 
               in all employee benefit plans of the Company, and to receive 
               such other employee benefits as are available to the Company's 
               officers as such benefits may exist from time to time, 
               including but not limited to group health, disability and life 
               insurance benefits and participation in the Showco/Vari-Lite 
               401K Savings Plan, and the Company's profit sharing, stock 
               purchase and stock option plans.  A copy of the Company's 
               Welfare Benefit Plan and 401K Savings Plan are attached to 
               this Agreement as Exhibit B and are by this reference made a 
               part hereof. Kinnu will be subject to any changes made to the 
               aforesaid employee benefit plans.

          (b)  VACATIONS AND SICK LEAVE.  Kinnu shall be entitled to receive 
               the same number of sick leave days as is maintained in the 
               Company's sick leave plan.  In addition, Kinnu will be 
               entitled to four weeks of paid vacation per year beginning 
               with the commencement date of this Agreement.  Kinnu's 
               vacation benefit will be a part of his base salary. Kinnu will 
               earn one additional week of paid vacation for each quarter 
               beginning on August 28, 1995, and ending on August 28, 1997.  
               In the event Kinnu's employment terminates under Section 9 of 
               this Agreement, Kinnu shall be entitled to receive the cash 
               value of any earned but unused vacation. "Earned but unused 
               vacation" shall mean one week of vacation for each quarter 
               actually worked by Kinnu less any vacation actually taken in 
               excess of four weeks.

     7.   RELOCATION EXPENSES.
     
          (a)  Upon the effective date of this Agreement, the Company will 
               provide a three-year interest-free loan of $200,000 to Kinnu 
               as set forth in the Relocation Assistance Loan Promissory Note 
               to be signed by Kinnu, that will be forgiven in equal amounts 
               on a monthly basis during the term of this Agreement.  The 
               loan is to assist Kinnu with selling his house in California 
               and cover other related expenses.  A copy of the form of the 
               "Relocation Assistance Loan Promissory Note" is attached to 
               this Agreement as Exhibit C and is by this reference made a 
               part hereof.

          (b)  The Company will reimburse Kinnu for his family's relocation 
               expenses listed below subject to a $25,000 maximum for all 
               expenses listed below. Kinnu's family is defined to include 
               all current members of his household, which include himself, 
               his spouse, daughter, grandson and son-in-law. Within 30 days 
               from the 

                                       3
<PAGE>

               signing of this Agreement Kinnu will submit a proposed budget 
               to the Company for the expenses listed below.  The Company 
               will reimburse Kinnu within 30 days of his presentation to the 
               Company of receipts reflecting actual expenses for the 
               following:

               (i)    Transportation of household goods to Dallas;

               (ii)   Automobile transportation from California to Dallas;

               (iii)  Air travel to Dallas from California until move has been
                      completed; and

               (iv)   Cost of title policy for purchase of a new house.

     8.   BUSINESS EXPENSES.
     
          (a)  OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES.  The Company shall reimburse Kinnu for 
               all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Kinnu in the 
               conduct of the Company's business provided that Kinnu submits 
               expense reports accompanied by receipts and vouchers within a 
               month following the expenditures. The Company will reimburse 
               Kinnu for his expenses within 30 days of its receipt of 
               Kinnu's expense reports.

          (b)  FIRST CLASS AIR TRAVEL.  In connection with the performance of 
               his duties hereunder, the Company shall provide Kinnu with 
               domestic first class air travel via upgrade coupons when 
               available and business class for overseas air travel.

     9.   TERMINATION.  Kinnu's employment may be terminated during the 
          Employment Term by either party at any time by giving written 
          notice to the other party stating the grounds for such termination 
          in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.  In the event 
          of such termination, Kinnu's rights and entitlements shall be 
          determined in accordance with the following provisions.

          (a)  DISABILITY.  The Company shall have the right to terminate 
               this Agreement if Kinnu incurs a permanent disability during 
               the Employment Term. For the purpose of this Agreement, 
               "Permanent Disability" shall mean inability of Kinnu to 
               perform the services required hereunder due to physical or 
               mental disability which continues for either (i) a total of 
               180 working days during any 12-month period or (ii) 150 
               consecutive working days.  In the event that either party 
               disputes whether Kinnu has a permanent disability, such 
               dispute shall be submitted to a physician mutually agreed upon 
               by Kinnu or his legal guardian and the Company.  If the 
               parties are unable to agree on a mutually satisfactory 
               physician, each shall select a reputable physician, who, 
               together, shall in turn select a third physician whose 
               determination of Kinnu's ability to perform his job duties 
               shall be conclusive and binding to the parties.  Evidence of 
               such disability shall be conclusive notwithstanding that a 
               disability policy or clause in an insurance policy covering 
               Kinnu shall contain a different definition of "permanent 
               disability."

                                       4
<PAGE>

               If Kinnu suffers a permanent disability and the Company 
               terminates his employment after the appropriate time period as 
               cited above, the Company will pay to Kinnu the balance of his 
               base salary under this Agreement pursuant to subsection (g) 
               below until the end of the Employment Term less any disability 
               payments which Kinnu is eligible to receive from any insurance 
               company pursuant to a policy purchased by the Company.  Kinnu 
               also shall receive a prorated bonus under Section 5(b) as of 
               the date this Agreement is terminated based on the actual 
               results plus projected results for the Company's operating 
               income for the current fiscal year end and the cash value of 
               any earned but unused vacation time.

          (b)  DEATH.  If Kinnu dies during the Employment Term, the Company 
               will pay to his estate the balance of his base salary under 
               this Agreement pursuant to subsection (g) below.  Kinnu's 
               estate also shall receive a prorated bonus under Section 5(b) 
               as of the date of his death based on the actual results plus 
               projected results for the Company's operating income for the 
               current fiscal year end and the cash value of any earned but 
               unused vacation time.

          (c)  "FOR CAUSE".  If the Company terminates this Agreement "For 
               Cause" as defined in this subsection, Kinnu shall not be 
               entitled to any damages from the Company or its employees for 
               such termination.  If the Company terminates this Agreement 
               for cause, Kinnu shall receive his base salary under Section 
               5(a) only through the date of termination.  Kinnu also shall 
               receive a prorated bonus under Section 5(b) as of the date of 
               the termination based on the actual results plus projected 
               results for the Company's operating income for the current 
               fiscal year and any earned but unused vacation time.

               For purposes of this Agreement, "For Cause" shall mean the 
               willful, continued and material failure by Kinnu to follow the 
               reasonable and legitimate directions of the Board of Directors 
               or of the President and Chief Executive Officer in connection 
               with Kinnu's duties hereunder, but only after (i) the Chairman 
               and Chief Executive Officer delivers a written notice to Kinnu 
               specifically setting forth the manner in which he believes 
               Kinnu has failed to follow such directions and providing at 
               least 30 days to correct the deficiencies, and (ii) such 
               willful and material failure to follow directions is not 
               corrected within the designated time period; conviction of a 
               felony; embezzlement from the Company; fraud; engaging in 
               conduct contrary to the best interests of the Company; 
               habitual absenteeism not related to disability or illness, but 
               only after written notice from the Board of Directors followed 
               by a repetition of such habitual absenteeism.

          (d)  "WITHOUT CAUSE" AND CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  If the Company 
               terminates this Agreement without Cause or if Kinnu terminates 
               this Agreement because of Constructive Termination as defined 
               below, Kinnu shall receive the balance of his base salary 
               under this Agreement pursuant to subsection (g) below, a 
               prorated bonus under Section 5(b) as of the termination date 
               based on the actual results plus projected results for the 
               Company's operating income for the current fiscal year end and 
               the cash value of any earned but unused vacation time.

                                       5
<PAGE>

               If Kinnu's employment with the Company terminates pursuant to 
               this subsection, he shall not be required to mitigate damages 
               by seeking other employment or otherwise; however, the amount 
               paid by the Company shall be reduced by any compensation 
               earned by Kinnu from another employee or through consulting.

               For purposes of this Agreement "Constructive Termination" 
               means the continued and material failure of the Company to 
               comply with its covenants and obligations under this 
               Agreement, but only after (i) Kinnu delivers written notice to 
               the Company specifically setting forth the manner in which he 
               believes the Company has so failed to comply with its 
               covenants and obligations and providing at least 30 days to 
               correct the deficiencies, and (ii) such material failures are 
               not corrected within the designated time period.

          (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  A Change of Control shall be deemed to 
               have occurred if any of the following occur:  (i) at any time 
               during any period of 12 consecutive months, at least a 
               majority of the directors serving on the Board of Directors of 
               the Company ceases to consist of individuals who have served 
               continuously on such Board of Directors since the beginning of 
               such 12-month period, unless the election of directors during 
               such period, or nomination for election by the shareholders of 
               the Company, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of 
               the members of such Board of Directors at such time still in 
               office and who shall have served continuously on such Board of 
               Directors since the beginning of such 12-month period (in any 
               case disregarding any vacancy occurring during such 12-month 
               period by reason of death or disability); or (ii) a merger or 
               consolidation occurs to which either the Company or Vari-Lite, 
               Inc. ("Vari-Lite") is a party unless following such merger or 
               consolidation (1) more than 50% of the then outstanding shares 
               of voting capital stock of the corporation surviving such 
               merger or resulting from such consolidation is then 
               beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or 
               substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the 
               beneficial owners of the outstanding voting capital stock of 
               the Company or Vari-Lite, as the case may be, immediately 
               prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the 
               same proportions as their ownership, imediately prior to such 
               merger or consolidation, of the outstanding voting capital 
               stock of the Company or Vari-Lite, as the case may be, and (2) 
               at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors 
               of the corporation surviving such merger or resulting from 
               such consolidation were members of the Board of Directors of 
               Vari-Lite or the Company, as the case may be, immediately 
               prior to such merger or consolidation; or (iii) the sale of 
               all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company or 
               Vari-Lite; or (iv) a person or entity who is not an owner of 
               voting capital stock of the Company or Vari-Lite, as the case 
               may be, as of the date of this Agreement acquires more than 
               50% of the voting capital stock of the Company or Vari-Lite, 
               as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a 
               Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon 
               the consummation of an Initial Public Offering of the capital 
               stock of the Company.

               If after a Change of Control, as defined above, H.R. 
               Brutsche III remains employed by the Company in the position of
               Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, then this 
               Agreement shall remain in effect until its termination 

                                       6
<PAGE>

               date.  If after a Change of Control, as defined above, H.R. 
               Brutsche III does not remain in the position of either Chairman 
               of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, then Kinnu shall have 
               the right to terminate this Agreement.

               If Kinnu exercises his right to terminate his employment 
               following a Change of Control, he shall receive the balance of 
               this base salary under this Agreement, a prorated bonus under 
               Section 5(b) as of the date of termination based on the actual 
               results plus projected results for the Company's operating 
               income for the current fiscal year end, and the cash value of 
               any earned but unused vacation.

          (f)  RESIGNATION.  If Kinnu resigns from his employment during the 
               Employment Term, he shall receive his base salary through his 
               date of termination, a prorated bonus under Section 5(b) as of 
               the date of termination based on the actual results plus 
               projected results for the Company's operating income for the 
               current fiscal year end, and the cash value of any earned but 
               unused vacation.

          (g)  TIME OF PAYMENT.  The Company shall pay any bonuses due to 
               Kinnu or his heirs under this section within 30 days from the 
               date of Kinnu's termination.  The payment of any balance of 
               Kinnu's base salary due under this section will be made on the 
               Company's regularly scheduled pay days through the expiration 
               date of this Agreement.

     10.  ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYEE DURING AND AFTER EMPLOYMENT.
     
          (a)  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.  Kinnu acknowledges that, as an officer and 
               employee of the Company (including its subsidiaries and its 
               affiliated companies) he will obtain information that derives 
               independent value from not being generally known to the 
               public. Kinnu also acknowledges that in addition to all other 
               consideration being supplied by the Company in this Agreement, 
               the Company is simultaneously agreeing to convey to Kinnu an 
               interest in the shares of the Company.  Kinnu acknowledges 
               that part of the consideration for the covenant not to compete 
               in Section 10 is supported by these factors.

          (b)  NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION.  Until 24 months after the 
               termination of Kinnu's employment hereunder for any reason, 
               Kinnu will not, directly or indirectly, work for or provide 
               any services to any employer or other business entity who 
               competes with the Company.  During such period of 
               noncompetition, Kinnu shall not solicit business from any 
               party who, on the date of termination of Kinnu's employment 
               is, or within one year prior thereto was, a customer of the 
               Company or to whom the Company has made, or from whom the 
               Company has received, a written sales proposal within 24 
               months prior to such date of termination.  Kinnu understands, 
               acknowledges, and agrees that such customers are developed and 
               maintained by the Company through use of confidential, 
               proprietary, and trade secret information to which Kinnu may 
               have access during his employment term.  The requirement of 
               this subsection does not extend to geographical locations in 
               which the Company is no longer doing business.  Kinnu also 
               agrees that until 24 months after the termination of his 
               employment for any reason, he will not directly or indirectly 
               attempt to persuade or induce any

                                       7
<PAGE>

               Company employee to leave his or her employment with the 
               Company.

          (c)  RECORDS.  All records, files, documents, and the like, or 
               abstracts, summaries, or copies thereof, relating to the 
               business of the Company, which the Company or Kinnu shall 
               prepare or use or come into contact with during his 
               employment, shall remain the sole property of the Company and 
               shall not be removed from the premises or disclosed to any 
               person without written consent of the Company, and Kinnu shall 
               promptly return all such records in his possession or under 
               his control to the Company upon termination of his employment.

          (d)  TRADE SECRETS AND CONFIDENTIALITY.  During the course of 
               Kinnu's employment, he will have access to and become familiar 
               with various trade secrets and confidential information 
               belonging to the Company, consisting of but not limited to, 
               compilations of information, financial and operations records, 
               technical specifications, sales procedures, customer 
               requirements, pricing information, customer and supplier 
               lists, methods of doing business, and business plans.  Kinnu 
               acknowledges that such confidential information and trade 
               secrets exist and are owned and shall continue to be owned 
               solely by the Company and that he shall not discuss or 
               disclose any trade secrets or confidential information 
               belonging to the Company to any person or entity except as is 
               required for him to perform his duties under this Agreement.

          (e)  RELIEF.  In addition to its other remedies, the Company shall be
               entitled to equitable relief, including provisional and final 
               injunctive relief, to enforce its rights under this section.
     
     11.  NOTICES.  All notices required to be given hereunder shall be 
          personally delivered to the signatories of this Agreement or 
          shall be given by certified mail, return receipt requested, 
          addressed to the party to which the notice is to be given at 
          the address for that party first set forth above.

     12.  ARBITRATION.  Any controversy or claim arising out of or 
          relating to this Agreement, except involving matters under 
          Section 10 of this Agreement which will be resolved in the 
          Texas State Courts, shall be settled by binding arbitration.  
          Any such arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as follows:

          (a)  Any party wishing to pursue a claim or controversy under this 
               section must give the other party written notice of the claim 
               or controversy within 180 days after the disputed event 
               occurred.
     
          (b)  Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one to be 
               selected by each of the parties and the third to be designated 
               by two arbitrators so selected.  In the event of their failure 
               to agree on the third arbitrator, selection shall be made by 
               the American Arbitration Association in Dallas, Texas where 
               the arbitration shall take place.

          (c)  The arbitrators shall follow the Employment Arbitration Rules 
               of the American Arbitration Association, except as otherwise 
               provided herein. The arbitrators shall 

                                       8
<PAGE>

               substantially comply with Texas rules of evidence; shall grant 
               essential but limited discovery; shall provide for the exchange 
               of witness lists and exhibit copies; shall conduct a pretrial 
               hearing; and shall consider dispositive motions.  Each party 
               shall have the right to request the arbitrators to make findings
               of specific factual issues.

          (d)  In the event the Company terminates Kinnu's employment under 
               Section 9(c) of this Agreement and Kinnu challenges the 
               termination under this section, if the Arbitrator rules that 
               the Company did not have cause to terminate Kinnu's 
               employment, the maximum amount of damages that the Arbitrator 
               may award to Kinnu is the balance of his base salary under 
               this Agreement, a prorated bonus under Section 5(b) as of the 
               date of Kinnu's termination, based on the actual results plus 
               projected results for the Company's operating income for the 
               current fiscal year, the cash value of any earned but unused 
               vacation time, $25,000 for relocation expenses, and Kinnu's 
               legal fees and expenses in bringing the arbitration.

          (e)  The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and render 
               their decision within forty days after submission of the 
               dispute to them, unless both parties agree to an extension.  
               Each party shall cooperate with the arbitrators to comply with 
               procedural time requirements, and the failure of either to do 
               so shall entitle the arbitrators to extend the arbitration 
               proceedings accordingly and to impose sanctions on the party 
               responsible for the delay, payable to the other party.

          (f)  The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain 
               findings of facts on which the decision is based, including 
               any specific factual findings requested by either party, and 
               shall further contain the reasons for the decision with 
               reference to the legal principles on which the arbitrators 
               relied.  Such decision of the arbitrators shall be final and 
               binding upon the parties, and accordingly the Company and 
               Kinnu shall promptly comply with the terms of such award, and 
               a judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction may be entered 
               in accordance therewith.

          (g)  The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection with 
               the resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be borne by 
               the party who does not prevail in the arbitration.

          (h)  The Company and Kinnu hereby consent to the jurisdiction of 
               the courts of the state of Texas for purposes of entering 
               judgment with respect to an arbitration award.

     13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Kinnu will be subject to and provided the 
          protection afforded in the indemnification provisions of the 
          current provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation 
          and By-Laws and by the Indemnification Agreement attached to this 
          Agreement as Exhibit D.

     14.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
     
          (a)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement replaces and supplants all 
               prior agreements, 

                                       9
<PAGE>

               oral or written, between the parties and constitutes the entire 
               understanding of the parties; and no change, alteration or 
               modification hereof may be made except by a writing signed by 
               the parties hereto.

          (b)  SUCCESSION.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall 
               inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their 
               respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and 
               assigns.  The Company shall have the right to assign this 
               Agreement to a parent, affiliate or subsidiary corporation or 
               to any corporation with which it may merge or consolidate 
               subject to the provisions of Section 9(e) herein.

          (c)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and 
               construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Texas.

          (d)  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may only be amended, or a new 
               agreement substituted, by a written instrument duly authorized 
               and executed by the Company and Kinnu.

          (e)  WAIVER.  The waiver by either party of a breach or violation 
               of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be 
               construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.

          (f)  SEVERABILITY.  The Company and Kinnu agree that each of the 
               foregoing covenants shall be deemed a separate, severable an 
               independent covenant, and in the event any covenant shall be 
               declared invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such 
               invalidity shall not in any manner affect or impair the 
               validity or enforceability of any other unrelated part or 
               provision of such covenant or of any other covenant contained 
               herein.

          (g)  MULTIPLE ORIGINALS.  This Agreement may be executed in 
               multiple originals, each of which shall be deemed an original


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of this 28th day of August, 1995.


                                      COMPANY:

                                      Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                      By:/s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                         ---------------------------------
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer


                                      /s/ Jim Kinnu             
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      Jim Kinnu

                                      10
<PAGE>
                                       
                                  EXHIBIT A-1


                       SHAREHOLDER BUY-SELL AGREEMENT

     This Shareholder Buy-Sell Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and 
entered into as of September __, 1995, by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, 
Inc., a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Jim Kinnu (the "Shareholder") 
and the Shareholder's spouse.

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Shareholder, contemporaneously herewith, is purchasing 
10,000 shares of the Company's Class B Common Stock, $0.10 par value, from 
the Company (the "Shares") for a Stock Purchase Promissory Note, of even date 
herewith, in the aggregate principal amount of $132,900 payable to the 
Company (the "Note"), and, in connection therewith, has agreed to the 
imposition of the restrictions and obligations hereinafter set forth; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Stock Pledge Agreement, of even date 
herewith, by and between the Company and the Shareholder and the 
Shareholder's spouse (the "Pledge Agreement"), the Shares are pledged to the 
Company to secure the repayment of the Note; 

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants, 
agreements and understandings of the parties hereto, the parties do hereby 
agree as follows:

     1.  RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER.  Without first obtaining the written 
consent of the Company, the Shareholder shall not give, sell, assign, 
transfer, pledge or otherwise in any way encumber or dispose of any of the 
Shares or any right or interest therein, or permit or suffer any of the 
foregoing to occur, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or otherwise, 
except as set forth in the Pledge Agreement or as specifically provided 
herein.  Any purported encumbrance or disposition of any of the Shares or any 
right or interest therein in violation of any provision of this Agreement 
shall be void and inoperative for all purposes.

     2(a).  SALE AND PURCHASE PRIOR TO THIRD ANNIVERSARY.  At any time prior 
to August 31, 1998 (the "Third Anniversary"), in the event the Shareholder 
desires to sell any or all of his Shares, the Shareholder shall deliver to 
the Company a written notice to such effect (the "Notice") and the Company 
shall have the exclusive right and obligation to purchase from the 
Shareholder, and the Shareholder shall have the obligation to sell to the 
Company, all of the Shares owned by the Shareholder for a cash purchase price 
determined in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof.  Within 30 days after 
receipt of the Notice, the Company shall deliver to the Shareholder a written 
notice (the "Purchase Notice") which shall specify the price and designate 
the date upon which the consummation of such sale and purchase shall occur 
(which date shall not be more than 30 days after the date of the Purchase 
Notice) and the purchase shall be consummated on such designated date.  The 
purchase price payable pursuant to this Paragraph 2(a) shall be payable as 
follows: (i) first, all accrued and unpaid interest under, and the principal 
amount of, the Note shall be cancelled and applied to reduce the amount due 
and owing and (ii) second, the balance of the purchase price shall be payable 
on the date designated in the Purchase Notice.

     2(b).  COMPANY PURCHASE ON THIRD ANNIVERSARY.  If and to the extent the 
Shareholder owns any Shares on the Third Anniversary and the Company has not 
yet consummated an initial public offering, 

                                       1
<PAGE>

the Company shall have the exclusive right and obligation to purchase from 
the Shareholder, and the Shareholder shall have the obligation to sell to the 
Company, all of the Shares owned by the Shareholder for a cash purchase price 
determined in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof.  Within 30 days after the 
Third Anniversary, the Company shall deliver to the Shareholder the Purchase 
Notice and the purchase shall be consummated on the date designated therein 
(which date shall not be more than 30 days after the date of the Purchase 
Notice).  The purchase price payable pursuant to this Paragraph 2(b) shall be 
payable as follows: (i) first, the principal amount of the Note shall be 
cancelled and applied to reduce the amount due and owing and (ii) second, the 
balance of the purchase price shall be payable on the date designated in the 
Purchase Notice. Concurrently with the consummation of the purchase of the 
Shares pursuant to this Paragraph 2(b), the Company shall forgive, and the 
Shareholder shall not be obligated to pay, all accrued and unpaid interest 
under the Note.

     3.  PURCHASE UPON DEATH.  At any time prior to the Third Anniversary, 
upon the death of the Shareholder, the heirs or legatees of the Shareholder 
(collectively, the "Heirs") may retain any Shares received from the 
Shareholder subject to this Agreement. No Shares so transferred to the Heirs 
shall be transferred on the stock transfer records of the Company and no 
certificates representing such Shares shall be issued to the Heirs unless and 
until the Heirs shall execute and deliver to the Secretary of the Company a 
counterpart of this Agreement amended only to reflect the Heirs as parties 
thereto, thereby agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.  
All certificates representing Shares to be transferred to the Heirs shall 
have endorsed thereon the legend set forth in Paragraph 10 hereof.  If the 
Heirs elect to sell the Shares upon the death of the Shareholder, the terms 
and provisions of Paragraph 2 hereof shall apply and the Heirs shall be 
treated as the Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement.

     4.  PURCHASE UPON DIVORCE.  At any time prior to the Third Anniversary, 
if the Shareholder shall become divorced and the former spouse of the 
Shareholder shall be awarded any of the Shares in the divorce decree or in an 
agreement entered into an anticipation of, or pursuant to, such divorce 
decree, then, within 10 days thereafter, the Shareholder shall deliver to the 
Company a written notice of the occurrence of such an event (the "Notice of 
Divorce Decree/Agreement"), and the Company shall have the exclusive right 
and obligation to purchase from such spouse, and such spouse shall have the 
obligation to sell to the Company, all of the Shares awarded to such spouse 
for a cash purchase price determined in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof.  
The consummation of such sale and purchase shall take place on the date 
designated in a written notice delivered to such spouse by the Company, which 
date shall not be more than 60 days after the Notice of Divorce 
Decree/Agreement shall have been received by the Company.

     5.   PURCHASE UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  At any time prior to the 
Third Anniversary, if the Shareholder shall no longer be an employee of the 
Company, its subsidiaries or an affiliate of the Company or its subsidiaries 
(for such reasons that include, but are not limited to, his permanent 
disability and voluntary or involuntary termination of his employment, 
whether with or without cause), then the Company shall have the exclusive 
right and obligation to purchase from the Shareholder and the Shareholder 
shall have the obligation to sell to the Company, all of the Shares owned by 
the Shareholder for a cash purchase price determined in accordance with 
Paragraph 7 hereof.  The consummation of such sale and purchase shall take 
place on the date designated in a written notice delivered to the Shareholder 
by the Company (the "Termination Purchase Notice"), which date shall not be 
more than 60 days after the Shareholder shall cease to be an employee. 
"Affiliate," as used herein, means any corporation which directly or 
indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the 
Company or its subsidiaries.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, 
"control" means possession, directly or indirectly, 

                                       2
<PAGE>

of the power to direct or cause direction of management and policies through 
ownership of voting securities, by contract, voting trust or otherwise.

     6.  OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN EVENTS.  At any time prior to the Third 
Anniversary, if the Shareholder shall:
     
     (a)  breach any of his obligations hereunder,

     (b)  become insolvent or file a voluntary petition under the U.S. 
Bankruptcy Code or any state insolvency act,

     (c)  be adjudicated a bankrupt under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any 
state insolvency act,

     (d)  have a final judgment for damages entered against him which shall 
not be discharged within 30 days after such judgment shall have become final,
     
     (e)  suffer an attachment, sequestration or garnishment to be levied 
against any of the Shares and the same shall not be dissolved or such Shares 
replevied within 10 days thereof, or

     (f)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors,

then, within 10 days thereafter, the Shareholder shall deliver to the Company 
a written notice of the occurrence of such an event (the "Notice of Event"), 
and for a period of 90 days commencing upon the date on which the Company 
shall have received the Notice of Event (hereinafter called the "Company 
Purchase Period"), the Company shall have the exclusive right and obligation 
to purchase, and the Shareholder shall have the obligation to sell to the 
Company, all of the Shares owned by the Shareholder for a cash purchase price 
determined in accordance with Paragraph 7 hereof. If the Shareholder shall 
fail to deliver the Notice of Event to the Company and the Company shall 
otherwise learn of the occurrence of an event specified hereinabove, then the 
Company Purchase Period shall extend for a period of 60 days after the 
Company shall deliver to the Shareholder a written notice of the occurrence 
of such an event (the "Company Notice") or the Company shall receive the 
Notice of Event from the Shareholder.  The consummation of such sale and 
purchase shall take place on the date designated in a written notice 
delivered to the Shareholder by the Company, which date shall be prior to 
expiration of the Company Purchase Period.

     7.  PRICE.  The price of the Shares to be sold pursuant to Paragraphs 2, 
3, 4, 5 or 6 hereof shall be an amount equal to the book value of the Shares 
on the "Determination Day" (as defined below) minus the principal amount of, 
and all accrued but unpaid interest (unless forgiven pursuant to Paragraph 
2(b)) on, the Note as of the Determination Date.  As used herein, the 
"Determination Day" shall be the last day of the month immediately preceding 
(a) the date the Shareholder shall deliver the Notice to the Company, (b) the 
Third Anniversary, (c) the date the Shareholder shall deliver the Notice of 
Divorce Decree/Agreement to the Company, (d) the date the Company shall 
deliver the Termination Purchase Notice to the Shareholder or (e) the date 
the Shareholder shall deliver the Notice of Event to the Company or the 
Company shall deliver the Company Notice to the Shareholder, whichever shall 
be applicable. For purposes of the Agreement, the "book value" of the Shares 
shall be determined by dividing the consolidated shareholders' equity, as 
reflected on an audited or unaudited consolidated balance sheet of 

                                       3
<PAGE>

the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the relevant 
Determination Date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles applied on a consistent basis, by the aggregate number of the then 
issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the common stock of the 
Company.

     8.  DELIVERY OF STOCK CERTIFICATES.  At the closing of any purchase of 
any of the Shares hereunder, the Shareholder shall deliver to the Company a 
certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of the Shares 
so purchased, together with such duly executed stock powers and other 
instruments as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, be required to 
transfer to the Company good title to such Shares, free and clear of all 
restrictions, liens, security interests and other encumbrances.

     9.  STOCK SUBJECT TO AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall govern the Shares 
now held by the Shareholder and any additional shares of capital stock of the 
Company, its affiliates or its successor entity hereafter acquired by the 
Shareholder, whether as a result of acquisition, stock dividend, stock split, 
merger, consolidation or otherwise, and the term "Shares" as used herein 
shall include such after-acquired shares.  Any interest of the Shareholder's 
spouse in the Shares shall for all purposes of this Agreement be included in, 
deemed a part of and bound by the same terms as the interest of the 
Shareholder in the Shares, and any action taken or option exercised hereunder 
with reference to the Shares shall be applicable to any interest of such 
spouse in the Shares.

     10.  ENDORSEMENT ON STOCK CERTIFICATES.  All certificates representing 
the Shares shall be endorsed as follows:

     "The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to a 
     Shareholder Buy-Sell Agreement dated as of September __, 1995, a copy of 
     which is on file at the principal office of the Company, and said shares 
     may not be given, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise in 
     any way encumbered or disposed of except in accordance with the terms of 
     such Agreement.  A copy of such Agreement will be furnished without 
     charge to the holder of this certificate upon receipt by the Company at 
     its principal place of business or registered office of a written 
     request from the holder requesting such a copy."

     11.  SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The parties hereby declare that it is 
impossible to measure in money the damages which will accrue to a party 
hereto or to the personal representative of a party hereto by reason of 
a failure to perform any of the obligations under this Agreement.  
Therefore, if any party hereto or the personal representative of any 
party hereto shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the 
provisions hereof, any person against whom such action or proceeding is 
brought hereby waives the claim or defense therein that such party or 
such personal representative has an adequate remedy at law, and such 
person shall not urge in any such action or proceeding the claim or 
defense that such remedy at law exists.

     12.  NOTICES.  Any notice, consent, demand, request, approval or 
other communication to be given under this Agreement by either party to 
the other shall be in writing and shall be either (a) delivered in 
person, (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt 
requested, postage prepaid, or (c) delivered by overnight express 
delivery service or same-day local courier service to the address set 
forth below, or to such other address as may be designated by the 
parties from time to time in accordance with this Section.

     If to the Company:       Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                              201 Regal Row

                                       4
<PAGE>

                              Dallas, TX  75247
                              Attn:  Chief Financial Officer
                         

     If to the Shareholder:   James Kinnu 
                              3626 E. Woodbine Rd.
                              Orange, CA  92667 

     13.  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be 
illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective 
during the term hereof, such provision shall be fully severable and this 
Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or 
unenforceable provisions never comprised a part hereof; and the remaining 
provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be 
affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its 
severance herefrom.  Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or 
unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as part of this 
Agreement a provision as similar in its terms to such illegal, invalid or 
unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and 
enforceable.

     14.  MODIFICATIONS.  No change or modification of this Agreement shall 
be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

     15.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and 
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, personal 
representatives, successors and assigns.

     16.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate upon the occurrence of 
any of the following events:

          (a)  the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or dissolution of the 
Company;

          (b)  the written agreement of the Shareholder and the Company to 
terminate this Agreement; and

          (c)  the becoming effective of a registration of the Company's 
shares of common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     17.  GENDER AND NUMBER.  Any word herein in the masculine shall be 
deemed to include in all circumstances where appropriate the feminine or 
neuter, and vice versa, and any word in the singular shall be deemed to 
include in all circumstances where appropriate the plural, and vice versa.

     18.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement embodies the entire agreement 
between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and 
supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing.  Each 
party acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or 
agreements not embodied herein, either oral or otherwise, have been made to 
any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party.

     19.  SPOUSE.  By executing this Agreement, the spouse of the Shareholder 
agrees to be bound in all respects by the terms of this Agreement to the same 
extent as the Shareholder. The spouse of the Shareholder further agrees that 
should she predecease the Shareholder or should she become divorced from the 
Shareholder, any of the Shares which the spouse may own or in which she may 
have any interest shall 

                                       5
<PAGE>

remain subject to all of the restrictions and to all of the rights of the 
Shareholders contained in this Agreement.

     20.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the
laws of the State of Texas.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 
day and year first written above.

                                   VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:/s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      H. R. Brutsche III, President


                                   /s/ James Kinnu
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   James Kinnu



     I, the undersigned, being the spouse of the above-named Shareholder, 
hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the Shareholder Buy-Sell 
Agreement, and I agree to be bound by the terms thereof, including, but not 
limited to, Section 19 thereof.

          Name      Joyce Kinnu


          Signature   /s/ Joyce Kinnu
                      ----------------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                       
                                  EXHIBIT A-2

                                STOCK PURCHASE
                               PROMISSORY NOTE

Dallas, Texas                                               September 10, 1995


     James Kinnu (the "Maker"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to 
the order of Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation (together with any 
successors or assigns, the "Payee"), at the time and in the manner 
hereinafter provided, the principal sum of One Hundred Thirty-Two Thousand 
Nine Hundred Dollars ($132,900.00), together with interest computed thereon 
at the rate hereinafter provided.  This Note shall be payable at the office 
of the Payee at 201 Regal Row, Dallas, Texas 75247, or at such other address 
as the holder of this Note shall from time to time designate.

     The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall bear interest from 
the date hereof until the due date at a per annum interest rate equal to 8%, 
calculated on the basis of actual days over a 365 day year; provided, 
however, that in no event shall interest accrue at a rate higher than the 
highest lawful rate.

     The principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued but unpaid interest 
hereon, shall be due and payable on August 31, 1998; provided, however, that 
concurrently with the consummation of the purchase of the Maker's shares of 
Class B Common Stock of the Payee pursuant to Paragraph 2(b) of that certain 
Shareholder Buy-Sell Agreement, of even date herewith, between the Payee, the 
Maker and the Maker's spouse, the Payee shall forgive, and the Maker shall 
not be obligated to pay, all accrued and unpaid interest under this Note.

     All sums of principal and interest past due under the terms of this Note 
shall bear interest at a per annum interest rate equal to the lesser of 
twelve percent (12%) per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law from the 
due date thereof until paid.

     In the event of a default hereunder and this Note is placed in the hands 
of an attorney for collection (whether or not suit is filed), or if this Note 
is collected by suit or legal proceedings or through bankruptcy proceedings, 
the Maker agrees to pay in addition to all sums then due hereon, including 
principal and interest, all expenses of collection, including, without 
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees.

     This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time or from time to 
time at the option of the Maker without premium or penalty.  Prepayment shall 
be credited first to accrued but unpaid interest to the extent thereof, and 
thereafter to unpaid principal in the inverse order that it becomes due.

     The Payee shall be entitled to accelerate this Note and declare all sums 
due hereunder immediately due and payable upon default by the Maker in any of 
its obligations hereunder or under the Stock Pledge Agreement (the "Pledge 
Agreement"), of even date herewith, by and between the Payee and the Maker.

     The Maker and any and all sureties, guarantors and endorsers of this 
Note and all other parties now or hereafter liable hereon, severally waive 
grace, demand, presentment for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and 
notice of protest, notice of intention to accelerate, notice of acceleration, 
any other notice and diligence in collecting and bringing suit against any 
party hereto and agree (i) to all extensions and partial payments, with or 
without notice, before or after maturity, (ii) to any substitution, exchange 
or release of any security now or hereafter given for this Note, (iii) to the 
release of any party primarily or secondarily liable hereon, and (iv) that it 
will not be necessary for the holder hereof, in order to enforce 

<PAGE>

payment of this Note, to first institute or exhaust such holder's remedies 
against the Maker or any other party liable therefor or against any security 
for this Note.  No delay on the part of the Payee in exercising any power or 
right under this Note shall operate as a waiver of such power or right, nor 
shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude further 
exercise of that power or right.

     A security interest has been granted by the Maker to the Payee to secure 
the payment of this Note pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Pledge 
Agreement, and to secure the payment of any costs and expenses incurred by 
the Payee in the collection and enforcement hereof.

     The Maker understands that this Note may be pledged to secure certain 
obligations of the Payee and hereby consents to any such pledge.

     All agreements between the Maker and the holder hereof, whether now 
existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby 
expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by 
reason of acceleration of the maturity hereof, or otherwise, shall the amount 
paid, or agreed to be paid, to the holder hereof for the use, forbearance or 
detention of the funds advanced pursuant to this Note, or otherwise, or for 
the payment or performance of any covenant or obligation contained herein or 
in any other document or instrument evidencing, securing or pertaining to 
this Note exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law.  If 
from any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision hereof or any 
other document or instrument exceeds the maximum amount of interest 
prescribed by law, then ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be 
reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstances the 
holder hereof shall ever receive anything of value deemed interest by 
applicable law, which would exceed interest at the highest lawful rate, such 
amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of 
the unpaid principal balance of this Note or on account of any other 
principal indebtedness of the Maker to the holder hereof, and not to the 
payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid 
principal balance of this Note and such other indebtedness, such excess shall 
be refunded to the Maker.  All sums paid, or agreed to be paid, by the Maker 
for the use, forbearance or detention of the indebtedness of the Maker to the 
holder of this Note shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be 
amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of such 
indebtedness until payment in full so that the actual rate of interest on 
account of such indebtedness is uniform throughout the term hereof.  The 
terms and provisions of this paragraph shall control and supersede every 
other provision of all agreements between the Maker and the holder hereof.

     This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws 
of the State of Texas.

     All references to the Maker herein shall, and shall be deemed to, 
include its successors and assigns, and all covenants, stipulations, promises 
and agreements contained herein by or on behalf of the Maker shall be binding 
upon his heirs, successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

                                          MAKER


                                          /s/ James Kinnu 
                                          --------------------------------
                                          James Kinnu

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT A-3


                           STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT

     This Stock Pledge Agreement (this "Agreement), dated as of September 10, 
1995, is by and between James Kinnu, a resident of California (the 
"Pledgor"), and Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation (the "Secured 
Party").

                                 WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Pledgor is the owner of 10,000 shares of Class B Common 
Stock, par value $0.10 per share, of the Secured Party (the "Pledged 
Shares"); and

     WHEREAS, the Pledgor has executed that certain Stock Purchase Promissory 
Note of even date herewith payable to the Secured Party in the aggregate 
original principal amount of $132,900 (as amended or modified from time to 
time, the "Stock Purchase Promissory Note"); and

     WHEREAS, the Pledgor and the Secured Party desire to have the Pledgor 
grant to the Secured Party a security interest in the Pledged Collateral (as 
hereinafter defined) to secure the payment of the Stock Purchase Promissory 
Note;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and 
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 
acknowledged, the Pledgor and the Secured Party hereby agree as follows:
                                       
                                  ARTICLE I
                        SECURITY INTEREST AND PLEDGE

1.   SECURITY INTEREST AND PLEDGE.  The Pledgor hereby pledges to the Secured 
Party, and grants to the Secured Party a security interest in, the Pledged 
Shares and the certificates representing the Pledged Shares, and all 
dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, 
receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or 
all of the Pledged Shares (the "Pledged Collateral").

2.   SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement secures the payment of all 
obligations and liabilities of the Pledgor now or hereafter existing under 
the Stock Purchase Promissory Note, whether for principal, interest, fees, 
expenses (including, but not limited to, expenses incurred by the Secured 
Party to preserve and maintain the Pledged Collateral, collect any of the 
obligations herein described or enforce this Agreement) or otherwise, and all 
obligations of the Pledgor now or hereafter existing under this Agreement 
(all such obligations of the Pledgor being herein referred to as the 
"Obligations").
                                       
                                  ARTICLE II
                     AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     The Pledgor covenants and agrees as follows:

3.   PERFECTION OF LIENS.  All certificates or instruments representing or 
evidencing the Pledged Shares are hereby delivered to the Secured Party and 
are either in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or are 

<PAGE>

accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, 
all in form and substance satisfactory to the Secured Party.  The Pledgor 
shall execute and file such financing or continuation statements, or 
amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be 
necessary or desirable, or as the Secured Party may request, in order to 
perfect and preserve the security interest granted or purported to be granted 
hereby.

4.   TRANSFERS AND OTHER LIENS.  Without the prior written consent of the 
Secured Party, the Pledgor shall not (a) sell or otherwise dispose of, or 
grant any option with respect to, any of the Pledged Collateral, or (b) 
create or permit to exist any lien, security interest or other charge or 
encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral, except for 
the security interest granted under this Agreement.

5.   DISTRIBUTIONS.  If the Pledgor shall become entitled to receive or shall 
receive (a) any stock certificate or voting trust certificate or (b) any 
certificate representing a stock dividend or a distribution in connection 
with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or issued in 
connection with any liquidation, reorganization, option or rights, whether as 
an addition to, in substitution of or in exchange for any of the Pledged 
Collateral, the Pledgor shall (i) accept the same as the Secured Party's 
agent, (ii) hold the same in trust for the Secured Party, and (iii) deliver 
the same immediately to the Secured Party in the exact form received, with an 
appropriate endorsement of the Pledgor and/or appropriate undated stock 
powers or assignments of stock certificate or voting trust certificate, duly 
executed in blank, to be held by the Secured Party as Pledged Collateral, 
subject to the terms hereof.

6.   FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Pledgor agrees that, at any time and from time 
to time after the date of this Agreement, at the expense of the Pledgor, the 
Pledgor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and 
documents, and take all further actions, that may be necessary or desirable, 
or that the Secured Party may request, in order to perfect and protect any 
security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the 
Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with 
respect to the Pledged Collateral or any portion thereof.

7.   TAXES.  The Pledgor agrees to pay or discharge prior to delinquency all 
taxes, assessments, levies and other governmental charges imposed on him or 
his property, except that the Pledgor shall not be required to pay or 
discharge any tax, assessment, levy or other governmental charge if (a) the 
amount or validity thereof is being contested by the Pledgor in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, (b) such proceedings do not 
involve any danger of sale, forfeiture or loss of the Pledged Collateral or 
any part thereof or interest therein, and (c) adequate reserves therefor have 
been established in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

8.   NOTIFICATION.  The Pledgor shall promptly notify the Secured Party of 
(a) any lien, security interest, encumbrance or claim made or threatened 
against the Pledged Collateral and (b) the occurrence or existence of any 
Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) or the occurrence or existence of 
any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or 
both, would be an Event of Default.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE III
                   RIGHTS OF THE SECURED PARTY AND THE PLEDGOR

9.   ATTORNEY-IN-FACT.  The Pledgor hereby appoints the Secured Party as the 
Pledgor's attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the 
Pledgor and in the name of the Pledgor or otherwise, from time to time in the 
discretion of the Secured Party, to take any action and to execute any 
instrument which the Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to 
accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, to 
receive, endorse and collect all instruments made payable to the Pledgor 
representing any dividend, interest payment or other distribution in respect 
of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for 
the same.

10.  VOTING RIGHTS AND DIVIDENDS.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 15,
the Pledgor shall be entitled to:

          (a)  exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights 
     pertaining to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose 
     not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Stock Purchase 
     Promissory Note; provided, however, that the Pledgor shall not exercise, 
     or shall refrain from exercising, any such right if, in the Secured 
     Party's judgment, such action would have a material adverse effect on 
     the value of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof; and

          (b)  receive and retain all cash dividends paid on or in respect of 
     the Pledged Collateral.

11.  THE SECURED PARTY MAY PERFORM.  If the Pledgor fails to perform any 
agreement contained herein, the Secured Party may perform, or cause 
performance of, such agreement, and the expenses of the Secured Party 
incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Pledgor under 
Section 18.

12.  THE SECURED PARTY'S DUTY OF CARE.  Other than the exercise of 
reasonable care in the physical custody of the Pledged Collateral while 
held by the Secured Party hereunder, the Secured Party shall have no 
responsibility for, or obligation or duty with respect to, all or any 
part of the Pledged Collateral or any matter or proceeding arising out 
of or relating thereto, including, without limitation, any obligation or 
duty to collect any sums due with respect thereto or to protect or 
preserve any rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining 
thereto, it being understood and agreed that the Pledgor shall be 
responsible for preservation of all rights in the Pledged Collateral.  
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Party 
shall be conclusively deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the 
custody of the Pledged Collateral, if it takes such action, for purposes 
of preserving rights in the Pledged Collateral, as the Pledgor may 
reasonably request in writing; provided, however, that no refusal, 
failure, omission or delay by the Secured Party in complying with any 
such request shall be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care.

13.  THE PLEDGOR'S RIGHT TO SELL THE PLEDGED SHARES.  At any time after 
Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. has sold shares of its common stock in an 
initial public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Pledgor may 
sell all or any portion of the Pledged Shares, provided that (a) the 
proceeds of such sale are used, first, to pay accrued but unpaid 
interest on the Stock Purchase Promissory Note and, second, to pay the 
outstanding principal amount of the Stock Purchase Promissory Note, and 
only after payment in full of the Stock Purchase Agreement may the 
Pledgor retain any additional proceeds of such sale, and (b) the Pledgor 
enters into such agreements 

                                       3
<PAGE>

and takes such actions as the Secured Party requests to provide adequate 
assurance to the Secured Party that the Pledgor will comply with clause 
(a) above.
                                       
                                 ARTICLE IV
                                   DEFAULT

14.  EVENT OF DEFAULT.  As used herein, the term "Event of Default" 
shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:  (a) a default 
under the Stock Purchase Promissory Note, (b) the Pledgor's 
non-compliance with, or failure to perform, any agreement contained 
herein, (c) a default under that certain Shareholder Buy-Sell Agreement, 
of even date herewith, by and between the Pledgor and the Secured Party 
and the Secured Party's spouse, or (d) the making of any representation, 
statement or warranty of the Pledgor contained herein or given pursuant 
hereto that is untrue as of the date made; provided, however, that an 
Event of Default shall occur under (a), (b) or (c) only if the relevant 
event remains uncured for ten days.

15.  VOTING RIGHTS AND DIVIDENDS AFTER AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Upon the 
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all rights 
of the Pledgor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights and to 
receive cash dividends in respect of the Pledged Collateral, which the 
Pledgor would otherwise be entitled to exercise or receive pursuant to 
Section 10, shall thereupon become vested in the Secured Party who shall 
thereafter have the sole right to exercise such voting and other 
consensual rights and to receive and hold as Pledged Collateral such 
dividends.

16.  REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  If any Event of Default shall have occurred 
and be continuing:

     (a)  The Secured Party may exercise in respect to the Pledged 
Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for 
herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a 
secured party on default under the Texas Business and Commerce Code, as 
amended, in effect at that time, and the Secured Party may also, without 
notice except as specified below, sell the Pledged Collateral or any 
part thereof at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker's board 
or at any other place chosen by the Secured Party, for cash, on credit 
or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other 
terms as the Secured Party may deem commercially reasonable.  The 
Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by 
law, at least ten days' notice to the Pledgor of the time and place of 
any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made 
shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Secured Party shall not 
be obligated to make any sale of the Pledged Collateral regardless of 
notice of sale having been given.  The Secured Party may adjourn any 
public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and 
place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made 
at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

     (b)  Any cash held by the Secured Party as Pledged Collateral and 
all cash proceeds received by the Secured Party in respect of any sale 
of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the 
Pledged Collateral may, in the discretion of the Secured Party, be held 
by the Secured Party as collateral for, and/or then or at any time 
thereafter be applied in whole or in part by the Secured Party against, 
all or any part of the Obligations in such order as the Secured Party 
shall elect.  Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by the 
Secured Party and remaining after payment in full of all the Obligations 
shall be paid over to the Pledgor or to whomsoever may be lawfully 
entitled to receive such surplus.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     (c)  If the proceeds of the sale, collection or other realization 
of or upon the Pledged Collateral are insufficient to cover the costs 
and expenses of such sale, collection or realization and the payment in 
full of the Obligations, the Pledgor shall remain liable for any 
deficiency.
                                       
                                  ARTICLE V
                                MISCELLANEOUS

17.  RIGHT TO SELL.  If the Secured Party shall determine to exercise 
its right to sell (other than in a public offering) all or any of the 
Pledged Collateral pursuant to Section 16, the Pledgor agrees that, upon 
request of the Secured Party, the Pledgor will, at his own expense, do 
or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary 
to make such sale of the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof valid 
and binding and in compliance with applicable law.  The Pledgor 
acknowledges the impossibility of ascertaining the amount of damages 
which would be suffered by the Secured Party by reason of the failure by 
the Pledgor to perform the covenant contained in this Section and, 
consequently, agrees that if the Pledgor shall fail to perform such 
covenant, the Pledgor shall pay, as liquidated damages and not as a 
penalty, an amount equal to the value of the Pledged Collateral on the 
date the Secured Party shall demand compliance with this Section.

18.  EXPENSES.  The Pledgor will upon demand pay to the Secured Party 
the amount of any and all reasonable expenses, including the reasonable 
fees and expenses of counsel and of any experts and agents, which the 
Secured Party may incur in connection with (a) the administration of 
this Agreement, (b) the custody, preservation, sale or collection of, or 
other realization upon, any of the Pledged Collateral, (c) the exercise 
or enforcement of any of the rights of the Secured Party hereunder, or 
(d) the failure by the Pledgor to perform or observe any of the 
provisions hereof.

19.  ABSOLUTE SECURITY INTEREST.  All rights of the Secured Party and 
the security interest hereunder, and all obligations of the Pledgor 
hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

     (a)  any lack of validity or enforceability of any agreement or 
          instrument relating hereto;

     (b)  any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any 
          other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other 
          amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the 
          Stock Purchase Promissory Note;

     (c)  any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or 
          any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from 
          any guaranty, for all or any of the Obligations; or

     (d)  any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense 
          available to, or a discharge of, the Pledgor in respect of the 
          Stock Purchase Promissory Note or the Obligations.

20.  CONTINUING SECURITY INTEREST; TRANSFER OF THE STOCK PURCHASE PROMISSORY 
NOTE.  This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the 
Pledged Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until 
payment in full of the Obligations, (b) be binding upon the Pledgor, his 
heirs, successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of the Secured 
Party and its successors and assigns.  Without limiting the generality of the 
foregoing clause (c), the Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer the 
Stock Purchase Promissory Note to any other person or entity, and such other 
person or entity shall thereupon 

                                       5
<PAGE>

become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Secured 
Party herein or otherwise.  Upon the payment in full of the Obligations, the 
Pledgor shall be entitled to the return, upon his request and at his expense, 
of such of the Pledged Collateral as shall not have been sold or otherwise 
applied pursuant to the terms hereof.

21.  AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this 
Agreement, nor consent to any departure by the Pledgor herefrom, shall in any 
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the 
Secured Party, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the 
specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

22.  ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES.  Any notice, consent, demand, request, approval 
or other communication to be given under this Agreement by either party to 
the other shall be in writing and shall be either (a) delivered in person, 
(b) mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage 
prepaid, or (c) delivered by overnight express delivery service or same-day 
local courier service to the address set forth below, or to such other 
address as may be designated by the parties from time to time in accordance 
with this Section.

     If to the Pledgor:            Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                                   201 Regal Row
                                   Dallas, TX  75247
                                   Attn: Chief Financial Officer
                                     

     If to the Secured Party:      James Kinnu
                                   3626 E. Woodbine Rd.
                                   Orange, CA  92667


     Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery service or 
by local courier service shall be deemed given as of actual receipt.  Mailed 
notices shall be deemed given three business days after mailing.  Any such 
notice, consent or other communication shall be deemed given when delivered 
in person or, if mailed, when duly deposited in the mails.

23.  TERMINATION.  When all Obligations shall have been paid in full, or at 
such earlier time as the Secured Party may specify in writing, this Agreement 
shall terminate, and the Secured Party shall forthwith cause to be assigned, 
transferred and delivered, against receipt but without recourse, warranty or 
representation whatsoever, any remaining Pledged Collateral to the Pledgor.

24.  HEADINGS.  The headings and captions used herein are for convenience 
only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

25.  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  All representations and 
warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant 
hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no 
investigation by the Secured Party shall affect the representations and 
warranties or the right of the Secured Party to rely upon them.

26.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which 
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                       6
<PAGE>

27.  SEVERABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or 
unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be 
ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without 
invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

28.  SUPREMACY.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this 
Agreement and the terms or provisions of the Stock Purchase Promissory Note, 
the terms or provisions of the Stock Purchase Promissory Note shall be 
controlling.

29.  NUMBER AND GENDER.  Whenever the context requires, references in this 
Agreement to the singular number shall include the plural, and the plural 
number shall include the singular, and words denoting gender shall include 
the masculine, feminine and neuter.

30.  GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this 
Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of the parties hereunder will 
be performable in Dallas, Dallas County, Texas.  This Agreement shall be 
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of 
Texas.  If any action is brought to enforce or interpret this Agreement, 
venue for such action shall be in Dallas County, Texas.  

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be 
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                   PLEDGOR


                                   /s/ James Kinnu 
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   James Kinnu


                                   SECURED PARTY

                                   VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:/s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                      ------------------------------------
                                      H. R. Brutsche III, President



     To the extent that the undersigned (the Pledgor's spouse) has or may in 
the future have any interest in the Pledged Collateral, the undersigned 
hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound by the terms 
of this Agreement to the same extent as the Pledgor.



                                   /s/ Joyce Kinnu                
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Joyce Kinnu

                                       7
<PAGE>
                                       
                                    RECEIPT


    Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. hereby acknowledges receipt from James Kinnu of 
stock certificate number __________, evidencing 10,000 shares of Class B 
Common Stock of Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                     VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                                  By:/s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                     -------------------------------------
                                     H. R. Brutsche III, President

                                       8
<PAGE>
                                       
                                   EXHIBIT C

                RELOCATION ASSISTANCE LOAN PROMISSORY NOTE

September 10, 1995                                                  $200,000.00

    Jim Kinnu (the "Maker"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to 
Vari-Lite, Inc. (the "Holder"), the principal balance of $200,000.00, 
together with interest as provided for herein, at the times specified herein. 
The outstanding principal amount of this Note shall not bear interest from 
the date hereof, except in the event of default as provided herein.

    1.   PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL.  The Maker shall receive a reduction against 
the principal evidenced by this Note in an amount equal to $5555.56, for each 
full calendar month that the Maker remains in the employ of the holder, with 
the first reduction against principal on September 30, 1995 and continuing 
monthly successively thereafter until August 31, 1998 when the entire 
principal amount of this Note shall be paid in full.

    2.   WITHHOLDING.  The Maker understands and agrees that the amounts of 
the reductions against principal described in this Note and amounts equal to 
interest on this Note are imputed and treated as compensation which will 
result in taxable income to the Maker, as to which Holder may, during the 
term of Maker's employment, withhold from Maker's base salary payments the 
amount required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    3.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Should any of the following events occur (an 
"Event of Default"), the Maker shall be in default hereunder:

         (a)  If the Maker resigns from his position of employment with 
    Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings") prior to August 31, 1998; or

         (b)  If the Maker is terminated "For Cause" as defined in Section 9(c)
    of that certain Employment Agreement by and between Holdings and Maker, 
    dated as of August 28, 1995 ("Employment Agreement").

    4.   ACCELERATION OF INDEBTEDNESS.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of 
Default, the entire unpaid principal amount shall be due and payable in full 
at the option of the Holder.  The unpaid principal shall bear an interest 
rate of 10% per annum, to be charged over the period of time the remaining 
principal is unpaid 30 days after the Event of Default.

    5.   CANCELLATION OF INDEBTEDNESS.  If the Maker's employment with 
Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. terminates pursuant to Sections 9(a), (b), (d) or 
(e) of the Employment Agreement between the parties hereto, then any 
remaining balance of this Note shall be cancelled and forgiven.

    6.   WAIVER.  Except as expressly provided herein, the Maker and any 
other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this 
Note, jointly and severally, expressly waive all notices, demands for 
payment, presentations for payment, notices of intention to accelerate 
maturity, notices of acceleration of maturity and any other notices as to 
this Note and as to each, every and all installments or part payments hereof.

    7.   COLLECTION FEES.  If an Event of Default occurs and this Note is 
placed in the hands of an attorney for collection (whether or not suit is 
filed), or if this Note is collected by suit or legal proceedings 

<PAGE>

or through bankruptcy proceedings, the Maker agrees to pay in addition to all 
sums then due hereon, including principal and interest, all reasonable 
expenses of collection including reasonable attorneys' fees.

    8.   AMENDMENTS.  This Note may be amended by written agreement of the 
Maker and the Holder.  No waiver of the provisions hereof shall be effective 
unless agreed to in writing by the party against whom such waiver is asserted.

    9.   NOTICE.  All notices to the Maker required or permitted by this Note 
shall be sufficient if given in writing and executed by the Holder of this 
Note.  All such notices of the Maker shall be delivered by registered or 
certified mail, return receipt requested, or personally delivered, to the 
Maker at its principal place of business on the date of the execution of this 
Note as set forth under its signature hereto, or such other address as the 
Maker may designate by written notice to the Holder of this Note.

    10.  GOVERNING LAW; VENUE.  This Note shall be deemed to be a contract 
made under the laws of the State of Texas, and for all purposes shall be 
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, 
exclusive of any such law under which the law of any other jurisdiction would 
apply.  The parties hereto agree that venue of any action pertaining to this 
Note shall lie in Dallas County, Texas.

    11.  BINDING EFFECT.  This Note and all the covenants, promises and 
agreements contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of 
the respective legal and personal representatives, devisees, heirs, 
successors and permitted assigns of the Maker and the Holder.

    12.  LIMITATION.  This Note shall not be construed as limiting the 
Holder's right to terminate Maker's employment at any time for any reason, 
with or without cause, nor as limiting the right of Maker's employment at any 
time for any reason.

THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND 
MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT 
ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES, THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS 
BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has caused this Note to be duly executed as 
of September 10, 1995.



                                      MAKER


                                      By:  /s/James Kinnu
                                           -------------------------------
                                           James Kinnu

                                      Address:

                                      3626 East Woodbine Road
                                      Orange, California 92667

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT D


                           INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

    This Agreement, dated as of August 28, 1995, is by and between Vari-Lite 
Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Jim Kinnu 
("Indemnitee").

                                  WITNESSETH:

    WHEREAS, the Company desires to have qualified persons serving as 
officers of the Company who are willing to make decisions that in their 
judgment are in the Company's best interest without any undue threat of 
personal liability; and

    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has appointed Indemnitee to serve as an 
officer of the Company; and

    WHEREAS, the Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation") 
of the Company require indemnification of each director or officer of the 
Company in his capacity as a director or officer and, if serving at the 
request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or 
similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, 
partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, employee benefit plan or 
other enterprise, in each of those capacities, against any and all liability 
and reasonable expense that may be incurred by him in connection with or 
resulting from (a) any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or 
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or 
investigative (collectively, a "Proceeding"), (b) an appeal in such a 
Proceeding or (c) any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a 
Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas Business Corporation 
Act (the "Act"), as the same exists or may be hereafter amended; and

    WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to Indemnitee the maximum 
indemnification for any Loss (hereinafter defined) permitted under law; and

    WHEREAS, developments with respect to the terms and availability of 
directors' and officers' liability insurance and with respect to the 
application, amendment and enforcement of statutory, charter and bylaw 
indemnification provisions generally have raised questions concerning the 
adequacy and reliability of the protection afforded to persons intended to be 
protected thereunder; and 

    WHEREAS, in order to resolve such questions and thereby induce Indemnitee 
to serve and continue serving as an officer of the Company, the Company has 
determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with Indemnitee;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee's agreement to continue to 
serve as an officer of the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

    1.   Indemnity of Indemnitee.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in 
his capacity as an officer of the Company and, if serving at the request of 
the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or similar 
functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, partnership, 
joint venture, sole proprietorship, employee benefit plan or other 
enterprise, in each of those capacities, against any and all liability and 
reasonable expense that may be incurred by Indemnitee in connection with or 
resulting from (a) any Proceeding, (b) an appeal in such a Proceeding or (c) 
any inquiry or investigation 

                                       1
<PAGE>

that could lead to such a Proceeding, all to the fullest extent permitted by 
Article 2.02-1 of the Act, as the same exists as of the date of this 
Agreement or may hereafter be amended to broaden the indemnification which 
the Company may grant to its directors.  All indemnity obligations and/or 
liabilities of the Company hereunder shall be without limit and without 
regard to the cause or causes thereof or the negligence or gross negligence 
of any person or persons (expressly including Indemnitee), whether such 
negligence or gross negligence of Indemnitee be sole, joint or concurrent, 
active or passive.

    2.   CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of the 
Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an 
officer of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee 
shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed 
Proceeding, any appeal in a Proceeding and any inquiry or investigation that 
could lead to a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving 
in any capacity referred to herein. 

    3.   NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Promptly after receipt by 
Indemnitee of notice of any claim against Indemnitee or the commencement of 
any Proceeding, Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made 
against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the assertion 
of any such claim or the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify 
the Company will not relieve it from any liability under this Agreement 
unless such delay in notification actually prejudiced the Company (and then 
only to the extent the Company was actually prejudiced thereby) and in 
addition, the Company shall not be relieved from any liability which it may 
have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.  With respect to any 
such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the 
commencement thereof:

         (a)  The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own 
    expense.

         (b)  Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may 
    wish, the Company jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly 
    notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel 
    satisfactory to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Company to Indemnitee 
    of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not 
    be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other 
    expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the 
    defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as 
    otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his 
    own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such 
    counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the 
    defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the 
    employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, 
    (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a 
    conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct 
    of the defense of such action or (iii) the Company shall not in fact 
    have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of 
    which cases the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of 
    the Company.  The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of 
    any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which 
    Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii) above.

         (c)  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under 
    this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim 
    effected without its written consent.  The Company shall not settle any 
    action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or 
    limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee's written consent.  Neither 
    the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to 
    any proposed settlement.

                                       2
<PAGE>

    4.   ADVANCES OF EXPENSES.  Reasonable expenses (other than judgments, 
penalties, fines and settlements) incurred by Indemnitee that are subject to 
indemnification under this Agreement (and not paid, reimbursed or advanced by 
others) shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final 
disposition of the Proceeding within 10 days after the Company receives a 
written request by Indemnitee accompanied by substantiating documentation of 
such expenses, a written affirmation by Indemnitee of his good faith belief 
that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under 
this Agreement and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to 
repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he 
has not met those requirements or that such reasonable expenses do not 
constitute a Loss.  The written undertaking described above must be an 
unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee but shall not be secured.  Such 
undertaking shall be without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee 
to make repayment.

    5.   RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION; PROCEDURE 
UPON APPLICATION.  Upon the written request of Indemnitee to be indemnified 
pursuant to this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 4 hereof), the 
Company shall cause the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined) to 
determine, within 45 days, whether or not the Indemnitee has met the relevant 
standards for indemnification required by this Agreement.  The termination of 
a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or on a plea of 
NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not of itself create a presumption 
that Indemnitee did not meet the requirements for indemnification required by 
this Agreement.  If a determination of indemnification is to be made by 
Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined), such Independent Legal 
Counsel shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to 
what extent Indemnitee will be permitted to be indemnified.  The Company 
shall pay the reasonable fees of Independent Legal Counsel and indemnify and 
hold harmless such Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including 
attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating 
to the engagement of Independent Legal Counsel pursuant hereto and the 
written opinion of such Independent Legal Counsel.

    6.   DEFINITIONS.  The terms defined in this Section 6 shall, for 
purposes of this Agreement, have the indicated meanings:

         (a)  "Reviewing Party" means (i) a majority of a quorum of 
    directors of the Company who at the time of voting upon a determination 
    of indemnification are not parties to that particular Proceeding to 
    which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification or (ii) Independent Legal 
    Counsel selected by a majority of a quorum of directors who at the time 
    of selecting such Independent Legal Counsel are not parties to that 
    particular Proceeding to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or 
    if such a quorum cannot be obtained, by a majority vote of a committee 
    of the Board of Directors of the Company designated to select such 
    Independent Legal Counsel by a majority vote of all directors of the 
    Company, consisting solely of two or more directors who at the time of 
    such selection are not parties in that particular Proceeding to which 
    Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or if such a quorum cannot be 
    obtained and such a committee cannot be established, by a majority vote 
    of all directors of the Company. 

         (b)  "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney, selected 
    in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof, who shall not 
    have otherwise performed services for Indemnitee, the Company, any 
    person that controls the Company, or any of the directors of the 
    Company, within five years preceding the time of such selection (other 
    than in connection with seeking indemnification under this Agreement). 
    Independent Legal Counsel shall not be any person who, under the 
    applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have 
    a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee 
    in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement, nor 
    shall Independent Legal Counsel be any person who 

                                       3
<PAGE>

    has been sanctioned or censured for ethical violations of applicable 
    standards of professional conduct.

         (c)  "Loss" shall mean any and all judgments, penalties (including 
    excise and similar taxes), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses 
    (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred by Indemnitee, after 
    realization of or giving effect to all insurance, bonding, 
    indemnification and other payments or recoveries (i) actually received 
    by or for the benefit of Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, or (ii) to 
    which Indemnitee is entitled, directly or indirectly.

    7.   ENFORCEABILITY.  The right to indemnification or advances as 
provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of 
competent jurisdiction.  The burden of proving that indemnification is not 
appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company 
(including its Board of Directors or Independent Legal Counsel) to have made 
a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification 
is proper in the circumstances, because Indemnitee has met the applicable 
standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including 
its Board of Directors or Independent Legal Counsel) that Indemnitee has not 
met such an applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action 
or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard 
of conduct.

    8.   PARTIAL INDEMNITY; EXPENSES.  If the Indemnitee is entitled under 
any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or 
a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines, and penalties, but not for the 
total amount thereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for the portion 
thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the 
merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Proceedings relating in whole or 
in part to an event subject to indemnification hereunder or in defense of any 
issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee 
shall be indemnified against expenses incurred for any Loss in connection 
with such Proceeding, issue or matter, as the case may be.

    9.   REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for 
all reasonable expenses paid by the Company in defending any Proceeding 
against Indemnitee in the event and only to the extent that it shall be 
ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by 
the Company for such expenses under the provisions of this Agreement.

    10.  CONSIDERATION.  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it 
has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on the 
Company hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve and continue serving as 
an officer, and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement 
in serving in such capacity.

    11.  INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The indemnification and 
advancement of expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed 
exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under any 
other agreement, vote of shareholders, as a matter of law or otherwise, but 
the indemnification provided for pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or 
Bylaws of the Company is limited to any Loss.

    12.  SUBROGATION.  If a payment is made under this Agreement, the Company 
shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of 
recovery of such Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall 
do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights.

                                       4
<PAGE>

    13.  SEVERABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a 
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any 
provision thereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any 
reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or 
enforceability of the other provisions hereto.

    14.  NOTICE.  Any notice, consent or other communication to be given 
under this Agreement by any party to any other party shall be in writing and 
shall be either (a) personally delivered, (b) mailed by registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (c) delivered 
by overnight express delivery service or same-day local courier service or 
(d) delivered by telex or facsimile transmission to the address set forth 
beneath the signature of the parties below, or at such other address as may 
be designated by the parties from time to time in accordance with this 
Section.  Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery service 
or by local courier service shall be deemed given as of actual receipt.  
Mailed notices shall be deemed given three business days after mailing.  
Notices delivered by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed given 
upon receipt by the sender of the answerback (in the case of a telex) or 
transmission confirmation (in the case of a facsimile transmission).

    15.  GOVERNING LAW; BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; 
REIMBURSEMENT.

         (a)  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance 
    with the laws of the State of Texas.

         (b)  This Agreement shall be binding upon Indemnitee and his heirs, 
    executors, administrators, personal representatives and assigns and upon 
    the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the 
    benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors, administrators, personal 
    representatives and assigns and to the benefit of the Company and its 
    successors and assigns.

         (c)  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of 
    this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both 
    parties hereto.

         (d)  If Indemnitee is required to bring any action to enforce 
    rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful 
    in such action, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all of 
    Indemnitee's reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such 
    action.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on 
and as of the date first above written.

                             VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.


                             By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III, President
                                  ----------------------------------------
                                  H. R. Brutsche III, President

                             Address of Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.

                             201 Regal Row
                             Dallas, Texas  75247
                             Fax: (214) 630-5867

                                       5
<PAGE>

                             /s/ James Kinnu
                             ---------------------------------------------
                             James Kinnu

                             Address of Indemnitee:

                             3626 Woodbine Rd.
                             Orange, California  92667




                                       6

<PAGE>

                 SEVERANCE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE



     This Severance Agreement and Release ("Severance Agreement") is entered 
into between Vari-Lite, Inc., its related and affiliated companies 
("Vari-Lite"), and Jim Kinnu ("Kinnu") on September 30, 1996, and is intended 
to be a full and final resolution of all matters involving Kinnu's employment 
by Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.

     WHEREAS, Kinnu has been employed by Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. as Chief 
Operating Officer since August 28, 1996, pursuant to the terms of an Employment
Agreement between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. and Kinnu dated August 28, 1996 
("Employment Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, in support of Vari-Lite, Kinnu undertook, at the Chief Executive
Officer's request, the additional responsibilities of Vice President for 
Product Development; and

     WHEREAS, both parties to the Employment Agreement have fulfilled their 
obligations and responsibilities pursuant to that Employment Agreement to 
this date; and

     WHEREAS, the Chief Executive Officer has made a determination that he is 
desirous of restructuring Vari-Lite's organization and eliminating the 
position of Chief Operating Officer at this time;

     THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions 
contained in this Severance Agreement, the parties hereto agrees as follows:

     1.   EMPLOYMENT:  Kinnu's employment at Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. shall 
be terminated as of close of the normal business day on September 30, 1996, 
pursuant to Section 9(d) of the Employment Agreement.  This termination is 
being accomplished "Without Cause" and all the provisions of the Employment 
Agreement which pertain to termination under that condition shall apply 
except as they may be modified herein.

     2.   CONSULTANT SERVICES:  Kinnu will provide consultant services to 
Vari-Lite on a "call" basis for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the 
date of termination at no cost to Vari-Lite except for costs as may be 
related to travel or other incidental expense reimbursement.  The meaning of 
the term "call" in this context shall mean the establishment of a mutually 
acceptable time and place for the services after Vari-Lite notifies Kinnu of 
its need for his services.

     3.   EXHIBIT A-1, A-2 AND A-3 MODIFICATION:  The parties agree that the 
amount specified in the Exhibits dated September 10, 1996, and made a part of 
the Employment Agreement for the value of the 10,000 shares being purchased 
by Kinnu is not $132,900 but rather $138,900 and that this latter amount 
shall be used as the "original principal amount" in calculating the change in 
value, if any, at the time of Vari-Lite's re-purchase of the stock from Kinnu 
upon termination.

     4.   RELOCATION ASSISTANCE LOAN PROMISSORY NOTE: Notwithstanding the 
provisions of paragraph 5 of Exhibit C to the Employment Agreement, the 
parties agree that rather than canceling the indebtedness as of the date of 
the termination of Kinnu's employment and declaring the unpaid balance as of 
that date ordinary income for Kinnu.  Vari-Lite agrees to add an amount of 
$2,777.78 to each semi-monthly payment to Kinnu of the base salary payments, 
to reflect the continuing reduction of the principal until the total 
principal amount is paid in full as of August 31, 1998.

<PAGE>


     5.   BONUS PAYMENT:  The parties agree that the bonus payment provided 
for in paragraph 9(g) of the Employment Agreement shall be paid by Vari-Lite 
to Kinnu on or about December 1, 1996.

     6.   RELEASE:  Kinnu, on behalf of himself and his heirs, executors or 
administrators, hereby releases, discharges and agrees not to sue or file any 
charges or claims against Vari-Lite, its directors, officers, agents, 
employees, parent corporations, affiliated corporations, or predecessor 
corporations, under any local, state, or federal law, for any type of claim, 
demand or action whatsoever arising out of or connected with his employment 
with Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.  Kinnu agrees not to make any claims or demands 
against Vari-Lite, its directors, officers, agents, employees, parent 
corporations, affiliated corporations, or predecessor corporations for 
wrongful discharge; unlawful employment discrimination on the basis of age or 
any other form of unlawful employment discrimination; retaliation; breach of 
contract; breach of the duty of good faith and fair dealing; violation of the 
public policy of the State of Texas; intentional or negligent infliction of 
emotional distress; promissory estoppel; defamation of character; duress; 
intentional misrepresentation or fraud; invasion of privacy; negligent 
hiring, retention, or supervision; any alleged act of harassment or 
intimidation; or any other intentional or negligent act of personal injury; 
or any alleged violation of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1990; 
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Fair Labor Standards 
Act; the Texas Commission on Human Rights Act; and the Texas Payday Law.

     7.   NONDISCLOSURE:  Kinnu agrees that he will not directly or 
indirectly use or disclose to any person or business entity any financial 
information involving Vari-Lite or proprietary information involving 
Vari-Lite's products, vendors, marketing, sales, and operations.  Kinnu 
agrees that all financial information involving Vari-Lite and all information 
involving Vari-Lite products, vendors, marketing, sales, and operations are 
the exclusive property of Vari-Lite and that he shall not retain any records, 
materials or other documents involving the above designated matters after 
signing this Severance Agreement.

     8.   NONDISPARAGEMENT:  The parties agree that neither Kinnu nor 
Vari-Lite will engage in any conduct or take any action, written or oral, 
that will reflect negatively on or damage the good reputation of the other 
party.  If one party believes that the other party has violated the terms of 
this paragraph, the party shall give a written notice to the other party 
describing the alleged violations and specifying what action is being 
requested to resolve the alleged violation.  The party receiving the written 
notice shall respond in writing within thirty days and state a specific 
response to each alleged violation set out in the written notice.  If the 
party who has sent the written notice is not satisfied with the response of 
the other party, then the dispute will be resolved pursuant to arbitration 
under paragraph 12 of the Employment Agreement.

     9.   SURVIVAL AND WAIVER:  Should any provision of this Severance 
Agreement be declared or be determined by any court to be illegal or invalid, 
the validity of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be 
affected thereby and the illegal or invalid part, term or provisions shall 
not be deemed to be a part of this Severance Agreement.  The parties agree to 
waive any notice provisions in the Employment Agreement that may be 
applicable to the termination of Kinnu's employment.

     10.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT:  This Severance Agreement and the Employment 
Agreement with its Exhibits as modified by this Severance Agreement set forth 
the entire agreement between the parties regarding the conclusion of Kinnu's 
employment by Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., and fully supersedes any and all 
earlier agreements or understandings between the parties pertaining to the 
subject matter of this Agreement.


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

     11.  CONFIDENTIALITY:  It is the express intent of the parties that the 
terms and conditions of this Severance Agreement shall be kept confidential.  
The parties agree that Kinnu may disclose the terms of this Severance Agreement
only to his wife, his attorney and his financial advisors.  Vari-Lite may 
disclose the terms of this Severance Agreement to its officers, its Board of 
Directors, and to any employees that are necessary to effectuate the terms of 
this Severance Agreement.

     12.  CERTIFICATION:  By signing below, the parties certify and represent 
that they have carefully read and considered this Severance Agreement and 
fully understand the extent and impact of its provisions, and have executed 
this Severance Agreement voluntarily and without coercion, undue influence, 
threats, or intimidations of any kind or type whatsoever and that no other 
promises have been made for the purpose of signing this Severance Agreement.  
The terms and provisions set out in this Severance Agreement represent a full 
and final resolution of Kinnu's employment relationship with Vari-Lite.


/s/ Jim Kinnu                              /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
- ------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
Jim Kinnu                                  Vari-Lite, Inc.





                                     -3-


<PAGE>




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                             GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT

                                     between

                        BRAZOS BELTLINE DEVELOPMENT, INC.

                                       and

                                VARI-LITE, INC.,
                                  SHOWCO, INC.,
                         SHOWCO CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.,
                        CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.
                                       and
                                  IRIDEON, INC.


                          Dated as of December 21, 1995




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




            THIS GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT HAS BEEN ASSIGNED AS SECURITY
              FOR INDEBTEDNESS OF BRAZOS BELTLINE DEVELOPMENT, INC.
                                SEE SECTION 18.10


This Ground Lease Agreement has been manually executed in six counterparts,
numbered consecutively from 1 through 6, of which this is No. ___.  To the
extent, if any, that this Ground Lease Agreement constitutes chattel paper (as
such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in Texas) no
security interest in this 


<PAGE>

Ground Lease Agreement may be created or perfected through the transfer or 
possession of any counterpart other than the original executed counterpart 
which shall be the counterpart identified as counterpart No. 1.


<PAGE>


                             GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT


     THIS GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT (this "GROUND LEASE") is made and entered into
as of December  21, 1995, by and between BRAZOS BELTLINE DEVELOPMENT, INC., a
Texas corporation ("BRAZOS"), and VARI-LITE, INC., SHOWCO, INC., SHOWCO CREATIVE
SERVICES, INC., CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC. and IRIDEON, INC., each a
Delaware corporation (collectively, "VARI-LITE").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, on or about the date of this Ground Lease, Brazos will acquire by
assignment all rights to purchase that certain tract of real property subject to
that certain Contract of Sale dated August 15, 1995, by and between Cyril D.
Kasmir, Trustee, as buyer, and MCDLF Holding Company, a California corporation,
as seller, as amended by that certain letter agreement dated September 12, 1995,
and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment of Contract of Sale date
November 7, 1995, and as further amended by that certain letter agreement dated
December 4, 1995 (together the "CONTRACT OF SALE"); and 

     WHEREAS, upon reliance of and after acquisition of such real property by
Brazos, Vari-Lite wishes to lease such real property under the terms and
conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained
and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, Brazos and Vari-Lite hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1  DEFINED TERMS.  For the purposes of this Agreement each of the
following terms shall have the meaning specified with respect thereto:

     "ACQUISITION COST" means the amount of the Initial Advance made pursuant to
the Credit Agreement under Tranche A plus the Brazos equity advanced for the
acquisition of the Property.

     "ADDITIONAL RENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 6.3 hereof.

     "AFFILIATE" means any other person controlling, controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with any Person.  For the purposes of this
definition, "control," when used with respect to any specified Person, means the
power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or
otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

     "APPROVED PURPOSE" means, if the Property is developed, general office use,
light manufacturing, assembly work, repairs, sales, marketing, advertising,
warehousing, storage and distribution.

     "ASSIGNEE" means any lender or agent for a lender under the Credit
Agreement to which any part of Brazos' interest under this Ground Lease or in
the Property shall at the time have been assigned, conditionally or otherwise,
by Brazos pursuant to SECTION 18.10 hereof.

     "ASSIGNMENT" means each assignment or security agreement referred to in
SECTION 18.10 hereof between Brazos and any lender or agent for a lender under
the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which Brazos assigns or grants a security
interest in any of its rights under this Ground Lease, as from time to time
amended.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 1

<PAGE>


     "BASIC RENT" means for each calendar month the amount computed by
multiplying the following:

     (i)    the Acquisition Cost of the Property as of the Effective Date
            with respect to the initial Basic Rent Payment Date and
            thereafter, as of the preceding Basic Rent Payment Date, by

     (ii)   a fraction having a numerator equal to the number of days in such
            month and a denominator of 360, by

     (iii)  0.40% plus (A) if no BR Borrowings will be outstanding
            during the Computation Period (as defined below) the
            weighted average percentage cost per annum of LIBOR
            Borrowings outstanding at any time during the period from
            the first day of the month to and including the last day of
            the month (the "COMPUTATION PERIOD") for which Basic Rent is
            being computed; or (B) if no LIBOR Borrowings will be
            outstanding during the Computation Period, the weighted
            average cost per annum of BR Borrowings; or (C) if both BR
            Borrowings and LIBOR Borrowings are outstanding during the
            Computation Period, the cost as determined above with
            respect to each proportionate amount of the outstanding BR
            Borrowings and LIBOR Borrowings,

plus, on the first Basic Rent Payment Date for which Basic Rent is due, an
additional amount computed by multiplying (i) and (iii) above by a fraction
having a numerator equal to the number of days from the Effective Date to the
first Basic Rent Payment Date for which Basic Rent is due and a denominator of
360.  If any LIBOR Borrowings are subject to an Interest Period (as defined in
the Credit Agreement) which is due to expire prior to the next Basic Rent
Payment Date, the cost per annum of the relevant LIBOR Borrowings or BR
Borrowings two Business Days prior to such Basic Rent Payment Date shall be used
for purposes of calculating the weighted average cost per annum of the relevant
LIBOR Borrowings or BR Borrowings pursuant to (iii) above for the month.  If the
actual weighted average cost per annum of the relevant LIBOR Borrowings or BR
Borrowings for such month is lower than the weighted average cost per annum of
the relevant LIBOR Borrowings or BR Borrowings, the amount of Basic Rent which
Vari-Lite overpaid shall be credited towards Basic Rent on the following Basic
Rent Payment Date and, if the actual weighted average cost per annum of the
relevant LIBOR Borrowings or BR Borrowings for such month is higher than the
weighted average cost per annum of the relevant LIBOR Borrowings or BR
Borrowings, the amount of Basic Rent which Vari-Lite underpaid shall be paid by
Vari-Lite on the following Basic Rent Payment Date.

     "BASIC RENT PAYMENT DATE" means the first day of any calendar month during
the Lease Term or Renewal Term of the Property or, if such day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

     "BBH&CO" means Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., a New York limited
partnership.

     "BRAZOS" means Brazos Beltline Development, Inc., a Texas corporation which
is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Brazos River Leasing, L.P., or any successor or
successors to all of its rights and obligations hereunder and, for purposes of
SECTION 10.1(c), shall include any corporation, trust, individual, or other
person or entity which computes its liability for income or other taxes on a
consolidated basis with Brazos or the income of which for purposes of such taxes
is determined or affected directly or indirectly by the income of Brazos or its
successor or successors.

     "BR BORROWINGS" means all borrowings by Brazos under the Credit Agreement
which bear interest based on a base rate of interest specified by BBH&Co under
the Credit Agreement.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in  Dallas, Texas or New York City, New York are
authorized or required by law to close.

     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 2

<PAGE>

     "CONSENT" means each consent of Guarantor to an Assignment, pursuant to
which, among other things, Guarantor consents to the terms of such Assignment
insofar as they relate to this Ground Lease, as from time to time amended.

     "CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT" means the construction agreement to be entered
into by Brazos with a party designated by Brazos and acceptable to the Agent to
construct the Facility.

     "CONSTRUCTION CONSULTANT" means, if the Property is developed, Fults
Associates, Inc., a Texas corporation.

     "CONTRACTOR" means, if the Property is developed, the party appointed by
Brazos, subject to acceptance of such party by the Agent, Vari-Lite and the
Guarantor.

     "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 1995
among Brazos, and BBH&Co as agent for the lenders related to the financing of
the Property, as it may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, from
time to time.

     "EFFECTIVE DATE" means with respect to the Property, the date on which the
Property is acquired by Brazos and leased hereunder by Brazos to Vari-Lite, as
evidenced by this Ground Lease.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM" means any third party (including government agencies
and employees, Brazos, BBH&Co, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and their
respective successors and assigns) action, lawsuit, claim, demand, regulatory
action or proceeding, order, decree, consent agreement or notice of potential or
actual responsibility or violation (including claims or proceedings under the
Occupational Safety and Health Acts or similar laws or requirements relating to
health or safety of employees) which seeks to impose liability under any
Environmental Law.

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means all Legal Requirements arising from, relating to,
or in connection with the Environment (as defined in 43 U.S.C. Section 9601(8)
(1988)), health, or safety, including without limitation (i) the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, and
(ii) Legal Requirements relating to (a) pollution, contamination, injury,
destruction, loss, protection, cleanup, reclamation or restoration of the air,
surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, or other natural
resources; (b) solid, gaseous or liquid waste generation, treatment, processing,
recycling, reclamation, cleanup, storage, disposals, hazardous materials or
wastes; (c) the safety or health or transportation; (d) exposure to pollutants,
contaminant of the public or employees; or (e) the manufacture, processing,
handling, transportation, distribution in commerce, use, storage or disposal of
hazardous, medical, infectious, or toxic substances, materials or waste.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 13.1 hereof.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
all regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission
thereunder.

     "FACILITY" means, if the Property is developed, all improvements of
whatever kind or character now or hereafter located on, in or under or affixed
to the Property, including, without limitation, the office building, any
utilities, paving, signage or lighting, and all fixtures installed in such
improvements, and all additions, replacements and subsequent replacements
thereof which is leased pursuant to any Facility Lease, but excluding all
parcels of land on which such Facility sits.

     "FACILITY LEASE" means any lease of the Facility acceptable to Brazos,
BBH&Co, Vari-Lite and each of the lenders under the Credit Agreement.

     "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any foreign governmental authority, the
United States of America, any state of the United States of America and any
subdivision of any of the foregoing, and any agency, department, commission,
board, authority or instrumentality, bureau or court having jurisdiction over
any Bank, Brazos, the Guarantor, Vari-Lite, or any of their respective
properties.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 3

<PAGE>

     "GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS" shall mean all statutes, laws, ordinances,
orders, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules and regulations of any Governmental
Authority applicable to Brazos, Vari-Lite, the Ground or any Facility.

     "GROUND LEASE" means this Ground Lease Agreement.

     "GUARANTOR" means Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation having its
principal office at 201 Regal Row, Dallas, Texas 75247, and its successors.

     "GUARANTOR CONSENT" means the Consent and Agreement dated as of December
21, 1995 among the Guarantor, Brazos and BBH&Co, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time-to-time.

     "GUARANTY" means the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1995, by
and between the Guarantor and Brazos, as it may be further amended, restated,
modified or supplemented, from time to time, in accordance with the terms
thereof.

     "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, (a) all obligations of
such Person for borrowed money, or with respect to deposits or advances of any
kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes
or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional
sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such
Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable to suppliers
incurred in the ordinary course of business and paid when due), (e) all
obligations of such Person under leases required to be accounted for as capital
leases under generally accepted accounting principles, (f) all obligations of
such Person to reimburse the issuer of any letter of credit, (g) all guarantees
of payment or collection of liabilities or obligations of the nature specified
in clauses (a) through (f) above of another Person or similar arrangement
pursuant to which such Person has assured a creditor of the other Person against
loss and (h) all obligations of others of the types referred to in clauses (a)
through (g) above secured by (or for which the holders of such obligations have
an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien on
property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations
secured thereby have been assumed.

     "INDEMNIFIED PERSON" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 10.1 hereof.

     "INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS" means all requirements of this Ground Lease with
respect to insurance, all terms of any insurance policy covering or applicable
to the Property, all requirements of the issuer of any such policy, all
statutory requirements and all orders, rules, regulations and other requirements
of any governmental body related to insurance applicable to the Property.

     "LEASE DOCUMENTS" means any Facility Lease, this Ground Lease, any Facility
Leasing Record (as defined in the Facility Lease), and the Property Leasing
Record (as defined in this Ground Lease) and all documents and instruments
executed in connection therewith including, without limitation, the Guaranty,
the Lessee Consent, the Guarantor Consent and the Construction Agreement.

     "LEASE TERM" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 5.1 hereof.

     "LEGAL REQUIREMENTS" means all laws, judgments, decrees, ordinances and
regulations and any other governmental rules, orders and determinations and all
requirements having the force of law, now or hereinafter enacted, made or
issued, whether or not presently contemplated, and all agreements, covenants,
conditions and restrictions applicable to the Property and/or the ownership,
operation or use thereof, including, without limitation, all requirements of the
Americans With Disabilities Act (P.L. 101-335) and environmental statutes,
compliance with which is required at any time during the Lease Term and any
Renewal Term, whether or not such compliance shall require structural,
unforeseen or extraordinary changes to the Property or the operation, occupancy
or use thereof.

     "LESSEE CONSENT" means the Consent and Agreement dated as of December 21,
1995 among Vari-Lite, Brazos and BBH&Co, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time-to-time.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 4

<PAGE>

     "LIBOR BORROWINGS" means all borrowings by Brazos under the Credit
Agreement which bear interest based on the per annum rate of interest at which
dollar deposits are offered by major banks in the London inter-bank market.

     "LIEN" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority or
other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic
effect as any of the foregoing).

     "LIEN OF RECORD" means, with the exception of the Lien of a lender or
lender's agent under the Credit Agreement, any mechanics' or materialmen's lien
for which retainage is held in amounts required by applicable law, lien securing
the payment of taxes, assessments or governmental charges and levies which are
due, payable and delinquent, judgment lien or any other filed, recorded, or
docketed matter (whether or not the same shall constitute a Permitted
Encumbrance or be the subject of a Permitted Contest) which (a) may result in a
sale for satisfaction of same, a loss, forfeiture, reversion of title, or right
of reentry with respect to the Property or (b) whether or not valid, is
reasonably likely to interfere with the due and timely payment of any sum
payable or the exercise of any of the rights or the performance of any of the
duties or responsibilities of Vari-Lite under this Ground Lease.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" means any circumstance or event that (a) can
reasonably be expected to cause an Event of Default; (b) otherwise can
reasonably be expected to (i) be material and adverse to the continued operation
of Vari-Lite or (ii) be material and adverse to the financial condition,
business operations, prospects or properties of Vari-Lite (provided
consolidation of the Acquisition Cost for financial accounting purposes of Vari-
Lite or the Guarantor shall not be a Material Adverse Change in financial
condition); (c) could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the performance
by Vari-Lite of its obligations under any Facility Lease or this Ground Lease;
or (d) in any manner whatsoever does or can reasonably be expected to materially
and adversely affect (i) the validity or enforceability of any Facility Lease or
this Ground Lease or (ii) the fair market value of the Property.

     "MAXIMUM RATE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 18.8 hereof.

     "PERMITTED CONTEST" has the meaning set forth in paragraph (a) of ARTICLE
XVII hereof.

     "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means the following Liens and other matters
affecting the title of the Property:  (a) mechanics' and materialmen's liens
incurred in good faith in the ordinary course of business and securing
obligations that are junior to any Liens of Assignee not exceeding $100,000 in
the aggregate which are not yet due or which are subject to a Permitted Contest;
(b) Liens securing the payment of taxes, assessments and governmental charges or
levies, either not delinquent or subject to a Permitted Contest; (c) zoning and
planning restrictions, subdivision and platting restrictions, easements,
rights-of-way, licenses, reservations, covenants, conditions, waivers,
restrictions on the use of property, minor encroachments or minor irregularities
of title which do not materially impair (i) the intended use of the Property by
Vari-Lite or (ii) the value of the Property; (d) reservations of mineral
interests, provided that the holders of such mineral reservations shall have
waived the right to, or otherwise be precluded from, entering on the Property
for the purpose of removing or extracting such minerals; and (e) the lien
created contemporaneously with the acquisition of the Property pursuant to, and
securing the obligations under, the Credit Agreement.

     "PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust,
joint venture, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association or
Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

     "POTENTIAL DEFAULT" means any event which, but for the lapse of time, or
giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

     "PROPERTY" means that certain parcel of land purchased by Brazos pursuant
to the Purchase Contract and leased hereunder, as such land is more particularly
described on EXHIBIT A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for
all purposes and when leased subject to the respective easements, rights and
appurtenances relating to such parcels of land, but excluding the Facility.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 5

<PAGE>

     "PROPERTY LEASING RECORD" means an instrument evidencing the lease of the
Property under this Ground Lease, as prepared and executed by Brazos, as lessor,
accepted and executed by Vari-Lite, as lessee.

     "PURCHASE CONTRACT" means that certain Contract of Sale dated August 15,
1995, by and between Cyril D. Kasmir, Trustee, as buyer, and MCDLF Holding
Company, a California corporation, as seller, as amended by that certain letter
agreement dated September 12, 1995, and as further amended by that certain
Second Amendment of Contract of Sale date November 7, 1995, and as further
amended by that certain letter agreement dated December 4, 1995.

     "RENEWAL TERM" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 11.3 hereof.

     "REPORTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.5 hereof.

     "UNECONOMIC NOTICE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 12.1 hereof.

     "UNECONOMIC PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 12.1 hereof.

     "UNITARY METHOD OF TAXATION" means a method of taxation under which the
business income of individual corporations in a commonly controlled enterprise
which may be deemed to operate in the same general line of business as a
corporation or corporations subject to a state's taxing jurisdiction is
aggregated regardless of whether the individual corporations have a tax nexus
with, or presence in, such state and is then apportioned to such state based on
an apportionment formula.

     "VARI-LITE" has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Ground
Lease.

     Section 1.2  FORMS.  All forms specified by the text hereof or by reference
to exhibits attached hereto shall be substantially as set forth herein, subject
to such changes by Brazos and Vari-Lite by mutual consent that do not alter the
substantive rights of the parties hereto or of the Assignees or as may be
required by applicable laws hereafter enacted.

     Section 1.3  RECITALS, TABLE OF CONTENTS, TITLES, AND HEADINGS.  The terms
and phrases used in the recitals of this Ground Lease have been included for
convenience of reference only and the meaning, construction, and interpretation
of such words and phrases for purposes of this Ground Lease shall be determined 
solely by reference to SECTION 1.1 hereof.  The table of contents, titles, and
headings of the Articles and Sections of this Ground Lease have been inserted
for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered a part hereof and
shall not in any way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof
and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing this Ground Lease
or any provision hereof or in ascertaining intent, if any question of intent
should arise.

     Section 1.4  INTERPRETATION.  Unless the context requires otherwise, words
of the masculine gender shall be construed to include correlative words of the
feminine and neuter genders and vice versa, and words of the singular number
shall be construed to include correlative words of the plural number and vice
versa.  This Ground Lease, and all the terms and provisions hereof, shall be
liberally construed to effect the purposes set forth herein and to sustain the
validity of this Ground Lease.


                                   ARTICLE II

                  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF
                                    VARI-LITE

     Vari-Lite represents and warrants to Brazos and agrees as follows:


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 6

<PAGE>

     Section 2.1  CORPORATE MATTERS.  Each corporation constituting a lessee
under this Ground Lease and named in the definition of Vari-Lite (i) has been
duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) has full corporate power and
authority to own and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
presently conducted and full corporate power, authority and legal right to
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Ground Lease and any
Consent, (iii) is in good standing in the State of Texas and any other
jurisdiction where its activities require qualification; and (iv) is a wholly-
owned subsidiary of Guarantor.

     Section 2.2  AUTHORIZATION; BINDING AGREEMENT.  This Ground Lease has been
duly authorized, executed and delivered by Vari-Lite and, assuming the due
authorization, execution and delivery of this Ground Lease by Brazos, this
Ground Lease is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Vari-Lite, enforceable
according to its terms, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to general
principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
proceeding in equity or at law).

     Section 2.3  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The consummation of the transactions
herein contemplated and the performance and observance of Vari-Lite's
obligations under this Ground Lease and any Consent have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate action on the part of Vari-Lite.  The execution,
delivery and performance by Vari-Lite of this Ground Lease and any Consent will
not result in any violation of any term of the certificate of incorporation or
the by-laws of Vari-Lite, do not require stockholder approval or the approval or
consent of any trustee or holders of Indebtedness of Vari-Lite except such as
have been obtained prior to the date hereof and will not conflict with or result
in a breach of any terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or
result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than a Permitted
Encumbrance on the Property as may be contemplated herein) upon any property or
assets of Vari-Lite under any indenture, mortgage or other agreement or
instrument to which Vari-Lite is a party or by which it or any of its property
is bound where breach or default, singly or in the aggregate, could materially
adversely affect (i) the financial condition or creditworthiness of Vari-Lite or
(ii) its ability to perform its obligations under this Ground Lease, any
Facility Lease, or the Consent executed by Vari-Lite of even date herewith, or
any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, license, judgment, order or
decree of any Governmental Authority or court having jurisdiction over Vari-Lite
or any of its activities or properties.

     Section 2.4  CONSENTS, APPROVALS, AUTHORIZATIONS.  There are no consents,
licenses, orders, authorizations or approvals of, or notices to or registrations
with, any Governmental Authority which are required in connection with the valid
execution, delivery and performance of this Ground Lease that have not been
obtained or made, except such permits and licenses as Vari-Lite will be required
to obtain for the occupancy, use or operation of the Property and which, in the
ordinary course of business, are not obtained until just prior to the
commencement of such occupancy, use or operation, and any such consents,
licenses, orders, authorizations, approvals, notices and registrations that have
been obtained or made are in full force and effect.

     Section 2.5  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Vari-Lite has caused to be furnished to
Brazos copies of Guarantor's most recent consolidated balance sheet, income
statement and cash flow statement (the "REPORTS").  The financial statements
contained in the Reports fairly present the financial position, results of
operations and changes in financial position of Guarantor as of the dates and
for the periods indicated therein.

     Section 2.6  CHANGES.  Since the date of the most recent  Reports delivered
pursuant to SECTION 2.5, there has been no adverse change in the financial
condition or business of Vari-Lite or the Guarantor which would materially
impair the ability of Vari-Lite to perform its obligations under this Ground
Lease or which would materially impair the ability of the Guarantor to perform
its obligations under the Guaranty.

     Section 2.7  LITIGATION.  Except as disclosed in the Reports, there is no
action, suit, proceeding or investigation at law or in equity by or before any
court, governmental body, agency, commission or other tribunal now pending or,
to the best knowledge of Vari-Lite after due inquiry, threatened against or
affecting Vari-Lite or the Guarantor or any property or rights of Vari-Lite or
the Guarantor, which affects the Property, as to which there is a significant
possibility of an adverse determination, and which if adversely determined, may
have a material adverse impact on the financial condition or business of
Vari-Lite or the Guarantor or which, if adversely determined, could materially
impair the ability of Vari-Lite to perform its obligations hereunder or of the
Guarantor to perform 


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 7

<PAGE>

its obligations under the Guaranty, or which, if adversely determined, may 
have a material adverse impact on the value or intended use of the Property 
and there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation at law or in equity 
by or before any court, governmental body, agency, commission or other 
tribunal now pending or, to the best knowledge of Vari-Lite after due 
inquiry, threatened, which questions or would question the validity of this 
Ground Lease.

     Section 2.8  DELIVERY OF INFORMATION.  Vari-Lite shall deliver to Brazos
from time to time, (i) so long as Vari-Lite and the Guarantor are not subject to
filing requirements under the Exchange Act, Vari-Lite's and Guarantor's most
recent consolidated balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement
within 90 days of the end of each fiscal quarter, and upon becoming subject to
such filing requirements, promptly upon filing under the Exchange Act or mailing
to shareholders, copies of the Guarantor's Annual Reports on Form 10-K, the
Guarantor's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and any other reports the Guarantor
files under the Exchange Act, and any report or mailing made to Guarantor's
shareholders, (ii) promptly upon request, such other information with respect to
Vari-Lite's and the Guarantor's operations, business, property, assets or
financial condition as Brazos shall reasonably request, (iii) promptly after an
officer of Vari-Lite obtains knowledge of any Event of Default hereunder or of
any Potential Default, a certificate of an officer of Vari-Lite specifying the
nature and period of existence of such Event of Default or Potential Default,
and what action, if any, Vari-Lite has taken, is taking, or proposes to take
with respect thereto, (iv) promptly after an officer of Vari-Lite obtains
knowledge of any material adverse change in the financial condition or business
of Vari-Lite or Guarantor or of any litigation of the type described in
SECTION 2.7, a certificate of an officer of Vari-Lite describing such change or
litigation as the case may be, (v) promptly after Vari-Lite obtains knowledge of
any and all Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances, or other matters,
including any litigation affecting the Property, which may materially adversely
affect the value or intended use of the Property, a detailed statement
describing each such Lien or other matter and (vi) promptly after Vari-Lite
obtains knowledge of any Environmental Claim, a detailed statement describing
such Environmental Claim and what action, if any, Vari-Lite has taken, is
taking, or proposes to take with respect thereto.

     Section 2.9  COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.
The operation, use and physical condition of the Property comply in all material
respects with the Insurance Requirements and are in full compliance with all
Legal Requirements.

     Section 2.10  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Brazos hereby agrees to maintain the
confidentiality of all financial information submitted to it by Vari-Lite or by
the Guarantor pursuant to SECTION 2.5 or 2.8 hereof.  Vari-Lite hereby consents
to a delivery of such information to the lenders under the Credit Agreement,
Brazos' legal counsel and Brazos' auditors.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                LEASE OF PROPERTY

     Section 3.1  LEASE.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Vari-Lite
agrees to lease the Property from Brazos simultaneously upon Brazos' acquisition
of the Property.

     Section 3.2  PROPERTY LEASING RECORD.

     The Property Leasing Record shall give a full legal description of the
Property, the Acquisition Cost of the Property, the Lease Term for the Property,
the location of the Property and such other details as Brazos, Vari-Lite and any
Assignee may from time to time agree.  Execution and delivery by Vari-Lite of
the Property Leasing Record shall constitute (i) acknowledgment by Vari-Lite
that the Property has been delivered to Vari-Lite in good condition and has been
accepted for lease hereunder by Vari-Lite as of the Effective Date of the
Property Leasing Record, (ii) acknowledgment by Vari-Lite that the Property
specified in the Property Leasing Record is subject to all of the covenants,
terms and conditions of this Ground Lease, and (iii) certification by Vari-Lite
that the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE II of this Ground
Lease are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Effective
Date of the Property Leasing Record as though made on and as of such date and
that there exists on such date no Event of Default or Potential Default.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 8

<PAGE>

     Section 3.3  OPERATING LEASE.  Brazos and Vari-Lite hereby declare that it
is their mutual intent that for accounting purposes this Ground Lease be treated
as an operating lease and not an instrument or evidence of indebtedness, and
that the relationship between Brazos and Vari-Lite under this Ground Lease shall
be that of lessor and lessee only.  Title to and ownership of the Property shall
at all times remain in Brazos and at no time become vested in Vari-Lite except
in accordance with an express provision of this Ground Lease.  Vari-Lite does
not hereby acquire any right, equity, title or interest in or to the Property,
except pursuant to the terms hereof.  Vari-Lite hereby grants to Lessor a
security interest in the Property and all proceeds thereof as collateral
security for the payment and performance by Vari-Lite of Vari-Lite's obligations
as Lessee hereunder.

          (a)  Brazos and Vari-Lite intend that the transactions and
arrangements contemplated by this Ground Lease have a dual, rather than a single
form, and that (i) for financial accounting purposes with respect to Vari-Lite
(A) this Ground Lease will be treated as an "operating lease" pursuant to
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, as amended, and (B)
Vari-Lite will be treated as the lessee of the Property, but (ii) for federal,
state and local income tax purposes (A) this Ground Lease will be treated as a
financing arrangement (rather than a "true lease"), (B) Brazos will be treated
as a lender making a loan to Vari-Lite in an amount equal to the sum of the
advances under the Credit Agreement, which amounts are secured by the Property,
and (C) Vari-Lite will be treated as the owner of the Property and will be
entitled to all tax benefits ordinarily available to an owner of property like
the Property for such tax purposes.

          (b)  Brazos and Vari-Lite further intend and agree that, for the
purpose of securing Vari-Lite's obligations for the repayment of the advances
under the Credit Agreement, (i) this Ground Lease shall also be deemed to be a
deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, assignment of rental and financing
statement, and Vari-Lite hereby grants a lien and security interest upon and a
collateral assignment of the Property and all proceeds thereof; (ii) the
possession by Brazos or any of its agents of notes and such other items of
property as constitute instruments, money, negotiable documents or chattel paper
shall be deemed to be "possession by the secured party" for purposes of
perfecting the security interest pursuant to Section 9-305 of the Uniform
Commercial Code; and (iii) notifications to Persons holding such property, and
acknowledgments, receipts or confirmations from financial intermediaries,
bankers or agents (as applicable) of Vari-Lite shall be deemed to have been
given for the purpose of perfecting such security interest under applicable law.
Brazos and Vari-Lite shall, to the extent consistent with this Ground Lease,
take such actions as may be necessary to ensure that, to the extent this Ground
Lease is deemed to create a Lien on the Property in accordance with this SECTION
3.3, such Lien shall be deemed to be a perfected Lien of first priority under
applicable law and will be maintained as such throughout the Lease Term.

          (c)  Brazos and Vari-Lite further intend and agree that in the event
of any insolvency or receivership proceedings or a petition under the United
States bankruptcy laws or any other applicable insolvency laws or statute of the
United States of America or any State or Commonwealth thereof affecting
Vari-Lite or Brazos, this Ground Lease shall be regarded as financial
accommodations made by an unrelated third party to Vari-Lite for purposes of
applicable bankruptcy and insolvency laws.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                             DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

     Section 4.1  ACCEPTANCE.  Pursuant to this Ground Lease Vari-Lite shall
accept the Property.  Brazos shall not be liable to Vari-Lite for any failure to
obtain, or delay in obtaining, the Property or any delay in the delivery of
possession thereof to Vari-Lite.  Vari-Lite has examined the title and other
matters pertaining to the Property, including restrictive covenants requiring
approvals of certain uses of the Property, easements, zoning and other matters
and accepts the Property subject to all such restrictions, required approvals
and other matters.

     Section 4.2  PAYMENTS FINAL.  Each payment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent
and any other amount due hereunder made by Vari-Lite shall be final, and
Vari-Lite, without waiving any other remedies it may have, will not seek or have
any right to recover all or any part of such payment from Brazos or any Assignee
for any reason whatsoever.  The making of payments under this Ground Lease by
Vari-Lite (including payments  pursuant to 


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 9

<PAGE>

ARTICLE X) shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any claim or claims that 
Vari-Lite may assert against Brazos or any other person.  Brazos agrees to 
repay Vari-Lite amounts paid to Brazos to the extent such payments were in 
error and are not required by the various terms and provisions of this Ground 
Lease.

     Section 4.3  NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS.  Notwithstanding any other
provision contained in this Ground Lease, it is specifically understood and
agreed that neither Brazos nor any Assignee nor any Affiliate of either, nor
anyone acting on behalf of any of them makes any warranties or representations
or has any responsibility to disclose any relevant information, or has any other
responsibility or duty, nor, except as set forth in SECTION 18.11 of this Ground
Lease, has Brazos or any Assignee or any Affiliate of either, or anyone acting
on behalf of any of them made any covenants or undertakings, as to the
accounting treatment to be accorded Vari-Lite or as to the U.S. Federal or any
state income or any other tax consequences, if any, to Vari-Lite as a result of
or by virtue of the transactions contemplated by this Ground Lease.

     Section 4.4  QUIET ENJOYMENT.  During the Lease Term or Renewal Term, if
any,  so long as no Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, Brazos covenants that as between Brazos and Vari-Lite,
Vari-Lite shall have the right to quiet enjoyment of the Property on the terms
and conditions provided in this Ground Lease without any interference from
Brazos.  Vari-Lite agrees to attorn to any Assignee in the event such Assignee
succeeds to Brazos' interest in the Property, and Vari-Lite will not hold the
Assignee responsible for Brazos' obligations incurred in the period prior to the
succession of the Assignee to Brazos' interest.

     Section 4.5  CONSTRUCTION OF THE FACILITY.  Vari-Lite hereby agrees 
that, if the Property is developed, Brazos, the Construction Consultant, the 
Contractor, any subcontractors, architects, engineers and other personnel or 
agents of any of the foregoing parties may have access to and may exert 
control over the Property as may reasonably be required for the purpose of 
planning, constructing, furnishing and completing the Facility.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                   LEASE TERM

     Section 5.1  LEASE TERM.  The "LEASE TERM" with respect to the Property
shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end on December 21, 2000.  The
lease of the Property may be renewed for six (6) additional five year terms
pursuant to, and in accordance with, SECTION 11.3. The Lease Term or any Renewal
Term may be terminated earlier pursuant to ARTICLES XI, XII, XIII, XIV, OR XV
hereof or otherwise pursuant to operation of any Legal Requirements.

     Section 5.2  TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
ARTICLE V OR ARTICLE XI, this Ground Lease shall terminate on December 21, 2000,
unless earlier terminated or renewed; PROVIDED that any obligations that, by
their terms, survive this Ground Lease and any obligations that exist at the
time of such termination shall not terminate upon any termination under this
SECTION 5.2.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                             RENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS

     Section 6.1  BASIC RENT.  Vari-Lite hereby agrees to pay Brazos on each
Basic Rent Payment Date, Basic Rent for the calendar month in which such Basic
Rent Payment Date falls.  Brazos shall notify Vari-Lite at least two Business
Days prior to each Basic Rent Payment Date of the amount of the Basic Rent due
on such Basic Rent Payment Date; but failure to notify shall not relieve
Vari-Lite of its obligation to pay Basic Rent.

     Section 6.2  OTHER AMOUNTS.  Vari-Lite hereby agrees to pay within ten (10)
days of delivery of a statement therefor all amounts (other than Basic Rent) due
hereunder, including, without limitation, all amounts payable to any Indemnified
Person pursuant to ARTICLE X hereof.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 10

<PAGE>

     Section 6.3  ADDITIONAL RENT.  Vari-Lite shall pay to Brazos from time to
time, on demand, as additional rent ("ADDITIONAL RENT") (i) amounts required to
reimburse Brazos for its obligations, costs and expenses (not previously
included in the formula for Basic Rent) incurred in planning, acquiring,
constructing, financing and leasing the Property, which is intended to include
all ordinary and extraordinary costs and expenditures under the Credit
Agreement, but which shall not include general and administrative overhead
expenses of Brazos, and (ii) to the extent legally enforceable, interest on each
overdue amount not paid by Vari-Lite to Brazos as provided in this Ground Lease
from the date such overdue amount was due until paid at the per annum rate of
interest equal to the most recent rate of interest calculated pursuant to
paragraph (iii) of the definition "BASIC RENT" plus two percent (2%).  Vari-Lite
shall also pay to Brazos on demand an amount equal to any reasonable expenses
and attorneys' fees incurred by Brazos in collecting such unpaid sums and
enforcing the obligations for such unpaid sums.

     Section 6.4  PAYMENT IN ADVANCE.  Basic Rent and Additional Rent and any
other amount payable by Vari-Lite to Brazos shall be paid sufficiently in
advance of the date due to assure that immediately available funds in the full
amount due are available on the date due, to such account of Brazos at such
bank, or to such account of such other person at such bank, or otherwise as
Brazos may from time to time designate.

     Section 6.5  CREDIT AGREEMENT LOSSES.  In addition to all other payment
obligations hereunder, if this Ground Lease is terminated for any reason prior
to the end of the Lease Term or, if applicable, Renewal Term, then Vari-Lite
shall pay to Brazos within three Business Days after receipt of the billing
statement referred to below an additional amount compensating Brazos for all
penalties, costs and expenses (including out-of-pocket costs and expenses) as
are incurred by Brazos under the Credit Agreement in connection with such
termination and as are set forth in a billing statement sent by Brazos to
Vari-Lite containing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail.

     Section 6.6  NET LEASE; NO SETOFF; ETC.  This Ground Lease is a net lease. 
Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Ground Lease, it is intended that
Basic Rent and Additional Rent, together with any amounts due pursuant to
SECTION 6.5, shall be paid without notice, demand, counterclaim, setoff,
deduction or defense and without abatement, suspension, deferment, diminution or
reduction.  Except to the extent otherwise expressly specified herein, the
obligations and liabilities of Vari-Lite hereunder shall in no way be released,
discharged or otherwise affected for any reason including, without limitation,
the following:  (a) any defect in the condition, quality or fitness for use of
the Property; (b) any damage to, removal, abandonment, salvage, loss, scrapping
or destruction of or any requisition or taking of the Property by act of God or
enemy, any other force majeure event or any cause whatsoever; (c) any
restriction, prevention or curtailment of or interference with any use of the
Property; (d) any defect in title to or rights to the Property or any Lien on
such title or rights or on the Property; (e) any change, waiver, extension,
indulgence or other action or omission in respect of any obligation or liability
of Vari-Lite, Brazos or any other Person; (f) any bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, composition, adjustment, dissolution, liquidation or other like
proceedings relating to Vari-Lite, Brazos or any other Person, or any action
taken with respect to this Ground Lease by any trustee or receiver of Vari-Lite,
Brazos or any other Person, or by any court in any such proceeding; (g) any
claim that Vari-Lite has or might have against any Person including, without
limitation, Brazos or any lender under the Credit Agreement; (h) any failure on
the part of Brazos to perform or comply with any of the terms hereof or of any
other agreement; (i) any invalidity or unenforceability or disaffirmance of this
Ground Lease against or by Vari-Lite or any provision hereof or the Ground Lease
or any provision thereof; (j) any prohibition, limitation, restriction or
prevention of Vari-Lite's use, occupancy or enjoyment of the Property by any
Person; (k) any condemnation, confiscation, seizure, or requisition of use or
title to all or any portion of the Property by any governmental authority under
the power of eminent domain including, without limitation, a temporary event;
(l) any prohibition, limitation, restriction or prevention of Vari-Lite's use,
occupancy or enjoyment of the Property by any Person; (m) any eviction of Vari-
Lite from, or loss of possession by Vari-Lite of, the Property or any part
thereof, by reason of title paramount or otherwise; (n) the invalidity or
unenforceability of any provision hereof or the impossibility of illegality of
performance by Brazos or Vari-Lite or both; (o) any action of any Governmental
Authority; or (p) any other cause or occurrence whatsoever, whether similar or
dissimilar to the foregoing.

     Vari-Lite shall remain obligated under this Ground Lease in accordance with
its terms and shall not take any action to terminate, rescind or avoid this
Ground Lease, notwithstanding any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
liquidation, dissolution or other proceeding affecting Brazos or any other
Person or any action with respect to this Ground Lease which may be taken by any
trustee, receiver or liquidator or by any court.  Except as 


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 11

<PAGE>

expressly permitted in this Ground Lease, Vari-Lite waives all rights to 
cancel, terminate or surrender this Ground Lease, or to any abatement, 
diminution or deferment of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums payable 
hereunder, and also hereby waives any and all rights now or hereafter conferred
by any Governmental Requirement or otherwise to modify or to avoid strict 
compliance with Vari-Lite's obligation under this Ground Lease.  All payments 
made to or for the benefit of Brazos or any other Person hereunder as required
hereby shall be final and Vari-Lite shall not seek to recover any such payment
or any part thereof for any reason whatsoever, absent manifest error.

     Section 6.7  HOLDOVER RENT.  Notwithstanding anything provided in this
Ground Lease to the contrary, upon termination of this Ground Lease (whether by
the expiration of the Lease Term or otherwise) and unless Vari-Lite purchases or
has purchased the Property on such date, Vari-Lite must immediately vacate the
Property, but if Vari-Lite fails to do so, then without the execution of a new
lease by Brazos and Vari-Lite, Vari-Lite, at the option of Brazos, shall
immediately become a tenant from month-to-month of the Property at a Basic Rent
rate equal to the lesser of (a) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic
Rent effective in the month immediately preceding termination of this Ground
Lease or (b) the maximum amount of Basic Rent that may lawfully be charged to
Vari-Lite under the circumstances, and under all other terms, conditions,
provisions and obligations of this Ground Lease including, without limitation,
payment of all Additional Rent.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                      RESTRICTED USE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

     Section 7.1  INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AND LEGAL REQUIREMENT.  So long as no
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Vari-Lite may use the
Property in the regular course of its business for any lawful Approved Purpose
or keep the Property idle.  Vari-Lite will not do or permit any act or thing
which is contrary in any material respect to any Insurance Requirement or which
is contrary to any Legal Requirement or which might impair, other than in the
normal use thereof, the value or usefulness of the Property subject to the right
of access and control granted by Vari-Lite under SECTION 4.5.

     Section 7.2  FILINGS.  Vari-Lite shall promptly and duly execute, deliver,
file and record, at Vari-Lite's expense, all such documents, statements, filings
and registrations, and take such further action as Brazos or any Assignee shall
from time to time reasonably request in order to establish, perfect and maintain
Brazos' or such Assignee's title to and interest in the Property and any
Assignee's interest in this Ground Lease as against Vari-Lite or any third party
in any applicable jurisdiction.

     Section 7.3  COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER REQUIREMENTS.  Vari-Lite shall use every
precaution which is commercially reasonable and which is usually employed by
corporations engaged in a business which involves owning or operating similar
property to prevent loss or damage to the Property and to prevent injury to
third persons or property of third persons.  Vari-Lite shall cooperate fully
with Brazos and all insurance companies providing insurance pursuant to
ARTICLE IX hereof in the investigation and defense of any claims or suits
arising from the ownership, use, or occupancy of the Property, provided that
nothing contained in this SECTION 7.3 shall be construed as imposing on Brazos
any duty to investigate or defend any such claims or suits.  Vari-Lite shall
comply and shall cause all persons using or occupying the Property to comply
with all Insurance Requirements and Legal Requirements regarding acquiring,
titling, registering, leasing, insuring, using, occupying and operating the
Property, and, if applicable, the licensing of operators thereof.

     Section 7.4  INSPECTION.  Brazos or any Assignee or any authorized
representative of either may during reasonable business hours from time to time
inspect the Property and deeds, registration certificates, certificates of title
and related documents covering the Property wherever the same may be located,
but neither Brazos nor any Assignee shall have any duty to make any such
inspection.

     Section 7.5  NO LIENS.  Vari-Lite shall not permit or suffer to exist on
the Property any Lien, other than Liens which are the subject of a Permitted
Contest or Permitted Encumbrances and Liens placed thereon by, or arising from,
Brazos' own actions or those of any Assignee or Affiliate of Brazos (provided,
that any Liens of 


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 12

<PAGE>

Record, other than Liens placed thereon by, or arising from, Brazos' own 
actions or those of any Assignee or Affiliate of Brazos, may not exceed the 
amount of $100,000 with respect to the Property and any related Facility), 
nor may it assign any right or interest herein or in the Property. Vari-Lite 
shall not without the prior written consent of Brazos and Assignee, which 
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, sublease or otherwise relinquish 
possession of the Property, except that Vari-Lite may otherwise relinquish 
possession of the Property to any contractor for use in performing work for 
Vari-Lite, provided that such relinquishment of possession shall in no way 
affect the obligations of Vari-Lite or the rights of Brazos hereunder and 
with respect to the Property.  Brazos shall have the present and continuing 
right to collect and enjoy all rents and other sums of money payable under 
any such sublease, and Vari-Lite hereby irrevocably assigns such rents and 
other sums to Brazos for the benefit and protection of Brazos, provided that 
unless an Event of Default or Potential Default  shall have occurred and be 
continuing hereunder, Vari-Lite shall be entitled to collect and enjoy such 
rents and other sums.  Vari-Lite shall, within thirty (30) days after the 
execution of any such sublease, deliver a conformed copy thereof to Brazos.  
Nothing contained in this Ground Lease shall be construed as constituting the 
consent or request of Brazos, express or implied, to or for the performance 
by any contractor, laborer, materialman or vendor of any labor or services or 
for the furnishing of any materials for any  construction, alteration, 
addition, repair or demolition of or to the Property or any part thereof.  
Notice is hereby given that Brazos will not be liable for any labor, services 
or materials furnished or to be furnished to Vari-Lite, or to anyone holding 
the Property or any part thereof through or under Vari-Lite.

     Section 7.6  INTERFERENCE.  If any Lien or charge of any kind or any
judgment, decree or order of any court or other governmental authority
(including, without limitation, any state or local tax lien affecting the
Property), whether or not valid, shall be asserted or entered which is
reasonably likely to interfere with the due and timely payment of any sum
payable or the exercise of any of the rights or the performance of any of the
duties or responsibilities under this Ground Lease or cause a Material Adverse
Change, Vari-Lite shall, upon obtaining knowledge thereof or upon receipt of
notice to that effect from Brazos, promptly take such action as may be necessary
to prevent or terminate such interference.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY

     Section 8.1  WARRANTIES.  Brazos, so long as no Event of Default or
Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing, hereby assigns and
agrees to make available to Vari-Lite any and all rights Brazos may have under
any vendor's warranties or undertakings with respect to the Property.  If any
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the assignment of such
rights from Brazos to Vari-Lite shall be deemed to be terminated.

     Section 8.2  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Vari-Lite shall pay all costs, expenses,
fees and charges incurred in connection with the ownership, use or occupancy of
the Property during the Lease Term and Renewal Term, if any.  Except as
otherwise provided in ARTICLE XII hereof, Vari-Lite shall at all times, at its
own expense, and subject to reasonable wear and tear, keep the Property in good
operating order, repair, condition and appearance.  The foregoing undertaking to
maintain the Property in good repair shall apply regardless of the cause
necessitating repair, regardless of the availability or adequacy of insurance or
condemnation proceeds and regardless of whether Vari-Lite has possession of the
Property, and as between Brazos and Vari-Lite all risks of damage to the
Property are assumed by Vari-Lite.  The undertaking to maintain the Property in
good repair shall include, without limitation, all common area maintenance
including, without limitation, removal of dirt, snow, ice, rubbish and other
obstructions and maintenance of sidewalks and landscaping.  Vari-Lite hereby
agrees to indemnify and hold Brazos and any Assignee harmless from and against
all costs, expenses, claims, losses, damages, fines or penalties, including
reasonable counsel fees, arising out of or due to Vari-Lite's failure to fulfill
its obligations under this SECTION 8.2.

     Section 8.3  PAYMENT OF TAXES.  Vari-Lite shall make all required reports
to the appropriate taxing authorities and shall pay: (i) all taxes, assessments,
levies, fees, water and sewer rents and charges, and all other governmental,
quasi-governmental and nongovernmental charges, general and special, ordinary
and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, which are, at any time during the 
Lease Term or any Renewal Term hereof, imposed or levied upon or assessed
against (A) the Property, (B) any Basic Rent, any Additional Rent or other sum
payable 


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 13

<PAGE>

hereunder or (C) this Ground Lease, the leasehold estate hereby created, or 
which arises in respect of the ownership, operation, occupancy, possession or 
use of the Property; (ii) all gross receipts or similar taxes (I.E., taxes 
based upon gross income which fail to take into account all customary 
deductions (E.G., depreciation and interest)) imposed or levied upon, 
assessed against or measured by any Basic Rent, or any Additional Rent or 
other sum payable hereunder; (iii) all sales, value added, use and similar 
taxes at any time levied, assessed or payable on account of the acquisition, 
leasing or use of the Property; and (iv) all charges of utilities and 
communications services serving the Property.  Vari-Lite shall not be 
required to pay any franchise, estate, inheritance, transfer, federal, 
foreign, state or local income or similar tax of Brazos (other than any tax 
referred to in clause (ii) above) unless such tax is imposed, levied or 
assessed in substitution for any other tax, assessment, charge or levy which 
Vari-Lite is required to pay pursuant to this SECTION 8.3; provided, however, 
that if at any time during the term of this Ground Lease, the method of 
taxation shall be such that there shall be levied, assessed or imposed on 
Brazos a capital levy or other tax directly on the rents received therefrom, 
or upon the value of the Property or any present or any future improvement or 
improvements on the Property, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, or 
charges, or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be payable by 
Vari-Lite, but only to the extent that such taxes would be payable if the 
Property affected were the only property of Brazos, and Vari-Lite shall pay 
and discharge the same as herein provided.  Vari-Lite will furnish to Brazos, 
promptly after demand therefor, proof of payment of all items referred to 
above, the payment of which is the responsibility of Vari-Lite.  If any such 
assessments may legally be paid in installments, Vari-Lite may pay or permit 
to be paid such assessment in installments.  So long as, in the reasonable 
opinion of Vari-Lite's counsel, Vari-Lite shall have reasonable grounds to 
contest the existence, amount, applicability or validity of any tax Vari-Lite 
is required to pay pursuant to this Ground Lease, Vari-Lite may contest such 
tax pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE XVII of this Ground Lease so long 
as adequate reserves therefor are maintained by Vari-Lite.

     Section 8.4  ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS.  At any reasonable time and from
time-to-time, upon reasonable notice, Vari-Lite shall furnish Brazos a report
prepared by a qualified independent consultant, at the expense of Vari-Lite,
concerning the condition and status of the Property in respect of any
Environmental Laws, provided that the party requesting such report has
demonstrable evidence that the Property may be affected by a Hazardous
Substance, a Hazardous Waste or an Environmental Claim not adequately addressed
in any environmental assessment previously delivered to Brazos or any Assignee
in connection with the Property.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    INSURANCE

     Section 9.1  LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE.  Vari-Lite shall, at its sole
cost and expense, maintain such liability and property damage insurance with
respect to the Property and insurance against loss or damage to the Property of
the types usually carried by corporations engaged in the same or a similar
business, of similar size as Vari-Lite, and owning similar property and which
cover risks of the kind customarily insured against by such corporations and
such other insurance as may be required by law or as may be reasonably requested
by Brazos for purposes of assuring compliance with this ARTICLE IX, including,
without limitation, the insurance described on the Schedule of Insurance
attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.  Such insurance shall be written by financially
sound and reputable companies which are legally qualified to issue such
insurance.  Vari-Lite may, at its cost and expense, prosecute any claim against
any insurer or contest any settlement proposed by any insurer, and Vari-Lite may
bring any such prosecution or contest in the name of Brazos, Vari-Lite, or both,
and Brazos will join therein at Vari-Lite's request, provided that Vari-Lite
shall indemnify Brazos against any losses, costs or expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) which Brazos may incur in connection with such
prosecution or contest.

     Section 9.2  ADDITIONAL INSUREDS; NOTICE.  Any policies of insurance
carried in accordance with this ARTICLE IX and any policies taken out in
substitution or replacement for any such policies (i) shall name Brazos and
Assignee as additional insureds, as their respective interests may appear (but
without imposing upon any such person any obligation imposed on the insured,
including, without limitation, the liability to pay the premium for any such
policy), (ii) shall have attached thereto a lender's loss payable endorsement
for the benefit of Brazos and Assignee as loss payees and (iii) shall provide
that as against Brazos and Assignee the insurers shall waive any rights of


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 14

<PAGE>

subrogation.  Vari-Lite shall make a written request to the insurers, and
provide evidence of such request to Brazos and Assignee, to give notice to
Brazos and its assigns of any modification or cancellation of any insurance to
be maintained under this Article.  Vari-Lite shall give a copy to Brazos and any
Assignee of any notice received by Vari-Lite regarding the cancellation or other
termination of the insurance included in the Schedule of Insurance attached
hereto as EXHIBIT B.  Each liability policy (A) shall be primary without right
of contribution from any other insurance which is carried by Brazos or Assignee
with respect to its interest as such in the Property and (B) shall expressly
provide that all of the provisions thereof, except the limits of liability,
shall operate in the same manner as if there were a separate policy covering
each insured.

     Section 9.3  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF LOSS OR SUBSTANTIAL TAKING.  Any
insurance or condemnation proceeds received as the result of the occurrence of
(i) any event of loss described in  SECTION 14.3 hereof or (ii) any event of
substantial Taking described in SECTION 15.1 shall be paid to Brazos, and
disposed of as contemplated by SECTION 14.3 hereof.

     Section 9.4  APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF OTHER THAN LOSS OR SUBSTANTIAL
TAKING.  As between Vari-Lite and Brazos, if any insurance or condemnation
proceeds received as a result of any loss or Taking, other than a loss described
in SECTION 14.3 or an event of substantial Taking described in SECTION 15.1, is
less than $100,000, it is agreed that such proceeds will be paid to Vari-Lite to
be used for repairs, replacement, reconstruction or restoration in accordance
with the terms of SECTIONS 14.2 AND 15.2 hereof.  If the proceeds equal or
exceed $100,000, then the proceeds shall be deposited in a special purpose
account held by Assignee, to be used only for the purpose set forth in this
paragraph, and Vari-Lite shall be entitled (i) to receive the amounts so
deposited against certificates, invoices or bills in form satisfactory to Brazos
and Assignee, delivered to Brazos and Assignee from time to time as such work or
repair progresses, and (ii) to direct the investment of the amounts so deposited
as provided in SECTION 9.5.  Any moneys remaining in the aforesaid account after
final payment for repairs has been made shall be paid to Vari-Lite.

     Section 9.5  INVESTMENT.  Assignee, at Vari-Lite's instruction, shall
invest the amounts deposited with Assignee pursuant to SECTION 9.4 in the
following:

     (i)  direct obligations of the United States Government; or

     (ii) interest-bearing time deposits at, or obligations of, any Assignee.

Such investments shall mature in such amounts and on such dates so as to provide
that amounts shall be available on the draw dates sufficient to pay the amounts
requested by and due to Vari-Lite.  Any interest earned on investments of such
funds shall be paid to Vari-Lite.  Brazos and Assignee shall not be liable for
any loss resulting from the liquidation of each and every such investment and
Vari-Lite shall be liable for such loss, if any.

     Section 9.6  APPLICATION IN DEFAULT.  Any amount referred to in
SECTIONS 9.3 AND 9.4 which is payable to Vari-Lite shall not be paid to
Vari-Lite or, if it has been previously paid to Vari-Lite and not applied by
Vari-Lite as provided in SECTIONS 9.3 OR 9.4, shall not be retained by
Vari-Lite, if at the time of such payment an Event of Default or Potential
Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  In such event, all such amounts
shall be paid to and applied by Brazos toward payment of any of such obligations
of Vari-Lite at the time due hereunder as Brazos may elect.  At such time as
there shall not be continuing any Event of Default or Potential Default, all
such amounts at the time held by Brazos in excess of the amount, if any, which
Brazos shall have elected to apply as above provided shall be applied as
provided in SECTIONS 9.3 AND 9.4.

     Section 9.7  CERTIFICATES.  On or before the execution of this Ground
Lease, and annually on or before the anniversary of the date of this Ground
Lease, Vari-Lite will furnish to Brazos and Assignee certificates or other
evidence reasonably acceptable to Brazos and Assignee certifying that the
insurance then carried and maintained on the Property complies with the terms
hereof.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 15

<PAGE>

     Section 9.8  COVENANT TO KEEP INSURANCE IN FORCE.  Vari-Lite covenants that
it will not use or occupy the Property or permit the use or occupancy of the
Property at a time when the insurance required by this ARTICLE IX is not in
force.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                   INDEMNITIES

     Section 10.1  INDEMNIFIED PERSONS.  Vari-Lite shall indemnify and hold
harmless Brazos, any Assignee, any successor or successors, and any Affiliate of
Brazos, and their respective officers, directors, incorporators, shareholders,
partners (general and limited, including without limitation, the general and
limited partners of the sole shareholder of Brazos), employees, agents,
attorneys and servants (each of the foregoing an "INDEMNIFIED PERSON") from and
against all liabilities, taxes, losses, obligations, claims, damages, penalties,
causes of action, suits, costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' and accountants' fees and expenses) or judgments of any
nature relating to or in any way arising out of:

     (a)  The acquisition, title on acquisition, rejection, possession, titling,
retitling, registration, reregistration, custody by Vari-Lite of title and
registration documents, ownership, use, non-use, misuse, lease, operation,
repair, control or disposition of the Property leased or to be leased hereunder,
(i) except to the extent that such costs are included in the Acquisition Cost of
the  Property and (ii) except for any general administrative expenses of Brazos;

     (b)  The assertion of any claim or demand based upon any infringement or
alleged infringement of any right, by or in respect of the Property or any
indemnification claim asserted against Brazos under the Contract of Sale;
provided, however, that upon request of Vari-Lite, Brazos will make available to
Vari-Lite Brazos' rights under any similar indemnification arising from any
vendor's warranties or undertakings with respect to the Property;

     (c)  All U.S. Federal, state, county, municipal, foreign or other fees and
taxes of whatsoever nature arising from or relating to ownership of the
Property, including but not limited to license, qualification, franchise, sales,
use, gross income, gross receipts, ad valorem, business, personal property, real
estate, value added, excise, motor vehicle, occupation fees and stamp or other
taxes or tolls of any nature whatsoever, and penalties and interest thereon,
whether assessed, levied against or payable by Brazos or otherwise, with respect
to the Property or the acquisition, purchase, sale, rental, use, operation,
control, ownership or disposition of the Property (including without limitation
any claim by any governmental authority for transfer tax, transfer gains tax,
mortgage recording tax, filing or other similar taxes or fees in connection with
the acquisition of the Property by Brazos or otherwise in connection with this
Ground Lease) or measured in any way by the value thereof or by the business of,
investment in, or ownership by Brazos with respect thereto, provided that this
indemnity shall not apply to (i) taxes that Vari-Lite is not required to pay
under SECTION 8.3 and (ii) net income taxes or capital gains taxes imposed by
any state or local taxing authority utilizing the Unitary Method of Taxation.

     (d)  Any violation or alleged violation (other than an alleged violation
alleged by Brazos) by Vari-Lite of this Ground Lease or of any contracts or
agreements to which Vari-Lite is a party or by which it is bound or any laws,
rules, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees, consents, approvals,
exemptions, authorizations, licenses and withholdings of objection, of any
governmental or public body or authority and all other Legal Requirements,
including, without limitation, any Legal Requirements with respect to the
environment or the regulation of hazardous materials or substances, or any
breach of a representation or warranty by Vari-Lite under this Ground Lease;

     (e)  Any Environmental Claim or requirement of Environmental Law concerning
or relating to the Property, or the operations or business in respect of the
Property; or

     (f)  Any claim against Brazos' title or Assignee's interest in the Property
to the extent such claim is not fully paid by title insurance.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 16

<PAGE>

     Section 10.2  PAYMENTS.  Vari-Lite shall reimburse any Indemnified 
Person for any sum or sums expended with respect to any of the items set 
forth in SECTION 10.1 or, upon request from any Indemnified Person, shall pay 
such amounts directly.  Any payment made to or on behalf of any Indemnified 
Person pursuant to this ARTICLE X shall be increased to such amount as will, 
after taking into account all taxes imposed with respect to the accrual or 
receipt of such payment (as the same may be increased pursuant to this 
sentence), equal the amount of the payment, reduced by the amount of any 
savings in such taxes actually realized by the Indemnified Person as a result 
of the payment or accrual of the amounts in respect of which the payment to 
or on behalf of the Indemnified Person hereunder is made.  Any Indemnified 
Person seeking indemnification under this ARTICLE X shall give Vari-Lite 
written evidence supporting the amount demanded, and such written evidence 
shall be deemed to be conclusive, absent manifest error.  To the extent that 
Vari-Lite in fact indemnifies any Indemnified Person under the indemnity 
provisions of this Ground Lease, Vari-Lite shall be subrogated to such 
Indemnified Person's rights in the affected transaction and shall have a 
right to determine the settlement of claims therein.

     Section 10.3  CONTINUING INDEMNIFICATION.  The indemnities contained in 
this ARTICLE X shall not be affected by and shall survive any termination of 
this Ground Lease .

     Section 10.4  LIMITATIONS.

     (a)  Notwithstanding any provisions of this ARTICLE X to the contrary, 
Vari-Lite shall not indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Person 
against any claims and liabilities arising solely from the gross negligence 
(as between such Indemnified Person or an Affiliate of such Indemnified 
Person and Vari-Lite) or willful misconduct (as between such Indemnified 
Person or an Affiliate of such Indemnified Person and Vari-Lite) of such 
Indemnified Person, BUT SHALL OTHERWISE INDEMNIFY ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON 
AGAINST ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE.

     (b)  Brazos and Vari-Lite agree that the activities of Vari-Lite under 
this Ground Lease relating to the preparation or approval of any maps, 
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs, or 
specifications relating to the Property is being done by Vari-Lite in its 
capacity as the lessee of the Property and not as the agent or employee of 
Brazos.

     Section 10.5  LITIGATION.  If any claim, action, proceeding or suit is 
brought against an Indemnified Person with respect to which Vari-Lite would 
be required to indemnify such Indemnified Person, Vari-Lite shall have the 
right to assume the defense thereof, including the employment at its expense 
of counsel; provided that Vari-Lite shall not have such right to the extent 
that such Indemnified Person shall deliver to Vari-Lite a written notice 
waiving the benefits of the indemnification of such Indemnified Person 
provided by this ARTICLE X in connection with such claim, action, proceeding 
or suit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) any claim, action, proceeding 
or suit is brought against an Indemnified Person who is an individual, (ii) 
the action threatens to restrain or adversely affect the conduct of the 
business of the Indemnified Person, but not the business of Brazos' ownership 
of the Property under this Ground Lease, (iii) the claim, action, proceeding 
or suit seeks damages of more than  $1,000,000, or (iv) independent counsel 
to an Indemnified Person shall conclude that there may be defenses available 
to the Indemnified Person which are different from, or additional to, and may 
conflict with those available to Vari-Lite, Vari-Lite shall not have the 
right to assume the defense of any such action on behalf of the Indemnified 
Person if such Indemnified Person chooses to defend such action, and all 
reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by the Indemnified 
Person in defending such action shall be borne by Vari-Lite.  Notwithstanding 
the assumption of its defense by Vari-Lite pursuant to this paragraph, any 
Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to 
participate in its defense, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall 
be borne by the Indemnified Person.  In addition, Vari-Lite will not be 
liable for any settlement of any claim, action, proceeding or suit unless 
Vari-Lite has consented thereto in writing.  Any decision by an Indemnified 
Person to employ its own counsel rather than counsel selected by Vari-Lite 
(whether or not at Vari-Lite's expense) shall in no way affect any rights of 
such Indemnified Person otherwise arising under this ARTICLE X.

                                   ARTICLE XI

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 17
<PAGE>

                             RENEWAL AND TERMINATION

     Section 11.1  VARI-LITE'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE.  So long as no Event of 
Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing, Vari-Lite shall 
have the right, at any time during the Lease Term or any Renewal Term, upon 
not less than thirty (30) days' written notice to Brazos and Assignee, to 
terminate on the Basic Rent Payment Date specified in such notice this Ground 
Lease with respect to the Property, if (a) indemnity payments to Brazos 
pursuant to SECTION 10.1(C) shall have been required and can be reasonably 
expected to occur subsequently and such payments are or would be in the 
aggregate (taking into account the recurring nature of the payments) 
sufficient in the reasonable judgment of Vari-Lite to render this Ground 
Lease uneconomic with respect to the Property, (b) due to a change in 
accounting rules or treatment, this Ground Lease is no longer treated as an 
operating lease for accounting purposes or (c) there exists an event of 
default under the Credit Agreement and the payment obligations of Brazos 
thereunder are declared to be immediately due and payable. Upon exercising 
its rights under this SECTION 11.1 Vari-Lite shall either (i) purchase, on 
the Basic Rent Payment Date stipulated in the written notice contemplated by 
this SECTION 11.1, the Property for cash at its Acquisition Cost or (ii) with 
the consent of Brazos, arrange, at its own cost and expense, for the Property 
to be sold for cash pursuant to SECTION 11.4 and with the consequences 
therein provided, except that such purchase and sale must occur on the Basic 
Rent Payment Date stipulated in the written  notice contemplated by this 
SECTION 11.1.

     Section 11.2  BRAZOS' RIGHT TO TERMINATE.  Brazos shall have the right 
upon at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Vari-Lite, to 
terminate the ground lease of the Property as of a Basic Rent Payment Date 
stipulated in such notice if at any time: (1) by reason of a nexus between a 
state or local taxing jurisdiction and the Property or the activities of any 
user (other than Brazos) of the Property, Brazos incurs, or, in its 
reasonable judgment, in the future would incur, a state or local tax based 
upon the Unitary Method of Taxation which, in its sole judgment, renders the 
Ground Lease uneconomic and Vari-Lite refuses to reimburse Brazos for such 
tax; or (2) any other instrument relating to this Ground Lease shall be held 
by a court of competent jurisdiction to require the payment or deemed to 
permit the collection of interest in excess of the Maximum Rate and any such 
interest in excess of such Maximum Rate cannot be spread and allocated either 
to the preceding or subsequent periods in which such excess interest is to be 
paid or collected pursuant to SECTION 18.8 of this Ground Lease.  In the 
event of a termination of this Ground Lease with respect to the Property 
pursuant to this SECTION 11.2, Vari-Lite shall either (i) purchase, on the 
Basic Rent Payment Date stipulated in the written notice contemplated by this 
SECTION 11.2, the Property for cash at its Acquisition Cost or (ii) with the 
consent of Brazos, arrange, at its own cost and expense, for the Property to 
be sold for cash pursuant to SECTION 11.4 and with the consequences therein 
provided, except that such purchase and sale must occur on the Basic Rent 
Payment Date stipulated in the written notice contemplated by this SECTION 
11.2.

     Section 11.3  RENEWAL.

     (a)  Not later than twelve months prior to the end of the Lease Term or 
the first Renewal Term, if any, as applicable, Brazos shall give notice to 
Vari-Lite as to whether it desires to renew this Ground Lease with respect to 
the Property and the terms and conditions (including the rental amounts) of 
any such renewal. Not later than nine months prior to the end of the Lease 
Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, Vari-Lite shall give notice to Brazos as 
to whether it will renew or not renew the lease for the Property.  Failure of 
Vari-Lite to give such notice with respect to the Property shall be deemed an 
election not to renew the lease for the Property.  So long as (i) Vari-Lite 
elects to renew this Ground Lease, (ii) no Event of Default or Potential 
Default has occurred and is continuing, and (iii) Brazos shall have received 
a commitment for financing for the Property through the last day of the 
Renewal Term (as defined below) from the lender(s) under a then-existing 
Credit Agreement or from a third party (which commitment will be in the sole 
discretion of such lender(s) or third party), the lease shall be renewed for 
a term (the "RENEWAL TERM") equal to five years commencing on the first day 
following the last day of the Lease Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, 
thereof; provided, however, the Lease Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, 
shall not be renewed if on the first day of the new Renewal Term (a) the 
lender(s) under the Credit Agreement fails to fund under its commitment 
pursuant to the terms of such commitment or (b) a third party fails to fund 
under its commitment for any reason, or (c) if any terms of this Ground Lease 
must be modified in accordance with the commitment for financing, Vari-Lite 
does not agree to such modifications.

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 18
<PAGE>

     (b)  In the event the lease for the Property is not being renewed, 
Vari-Lite shall, at its option, not later than eight months prior to the end 
of the Lease Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, give notice to Brazos 
either that it will (i) purchase the Property for cash at its Acquisition 
Cost during the period from one (1) month before the end of the Lease Term or 
Renewal Term, as applicable, to five (5) Business Days before the end of the 
Lease Term or Renewal Term, as applicable, or (ii) arrange, at Vari-Lite's 
own cost and expense, for the Property to be sold for cash pursuant to 
SECTION 11.4 and with the consequences therein provided during the period 
from six (6) months before the end of the Lease Term or Renewal Term, as 
applicable, to one (1) month before the end of the Lease Term or Renewal 
Term, as applicable.  Any notice given by Vari-Lite pursuant to the preceding 
sentence shall be irrevocable, except that Vari-Lite may revoke the election 
to sell the Property to a third party if Vari-Lite purchases the Property.

     Section 11.4  SALES TO THIRD PARTIES.  (a) If Vari-Lite exercises its 
right to arrange for a sale of the Property to a third party pursuant to 
SECTIONS 11.1, 11.2 OR 11.3:

     (i)  if the proceeds of sale are greater than the Acquisition Cost of the
          Property, Brazos shall pay to Vari-Lite the amount by which such
          proceeds exceed such Acquisition Cost; 

     (ii) if the proceeds of sale are equal to or less than the Acquisition
          Cost, but greater than or equal to 15% of the Acquisition Cost, Vari-
          Lite shall pay to Brazos an amount equal to (A) such Acquisition Cost
          less (B) the proceeds of such sale; and

    (iii) if the proceeds of sale are less than 15% of the Acquisition
          Cost, Vari-Lite shall pay to Brazos an amount equal to the sum 
          of (A) 85% of such Acquisition Cost and (B) the amount by which 
          the residual value of the Property has been reduced by wear and 
          tear in excess of that attributable to normal use, plus the 
          amount by which, in the good faith judgment of Brazos, the 
          proceeds of sale for the Property has been reduced due to Liens 
          attaching to the Property at the time of sale.

For purposes of this SECTION 11.4, in connection with the sale of the 
Property, "proceeds of sale" shall mean the aggregate proceeds from the sale 
of the Property without reduction for any amounts paid by Vari-Lite.

     (b)  All payments and credits referred to in paragraph (a) above shall 
be made on the date of the sale of the Property, and the parties shall 
account to each other for such payments and credits.  In consideration for 
the receipt by Brazos of the proceeds of sale and all other amounts then due 
and owing hereunder, Brazos shall transfer title to the Property to the 
purchaser at the sale designated by Vari-Lite.  In the event of a sale 
pursuant to this SECTION 11.4, neither Vari-Lite nor any Affiliate of 
Vari-Lite shall purchase the Property.  If the Property is sold to a third 
party pursuant to this SECTION 11.4 the Property shall be free of any Liens 
at the time of sale, including Liens which would otherwise be Permitted 
Encumbrances if such Liens would reduce the value to the purchaser of the 
Property.

     (c)  If the Property and any Facility thereon are sold to the same third 
party, the proceeds of sale shall be allocated pro rata between the Property 
and such Facility based on the Acquisition Cost of the Property and the 
Acquisition Cost (as defined in the Facility Lease) of such Facility.

     Section 11.5  ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS.  In connection with any purchase or 
sale of the Property under this ARTICLE XI, on or before the date such 
purchase or sale occurs, Vari-Lite shall pay to Brazos, in addition to any 
purchase price payable, all Basic Rent payable (pro rated as of the date of 
purchase or sale), any Additional Rent, all amounts owing under SECTION 11.4, 
and other amounts owing hereunder.

     Section 11.6  TERMINATION OF GROUND LEASE.  Upon receipt by Brazos of 
the purchase price payable in connection with any sale or purchase of the 
Property under this ARTICLE  XI, together with all additional payments 
required under SECTION 11.5 with respect to the Property, this Ground Lease 
shall terminate . All representations and warranties contained in this Ground 
Lease or made in writing by or on behalf of Vari-Lite in connection herewith 
and all obligations of Vari-Lite pursuant to ARTICLE X shall survive 
termination of this Ground Lease.

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 19
<PAGE>

     Section 11.7  SURRENDER OF PROPERTY.  Subject to the provisions of this 
ARTICLE XI AND ARTICLES XII, XIII, XIV AND XV hereof, upon termination of the 
ground lease of the Property hereunder, Vari-Lite shall surrender the 
Property to Brazos.  In connection with the sale of the Property by Brazos, 
in consideration of the receipt of the purchase price and all other amounts 
which may be owing to Brazos under SECTION 11.5, Brazos shall execute and 
deliver all instruments of transfer necessary to convey Brazos' interest to 
the purchaser of the Property.

     Section 11.8  CONVEYANCE OF PROPERTY.  Upon any sale or transfer of the 
Property by Brazos, the transfer shall be accomplished by a special warranty 
deed and bill of sale, "AS IS AND WITH ALL FAULTS," and without 
representations or warranties regarding the Property (other than warranties 
of title contained in the special warranty deed).

                                   ARTICLE XII

                             ECONOMIC DISCONTINUANCE

     Section 12.1  UNECONOMIC PROPERTY.  If, at any time  prior to the end of 
the Lease Term, in the good faith judgment of Vari-Lite, the Property shall 
have become uneconomic for continued use and occupancy by Vari-Lite (the 
Property hereinafter sometimes called an "UNECONOMIC PROPERTY"), then 
Vari-Lite shall deliver to Brazos and Assignee a written notice (an 
"UNECONOMIC NOTICE") containing (i) notice of Vari-Lite's intention to 
terminate the Ground Lease to the Property as of a Basic Rent Payment Date 
specified in such notice, which Basic Rent Payment Date shall be within sixty 
(60) days of such notice, and (ii) a certificate of an officer of Vari-Lite 
stating that Vari-Lite has determined that the Property has become uneconomic 
for continued use and occupancy by Vari-Lite.

     Section 12.2  UNECONOMIC NOTICE.  Simultaneously with the delivery of an 
Uneconomic Notice, Vari-Lite shall deliver to Brazos notice of Vari-Lite's 
intent to terminate this Ground Lease to the Property and either to purchase 
the Property at its Acquisition Cost on the Basic Rent Payment Date specified 
in such notice or to sell the Uneconomic Property on such date; provided, 
that if the proceeds of the sale of the Property are less than the 
Acquisition Cost of the Property, then in addition to the purchase price 
Vari-Lite shall pay to Brazos an amount equal to such Acquisition Cost less 
the proceeds of such sale.

     Section 12.3  PAYMENT.  In connection with any purchase or sale pursuant 
to this ARTICLE XII, on the Basic Rent Payment Date upon which such purchase 
or sale occurs, Vari-Lite shall pay or cause the purchaser to pay to Brazos 
the purchase price, and Vari-Lite shall pay all Basic Rent payable and any 
Additional Rent and other amounts owing hereunder.

     Section 12.4  NO RIGHT TO USE.  If Vari-Lite terminates this Ground 
Lease with respect to the Property pursuant to this  ARTICLE XII, neither 
Vari-Lite nor any Affiliate of Vari-Lite shall have the right for one year 
following the date of such termination to use, and shall not use, the 
Property.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     Section 13.1  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any of the following events of default 
shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT" and shall give rise to the rights on 
the part of Brazos described in SECTION 13.2 hereof:

     (a)  FAILURE TO MAKE PAYMENTS.  Failure of Vari-Lite to pay amounts due 
to Brazos at the time of any scheduled sale of the Property hereunder, 
failure of Vari-Lite to pay Basic Rent or Additional Rent for more than five 
(5) days after such payment is due pursuant to ARTICLE VI hereof, or failure 
of Vari-Lite to pay any other amount payable by Vari-Lite hereunder within 
ten (10) days after written demand for such payment.

     (b)  FAILURE TO MAINTAIN INSURANCE.  Failure of Vari-Lite to maintain 
the insurance required by ARTICLE IX hereof, or default in the performance of 
the covenant contained in SECTION 9.4 hereof.

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 20
<PAGE>

     (c)  OTHER DEFAULTS.  Vari-Lite shall default in the performance or 
observance of any other term, covenant, condition or obligation contained in 
this Ground Lease or  the other Lease Documents and such default shall (i) 
continue for fifteen (15) days after notice shall have been given to 
Vari-Lite by Brazos or any Assignee specifying such default and requiring 
such default to be remedied or (ii) if such default is of a nature that it is 
not capable of being cured within such 15-day period, Vari-Lite shall not 
have diligently commenced curing such default, proceeded diligently and in 
good faith thereafter to complete curing such default, or cured such default 
within forty-five (45) days.

     (d)  BANKRUPTCY.  (i) The entry of a decree or order for relief in 
respect of Vari-Lite or the Guarantor by a court having jurisdiction in the 
premises in an involuntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or 
hereafter constituted, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, 
insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, 
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Vari-Lite 
or the Guarantor or of any substantial part of Vari-Lite's or the Guarantor's 
property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of Vari-Lite's or the 
Guarantor's affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed 
and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days; or (ii) the 
general suspension or discontinuance of Vari-Lite's or the Guarantor's 
business operations, its insolvency (however evidenced) or its admission of 
insolvency or bankruptcy, or the commencement by Vari-Lite or the Guarantor 
of a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter 
constituted, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency 
or other similar law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or taking 
possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, 
sequestrator (or other similar official) of Vari-Lite or of the Guarantor of 
any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment 
for the benefit of creditors, or the failure of Vari-Lite or the Guarantor 
generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of 
corporate action by Vari-Lite or the Guarantor in furtherance of any such 
action.

     (e)  PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  A default or event of default, the effect 
of which is to permit the holder or holders of any Indebtedness of Vari-Lite 
or any Guarantor, or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders, 
to cause such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity shall 
occur under the provisions of any instrument evidencing Indebtedness in 
excess of $1,000,000 of Vari-Lite or  any Guarantor (or under the provisions 
of any agreement pursuant to which such instrument was issued).

     (f)  MISREPRESENTATIONS.  Any representation or warranty made by 
Vari-Lite in this Ground Lease or any of the other Lease Documents or which 
is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement 
furnished under or in connection herewith or therewith proves to be false or 
inaccurate in any material respect when made or deemed made.

     (g)  GUARANTY.  Any representation or warranty made by the Guarantor in 
the Guaranty, any Consent or any document contemplated hereby or thereby 
proves to be false or inaccurate in any material respect when made or deemed 
made, or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of any term, covenant, 
condition or obligation contained in the Guaranty or any Consent, and such 
default shall not have been cured within any applicable grace or cure period.

     (h)  OTHER AGREEMENTS.  Vari-Lite or Guarantor shall default in any 
material respect in the performance or observance of any term, covenant, 
condition or obligation contained in any other written agreement between 
Vari-Lite or the Guarantor and Brazos and such default shall not have been 
cured within any applicable grace or cure period.

     (i)  UNAUTHORIZED ASSIGNMENT.  Any assignment, sale, conveyance or other 
transfer by Vari-Lite of any interest in this Ground Lease and any mortgage, 
pledge, encumbrance or other hypothecation by or on behalf of Vari-Lite, or 
all or any of its right, title, interest or privileges under this Ground 
Lease except for a pledge that is required by its lenders.

     (j)  UNSATISFACTORY TITLE.  If at any time title to the Property is not 
satisfactory to Brazos or Assignee by reason of any Lien or other defect not 
disclosed in writing at the time of any advance under the Credit Agreement 

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 21
<PAGE>

(even though the same may have existed at the time of any such advance), 
except the Permitted Exceptions, and such Lien, encumbrance or other defect 
is not corrected within thirty (30) days after written notice to Vari-Lite.

     (k)  NON-COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS.  If Vari-Lite fails 
to comply with any requirement of any Governmental Authority with respect to 
the Property or to contest such requirement by means of a Permitted Contest 
under ARTICLE XVII (i) within thirty (30) days after notice in writing of 
such requirement shall have been given to Vari-Lite by such Governmental 
Authority or by Brazos or Assignee, or (ii) if such requirement is of a 
nature that it cannot be completely complied with within such 30-day period, 
if Vari-Lite shall fail after such notice either diligently to commence 
complying with such requirement or to proceed thereafter with reasonable 
diligence and in good faith to comply with such requirement; provided, 
however, that Vari-Lite shall in any event comply with such requirement prior 
to the date on which the Property may be seized or sold as a result of such 
non-compliance.

     Section 13.2  RIGHTS UPON DEFAULT.  Upon the occurrence and continuation 
of any Event of Default either Brazos or any Assignee may, in  either's sole 
discretion, declare this Ground  Lease to be in default and do any one or 
more of the following:

     (a)  Terminate this Ground Lease;

     (b)  Whether or not any action has been taken under (a) above, sell the 
Property (with or without the concurrence or request of Vari-Lite);

     (c)  Hold, use, occupy, lease or keep idle the Property, without any 
duty to account to Vari-Lite with respect to any such action or inaction or 
for any proceeds thereof; and

     (d)  Exercise any other right or remedy which may be available under 
applicable law and in general proceed by appropriate judicial proceedings, 
either at law or in equity, to enforce the terms hereof or to recover damages 
for the breach hereof.

     Suit or suits for the recovery of any default in the payment of any sum 
due hereunder or for damages may be brought by Brazos from time to time at 
Brazos' election, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require 
Brazos to await the date whereon this Ground Lease or the term hereof would 
have expired by limitation had there been no such default by Vari-Lite or no 
such termination or cancellation.

     The receipt of any payments under this Ground Lease by Brazos with 
knowledge of any breach of this Ground Lease by Vari-Lite or of any default 
by Vari-Lite in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions 
of this Ground Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any provision of 
this Ground Lease.

     No receipt of moneys by Brazos from Vari-Lite after the termination or 
cancellation hereof in any lawful manner shall reinstate, continue or extend 
the Lease Term or any Renewal Term, or affect any notice theretofore given to 
Vari-Lite, or operate as a waiver of the right of Brazos to enforce the 
payment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent or other charges payable hereunder, 
or operate as a waiver of the right of Brazos to recover possession of the 
Property by proper suit, action, proceedings or remedy; it being agreed that, 
after the service of notice to terminate or cancel this Ground Lease, and the 
expiration of the time therein specified, if the default has not been cured 
in the meantime, or after the commencement of suit, action or summary 
proceedings or of any other remedy, or after a final order, warrant or 
judgment for the possession of the Property, Brazos may demand, receive and 
collect any moneys payable hereunder, without in any manner affecting such 
notice, proceedings, suit, action, order, warrant or judgment; and any and 
all such moneys so collected shall be deemed to be payments on account for 
the use, operation and occupation of the Property, or at the election of 
Brazos, on account of Vari-Lite's liability hereunder.  Acceptance of the 
keys to the Property, or any similar act, by Brazos, or any agent or 
employee, during the term hereof, shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of 
a surrender of the Property unless Brazos shall consent thereto in writing.

     If, after an Event of Default shall have occurred, Vari-Lite fails to 
surrender promptly after written request by Brazos or converts or destroys 
the Property, Vari-Lite shall be liable to Brazos for all Basic Rent and 
Additional 

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 22
<PAGE>

Rent then due and payable with respect to the Property, all other amounts 
payable under this Ground Lease, the Acquisition Cost of the Property as of 
the date of such request, conversion or destruction and all losses, damages 
and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) 
sustained by Brazos by reason of such Event of Default and the exercise of 
Brazos' remedies with respect thereto.

     If, after an Event of Default, Brazos repossesses the Property, 
notwithstanding any termination of this Ground Lease, Vari-Lite shall be 
liable for and Brazos may recover from Vari-Lite all Basic Rent accrued and 
any Additional Rent owing with respect to the Property to the date of such 
repossession, all other amounts payable under this Ground Lease, and all 
losses, damages and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable 
attorneys' fees and expenses) sustained by Brazos by reason of such Event of 
Default and the exercise of Brazos' remedies with respect thereto.  In 
addition, Brazos may sell Brazos' interest in the Property upon any terms 
that Brazos deems satisfactory, free of any rights of Vari-Lite or any person 
claiming through or under Vari-Lite.  In the event of such sale, in addition 
to the amounts payable under the first sentence of this paragraph, Brazos 
shall be entitled to recover from Vari-Lite, as liquidated damages, and not 
as a penalty, an amount equal to the Acquisition Cost of the Property so 
sold, minus the net proceeds of such sale (deducting from the gross proceeds 
of such sale any reasonable legal expenses, commissions, sales taxes or other 
costs or expenses associated with such sale) received by Brazos; provided 
however, if the proceeds of such sale are in excess of the amount payable to  
Brazos pursuant hereto, such excess shall be the property of Vari-Lite.  In 
lieu of such sale, in addition to the amounts payable under the first 
sentence of this paragraph, Brazos may cause Vari-Lite to pay to Brazos, and 
Vari-Lite shall pay to Brazos, as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, 
an amount equal to the Acquisition Cost of any or all of the Property, and 
upon payment in full of all such amounts Brazos shall transfer all of Brazos' 
right, title and interest in and to the Property to Vari-Lite.

     Following an Event of Default, to the extent deemed necessary or 
advisable by counsel for Brazos, Brazos shall have the right, and is hereby 
granted the power by Vari-Lite, to sell all or any part of the Property at 
public venue pursuant to power of sale in accordance with the laws of the 
State.

     No remedy referred to in this SECTION 13.2 is intended to be exclusive, 
but each shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedy referred to 
above or otherwise available to Brazos at law or in equity, and the exercise 
in whole or in part by Brazos of any one or more of such remedies shall not 
preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Brazos of any or all such 
other remedies.  No waiver by Brazos of any Event of Default hereunder shall 
in any way be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any future or subsequent 
Event of Default.

     With respect to the termination of this Ground Lease as to the Property 
as a result of an Event of Default, Vari-Lite hereby waives service of any 
notice of intention to re-enter.  Following an Event of Default, Vari-Lite 
hereby waives any and all rights to recover or regain possession of the 
Property or to reinstate this Ground Lease as permitted or provided by or 
under any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force and effect.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                          LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY

     Section 14.1  VARI-LITE'S RISK.  Vari-Lite hereby assumes all risk of 
loss of or damage to the Property, however caused.  No loss of or damage to 
the Property shall impair any obligation of Vari-Lite under this Ground 
Lease, which shall continue in full force and effect.

     Section 14.2  REPAIR.  In the event of damage of any kind whatsoever to 
the Property (unless the same is determined by Vari-Lite to be damaged beyond 
repair) Vari-Lite, at its own cost and expense, shall place the same in good 
operating order, repair, condition and appearance.

     Section 14.3  PROPERTY DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR.  If the Property is 
seized, confiscated, rendered unfit for use or if any improvements thereon 
are destroyed or damaged beyond repair (in the reasonable judgment of 
Vari-Lite), or if the use of the Property by Vari-Lite or the use of any 
improvement by the party entitled thereto in 

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 23
<PAGE>

the ordinary course of business is prevented by the act of any third person 
or persons or governmental instrumentality for a period exceeding ninety (90) 
days (other than an act which is a Taking which is substantial as described 
in SECTION 15.1 of this Ground Lease), or if the Property is attached (other 
than on a claim against Brazos as to which Vari-Lite is not obligated to 
indemnify Brazos) and the attachment is not removed within ninety (90) days, 
or if a Taking which is substantial as described in SECTION 15.1 shall occur, 
then in any such event, (i) Vari-Lite shall promptly notify Brazos and 
Assignee in writing of such event, (ii) on the Basic Rent Payment Date 
following such event, unless such Basic Rent Payment Date occurs within ten 
(10) days of such event, in which case on the next Basic Rent Payment Date, 
Vari-Lite shall pay to Brazos an amount equal to the Acquisition Cost of the 
Property (after deducting any insurance proceeds received by Brazos in 
respect of such event or the net amount after Brazos' expenses of proceeds to 
Brazos from any award or sale made in connection with a Taking), provided 
that insurance or net Taking proceeds, if any, received by Brazos in excess 
of the Acquisition Cost of the Property shall be paid by Brazos to Vari-Lite, 
(iii) the Lease Term or Renewal Term of the Property shall continue until the 
Basic Rent Payment Date on which Brazos receives payment from Vari-Lite of 
the amount payable pursuant to this SECTION 14.3 and the Basic Rent and any 
Additional Rent and other amounts owing hereunder, and shall thereupon 
terminate and (iv) Brazos shall on such Basic Rent Payment Date transfer 
title to the Property to Vari-Lite, and Vari-Lite shall be subrogated to 
Brazos' rights in the affected transaction.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                            CONDEMNATION OF PROPERTY

     Section 15.1  TAKING OF SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE PROPERTY.  If Vari-Lite 
or Brazos shall receive notice that the use, occupancy or title to all or 
substantially all of the Property is to be taken, requisitioned or sold in, 
by or on account of eminent domain proceedings or other action by any person 
or authority having the power of eminent domain (such events collectively 
referred to as a "TAKING"), and such Taking is substantial, then the Lease 
Term or Renewal Term shall terminate as provided in SECTION 14.3.  A Taking 
shall be deemed substantial if the remainder of the Property is unusable for 
Vari-Lite's ordinary business purposes.

     Section 15.2  TAKING OF LESS THAN SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE PROPERTY.  If 
less than substantially all of the Property is subject to a Taking, then this 
Ground Lease shall continue in effect as to the portion of the Property not 
taken and Vari-Lite, at its own cost and expense, shall place the same in 
good operating order, repair, condition and appearance.  Brazos and Vari-Lite 
each hereby waives any statutory or common law right allowing either of them 
to petition any court to terminate this Ground Lease in the event of a Taking 
of less than substantially all of the Property.  In the event of a Taking as 
described in this SECTION 15.2, all proceeds from the Taking shall be payable 
to Brazos and held by Brazos pending their application in accordance with the 
direction of the Agent.

     Section 15.3  GRANT OF MINOR EASEMENTS.  So long as no Event of Default 
or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, Vari-Lite 
shall have the right (i) to grant minor easements for the benefit of the 
Property or which are deemed reasonably necessary for Vari-Lite's use of the 
Property; (ii) voluntarily to dedicate or convey, as required, portions of 
the Property for road, highway and other public purposes as required in the 
good faith judgment of Vari-Lite in order to obtain or maintain the use of 
all or part of the Property for the purposes intended by Vari-Lite; and (iii) 
voluntarily to execute petitions to have the Property or a portion thereof 
annexed to any municipality or included within any utility, highway or other 
improvement or service district, provided that no more than minor restoration 
is required.  If Vari-Lite receives any monetary consideration for such 
easement or dedication, Vari-Lite shall promptly deliver such consideration 
to Brazos.  Vari-Lite shall exercise the above power to grant without the 
joinder of Brazos,  except that Brazos will cooperate, at Vari-Lite's 
expense, as necessary and join in the execution of any appropriate 
instrument.  As a condition precedent to Vari-Lite's exercise of its powers 
under this Article, Vari-Lite shall give Brazos ten (10) days' prior written 
notice of the proposed action.  Upon the giving of such notice, Vari-Lite 
shall be deemed to have certified that such action will not materially 
adversely affect either the market value of the Property or the use of the 
Property for its intended purpose, will not affect Brazos' or any Assignee's 
ability to exercise its rights and remedies under this Ground Lease and that 
Vari-Lite undertakes to remain obligated under this Ground Lease to the same 
extent as if Vari-Lite had not exercised its powers under this Article and 
Vari-Lite will perform all obligations under such instrument and shall 
prepare all required documents and provide all other instruments and 
certificates as Brazos may reasonably request.

GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 24
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                                  EXPENDITURES

     Section 16.1  EXPENDITURES BY VARI-LITE.  Vari-Lite may expend its own
funds for any purpose relating to the Property subject to this Ground Lease,
including expenditures relating to the construction of any Facility to the
extent Brazos is unwilling or unable to expend its funds for such purposes.


                                  ARTICLE XVII

                               PERMITTED CONTESTS

     (a)  Vari-Lite shall not be required, nor shall Brazos have the right, to
pay, discharge or remove any tax, assessment, levy, fee, rent, charge, Lien or
encumbrance, or to comply or cause the Property to comply with any Legal
Requirements applicable to the Property or the occupancy, use or operation
thereof, so long as no Event of Default or Potential Default exists under this
Ground Lease with respect to the Property, and, in the opinion of Vari-Lite's
counsel, Vari-Lite shall have reasonable grounds to contest, and shall be
diligently contesting, the existence, amount, applicability or validity thereof
by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings in the reasonable judgment of
Brazos, (i) shall not involve any material danger that the Property or any Basic
Rent or any Additional Rent would be subject to sale, forfeiture or loss, as a
result of failure to comply therewith, (ii) shall not affect the payment of any
Basic Rent or any Additional Rent or other sums due and payable hereunder,
(iii) unless any criminal liability could result from a failure to comply
therewith, could not reasonably be expected to cause either Brazos or any
Assignee to incur civil liability which, in the sole judgment of Brazos or any
Assignee, is not adequately indemnified (Vari-Lite's obligations under ARTICLE X
of this Ground Lease shall be deemed to be adequate indemnification if no Event
of Default or Potential Default exists and if such civil liability is reasonably
likely to be less than $100,000), (iv) shall not cause a Material Adverse
Change, (v) if involving taxes, shall suspend the collection of such taxes, and
(vi)  shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the
provisions of any other instrument to which Vari-Lite or the Property is subject
and shall not constitute a default thereunder.  Vari-Lite shall conduct all such
contests in good faith and with due diligence and shall promptly after the final
determination (including appeals) of such contest, pay and discharge all amounts
which shall be determined to be payable therein.  Notwithstanding anything in
this paragraph (a) to the contrary, Vari-Lite shall not be obligated to actively
contest any mechanics' or materialmen's Lien or claim which does not exceed
$25,000, provided that the failure to so contest does not violate
clauses (i)-(iii) or (v) above, provided further, that such Lien is junior to
any Lien of an Assignee on the Property, and provided further that Vari-Lite
shall in any event diligently contest and defend against the enforcement of any
such Lien or claim in good faith and with due diligence and shall promptly,
after the final determination (including appeals of such contest), pay and
discharge all amounts which shall be determined to be payable therein.

     (b)  At least ten (10) days prior to the commencement thereof, Vari-Lite
shall notify Brazos in writing of any such proceeding in which the amount in
contest exceeds $25,000, and shall describe such proceeding in reasonable
detail.  If a taxing authority or subdivision thereof proposes an additional
assessment or levy of any tax for which Vari-Lite is obligated to reimburse
Brazos under this Ground Lease, or if Brazos is notified of the commencement of
an audit or similar proceeding which could result in such an additional
assessment, then Brazos shall in a timely manner notify Vari-Lite in writing of
such proposed levy or proceeding.


                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 18.1  SURVIVAL.  All agreements, indemnities, representations and
warranties, and the obligation to pay Additional Rent contained in this Ground
Lease shall survive the expiration or other termination hereof.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 25

<PAGE>

     Section 18.2  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Ground Lease, the Memorandum of
Ground Lease and the Property Leasing Records covering the Property leased
pursuant hereto and the instruments, documents or agreements referred to herein
constitute the entire agreement between the parties and no representations,
warranties, promises, guarantees or agreements, oral or written, express or
implied, have been made by any party hereto with respect to this Ground Lease or
the Property, except as provided herein or therein.

     Section 18.3  MODIFICATIONS.  This Ground Lease may not be amended,
modified or terminated, nor may any obligation hereunder be waived orally, and
no such amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall be effective for
any purpose unless it is in writing and is signed by the party against whom
enforcement thereof is sought.  A waiver on one occasion shall not be construed
to be a waiver with respect to any other occasion.

     Section 18.4  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS GROUND LEASE SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF TEXAS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE.
ANY PROVISION OF THIS GROUND LEASE WHICH IS PROHIBITED BY LAW OR UNENFORCEABLE 
SHALL  BE INEFFECTIVE TO THE EXTENT OF SUCH PROHIBITION OR UNENFORCEABILITY
WITHOUT INVALIDATING THE REMAINING PROVISIONS HEREOF, AND THE PARTIES HERETO
SHALL NEGOTIATE IN GOOD FAITH APPROPRIATE MODIFICATIONS TO REFLECT SUCH CHANGES
AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY LAW, AND, AS NEARLY AS POSSIBLE, TO PRODUCE THE SAME
ECONOMIC EFFECTS AS THE PROVISION WHICH IS PROHIBITED OR UNENFORCEABLE.  TO THE
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, VARI-LITE AND BRAZOS HEREBY WAIVE ANY
PROVISION OF LAW WHICH RENDERS ANY PROVISION HEREOF PROHIBITED OR UNENFORCEABLE
IN ANY RESPECT.

     Section 18.5  NO OFFSETS.  The obligations of Vari-Lite to pay all amounts
payable pursuant to this Ground Lease (including specifically and without
limitation amounts payable due under ARTICLES VI AND X hereof) shall be absolute
and unconditional under any and all circumstances of any character, and such
amounts shall be paid without notice, demand, defense, setoff, deduction or
counterclaim and without abatement, suspension, deferment, diminution or
reduction of any kind whatsoever, except as herein expressly otherwise provided.
The obligation of Vari-Lite to lease and pay Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any
other amounts  provided for in this Ground Lease is without any warranty or
representation, express or implied, as to any matter whatsoever on the part of
Brazos or any Assignee or any Affiliate of either, or anyone acting on behalf of
any of them.

     NEITHER BRAZOS NOR ANY ASSIGNEE NOR ANY AFFILIATE OF EITHER, NOR ANYONE
ACTING ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM, MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, AS TO THE
SAFETY, TITLE, CONDITION, QUALITY, QUANTITY, FITNESS FOR USE, MERCHANTABILITY,
CONFORMITY TO SPECIFICATION, ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION (INCLUDING THE PRESENCE OR
ABSENCE OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS), OR ANY OTHER CHARACTERISTIC, OF THE PROPERTY,
OR AS TO WHETHER THE PROPERTY OR THE OWNERSHIP, USE, OCCUPANCY OR POSSESSION
THEREOF COMPLIES WITH ANY LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS OR REQUIREMENTS OF ANY KIND.

     AS BETWEEN BRAZOS, ANY ASSIGNEE OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PERSON AND VARI-LITE AND
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, VARI-LITE ASSUMES ALL RISKS AND WAIVES ANY AND ALL
DEFENSES, SET-OFFS, DEDUCTIONS, COUNTERCLAIMS (OR OTHER RIGHTS), EXISTING OR
FUTURE, TO ITS OBLIGATION TO PAY BASIC RENT, ADDITIONAL RENT AND ALL OTHER
AMOUNTS PAYABLE HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY RELATING TO:

     (A)  THE SAFETY, TITLE, CONDITION, QUALITY, QUANTITY, FITNESS FOR USE,
MERCHANTABILITY, CONFORMITY TO SPECIFICATION, OR ANY OTHER QUALITY OR
CHARACTERISTIC OF THE PROPERTY, LATENT OR NOT;

     (B)  ANY SET-OFF, COUNTERCLAIM, RECOUPMENT, ABATEMENT, DEFENSE OR OTHER
RIGHT WHICH VARI-LITE MAY HAVE AGAINST BRAZOS, ANY ASSIGNEE, OR ANY INDEMNIFIED


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 26

<PAGE>

PERSON FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF THIS OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION OR
MATTER;

     (C)  ANY DEFECT IN TITLE OR OWNERSHIP OF THE PROPERTY OR ANY TITLE
ENCUMBRANCE NOW OR HEREAFTER EXISTING WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY;

     (D)  ANY FAILURE OR DELAY IN DELIVERY OR ANY LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF, OR
DAMAGE TO, THE PROPERTY, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR CESSATION OF THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE PROPERTY BY VARI-LITE FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER AND OF
WHATEVER DURATION, OR ANY CONDEMNATION, CONFISCATION, REQUISITION, SEIZURE,
PURCHASE, TAKING OR FORFEITURE OF THE PROPERTY, IN WHOLE OR IN PART;

     (E)  ANY INABILITY OR ILLEGALITY WITH RESPECT TO THE USE, OWNERSHIP,
OCCUPANCY OR POSSESSION OF THE PROPERTY BY VARI-LITE;

     (F)  ANY INSOLVENCY, BANKRUPTCY, REORGANIZATION OR SIMILAR PROCEEDING BY OR
AGAINST VARI-LITE OR BRAZOS OR ANY ASSIGNEE;

     (G)  ANY FAILURE TO OBTAIN, OR EXPIRATION, SUSPENSION OR OTHER TERMINATION
OF, OR INTERRUPTION TO, ANY REQUIRED LICENSES, PERMITS, CONSENTS,
AUTHORIZATIONS, APPROVALS OR OTHER LEGAL REQUIREMENTS;

     (H)  THE INVALIDITY OR UNENFORCEABILITY OF THIS GROUND LEASE OR ANY OTHER
INFIRMITY HEREIN OR ANY LACK OF POWER OR AUTHORITY OF BRAZOS OR VARI-LITE TO
ENTER INTO THIS GROUND LEASE; OR

     (I)  ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES OR HAPPENINGS WHATSOEVER, WHETHER OR NOT
SIMILAR TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING.

     VARI-LITE HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND
ALL RIGHTS WHICH IT MAY NOW HAVE OR WHICH AT ANY TIME HEREAFTER MAY BE CONFERRED
UPON IT, BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE, TO TERMINATE, CANCEL, QUIT, RESCIND OR
SURRENDER THIS GROUND LEASE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EXPRESS TERMS HEREOF.

     Section 18.6  NON-RECOURSE.  Brazos' obligations hereunder are intended to
be the limited obligations of the corporation.  Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Ground Lease, Vari-Lite agrees that the personal liability of
Brazos shall be strictly and absolutely limited to the Property and the proceeds
thereof and no recourse for the payment of any amount due under this Ground
Lease, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be
had against any other assets of the corporation or any incorporator,
shareholder, officer, director or Affiliate (past, present or future) of Brazos,
or of any Affiliate of either, or of any successor corporation to Brazos, it
being understood that Brazos is a corporation entering into the transactions
involved in and relating to this Ground Lease on the express understanding
aforesaid.

     Section 18.7  NOTICES.

     (a)  Any notice or request which by any provision of this Ground Lease is
required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be deemed
to have been given when delivered by hand (including, delivery by courier), when
actually received by mail or, if promptly confirmed by mail or by hand-delivery,
as provided above, when sent by telex, or other written telecommunication,
addressed to the following specified addresses or to such other addresses as
Brazos or Vari-Lite may specify by written notice to the other party:


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 27

<PAGE>

     If to Brazos:

     Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
     2911 Turtle Creek Blvd., Suite 1240
     Dallas, Texas 75219
     Attention:     Gregory C. Greene
     telephone:     (214) 522-7296
     telecopy:      (214) 520-2009

     If to Vari-Lite:

     Vari-Lite, Inc.
     201 Regal Row
     Dallas, Texas  75247
     Attention:     Michael Herman
     telephone:     (214) 819-3172
     telecopy:      (214) 819-3247


     With a Copy to:

     Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
     59 Wall Street
     New York, New York  10005
     Attention:     Chief Credit Officer
     telephone:     (212) 493-7899
     telecopy:      (212) 493-7280

     Cyril D. Kasmir, Esq.
     Kasmir & Krage, L.L.P.
     2001 Bryan Tower, Suite 270
     Dallas, Texas  75201-3059
     telephone:     (214) 969-7500
     telecopy:      (214) 220-0230

     (b)  Brazos shall within five (5) Business Days give to Vari-Lite a copy of
all notices received by Brazos pursuant to the Credit Agreement and any other
notices received with respect to the Property.

     Section 18.8  USURY.  No provision of this Ground Lease or any other
instrument relating to this Ground Lease shall require the payment or permit the
collection of interest in excess of the maximum non-usurious interest rate under
applicable law (the "MAXIMUM RATE").  If any excess interest in such respect is
so provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided for, the provisions
of this SECTION 18.8 shall govern, and neither Vari-Lite nor its successors or
assigns shall be obligated to pay the amount of such interest to the extent it
is in excess of the Maximum Rate.  In determining the Maximum Rate, any interest
shall be spread over the term of the Ground Lease to the extent permitted by
applicable U.S. Federal or state law, notwithstanding the actual time for the
payment of any rent or other amounts hereunder.  It is expressly stipulated and
agreed to be the intent of Brazos and Vari-Lite at all times to comply with
applicable state law governing the Maximum Rate or the amount of interest
payable pursuant to this Ground Lease (or applicable U.S. Federal law to the
extent that it permits Brazos to contract for, charge, take, reserve or receive
a greater amount of interest than under state law).  If the applicable law is
ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount called for under
this Ground Lease or any of the other documents relating to this Ground Lease or
any amount contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received with respect to
this Ground Lease, or if Brazos' exercise of any option herein or in any other
document to accelerate the payment of amounts required hereunder results in
Vari-Lite having paid any interest in excess of that permitted by applicable
law, then it is Brazos' and Vari-Lite's intent that all excess amounts
theretofore collected by Brazos be 


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 28

<PAGE>

credited on the remaining balance of payments due hereunder (or, if all 
amounts due hereunder have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to 
Vari-Lite) and the provisions of this Ground Lease shall immediately be 
deemed reformed in the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and so 
reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new documents, so as 
to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the 
fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder and under any other document 
relating hereto.  If at any time the amount of any interest for a year would, 
but for this SECTION 18.8, exceed the amount of interest that would have been 
accrued during such year if the Maximum Rate had from time to time been in 
effect, the total interest payable for such year shall be limited to the 
amount that would have been accrued if the Maximum Rate had from time to time 
been in effect, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such 
excess, shall be (i) spread and allocated to the preceding periods in which 
the interest paid was less than the interest that would have been accrued at 
the Maximum Rate or (ii) spread and allocated to subsequent periods in which 
the total payments on account of interest are less than the interest that 
would have accrued at the Maximum Rate.

     Section 18.9  NO MERGER.  There shall be no merger of this Ground Lease or
of the leasehold estate hereby created with the fee estate in the Property by
reason of the fact that the same person acquires or holds, directly or
indirectly, this Ground Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or any
interest herein or in such leasehold estate as well as the fee estate in the
Property or any  interest in such fee estate.

     Section 18.10  SALE OR ASSIGNMENT BY BRAZOS.

     (a)  Subject to SECTION 18.13(b), Brazos shall not sell or assign its
right, title, interest or obligations under this Ground Lease, except that
Brazos shall have the right to finance the acquisition and ownership of the
Property by selling, assigning or granting a security interest in its right,
title and interest in this Ground Lease and any or all amounts due from
Vari-Lite or any third party under this Ground Lease.

     (b)  Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Agreement,
any Assignee shall, except as otherwise agreed by Brazos and Assignee, have all
the rights, powers, privileges and remedies of Brazos hereunder, and Vari-Lite's
obligations as between itself and such Assignee hereunder shall not be subject
to any claims or defense that Vari-Lite may have against Brazos.  Upon written
notice to Vari-Lite of any such assignment, Vari-Lite shall attorn to any
Assignee, and Vari-Lite shall thereafter make payments of Basic Rent, Additional
Rent and other sums due hereunder to Assignee, to the extent specified in such
notice, and such payments shall discharge the obligation of Vari-Lite to Brazos
hereunder to the extent of such payments.  Anything contained herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, no Assignee shall be obligated to perform any duty,
covenant or condition required to be performed by Brazos hereunder, and any such
duty, covenant or condition shall be and remain the sole obligation of Brazos.

     Section 18.11  INCOME TAXES.  Brazos agrees that it will not file any
Federal, state or local income tax returns during the Lease Term or Renewal
Term, if any, with respect to the Property that are inconsistent with the
treatment of Vari-Lite as owner of the Property for Federal, state and local
income tax purposes.

     Section 18.12  TRANSFER ON AS-IS BASIS.  In connection with the sale of the
Property pursuant to this Ground Lease, when Brazos transfers title, such
transfer shall be on an as-is, non-installment sale basis, without warranty by,
or recourse to, Brazos, but free of the Lien created by the Credit Agreement.

     Section 18.13  RIGHT TO PERFORM FOR VARI-LITE.

     (a)  If Vari-Lite fails to perform or comply with any of its covenants or
agreements contained in this Ground Lease, and after knowledge or notice of such
failure, Vari-Lite does not undertake to cure such failure, Brazos may, upon
notice to Vari-Lite but without waiving or releasing any obligations or default,
itself perform or comply with such covenant or agreement, and the amount of the
reasonable expenses of Brazos incurred in connection with such performance or
compliance shall be payable by Vari-Lite not later than ten (10) days after
written notice by Brazos; and such amounts, if not timely paid, shall accrue
interest at the current interest rate applicable to a BR Borrowing plus 4.5%.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 29

<PAGE>

     (b)  Without in any way limiting the obligations of Vari-Lite hereunder,
Vari-Lite hereby irrevocably appoints Brazos as its agent and attorney at the
time at which Vari-Lite is obligated to deliver possession of the Property to
Brazos, to demand and take possession of the Property in the name and on behalf
of Vari-Lite from whomsoever shall be at the time in possession thereof.

     Section 18.14  MERGER,  CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ASSETS.

     (a)  Vari-Lite may not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation
or sell all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, except by and
between Affiliates of the Guarantor.

     (b)  Brazos may not consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or
sell all or substantially all of its assets to any Person.

     (c)  The terms and provisions of this Ground Lease shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of Brazos and Vari-Lite and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.

     Section 18.15  EXPENSES.  Vari-Lite shall pay all of the out-of-pocket
costs and expenses incurred by Brazos and any Assignee in connection with this
Ground Lease, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements
of counsel to Brazos and counsel to any Assignee.

     Section 18.16  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND PURCHASER EXPENSES.  In connection with
the sale or purchase of the Property pursuant to this Ground Lease, Vari-Lite
shall pay or shall cause the purchaser of the Property to pay, in addition to
the purchase price, all transfer taxes, transfer gains taxes, mortgage recording
tax, if any, recording and filing fees and all other similar taxes, fees,
expenses and closing costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) in connection
with the conveyance of the Property to Vari-Lite or any purchaser; provided that
Vari-Lite or any purchaser shall not be required to pay U.S. Federal net income
or capital gains taxes or to pay state and local net income, franchise or
capital gains taxes of Brazos.

     Section 18.17  RULE AGAINST PERPETUITIES.  The  parties hereto do not
intend any interest created by this Ground Lease to be a perpetuity or to be
subject to invalidation under the perpetuities rule, however, if the rule is to
be applied, then the perpetuities period shall be twenty-one (21) years after
the last to die of the currently living great-grandchildren and/or grandchildren
of George H. W. Bush.

     Section 18.18   PROTECTION OF LESSOR'S MORTGAGEES.

     (a)  SUBORDINATION AND NON-DISTURBANCE.  As of the date hereof, Brazos,
Vari-Lite and Assignee have entered into a Subordination Non-Disturbance and
Attornment Agreement covering this Ground Lease.  With respect to any future
mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Property, Brazos and Vari-Lite agree
that the rights of Vari-Lite under this Ground Lease shall be subject and
subordinate to each such future mortgage or deed of trust, as well as to all
renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof but
only if Brazos, Vari-Lite and the holder of any such future mortgage or deed of
trust enter into a non-disturbance agreement (a "NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT")
reasonably satisfactory to Vari-Lite and the holder of any such mortgage or deed
of trust.

     (b)  NOTICE TO ASSIGNEE.  In the event of any default by Brazos hereunder,
Vari-Lite shall notify Assignee (and any other mortgagee with respect to whom a
Non-Disturbance Agreement has been executed), by registered or certified mail,
provided that Assignee or such mortgagee, or its trustee, shall have furnished
Brazos with its mailing address.  Assignee or such mortgagee shall thereafter
have a reasonable opportunity (but no obligation) to cure Brazos' default,
including time to obtain possession of the Property by power of sale or judicial
foreclosure, if same should prove necessary in Assignee's sole judgment to
effect a cure, before Vari-Lite may take any action against Brazos.  Vari-Lite
shall accept a cure of Brazos' default from Assignee or such mortgagee in the
event that Assignee or such mortgagee tenders such cure.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 30

<PAGE>

     (c)  DIRECT PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS HEREUNDER.  Brazos shall have the right, at
its option, to direct Vari-Lite to pay any amounts due hereunder directly to
Assignee, and upon such a request from Brazos, Vari-Lite hereby agrees to pay
any amounts due hereunder to Assignee.  The parties confirm that, by execution
hereof, Vari-Lite has been directed as provided herein to pay all amounts due
hereunder directly to Assignee.  The final payment to Assignee of all amounts
due to Brazos under this Ground Lease from Vari-Lite shall be a full and
complete release, discharge and acquittance of Vari-Lite to the extent of any
such amounts actually received by Assignee described below in this sentence, and
no provision of this Ground Lease permitting or requiring Brazos to direct
Vari-Lite to pay rent or other amounts due hereunder directly to Assignee shall
relieve Brazos of its obligation to pay to Assignee any or all of the amounts
due from Brazos to Assignee pursuant to any instrument or agreement evidencing
or securing the indebtedness owed to Assignee by Brazos.

     (d)  LENDER AS MORTGAGEE.  Contemporaneous with the execution of this
Ground Lease, Brazos has acquired the Property in part with the proceeds of
advances under the Credit Agreement, which advances are secured by, among other
things, a Lien and direct and absolute assignment of amounts owing hereunder. 
Brazos and Vari-Lite may agree to construct a Facility on the Property which
Brazos may finance with proceeds of advances under the Credit Agreement. 
Notwithstanding anything in this Ground Lease, so long as the advances or any
portion or renewal thereof, or any amount owing under the Credit Agreement
remains unpaid, in whole or in part, (a) Assignee and its successors and assigns
shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Ground Lease; (b)
neither Vari-Lite nor Brazos shall enter into any agreements with any other
mortgagee as contemplated in this  SECTION 18.18 without the prior written
consent of Assignee; (c) Brazos and Vari-Lite acknowledge that each has been
sufficiently notified and apprised of Assignee's interest as mortgagee and its
mailing address as contemplated in this SECTION 18.18 and any other provision of
this Ground Lease; (d) this Ground Lease shall not be amended, modified or
assigned (collaterally or directly), or the Property or any part thereof sublet
(except as expressly permitted hereby) without the prior written consent of
Assignee; and (e) Vari-Lite shall forward a copy of the documentation and
information described in SECTION 18.18(B) to Assignee simultaneously with
forwarding a copy of same to Brazos.

     Section 18.19  PURCHASE OR SALE OF FACILITY.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein, Vari-Lite shall not have the right to purchase the Property
or arrange for the sale of the Property to a third party unless simultaneous
with such purchase or sale any Facility which may hereafter be constructed or
located on the Property is purchased by Vari-Lite or sold to a third party or
unless such Facility is constructed solely at the expense of Vari-Lite with the
prior written consent of Brazos and BBH&Co.

     Section 18.20  SEVERABILITY.  In case one or more provisions of this Ground
Lease shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any
applicable law, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

     Section 18.21  LESSEE REPRESENTATION.  Each of the corporations
constituting Vari-Lite hereby appoints Vari-Lite, Inc. as its representative and
authorizes Vari-Lite, Inc. to take any and all actions, give any and all
consents, waivers or approvals and to generally represent the interest of each
such corporation in connection with its interests under this Ground Lease.  Each
of the corporations constituting Vari-Lite further agrees that any party to any
of the Lease Documents may rely upon any consent, waiver, approval, notice or
other action by Vari-Lite, Inc. if the document or instrument communicating such
action indicates on its face that Vari-Lite, Inc. is acting in its capacity as
representative of such corporations as provided in this SECTION 18.21.

     Section 18.22  JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.  Each of the corporations
constituting Vari-Lite hereby agrees that all obligations of Vari-Lite under
this Ground Lease are joint and several among such corporations.


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 31

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Brazos and Vari-Lite have caused this Ground Lease
Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                              BRAZOS BELTLINE DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
                              a Texas corporation


                              By: /s/Gregory C. Greene
                                 ------------------------------------
                                  Gregory C. Greene, President


                              VARI-LITE, INC.,
                              a Delaware corporation


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------
                                  H.R. Brutsche, III, President and Chief
                                  Executive Officer


                              SHOWCO, INC.,
                              a Delaware corporation


                              By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                 ------------------------------------
                                  Michael P. Herman, Vice President Finance and
                                  Chief Financial Officer


                              SHOWCO CREATIVE SERVICES, INC.,
                              a Delaware corporation


                              By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                 ------------------------------------
                                  Michael P. Herman, Vice President Finance and
                                  Chief Financial Officer


                              CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC.,
                              a Delaware corporation


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------
                                  H.R. Brutsche, III, President and Chief
                                  Executive Officer


                              IRIDEON, INC.,
                              a Delaware corporation


                              By: /s/ H.R. Brutsche III
                                 ------------------------------------
                                  H.R. Brutsche, III, President and Chief
                                  Executive Officer


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 32

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                              PROPERTY DESCRIPTION


Being a tract of land situated in the CORDELIA BOWEN SURVEY, ABSTRACT NO. 56,
City of Coppell, Dallas County, Texas, and being part of "Tract 1" as described
by Deed to MCDLF HOLDING COMPANY, recorded in Volume 90150, Page 1511 of the
Deed Records, Dallas County, Texas and being more particularly described as
follows:

BEGINNING at a  1/2" found iron rod for the intersection of the West line of
Belt Line Road (a variable width right-of-way) and the North line of Lakeshore
Drive (a 90 foot right-of-way at this point), a dedicated street in Northlake
635 Business Park, an Addition to the City of Coppell, Texas according to the
plat recorded in Volume 85056, Page 3358, Deed Records, Dallas County, Texas;

THENCE with the North, Northeast and East lines of said Lakeshore Drive the
following:

     North 89 degrees 30 minutes 00 seconds West, 185.34 feet to a 1/2" found 
     iron rod with Powell and Powell cap (1/2" found iron rod with cap) for 
     the point of curvature of a circular curve to the left having a central 
     angle of 12 degrees 50 minutes 19 seconds and a radius of 300.00 feet;

     With said curve in a Westerly direction an arc distance of 67.22 feet to 
     a 1/2" found iron rod with cap for the point of reverse curvature of a 
     circular curve to the right having a central angle of 12 degrees 50 
     minutes 19 seconds and a radius of 300.00 feet;

     With said curve in a Westerly direction an arc distance of 67.22 feet to 
     a 1/2" iron rod with cap for the point of tangency (Lakeshore Drive a 60 
     foot right-of-way at this point);

     North 89 degrees 30 minutes 00 seconds West, 388.27 feet to a 1/2" iron 
     rod with cap for the point of curvature of a circular curve to the right 
     having a central angle of 52 degrees 53 minutes 07 seconds and a radius 
     of 320.00 feet;

     With said curve in a Northwesterly direction an arc distance of 295.37 
     feet to a 1/2" found iron rod with cap for the point of tangency;

     North 36 degrees 36 minutes 53 seconds West, 398.49 feet to a 1/2" found 
     iron rod with cap for the point of curvature of a circular curve to the 
     right having a central angle of 37 degrees 06 minutes 53 seconds and a 
     radius of 320.00 feet;

     With said curve in a Northerly direction an arc distance of 207.29 feet 
     to a 1/2" iron rod with cap for the point of tangency;

     North 00 degrees 30 minutes 00 seconds East, 556.13 feet to a 1/2" set 
     iron rod with yellow plastic cap stamped Halff Associates Inc. (Set iron 
     rod with cap) for a corner at the intersection of said East line of 
     Lakeshore Drive and a line 5 foot North of and parallel to the North 
     line of a 50 foot open Channel Drainage Easement, a dedicated easement 
     in said Northlake 635 Business Park;

THENCE departing said East line and with said parallel line the following:

     South 89 degrees 30 minutes 00 seconds East, 629.41 feet to a 1/2" set 
     iron rod with cap for the point of curvature of circular curve to the 
     left, having a central angle of 27 degrees 17 minutes 51 seconds and a 
     radius of 470.00 feet;


GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 33

<PAGE>

     With said curve in an Easterly direction, an arc distance of 223.92 feet 
     to a 1/2" set iron rod with cap for the point of reverse curvature of a 
     circular curve to the Right, having a central angle of 27 degrees 17 
     minutes 51 seconds and a radius of 530.00 feet;

     With said curve in an Easterly direction, an arc distance of 252.51 feet 
     to a 1/2" set iron rod with cap for the point of tangency;

     South 89 degrees 30 minutes 00 seconds East, 168.37 feet to a point for 
     a corner at the intersection of said parallel line and the said west 
     line of Belt Line Road, which bears North 00 degrees 30 minutes 00 
     seconds East, a distance of 30.00 feet from a 1/2" set iron rod with cap 
     at the intersection of the center line of said 50 foot easement and the 
     said West line of Belt Line Road.

THENCE South 00 degrees 30 minutes 00 seconds West, 1235.26 feet, with the said
West line of Belt Line Road, to a 1/2" set iron rod with cap for a corner;

THENCE South 10 degrees 48 minutes 36 seconds East 56.09 feet, with the said
West line of Belt Line Road, to the PLACE OF BEGINNING and containing 1,430,213
square feet or 32.8332 acres of land, more or less.





















GROUND LEASE AGREEMENT - Page 34


<PAGE>
                                       
                                   GUARANTY

As of December 21, 1995


Brazos Beltline Development, Inc. (the "LESSOR")
2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 1240
Dallas, Texas 75219
Attention:  Gregory C. Greene

     Re:  Ground Lease Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") among Brazos Beltline
          Development, Inc. and Vari-Lite, Inc., Showco, Inc., Showco Creative
          Services, Inc., Concert Production Lighting, Inc. and Irideon, Inc.
          effective as of December 21, 1995

Gentlemen:

     1.   GUARANTY.  For value received, and in consideration of your 
entering into the Agreement with VARI-LITE, INC., SHOWCO, INC., SHOWCO 
CREATIVE SERVICES, INC., CONCERT PRODUCTION LIGHTING, INC. and IRIDEON, INC., 
each a Delaware corporation (collectively, the "LESSEE"), and each a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC., a Texas corporation (the 
"GUARANTOR"), Guarantor does hereby unconditionally, irrevocably, and 
absolutely guarantee (a) the full payment when due, whether at stated due 
date, by acceleration or otherwise, of any and all rent, indebtedness and 
other amounts of every kind; howsoever created, arising, or evidenced, 
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing 
or owing to you by the Lessee pursuant to the Agreement including, without 
limitation, the payment obligations under Article XI thereof, and (b) the 
performance by the Lessee of its obligations under the Agreement pursuant to 
the terms of the Agreement (all such obligations being hereinafter 
collectively called the "LIABILITIES").  The Guarantor, as the parent 
corporation of the Lessee, hereby agrees that upon any default by the Lessee 
in the payment of any of the Liabilities when and as due or in the 
performance of its other obligations thereunder, it will forthwith pay the 
same immediately upon demand or perform or cause Lessee to perform such 
obligations.

     2.   GUARANTY CONTINUING, ABSOLUTE, UNLIMITED.  This Guaranty is a 
continuing, irrevocable, absolute and unlimited Guaranty of payment as a 
primary obligor and not as a surety.  This Guaranty shall apply to all 
Liabilities, without limitation as to either amount or period of time.  The 
Liabilities shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance 
on this Guaranty.  You shall not be required to proceed first against the 
Lessee or any other person, firm or corporation or against any property 
securing any of the Liabilities before resorting to the Guarantor for 
payment.  This Guaranty shall be construed as a guarantee of payment without 
regard to the enforceability of any of the Liabilities, the rejection of the 
Agreement in bankruptcy, OR any limitation of claims against the Lessee, and 
notwithstanding any claim, defense (other than payment or performance by the 
Guarantor) or right of set-off which the Lessee or the Guarantor may have 
against you, including any such claim, defense or right of set-off based on 
any present or future law or order of any government (DE JURE or DE FACTO), 
or of any agency thereof or court of law purporting to reduce, amend or 
otherwise affect any obligations of the Lessee, or any other obligor, or to 
vary any terms of payment, and without regard to any other circumstances 
which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety 
or a guarantor.  The Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty shall continue to be 
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment to you 
of the Liabilities or any part thereof is rescinded or must otherwise be 
returned by you upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the 
Lessee, or otherwise, as though such payment to you had not been made.  The 
Guarantor's obligation to fully pay or perform the Liabilities and any remedy 
for the enforcement thereof shall not be impaired, modified, released, or 
limited in any way by any impairment, modification, release, or limitation of 
the liability of Lessee or its bankruptcy estate, resulting from the 
operation of any present or future provision of the Bankruptcy Code or any 
Debtor Relief Law or from the decision of any court interpreting the same. 

     3.   GUARANTY NOT AFFECTED BY CHANGE IN SECURITY OR OTHER ACTIONS.  You 
may, from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Guarantor, 
take any or all of the following actions without impairing or 

GUARANTY - Page 1
<PAGE>
Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
As of December 21, 1995
Page 2

affecting the Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty or releasing or 
exonerating the Guarantor from any of its liabilities hereunder:

          a.   retain or obtain a security interest in any property to secure 
any of the Liabilities or any obligation hereunder;

          b.   retain or obtain the primary or secondary liability of any 
party or parties, in addition to the Guarantor, with respect to any of the 
Liabilities;

          c.   extend the time or change the manner, place or terms of 
payment of, or renew or amend any note or other instrument evidencing the 
Liabilities or any part thereof, or amend in any manner any agreement 
relating thereto;

          d.   release or compromise, in whole or in part, or accept full or 
partial payment for, any of the Liabilities hereby guaranteed, or any 
liability of any nature of any other party or parties with respect to the 
Liabilities or any security therefor;

          e.   subordinate the payment of all or any part of the Liabilities 
to the payment of any liability of the Lessee to creditors of the Lessee 
other than you or the Guarantor;

          f.   enforce your security interest, if any, in all or any 
properties securing any of the Liabilities or any obligations hereunder in 
order to obtain full or partial payment of the Liabilities then outstanding; 
or

          g.   release or fail to perfect, protect, or enforce your security 
interest, if any, in all or any properties securing any of the Liabilities or 
any obligation hereunder, or permit any substitution or exchange for any such 
property.

     4.   WAIVERS.  The Guarantor hereby expressly waives:

          a.   notice of acceptance of this Guaranty;

          b.   notice of the existence or incurrence of any or all of the
Liabilities;

          c.   presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other
     notices whatsoever;

          d.   any requirement that proceedings first be instituted by you
against the Lessee;

          e.   all diligence in collection or protection of or realization 
upon the Liabilities or any part thereof, or any obligation hereunder, or any 
collateral for any of the foregoing;

          f.   any rights or defenses based on the Lessor's election of 
remedies, including any defense to the Lessor's action to recover any 
deficiency after a non-judicial sale;

          g.   the occurrence of every other condition precedent to which the 
Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; and

          h.   the benefit of division and discussion.

GUARANTY - Page 2
<PAGE>
Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
As of December 21, 1995
Page 3

     5.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF GUARANTOR.  The 
Guarantor hereby agrees and covenants that it will be bound by and comply 
with all of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in 
Articles 8, 9, 10 and 11 of the Vari-Lite Credit Agreement as amended from 
time to time. Guarantor hereby makes as of the date hereof all of the 
representations and warranties set forth in Article 8 of the Vari-Lite Credit 
Agreement except that (i) references contained in the Vari-Lite Credit 
Agreement to "Loan Documents" shall be deemed to be references to this 
Guaranty and (ii) references contained in Section 8.8 of the Vari-Lite Credit 
Agreement to September 30, 1993 shall be deemed to be references to September 
30, 1995.

     6.   DEFAULT.  A "Default" shall exist hereunder if one of the following 
events shall occur and be continuing:

          a.   Default shall be made in the payment of any amount due 
hereunder, and such default shall continue for a period of three (3) days;

          b.   Default shall be made in the due observance or performance of 
any covenants, conditions or agreements on the part of the Guarantor 
referenced in SECTION 5 hereunder and such Default shall continue unremedied 
for a period of fifteen (15) days;

          c.   Any representation or warranty contained herein shall have 
been false as of the date it was made or deemed to have been made; 

          d.   Any Event of Default occurs and is continuing under and as 
defined in the Credit Agreement; or 

          e.   Any Event of Default occurs or is continuing as defined in the 
Vari-Lite Credit Agreement.

     7.   PAYMENTS.  Each payment by the Guarantor to you under this Guaranty 
shall be made by transferring the amount thereof in immediately available 
funds without set-off or counterclaim.

     8.   COSTS AND EXPENSES.  The Guarantor hereby agrees to pay you all 
reasonable legal and other costs and expenses incurred by you in seeking to 
protect or enforce any of your rights or remedies with respect to the 
Liabilities or this Guaranty.

     9.   SUBROGATION.  The Guarantor shall not be subrogated, in whole or in 
part, to your rights or those of any subsequent assignee or transferee of any 
of the Liabilities until all the Liabilities to you and every such subsequent 
assignee or transferee shall have been paid in full, and Guarantor hereby 
waives any and all such rights.  The provisions of this SECTION 9 shall 
survive the termination of this Guaranty and any satisfaction and discharge 
of Lessee by virtue of any payment, court order, or law.

     10.  NO WAIVER.  No delay on your part in the exercise of any right or 
remedy shall preclude the other or further exercise thereof or the exercise 
of any other right or remedy.

     11.  PARTIES.  This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of you and your 
successors, assigns or transferees, and shall be binding upon the Guarantor 
and its successors and assigns.  The Guarantor may not delegate any of its 
duties under this Guaranty without the prior written consent of Lessor, the 
Agent and 

GUARANTY - Page 3
<PAGE>
Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
As of December 21, 1995
Page 4

each of the Banks.  You may assign your rights and benefits under this 
Guaranty or the Agreement to any financial institution providing financing to 
you in connection with the Agreement.

     12.  NOTICES.  All notices, demands and other communications between you 
and the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be in writing (which may include 
cable or telex) and shall be delivered or sent to the address or telex number 
shown below, or to such other address or telex number as either of us may 
designate by written notice to the other.  Any such notice, demand or other 
communication shall not be effective until actually received.

                    If to Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.:

                         Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
                         2911 Turtle Creek Boulevard, Suite 1240
                         Dallas, Texas 75219
                         Attention:     Gregory C. Greene
                         Telephone:     (214) 522-7296
                         Telecopier:    (214) 520-2009

                    If to the Guarantor:

                         Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                         201 Regal Row
                         Dallas, Texas 75247
                         Attention:     Michael Herman
                         Telephone:     (214) 819-3172
                         Telecopier:    (214) 819-3247

     13.  TERM.  This Guaranty is not limited to any particular period of 
time, but shall continue in full force and effect until all of the 
Liabilities have been fully and finally paid or have been otherwise 
discharged by you, and the Guarantor shall not be released from any 
obligation or liability hereunder until such full payment or discharge shall 
have occurred.

     14.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

     15.  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used in this Guaranty which are not 
specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the 
Credit Agreement dated as of December 21, 1995, between Lessor and Brown 
Brothers Harriman & Co., as agent; provided, however, that references 
contained in the Credit Agreement definition to the "Borrower" shall be 
deemed to be references to the Lessor for purposes of this Guaranty.  
"VARI-LITE CREDIT AGREEMENT" means that certain $30,000,000 Multicurrency 
Credit Facility for Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc., and its Worldwide Subsidiaries 
dated March 31, 1994, as amended.

     16.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Guarantor shall indemnify the Borrower, the 
Agent, the Banks, and each affiliate thereof and their respective directors, 
officers, partners, employees and agents from, and discharge, release, and 
hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, 
actions, suits or other legal proceedings and other expenses and penalties to 
which any of them may become subject, sustain or incur, insofar as the 
foregoing shall arise out of or because of or result from or in connection 
with (i) any transaction, event or circumstance in any way connected with the 
Credit Agreement, the Agreement or the Credit Documents, (ii) any breach by 
the Guarantor of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit 
Document, (iii) any investigation, litigation or other proceeding (including 
any threatened investigation or proceeding whether or not the Agent, any Bank 
or affiliate thereof or any director, officer, partner, employee or agent 
thereof is joined as a party therein) relating to the foregoing, or (iv) any 
Environmental Claim or requirement of Environmental Laws concerning or 
relating to the 

GUARANTY - Page 4
<PAGE>
Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
As of December 21, 1995
Page 5

present or previously-owned or operated properties, or the operations or 
business, of the Guarantor or the Lessee, or demolition, renovation, 
construction, occupancy, operation, use and/or maintenance of the Property, 
regardless of whether the act, omission, event or circumstance constitutes a 
violation of any Environmental Laws at the time of its existence or 
occurrence, and the Guarantor shall reimburse the Agent, each Bank, and each 
affiliate thereof and their respective directors, officers, partners, 
employees and agents, upon demand, for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses 
(including legal fees and expenses of attorneys and professional consultants) 
incurred in connection with any such claim, action, suit, investigation, 
litigation or other proceeding; AND SUCH INDEMNITY SHALL EXPRESSLY INCLUDE 
ANY LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, ACTIONS, SUITS OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, 
DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND/OR PENALTIES INCURRED BY REASON OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF 
THE PERSON BEING INDEMNIFIED, but excluding any such losses, liabilities, 
claims, damages or expenses incurred by reason of the gross negligence or 
willful misconduct of the Person to be indemnified. Notwithstanding anything 
contained in this SECTION 16 to the contrary, the foregoing indemnities shall 
survive the payment in full the Notes and the termination of any or all of 
the Agreement and/or the Credit Documents and shall include, without 
limitation, any violation of any Environmental Law discovered after the date 
of any such payment or termination, but attributable to a violation occurring 
prior to such date.  Nothing in this SECTION 16 or elsewhere in this Guaranty 
shall limit or impair any rights or remedies of the Banks against any third 
party under any Environmental Laws, including, without limitation any rights 
of contribution or indemnification.

     17.  CONDITION PRECEDENT TO TRANCHE B.  Guarantor acknowledges on its 
own behalf and on behalf of the Lessee that any Advance under the Credit 
Agreement to the Borrower constituting moneys available under Tranche B shall 
be subject to a condition precedent, in addition to all other requirements of 
the Credit Agreement, as provided in this paragraph.  The Guarantor must 
deliver to the Agent the Guarantor Certificate, a form of which is attached 
hereto as Exhibit A, at least ten (10) days prior to any notice for the first 
Advance under Tranche B.  A "SUCCESSFUL IPO" shall mean a public offering in 
which no more than thirty percent (30%) of Guarantor (including equity and 
voting rights) is sold and shall be closed upon receipt by the Guarantor 
(after payment of all expenses related to such offering) of a minimum of 
$30,000,000 of new equity capital.

     18.  NEW GUARANTY.  (a)  In the event that (i) any Lease Document is 
rejected by a trustee or debtor-in-possession in any bankruptcy or insolvency 
proceeding involving the Borrower or (ii) any Lease Document is terminated as 
a result of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving the Borrower 
and, if within 60 days after such rejection or termination, the Agent or its 
designee shall so request and shall certify in writing to the Lessee that it 
intends to perform the obligations of the Borrower as and to the extent 
required under such Lease Document, the Guarantor will, unless prohibited by 
bankruptcy law, execute and deliver to the Agent or such designee a new 
Guaranty shall contain the same conditions, agreements, terms, provisions and 
limitations as such original Guaranty (except for any requirements which have 
been fulfilled by the Borrower and the Guarantor prior to such rejection or 
termination).  References in this Guaranty to such "LEASE DOCUMENT" shall be 
deemed also to refer to such new Lease Document.

     (b)  Upon written request by the Agent to the Lessee given on or after 
any foreclosure, trustee sale or conveyance in lieu thereof, the owner of the 
Mortgaged Premises, as landlord, and the Lessee, as tenant, shall execute a 
lease of the Mortgaged Premises containing all of the same terms, provisions, 
options and conditions as are contained in the Agreement, which lease shall 
be for the unexpired portion of the term of the Agreement, as to the 
Mortgaged Premises.  Upon written request by Agent to Guarantor relating to 
the execution by Lessee of a new lease of the Ground or Facility, the 
Guarantor hereby agrees to execute a new guaranty agreement in form and 
substance substantially equivalent to this Guaranty which shall relate to 
each new lease.

Sincerely yours,

GUARANTY - Page 5
<PAGE>
Brazos Beltline Development, Inc.
As of December 21, 1995
Page 6

VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC., a Texas corporation



By:  /s/ H.R. Brutsche III                     
     ------------------------------------------
     H.R. Brutsche, III, President and
     Chief Executive Officer



ACCEPTED AND AGREED as of the date first above written:

                              BRAZOS BELTLINE DEVELOPMENT, INC.,
                              a Texas corporation



                              By:  /s/ Gregory C. Greene
                                   ---------------------------------
                                   Gregory C. Greene, President

GUARANTY - Page 6

<PAGE>

                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
                                   BETWEEN
                           VARI-LITE HOLDINGS, INC.
                                      AND
                               J. ANTHONY SMITH


     This Deferred Compensation Agreement (the "Agreement"), dated as of July 1,
1995, is by and between Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and J. Anthony
Smith (the "Director").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Director is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company
("Board"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes the valuable services heretofore performed
for it by the Director and wishes to encourage his continued relationship with
the Company and valuable services; and 

     WHEREAS, the Director and the Company wish to provide the terms and 
conditions upon which the Company will pay deferred compensation to the 
Director (or his beneficiary after his death) on account of the valuable 
services heretofore performed for the Company by the Director; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement be considered an 
unfunded arrangement, maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation 
benefits for the Director, a member of a select group of management or highly 
compensated employees of the Company, for purposes of the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA");

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements herein 
set forth and of the mutual benefits accruing to the Company and to the 
Director because of the key business relationship which has existed between 
them, the Company and the Director agree as follows:

1.   DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT.  The Company agrees to pay an annual 
     amount of $167,000, payable in equal monthly installments on the first 
     day of each month (the "Deferred Compensation Payments") to the Director
     (or, if the Director dies, to his beneficiary as provided in Section 4(a)
     of this Agreement) during the Term (as hereinafter defined).

2.   TERM.  The Director (or his beneficiary in the case of his death) will be
     entitled to the Deferred Compensation Payments for the period commencing 
     on July 1, 1995, and ending June 30, 2001 (the "Term") , unless such 
     payments terminate as a result of one of the terminating events set forth
     in Section 3 of this Agreement.

3.   TERMINATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS AND FORFEITURE OF RIGHTS.  
     The Deferred Compensation Payments will cease immediately upon the 
     occurrence of any of the events listed below in this Section 3 and all of
     the Director's rights and entitlements under this Agreement will be 
     forfeited.

     (a)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Except as provided in Section 4 of this 
          Agreement, the Deferred Compensation Payments shall terminate on the
          date that is the later of the date of the Director's voluntarily 
          termination of his consulting relationship with the Company and the
          date of his resignation as a director of the Company.


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

     (b)  FOR CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Deferred Compensation 
          Payments at any time, without any additional notice, for Cause 
          (as hereinafter defined).

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean (i) the willful, 
          continued and material failure by the Director to follow the 
          reasonable and lawful directions of the Board in connection with the
          Director's duties or to comply with any provision of this Agreement,
          but only after (1) the Chairman of the Executive Committee of the
          Board ("Executive Committee") (or, if the Director is the Chairman,
          another member of the Executive Committee elected by the member or 
          members thereof other than the Director), pursuant to resolutions 
          adopted by a majority of the members of the Executive Committee 
          (excluding the Director if he is a member of the Executive Committee),
          delivers a written demand to the Director for substantial performance
          specifically setting forth the manner in which the Executive Committee
          believes the Director has failed to follow such directions or to 
          comply with this Agreement and (2) the failure to follow such 
          directions or to comply with this Agreement continues for a period
          of 30 days; (ii) the Director's gross negligence or intentional 
          misconduct in the performance of his duties; (iii) the Director's 
          conviction of a felony; or (iv) the commission by the Director of any
          act involving embezzlement or fraud.

     (c)  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; RECORDS.  The Company may immediately 
          terminate the Deferred Compensation Payments upon a breach by the
          Director of any covenant, agreement or other obligation with the 
          Company with respect to nondisclosure of confidential information or
          records of the Company, whether or not such covenant or agreement is
          in a consulting or other agreement with the Company, and including, 
          but not limited to, Section 7(c) of that certain Consulting Agreement
          dated as of July 1, 1995, by and between the Company and the Director
          (the "Consulting Agreement").

     (d)  NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT.  The Company may immediately terminate the 
          Deferred Compensation Payments upon a breach by the Director of any
          noncompetition covenant or agreement with the Company, whether such 
          covenant or agreement is in a consulting or other agreement with the
          Company, and including, but not limited to, Section 7(d) of the 
          Consulting Agreement.

4.   CONTINUATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION PAYMENTS.  The Deferred Compensation
     Payments shall continue after the termination of the Director as a director
     of, and consultant to, and the Company under the following circumstances:

     (a)  DEATH.  If the Director dies, the Company shall pay the Deferred 
          Compensation Payments to the beneficiary designated by the Director.
          The Director shall designate a beneficiary to receive the Deferred 
          Compensation Payments in the event of his death, which designation,
          including any initial designation set forth in this Agreement, may 
          only be changed by written notice from the Director to the Company. 
          If the Director has not designated a beneficiary to receive the 
          Deferred Compensation Payments who is surviving on the date of his
          death, the Deferred Compensation Payments shall be payable to the 
          surviving spouse, if any, of the Director and, if none, to the estate
          of the Director or as otherwise directed by the duly appointed 
          personal representative of the estate of the Director.  The Director
          hereby designates ________________________________________________
          as his beneficiary. 


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

     (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Director suffers a Permanent Disability (as 
          hereinafter defined) and all of his services for the Company are 
          terminated by reason thereof, the Company shall continue to be 
          obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of
          this Agreement, "Permanent Disability" shall have the meaning given 
          to it in Section 6(b) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor 
          consulting agreement between the Company and the Director.

     (c)  TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE.  If the Director's consulting relationship
          with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, and even
          if the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be obligated
          to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.

     (d)  CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION.  If the Director's consulting relationship
          with the Company is terminated by the Director because an event of 
          Constructive Termination (as hereinafter defined) occurs, and even 
          if the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve as a
          director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be obligated
          to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes of this 
          Agreement, "Constructive Termination" shall have the meaning given 
          to it in Section 6(d) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor
          consulting agreement between the Company and the Director.

     (e)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  If the Director's consulting relationship with 
          the Company is terminated, whether by the Company or the Director,
          as a result of a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined), and 
          even if the Director thereafter does not serve or continue to serve
          as a director of the Company, the Company shall continue to be 
          obligated to pay the Deferred Compensation Payments.  For purposes 
          of this Agreement, "Change of Control" shall have the meaning given
          to it in Section 6(e) of the Consulting Agreement or any successor
          consulting agreement between the Company and the Director.

5.   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS, CLAIMS PROCEDURE AND ADMINISTRATION.  Subject 
     to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Executive Committee 
     (excluding the Director if he is a member of the Executive Committee) 
     shall have the discretion to make all benefit entitlement determinations
     under this Agreement.  All of the following references to the Director in
     this Section 5 shall be deemed to include the Director or his duly 
     authorized representative.

     (a)  CLAIMS.  Any claim for the benefits under this Agreement shall be 
          made in writing to the Company, Attention: Executive Committee.  If
          the Claim is accepted, the Executive Committee shall provide written
          notice to the Director.

     (b)  NOTICE OF DENIAL OF CLAIM.  When a claim for benefits under this 
          Agreement is denied, the Executive Committee shall provide notice 
          to the Director in writing of the denial within 90 days after the 
          submission of the claim.  The notice shall be written in a manner 
          calculated to be understood by the Director and shall include:

          (i)  the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

          (ii) specific references to the pertinent provisions of
               this Agreement on which the denial is based;


                                     -3-

<PAGE>

          (iii) a description of any additional material or information 
                necessary for the Director to perfect the claim and an 
                explanation of why such material or information is necessary; 
                and

          (iv)  an explanation of the claim review procedures under this 
                Agreement as may be adopted by the Board or the Executive 
                Committee.

          If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing 
          the initial claim, a written notice of the extension and the reason 
          therefor shall be furnished to the Director before the end of the 
          initial 90-day period, provided that in no event shall this extension
          exceed 90 days.

     (c)  APPEAL OF DENIAL CLAIM.  If a claim for benefits is denied or if the
          Director has received no response to such claim within 90 days of its
          submission (in which case the claim for benefits shall be deemed to 
          have been denied), the Director, at the Director's sole expense,
          may appeal the denial to the Board within 60 days of the receipt of 
          written notice of the denial or the date such claim is deemed to be 
          denied.  In pursuing such appeal the Director (i) may request in 
          writing that the Board review the denial, (ii) may review pertinent
          documents and (iii) may submit issues and comments in writing.

          The decision on review shall be made within 60 days of receipt of 
          the request for review, unless special circumstances require an 
          extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be 
          rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after
          receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension of time is 
          required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the 
          Director before the end of the original 60-day period.  The decision
          on review shall be made in writing, shall be written in a manner 
          calculated to be understood by the Director and shall include specific
          references to the provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is 
          based.  If the decision on review is not furnished within the time 
          specified above, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

     (d)  ARBITRATION.  If the Director still believes that his claim has been
          wrongfully denied or if there is any other controversy or claim 
          arising out of or relating to this Agreement, it shall be settled by 
          binding arbitration.  Any such arbitration proceedings shall be 
          conducted as follows:

          (i)   Arbitration shall be conducted by three arbitrators, one to be 
                selected by each of the parties and the third to be designated 
                by the two arbitrators so selected.  If the two arbitrators
                cannot agree on the third arbitrator, the American Arbitration 
                Association in Dallas, Texas where the arbitration shall take 
                place shall select the third arbitrator.

          (ii)  The arbitration shall follow the standard rules and procedures 
                of the American Arbitration Association, except as otherwise 
                provided herein.  The arbitrators shall substantially comply 
                with Texas rules of evidence, shall grant essential but limited
                discovery, shall provide for the exchange of witness lists and 
                exhibit copies, shall conduct a pretrial hearing and shall 
                consider dispositive motions.  Each party shall have the right 
                to request the arbitrators to make findings of specific factual
                issues.


                                     -4-

<PAGE>

          (iii) The arbitrators shall complete their proceedings and render 
                their decision within 40 days after submission of the dispute to
                them, unless both parties agree to an extension.  Each party 
                will cooperate with the arbitrators to comply with procedural 
                time requirements, and the failure of either to do so shall 
                entitle the arbitrators to extend the arbitration proceedings
                accordingly and to impose sanctions on the party responsible for
                the delay, payable to the other party.

          (iv)  The majority decision of the arbitrators shall contain findings
                of facts on which the decision is based, including any specific
                factual findings requested by either party, and shall further
                contain the reasons for the decision with reference to the 
                legal principles on which the arbitrators relied.  Such decision
                of the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties,
                and accordingly the Company and the Director shall promptly 
                comply with the terms of such award, and a judgment by a court
                of competent jurisdiction may be entered in accordance 
                therewith.

          (v)   The fees and expenses of the arbitrators in connection with the
                resolution of disputes pursuant hereto shall be borne by the 
                party who does not prevail in the arbitration.

          (vi)  The Company and the Director hereby consent to the jurisdiction
                of the courts of the State of Texas for purposes of entering 
                judgment with respect to an arbitration award.

6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     (a)  STATUS OF AGREEMENT.  For the purposes of ERISA, this Agreement is 
          an unfunded arrangement, sponsored by the Company and maintained 
          primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for the Director,
          a member of a select group of management or highly compensated
          employees of the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement should be 
          construed to mean that this Agreement is a funded deferred 
          compensation plan, fund, program or agreement.  Furthermore, nothing
          in this Agreement and no action taken by the Company according to 
          this Agreement should be construed to create a trust of any kind or a
          fiduciary relationship between the Company and the Director, his 
          designated beneficiary or any other person.

     (b)  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.  This Agreement represents the entire 
          agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the 
          subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or 
          understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto.  No attempted
          modification or waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be 
          binding on either party unless in writing and signed by both the 
          parties.

     (c)  COSTS.  If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or
          interpret the terms of this Agreement, or any arbitration proceeding
          is necessary pursuant to Section 5(d) of this Agreement, the 
          prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees, 
          costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief
          to which he or it may be entitled.

     (d)  NOTICES.  Any notices, consents, demands, requests, approvals and 
          other communications to be given under this Agreement by either 
          party to the other shall be in writing and shall be either (i) 
          delivered in person, (ii) mailed by registered or certified mail,
          return receipt


                                     -5-

<PAGE>

          requested, postage prepaid, (iii) delivered by overnight express 
          delivery service or same-day local courier service or (iv) delivered
          by facsimile transmission, to the addresses set forth below.

          If to the Company:       Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.
                                   201 Regal Row
                                   Dallas, Texas 75247
                                   Facsimile: (214) 630-5867

          If to the Director:      J. Anthony Smith
                                   Hit & Run Music, Ltd.
                                   25 Ives Street
                                   London SW3 2ND England
                                   Facsimile: 011-44-171-5845774

          Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery, local
          courier or facsimile shall be deemed communicated as of actual 
          receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as of three days
          after mailing.  Any party may change its address for notice by written
          notice in accordance with this Section given to the other parties.

     (e)  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          (1)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of 
               and be enforceable by the Director and the Director's legal 
               representatives.  This Agreement is personal to the Director 
               and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not
               be assignable by the Director otherwise than by will or the laws
               of descent and distribution.

          (2)  This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of 
               and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns.
               The Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to a 
               parent, affiliate or subsidiary corporation or to any corporation
               succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the
               Company whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or 
               otherwise.

          (3)  The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or 
               indirect, by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) to
               all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the 
               Company expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement
               in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
               be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.
               As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as
               hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or 
               assets as aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform this 
               Agreement by operation of law or otherwise. 

          (f)  Partial Invalidity and Severability.  If any one or more of the
               provisions contained in this Agreement for any reason is held 
               to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the illegality, 
               invalidity or unenforceability will not affect, impair or
               invalidate any other provision of this Agreement, which will be
               construed as if the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision
               had not been contained in this Agreement and, in lieu of each
               illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be
               added 


                                     -6-

<PAGE>

               automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar
               in terms to the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as 
               may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

          (g)  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and 
               construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas to 
               the extent not preempted by ERISA.  The parties acknowledge and
               agree that this Agreement and the obligations and undertakings of
               the parties hereunder will be performable in Dallas, Dallas 
               County, Texas.

          (h)  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, 
               each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which 
               shall constitute one agreement.



                [THE NEXT FOLLOWING PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.] 



                                     -7-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                                       DIRECTOR:


                                       /s/ J. Anthony Smith
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       J. Anthony Smith



                                       COMPANY:

                                       Vari-Lite Holdings, Inc.


                                       By: /s/ Michael P. Herman
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                           Michael P. Herman
                                           Vice President-Finance






                                     -8-


<PAGE>
                                       
                          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

     This Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1996, is by and between 
Vari-Lite International, Inc., a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and C. 
Vincent Prothro ("Indemnitee").

                                 WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to have qualified individuals serving on 
its Board of Directors who are willing to make decisions that in their 
judgment are in the Company's best interest without any undue threat of 
personal liability; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has elected Indemnitee to 
serve as a director of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation") 
of the Company require indemnification of each director or officer of the 
Company in his capacity as a director or officer and, if serving at the 
request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, 
trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or 
domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, 
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each of those capacities, 
against any and all liability and reasonable expense that may be incurred by 
him in connection with or resulting from (a) any threatened, pending or 
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, 
administrative, arbitrative or investigative (collectively, a "Proceeding"), 
(b) an appeal in such a Proceeding or (c) any inquiry or investigation that 
could lead to such a Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas 
Business Corporation Act (the "Act"), as the same exists or hereafter may be 
amended; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to Indemnitee the maximum 
indemnification for any Loss (hereinafter defined) permitted under law; and

     WHEREAS, developments with respect to the terms and availability of 
directors' and officers' liability insurance and with respect to the 
application, amendment and enforcement of statutory, charter and bylaw 
indemnification provisions generally have raised questions concerning the 
adequacy and reliability of the protection afforded to persons intended to be 
protected thereunder; and 

     WHEREAS, in order to resolve such questions and thereby induce 
Indemnitee to serve and continue serving as a director of the Company, the 
Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with 
Indemnitee;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee's agreement to serve and 
continue serving as a director of the Company, the parties hereto agree as 
follows:

     1.   INDEMNIFICATION OF INDEMNITEE.  The Company shall indemnify 
Indemnitee in his capacity as a director of the Company and, if serving at 
the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent 
or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, 
partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, employee benefit plan or 
other enterprise, in each of those capacities, against any and all liability 
and reasonable expense that may be incurred by Indemnitee in connection with 
or 

<PAGE>

resulting from (a) any Proceeding, (b) an appeal in any Proceeding or (c) any 
inquiry or investigation that could lead to any Proceeding, all to the 
fullest extent permitted by Article 2.02-1 of the Act, as the same exists as 
of the date of this Agreement or may hereafter be amended to broaden the 
indemnification which the Company may grant to its directors.  All indemnity 
obligations and/or liabilities of the Company hereunder shall be without 
limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the negligence or 
gross negligence of any person or persons (expressly including Indemnitee), 
whether such negligence or gross negligence of Indemnitee be sole, joint or 
concurrent, active or passive.

     2.   CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of the 
Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a 
director of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee 
shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed 
Proceeding, any appeal in any Proceeding and any inquiry or investigation 
that could lead to any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was 
serving in any capacity referred to herein.

     3.   NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Promptly after receipt by 
Indemnitee of notice of any claim against Indemnitee or the commencement of 
any Proceeding, Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made 
against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the assertion 
of any such claim or the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify 
the Company will not relieve it from any liability under this Agreement 
unless such delay in notification actually prejudiced the Company (and then 
only to the extent the Company was actually prejudiced thereby) and, in 
addition, the Company shall not be relieved from any liability which it may 
have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.  With respect to any 
Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement 
thereof:

          (a)  The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own 
     expense.
     
          (b)  Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may 
     wish, the Company jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly 
     notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel 
     satisfactory to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Company to Indemnitee 
     of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not 
     be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other 
     expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the 
     defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as 
     otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his 
     own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such 
     counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the 
     defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the 
     employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized in writing by 
     the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there 
     may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the 
     conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Company shall not in 
     fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each 
     of which cases the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's counsel shall be at 
     the expense of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume 
     the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or 
     as to which Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in 
     clause (ii) above.
     
          (c)  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under 
     this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim 
     effected without its written consent.  The Company shall not settle any 
     action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or 
     limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee's written consent.  Neither 
     the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to 
     any proposed settlement.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     4.   ADVANCES OF EXPENSES.  Reasonable expenses (other than judgments, 
penalties, fines and settlements) incurred by Indemnitee that are subject to 
indemnification under this Agreement (and not paid, reimbursed or advanced by 
others) shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final 
disposition of the Proceeding within 10 days after the Company receives a 
written request by Indemnitee accompanied by substantiating documentation of 
such expenses, a written affirmation by Indemnitee of his good faith belief 
that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under 
this Agreement and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to 
repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he 
has not met those requirements or that such reasonable expenses do not 
constitute a Loss.  The written undertaking described above must be an 
unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee but shall not be secured.  Such 
undertaking shall be without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee 
to make repayment.

     5.   RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION; PROCEDURE 
UPON APPLICATION.  Upon the written request of Indemnitee to be indemnified 
pursuant to this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 4 hereof), the 
Company shall cause the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined) to 
determine, within 45 days, whether or not Indemnitee has met the relevant 
standards for indemnification required by this Agreement.  The termination of 
a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or on a plea of 
NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not of itself be determinative that 
Indemnitee did not meet the requirements for indemnification under this 
Agreement.  If a determination of indemnification is to be made by 
Independent Legal Counsel (as hereinafter defined), such Independent Legal 
Counsel shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to 
what extent Indemnitee will be permitted to be indemnified.  The Company 
shall pay the reasonable fees of Independent Legal Counsel and indemnify and 
hold harmless Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including attorneys' 
fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to the 
engagement of Independent Legal Counsel pursuant hereto and the written 
opinion of such Independent Legal Counsel.

     6.   DEFINITIONS.  The terms defined in this Section 6 shall, for 
purposes of this Agreement, have the indicated meanings:

          (a)  "Reviewing Party" means (i) a majority of a quorum of 
     directors of the Company who at the time of voting upon a determination 
     of indemnification are not named defendants or respondents in that 
     particular Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, 
     (ii) if such a quorum cannot be obtained, by a majority vote of a 
     committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, designated to act as 
     the Reviewing Party by a majority vote of all directors of the Company, 
     consisting solely of two or more directors who at the time of such 
     selection are not parties in that particular Proceeding to which 
     Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, (iii) Independent Legal Counsel 
     selected in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) above, or if such a 
     quorum cannot be obtained and such a committee cannot be established, by 
     a majority vote of all directors of the Company or (iv) the shareholders 
     of the Company in a vote that excludes shares held by directors who are 
     named defendants or respondents in that particular Proceeding.
     
          (b)  "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney, selected 
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof, who shall not 
     have otherwise performed services for Indemnitee, the Company, any 
     person that controls the Company or any of the directors of the Company, 
     within five years preceding the time of such selection (other than in 
     connection with seeking indemnification under this Agreement). 
     Independent Legal Counsel shall not be any person who, under the 
     applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have 
     a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee 
     in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement, nor 
     shall Independent Legal Counsel be any person who 

                                       3
<PAGE>

     has been sanctioned or censured for ethical violations of applicable 
     standards of professional conduct.
     
          (c)  "Loss" shall mean any and all judgments, penalties (including 
     excise and similar taxes), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses 
     (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred by Indemnitee, after 
     realization of or giving effect to all insurance, bonding, 
     indemnification and other payments or recoveries (i) actually received 
     by or for the benefit of Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, or (ii) to 
     which Indemnitee is entitled, directly or indirectly.

     7.   ENFORCEABILITY.  The right to indemnification or advances as 
provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of 
competent jurisdiction.  The burden of proving that indemnification is not 
appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company 
(including its Board of Directors or Independent Legal Counsel) to have made 
a determination prior to the commencement of an action that indemnification 
is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable 
standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including 
its Board of Directors or Independent Legal Counsel) that Indemnitee has not 
met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or 
create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of 
conduct.

     8.   PARTIAL INDEMNITY; EXPENSES.  If Indemnitee is entitled under any 
provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion 
of the expenses, judgments, fines, and penalties, but not for the total 
amount thereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for the portion 
thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the 
merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Proceedings relating in whole or 
in part to an event subject to indemnification hereunder or in defense of any 
issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee 
shall be indemnified against expenses incurred for any Loss in connection 
with such Proceeding, issue or matter, as the case may be.

     9.   REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for 
all reasonable expenses paid by the Company in defending any Proceeding 
against Indemnitee in the event and only to the extent that it shall be 
ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by 
the Company for such expenses under the provisions of this Agreement.

     10.  CONSIDERATION.  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it 
has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on the 
Company hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve and continue serving as 
a director of the Company, and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon 
this Agreement in serving in such capacity.

     11.  INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The indemnification and 
advancement of expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed 
exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under any 
other agreement, vote of shareholders, as a matter of law or otherwise, but 
the indemnification provided for pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or 
Bylaws of the Company is limited to any Loss.

     12.  SUBROGATION.  If a payment is made under this Agreement, the 
Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the 
rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and 
shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     13.  SEVERABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a 
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any 
provision thereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any 
reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or 
enforceability of the other provisions hereto.

     14.  NOTICE.  Any notice, consent or other communication to be given 
under this Agreement by any party to any other party shall be in writing and 
shall be either (a) personally delivered, (b) mailed by registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (c) delivered 
by overnight express delivery service or same-day local courier service or 
(d) delivered by telex or facsimile transmission to the address set forth 
beneath the signature of the parties below, or at such other address as may 
be designated by the parties from time to time in accordance with this 
Section.  Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery service 
or by local courier service shall be deemed given as of actual receipt.  
Mailed notices shall be deemed given three business days after mailing.  
Notices delivered by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed given 
upon receipt by the sender of the answerback (in the case of a telex) or 
transmission confirmation (in the case of a facsimile transmission).

     15.  GOVERNING LAW; BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; 
REIMBURSEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance 
     with the laws of the State of Texas.
     
          (b)  This Agreement shall be binding upon Indemnitee and his heirs, 
     executors, administrators, personal representatives and assigns and upon 
     the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the 
     benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors, administrators, personal 
     representatives and assigns and to the benefit of the Company and its 
     successors and assigns.
     
          (c)  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of 
     this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both 
     parties hereto.
     
          (d)  If Indemnitee is required to bring any action to enforce 
     rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful 
     in such action, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all of 
     Indemnitee's reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such 
     action.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                              VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III 
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche III, 
                                   Chairman of the Board, Chief 
                                   Executive Officer and President    
                                   

                              Address of Vari-Lite International, Inc.

                              201 Regal Row
                              Dallas, Texas 75247
                              Fax: (214) 630-5867



                              /s/ C. Vincent Prothro
                              ----------------------------------------
                              C. Vincent Prothro

                              Address of Indemnitee:

                              4401 South Beltwood Parkway        
                              Dallas, Texas  75244
                              Office Fax:  214-450-0433
                              Home Fax: 214-522-6164



                                       6

<PAGE>

                          INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

     This Agreement, dated as of April 22, 1996, is by and between Vari-Lite 
International, Inc., a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and John R. 
Rettberg ("Indemnitee").

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to have qualified individuals serving on 
its Board of Directors who are willing to make decisions that in their 
judgment are in the Company's best interest without any undue threat of 
personal liability; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has elected Indemnitee to 
serve as a director of the Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles of Incorporation") 
of the Company require indemnification of each director or officer of the 
Company in his capacity as a director or officer and, if serving at the 
request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, 
trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or 
domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, 
employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each of those capacities, 
against any and all liability and reasonable expense that may be incurred by 
him in connection with or resulting from (a) any threatened, pending or 
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, 
administrative, arbitrative or investigative (collectively, a "Proceeding"), 
(b) an appeal in such a Proceeding or (c) any inquiry or investigation that 
could lead to such a Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas 
Business Corporation Act (the "Act"), as the same exists or hereafter may be 
amended; and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant to Indemnitee the maximum 
indemnification for any Loss (hereinafter defined) permitted under law; and

     WHEREAS, developments with respect to the terms and availability of 
directors' and officers' liability insurance and with respect to the 
application, amendment and enforcement of statutory, charter and bylaw 
indemnification provisions generally have raised questions concerning the 
adequacy and reliability of the protection afforded to persons intended to be 
protected thereunder; and 

     WHEREAS, in order to resolve such questions and thereby induce 
Indemnitee to serve and continue serving as a director of the Company, the 
Company has determined and agreed to enter into this Agreement with 
Indemnitee;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee's agreement to serve and 
continue serving as a director of the Company, the parties hereto agree as 
follows:

     1.   INDEMNIFICATION OF INDEMNITEE.  The Company shall indemnify 
Indemnitee in his capacity as a director of the Company and, if serving at 
the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent 
or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, trust, 
partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, employee benefit plan or 
other enterprise, in each of those capacities, against any and all liability 
and reasonable expense that may be incurred by Indemnitee in connection with 
or 

<PAGE>

resulting from (a) any Proceeding, (b) an appeal in any Proceeding or (c) any 
inquiry or investigation that could lead to any Proceeding, all to the 
fullest extent permitted by Article 2.02-1 of the Act, as the same exists as 
of the date of this Agreement or may hereafter be amended to broaden the 
indemnification which the Company may grant to its directors.  All indemnity 
obligations and/or liabilities of the Company hereunder shall be without 
limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the negligence or 
gross negligence of any person or persons (expressly including Indemnitee), 
whether such negligence or gross negligence of Indemnitee be sole, joint or 
concurrent, active or passive.

     2.   CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY.  All agreements and obligations of the 
Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a 
director of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee 
shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed 
Proceeding, any appeal in any Proceeding and any inquiry or investigation 
that could lead to any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was 
serving in any capacity referred to herein.

     3.   NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM.  Promptly after
receipt by Indemnitee of notice of any claim against Indemnitee or
the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee will, if a claim in
respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this
Agreement, notify the Company of the assertion of any such claim or
the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company
will not relieve it from any liability under this Agreement unless
such delay in notification actually prejudiced the Company (and
then only to the extent the Company was actually prejudiced
thereby) and, in addition, the Company shall not be relieved from
any liability which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under
this Agreement.  With respect to any Proceeding as to which
Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof:

          (a)  The Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own 
     expense.
     
          (b)  Except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may 
     wish, the Company jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly 
     notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel 
     satisfactory to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Company to Indemnitee 
     of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not 
     be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other 
     expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the 
     defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as 
     otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his 
     own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such 
     counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the 
     defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the 
     employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized in writing by 
     the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there 
     may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the 
     conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Company shall not in 
     fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each 
     of which cases the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's counsel shall be at 
     the expense of the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume 
     the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or 
     as to which Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in 
     clause (ii) above.

         (c)  The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under 
     this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim 
     effected without its written consent.  The Company shall not settle any 
     action or claim in any manner which would impose any penalty or 
     limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee's written consent.  Neither 
     the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold their consent to 
     any proposed settlement.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     4.   ADVANCES OF EXPENSES.  Reasonable expenses (other than 
judgments, penalties, fines and settlements) incurred by Indemnitee that 
are subject to indemnification under this Agreement (and not paid, 
reimbursed or advanced by others) shall be paid or reimbursed by the 
Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding within 10 
days after the Company receives a written request by Indemnitee 
accompanied by substantiating documentation of such expenses, a written 
affirmation by Indemnitee of his good faith belief that he has met the 
standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under this Agreement 
and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay the 
amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he has not 
met those requirements or that such reasonable expenses do not 
constitute a Loss.  The written undertaking described above must be an 
unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee but shall not be secured.  
Such undertaking shall be without reference to the financial ability of 
Indemnitee to make repayment.

     5.   RIGHT OF INDEMNITEE TO INDEMNIFICATION UPON APPLICATION; 
PROCEDURE UPON APPLICATION.  Upon the written request of Indemnitee to 
be indemnified pursuant to this Agreement (other than pursuant to 
Section 4 hereof), the Company shall cause the Reviewing Party (as 
hereinafter defined) to determine, within 45 days, whether or not 
Indemnitee has met the relevant standards for indemnification required 
by this Agreement.  The termination of a Proceeding by judgment, order, 
settlement or conviction, or on a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its 
equivalent, shall not of itself be determinative that Indemnitee did not 
meet the requirements for indemnification under this Agreement.  If a 
determination of indemnification is to be made by Independent Legal 
Counsel (as hereinafter defined), such Independent Legal Counsel shall 
render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to what 
extent Indemnitee will be permitted to be indemnified.  The Company 
shall pay the reasonable fees of Independent Legal Counsel and indemnify 
and hold harmless Indemnitee against any and all expenses (including 
attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or 
relating to the engagement of Independent Legal Counsel pursuant hereto 
and the written opinion of such Independent Legal Counsel.

     6.   DEFINITIONS.  The terms defined in this Section 6 shall, for 
purposes of this Agreement, have the indicated meanings:

          (a)  "Reviewing Party" means (i) a majority of a quorum of 
     directors of the Company who at the time of voting upon a determination 
     of indemnification are not named defendants or respondents in that 
     particular Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, 
     (ii) if such a quorum cannot be obtained, by a majority vote of a 
     committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, designated to act as 
     the Reviewing Party by a majority vote of all directors of the Company, 
     consisting solely of two or more directors who at the time of such 
     selection are not parties in that particular Proceeding to which 
     Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, (iii) Independent Legal Counsel 
     selected in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) above, or if such a 
     quorum cannot be obtained and such a committee cannot be established, by 
     a majority vote of all directors of the Company or (iv) the shareholders 
     of the Company in a vote that excludes shares held by directors who are 
     named defendants or respondents in that particular Proceeding.
     
          (b)  "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney, selected 
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof, who shall not 
     have otherwise performed services for Indemnitee, the Company, any 
     person that controls the Company or any of the directors of the Company, 
     within five years preceding the time of such selection (other than in 
     connection with seeking indemnification under this Agreement). 
     Independent Legal Counsel shall not be any person who, under the 
     applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have 
     a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee 
     in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights under this Agreement, nor 
     shall Independent Legal Counsel be any person who 

                                       3
<PAGE>

     has been sanctioned or censured for ethical violations of applicable 
     standards of professional conduct.
     
          (c)  "Loss" shall mean any and all judgments, penalties (including 
     excise and similar taxes), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses 
     (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred by Indemnitee, after 
     realization of or giving effect to all insurance, bonding, 
     indemnification and other payments or recoveries (i) actually received 
     by or for the benefit of Indemnitee, directly or indirectly, or (ii) to 
     which Indemnitee is entitled, directly or indirectly.

     7.   ENFORCEABILITY.  The right to indemnification or advances as 
provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of 
competent jurisdiction.  The burden of proving that indemnification is not 
appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company 
(including its Board of Directors or Independent Legal Counsel) to have made 
a determination prior to the commencement of an action that indemnification 
is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable 
standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including 
its Board of Directors or Independent Legal Counsel) that Indemnitee has not 
met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or 
create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of 
conduct.

     8.   PARTIAL INDEMNITY; EXPENSES.  If Indemnitee is entitled under any 
provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion 
of the expenses, judgments, fines, and penalties, but not for the total 
amount thereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for the portion 
thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.  Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the 
merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Proceedings relating in whole or 
in part to an event subject to indemnification hereunder or in defense of any 
issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, Indemnitee 
shall be indemnified against expenses incurred for any Loss in connection 
with such Proceeding, issue or matter, as the case may be.

     9.   REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.  Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for 
all reasonable expenses paid by the Company in defending any Proceeding 
against Indemnitee in the event and only to the extent that it shall be 
ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by 
the Company for such expenses under the provisions of this Agreement.

     10.  CONSIDERATION.  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it 
has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on the 
Company hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve and continue serving as 
a director of the Company, and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon 
this Agreement in serving in such capacity.

     11.  INDEMNIFICATION HEREUNDER NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The indemnification and 
advancement of expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed 
exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under any 
other agreement, vote of shareholders, as a matter of law or otherwise, but 
the indemnification provided for pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or 
Bylaws of the Company is limited to any Loss.

     12.  SUBROGATION.  If a payment is made under this Agreement, the 
Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the 
rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and 
shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     13.  SEVERABILITY.  Each of the provisions of this Agreement is a 
separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any 
provision thereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any 
reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or 
enforceability of the other provisions hereto.

     14.  NOTICE.  Any notice, consent or other communication to be given 
under this Agreement by any party to any other party shall be in writing and 
shall be either (a) personally delivered, (b) mailed by registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid with return receipt requested, (c) delivered 
by overnight express delivery service or same-day local courier service or 
(d) delivered by telex or facsimile transmission to the address set forth 
beneath the signature of the parties below, or at such other address as may 
be designated by the parties from time to time in accordance with this 
Section.  Notices delivered personally, by overnight express delivery service 
or by local courier service shall be deemed given as of actual receipt.  
Mailed notices shall be deemed given three business days after mailing.  
Notices delivered by telex or facsimile transmission shall be deemed given 
upon receipt by the sender of the answerback (in the case of a telex) or 
transmission confirmation (in the case of a facsimile transmission).

     15.  GOVERNING LAW; BINDING EFFECT; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; 
REIMBURSEMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance 
     with the laws of the State of Texas.
     
          (b)  This Agreement shall be binding upon Indemnitee and his heirs, 
     executors, administrators, personal representatives and assigns and upon 
     the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the 
     benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors, administrators, personal 
     representatives and assigns and to the benefit of the Company and its 
     successors and assigns.
     
          (c)  No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of 
     this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both 
     parties hereto.
     
          (d)  If Indemnitee is required to bring any action to enforce 
     rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement and is successful 
     in such action, the Company shall reimburse Indemnitee for all of 
     Indemnitee's reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such 
     action.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as 
of the date first above written.

                              VARI-LITE INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                              By:  /s/ H. R. Brutsche III
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   H.R. Brutsche, 
                                   Chairman of the Board, Chief 
                                   Executive Officer and President    
                                   

                              Address of Vari-Lite International, Inc.

                              201 Regal Row
                              Dallas, Texas 75247
                              Fax: (214) 630-5867



                              /s/ J. R. Rettberg
                              --------------------------------------------
                              John R. Rettberg

                              Address of Indemnitee:
                              79-165 Montego Bay Dr.
                              Bermuda Dunes, California 92201


                                       6

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
    We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Vari-Lite
International, Inc. and Subsidiaries on Form S-1 of our report dated November
22, 1996 (October  , 1997, as to the first paragraph of Note F) on the
consolidated financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of
this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under
the headings "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" in such
Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.
 
Dallas, Texas
October  , 1997
 
                              -------------------
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Vari-Lite International, Inc. and
Subsidiaries appearing in the above Prospectus are presented to give effect to
the Company's reincorporation in Delaware and the Company's recapitalization, in
which the shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock will be converted into
shares of the Company's new common stock and a class of preferred stock will be
authorized, as described in Note F to the consolidated financial statements. On
the effective date of the Registration Statement, the above consent is in the
form that we will sign upon the effectiveness of such events assuming that, from
November 22, 1996 to the effective date of such events, no other material events
have occurred which would affect the consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Dallas, Texas
August 13, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1996             SEP-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-01-1995             OCT-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1996             JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                           2,633                       0
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   11,418                  13,626
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (348)                   (448)
<INVENTORY>                                      2,395                   2,996
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                16,914                  18,801
<PP&E>                                         104,691                 122,501
<DEPRECIATION>                                (47,982)                (55,947)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  77,573                  89,925
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           17,560                  18,323
<BONDS>                                         29,922                  37,593
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                             0                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                      24,538                  27,560
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    77,573                  89,925
<SALES>                                         11,397                  10,688
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                71,138                  67,088
<CGS>                                            7,783                   7,409
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   34,208                  29,751
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                34,481                  29,808
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   348                      94
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               3,095                   2,692
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  5,357                   4,837
<INCOME-TAX>                                     2,238                   2,054
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              8,449                   7,529
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                     3,119                   2,783
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0<F1>                       0<F1>
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0<F2>                       0<F2>
<FN>
<F1>EPS-Primary unknown
<F2>EPS-Diluted unknown
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission